Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Life / Prudential Bancorp / FY2020 Annual Report

Prudential Bancorp
Annual Report 2020

PRU · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker PRU
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Life
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Prudential Bancorp
Loading PDF…
W

e

d

o

l

i

f

e

P

r

u

d

e

n

t

i

a

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

0

We do 
life

H
K
s
t
o
c
k
c
o
d
e
:
2
3
7
8

Prudential plc 

Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prudential 
helps people 
get the most 
out of life. 

Contents

01  Group overview
02  Chair’s statement
05  Group Chief Executive’s report

10  Strategic report
12  Group at a glance
14  Our business model
16  Our performance
18  Group strategy and operations
28  Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating 
Officer’s report on the 2020 financial performance 
45  Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the 
risks facing our business and how these are managed

70  ESG report

118  Governance
120  Chair’s introduction
122  Board of Directors
127  Group Executive Committee
128  How we operate
139  Risk management and internal control
141  Committee reports
168  Statutory and regulatory disclosures
169  Index to principal Directors’ report disclosures

170  Directors’ remuneration report
172  Annual statement from the Chair of the 

Remuneration Committee

176  Our Executive Directors’ remuneration at a glance
177  Summary of the current Directors’ remuneration policy
179  Annual report on remuneration
203  Additional remuneration disclosures

206  Financial statements

320   European Embedded Value (EEV) basis results

352  Additional information
354  Index to the additional unaudited financial information 
379  Risk factors
391  Glossary
396  Shareholder information
399  How to contact us

The UK Corporate Governance Code requires that we 
demonstrate how we have applied the Principles of the 
Code. Throughout the Annual Report we have inserted 
red-circled letters, as shown above, to indicate which 
section, page or paragraph demonstrates our compliance. 
Please see page 127 for more details.

Visit www.prudentialplc.com  
to find out more about Prudential plc

The Directors’ Report of Prudential plc for 
the year ended 31 December 2020 is set 
out on pages 02 to 09, 120 to 169 and 354 
to 399, and includes the sections of the 
Annual Report referred to in these pages.

We make healthcare affordable and 
accessible, we protect people’s wealth 
and grow their assets and we empower 
our customers to save for their goals.

Total full-year ordinary dividend

16.10 cents

Our year in numbers

Summary financials
Life new business profit  
from continuing operations2

2020 $m 

2,802

Change on actual 
exchange rate basis7

Change on constant 
exchange rate basis7

2019 $m

4,405

2,886

2,861

(36)%

(37)%

Adjusted operating profit  
from continuing operations1,4

5,507

5,310

2,185

1,953

1%

4%

1%

4%

12%

12%

$2,802m

Operating free surplus 
generated from 
continuing operations3

$2,886m

$5,507m

IFRS profit after tax from  
continuing operations1,5

$2,185m

31 December 2020 
Total
EEV shareholders’ funds

$54.0bn

IFRS shareholders’ funds

$20.9bn

LCSM shareholder surplus 
over Group minimum 
capital requirement6

$11.0bn

Per share

31 December 2019 
Total

Per share

2,070¢ $54.7bn 2,103¢

800¢

$19.5bn 749¢

n/a

$9.5bn n/a

Notes
1  Attributed to the shareholders of the 
Group before deducting the amount 
attributable to the non-controlling 
interests. This presentation is applied 
consistently throughout the document.
2  New business profit, on a post-tax basis, 
on business sold in the year, calculated 
in accordance with EEV principles.
3  Operating free surplus generated 

from insurance and asset management 
operations. For insurance operations, 
operating free surplus generated 
represents amounts maturing from 
the in-force business during the year 
less investment in new business and 
excludes non-operating items. For asset 
management businesses, it equates to 
post-tax operating profit for the year. 
Further information is set out in 
‘movement in Group free surplus’ 
of the EEV basis results.
‘Adjusted operating profit’ refers to 
adjusted IFRS operating profit based 
on longer-term investment returns from 
continuing operations. This alternative 
performance measure is reconciled to 
IFRS profit for the year in note B1.1 of 
the IFRS financial statements. 
IFRS profit after tax from continuing 
operations reflects the combined effects 
of operating results determined on the 
basis of longer-term investment returns, 
together with short-term investment 
variances which for 2020 were driven by 
the negative effects in the US and Asia, 
and gains arising on the reinsurance of 
fixed and fixed index annuity business in 
the US and other corporate transactions.

4 

5 

6  Shareholder surplus over Group 

minimum capital requirement and 
estimated before allowing for second 
interim ordinary dividend. Shareholder 
business excludes the available capital 
and minimum capital requirement of 
participating business in Hong Kong, 
Singapore and Malaysia. Further 
information on the basis of calculation 
of the LCSM measure is contained in 
note I(i) of the Additional unaudited 
financial information.

7  Further information on actual and 

constant exchange rate bases is set out 
in note A1 of the IFRS financial statements.

01

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
F

Chair’s statement

The long-term 
drivers of demand 
for the products 
and services we 
provide are clear 
and strong.

Shriti Vadera  Chair of the Board

I took over as Chair of Prudential 
in January 2021, having joined the 
Board in May 2020 in the midst of 
a year dominated by Covid-19 and 
its effects on financial markets, 
economies, and people’s health 
and wellbeing. 

02

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comPrudential has built top-three positions in nine Asian life insurance 
markets, with significant upside potential in the region’s two largest 
markets, China and India, where we operate in conjunction with local 
partners. Our distribution network is deep and broad, with around 
600,000 agents3, access to around 20,000 bank branches, and 
innovative new digital partnerships. We create products to serve the 
needs of everyone from those seeking low-cost policies for specific 
purposes to the emerging middle class and affluent families requiring 
more holistic financial planning advice. We are also East Asia’s leading 
Islamic life insurer and have a growing business serving small and 
medium-sized enterprises, the backbone of Asia’s economic success. 
These capabilities have helped our Asia embedded value to more than 
double in the past five years to $44 billion.

Prudential has invested and innovated to adapt to evolving consumer 
needs. Eastspring, our Asia asset manager, which has top-10 positions 
in seven markets, serves the needs both of Asian savers and of global 
investors seeking access to Asian opportunities. Pulse, our new digital 
platform, is an end-to-end tool for agent management and client 
fulfilment, being rolled out4 in 15 markets in Asia and Africa in 11 
languages. Our investment in Africa gives us exposure to a growing, 
under-served continent whose population is expected to double to 
more than two billion people by 2050.

E

Our people
Our people, and their ability to work with agility and innovation, 
are another important source of competitive advantage. Over 2020, 
we launched 175 new products5. This pace of progress requires the 
collaboration of people with varied experiences and skills, and the 
promotion of a culture of inclusion has become an increasing area 
of attention for the management and Board. 

We recognise that the efforts made by our people, while adapting to 
virtual working and the broader pressures of the pandemic, can place 
a strain on their wellbeing. This was a focus of the Board and its 
employee engagement directors, Kai Nargolwala for Asia and Africa 
and Tom Watjen for the US and UK, whose activities in this area are 
summarised on page 79. To understand better both the anxieties 
and the ambitions of our people, a series of listening exercises were 
conducted, including our largest-ever employee survey and an 
online ‘Collaboration Jam’ that saw more than 5,000 people make 
contributions. Informed by this feedback, practical initiatives were 
put in place to support people’s mental health and work-life balance. 
In 2021, with Covid-19 continuing to impact lives and working patterns 
in many markets, these themes will continue to be a key area for 
Board consideration.

While the pandemic continues to have an impact, many of our markets 
are starting to ease social distancing restrictions, demand for our 
services remains strong, and the long-term opportunities for growth 
remain as compelling as ever.

Our people have responded to the challenges of Covid-19 with 
purpose, dedication and innovation. Often under great pressure, 
they have found creative new ways of meeting the needs of customers 
and wider stakeholders. I would like to thank the Group’s management 
led by Mike Wells, and our employees, agents, partners and suppliers 
for their efforts and achievements.

As Mike sets out in his report, these efforts translated into a resilient 
financial performance and, guided by Prudential’s new dividend policy 
announced in August 2020, the Board has approved a 2020 second 
interim ordinary dividend of 10.73 cents per share.

Accelerating structural transformation
Our business is at a pivotal moment. Prudential has already gone 
through significant structural change with the 2019 demerger of our 
UK and European operations, M&G plc. In January 2021, the Board 
announced its intention to separate Jackson, our US business, 
through a demerger in the second quarter of 2021 and we continue 
to make good progress towards the completion of this transaction. 
As a standalone business, we expect Jackson to pursue a focused 
strategy which prioritises optimisation and stability of capital 
resources while protecting franchise value. 

Jackson’s separation will complete Prudential’s transformation from a 
diversified, global group into a focused business exclusively targeting 
the fast-growing health, protection and savings opportunities of Asia 
and Africa.

In order to enhance financial flexibility and de-lever the balance sheet, 
Prudential is considering raising new equity of around $2.5-3 billion 
following the completion of the Jackson demerger. Our preferred route 
is a fully marketed global offering to institutional investors concurrent 
with a public offering in Hong Kong to retail investors. As an Asia-
focused company, the Group believes there are clear benefits from 
increasing both its Asian shareholder base and the liquidity of its shares 
in Hong Kong. The allocation of any offering will take into account a 
number of criteria including the interests of existing shareholders.

A

Strategy 
Prudential benefits from a rare combination of rising unmet consumer 
need for its services, hard-to-replicate capabilities, and a strong sense 
of purpose and business strategy that flow organically from each other.

In Asia, people are growing more prosperous and populations are 
ageing. By 2040, the region is expected to account for over half of 
global GDP1, with the number of people over 65 years old reaching 
750 million2. These structural trends are increasing the need for 
financial protection and long-term savings. However, people remain 
under-insured, with four out of every 10 US dollars spent on health still 
settled out of pocket. While people need to save more in order to be 
able to live well throughout their longer lives, the investment industry 
in much of Asia is in its early stages of development. Mutual fund 
penetration – the ratio of total funds invested versus GDP – is more 
than 100 per cent in the United States, but below a third of that level in 
South-east Asia, and significantly lower in some markets in the region.

03

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Chair’s statement / continued

A   B
Purpose and ESG
Prudential’s ability to generate shareholder returns is inextricably 
linked to our creation of social value. Our stated purpose is to help 
people get the most out of life, by enabling them to become healthier 
and wealthier. We provide important social benefits by improving 
access to healthcare and financial protection. By providing services 
that customers value, we build long-term loyalty and recurring 
income, which translates into high-quality earnings for shareholders. 
Furthermore, as an owner and manager of assets, focused on 
delivering strong returns over the long term, we understand the 
importance of playing an active role in the transition to a lower-
carbon future. 

Over the past year, to reinforce this linkage between our business 
model and our purpose, we have refreshed our environmental, social 
and governance (ESG) strategy. This will now focus on three priorities: 
making health and financial security accessible; stewarding the 
human impacts of climate change; and building social capital through 
developing a culture of inclusion, and digital responsibility. The Board 
is committed to working with management to ensure that these 
priorities are placed at the heart of how we do business. 

In January 2021, the Board established for the period up to the 2022 
Annual Meeting a Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group, 
to be chaired by Alice Schroeder. This will oversee the embedding 
of the new ESG framework and progress on diversity and inclusion 
initiatives and will take on employee engagement activities. You can 
find more information in the ESG section of this report starting on 
page 70 and on our website: prudentialplc.com.

A

The Board
My predecessor, Paul Manduca, stepped down on 31 December 2020 
after eight years as Chairman. I would like to thank him for the way he 
skilfully helped navigate the Group through this period of substantial 
change and for the generous way in which he supported me personally 
during the period of transition. Also during 2020 we saw the departure 
of Sir Howard Davies from the Board after almost ten years as a 
Non-executive Director and Chair of the Risk Committee, with Jeremy 
Anderson succeeding him as Chair of that committee. At the 2021 
annual general meeting, Kai Nargolwala will step down as a 
Non-executive Director after nine years on the Board. Sir Howard 
and Kai made significant contributions to the work of the Board 
and they leave with our gratitude.

The Board needs to evolve to keep pace with the Group’s future as 
an exclusively Asian and African business and its increasing focus on 
digital capabilities. To this end, in February 2021 we announced the 
appointments of Chua Sock Koong and Ming Lu, who will both join 
the Board as Non-executive Directors on 1 May 2021. They bring 
extensive experience of successfully investing in, growing and leading 
businesses across Asia.

04

Outlook
While the macroeconomic environment remains uncertain as the 
world continues to manage through the pandemic, the underlying, 
long-term drivers of the demand for the products and services we 
can provide remain clear and strong. Technologies such as machine 
learning, combined with growing digital connectivity, are enabling 
substantial leaps in the development of financial services, while 
consumer preferences are evolving rapidly, in some areas spurred 
on by the pandemic. The pace at which Prudential adapted to the 
operational challenges created by the Covid-19 pandemic gives me 
confidence in our ability to harness these changes, and to continue 
to grow in Asia and Africa, addressing unmet health, protection and 
savings needs. 

I very much look forward to playing my part in this transformation 
and working with all of you to realise our ambitions. 

Shriti Vadera
Chair of the Board

Notes
1  Source: McKinsey – Asia’s future is now, July 2019.
2  Source: Euromonitor International – Three Out of 

The World’s Top Five Oldest Populations Will Be in Asia 
by 2040, November 2020. Data for 2040 are forecasts.
Including India.

3 
4  As of 22 February 2021.
5 

Including 37 bite-sized digital products.

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Executive’s report

We are well placed 
to continue to 
deliver value for 
our shareholders 
and all our 
stakeholders.

Mike Wells  Group Chief Executive

Like all businesses, we faced 
new and unexpected challenges 
throughout 2020, but I am pleased 
to say that, thanks to the dedication 
of our people, we made considerable 
progress on all fronts. 

05

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Group Chief Executive’s report / continued

We are well placed to weather the continuing effects of Covid-19 and 
to deliver for our customers and shareholders over the longer term. 
Our wide range of innovative products, diverse and flexible approach 
to distribution, and relentless focus on operating efficiency enabled 
us to continue to operate profitably, and at the same time continue 
to invest heavily in organic and inorganic growth initiatives. 

In 2020 we focused on three areas of activity. First, we have 
been meeting the urgent needs of our customers, colleagues and 
communities in light of the pandemic. Second, we advanced the 
pace and the extent of our plans in delivering more digitally enabled, 
scalable operations, and equipping us with the tools necessary for 
continued success in the future. This had the effect of enabling us 
to execute effectively during lockdown restrictions. Third, we 
accelerated the structural repositioning of the Group, in particular 
enlarging our footprint in the Asian markets with the most attractive 
structural opportunities, and working at pace towards the proposed 
separation of our US business, Jackson.

D   E
Supporting stakeholders through the pandemic
We have been working hard to support all our stakeholders 
throughout the year. For our customers, for our colleagues and 
distributors, and for the communities in which we work, we have 
introduced a range of innovative measures to both deal with the 
impact of the virus and provide the means for them to emerge in 
a stronger position once the effect of the virus has subsided.

For our customers, we have put in place measures to increase coverage 
during this difficult time and to mitigate financial stress resulting from 
the virus. In most of our markets we introduced free limited-time 
Covid-19 cover, and we made improvements to our offerings 
throughout the year, including providing cash relief upon diagnosis 
and hospitalisation, and paying out on death.

We have enabled our colleagues around the world to work remotely 
and have undertaken a number of new initiatives to find out about and 
respond to their concerns, in particular managing the risk of mental 
and physical health challenges of staff and their families. During the 
course of the year, we have ensured that our people working from 
home have had the necessary equipment and support to do their 
work safely and comfortably. With disruption to working patterns 
continuing into 2021, we are taking further measures to help 
colleagues manage the longer-term psychological strains of remote 
working by providing as much flexibility as possible, and offering 
sessions and support for psychological and physical wellbeing. 

We also took a number of key steps throughout the year to support our 
distributors through the challenges presented by Covid-19. To support 
our agents, we worked with regulators in 2020 to virtualise the sales 
process, and 28 per cent of agency new cases since April 2020, 
where we focused our efforts initially, together with 27 per cent of 
bancassurance new cases since July 2020, have been made virtually. 
This compares with very low amounts in prior years. Our Mainland 
China joint venture, CITIC-Prudential, went a step further by creating a 
virtual reality ‘meeting room’ where clients can purchase our products. 

In the communities in which we work, we launched a number of 
initiatives to provide support through the challenges of Covid-19 and 
beyond. In May we launched the Prudential Covid-19 Relief Fund to 
provide financial support for communities and for the volunteering 
efforts of our people in Asia, the US and Africa. The fund is being 
distributed among our markets around the world to support 
charitable and community projects tackling the immediate impact 
of the pandemic and its social and economic consequences. 

A

Delivering on long-term strategic goals 
We have had two key strategic objectives in 2020. The first has 
been to deliver the proposed separation of our US business, Jackson. 
The second has been to enable our shareholders to benefit to the 
maximum extent from the health, financial protection and savings 
opportunities in our chosen markets in Asia and Africa, while ensuring 
that we deliver more digitally enabled, scalable operations in those 
regions to position us well for future success.

In the US we are now able to provide clarity on the path and timing of 
Jackson’s proposed separation. In January 2021 the Group announced 
an update on Jackson’s capital position and that it had decided to 
pursue the separation of Jackson from the Group through a demerger, 
whereby shares in Jackson would be distributed to Prudential 
shareholders. Subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals, 
the planned demerger is expected to complete in the second quarter 
of 2021, and would lead to a significantly earlier separation of Jackson 
from the Group than would have been possible through a minority 
IPO and future sell-downs, which from market precedent may have 
lasted until 2023. This accelerated process will complete Prudential’s 
structural shift from a diversified global group to a growth business 
focusing exclusively on the unmet health, financial protection and 
savings needs of people in Asia and Africa.

In order to accelerate de-levering during 2021 through the redemption 
of existing high coupon debt, Prudential is considering raising new 
equity of around $2.5-3 billion. Such a transaction, if executed, would 
maintain and enhance the Group’s financial flexibility in light of the 
breadth of the opportunities to invest in growth and aim to increase the 
Group’s investor base in Asia. Prudential believes that there are clear 
benefits to the Group, as an Asian focused company, of increasing its 
institutional ownership in Asia and enhancing the liquidity of its 
ordinary shares in Hong Kong. As a result, its preference is to raise new 
equity through a fully marketed global offering to institutional investors 
concurrent with a public offering in Hong Kong to retail investors, to be 
undertaken after the Jackson demerger, subject to market conditions. 
The Group has held discussions with shareholders and the allocation 
of any offering will take into account a number of criteria including 
the interests of existing shareholders and the strategic benefits of 
enhancing its shareholder base and liquidity in Hong Kong. The Group 
believes that there is potential for substantial value creation for all 
shareholders through the transformation of Prudential into a business 
purely focused on profitable growth in Asia and Africa.

Prudential is planning to retain a 19.9 per cent non-controlling interest 
in Jackson1 at the point of demerger, which will be reported within our 
IFRS balance sheet as a financial investment at fair value. Subject to 
market conditions, we intend to monetise a portion of this investment 
to support investment in Asia within 12 months of the planned 
demerger, such that the Group would own less than 10 per cent 
at the end of such period. 

At the point of proposed separation and subject to market conditions, 
Jackson expects to have an RBC ratio2 in excess of 450 per cent and 
Total Financial Leverage3 in the range of 25 to 30 per cent. Jackson 
expects to achieve this level of RBC at the point of separation by 
contributing proceeds of debt and any hybrid capital raising to its 
regulated insurance subsidiaries. As a result, we do not expect that 
Prudential will receive a pre-separation dividend from Jackson.

Following the planned demerger, Jackson intends to pursue a focused 
strategy that prioritises optimisation and stability of capital resources 
while protecting franchise value. Jackson’s financial goals as a 
standalone company will be designed to maintain a resilient balance 
sheet in order to provide shareholders with stable capital returns and 
profitable growth over the long term. 

06

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIn Asia, our focus is on strengthening our footprint in our key strategic 
markets, building our distribution and product range, and accelerating 
the digitalisation of our platform. Our businesses in Asia are aligned 
with supportive structural trends in the region, in particular rising 
prosperity and ageing populations, which are leading to significant 
and growing protection and savings gaps. 

We have built top-three positions in nine Asian life insurance markets, 
and we have significant upside potential in the region’s two largest 
markets, China and India. In Mainland China, our branch network 
with our local partner CITIC now covers 77 per cent of the country’s 
1.4 billion people4, and we see a broad range of opportunities to 
participate more deeply in that market. In India the businesses 
continue to develop, with our life business recording a 17 per cent rise 
in health and protection APE sales and our asset management business 
increasing funds under management5 by 6 per cent to $26.9 billion20. 
At 31 December 2020, our investment in ICICI Prudential Life 
Insurance was valued at $2.2 billion, in excess of the amount at which 
it is recorded in our IFRS and EEV financial statements.

Across our Asian markets, our comprehensive distribution network 
allows consumers to access our services how, where and when they 
choose. Our network of around 600,000 agents6 is growing ever more 
skilled and productive. Agent recruits7 in Asia (excluding India) rose 
4 per cent in the year, and the number of agents qualifying for elite 
MDRT status doubled to more than 13,200. Our agent management 
has moved online across all markets, enhancing the effectiveness of 
agent communication and operation, and expanding sales capacity, 
with the number of cases per active agent7 increasing by 8 per cent 
in 2020 from the prior year. 

We have access to around 20,000 bank branches and are working 
closely with our partner banks to develop their online offerings. 
In 2020, we entered into a major strategic partnership with TMB Bank 
in Thailand and also began new relationships with banks in Vietnam, 
Laos, Cambodia and Ghana. We are also developing new distribution 
channels through our digital partnerships, including OVO, Indonesia’s 
leading mobile payments platform, and The1, Thailand’s largest 
loyalty platform.

The services we offer are equally broad. We meet the needs of 
everyone from affluent families looking for sophisticated financial 
advice to people considering saving and financial protection for the 
first time. Across Asia we have seen a heightened need for the health 
and protection products that we provide, due to the Covid-19 
pandemic. In a survey, 58 per cent of consumers in our Asian markets 
stated that they were interested in products with value-added 
services, with 46 per cent of customers searching for new insurance 
products8. This has been converted into an increase in the proportions 
of APE sales represented by health and protection products in seven 
of our Asian markets.

We have East Asia’s number-one Islamic life insurance business, 
which saw a 49 per cent growth in new policies in 2020, contributing 
to a 14 per cent growth in APE sales for these products in Malaysia 
and Indonesia combined. Malaysia Takaful is the leader in its market, 
with a 32 per cent share of the market in 2020, as is our sharia business 
in Indonesia, which has the largest Muslim population of any country9, 
with a 35 per cent share of the sharia-compliant market. Our Business 
at Pulse (formerly PruWorks) proposition, which serves small and 
medium-sized enterprises, continues to develop, driving APE sales 
from group business up 17 per cent in 2020.

Our Asia asset manager, Eastspring, manages $247.8 billion in assets 
across 11 markets in Asia, and is a top-10 asset manager in seven of 
those markets. Eastspring has a broad product set and an unrivalled 
ability to serve the needs both of Asian savers and global investors 
seeking access to Asian opportunities, and we continue to diversify 
the product set.

Our investment in Africa gives us exposure to a growing, under-served 
continent whose population is expected to double to more than 
two billion people by 2050. 

The pace of our innovation continues to accelerate, and that is 
translating into improved operational performance. In 2020, we 
launched or revamped 175 products10 across our markets, contributing 
20 per cent of APE sales. Of these, more than 115 were traditional 
and health and protection products, including Anxin, our digital 
health and protection solution for the China market, with 165,000 
policies sold in 2020, around 50 per cent of them to new customers. 
In Indonesia several new launches of simplified standalone protection 
products saw their contribution rise to 37 per cent of APE, up from 
8 per cent in 2019, which drove an overall increase in total new cases 
sold in 2020 of 12 per cent.

We have significant investment appetite in Asia and Africa that is 
based on the absolute size and demographic characteristics of each 
economy and our ability to build competitive advantage, leveraging 
our scale and expertise. While we will continue to build on our leading 
positions in Hong Kong and ASEAN, we see the greatest opportunities 
in the largest economies of China, India, Indonesia and Thailand. We 
expect this strategy to deliver profitable and sustainable compounding 
growth and high risk-adjusted returns for shareholders. Accordingly, 
our dividend policy announced in August reflects a rebalancing of 
capital allocation from cash dividends to reinvestment of capital into 
the Asia business. 

Following the proposed separation of Jackson, our focus on Asia and 
Africa will support long-term delivery of future shareholder returns 
through value appreciation, with a focus on achieving sustained 
double-digit growth in embedded value per share. This will in turn 
be supported by the growth rates of new business profit, which are 
expected to substantially exceed GDP growth rates in the markets 
in which the post-demerger Prudential Group operates.

07

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Group Chief Executive’s report / continued

A

Pulse: building our digital capabilities 
Our culture of innovation is exemplified by Pulse, our new digital 
platform, which is enhancing our digital capability across Asia 
and Africa.

The first iteration of the Pulse mobile app was launched in Malaysia in 
August 2019, with features focused on helping our customers – and 
the wider population – prevent and postpone ill-health. These initial 
services included an artificial intelligence-driven medical symptom 
checker, telemedicine and dengue fever alerts. Since then, Pulse 
has been launched in 11 languages across 11 Asian and four African 
markets. 58 per cent of Asian consumers desire access to healthcare 
value-added services8, such as virtual GP, and new features have 
continued to be added to Pulse on a weekly basis to meet this demand. 
Covid-19 has stimulated interest in the health features of Pulse, as both 
consumers and policymakers embrace the flexibility and accessibility 
offered by digital health solutions in a period when travel and 
face-to-face contact has been restricted. By February 2021, Pulse had 
been downloaded around 20 million times11. Sales referrals from Pulse 
to our agents in 2020, together with a small amount of revenue from 
bite-sized products sold directly on Pulse, translated into $211 million 
of APE sales12.

In 2021, as we continue to help customers become healthier,  
we intend to broaden our services to give greater support to people’s 
wealth needs.

A   C
Financial performance
Our financial performance during 2020 provides tangible evidence 
of how we are successfully executing our strategy.

At a Group level, overall adjusted IFRS operating profit based on 
longer-term investment returns13 (adjusted operating profit) for 2020 
from our continuing operations was $5,507 million, 4 per cent higher than 
the prior year on a constant exchange rate basis, reflecting the continued 
growth of our Asia businesses, offset by lower US profits. Central 
expenses declined by 8 per cent, reflecting lower interest and head office 
costs. IFRS profit after tax from continuing operations13 was $2,185 million 
in 2020 (2019: $1,953 million on an actual exchange rate basis). 

In Asia, in a challenging environment, our diversified, high-quality, 
recurring-premium business model enabled us to continue to grow 
value and scale, with our total Asia embedded value reaching 
$44.2 billion, an increase of 13 per cent compared with 2019, and more 
than doubling over the last five years. Adjusted operating profit was 
13 per cent higher than 2019 on a constant exchange rate basis, driven 
by the resilience of our in-force life business and the rebound of the 
level of funds managed by our asset manager Eastspring in the second 
half of 2020.

The quality of our historic book of insurance business contributed 
to resilient in-force growth, with a 6 per cent increase in renewal 
premiums14 to $20.1 billion. The high level of renewal premiums 
is the result of the high level of regular-premium business we sell 
(representing 90 per cent of APE sales in 2020), the high mix of health 
and protection business, which formed 65 per cent of new business 
profit in the year, and a 90 per cent customer retention rate15. This 
contributed to life insurance adjusted operating profit in Asia growing 
by 14 per cent (on a constant exchange rate basis). The performance 
was broad-based, led by Hong Kong, up 20 per cent, with a further 
eight markets delivering double-digit growth.

08

Our Asia asset management business, Eastspring, saw total assets 
under management reach $247.8 billion, up 3 per cent from the end of 
2019 and 13 per cent higher than 30 June 2020, on an actual exchange 
rate basis, with external net outflows moderating in the second half 
of year alongside improving equity markets. Eastspring’s funds under 
management also benefited from net inflows from internal Asia life 
funds of $8.5 billion during 2020, representing a continuing source of 
reliable funds flows to the Eastspring business and a structural strength 
of our business model. Overall, this helped the adjusted operating 
profit increase by 2 per cent compared with the prior year. Continued 
cost discipline helped maintain the cost/income ratio14 at 52 per cent.

Despite the continuing impact of the Covid-19 pandemic across our 
markets, we delivered a relatively resilient performance in respect of 
new business profit and APE sales. Outside Hong Kong, new business 
profit17 was (4) per cent lower, in line with a (6) per cent reduction 
in APE sales18. In Hong Kong, new business profit was down 
(62) per cent, with APE sales (63) per cent lower, largely as a result 
of the impact of Covid-19-related restrictions on cross-border sales. 
Overall, this led to a (28) per cent fall in Asia APE sales as compared 
with 2019. China, our third-largest market by APE sales, was a 
particular highlight, with bancassurance APE sales up by 34 per cent 
compared with 2019. Agency APE sales rebounded by 15 per cent 
in the second quarter as restrictions were lifted, and overall APE sales 
in the second half increased by 4 per cent compared with the same 
period in the prior year. New business profit in China increased 
3 per cent to $269 million and new business profit margins 
strengthened. This was led by the agency force focus on protection 
products, which accounted for 53 per cent of sales from this channel 
and as a result agency channel margins16 climbed to 85 per cent 
(2019: 74 per cent).

The nature and timing of Covid-19-related disruption varied 
considerably across our markets. The ability of our franchise to grow 
as restrictions were lifted is evident from the sequential increase in 
APE sales in nine markets including Hong Kong, with the third-quarter 
total Asia APE sales above the second by 33 per cent, and the fourth 
quarter above the third by 18 per cent. 

We continue to build our operations in Africa, with APE sales reaching 
$112 million, representing growth of 51 per cent. Our African 
businesses are progressing well with the adoption of our new digital 
sales management system, which has driven positive operating trends.

Jackson maintained its leading position in the US variable annuity 
market19, with new variable annuity APE sales up 13 per cent to 
$1,662 million, reflecting customer demand for Jackson’s products 
in this market and the breadth and expertise of its distribution force. 

Jackson’s adjusted operating profit was $2,796 million (2019: 
$3,070 million), reflecting DAC adjustment effects and the expected 
reduction in spread-related earnings following the reinsurance 
contract with Athene in June 2020 and lower asset yields, partially 
offset by higher fee income from increased average account balances. 
Overall Jackson incurred a $(247) million post-tax loss (2019: loss 
of $(380) million), where the economic nature of our hedging 
programme, and the related accounting mismatches, alongside 
the exceptional equity volatility seen over the year, resulted in the 
recognition of losses on equity derivatives taken out as part of 
Jackson’s hedging programme.

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comOutlook 
Throughout the Covid-19 crisis that dominated 2020, we 
demonstrated our ability to act at pace, our adaptability and the 
resilience of our underlying business. We will continue to apply these 
strengths as we move forward. With each cycle of lockdown and 
reopening, we have adopted varied responses depending on the local 
conditions, we have improved our agility as we have responded, and 
the strength of our business has remained apparent. We expect that 
vaccination programmes will be launched in a number of our markets 
in 2021, triggering a gradual return to more normal economic patterns. 
However, the pace of these programmes and their effect is likely to 
vary substantially and gives a degree of uncertainty over performance 
of the business in the short term.

That confidence in the future is underpinned by the clarity of our 
strategy for delivering long-term profitable growth. The Group aims 
to deliver outperformance by building leadership positions in the 
markets with the greatest scale, investing in people and innovating, 
and nurturing relationships with our key stakeholders.

If we execute successfully, the outcome of our strategy will be growth 
in new business profit that is expected to outpace the economic 
growth of the markets where we operate. We are confident that our 
clear and focused strategy, coupled with our proven execution ability, 
leaves us well placed to continue to deliver value for our shareholders 
and all our stakeholders over the long term, with a focus on achieving 
sustained double-digit growth in embedded value per share. 

. 

Mike Wells
Group Chief Executive

Our most significant market by new business profit and embedded 
value is Hong Kong. Sales to Mainland Chinese individuals in 
Hong Kong have been severely curtailed by the closure of the border 
with mainland China. There is at present unlikely to be a lifting of 
the border restrictions until the third quarter of 2021 at the earliest, 
but this depends on a number of factors. However, we believe there 
will continue to be demand from Mainland Chinese customers for 
the Hong Kong product suite once the border reopening occurs 
and we have been building on our existing product and digitalisation 
capabilities to continue to serve both these and domestic customers 
in the future. Since the second quarter of 2020 we have seen 
sequential quarterly increases in sales in Asia, but our continued 
success across all our markets will be dependent in part on 
government reaction to changes in the number and type of Covid-19 
cases and the vaccine roll-out.

Nevertheless, we are confident that the demand for our products 
will continue to grow in line with the structural growth in our chosen 
markets, and that our expanding and increasingly digitalised 
distribution platforms will meet that demand. 

Notes
1  Prudential is planning to retain a 19.9 per cent voting 

interest and a 19.7 per cent economic interest.

2  Representing the RBC ratio of Jackson National Life 
that reflects the capital and capital requirements of 
Jackson National Life and its subsidiaries, including 
Jackson National Life NY.

3  Calculated on a US GAAP basis as the ratio of 

total debt (including senior debt, hybrid debt and 
preferred securities) to total debt and shareholders’ 
equity (excluding Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Income).

4  2019 data for population. Sources from National 

Bureau of Statistics and CBIRC.

5  Full year 2020 total funds under management, 

including external funds under management, money 
market funds, funds managed on behalf of M&G plc 
and internal funds under management, reported based 
on the country where the funds are managed.
Including India.

6 

7  Excluding India.
8  Source: Swiss Re COVID-19 Consumer Survey, 

April 2020.

9  Source: Indonesia Ministry of Religion Data Centre.
10 Including 37 bite-sized digital products.
11 As of 22 February 2021.
12 APE sales substantially from full-premium products 
sold through referrals to agents and a small amount 
of revenue from 37 new digital products.

13 Attributed to the shareholders of the Group before 
deducting the amount attributable to the non-
controlling interests. This presentation is applied 
consistently throughout the document.

14 See note II of the Additional unaudited financial 
information for definition and reconciliation to 
IFRS balances.

15 Excluding India, Laos and Myanmar.
16 The value of new business on and EEV basis expressed 
as a percentage of APE sales. See note 1 of the EEV 
basis results.

17 New business profit, on a post-tax basis, on business 

sold in the year, calculated in accordance with 
EEV principles.

18 APE sales is a measure of new business activity 

that comprises the aggregate of annualised regular 
premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on new 
business written during the year for all insurance 
products, including premiums for contracts designated 
as investment contracts under IFRS 4. It is not 
representative of premium income recorded in the 
IFRS financial statements. See note II of the Additional 
unaudited financial information for further explanation.

19 LIMRA: through the third quarter of 2020, Jackson 
accounted for 16.5% of new sales in the U.S. retail 
variable annuity market and ranked number 1 in 
variable annuity sales. 

20 Representing Prudential’s 49 per cent interest.

09

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
  A

Strategic  
report

Contents
12  Group at a glance
14  Our business model
16  Our performance
18  Group strategy and operations
28  Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief  
Operating Officer’s report on the 2020 
financial performance

45  Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s  
report on the risks facing our business  
and how these are managed

70  ESG report

10

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comG
r
o
u
p
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
V
a
u
e
(
E
E
V
)
b
a
s
i
s
r
e
s
u
l
t
s

l

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

11

 Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group at a glance

Prudential plc is an Asia-led group 
providing health, protection and 
savings solutions to more than 
20 million customers

Our differentiated product portfolio in Asia 
and Africa is well positioned to meet the 
health, protection and savings needs of the 
region, where insurance penetration is low 
and demand for savings solutions is rapidly 
developing. Our trusted brands, digitally 
enabled multi-channel distribution and 
efficient and agile infrastructure enable us 
to meet the growing needs of our customers 
for long-term savings and financial security.

Africa opportunity
Rapidly growing multi-product, 
multi-distribution business in Africa 
with operations across the continent

51%

growth in APE sales

We are operating in

8

African markets with a 
combined population of over

400m

12

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
Top 3 position in   
9 out of 13 life markets 
in which we operate

Downloads of our health and wealth  
super-app, Pulse by Prudential

c.20m

as of February 20212

$211m

APE sales1 from Pulse by Prudential

Distribution

28%

of agency sales made virtually  
between April-December 

Customers

 16mtotal number of life customers

Eastspring is the 
largest pan-Asian  
retail asset manager 
excluding Japan

$248bn

assets under management

US separation
In January 2021 the Board announced that 
it had decided to pursue the separation of 
Jackson from the Group through a demerger, 
whereby shares in Jackson would be 
distributed to Prudential shareholders. 

The success of Jackson’s variable annuity 
offerings reflects:

 — The attractiveness of Jackson’s product 

and the investment freedom and optional 
guaranteed benefits they offer; and

 — The breadth of Jackson’s distribution across 
multiple channels, and the productivity 
of Jackson’s wholesaler field force.

 10,000

Americans to reach 
retirement age  
every day for the  
next 40 years

3m

customers

13%

growth in variable 
annuity APE sales

B

Our purpose
Prudential helps people get the most out 
of life. We make healthcare affordable 
and accessible, we protect people’s wealth 
and grow their assets, and we empower 
our customers to save for their goals.

Our values
Ambitious
Our business is competitive. We push 
ourselves and each other to greatness, 
but not at all costs. Being a team player 
and doing the right thing come first.

Curious
The world is changing rapidly. No one 
person has all the answers. We are humble 
and seek to listen, learn, and see things 
differently so we can innovate.

Empathetic
There is an age-old wisdom in walking 
a mile in another’s shoes. We do that 
every day, whether it’s with customers 
or colleagues.

Courageous
Prudential’s success and culture belongs 
to all of us – it’s our shared legacy. 
We build it together, bring our full selves 
to work, and speak truth to power.

Nimble
We approach our work iteratively, 
with carefully-designed experiments 
that help us fail fast and fail forward.

Our strategy
We create shareholder value by focusing 
on the opportunities available to the 
Group’s high-growth businesses in Asia 
and Africa.

Read more about our Group strategy and operations 
on page 18 

Notes
1    APE sales substantially from full-premium products 
sold through referrals to agents and a small amount 
of revenue from 37 new digital products.

2    As of 22 February 2021.

13

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
Our business model

Where we 
operate

Operating 
model

We choose to operate in markets that offer the 
largest structural growth potential; and tailor 
products and solutions to meet the needs of 
these populations. We focus on areas with low 
insurance penetration in Asia and Africa, and 
where demand for savings is rapidly increasing.

Asia
In Asia, there is a growing demand for savings 
and protection across the region, as markets 
are challenged by low life insurance penetration 
and a large pension funding gap. 

Read more on page 19 

Reinvestment  
to meet  
social needs  
and address 
opportunities

Africa
In Africa, we are building businesses in one 
of the world’s most under-penetrated markets, 
with the population expected to double to 
more than two billion people by 2050.

Read more on page 19 

Value for 
investors  
and other 
stakeholders

US
In the US, we intend to effect a full separation of 
Jackson to enable the Group to focus exclusively 
on its high-growth Asia and Africa businesses.

Read more on page 26 

Propositions  
to meet 
customer  
needs

Markets
We select markets with low insurance 
penetration with a growing need for health, 
protection and savings products, and 
demonstrate opportunities for growth.

We invest in these markets to address 
the social requirements for insurance 
and asset management solutions, as the 
needs of the population develop alongside 
economic growth.

We work with governments and 
regulators to understand their objectives, 
priorities and concerns, and how they 
affect or shape our business.

Value creation
We generate value through insurance profits from 
the protection given to policyholders, and managing 
customers’ savings.

The Group uses the value it creates to reinvest in 
the Asia business, which will lead to further returns 
for shareholders.

Integrated asset management
Our asset management business is fully embedded within 
our insurance operations. We leverage Eastspring’s expertise 
in equity, bonds and multi-asset management to underpin  
our insurance products, as well as offering products direct 
to third-party institutions and retail clients.

Customer service and loyalty
Our excellent customer service is a key factor in building 
our strong reputation and leading pan-Asia franchise.

 — High customer loyalty, with a retention ratio 
consistently in excess of 90 per cent. 
 — The satisfaction and trust our customers 

have in our business translates into a   
high proportion of repeat sales.

Operating with discipline
Risk management and disciplined allocation of capital underpin 
our activities, while our governance, processes and controls enable 
us to deal effectively with uncertainty.

Building sustainable business
We build sustainable businesses and invest responsibly, seeking 
to integrate environmental, social and governance considerations 
into our investment processes and stewardship activities.

Read more in the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on page 45 

Read more in the ESG report on page 70 

Engaging our stakeholders

We engage with our stakeholder groups closely and take account 

of their concerns in our decision making.

Read more in our Section 172 statement on page 78 

Living by our principles

We put customers first. 

We act with integrity.

We embrace a growth mindset.

We invest in all our communities.

We take the long view.

These principles are underpinned by our values which are set out on page 13 

14

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
Products  
and brands
We provide health,  
protection and long-term  
savings products that meet  
the needs of our customers.

We focus on long-term recurring  
revenue that compounds over time.

We invest in and develop our  
brands, to build trust, drive awareness  
and attract and retain customers.

Innovation  
and broad 
capabilities

Distribution and  
customer engagement
Our extensive distribution channels  
enable us to better understand and 
service customers’ financial needs.

Our health, savings and protection products 
are distributed through our extensive agent 
network, banks and digital partnerships.

Our asset management products  
are distributed to third-party institutions  
and retail clients.

Pulse by Prudential is our health and  
wealth super-app. Pulse is a free digital  
mobile application that offers holistic 
management, artificial intelligence  
(AI)-powered self-help tools,  
and real time information to serve  
users 24/7 and promotes health  
and wellbeing through a range  
of value-added services.

Delivering  
for 
customers

The value we create  
for our stakeholders

Customers
We aim to provide accessible 
healthcare solutions as well as 
empowering our customers to 
save for their goals.

Investors
Our Asia-focused strategy will 
support long-term delivery of future 
shareholder returns through value 
appreciation and dividends.

During the year we paid out over  

EEV Group excluding Jackson1 

$27.5bn

to our customers in respect of 
the long-term insurance products 
they hold with us2 

$41.9bn

Our people
We provide an inclusive working 
environment where we develop 
talent, reward performance, protect 
our people and value our differences.

 18,687

employees

Regulators
We work with regulators to 
understand their objectives, priorities 
and concerns, and how they affect 
the shape of our business.

$11.0bn

LCSM shareholder surplus

Government and 
wider society
We regard governments and 
legislatures in the markets in which 
we operate as important stakeholders. 
In addition, we support communities 
where we operate, through 
investment in business and 
infrastructure, paying tax revenues 
and community support activity. 
In 2020, the Prudential Covid-19 
Relief Fund provided financial 
support for communities and for the 
volunteering efforts of our people.

$33.2m

community support investment

Suppliers
We treat our suppliers fairly so 
we both mutually benefit from 
our relationship.

Notes
1    Excludes Jackson EEV basis shareholders’ equity of $12.1 billion. See note II 
of the Additional unaudited financial information for reconciliation to IFRS 
shareholder’s equity.

2   Comprising $20.3 billion in claims paid in the US and $7.2 billion claims paid in 
Asia, both gross of reinsurance. Included within total charge for benefits and 
claims in the IFRS income statement, see note C3.1(iii)(c) to the IFRS financial 
statements for more details.

Operating with discipline

Building sustainable business

Risk management and disciplined allocation of capital underpin 

We build sustainable businesses and invest responsibly, seeking 

our activities, while our governance, processes and controls enable 

to integrate environmental, social and governance considerations 

us to deal effectively with uncertainty.

into our investment processes and stewardship activities.

Read more in the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on page 45 

Read more in the ESG report on page 70 

Engaging our stakeholders
We engage with our stakeholder groups closely and take account 
of their concerns in our decision making.

Read more in our Section 172 statement on page 78 

Living by our principles
We put customers first. 
We act with integrity.
We embrace a growth mindset.

We invest in all our communities.
We take the long view.

These principles are underpinned by our values which are set out on page 13 

15

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
C

Our performance

Measuring our financial performance
To create sustainable economic value for our shareholders we 
focus on delivering sustainable compounding growth while 
generating cash and capital to reinvest in the Asia and Africa 
businesses and meet our financing needs. We focus on the 
following metrics when looking at our financial performance1.

Adjusted IFRS operating profit based 
on longer-term investment returns 
(adjusted operating profit)2 $m
The Group’s business involves entering into 
long-term contracts with customers, and hence the 
Group manages its associated assets and liabilities 
over a longer-term time horizon. This enables the 
Group to manage a degree of short-term market 
volatility. Therefore, adjusted operating profit 
based on longer-term investment returns is 
management’s preferred measure when evaluating 
the performance of the business. Other distorting 
items are excluded from adjusted operating profit to 
allow more relevant period-on-period comparisons 
of the trading operations of the Group, eg the 
effects of corporate transactions are excluded.

EEV new business profit3 $m
Life insurance products are, by their nature, long 
term and generate profit over a number of years. 
Embedded value reporting provides investors with 
a measure of the future profit streams of the Group. 
EEV new business profit reflects the value of future 
profit streams which are not fully captured in the 
year of sale under IFRS reporting.

EEV operating profit6 $m
EEV operating profit is provided as an additional 
measure of profitability. This measure includes EEV 
new business profit, the change in the value of the 
Group’s long-term in-force business, and profit 
from our asset management and other businesses 
on an IFRS basis. As with IFRS, EEV operating profit 
reflects the underlying results based on longer-
term investment returns.

16

Group adjusted operating profit in 2020 is 
4 per cent higher on a constant and actual 
exchange rate basis compared with 2019.

 Adjusted operating profit for the Group excluding 
Jackson Financial Inc. and its subsidiaries (Jackson) 
was $2,757 million up 24 per cent on a constant 
exchange rate basis (23 per cent on an actual 
exchange rate basis), reflecting higher adjusted 
operating profit from Asia life and asset 
management operations, up 13 per cent on a 
constant exchange rate basis to $3,667 million 
(12 per cent on an actual exchange rate basis) and 
lower central and restructuring costs (excluding 
Jackson), down 12 per cent to $(910) million (2019: 
$(1,029) million) on an actual exchange rate basis.

Jackson adjusted operating profit before 
restructuring costs was $2,796 million, down 
(9) per cent largely reflecting the impact of DAC 
adjustments in the current year and the expected 
reduction in spread-related earnings following the 
Athene reinsurance agreement. Jackson adjusted 
operating profit after restructuring costs was 
$2,750 million.

^
23%

5,507
2,750

2,757

5,310
3,063

2,247

2019 $m

2020 $m

  Jackson 
  Group excl. Jackson 

  Jackson 
  Group excl. Jackson

Note
Amounts stated after restructuring and IFRS 17 
implementation costs attributable to each block.

EEV new business profit in 2020 decreased by 
(37) per cent on a constant exchange rate basis and 
(36) per cent actual exchange rate basis compared 
with 2019. 

4,405
883

3,522

EEV new business profit for Asia declined by 
(38) per cent on a constant and actual exchange 
rate basis to $2,201 million, driven by declines in 
new business sales as a result of Covid-19 related 
disruption.

Jackson EEV new business profit declined by 
(32) per cent, largely reflecting a decline in sales 
and the reduction in interest rates during 2020, 
partly mitigated by the higher proportion of 
variable annuity sales in the year.

Group EEV operating profit in 2020 decreased 
by (24) per cent on an actual exchange rate basis 
compared with 2019. 

EEV operating profit for the Group excluding 
Jackson fell by (34) per cent on an actual exchange 
rate basis, largely reflecting the decline in new 
business profit, described above and the effect of 
lower interest rates on the in-force operating profits.

Jackson EEV operating profit increased 4 per cent 
to $1,844 million.

2019 $m

  Jackson 
  Asia 

6,905
1,777

5,128

38%^

2,802
601
2,201

2020 $m

  Jackson 
  Asia

34%^

5,220
1,844

3,376

2019 $m

2020 $m

  Jackson 
  Group excl. Jackson 

  Jackson 
  Group excl. Jackson

Note
Amounts stated after restructuring and IFRS 17 
implementation costs attributable to each block.

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
Free surplus generation from insurance 
and asset management businesses4 $m
Free surplus generation from insurance and asset 
management businesses is used to measure the 
internal cash generation of our business units. 
For insurance operations, it represents amounts 
maturing from the in-force business during the 
period, less investment in new business and 
excludes other non-operating items. For asset 
management, it equates to post-tax operating 
profit for the year.

EEV basis shareholders’ equity6 $bn
EEV represents the present value of the 
shareholders’ interest in the post-tax future profits 
(on a local statutory basis) expected to arise 
from the current book of long-term business, 
after sufficient allowance has been made for the 
aggregate risks in the business. Asset management 
and other non-insurance subsidiaries, joint 
ventures and associates are included in EEV at 
the Group’s proportionate share of IFRS basis 
shareholders’ equity, with central Group debt 
shown on a market value basis.

Group local capital summation method 
shareholder basis surplus5 $bn
The Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA) is the 
Group-wide supervisor for the Prudential Group. 
In agreement with the Hong Kong IA, the Group 
currently applies the local capital summation 
method (LCSM) to determine Group regulatory 
capital requirements (both minimum and 
prescribed levels) until the Group-wide 
Supervision (GWS) Framework is effective, 
which for Prudential is expected in the second 
quarter of 2021 upon designation by the Hong 
Kong IA. See the Group capital position section 
of the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer’s report for further information.

Notes
1  The comparative results shown above have been 

prepared using an actual exchange rate (AER) basis 
except where otherwise stated. Comparative results 
on a constant exchange rate (CER) basis are also shown 
in financial tables in the Group Chief Financial Officer 
and Chief Operating Officer’s report on our 2020 
financial performance. Growth rates for 2019 to 2020 
are on an AER basis.

2  Adjusted operating profit is management’s primary 
measure of profitability and provides an underlying 
operating result based on longer-term investment 
returns and excludes non-operating items. 
This alternative performance measure is reconciled 
to IFRS profit for the year in note B1.1 of the IFRS 
financial statements. 

  Growth rate on Group excluding Jackson on an 
actual exchange rate basis. Group excluding Jackson 
comprises Asia, Africa and central operations.
  Growth rate on Asia operations on an actual 
exchange rate basis.

Group operating free surplus generation from 
continuing insurance and asset management 
operations before restructuring costs was 
$3,004 million in the year (2019: $2,897 million 
on an actual exchange rate basis). Group operating 
free surplus generation from continuing insurance 
and asset management operations after 
restructuring costs was $2,886 million in the 
year (2019: $2,861 million on an actual exchange 
rate basis).

Operating free surplus generation before 
restructuring costs for Asia operations increased 
8 per cent on a constant exchange rate basis 
(7 per cent on an actual exchange rate basis) to 
$1,895 million, following the growth of the in-force 
portfolio and lower levels of new business, partially 
offset by the effect of lower interest rates compared 
with the prior year. 

Jackson operating free surplus generated before 
restructuring costs fell (1) per cent compared 
with 2019, which included a $355 million benefit 
following the integration of the John Hancock 
business acquired in 2018.

Group total EEV basis shareholders’ equity 
decreased (1) per cent during 2020 to $54.0 billion.

EEV shareholders’ equity for the Group excluding 
Jackson increased 9 per cent to $41.9 billion, 
largely reflecting Asia new business sales and 
operating returns on its growing in-force book.

2,897
1,125

1,772

2019 $m

  Jackson 
  Asia 

54.7
16.3

38.4

^
7%

3,004
1,109

1,895

2020 $m

  Jackson 
  Asia

^
9%

54.0
12.1

41.9

The Group’s available capital, as recorded on 
a LCSM shareholder basis, covers the Group’s 
minimum capital requirement over three times. 
In 2020, capital generation from the in-force 
business has been used to invest in new business, 
pay the external dividend and invest in new 
partnerships. After these investment and 
distributions, and the impact of market movements, 
LCSM shareholder surplus increased from 
$9.5 billion, with an LCSM shareholder ratio 
of 309 per cent, at 31 December 2019 to 
$11.0 billion, with an LCSM ratio of 328 per cent, 
at 31 December 2020.

2019 $bn

2020 $bn

  Jackson 
  Group excl. Jackson 

  Jackson 
  Group excl. Jackson

9.5

11.0

309%

328%

2019 $bn

2020 $bn

3  New business profit, on a post-tax basis, on business 

sold in the year, calculated in accordance with 
EEV principles.

4  Operating free surplus generated from insurance 
and asset management operations. For insurance 
operations, operating free surplus generated 
represents amounts maturing from the in-force 
business during the year less investment in new 
business and excludes non-operating items. 
For asset management businesses, it equates to 
post-tax operating profit for the year. Restructuring 
costs are presented separately from the business unit 
amount. Further information is set out in ‘movement 
in Group free surplus’ of the EEV basis results.

5  Surplus over Group minimum capital requirement 
and estimated before allowing for second interim 
ordinary dividend. Shareholder business excludes 
the available capital and minimum capital requirement 
of participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore 
and Malaysia. Further information on the basis of 
calculation of the LCSM measure is contained in note 
I(i) of the Additional unaudited financial information.

6  The EEV basis results have been prepared in 

accordance with EEV principles discussed in ‘basis 
of preparation’ of the EEV basis results. See note II 
of Additional unaudited financial information for 
definition and reconciliation to IFRS balances.

17

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Group strategy and operations

Prudential’s differentiated product and geographic portfolio is 
well positioned to meet the protection and savings needs of the 
growing populations in Asia and Africa, where insurance penetration 
is currently low and demand for savings solutions is rapidly 
developing. In the United States, Jackson remains a leading provider 
of variable annuities to retail investors. Following the proposed 
demerger of Jackson, Prudential intends to take full advantage of 
the long-term structural opportunities in Asia and Africa. It seeks 
to operate with discipline in allocating capital for long-term returns, 
and to deliver profitable and increasingly diversified growth.

18

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB

Group overview

Asia and Africa

Our purpose is to help people get the most out of life. We make 
healthcare affordable and accessible and promote financial inclusion 
across our markets. We protect people’s wealth and help them grow 
their assets, and we empower our customers to save for their goals. 
This purpose is served through implementing our business strategy, 
set out in this section and our environmental, social and governance 
(ESG) strategy set out in our ESG report on page 70.

With this purpose in mind, our intention is to take full advantage of 
the long-term structural opportunities in Asia and Africa and to pursue 
a path for a fully independent Jackson. In January 2021, the Board 
announced that it had decided to pursue the separation of Jackson 
from the Group in the first half of 2021 through a demerger, whereby 
shares in Jackson would be distributed to Prudential shareholders. 
The result of this separation will be two separately listed companies 
with distinct investment propositions, which the Group’s Board 
believes will lead to improved strategic outcomes for both businesses.

The Prudential Group will focus exclusively on its high-growth Asia 
and Africa businesses. We will also accelerate our development of 
digitally enabled products and services to help prevent, postpone 
and protect our customers from threats to their health and wellbeing, 
as well as supporting them to achieve their savings goals.

We have a pan-Asian footprint, with our largest life and protection 
operations in Hong Kong, Singapore, Indonesia and Malaysia as well 
as our joint venture in China. We also operate in Thailand, Vietnam, 
Taiwan, the Philippines, Cambodia, Laos and Myanmar and have 
a successful partnership in India. Within this footprint, Prudential 
has top three positions1 in 9 out of 13 life markets and extensive 
distribution networks, across digital, agency and bancassurance 
channels. We focus on delivering profitable regular premium health 
and protection insurance products and fee-based earnings. 

In asset management, Eastspring manages $247.8 billion across 
11 markets in Asia and provides focused investment solutions to 
third-party retail and institutional clients as well as to our internally 
sourced life funds. Eastspring is a top 10 asset manager in 7 of the 
11 markets in which it operates, and is the largest pan-Asian retail 
asset manager excluding Japan2. 

Since 2014 we have also built a rapidly growing multi-product, 
multi-distribution business in Africa, with operations now in eight 
countries across the continent, and have over one million customers. 
Starting in 2021 the regional office for Africa will be based in Nairobi, 
making East Africa our hub for the continued success of operating 
on the continent.

Jackson will continue to help Americans grow and protect their 
retirement savings and income to enable them to pursue financial 
freedom for life through its differentiated products, well-known 
brand and industry-leading distribution network. 

Further information on the Prudential Group’s and Jackson’s 
respective businesses are set out below. The result of the proposed 
separation of Jackson will be two separately listed companies with 
distinct investment propositions, which the Group’s Board believes 
will lead to improved strategic outcomes for both businesses.

Our offering in Asia and Africa is evolving to respond to growing 
customer awareness and demand for products that address health and 
wellness, as well as providing life insurance cover. Pulse by Prudential, 
our health and wellness platform provides a compelling offering to 
address these needs, building on our existing distribution channels 
and trusted brand. Further information on Pulse by Prudential, and our 
markets, customers, products and distribution within the region is set 
out below.

Asia has grown significantly over the last 10 years, for example over 
the decade from 2010 to 2020, embedded value in Asia grew on 
average by 14 per cent3 per annum and at 31 December 2020 was 
$44.2 billion. Since 2013, Prudential has committed almost $10 billion 
of capital to support growth in Asia, including around $5 billion of 
inorganic investments to grow our distribution reach and to build 
digital capability. Around one-third of the total investment has been 
made since January 2019. Investments in 2020 included establishing 
a 15-year strategic bancassurance partnership with TMB, which 
significantly strengthens our distribution capability in Thailand’s 
fast-growing life insurance sector and strongly complements our 
top-five position2 in the country’s mutual fund market. In other 
markets we have also established a new bancassurance partnership 
with SeABank, a fast-growing bank in Vietnam with approximately 
1.2 million customers and almost 170 branches, as well as signing 
new agreements with Banque Franco-Lao (BFL) BRED Group in Laos, 
and in early 2021 with Phnom Penh Commercial Bank Plc (PPCBank) 
in Cambodia.

We have significant investment appetite in Asia in the future that is 
based on the absolute size and demographic characteristics of each 
economy and our ability to build competitive advantage leveraging 
our scale and expertise. While we will continue to build on our 
leading positions in Hong Kong and members of the Association of 
Southeast Asia Nations (ASEAN), we see the greatest opportunities 
in the largest economies of China, India, Indonesia and Thailand. 
This investment is expected to deliver profitable and sustainable 
compounding growth and will support long-term delivery of future 
shareholder returns through value appreciation, with a focus on 
achieving sustained double-digit growth in embedded value per share. 

19

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Cambodia 
Life insurance
Market ranking1 
Population4 
Penetration5 

China 
Life insurance
Market ranking1,8 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7 

Hong Kong 
Life insurance
Market ranking1 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7 

India 
Life insurance
Market ranking1,9 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7 

Indonesia 
Life insurance
Market ranking1,10 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7 

Japan 
Eastspring
Funds under management7 

Korea 
Eastspring
Funds under management7 

Laos 
Life insurance
Market ranking1 
Population4 
Penetration5 

Malaysia 
Life insurance
Market ranking1,11 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7 

Philippines 
Life insurance
Market ranking1 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Singapore 
Life insurance
Market ranking1,12 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7 

1st
17m
0.5%

4th
1.4bn
2.3%

$1,724

$9.6bn

2nd
7m
18.3%

$9,156

$5.6bn

3rd
1.4bn
2.8%

$1,382

$26.9bn

1st
274m
1.4%

$1,230

$5.3bn

Taiwan 
Life insurance
Market ranking1 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7  

Thailand 
Life insurance
Market ranking1 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7  

Vietnam 
Life insurance
Market ranking1 
Population4 
Penetration5 
Average health protection 
gap per household6  

Eastspring
Funds under management7 

Myanmar 
Life insurance
Population4 
Penetration5 

$4.1bn

$14.7bn

Top 3
7m
0.0%

2nd
32m
3.3%

$6,864

$14.0bn

1st
110m
1.2%

$1,406

2nd
6m
6.0%

$13,776

$137.6bn

10th
24m
16.5%

$4,823

$9.1bn

8th
70m
3.3%

$287

$14.3bn

3rd
97m
1.4%

$1,251

$5.7bn

54m
0.0%

20

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup strategy and operations / continuedMarkets 
The life insurance industry in Asia and Africa remains in the early 
stages of development, as characterised by the low penetration rates 
across the region for insurance. In particular, most of our Asia markets 
are approaching the level of per capita annual income when demand 
increases sharply. Around 50 per cent of the global population lacks 
access to essential health services13, and across the Asia region 
specifically, there are significant health funding and wellness gaps; 
80 per cent of Asians do not have insurance cover14 and spend some 
$400 billion on healthcare as an out-of-pocket expense15. Similarly, 
in Africa, while mobile phone access has increased tremendously 
over the last 20 years, less than 50 per cent of Africans have access 
to modern health facilities16, and 80 per cent have to rely on public 
health facilities, which are often understocked, understaffed, 
and difficult to reach due to the physical and financial burdens 
of transportation17.

Our largest market in respect of APE sales is Hong Kong, which 
accounted for 21 per cent of our overall Asia APE sales in 2020, 
followed by Singapore, contributing 17 per cent and China which 
accounted for 16 per cent. The rest of our new business is diversified 
across 10 markets. Our adjusted operating profit is well balanced, with 
the largest contributions from Hong Kong, Singapore and Indonesia.

Adjusted operating profit by market
% vs 2019 CER

$3,667m

+13% (+12% AER)

Hong Kong

Singapore

Indonesia

Malaysia

Eastspring Investments

Vietnam

China JV

Thailand

Philippines

Taiwan 

Other

Adjusted
operating
profit

Share 
of total 
Asia

Growth
(CER)

$891m

$574m

$519m

$309m

$283m

$270m

$251m

$210m

$95m

$85m

$180m

24%

16%

14%

8%

8%

7%

7%

6%

3%

2%

5%

20%

18%

(1)%

14%

2%

14%

15%

24%

25%

10%

3%

With regards to strategy, we see the most significant opportunities 
for growth potential in life insurance and asset management in the 
four largest economies in our footprint, namely China, India, Indonesia 
and Thailand. Our joint venture operations in China and India together 
with our businesses in Indonesia and Thailand, provide us with scaled 
access, where we can build leadership positions with competitive 
advantage and economies of scale. We also intend to continue 
building on our leading positions within Hong Kong and ASEAN.

In China, our China life business is a 50/50 joint venture with CITIC, 
a leading Chinese state-owned conglomerate. Our China JV business 
performed well in 2020 after the Covid-19 disruption in the first 
quarter, increasing new business profit by 3 per cent. Building 
on our existing nationwide coverage of 20 branches and 99 cities 
(an increase of five since 2019), we expect our China JV business will 
continue to grow at pace by expanding and deepening our presence 
from our current geographical footprint, and by leveraging our 
multi-distribution platform. We operate our asset management 
business in China through CITIC-Prudential Fund Management 
Company Limited, a JV with CITIC with assets under management 
of $9.6 billion19, as well as our wholly-owned private fund manager 
operationalised in 2019 within Eastspring, which now has sourced and 
sub-advised assets under management of $743 million. Our Chinese 
life insurance joint venture has also established its own asset 
management company in 2020, Prudential-CITIC Asset Management 
Co, which further strengthens our capabilities in savings and 
retirement products.

In India, our business consists of our 22.1 per cent holding of the 
Indian Stock Exchange listed life insurance business, ICICI Prudential 
Life Insurance (with our investment valued at $2.2 billion as at 
31 December 2020) and 49 per cent of the asset manager, ICICI 
Prudential Asset Management, which has total funds under 
management7 of $26.9 billion19. Our India life business continues to 
pivot to health and protection, with a 17 per cent increase in health 
and protection APE sales, which now represent 24 per cent of total 
APE sales (up 9 percentage points on 2019). We will continue to 
capture the significant potential in the Indian life market, with an 
aspiration to double 2019 new business profit in three to four years, 
by continuing to grow the business, improving retention and 
enhancing productivity.

In Indonesia, we continue to strengthen our market leadership, including 
in the sharia market where we increased APE sales by 6 per cent and 
new business profit by 27 per cent in 2020, and propel growth by 
broadening our product offerings, as well as digitalising our business 
model. We added 60 products during 2020, doubled MDRT qualifiers 
to over 2,100, and launched digital products through both Pulse and 
our OVO partnership. We have seen positive momentum in the last 
quarter of 2020, being the highest sales quarter of 2020, and believe 
our business transformation will continue to drive growth in the future.

In Thailand our new distribution partnership with TMB will help us 
achieve top-three leadership in the bancassurance channel, and we 
will further accelerate growth by developing a holistic omni-channel 
business model. Coupled with the completion of the acquisition of 
TMBAM and TFund which gives us a top-five ranking in the mutual 
fund market, this will give us a high-quality platform to deliver 
best-in-class health and wealth solutions to serve the growing 
retirement and investment needs of both the rising middle class 
and the growing high net worth segments. 

21

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Products and brands 
We offer a wide range of insurance products that are tailored to local 
market requirements and fast-changing individual needs. We focus 
on health and protection and savings products with 65 per cent of new 
business profit contributed by health and protection solutions and the 
rest by savings products that include participating, linked and other 
traditional products. 

The diversity and resilience of our business is supported by the 
continued innovations and enhancements we make to our product 
range, which include broadening coverage for new risks and adding 
innovative features. In 2020, we introduced or revamped 175 new 
products22 contributing 20 per cent of APE sales, including simplified 
lower case-sized protection offerings. 

New business profit by product, 2020 $m

  Linked 

  Non-par 

  Par 

13%

8%

14%

  Health and protection  65%

The Covid-19 pandemic has reinforced customer interest in health and 
protection products, with 58 per cent of consumers across our Asian 
markets desiring access to healthcare value-added services, such as 
access to a virtual GP23. This has been converted into an increase  
in the proportions of APE represented by health and protection 
products in seven of our Asian markets, led by India (up 9 percentage  
points to 24 per cent of APE sales), Singapore (up 5 percentage 
points to 25 per cent of APE sales), Thailand (up 9 percentage points 
to 25 per cent of APE sales) and Vietnam (up 3 percentage points to 
17 per cent of APE sales), in turn resulting in increased margins for 
our Asia markets excluding Hong Kong. Of the 175 new or revamped 
products noted above, more than 115 were traditional and health 
and protection products.

Our Hong Kong business offers domestic Hong Kong residents and 
mainland visitors sophisticated critical illness, medical benefits and 
life insurance protection business. 91 per cent of all Hong Kong 
consumers23 indicated they would retain life insurance even if their 
financial position is disadvantaged by Covid-19 re-enforcing the 
resilience of this market. The investment proposition provides access 
to international equities and bonds. In particular, our main with-profits 
product offering uses a with-profits structure, which pools the 
investments of policyholders and allocates returns based on long-term 
investment performance (similar to that historically used in the UK), 
and leads to attractive margins. The business has a high level of 
renewals that is substantially higher than the premiums from new 
business. Singapore offers a similar type of product mix and also uses 
a UK-style with-profits structure. 

In our other large businesses, we also see ample opportunities 
to continue to grow at pace. In Hong Kong, we believe based on our 
own and third party surveys there is latent demand from Mainland 
Chinese customers for our Hong Kong product suite and that the 
eventual normalisation of visitor arrivals as the border reopening 
occurs will allow for the return of this important source of new 
business. For example, 61 per cent of Mainland Chinese visitor 
preference20 is to receive critical illness medical treatment in 
Hong Kong. In the meantime, we continue to build our already strong 
and substantial Hong Kong domestic business through multi-channel 
expansion and increased digitalisation of our service offering. We also 
continue to broaden our product offerings, such as our mid-tier 
medical reimbursement product, the PRUHealth VHIS VIP Plan, 
to fulfil the protection needs of our customers. We will also broaden 
access to Mainland China consumers through Greater Bay Area 
initiatives and remain a destination of choice through our market-
leading products and service propositions. 

In Singapore, we see significant opportunities in expanding the 
servicing of the high net worth and small and medium enterprise 
(SME) markets, alongside supporting a fast ageing population to 
address under-covered retirement and health needs. In Malaysia, 
we have leading market positions in both the conventional and 
Takaful markets. In particular, in the underprovided Takaful segment 
where we see substantial opportunity for growth, we increased our 
APE sales by 26 per cent and our new business profit by 29 per cent 
in 2020.

In our other high-potential growth markets of Vietnam, the Philippines, 
Cambodia, Laos and Myanmar, we see the opportunity for rapid 
growth through the roll-out of our efficient and scalable business 
model, multi-channel distribution networks and the provision of 
market-leading digital products and services through Pulse. These 
markets currently have very low levels of life insurance penetration, 
for example with life insurance penetration5 of just 1.4 per cent in 
Vietnam and 1.2 per cent in the Philippines. However, with rising 
GDP per capita at or reaching a threshold of $10,000 to $20,000, 
and supported by our proven and market-leading positions, we are 
confident of delivering new life insurance sales growth well in excess 
of GDP growth in these markets.

We see substantial opportunities to accelerate our asset management 
business, Eastspring, building on its leading market position as 
Asia’s largest retail asset manager (excluding Japan)2 and structural 
advantages of reliable and predictable inflows from our life businesses. 
The completion of the TMBAM and TFund acquisitions in Thailand 
and successful development of its China business, mentioned above, 
have strengthened its strategic portfolio. 

Since 2014 we have also built a rapidly growing multi-product business 
in Africa, with operations now in eight countries across the continent. 
Despite the Covid-19 pandemic, APE sales at Prudential Africa have 
grown by 51 per cent21 to $112 million during 2020, with the number 
of active agents significantly ahead of the same period last year. 
In Ghana, we have renewed our exclusive agreement with Fidelity 
Bank for an additional 10 years, building on a successful partnership 
over the past five years. We also announced a new partnership with 
Vodafone Ghana to provide an innovative microinsurance product 
to their nine million plus subscribers. Meanwhile, our team in Nigeria 
has launched a new partnership with the largest mobile operator 
in the country, MTN, in an effort to reach its subscriber base of 
over 70 million people and provide protection to the millions 
of uninsured Nigerians.

22

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup strategy and operations / continuedIn China, Anxin, our digital health and protection solution generated 
165,000 policies in 2020, with around 50 per cent to new customers. 
In Hong Kong, we launched in the second half of 2020 PRUHealth 
VHIS VIP Plan, a tax-efficient medical insurance targeting the mid-tier 
segment, which has contributed 10 per cent of new business profit 
for the domestic segment in the fourth quarter of 2020. 

In Indonesia, we retain leadership in the sharia-compliant market, 
with 35 per cent share, accounting for 37 per cent of agency sales in 
Indonesia. Our PRUCinta product, the first traditional sharia product 
with specific cash value, accounts for 14 per cent of Indonesia agency 
sales. More widely, we have launched 60 products in Indonesia in 
2020, including lower ticket standalone protection products which 
collectively accounted for 37 per cent of the APE mix (2019: 8 per cent) 
and 52 per cent of new case count mix (2019: 11 per cent).

Alongside offering products that meet customer needs, we invest 
in our brands to build trust, drive awareness and attract and 
retain customers.

Distribution and customer engagement
We believe in a multi-channel and integrated distribution strategy for 
our business which can adapt and respond flexibly depending on local 
market conditions. Our distribution network is one of the strongest 
and most diversified in the Asia region, across agency, bancassurance 
and non-traditional partnerships, including digital. In recent years, 
we have also established non-traditional partnerships to broaden our 
customer reach, particularly the digitally-savvy millennial segment. 
In total, we have more than 300 life insurance and asset management 
distribution partnerships in Asia. Alongside these distribution 
channels we also have Pulse by Prudential (discussed further below).

New business profit by channel, 2020 $m

  Agency 

  Bancassurance 

  Others 

74%

22%

4%

Agency
We have around 600,000 licensed tied agents24 across our life insurance 
markets, and the productivity of active agents increased 8 per cent25,26 
in the year, based on number of cases, which are becoming smaller in 
size as we, and our customers, focus increasingly on standalone 
protection products. Our agency channel is a core component of our 
success, comprising 74 per cent of our new business profit given the 
high proportion of high margin protection products sold. 

Our continued support for the agency channel positions us well for 
sustainable growth. Our agent management has moved online across 
all markets, enhancing effectiveness of agent communication and 
operation, and expanding sales capacity with agent recruits26 of 
143,000 in the year. We deployed virtual sales tools across all markets 
for almost all products, and 28 per cent of agency new cases since 
April 2020, together with 27 per cent of bancassurance new 
cases since July 2020 have been made virtually. 

Despite the gradual relaxation of Covid-19 containment measures 
in several markets, virtual selling tools have now become mainstream 
with distributors, and virtual sales in the fourth quarter represented 
23 per cent of both agency and bancassurance sales.

We place great emphasis on agent professionalism and promote 
career progression by providing tailored training programmes 
that share experience and best practice across different markets. 
In addition, to further assist our agents during the sales process 
and enhance productivity we continually upgrade the tools at their 
disposal. During 2020, the number of agents qualifying for the 
Million Dollar Round Table (MDRT) doubled in the year to more 
than 13,200.

In Africa the number of active agents in 2020 significantly increased 
from the prior year. The increase in active agents is a direct result of 
implementing our Rookie Development Programme in each market, 
which helps with agent professionalism and customer focus, as well as 
transitioning new agents from the classroom to the field, and making 
those agents active within the first month of their recruitment. In most 
markets, as a response to Covid-19-related restrictions, we rapidly 
innovated to create an end-to-end virtual sales submission process, 
with a virtual recruitment and onboarding process for distributors as 
well as delivering training digitally. Moreover, 2020 marked the first 
time each market has had at least one agent qualify for the MDRT 
increasing the number of qualifiers to 38 from 15 in the prior year. 

Bancassurance
We also have a leading bancassurance franchise that provides access 
to around 20,000 bank outlets through our strategic partnerships with 
multi-national banks and prominent domestic banks. 

Our bancassurance partnerships made an important contribution 
to our business last year. Our new partnership with TMB in Thailand, 
which commenced on 1 January 2021, will give us access to an 
expanded network of 685 branches. In preparation we have trained 
more than 5,500 bank sellers and nearly doubled the number of sales 
support staff to 240. We have launched a refreshed set of propositions 
encompassing the high net worth, retail, commercial and SME 
segments and rolled out a new e-POS system. 

Outside of Hong Kong, our bancassurance channel APE sales 
remained stable despite Covid-19 related disruption. We were 
particularly pleased to see the positive momentum in our 
bancassurance channel in Indonesia, which saw APE sales up 
15 per cent21. We continue to look for opportunities to expand our 
presence in this market. There were also particularly strong 
performances in our China JV (APE sales up 34 per cent21), Thailand 
(APE sales up 21 per cent21) and Vietnam (APE sales up 35 per cent21), 
demonstrating our channel strength in these markets.

We have also developed strategies to reach the digitally-savvy 
millennial segment through UOB Mighty, UOB’s digital bank, and new 
partners such as Central in Thailand. Prudential Laos has also recently 
partnered with Star Fintech to launch payment services via its U-money 
platform. We anticipate that these partnerships will significantly 
enhance our reach to millennial consumers in the country through 
the joint development of digital propositions that encompass health, 
wellness and wealth products. The experience will also help us in 
designing and managing distribution strategies in our existing markets 
as well as in targeting new points of entry.

23

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Personal health insights with Pulse

Meet your 
health 
assistant

Accessible 
anywhere, 
anytime

Up your 
game with 
challenges

Pulse by Prudential
In 2020, we have been able to accelerate our digital development 
and associated customer-centric digital ecosystem. 

The Covid-19 pandemic has accelerated growing awareness and 
demand for health and wellness solutions. For example, 46 per cent 
of Asian consumers searched for new insurance policies23. Our digital 
capabilities allow us to make healthcare more accessible and affordable 
in the countries where we operate. 

Prudential meets this growing demand for health and wellness 
through its super-app Pulse by Prudential. Pulse is a free digital mobile 
application that offers holistic management, artificial intelligence 
(AI)-powered self-help tools, and information to serve users 24/7 
and promotes health and wellbeing through a range of value-added 
services. These include telemedicine, health and wellness content 
and communities, health challenges and rewards, chronic disease 
management, as well as a self-diagnosis and self-help tools. Pulse has 
been launched27 in 11 different languages across 11 markets in Asia 
(Malaysia, Indonesia, Singapore, Hong Kong, the Philippines, 
Thailand, Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos, Taiwan, and Myanmar) and 
most recently four markets in Africa (Kenya, Nigeria, Cameroon 
and Zambia), with varying levels of development. 

Pulse has been downloaded around 20 million times27 since its initial 
launch in 2019 in Malaysia. Through this single super-app, Pulse is 
being developed to offer an integrated health, wealth, and SME 
ecosystem. It has integrated 32 local and regional partners27, including 
most recently, a signed partnership with Central Group, a leading 
retailer in Thailand, that will enable Pulse to access Central Group’s 
existing digital engagement with customers to offer insurance and 
health solutions to them. We have also signed a partnership with HR 
Easily, an HR services digital platform which we make available to our 
SME customers through ‘Business at Pulse’. We are seeing continued 
increase in the usage of AI assessment and triage, lifestyle 
management and wellness, and telemedicine consultation services, 
with over 1.5 million users27 accessing at least one of the services 
in Asia, since launch. 

Pulse also enables us to reach a younger customer demographic, 
with the majority of Pulse users in the 18 to 35 age group compared 
with the average age of an existing Prudential customer profile 
of around 40, and is broadening our potential customer base, 
with 70 per cent of Pulse consumers new to Prudential.

37 digital bite-sized products were made available in Pulse in 2020. 
Some examples of bite-sized products launched by Prudential within 
Pulse include products related to common critical illnesses in Asia 
(cancer, stroke, heart attack), tropical disease protection (dengue, 
malaria, measles), and daily care (food poisoning, minor burns, broken 
bones, and accident income support). 

With greater customer touchpoints, we are also able to generate 
Pulse-led data-driven leads for agents. We saw over 2.2 million leads 
generated for agents in 2020 which together with a small amount of 
revenue from policies sold directly through Pulse, generated APE sales 
of $211 million28 in 2020.

Recently, we introduced a subscription plan to help Pulse users eat 
healthier and promote a more active lifestyle, and even save for the 
future. These paid subscription plans, priced at a low cost of between 
$1-$3 per month, are currently available to users in Hong Kong, 
Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, Vietnam and the Philippines, with plans 
to expand on the offerings and launch in additional markets in 2021. 
The paid subscription plans have received 164,000 active subscribers 
during 2020.

We have undertaken steps to meet our objective for Pulse to provide a 
platform for end-to-end service, with the same app used by customers 
and distributors. Agents have the ability to sell Prudential products 
virtually within the Pulse platform in the Philippines, Malaysia and 
Indonesia. Meanwhile, e-claims are available in Indonesia, Malaysia, 
Cambodia, Myanmar and the Philippines. We believe the integration 
with the life value chain across sales, claims and payments will allow 
Pulse to enhance value to new and existing users and drive efficiencies 
in the business. 

Customer service and loyalty
We believe that excellent customer service has been key to our strong 
reputation and leading pan-Asia franchise. Customer loyalty has 
remained high during the Covid-19 pandemic, with a retention ratio 
consistently in excess of 90 per cent. The satisfaction and trust our 
customers have in our business also translates into a high proportion 
of repeat sales, which comprised 47 per cent of APE sales in 2020. 
The result of these dynamics is a portfolio of over 25 million in-force 
policies, with each policyholder holding 1.6 policies on average.

24

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup strategy and operations / continuedTo support these objectives, Eastspring has organised its operations 
into three pillars that will drive the expansion of its capabilities and 
growth in the future:

 — Alpha engine – representing centralised investment capability 
with an emphasis on driving asset class return on investment 
after adjusting for market-related volatility. This pillar will focus 
on diversifying Eastspring’s investment capabilities and styles. 

 — Advisory solutions – standalone advisory service for institutional 

clients; focusing on solutions and products for that market, 
including the growing need to support clients’ Environmental, 
Social and Governance (ESG) requirements. This pillar will also 
focus on reinforcing the quality of service provided to the Group’s 
life operations and supporting the Group’s ESG strategy.

 — Complementary partner solutions – this pillar will focus on 

complementary investment capabilities sourced from partners, 
in order to enhance strategies available to investors.

In developing its capabilities, Eastspring will further integrate its 
offerings with those of Prudential’s life business, to enable the Group 
to seamlessly offer services across the full spectrum of Life, Health 
and Wealth products. Eastspring will leverage Prudential’s established 
distribution channels.

We believe these developments will further enhance Eastspring’s 
position as a leading asset manager in Asia.

Summary
There is a growing awareness and demand for wellness and insurance 
products across Asia, re-enforced by the global pandemic. We 
continue to invest in our chosen markets, building on our leading 
position in Hong Kong and ASEAN, and meeting the growing needs 
of customers in the largest economies of China, India, Indonesia and 
Thailand. This customer need is addressed by our wide range of 
insurance products, tailored to local markets, and extensive and 
diversified distribution network. We continue to amplify these existing 
capabilities through extending our China footprint, broadening our 
product offerings and enhancing our digital presence. Our innovative 
and customer-centric digital ecosystem increasingly complements our 
existing distribution channels and provides access to address the needs 
of new and fast-growing customer segments. Our overall customer 
offering is supported by our integrated asset manager Eastspring, 
which has a clear strategy to expand its capabilities to deliver growth.

We believe these enhanced capabilities, alongside the resilience of 
our high quality and well diversified platform, mean our Asia business 
is well positioned to capture the structural opportunities open to us 
and therefore deliver profitable and sustainable compounding growth 
and high risk-adjusted returns for shareholders.

We are focused on unlocking new customer segments through a 
broader proposition set. During 2020, we added a further 1.3 million 
new life customers from traditional channels. Our overall life customer 
numbers increased to 16 million, of which about 30 per cent are our 
health insurance customers.

We continue to identify and target new customer groups and segments 
outside our traditional focus in the Mass and Affluent space in order 
to accelerate our future growth. Within the Emerging segment, 
Pulse leads the customer acquisition as described above. Within the 
high net worth segment, we first expanded into this segment in 2018 
with Opus in Singapore, providing a differentiated experience for our 
customers, including a dedicated service team, wealth planners and 
external experts covering trust and legal matters. Within the Group 
segment, we also developed tailored offerings for small and medium-
sized enterprise (SME), a segment that remains under-served and 
offers significant growth potential. This strategy is advanced through 
our all-inclusive platform, Business at Pulse platform, which provides 
digitally-enabled insurance and HR solutions for business owners and 
their employees, supporting a 17 per cent increase in APE sales from 
group business in 2020. We have extended our Business at Pulse 
platform from Singapore and Indonesia to Hong Kong, the Philippines 
and Thailand, and will launch next in Malaysia.

Integrated asset management
Eastspring is a leading Asia-based asset manager, with operations 
across 11 markets in Asia, plus offices in Europe and North America. 
With $247.8 billion of assets under management and over 300 
investment professionals, it is the largest pan-Asian retail asset 
manager excluding Japan2 and is a top-10 asset manager in 7 
of the 11 markets in which it operates.

Eastspring has a broad product set, as well as significant distribution 
capabilities and industry-leading operational efficiency. Eastspring 
provides focused investment solutions, across equity, bonds and 
multi-asset products, to our internally sourced life insurance funds and 
third-party retail and institutional clients. Distribution channels include 
wholesale, intermediary and direct online formats, which are tailored 
as required, depending on the geography involved. This means that 
Eastspring can continue to grow and develop through both market 
cycles and changes to individual investment styles. Operational 
efficiency has led to industry-leading margins, with investment in 
technology, for example the implementation of BlackRock’s Aladdin 
system, to deliver common platforms, and world-class risk 
management and governance capabilities.

In terms of strategy, we see substantial growth opportunities to 
accelerate Eastspring, building on its leading market position as 
Asia’s largest retail asset manager2 (excluding Japan) and structural 
advantages of reliable and predictable inflows from our life business. 
In particular, we see China, India and Thailand as our most material 
market opportunities. Eastspring is well positioned to broaden its 
investment capabilities to serve the global needs of Asia-based clients, 
while offering global investors access to its expertise in investing in 
Asian markets. For example, in October 2020, Eastspring announced a 
strategic partnership with Atlantic Zagros Financial Partners to expand 
its offshore distribution capabilities to the Americas. To support this 
ambition Eastspring’s strategic objectives include developing its 
distribution, product range and investment advisory capability, 
while continuing to enhance support for the asset management 
needs of Prudential’s life insurance business.

25

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
US operations

Jackson helps Americans grow and protect their retirement savings 
and income to enable them to pursue financial freedom for life. 
Following the planned demerger, Jackson intends to pursue a focused 
strategy which prioritises optimisation and stability of capital resources 
while protecting franchise value.

Maintaining a resilient balance sheet is critical to Jackson meeting 
its objectives of fulfilling its obligations to policyholders, providing 
stable capital returns to shareholders, supporting the development 
of the business and enabling profitable growth over the long term.

In line with Jackson’s disciplined approach to pricing and risk 
management, pricing actions taken in the first half of 2020 in response 
to changing market conditions and to preserve statutory capital, 
resulted in an expected and material reduction in new fixed annuity 
and fixed index annuities sales.

Jackson has identified three main areas for business development.

First, Jackson intends to maintain and enhance its comprehensive 
suite of retirement products that it believes are sought after by retail 
investors and Jackson’s distribution partners. 

Second, it plans to optimise the sales mix across its broad product 
portfolio by leveraging the strength of its industry-leading distribution 
network and entering into new distribution agreements.

Third, Jackson seeks to develop the overall market demand for retail 
annuities by partnering with wealth management solution providers 
that historically have not considered annuities as a solution to provide 
retirement savings and income protection.

These strategies are discussed further below.

Markets
Jackson believes that the US retirement savings and income solutions 
market presents a compelling growth opportunity and will support 
its development in the future. The primary drivers of the industry’s 
trends are believed to be the following:

 — The target demographic is expected to continue to grow. 

Over the next decade, the proportion of the US population aged 
55 or older is expected to grow at a rate double that of the total 
US population, resulting in approximately 112 million individuals 
who will be aged 55 or older by the year 203029.

 — The need for new sources of retirement income is expected 

to grow. Over the last few decades, there has been a pronounced 
shift from retirement income funded primarily by pension plans 
to retirement income funded primarily by individual savings. 
Of all private sector workers in the United States, only 15 per cent 
had access to a defined benefit pension plan in 2020 (down from 
20 per cent in 2010), and 52 per cent only had access to a defined 
contribution retirement plan in 202030. This trend has increased the 
burden on individuals to save for their retirement and to use those 
savings to generate income during retirement.

 — Annuities are underutilised in the world’s largest retirement 

savings market. The United States is the world’s largest retirement 
savings market estimated to consist of approximately $51 trillion 
in professionally managed retail and institutional assets as of 
31 December 201931. However, only approximately $2.4 trillion 
of professionally managed assets were invested in annuities as 
of 31 December 2019. A key driver of this underutilisation is the 
historical lack of integration of annuities into wealth management 
platforms and financial planning tools available to retail investors. 
Jackson has been working actively with its distribution partners 
and financial technology firms to integrate annuities into the wealth 
management planning tools advisers use to select investments 
and build portfolios for their clients.

Products
Jackson offers a diverse suite of annuities to retail investors in the 
United States. The success of its variable annuity offerings reflects 
the differentiated features Jackson offers as compared with its 
competitors, in particular the wider range of investment options 
and greater freedom to invest across multiple investment options. 
Through the third quarter of 2020, Jackson accounted for 
16.5 per cent of new sales in the US retail variable annuity market32 
and ranked number 1 in variable annuity sales. Jackson also offers fixed 
index annuities and fixed annuities and expects to offer a registered 
index-linked annuity in 2021. This diverse offering allows Jackson 
to meet the different needs of retail investors based on their risk 
tolerance and desired growth objectives, and to deliver customised, 
differentiated solutions to its distribution partners. Jackson’s annuities 
offer investors the opportunity to grow their savings consistent with 
their objectives, ranging from full market participation with Jackson’s 
variable annuities, to a guaranteed fixed return with Jackson’s fixed 
annuities. Some of Jackson’s annuities offer optional guarantee 
benefits for a fee, such as full or partial protection of principal, 
minimum payments for life and minimum payments to beneficiaries 
upon death. All annuities also provide investors with tax deferral 
benefits consistent with their purpose of providing financial security 
at, and through, retirement.

Distribution network
Jackson sells its products through an industry-leading distribution 
network that includes independent broker-dealers, wirehouses, 
regional broker-dealers, banks, and independent registered 
investment advisers, third-party platforms and insurance agents. 
Jackson’s strong presence in multiple distribution channels has been 
essential to positioning it as a leading provider of retirement savings 
and income solutions. Each of these channels is supported by 
Jackson’s sizeable wholesaler field force, which is among the most 
productive in the annuity industry. According to the Market Metrics 
Q3 2020 Sales, Staffing, and Productivity Report, Jackson’s variable 
annuity sales per wholesaler are more than 10 per cent higher than 
its nearest competitor.

26

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup strategy and operations / continuedOperating platform
Jackson’s operating platform is scalable and efficient. Jackson 
administers approximately 75 per cent of its in-force policies on its 
in-house policy administration platform. Jackson’s in-house policy 
administration platform gives it flexibility to administer multiple 
product types through a single platform. To date, Jackson has 
converted over 3.5 million life and annuity policies to its in-house 
policy administration platform, eliminating the burdens, costs and 
inefficiencies that would be involved in maintaining multiple legacy 
administration systems. The remainder of Jackson’s business is 
administered through scalable third-party arrangements. Jackson 
believes that its operating platform provides it with a competitive 
advantage by allowing it to grow efficiently and provide superior 
customer service. In 2020, Jackson received the 2019 Contact Center 
of the Year award from Service Quality Management and the number 1 
overall operational ranking for 2019 from its broker-dealer partners, 
according to the Operations Managers’ Roundtable.

Risk management
Product design and pricing are key aspects of Jackson’s risk 
management approach. Jackson operates a sophisticated hedging 
programme which seeks to balance three objectives: managing the 
economic impact of adverse market conditions, protecting statutory 
capital and providing stable distributable earnings throughout 
market cycles. 

Jackson also uses third-party reinsurance to mitigate a portion of the 
risks that it faces, principally in certain of its in-force annuity and life 
insurance products with regard to longevity and mortality risks and its 
annuities with regard to the vast majority of its guaranteed minimum 
income optional benefit (GMIB) features.

21  Increase stated on a constant exchange rate basis.
22  Including 37 bite-sized products.
23  Source: Swiss Re COVID-19 Consumer Survey, 

April 2020.
24  Including India.
25  Cases per active agent.
26  Excluding India.
27  As of 22 February 2021.
28  Substantially from full-premium products sold 
through referrals to agents and a small amount 
of revenue from 37 new digital products.

29  Source: Census Bureau’s Current Population Survey, 

March 2017.

30  Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics.
31  Source: Estimated by Cerulli & Associates.
32  Source: LIMRA.

Notes
1  Based on full year 2020 (calendar year 2020 for India), 
or the latest information available. Sources include 
formal (eg competitors’ results release, local 
regulators and insurance association) and informal 
(industry exchange) market share data. Ranking 
based on new business (APE sales, weighted full 
year premium or full year premium depending 
on availability of data) or total weighted revenue 
premiums. Full year data is not yet available for 
Cambodia, or Laos, full year 2019 data has been 
used instead. For Hong Kong and the Philippines, 
ranking based on new business for the first nine 
months of 2020.

2  Source: Asia asset management – Fund manager 

surveys. Based on assets sourced in Asia, excluding 
Japan, Australia and New Zealand. Ranked according 
to participating firms only.
Increase stated on an actual exchange rate basis.
3 
4  United Nations, Department of Economic and Social 
Affairs, Population Division, World Population 
Prospects 2019 Revision (2020 estimates).
5  Source: Swiss Re Institute; Sigma Explorer: 

World insurance, 2019 – life insurance penetration 
(premiums as a percentage of GDP).

6  Source: Swiss Re Institute: The health protection 
gap in Asia, October 2018. Average gap per 
household is calculated as ‘total health protection 
gap divided by estimated number of households 
hospitalised under the mentioned gap range’. In this 
report, the definition/scope of ‘Asia’ is the 12 markets 
surveyed: China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Japan, 
Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, South Korea, 
Taiwan, Thailand and Vietnam.

7  Full year 2020 total funds under management, 

including external funds under management, money 
market funds, funds managed on behalf of M&G plc 
and internal funds under management, reported 
based on the country where the funds are managed.

8  Total joint venture/foreign players only.
9  Private players only. 
10  Excludes Jiwasraya.
11  Includes Takaful, excludes Group business.
12  Includes onshore only.
13  Source: World Bank and WHO: Half the world lacks 
access to essential health services, 100 million still 
pushed into extreme poverty because of health 
expenses, December 2017.

14  Prudential estimate based on number of in-force 

policies over total population.

15  Source: World Health Organisation: Global Health 
Observatory data repository (2013). Out of pocket 
as % of total health expenditure. Asia calculated 
as average out-of-pocket.
16  Source: The World Bank 2017.
17  Source: The Borgen Project: Digital health apps 
in Africa aim to revolutionize medical care, 
September 2020.

18  Attributed to the shareholders of the Group 

before deducting the amount attributable to the 
non-controlling interests. This presentation is 
applied consistently throughout the document.
19  Representing Prudential’s 49 per cent interest.
20  Based on 4Q20 MCH Sentiment Tracker conducted 
through online survey by Nielsen online panel on 
behalf of Prudential Hong Kong. Survey results are 
based on sample size of 451.

27

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
C

Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  
report on the 2020 financial performance

Mark FitzPatrick
Group Chief Financial Officer  
and Chief Operating Officer

The Group has delivered positive 
operating results while supporting 
our colleagues, distributors, 
customers and communities during 
the disruption caused by Covid-19. 
Alongside, we have accelerated 
preparations for the proposed 
separation of Jackson and continue 
to develop our capabilities and 
presence in our chosen Asia and Africa 
markets, which will position the 
Group well for success in the future.

While Covid-19 restrictions led to new APE sales in Asia being 
(28) per cent1 lower than the prior year, we have seen positive 
momentum in the second half of the year, with H2 2020 sales up 
20 per cent1 compared with the first half. Excluding Hong Kong, where 
restrictions between Mainland China and Hong Kong have been in 
place for much of 2020, new APE sales were down (6) per cent1, with 
new business profit falling by only (4) per cent1 as new business profit 
margins saw a small improvement over the prior year. Our businesses 
in Asia delivered a 13 per cent1 increase in adjusted IFRS operating 
profit based on longer-term investment returns (adjusted operating 
profit2), reflecting the benefits of our well positioned and broad-based 
portfolio, which has long focused on high quality, recurring premium 
business. Operating free surplus generation was 8 per cent1 higher, 
following the on-going growth of the in-force business and lower levels 
of new business which were offset by the impact of lower interest rates.

Lower asset returns and the effect of lower interest rates on the 
economic assumptions underpinning DAC amortisation contributed 
to US long-term business adjusted operating profit2 being (8) per cent 
lower than the prior year. The RBC ratio of Jackson National Life24, 
Jackson’s principal operating subsidiary, was 347 per cent, with 
operating capital generation in line with expectations following the 
Athene reinsurance transaction. As announced on 28 January, the RBC 
ratio is after an 80 percentage point reduction following revisions to 
Jackson’s hedge modelling for US regulatory purposes.

2020 saw high levels of macro volatility. In the US, the S&P 500 index 
fell (4) per cent over the first half before recovering by 20 per cent in 
the second, resulting in a 16 per cent increase over the year. In Asia, 
equity indices were similarly volatile, with the MSCI Asia ex Japan 
Index (6) per cent down in the first half and up 30 per cent in the 
second. Government bond yields were lower over the year, notably 
with the US 10-year government bond yield ending the year at 
0.9 per cent (31 December 2019: 1.9 per cent). 2020 also saw 
significant volatility in credit spreads, for example spreads on US dollar 
denominated A-rated corporate bonds rose by 39 basis points in the 
first half and fell by (41) basis points in the second half. 

Covid-19
The Group Chief Executive’s report has set out how the Group has 
risen to the operational challenges presented by Covid-19. In terms 
of financial performance, the containment measures taken by 
governments across the globe have impacted sales levels and 
consequentially new business profitability in 2020, albeit many 
business units saw sales improve in the second half of the year as 
restrictions were removed. These impacts are discussed in more detail 
later in this report. Future sales level will depend on how governments 
respond to changing Covid-19 case levels and the success of 
vaccination and containment programmes in the markets in which 
we operate. Travel between Hong Kong and Mainland China remains 
severely restricted, with consequential effects on Mainland China 
visitor numbers and the level of APE sales in Hong Kong from this 
segment. The impact that Covid-19 has had on the macro-economic 
environment, with lower interest rates and volatile equity markets, 
has negatively impacted profitability in the year as discussed below. 
The sensitivity of our IFRS, EEV and capital metrics to further market 
movements are set out in the financial statements later in 
this document.

In Asia, where we focus on health and protection business, we 
continue to see low levels of Covid-19 claims, which were less than 
1 per cent of total Asia claims paid in the year of $7.2 billion. We also 
provided our customers in 2020 with premium grace periods in line 
with local regulations. Our annual review of non-economic 
assumptions underpinning insurance liabilities did not identify the 
need for any significant strengthening as a result of the effects of 
Covid-19 and overall Asia operating experience remains positive. 

28

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
There have been no impairments to goodwill or intangible assets 
at 31 December 2020 and we will continue to review for triggers 
for impairment in line with our normal accounting procedures. 
Our investments are largely at fair value in the balance sheet and no 
significant changes to our valuation procedures have been applied. 
Losses on sales of impaired bonds by Jackson increased to 
$(148) million in the year (2019: loss of $(28) million) and bond 
write-downs increased to $(32) million (2019: $(15) million) reflecting 
volatility in credit spreads.

Within the US, falling interest rates, with yields on US treasuries falling 
by almost one percentage point over the year, and steeply rising equity 
markets following substantial falls in the first quarter of the year have 
led to $(4,262) million of negative short-term investment fluctuations 
in the US business. Further information is set out in the US section of 
this report.

After allowing for non-operating items, the total IFRS profit after tax 
from continuing operations was $2,185 million (2019: $1,944 million1).

Finally, our liquidity position remains healthy with $1.5 billion of 
holding company cash and $0.5 billion of commercial paper in issue 
at 31 December 2020 alongside $2.6 billion of undrawn committed 
facilities. We have not breached any of the requirements of our core 
structural borrowings nor modified any of their terms.

Adjusted operating profit before tax from continuing operations
For full year 2020, Prudential’s adjusted operating profit2,7 from 
continuing operations was $5,507 million (4 per cent higher than 
2019 on a constant and an actual exchange rate basis). Throughout 
this document the reference to continuing operations refers to 
results of the full Group in 2020 and the results of the Group in 2019 
excluding the contribution from the discontinued UK life and asset 
management operations.

The increase in adjusted operating profit reflects the combination of 
a 13 per cent1 increase in adjusted operating profit2 from our Asia life 
and asset management operations, offset by a (9) per cent decrease 
in adjusted operating profit2 from our US business (including asset 
management), and lower central expenses. 

Central expenses15 were 8 per cent3 lower than the prior year 
reflecting a reduction in interest expense on core borrowings following 
the transfer of debt to M&G plc in 2019, partly offset by increased 
restructuring costs of $(208) million (2019: $(110) million3). 
Restructuring costs reflect the Group’s substantial and ongoing IFRS 
17 project and costs associated with actions to reduce central costs 
post the demerger of M&G plc. During 2020 our head office activities 
incurred costs of $(417) million (2019: $(460) million3). The Group 
continues to take action to right-size its head office costs alongside 
the evolving footprint of the business. The Group has delivered 
$180 million of cost savings effective from 1 January 20215 as 
previously targeted as a result of the M&G demerger6. In addition, as 
a result of the separation of Jackson from the Group, head office costs 
are targeted to reduce further by around $70 million from the start 
of 2023. We will continue to review the timing of the full realisation of 
these further savings following the completion of the US demerger.

Non-operating items from continuing operations25
Non-operating items in 2020 consist of short-term fluctuations in 
investment returns on shareholder-backed business of negative 
$(4,841) million (2019: $(3,203) million3), the net benefit from various 
corporate transactions of $1,521 million (2019: loss of $(142) million3), 
which are discussed further below, and the amortisation of acquisition 
accounting adjustments of negative $(39) million (2019: $(43) million3) 
arising mainly from the REALIC business acquired by Jackson in 2012.

Negative short-term fluctuations include negative $(607) million for 
Asia (2019: positive $657 million3) and negative $(4,262) million in the 
US (2019: $(3,757) million).

Falling interest rates in certain parts of Asia led to lower discount 
rates on certain policyholder liabilities under the local reserving 
basis applied, which were not fully offset by unrealised bond and 
equity gains in the year leading to negative fluctuations overall. 

IFRS effective tax rates
In 2020, the effective tax rate on adjusted operating profit based 
on longer-term investment returns from continuing operations was 
15 per cent. This was unchanged from 2019.

The effective tax rate on total IFRS profit in 2020 was negative 
(2) per cent. This was unchanged from 2019 and reflects the tax 
credit on US derivative losses exceeding the tax charge on profits 
from Asia operations.

Total tax contribution from continuing operations
The Group continues to make significant tax contributions in the 
jurisdictions in which it operates, with $2,114 million remitted to tax 
authorities in 2020. This was similar to the equivalent amount of 
$2,168 million3 remitted in 2019.

Tax strategy
The Group publishes its tax strategy annually which, in addition to 
complying with the mandatory UK (Finance Act 2016) requirements, 
also includes a number of additional disclosures, including a country-
by-country disclosure of revenues, profits, average employee numbers 
and taxes for all jurisdictions where more than $5 million tax was paid. 
This disclosure is included as a way of demonstrating that our tax 
footprint (ie where we pay taxes) is consistent with our business 
footprint. An updated version of the tax strategy, including 2020 data, 
will be available on the Group’s website before 31 May 2021.

Corporate transactions 
Jackson reinsurance of fixed and fixed index annuity business 
in June 2020
Jackson reinsured substantially all of its in-force portfolio of US fixed 
and fixed index annuities with Athene (circa $27.6 billion of liabilities). 
The transaction excluded liabilities relating to Jackson’s legacy life and 
institutional business, the REALIC portfolio and group pay-out annuity 
business reinsured from John Hancock as well as investments in the 
general account by the variable annuity policyholders. The transaction 
improved the year-end capital position of Jackson by increasing the 
Jackson RBC ratio by 67 percentage points and the Group’s LCSM cover 
ratio by 24 percentage points. The reinsurance agreement was effective 
on 1 June 2020 and resulted in an IFRS pre-tax gain recorded through 
the profit and loss account of $804 million, after transaction costs and 
post-closing adjustments. After allowing for tax and the reduction in 
unrealised gains recorded directly in other comprehensive income, 
the impact of the reinsurance transaction on IFRS shareholders’ equity 
is a reduction of $(1.2) billion. This transaction reduced the Group’s 
EEV by $(457) million, which largely reflects the loss of future profits 
recorded in the value of in-force business as a result of the reinsurance 
and the loss of unrealised gains on assets passed to Athene, partly 
offset by the reinsurance commission received after deducting tax. 

Equity investment into Jackson by Athene
In July 2020, Athene Life Re Ltd invested $500 million in Prudential’s 
US business in return for an 11.1 per cent economic interest for which 
the voting interest is 9.9 per cent. This has no impact on the income 
statement but resulted in a decline in IFRS shareholders’ equity of 
$(514) million at the date of the transaction. 

29

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  
report on the 2020 financial performance / continued

Other transactions
Other transactions in 2020 contributed $717 million to profit and 
principally include the reinsurance commission from a quota share 
reinsurance transaction undertaken by Hong Kong as part of the 
Group’s on-going asset/liability management. Future surpluses 
(or losses) arising from the business being reinsured will be shared with 
the reinsurer in accordance with the terms of the treaty. Under EEV we 
recorded a loss of $91 million representing the frictional costs of the 
arrangement. This treaty helps mitigate the effect of the accounting 
mismatch under the existing regulatory framework in Hong Kong and 
is part of our management of the transition to the new RBC regime.

arrangement commenced on 1 January 2021 and the fee paid for 
expanding and extending the existing arrangement was $0.8 billion.

In January 2021, the Group announced its intention to complete the 
demerger of Jackson in the first half of 2021. The total costs associated 
with this activity are estimated to be around $110 million to $120 million, 
of which around half is expected to be borne by Prudential plc and 
the remainder by Jackson. These largely relate to advisory and other 
professional fees and a small amount relates to the separation of 
Jackson’s systems and processes from those of the remaining 
Prudential Group. 

In the first half of the year, the Thailand business entered into a 
strategic bancassurance partnership with TMB Bank Public Company 
Limited with an initial period of 15 years which both expanded and 
extended the existing partnership with Thanachart Bank. The new 

Of these total costs, $38 million has been incurred in 2020 ($20 million 
by Prudential plc and $18 million by Jackson) and has been included in 
non-operating profit as part of corporate transactions. The remainder 
of the costs are expected to be incurred in the first half of 2021.

IFRS profit

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

2019  $m

Change  %

Adjusted operating profit based on longer-term investment returns 

before tax from continuing operations

Asia
Long-term business
Asset management

Total Asia

US
Long-term business
Asset management

Total US

3,384
283

3,667

2,787
9

2,796

2,993
283

3,276

3,038
32

3,070

13
–

12

(8)
(72)

(9)

2,978
278

3,256

3,038
32

3,070

Total segment profit from continuing operations

6,463

6,346

2

6,326

Other income and expenditure 

Total adjusted operating profit before tax and restructuring costs
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Total adjusted operating profit before tax

Non-operating items:

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-

backed business

Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments
Gain on disposal of businesses and corporate transactions

Profit from continuing operations before tax attributable 

to shareholders

Tax credit attributable to shareholders’ returns 

Profit from continuing operations for the year
Loss from discontinued operations for the year, net of related tax

Profit for the year

IFRS earnings per share

(748)

5,715
(208)

5,507

(4,841)
(39)
1,521

2,148

37

2,185
–

2,185

(926)

5,420
(110)

5,310

(3,203)
(43)
(142)

1,922

31

1,953
(1,161)

792

19

5
(89)

4

(51)
9
n/a

12

n/a

12
100

176

(931)

5,395
(110)

5,285

(3,191)
(43)
(143)

1,908

36

1,944
(1,165)

779

14
2

13

(8)
(72)

(9)

2

20

6
(89)

4

(52)
9
n/a

13

n/a

12
100

180

Basic earnings per share based on adjusted operating profit after tax 

from continuing operations 
Basic earnings per share based on:

Total profit after tax from continuing operations
Total loss after tax from discontinued operations

175.5

175.0

81.6
–

75.1
(44.8)

–

9
n/a

174.6

75.1
(45.1)

1

9
n/a

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2020  cents

2019  cents

Change  %

2019  cents

Change  %

30

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIFRS shareholders’ equity

Adjusted operating profit after tax attributable to shareholders

Profit after tax for the year attributable to shareholders
Exchange movements, net of related tax
Unrealised gains and losses on US fixed income securities classified as available-for-sale  

(before the impact of Jackson’s reinsurance with Athene)

Impact of Jackson’s reinsurance of fixed and fixed index annuities to Athene
Sale of 11.1 per cent stake in Jackson to Athene
Demerger dividend in specie of M&G plc
Other external dividends
Other

Net increase (decrease) in shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ equity at beginning of the year

Shareholders’ equity at end of the year

Shareholders’ value per share8

2020  $m

2019  $m

4,559

4,528

2,118
239

2,095
(1,795)
(514)
–
(814)
72

1,401
19,477

20,878

800¢

783
2,943

2,679
–
–
(7,379)
(1,634)
117

(2,491)
21,968

19,477

749¢

Group IFRS shareholders’ equity in the 12 months to 31 December 
2020 increased by 7 per cent3 to $20.9 billion (31 December 2019: 
$19.5 billion3), largely reflecting profit after tax for the year and foreign 
exchange movements, partly offset by dividends paid in the year of 
$(0.8) billion and the impact of the sale of 11.1 per cent of the Group’s 
economic interest in Jackson to Athene. 

Group capital position
Prudential plc is applying the local capital summation method (LCSM) 
that has been agreed with the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA) 
to determine Group regulatory capital requirements until the 
Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework is effective for Prudential 
upon designation. The primary legislation was enacted in July 2020 
and will come into operation on 29 March 2021. The relevant 
subsidiary legislation, including the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules, 
was tabled before the Legislative Council on 6 January 2021 and will 
also come into operation on 29 March 2021. This legislation will be 
further supported by guidance material from the Hong Kong IA. 
The GWS Framework is expected to be effective for Prudential upon 
designation by the Hong Kong IA in the second quarter of 2021, 
subject to transitional arrangements.

The GWS methodology is largely consistent with that applied 
under LCSM with the exception of the treatment of debt instruments. 
Prudential’s initial analysis indicates that all debt instruments 
(senior and subordinated) issued by Prudential will meet the 
transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and will be included 
as eligible Group capital resources. If this were the case the 
31 December 2020 shareholder LCSM ratio10 (over GMCR) would 
increase by 35 percentage points to 363 per cent. This is subject 
to final approval by the Hong Kong IA.

Estimated Group LCSM capital position10

Available capital ($ billion)
Group minimum capital requirement (GMCR) ($ billion)
LCSM surplus (over GMCR) ($ billion)
LCSM ratio (over GMCR) (%)

The estimated shareholder LCSM cover ratio10 at 31 December 2020 
was 328 per cent (31 December 2019: 309 per cent). Excluding US 
operations, the cover ratio falls marginally to 323 per cent, before 
including the proposed retained 19.9 per cent non-controlling interest 
in Jackson.

Overall, LCSM shareholder surplus over group minimum capital 
requirements increased by $1.5 billion since 31 December 2019 to 
$11.0 billion at the end of December 2020. LCSM in-force operating 
capital generation in the year was $2.2 billion, which supported 
$(0.2) billion of investment in new business.

Overall non-operating items (excluding corporate transactions) 
reduced surplus by $(0.2) billion, with the negative effect of market 
movements in the year being offset by a $2.2 billion benefit from 
the introduction of the new Singapore risk-based capital framework 
(RBC2) effective 31 March 2020. Also included within non-operating 
items is a $(0.4) billion fall in surplus from changes made to Jackson 
VM-21 hedging model, further details of which are set out in the US 
section in the discussion of RBC changes.

The corporate transactions previously discussed were positive overall 
and contributed $0.5 billion to surplus and the payment of the 2019 
second interim and 2020 first interim dividends reduced the surplus 
by $(0.8) billion. 

The Group’s LCSM position is resilient to external macro movements 
as demonstrated by the sensitivity disclosure contained in note I(i) 
of the Additional unaudited financial information, alongside further 
information on the basis of calculation of the LCSM measure.

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

Total

Shareholder*

Total

Shareholder*

37.9
11.5
26.4
329%

15.8
4.8
11.0
328%

33.1
9.5
23.6
348%

14.0
4.5
9.5
309%

* The shareholder LCSM amounts exclude the available capital and minimum capital requirements of the participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia.

31

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Financing and liquidity
Net core structural borrowings of shareholder financed businesses

Total borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
Less: holding company cash and short-term investments

Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed 

businesses

Net gearing ratio*

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Mark-to-
market
 value

885
–

885

EEV
basis

7,518
(1,463)

6,055

IFRS
basis

6,633
(1,463)

5,170

20%

IFRS
basis

5,594
(2,207)

3,387

15%

Mark-to-
market
 value

633
–

633

EEV
basis

6,227
(2,207)

4,020

* Net core structural borrowings as proportion of IFRS shareholders’ equity plus net debt, as set out in note II(ii) of the Additional unaudited financial information.

The total borrowings of the shareholder-financed businesses 
increased by $1.0 billion, from $5.6 billion to $6.6 billion in 2020. 
This reflected the issuance of $1,000 million 3.125 per cent notes in 
April 2020 raised for general corporate purposes including to support 
the growth of the business. The Group had central cash resources of 
$1.5 billion at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $2.2 billion), 
resulting in net core structural borrowings of the shareholder-financed 
businesses of $5.2 billion at end of December 2020 (31 December 
2019: $3.4 billion). Prudential plc seeks to maintain its financial 
strength rating which derives, in part, from the high level of financial 
flexibility to issue debt and equity instruments which is intended 
to be maintained and enhanced in the future.

At 31 December 2020, the Group’s net gearing ratio as defined in the 
table above was 20 per cent. We estimate that this will rise to circa 
28 per cent post the separation of Jackson (based on the balance sheet 
at 31 December 2020, assuming no pre-separation dividend and 
before allowing for the 19.9 per cent retained stake in Jackson). On a 
Moody’s basis, which is the basis management intend to use going 
forward to manage leverage and which differs to the above by taking 
into account gross debt, including commercial paper, and also allows 
for a proportion of the surplus within the Group’s with-profits funds, 
the equivalent ratio is 33 per cent, before allowing for the 19.9 per cent 
retained stake in Jackson. Following the demerger, as a pure-play Asia 
and Africa business, Prudential will target a Moody’s debt-leverage 
ratio of around 20 to 25 per cent4 over the medium term. Prudential 
may operate outside this range temporarily to take advantage of 
growth opportunities with attractive risk-adjusted returns as they 
arise, while still preserving its strong credit ratings.

As discussed in the Chief Executive’s report, Prudential is considering 
raising new equity of around $2.5-3 billion. Such a transaction, 
if executed, would maintain and enhance the Group’s financial 
flexibility in light of the breadth of the opportunities to invest in 
growth and aim to increase the Group’s investor base in Asia. 

Other sources of liquidity
In addition to its net core structural borrowings of shareholder-
financed businesses set out above, the Group has access to funding 
via the medium-term note programme, the US shelf programme 
(the platform for issuance of SEC-registered bonds in the US market), 
a commercial paper programme and committed revolving credit 
facilities. All of these are available for general corporate purposes.

Prudential plc has maintained a consistent presence as an issuer in 
the commercial paper market for the past decade and had $501 million 
in issue at the end of 2020 (31 December 2019: $520 million).

As at 31 December 2020, the Group had a total of $2.6 billion of 
undrawn committed facilities, expiring in 2025. Apart from small 
drawdowns to test the process, these facilities have never been drawn, 
and there were no amounts outstanding at 31 December 2020.

In addition to the Group’s traditional sources of liquidity and financing, 
Jackson also has access to funding via the Federal Home Loan Bank 
of Indianapolis with advances secured against collateral posted by 
Jackson. Given the wide range of Jackson’s product set and breadth 
of its customer base including retail, corporate and institutional clients, 
further sources of liquidity also include premiums and deposits.

Group free surplus generation from continuing operations9
Free surplus generation is the financial metric we use to measure 
the internal cash generation of our business operations and is based 
(with adjustments) on the capital regimes that apply locally in the 
various jurisdictions in which the Group operates. For life insurance 
operations, it represents amounts emerging from the in-force business 
during the year, net of amounts reinvested in writing new business. 
For asset management and other non-insurance operations (including 
the Group’s central operations and Africa operations) it is taken to 
be IFRS basis shareholders’ equity, net of goodwill attributable to 
shareholders, with central Group debt shown on a market value basis 
and subordinated debt recorded as free surplus to the extent that 
it is classified as available capital under the Group’s capital regime.

32

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  report on the 2020 financial performance / continuedAnalysis of movement in Group free surplus9

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

2019  $m

Change  %

Asia – operating free surplus generated before restructuring costs
Central costs and eliminations (net of tax):

1,895

1,772

7

27
(4)
(61)

22
(69)
(4)

4

1,762

(453)
(406)
(69)

834
(87)
1,120

1,867

8

28
(3)
(61)

24
(69)
(4)

5

(328)
(419)
(111)

1,037
(147)
1,073

1,963

–
(814)
(1,200)
63
136

148
209

9,736

10,093

7,679
2,414

(451)
(403)
(69)

849
(87)
1,120

1,882

(529)
(1,634)
654
–
190

563
(9)

9,182

9,736

5,997
3,739

Net interest paid on core structural borrowings 
Corporate expenditure
Other items and eliminations

Net operating free surplus generated before restructuring costs 

and US

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs (net of tax)
US – operating free surplus generated net of restructuring costs

Net Group operating free surplus generated for continuing operations*

Redemption of subordinated debt for continuing operations
External dividends
Non-operating and other movements
Net impact of Athene equity investment in Jackson
Foreign exchange movements

Increase in Group free surplus from continuing operations*
Change in amounts attributable to non-controlling interests

Free surplus at 1 Jan from continuing operations

Free surplus at 31 Dec from continuing operations

Comprising:
Free surplus of life insurance and asset management operations
Central operations (including Africa)

* Before amounts attributable to non-controlling interests.

The total net Group operating free surplus generation, after including 
operating free surplus generated by the US business and deducting 
restructuring costs was $1,963 million (2019: $1,882 million3). 
This comprises $2,886 million (2019: $2,861 million3) operating free 
surplus generation from the life and asset management business 
(net of attributable restructuring costs) offset by centrally incurred 
costs and eliminations of $(923) million (2019: $(979) million3).

Asia operating free surplus generation9,12 from insurance and asset 
management business increased by 8 per cent1 to $1,895 million 
reflecting recent business growth, higher asset management earnings 
and lower levels of new business investment as Covid-19 containment 
measures introduced by the authorities across the region lowered 
sales in the year.

US operating free surplus generation (after deducting restructuring 
costs) fell (4) per cent compared with 2019, which included a 
$355 million benefit following the integration of the John Hancock 
business acquired in 2018.

33

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Cash remittances
Holding company cash flow13 

From continuing operations
Asia
Jackson
Other operations

Total net cash remitted from continuing operations
From discontinued operations
M&G plc

Net cash remitted by business units

Central outflows
Dividends paid
Other movements

Total holding company cash flow

Cash and short-term investments at the beginning of the year
Foreign exchange and other movements

Cash and short-term investments at the end of the year

Actual exchange rate

2020*  $m

2019*  $m

Change %

(25)
(100)
817

(47)

(100)

(64)

716
–
55

771

–

771

(435)
(814)
(264)

(742)

2,207
(2)

1,463

950
509
6

1,465

684

2,149

(522)
(1,634)
(1,999)

(2,006)

4,121
92

2,207

* The holding company cash flow describes the movement in the cash and short-term investments of the centrally managed Group holding companies.

Remittances from our Asia business were $716 million (2019: 
$950 million3). In order to support the planned separation process, 
there were no remittances from Jackson during the period. $55 million 
remittances from other operations reflects intragroup interest income 
which is not expected to recur.

Cash remittances were used to meet central costs of $(435) million 
and to pay dividends of $(814) million. Central costs include net 
interest paid of $(294) million and a net tax benefit, which is not 
expected to recur going forward, of $94 million. 

Other movements of $(264) million include the proceeds of the 
issuance of $1 billion of senior debt in April 2020 offset by central 
contributions to the funding of Asia strategic growth initiatives, 
principally payments for bancassurance distribution agreements, 
including TMB and UOB. Further information is contained in note I(iii) 
of the Additional unaudited financial information.

Cash and short-term investments totalled $1.5 billion at the end 
of December 2020 (31 December 2019: $2.2 billion3). 

The Group will seek to manage its financial condition such that 
it has sufficient resources available to provide a buffer to support 
the retained businesses in stress scenarios and to provide liquidity 
to service central outflows. 

Dividend policy
Reflecting the Group’s capital allocation priorities, dividends will 
be determined primarily based on Asia’s operating capital generation 
after allowing for the capital strain of writing new business and 
recurring central costs, with a portion of capital generation retained for 
reinvestment in the business. Dividends are expected to grow broadly 
in line with the growth in Asia operating free surplus generation net of 
right-sized central costs, and will be set taking into account financial 
prospects, investment opportunities and market conditions.

The Board has approved a 2020 second interim ordinary dividend 
of 10.73 cents per share. Combined with the first interim ordinary 
dividend of 5.37 cents per share the Group’s total 2020 dividend 
is 16.10 cents per share.

Starting from the 2021 first interim dividend, the Board intends 
to apply a formulaic approach to first interim dividends, which 
will be calculated as one-third of the previous year’s full-year 
ordinary dividend.

34

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  report on the 2020 financial performance / continuedAsia
Operational and financial highlights
Prudential’s Asia businesses delivered a resilient financial performance 
in 2020. While Covid-19 related containment measures impacted our 
new sales and associated new business profit levels, we also delivered 
a step-change in our digital capabilities. While the nature and severity 
of Covid-19 restrictions varied significantly across our markets, 
our enhanced digital and physical capabilities combined with our 
diversified and high quality platform supported a strong sequential 
quarterly recovery in sales in the third and fourth quarters of the 
year from a low in the second quarter, illustrating the strength of 
our franchise. 

The resilience and quality of our business is also evident in customer 
retention levels of 90 per cent (2019: 90 per cent), which combined 
with our recurring premium, health and protection focused business 
model, with renewal premiums8 increasing 6 per cent1 to $20.1 billion, 
supported an overall 13 per cent1 increase in adjusted life insurance 
operating profit2 and an 8 per cent1 increase in operating free 
surplus generation9,12. 

These qualities enabled us to continue to grow scale and value, 
even in more challenging operating conditions, with our overall Asia 
embedded value increasing to $44.2 billion at 31 December 2020 
(31 December 2019: $39.2 billion3).

New business profit
Adjusted operating profit*
EEV operating profit*
Operating free surplus generation*

* Before restructuring costs.

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

2019  $m

Change  %

2,201
3,667
4,387
1,895

3,522
3,276
6,138
1,772

(38)
12
(29)
7

3,533
3,256
6,150
1,762

(38)
13
(29)
8

New business performance
Life EEV new business profit and APE new business sales (APE sales)

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

2019  $m

Change  %

APE 
sales

New 
business
 profit 

APE 
sales

New 
business
 profit 

APE 
sales

New 
business
 profit 

APE 
sales

New 
business
 profit 

APE 
sales

New 
business 
profit 

Hong Kong
China JV
Indonesia
Malaysia
Singapore
Other life insurance markets

Total Asia

Total Asia excluding Hong Kong

Total new business margin

758
582
267
346
610
1,133

3,696

2,938

787
269
155
209
341
440

2,201

1,414

60%

2,016
590
390
355
660
1,150

5,161

3,145

2,042
262
227
210
387
394

3,522

1,480

68%

(62)
(1)
(32)
(3)
(8)
(1)

(28)

(7)

(61)
3
(32)
–
(12)
12

(38)

(4)

2,037
590
379
349
653
1,160

5,168

3,131

2,063
262
220
207
383
398

3,533

1,470

68%

(63)
(1)
(30)
(1)
(7)
(2)

(28)

(6)

(62)
3
(30)
1
(11)
11

(38)

(4)

Life insurance new business APE sales decreased by (28) per cent1 
to $3,696 million and related new business profit decreased by 
(38) per cent1. Outside Hong Kong, overall new business APE sales 
were (6) per cent1 lower and new business profit decreased by 
(4) per cent1.

The impact of Covid-19 related disruption varied materially in terms 
of severity and duration across the region. Restrictions eased in many 
markets as the year progressed. In Mainland China internal travel and 
business activity resumed from the end of March and restrictions in 
Hong Kong eased from the end of August, though the border between 
Mainland China and Hong Kong remains closed. In Indonesia, after an 
initial relaxation of lockdown measures in June, a further four-week 
period of lockdown was imposed between mid-September and 
mid-October and the country re-entered lockdown again in early 
2021. Significant containment restrictions remain in place in Malaysia, 
Vietnam, the Philippines and Thailand, with reduced restrictions 
in place in Hong Kong domestic, Taiwan, Singapore and India.

Over 2020, we continued to benefit from the resilience our diverse 
platform provides. Our diverse geographic portfolio saw four markets 
increase APE sales compared with the prior year, including Thailand 
up 16 per cent1, Taiwan up 11 per cent1 and Vietnam up 9 per cent1. 
This is also evident from a new business profit perspective, with seven 
markets reporting growth, led by China JV up 3 per cent1 among our 
larger markets and Thailand and Vietnam, up 38 per cent1 and 
18 per cent1 respectively, in other markets.

Outside of Hong Kong, sales from our bancassurance channel 
were stable with last year, underpinned by growth in China JV 
(APE bancassurance sales up 34 per cent1), Thailand (up 21 per cent1), 
Indonesia (up 15 per cent1) and Vietnam (up 35 per cent1). We also 
saw increased agency momentum in the second half of the year.

There has been a significant acceleration of our digital capabilities 
over 2020, with virtual sales accounting for 27 per cent of bank sales 
from July to December and 28 per cent of all agency sales from April 
to December. This compares with very low amounts in prior years. 
Our agency channel was supported by over 2.2 million of ‘online to 
offline’ leads generated by our Pulse health and wealth super-app, 
which, together with direct sales in Pulse, generated $211 million 
of APE sales23 in the year. 

35

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
The quality and diversity of our platform contributed to a strong 
sequential recovery in APE sales as Covid-19 related restrictions 
were lifted, with discrete third quarter production of $925 million1 
sequentially 33 per cent1 higher than the second quarter and fourth 
quarter sales 18 per cent1 above the third quarter and 10 per cent1 
higher than the first quarter of 2020, prior to Covid-19 restrictions 
being applied in many of the markets in which we operate. 

The fourth quarter of 2020 was the highest APE sales quarter of the 
year for overall Asia and for nine markets. As we pivoted to standalone 
protection products of lower case size to meet rising consumer 
demand, total new policies increased by 1 per cent and new protection 
policies grew by 10 per cent in the fourth quarter compared with the 
same period in the prior year.

The development of new business profit mainly reflects the impact 
of change in geographic mix, particularly sharply lower APE sales in 
Hong Kong where the reduction in new business profit was broadly 
in line with APE sales. Outside Hong Kong, new business profit was 
only (4) per cent1 lower compared with a (6) per cent1 reduction in 
APE sales, with improved new business margins partly driven by new 
health and protection product launches which saw seven markets 
increasing their health and protection mix. Health and protection 
products continue to be a significant proportion of sales, contributing 
27 per cent of APE sales in 2020 (2019: 27 per cent).

Overall, Hong Kong APE sales were (63) per cent1 below the prior year. 
This was principally a result of a very sharp reduction in APE sales to 
Mainland China customers, reflecting the impact of the border closure 
early in the year and consequent reduction in Mainland Chinese 
visitors and associated APE sales to these customers. While domestic 
Hong Kong APE sales were also impacted by Covid-19 related 
restrictions, new business production improved markedly over the 
course of the year, with APE sales in Q3 rising 20 per cent over Q2 
and Q4 rising 60 per cent over Q3. The strong sequential sales growth 
was supported by product innovation and ongoing development 
of our broader digital capabilities. In particular, our increased focus 
on standalone protection products, with lower case sizes, to meet 
rising consumer demand saw domestic new sales policy count 
reach 98 per cent of prior year levels in the fourth quarter. Overall 
Hong Kong new business profit was (62) per cent1 lower, broadly 
in line with the reduction in APE sales. 

Our China JV delivered an encouraging performance despite Covid-19 
related disruption, increasing new business profit by 3 per cent1. 
This was supported by the agency force focus on protection products, 
which accounted for 53 per cent of sales from this channel and 
as a result agency channel margins climbed to 85 per cent (2019: 
74 per cent). We benefited materially from our diversified distribution 
model, particularly the strength in bancassurance which saw strong 
and accelerating growth of 34 per cent in APE sales throughout the 
year. Overall APE sales were only (1) per cent1 lower compared with 
the prior year and second half APE sales 4 per cent1 higher than the 
prior year.

The sales environment in Indonesia remained challenging following a 
deterioration of Covid-19 infections through the summer, culminating 
in the re-introduction of the highest-level movement restrictions in 
September, which remain in place today in parts of Indonesia. Despite 
the challenging environment, we achieved strong performance in the 
sharia segment with APE sales growing 6 per cent and new business 
profit 27 per cent. Meanwhile, the fourth quarter saw the highest 
overall sales of 2020 (19 per cent higher than APE sales in the first 
quarter) and was driven by 60 new products launched in 2020, 
including lower ticket standalone protection products. While this 
product strategy saw new sales case count rise by 12 per cent at FY20, 
overall APE sales volumes were (30) per cent1 below the prior year 
driving a similar reduction in new business profit. 

In Malaysia, APE sales were (1) per cent1 below the prior year, with a 
decline in the first half sales largely offset by a recovery in the second 
half of 14 per cent (compared with the second half of the prior year), 
despite the reintroduction of partial Covid-19 related restrictions in 
October, driven by strong agency production across our traditional 
and takaful markets. The Takaful business grew APE sales by 
26 per cent compared with 2019, with new business profit increasing 
by 29 per cent. Overall new business profit increased by 1 per cent1, 
reflecting our increased focus on standalone smaller case size 
protection products.

In Singapore, APE sales fell by (7) per cent1 reflecting Covid-19 
restrictions with declines in the first half of the year partly offset by 
an increase in the second half of 5 per cent1 when compared with the 
second half of the prior year. Strong agency momentum following the 
relaxation of Covid-19 restrictions saw APE sales in the second half 
of the year being 63 per cent higher than the level in the first half. 
New business profit reduced by (11) per cent1, as lower interest rates 
resulted in a lower margin. Singapore continues to develop products 
and digital capabilities with the launch in December of three bite-sized 
digital products on Pulse (PRUSafe Dengue, PRUSafe BreastCancer, 
PRUSafe ProstateCancer) and the onboarding of the PRUCancer360 
product on UOB’s Mighty banking app.

We have made good initial progress with our recent investment in 
distribution in Thailand, where our APE sales were up 16 per cent¹, 
reflecting strong growth of 21 per cent in bancassurance channel.  
New business profit grew by a stronger 38 per cent, supported by 
the product mix shift to health and protection which accounted for 
25 per cent of APE sales (2019: 16 per cent). Our distribution capability 
will be further strengthened by our partnership with TMB which 
commenced on 1 January 2021 and our digital partnership with The1, 
Thailand’s largest loyalty platform.

36

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  report on the 2020 financial performance / continuedEEV basis results

New business profit
Profit from in-force business

Operating profit from long-term business
Asset management

Operating profit from long-term business and asset management 

before restructuring costs

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs
Non-operating profit

Profit for the year

Other movements

Net increase in embedded value

Embedded value at 1 Jan
Embedded value at 31 Dec

% New business profit/average embedded value 

% Operating profit/average embedded value 

Asia EEV operating profit decreased compared with the prior year to 
$4,387 million (2019: $6,150 million1), driven by lower new business 
profit and a lower profit from in-force business.

The profit from in-force business reflects the expected return and 
effects of operating assumption changes and operating experience 
variances, which in combination, were (18) per cent1 below the prior 
year. The expected return was (9) per cent1 below the prior year 
reflecting the impact of lower interest rates in reducing the risk 
discount rate under our active basis European Embedded Value 
methodology. Reflecting the high quality of our in-force business 
and prudent assumption setting, operating assumption changes 
and operating experience variances are again positive, driven by 
product repricing effects as well as positive claims variances across 
our businesses, among other factors.

Asset management segment operating profit after tax was up 
3 per cent1 on the prior year at $253 million (2019: $246 million1), 
which is discussed in more detail below.

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

2019  $m

Change  %

(38)
(18)

(30)
1

(29)

(184)
(58)

(37)

3,533
2,371

5,904
246

6,150

(31)
1,968

8,087

(38)
(18)

(30)
3

(29)

(184)
(58)

(37)

2,201
1,933

4,134
253

4,387

(88)
822

5,121

3,522
2,366

5,888
250

6,138

(31)
1,962

8,069

(115)

(842)

5,006

39,235
44,241

5%

10%

7,227

32,008
39,235

10%

17%

The non-operating profit of $822 million (2019: $1,968 million1) largely 
comprises increases in asset values following the fall in interest rates 
and higher equity markets, partially offset by the impact of lower 
interest rates on expectations of future asset returns.

Overall, Asia segment embedded value increased by 13 per cent3 
to $44.2 billion in the 12 months to 31 December 2020 (31 December 
2019: $39.2 billion3). Of this, $42.8 billion (31 December 2019: 
$37.8 billion3) relates to the value of the long-term business and 
includes our share of our India associate valued using embedded value 
principles which is lower than its market capitalisation. The remainder 
represents Asia asset management and goodwill attributable to 
shareholders which are carried at IFRS net asset value within the 
Group’s EEV. At 31 December 2020, 47 per cent (31 December 2019: 
48 per cent3) of total Asia long-term embedded value excluding 
goodwill is attributable to Hong Kong.

Total embedded value for Asia long-term business operations, excluding goodwill

Free surplus
Required capital

Net worth

Value of in-force business before deduction of cost of capital and time value of options and guarantees
Cost of capital
Time value of options and guarantees*

Net value of in-force business

Embedded value

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

5,295
3,445

8,740

36,729
(749)
(1,912)

34,068

42,808

3,624
3,182

6,806

32,396
(866)
(493)

31,037

37,843

37

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Asia analysis of movement in free surplus9

Existing business – transfer to net worth
Expected return on existing business
Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances

Operating free surplus generated from in-force life business 

before restructuring costs

Asset management

Operating free surplus generated from in-force life business 

and asset management before restructuring costs

Investment in new business

Operating free surplus generated before restructuring costs

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Operating free surplus generated

Non-operating profit
Net cash flows paid to parent company
Foreign exchange movements on foreign operations, 

timing differences and other items

Total movement in free surplus 
Free surplus at 1 Jan

Free surplus at 31 Dec

Representing:
Long-term business
Asset management

Free surplus at 31 Dec

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

2019  $m

Change  %

(2)
26
51

3
1

3
10

7

(165)

4

1,901
79
151

2,131
246

2,377
(615)

1,762

(31)

1,731

(1)
28
47

3
3

3
9

8

(165)

5

1,878
101
222

2,201
253

2,454
(559)

1,895

(82)

1,813

444
(716)

169

1,710
4,220

5,930

5,295
635

5,930

1,914
80
147

2,141
250

2,391
(619)

1,772

(31)

1,741

1,195
(950)

(357)

1,629
2,591

4,220

3,624
596

4,220

In-force operating free surplus generation9,12 was $2,201 million, 
up 3 per cent1 compared with the prior year. Excluding the effect of 
operating assumption changes and experience variances, in-force 
free surplus generation was in line with the prior year1 with the growth 
of the in-force portfolio being dampened by the effect of lower interest 
rates compared with the prior year. Operating assumption changes 
and experience variances were positive, again illustrating the high 
quality nature of the in-force business.

Investment in new business was $(559) million, 9 per cent1 below that 
in 2019. This reflects lower APE sales volumes, offset by business mix 
effects and lower interest rates. 

Overall higher in-force generation and lower investment in new 
business led to operating free surplus generated9 before restructuring 
costs increasing by 8 per cent1 to $1,895 million. 

The non-operating profit of $444 million includes the benefit of the 
reinsurance transaction undertaken by Hong Kong as part of the 
Group’s on-going asset/liability management as discussed earlier 
under corporate transactions. 2019 non-operating profits included 
$278 million3 of gains from the reduction in the Group’s stake in ICICI 
Prudential Life Insurance Company and the disposal of Prudential 
Vietnam Finance Company.

Local statutory capital
We maintained a strong balance sheet with a shareholder LCSM 
surplus over the regulatory minimum capital requirement of 
$8.2 billion and coverage ratio of 338 per cent at 31 December 2020 

(31 December 2019: $4.7 billion and 253 per cent). If our with-profits 
funds in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia are added the surplus 
increases to $23.6 billion (31 December 2019: $18.8 billion). We seek 
to safeguard our business from market volatility through our strong 
focus on protection products and our prudent asset and liability 
management strategy.

IFRS profit
Overall Asia adjusted operating profit2 increased by 13 per cent1 
to $3,667 million, driven by a 14 per cent1 increase in life insurance 
adjusted operating profit2, alongside a 2 per cent1 increase 
at Eastspring. 

This growth reflects the benefits of our focus on high quality 
recurring premium business, which accounts for 90 per cent of our 
new business, and diversified portfolio of scale businesses, with over 
88 per cent of our total life income14 (excluding other income described 
below) driven by insurance margin and fee income (2019: 86 per cent1), 
again supporting profit progression across market cycles.

Our Asia life insurance adjusted operating profit2 growth is 
broad-based and at scale. Overall, nine insurance markets reported 
double-digit growth1, with three insurance markets delivering 
growth of 20 per cent1 or more. At a market level, highlights include 
Hong Kong up 20 per cent1 to $891 million, Singapore up 18 per cent1 
to $574 million, Malaysia up 14 per cent1 to $309 million, China 
up 15 per cent1 to $251 million and Thailand up 24 per cent1 to 
$210 million. Adjusted operating profit2 in Indonesia was $519 million, 
marginally lower than the prior year.

38

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  report on the 2020 financial performance / continuedProfit margin analysis of Asia long-term insurance and asset management operations17

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

Spread income
Fee income 11
With-profits
Insurance margin
Other income

Total life income 
Expenses:

Acquisition costs
Administration expenses
DAC adjustments

Share of related tax charges from joint ventures 

and associates

Long-term insurance business pre-tax adjusted 

operating profit

Eastspring

Adjusted operating profit from long-term business 

and asset management before restructuring costs

Tax charge

Adjusted operating profit after tax for the year before 

restructuring costs

Non-operating profit after tax

Profit for the year after tax before restructuring costs

Margin 
bps

108
104
18

(42)%
(252)

2020

$m

296
282
117
2,648
3,148

6,491

(1,904)
(1,539)
382

(46)

3,384

283

3,667

(495)

3,172

210

3,382

Margin 
bps

74
101
16

(52)%
(227)

2019

$m

321
286
107
2,244
3,229

6,187

(2,156)
(1,437)
430

(31)

2,993

283

3,276

(436)

2,840

885

3,725

Margin 
bps

106
104
18

(42)%
(249)

2019

$m

319
283
107
2,234
3,225

6,168

(2,156)
(1,430)
426

(30)

2,978

278

3,256

(432)

2,824

899

3,723

Our adjusted operating profit2 continues to be based on high-quality 
drivers. The overall 14 per cent1 growth in Asia life insurance adjusted 
operating profit2 to $3,384 million (2019: $2,978 million1) was driven 
principally by 19 per cent1 growth in insurance margin-related 
revenues and reflects our ongoing focus on recurring premium health 
and protection products and the associated continued growth of our 
in-force business. 

Fee income was in line with the prior year, while spread income 
decreased by (7) per cent1 driven by lower interest rates in the year.

With-profits earnings relate principally to the shareholders’ share in 
bonuses declared to policyholders. As these bonuses are typically 
weighted to the end of a contract, under IFRS, with-profits earnings 
consequently emerge only gradually over time. The 9 per cent1 growth 
in with-profits earnings reflects the ongoing growth in these portfolios.

Other income primarily represents amounts deducted from premiums 
to cover acquisition costs and administration expenses. As such, the 
(2) per cent1 decrease from 2019 largely reflects lower new business 
volumes, whereas new business acquisition expense fell 12 per cent1 
to $(1,904) million. The ratio of shareholder acquisition costs to 
shareholder-related APE sales (excluding with-profits-related sales) 
increased to 68 per cent (2019: 66 per cent on an actual exchange 
rate basis), reflecting changes to product and geographical mix. 
Administration expenses, including renewal commissions, increased 
by 8 per cent1 reflecting in-force business growth. 

39

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Asset management

Actual exchange rate

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

Total external net flows*

(9,972)

8,340

93.9
15.7
138.2

247.8

390
256

646
7

653
(336)
(34)

283

253

98.0
26.7
116.4

241.1

392
244

636
12

648
(329)
(36)

283

250

n/a

(4)
(41)
19

3

(1)
5

2
(42)

1
(2)
6

–

1

$227.1bn
28bps
52%

$214.0bn
30bps
52%

6
-2bps
–

Eastspring’s adjusted operating profit2 of $283 million was up 
2 per cent compared with the prior year on a constant exchange rate 
basis (level on an actual exchange rate basis). Operating income 
(net of commission) increased by 1 per cent3 with the benefit of higher 
average funds under management being partly offset by adverse client 
and asset mix effects that reduced the fee margin based on operating 
income to 28 basis points (2019: 30 basis points3). Cost discipline 
remains robust, with operating costs in line with the prior year, 
with the resulting cost/income ratio8 the same at 52 per cent.

Return on segment equity
The benefit of our focus on profitable health and protection, 
with-profit and asset management businesses is evident in the 
attractive 26 per cent (2019: 30 per cent) operating return delivered 
on average segment equity8 over 2020.

External funds under management* ($bn)
Funds managed on behalf of M&G plc ($bn)
Internal funds under management ($bn)

Total funds under management ($bn)

Analysis of adjusted operating profit
Retail operating income
Institutional operating income

Operating income before performance-related fees
Performance-related fees

Operating income (net of commission)
Operating expense
Group’s share of tax on joint ventures’ adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit after tax

Average funds managed by Eastspring
Fee margin based on operating income
Cost/income ratio8

* Excluding $15.7 billion of funds managed on behalf of M&G plc.

Eastspring’s total funds under management were $247.8 billion at 
31 December (31 December 2019: $241.1 billion3), reflecting favourable 
internal net inflows and higher equity markets, partly offset by external 
net outflows. Compared with 2019, Eastspring’s average funds under 
management increased by 6 per cent3 (7 per cent16 on a constant 
exchange rate basis). Funds under management were 13 per cent3 higher 
than at the end of June ($219.7 billion3) as equity markets recovered and 
asset flows began to recover from the volatility in the first half.

Eastspring continues to benefit from strong, positive net flows from 
internal insurance funds, recording $8.5 billion (2019: $9.7 billion). 
Overall third-party flows related to external funds under management 
were negative $(10.0) billion, reflecting the adverse impact of higher 
market volatility, as a result of Covid-19, on retail funds, most notably 
in a number of retail bond funds in Thailand in the first half of 2020. 
Highlights included strong flows into our China A Fund, and Global 
Innovation Fund in respect of our equity products, and Income Plus 
and Active Bond Fund Plus on the fixed income side. As market 
volatility subsided over the second half of the year, third-party net 
flows22 improved materially, with the fourth quarter seeing net inflows 
of $0.5 billion. In addition, as anticipated, there were net outflows from 
funds managed on behalf of M&G plc of $(10.0) billion in 2020, with 
further outflows of around $(6) billion expected in the first half of 2021.

40

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  report on the 2020 financial performance / continuedUnited States
Operational and financial highlights
All of the results below reflect Jackson Financial Inc. (which we refer 
to as Jackson), the entity that is proposed to be demerged, except for 
the discussion on local statutory capital which covers Jackson Financial 
Inc.’s subsidiary, Jackson National Life, only. Post its separation 
from the Group, Jackson will no longer publish EEV results and the 
discussion below therefore focuses on IFRS and capital measures. 
All amounts have been prepared on the basis of the Prudential Group’s 
accounting policies and methodologies and are consistent with the 
Group’s reporting in 2019. This will differ from the financial information 
that Jackson will report as part of the demerger process, which will be 
prepared under US GAAP and will include certain non-GAAP financial 
measures which Jackson management believes will be more relevant 
to manage the business as a standalone entity.

At 31 December 2020, Jackson National Life’s RBC ratio was 
347 per cent (31 December 2019: 366 per cent). At the point of 
proposed separation, Jackson expects to have an RBC ratio24 in excess 
of 450 per cent and total financial leverage21 in the range of 25 to 
30 per cent, subject to market conditions. Jackson expects to achieve 
this level of RBC at the point of separation by contributing proceeds of 
its debt and hybrid capital raising to its regulated insurance subsidiaries.

APE new business sales (APE sales)
Adjusted operating profit*
RBC ratio (%)

* Before restructuring costs.

New business
APE sales

Variable annuities
Fixed annuities
Fixed index annuities

Total retail annuity APE sales
Total institutional product APE sales

Total APE sales

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

1,923
2,796
347

2,223
3,070
366

(13)
(9)
(19) ppts

2020  $m

2019  $m

Change  %

1,662
33
100

1,795
128

1,923

1,470
119
382

1,971
252

2,223

13
(72)
(74)

(9)
(49)

(13)

Despite challenging market conditions, Jackson delivered a 13 per cent 
increase in variable annuity sales, reflecting the strength and depth 
of its leading distribution franchise and value-added customer 
proposition. Jackson believes that the investment freedom and 
optional guaranteed benefits Jackson offers its customers support 
its strong brand recognition with distributors and advisers18.

Jackson has maintained its leading position in the US retail variable 
annuity market19. This market position reflects the attractiveness of 
its product, breadth of distribution across multiple channels, and the 
productivity of Jackson’s wholesaler field force, which is among the 
most productive in the industry, with sales per agent over 10 per cent 
higher than the nearest competitor20.

In line with Jackson’s disciplined approach to pricing and risk 
management, pricing actions taken in the first half of 2020 in response 
to changing market conditions and to preserve statutory capital, 
resulted in an expected and material reduction in new fixed annuity 
and fixed index annuities sales, evident particularly from the beginning 
of the second quarter. This, combined with lower institutional sales, 
resulted in an overall (13) per cent reduction in APE sales.

41

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
IFRS profit
Adjusted operating profit
US segment adjusted operating profit2,7 was $2,796 million in 2020, down (9) per cent from the prior year. This reduction largely reflects the 
impact of DAC adjustment effects in the current and prior year, alongside the expected reduction in spread related earnings following the 
reinsurance contract with Athene in June 2020. Offsetting these falls, fee income was $3,386 million, 3 per cent higher than the prior year 
as result of higher average account balances. 

A further breakdown of the drivers of IFRS profitability is set out below.

Profit margin analysis of US long-term insurance and asset management operations17

Spread income
Fee income 
Insurance margin
Other income

Total life income 
Expenses:

Acquisition costs
Administration expenses
DAC adjustments

Long-term insurance business pre-tax adjusted operating profit

Asset management

Adjusted operating profit from long-term business and asset management 

before restructuring costs

Tax charge

Adjusted operating profit after tax for the year before restructuring costs
Non-operating loss after tax

Loss for the year after tax before restructuring costs

Margin 
bps

112
182

(48)%
(68)

2020

$m

521
3,386
1,298
–

5,205

(991)
(1,744)
317

2,787

9

2,796

(313)

2,483
(2,730)

(247)

Margin 
bps

112
178

(52)%
(71)

2019

$m

642
3,292
1,317
26

5,277

(1,074)
(1,675)
510

3,038

32

3,070

(437)

2,633
(3,013)

(380)

Spread income declined (19) per cent in 2020, primarily as a result 
of the Athene reinsurance transaction, as well as lower asset yields, 
partially offset by lower interest credited reflecting lower average 
crediting rates compared with 2019. The margin of 112 basis points 
benefited from prior year swap transactions. Excluding that 
benefit, the spread margin would have been 88 basis points 
(2019: 101 basis points).

Insurance margin represents profits from insurance risks, including 
variable annuity guarantees and profits from the legacy life businesses 
and was marginally lower than that earned in 2019.

Acquisition costs have fallen by 8 per cent following lower sales 
in the year. Administration expenses increased by 4 per cent to 
$(1,744) million in 2020 as a result of higher asset-based commissions, 
as average separate account balances increased, and the 
non-recurrence of commission income (treated as a negative expense) 
earned under the John Hancock reinsurance arrangement in 2019. 
Excluding the asset-based commission, the administration expense 
ratio would be 34 basis points (2019: 33 basis points).

DAC adjustments, being the cost deferred on sales in the period 
net of amortisation of amounts deferred previously, have fallen by 
$(193) million to $317 million. This follows lower deferrals from lower 
sales and higher amortisation of prior period DAC. DAC amortisation 
increased as the impact of changes to the longer-term economic 
assumptions underpinning the amortisation calculation, following an 
expectation of lower interest rates in the future, more than offset the 
benefits of increases in DAC deceleration in the period as a result of 
higher equity markets at the end of 2020 as compared with the start 
of the year.

Non-operating items
The non-operating result was negative $(3,510) million pre-tax 
(2019: $(3,795) million) and contributed to a net loss after tax of 
$(247) million (2019: $(380) million). The non-operating result over 
2020 includes a loss of $(4,296) million from short-term investment 
fluctuations and amortisation of previous acquisition accounting 
adjustments offset by a $786 million pre-tax gain as a result of the 
Athene reinsurance transaction.

In the US, Jackson provides certain guarantees on its annuity products, 
the value of which would typically rise when equity markets fall 
and long-term interest rates decline. Jackson charges fees for these 
guarantees which are in turn used to purchase downside protection, 
in particular options and futures to mitigate the effect of equity 
market falls. 

Jackson designs its hedge programme to protect the economics of the 
business from large movements in investment markets and does not 
seek to hedge on an accounting basis. It therefore accepts a degree 
of variability in the accounting results. 

The $(4,296) million discussed above principally arises from the steep 
rise in equity markets following the low at the end of the first quarter of 
2020 that led to equity derivative losses taken out as part of Jackson’s 
hedging programme being in excess of the corresponding reduction 
in guarantee liabilities and the effect of lower interest rates on the value 
of its guarantees. Hedge costs were also elevated due to the high 
levels of volatility observed in the period.

42

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  report on the 2020 financial performance / continuedLocal statutory capital – Jackson National Life (Jackson)

2020

2019

1 Jan

Capital generation from new business written
Operating capital generation from business in force

Operating capital generation 
Other non-operating movements
US reinsurance transaction
Investment by Athene
Adoption of NAIC reforms
Hedge modelling revision
Dividends paid

31 Dec

Total
Adjusted
Capital
(TAC)
  $m

5,221

191
798

989
(1,832)
524
500
–
(139)
–

5,263

Required
capital at
‘Company
Action 
Level’
(CAL) 
  $m

1,426

153
(177)

(24)
115
(251)
–
–
251
–

1,517

Surplus 
$m

3,795

38
975

1,013
(1,947)
775
500
–
(390)
–

3,746

Ratio 
%

366

(23)
100

77
(108)
67
25
–
(80)
–

347

Surplus 
$m

4,315

(144)
1,531

1,387
(1,524)
–
–
142
–
(525)

3,795

Ratio 
%

458

(75)
141

66
(104)
–
–
(17)
–
(37)

366

The movement in surplus over the course of 2020 was driven by:

 — Operating capital generation from the in-force business was 
$975 million, in line with our expectations post the Athene 
transaction. This is lower than 2019 which benefited from a 
$355 million release of incremental reserves following the 
integration of the John Hancock business acquired in 2018. 
The impact of new business improved by $182 million, largely 
as a result of expected fall in fixed annuity and fixed index 
annuity sales following repricing actions in the first half of 2020. 

 — Non-operating items reduced surplus by $(1,947) million driven 

primarily by the impact of market movements where falling interest 
rates, rising equity markets and elevated volatility have combined 
to result in derivative losses, net of reserve changes, and an 
increase in required capital. This included a reduction of 
$(193) million in deferred tax assets being admitted into statutory 
surplus and an increase in surplus of $140 million from changes in 
respect of formal recognition by the regulator of guaranteed asset 
management revenue.

 — Surplus benefited from a $500 million investment by Athene and 
a further $775 million as a result of the reinsurance of the in-force 
fixed annuity and fixed index annuity portfolio in June. 

 — At 31 December 2019, Jackson early adopted the provisions of 
the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Valuation 
Manual Minimum Standards No. VM-21 (VM-21). As announced 
on 28 January 2021, Jackson determined that a simplifying 
modelling assumption was not consistent with its intent in the 
adoption of VM-21 and the revised modelling adopted for 
calculating reserves and capital reduced surplus by $(390) million 
through a reduction in TAC and an increase in CAL.

43

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Group reporting segments after proposed separation of Jackson
In presenting its results for 2020, the Group continues to report 
its business using the following segments:

 — Asia (including insurance and asset management business); and
 — US (including Jackson and US asset management business).

Other operations are classified as unallocated to a segment, which 
includes the Group’s head office functions in London and Hong Kong 
and Africa insurance operations.

In preparation for the planned separation of Jackson, from 2021 the 
Group has revised its internal management information to focus on the 
following revised segments, which will be used for external reporting 
from half year 2021.

 — China JV 
 — Hong Kong 
 — Indonesia 
 — Malaysia
 — Singapore
 — Growth markets and other (including Africa)
 — Eastspring

The Group’s head office functions will continue to be unallocated to 
a segment. The US has been classified as discontinued following the 
Board’s decision to proceed with a demerger in the second quarter 
of 2021.

A summary of the Group’s key performance indicators by these segments going forward are as set out below.

China JV
Hong Kong
Indonesia
Malaysia
Singapore
Growth markets and other ‡
Eastspring

Total

Actual exchange rate

APE sales

New business profit

Adjusted operating  
profit*

EEV for long-term  
business

2020  $m

2019  $m

2020  $m

2019  $m

2020  $m

2019  $m

2020  $m

2019  $m

582
758
267
346
610
1,245†
n/a

3,808†

590
2,016
390
355
660
1,232†
n/a

5,243†

269
787
155
209
341
440
n/a

2,201

262
2,042
227
210
387
394
n/a

3,522

251
891
519
309
574
835†
283

219
734
540
276
493
737†
283

2,798
20,156
2,630
4,142
8,160
4,975†
n/a

2,180
18,255
2,737
3,535
7,337
3,858†
n/a

3,662†

3,282†

42,861†

37,902†

* Further analysis of Adjusted operating profit for Asia is set out in note I(v) in the Additional unaudited financial information.
† Includes amounts relating to Africa.
‡ Adjusted operating profit includes other of $119 million (2019: $125 million) and primarily comprises of taxes for joint ventures and associates and other non-recurring items.

Mark FitzPatrick
Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

Notes
1  On a constant exchange rate basis.
2  Adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term 

investment returns is management’s primary measure 
of profitability and provides an underlying operating 
result based on longer-term investment returns and 
excludes non-operating items. Further information 
on its definition and reconciliation to profit for the year 
is set out in note B1.1 of the IFRS financial statements.

3  On an actual exchange rate basis.
4  Calculated on a Moody’s total leverage basis.
5  Approximately half of the corporate expenditure 

is incurred in sterling and our assumptions forecast 
an exchange rate of £1=$1.2599.

6  As compared with head office expenditure of 

$(490) million in 2018 and before a planned $10 million 
increase in Africa costs as previously disclosed.

7  Attributed to the shareholders of the Group 

before deducting the amount attributable to the 
non-controlling interests. This presentation is applied 
consistently throughout the document.

8  See note II of the Additional unaudited financial 
information for definition and reconciliation to 
IFRS balances.

9  For insurance operations, operating free surplus 

generated represents amounts maturing from the 
in-force business during the year less investment 
in new business and excludes non-operating items. 
For asset management businesses, it equates to 
post-tax operating profit for the year. Further 
information is set out in ‘movement in Group free 
surplus’ of the EEV basis results.

10 Surplus over Group minimum capital requirement and 
estimated before allowing for second interim ordinary 
dividend. Shareholder business excludes the available 
capital and minimum requirement of participating 
business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia. 
Further information on the basis of calculation of 
the LCSM measure is contained in note I(i) of the 
Additional unaudited financial information.

44

11 In 2020, given the significant market volatility in certain 

months during the year, average liabilities used to 
derive the margin for fee income in Asia have been 
calculated using quarter-end balances throughout 
the year as opposed to opening and closing balances 
only to provide a more meaningful analysis. The 2019 
margin have been amended for consistency albeit 
impacts are minimal.

12 Operating free surplus generated before 

restructuring costs.

13 Net cash amounts remitted by business units are 

included in the holding company cash flow, which 
is disclosed in detail in note I(iii) of the Additional 
unaudited financial information. This comprises 
dividends and other transfers from business units 
that are reflective of emerging earnings and capital 
generation.

14 Total insurance margin ($2,648 million) and fee income 
($282 million) of $2,930 million divided by total life 
income excluding other income of $3,343 million 
(Comprised of total life income of $6,491 million less 
other income of $3,148 million).

15 Central expenses comprises other income and 

expenditure of $(748) million (2019: $(926) million 
on an actual exchange rate basis) and restructuring 
and IFRS 17 implementation costs of $(208) million 
(2019: $(110) million on an actual exchange rate basis).

16 On a constant exchange rate basis Eastspring’s 

average funds under management over the year 
to 31 December 2019 were $211.5 billion (actual 
exchange rate basis: $214.0 billion). Average funds 
under management over the year to 31 December 
2020 were $227.1 billion.

17 For discussion on the basis of preparation of the 
sources of earnings in the table see note I(iv) of 
the Additional unaudited financial information. 

18 Cogent Annuity Brandscape+37 Net Promoter Score 
(‘NPS’) for Jackson variable annuities, compared to 
an industry average NPS of 0.

19 LIMRA: through the third quarter of 2020, Jackson 
accounted for 16.5% of new sales in the U.S. retail 
variable annuity market and ranked number 1 in 
variable annuity sales.

20 Market Metrics Q3 2020 Sales, Staffing, and 

Productivity Report: Jackson’s variable annuity sales 
per wholesaler are more than 10% higher than its 
nearest competitor.

21 Calculated on a US GAAP basis as the ratio of total 

debt (including senior debt, hybrid debt and preferred 
securities) to total debt and shareholders’ equity 
(excluding Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
Income).

22 Excluding money market funds and funds managed 

on behalf of M&G plc.

23 APE sales substantially from full-premium products 
sold through referrals to agents and a small amount 
of revenue from 37 new digital products.

24 Representing the RBC ratio of Jackson National Life 
that reflects the capital and capital requirements of 
Jackson National Life and its subsidiaries, including 
Jackson National Life NY.

25 The term ’Non-operating items’ is used in this report to 
refer to items excluded from adjusted IFRS operating 
profit based on longer-term investment returns from 
continuing operations, including short-term 
investment fluctuations in investment returns on 
shareholder-backed business, corporate transactions 
and amortisation of acquisition accounting 
adjustments. For the avoidance of doubt this analysis 
is not intended to align with ‘results of operating 
activities’ as discussed in IAS 1 Presentation of 
Financial Statements.

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s  report on the 2020 financial performance / continuedC

O

Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  
facing our business and how these are managed

James Turner FCA FCSI FRM
Group Chief Risk  
and Compliance Officer

Our Group Risk Framework and risk 
appetite have allowed us to control 
our risk exposure throughout 2020. 
Our governance, processes and 
controls enable us to deal with 
uncertainty effectively, which is 
critical to the achievement of 
our strategy of capturing long-term 
structural opportunities and helping 
our customers achieve their long-
term financial goals.

This section explains the main risks inherent in our business and 
how we manage those risks, with the aim of ensuring an appropriate 
risk profile is maintained. Although Jackson is preparing to be a fully 
independent business, until the proposed demerger is effected 
Jackson’s risks (as with those of the Group’s other businesses) will 
continue to be managed within the Group Risk Framework and this 
report reflects this position.

1. Introduction 
The Group
2020 was a truly eventful year. The Covid-19 pandemic swept across 
the world and has resulted in significant humanitarian suffering and 
material and prolonged disruption to social and economic activity. 
The business had to consider and navigate the risks arising from the 
Covid-19 on multiple fronts. These included capital and liquidity risks 
arising from abrupt market dislocation as well as risks associated with 
the disruption to the Group’s operations across Asia, Africa, the US and 
UK. Concurrently, the business has maintained uninterrupted delivery 
of services for its policyholders, and has been committed to doing the 
right thing for both its customers and employees throughout the crisis. 
The Risk, Compliance and Security function has successfully 
transitioned into, and maintained, new ways of working across multiple 
time zones to provide strong stewardship and enhanced monitoring 
of these risks during the most acute phases of the pandemic’s impact. 

Through these extraordinary circumstances, the function has also 
provided risk opinions, guidance and assurance on critical activity, 
including Athene’s reinsurance of $27.6 billion of Jackson’s fixed and 
fixed index annuity portfolio and $500 million equity investment into 
Prudential’s US business, the proposed demerger of Jackson from 
the Group and the revision to its hedge modelling for US statutory 
standards for calculating reserves and capital. At the same time, 
the function retained its focus on managing the risks of the ongoing 
business, performing its defined role in providing risk management 
support and oversight, as well as objective challenge to ensure the 
Group remained within its risk appetite. 

The Group continues to engage constructively with the Hong Kong 
Insurance Authority (IA) as its Group-wide supervisor and is 
transitioning to a new supervisory framework. The Group’s mature 
and well-embedded risk framework will enable decisions to be taken 
with confidence as the business seeks to capture the opportunities 
in the growth markets in which it is now focused while continuing 
to operate prudently with discipline.

The world economy
At the start of 2020 the prospects for global growth appeared to be 
improving. This positive momentum was abruptly reversed by the 
Covid-19 pandemic, leading to the shutdown of much of the world’s 
economy and a sharp recession. In response to this unprecedented 
shock, governments and central banks deployed massive fiscal and 
monetary stimulus measures to mitigate the impact on the labour force 
and restore confidence in financial markets. Driven largely by the 
strong macro policy response, global economies have started to 
recover although this remains far from complete. In Asia, China has 
been leading the economic rehabilitation, benefiting other Asian 
economies to an extent, although the regional recovery to date has 
been highly uneven. The economic environment in Asia is expected 
to remain challenging given the limited headroom for additional 
conventional monetary easing, increasing inflation risks from weaker 
foreign exchange rates, supply chain disruptions, and increasing fiscal 
pressures. Viewed more broadly, the pandemic has increased the 
debt burden of many economies and may result in sovereign debt 
sustainability issues, increasing the dependence on low interest rates 
by governments.

45

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Financial markets
2020 began with risk assets performing well until concerns over 
the economic impact of the Covid-19 outbreak dented investor 
confidence, eventually leading to a global sell-off that unfolded at 
extraordinary speed. The S&P 500 index plunged by 35 per cent 
from an all-time high on 19 February 2020 to its low point on 
23 March 2020. Interest rates in major markets declined significantly, 
falling to historical lows as investors fretted over the risks to the 
economic outlook. Credit spreads widened significantly, in line 
with the plunge in equity markets. 

The stress on financial markets was broadly eased by the central banks 
maintaining accommodative monetary policies and implementing 
various support programmes. Since their trough in March 2020, 
financial markets have rallied strongly, initially driven by broad 
reductions in infection rates in some countries, optimism with respect 
to the restart of the global economy, and, in the US, a small group of 
large-cap stocks that has buoyed the cap-weighted index. Risk assets 
in particular continued to rally strongly in the second half of 2020. 

Risk asset valuations appear elevated and display some disconnect 
with economic fundamentals, and may therefore be subject to the 
risk of a correction given the renewed lockdowns implemented 
across the world towards the end of 2020 and into 2021, the logistical 
challenges to the roll out of Covid-19 vaccination programmes (which 
may be more prolonged than initially anticipated) and the development 
of new strains of the coronavirus. On interest rates, the consensus 
outlook is of an environment in which they will remain low-for-longer. 
The US Federal Reserve’s forward guidance has constrained 
expectations of higher short-term yields in the foreseeable future, 
while economic fundamentals and globally accommodative conditions 
are likely to keep downward pressure on long-term yields. For credit 
assets, risks of a further round of widespread pressure on corporate 
liquidity – as experienced during 2020 – remain, given the stretched 
credit fundamentals of corporate borrowers, although the magnitude 
of the pre-funding and liquidity-raising that has been accomplished 
in 2020 is expected to mitigate this to an extent. 

(Geo)political landscape
During the first half of 2020, the civil unrest increasingly seen in many 
places across the world was partially curtailed by the Covid-19 
restrictions put in place by governments. The second half of the year, 
saw an increase in popular protests against long-standing social issues 
and inequalities and were in some cases triggered by national elections 
in the US, Africa and Asia. An observable trend in recent protest 
movements, aided by social media, is the speed and frequency at which 
they can gather momentum and their evolving forms of leadership. 
The stability of governments is likely to be tested in different ways and 
potentially on a more frequent basis as a result, as will the resilience of 
businesses. As a global organisation, the Group has well-established 
local and global plans to mitigate the business risks from disruption. 
These have operated well when deployed across the Group during 
the Covid-19 crisis and also locally during the outbreaks of unrest 
seen during 2020 and continued into 2021 in markets where the Group 
operates. Operational resilience will continue to be critically evaluated 
and enhanced as the longer-term lessons from the pandemic response 
in particular, become clearer. Governmental responses to the 
pandemic have involved a necessary balancing of the impacts to 
people’s health and lives, their individual rights and liberties, and 
economic growth. These considerations, and the dynamics between 
and within them, have become increasingly politicised and another 
source of polarisation and popular discontent which, in some places, 
have also provided impetus to protest movements. 

Many governments continue to face the challenge of reconciling the 
inter-connectedness of the global economy with pressure to prioritise 
national self-interests. The experience of the pandemic may provide 
a further impetus to the regionalisation or fragmentation of global 
trade, investment and standards, and risks undermining efforts in 
international cooperation and coordination. Into 2021, accessibility to 
Covid-19 vaccine supplies, which may become a prolonged challenge, 
has the potential to contribute to an increase in geopolitical tensions. 
A key source of geopolitical risk during 2020 was the US-China 
relationship and its wider impact on international relations, and 
this looks likely to continue during President Biden’s term in office. 
Hong Kong’s perceived level of autonomy will remain influential 
in geopolitical tensions, with potential global trade and economic 
consequences. Responses by the US, UK and other governments 
to the enactment and application of the national security law in Hong 
Kong and other constitutional or legislative changes in the territory, 
which continue to develop, may impact Hong Kong’s economy. 

Being a key market for the Group which also hosts regional and 
head office functions, this could potentially impact Prudential’s sales, 
operations and product distribution. For internationally active groups 
which operate across impacted jurisdictions such as Prudential, these 
government responses and measures add to the complexity of legal 
and regulatory compliance. Compliance with Prudential’s legal or 
regulatory obligations in one jurisdiction may conflict with the law or 
policy objectives of another jurisdiction, or may be seen as supporting 
the law or policy objectives of that jurisdiction over another, creating 
additional legal, regulatory compliance and reputational risks for 
the Group.

Regulations
Prudential operates in highly regulated markets, and the nature 
and focus of regulation and laws remain fluid. A number of national 
and international regulatory developments are in progress, with a 
continuing focus on solvency and capital standards, conduct of 
business, systemic risk regulation, corporate governance and senior 
management accountability, and macroprudential policy. Some of 
these changes will have a significant impact on the way that the Group 
operates, conducts business and manages its risks. With geopolitical 
tensions elevated, the complexity of sanctions compliance is 
increasing and continues to represent a challenge for international 
businesses. These regulatory developments will continue to be 
monitored at a national and global level and form part of Prudential’s 
engagement with government policy teams and regulators. The 
immediate regulatory and supervisory responses to Covid-19 have 
been broad and have included increased scrutiny of the operational 
resilience, liquidity and capital strength (including the impact of 
making dividend payments) of financial services companies as well 
as changes that have helped the Group to continue to support its 
customers through non-face-to-face contact. The financial burden in 
addressing the pandemic is likely to influence changes in governmental 
fiscal policies, laws or regulations aimed at increasing financial stability, 
and this may include measures on businesses or specific industries 
to contribute to, lessen or otherwise support, the financial cost to 
governments of treating patients and meeting the logistical challenges 
of providing vaccines. It is possible that requirements are imposed on 
private insurance companies and healthcare providers to cover costs 
associated with the treatment and prevention of Covid-19 beyond 
contractual or policy terms. 

46

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continuedA strong sense of purpose for an enterprise is a driver of long-term 
profitability, and this is making companies evaluate their place in, 
and contribution to, society. The ‘why and how’ a business acts 
has become arguably at least as important as what it produces or 
the services that it provides. Understanding and managing the 
environmental, social and governance (ESG) impact and requirements 
of its business is fundamental to Prudential’s brand, reputation and 
ultimately its long-term success. Ensuring high levels of transparency 
and responsiveness to stakeholders is a key aspect of this. Recent 
events have highlighted the structural inequalities in our societies and 
are prompting organisations to question where they stand on these 
important issues. Prudential’s ESG Strategic Framework is designed 
to deliver on its purpose of ‘helping people get the most out of life’. 
It includes a focus on inclusivity: inclusivity of access to quality 
healthcare, protection and savings for our customers; inclusivity of 
the working environment for our people; and inclusivity in the Group’s 
support of the transition to low-carbon in the economies, markets and 
communities in which it operates. 

Against this evolving regulatory backdrop, constructive engagement 
continues with Prudential’s Group-wide supervisor, the Hong Kong IA, 
on the Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework. The GWS 
Framework is expected to be effective for Prudential upon designation 
by the Hong Kong IA in the second quarter of 2021, subject to 
transitional arrangements. The primary legislation was enacted in July 
2020 and will come into operation on 29 March 2021. The framework 
adopts a principle-based and outcome-focused approach, and allows 
the Hong Kong IA to exercise direct regulatory powers over the 
holding companies of multinational insurance groups, reinforcing 
Hong Kong’s position as a preferred base for large insurance groups in 
Asia Pacific and a global insurance hub. During 2020, the Hong Kong 
IA engaged with the Group and other relevant stakeholders in the 
development of the GWS Framework, which will be anchored 
on the requirements for three pillars: capital, risk and governance, 
and disclosure.

Societal developments
The experience of the pandemic has underlined the ability of evolving 
demographic, geographical and environmental factors to change 
the nature, likelihood and impact of extreme events. These factors 
can also drive public health trends such as increasing obesity, 
with consequential potential impacts to Prudential’s underwriting 
assumptions and product design. While insights can be gleaned from 
the current pandemic, the unique set of variables associated with 
extreme events means that their impact on the functioning of society, 
and the disruption to business operations, staff, customers and sales, 
cannot be predicted or fully mitigated. The Group has been actively 
managing the impact of the crisis as it has developed over 2020 and 
into 2021, including assisting affected policyholders and staff in 
meeting their resulting needs.

In support of increased ease of access and social inclusion, and to 
meet evolving customer needs, the Group is increasing its use of digital 
services, technologies and distribution methods for the products and 
services that it offers. The Covid-19 pandemic has accelerated these 
developments, with the Group’s businesses having implemented 
virtual face-to-face sales of select ranges of products in many of its 
markets, and adoption of Prudential’s Pulse application has continued 
to increase. The digital health platform is now available in 15 markets 
in 11 languages, with total downloads having reached 20 million as 
of February 2021. Changes to the Group’s use of technology and 
distribution models have broad implications, touching on Prudential’s 
conduct of business, increasing the risks of technology and data being 
compromised or misused and potentially leading to new and 
unforeseen regulatory issues. 

47

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
2. Key internal, regulatory, economic and (geo)political events over the past 12 months

Q1 2020

  In January 2020, the virus responsible for what initially 
appeared to be viral pneumonia is identified as a novel coronavirus. 
The resulting disease is subsequently named Covid-19, and over 
2020 the coronavirus begins its spread across the globe. Across its 
markets the Group rolls out initiatives to support customers and staff.

  In January, Prudential Vietnam announces an exclusive 

bancassurance partnership with Southeast Asia Commercial Joint 
Stock Bank (SeABank), a fast-growing bank in Vietnam with around 
1.2 million customers and almost 170 branches, for a 20-year term.

  On 20 March, the Hong Kong IA published the Insurance 

(Amendment) (No. 2) Bill as part of its submission to the Hong Kong 
LegCo, a key step towards GWS implementation.

  In Singapore, a revised risk-based capital framework (RBC2) 

for insurers comes into force as at 31 March 2020. 

  The California Consumer Protection Act (CCPA) comes into 
force on 1 January 2020, creating data privacy rights to California 
consumers. Jackson ensures compliance with the Act in December 
2019. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) 
implements changes to the US statutory reserve and capital 
framework for variable annuities, effective from 1 January 2020. 
Jackson chooses to early adopt the changes as at 31 December 2019 
for US statutory reporting.

  The Covid-19 pandemic shuts down much of the world’s 

economy and triggers a sharp recession. Equity markets sell off at an 
extraordinary speed, volatility spikes, credit spreads widen sharply 
and interest rates in major markets decrease to new historical lows. 
Central banks maintain accommodative monetary policies and 
implement various asset purchase and support programmes to 
restore confidence in financial markets. Governments deploy 
massive fiscal stimulus to mitigate the economic fallout and the 
unprecedented shock on the labour force.

Q2 2020

  On 18 June 2020 the Group announces the reinsurance of 
$27.6 billion of Jackson’s fixed and fixed index annuity portfolio 
by Athene, and a $500 million equity investment into Prudential’s 
US business in return for an 11.1 per cent economic interest.

  The Network for Greening the Financial System publishes its 

Guide for Supervisors in May 2020 which outlines recommendations 
for integrating climate-related and environmental risks into 
prudential supervision.

  Shriti Vadera joins the Board as a Non-executive Director and 
member of the Nomination & Governance Committee on 1 May 
2020, and succeeds Paul Manduca as Chair of the Board and 
of the Nomination & Governance Committee on 1 January 2021.

  IAIS releases the requirements for a Covid-19 tailored Data 
Collection exercise for 2020. The original Data Collection exercise, 
released in March for the purpose of monitoring the build-up of 
systemic risk for insurers, is paused for 2020. In April 2020, the IAIS 
also releases the requirements for the 2020 ICS and Aggregation 
Method Data Collection exercises.

  Markets rally sharply during Q2 on the back of asset purchases, 

direct intervention by the US Federal Reserve in credit markets, 
stimulus programmes, the gradual rebound in economic activity 
enabled by the progressive easing of lockdown measures and 
a broad reduction in virus infection rates.

  A broad easing of Covid-19 restrictions begins to take place 
across many countries in the latter half of Q2 and into Q3, including 
in some countries with high infection rates, with many countries 
taking steps to mitigate a second wave of infections. Other countries, 
such as the US and those in Central and South America and South 
Asia continue to see high daily case numbers. 

48

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continued 
Key

  Prudential

  Regulatory

  (Geo)political

  Markets/economies

Q3 2020

  In August, and building on its earlier announcement in May, 

the Group announces its intention to fully separate Jackson from the 
Group. This is followed by a further announcement in January 2021 
confirming that the separation will be facilitated by way of demerger, 
which is proposed to complete in Q2 2021.

  The Insurance (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance, being the 

enabling primary legislation providing for the GWS Framework was 
enacted on 24 July 2020 and will come into operation on 29 March 
2021. The relevant subsidiary legislation, including the Insurance 
(Group Capital) Rules, was tabled before the Legislative Council on 
6 January 2021 and will also come into operation on 29 March 2021. 
The GWS Framework is expected to be effective for Prudential 
upon designation by the Hong Kong IA in the second quarter of 2021, 
subject to transitional arrangements.

  The US Federal Reserve adopts a new flexible average inflation 

targeting strategy and introduces new forward guidance on 
interest rates that delays future increases until the economy reaches 
maximum employment and inflation rises to 2 per cent and is on 
track to moderately exceed this level for some time.

  US GDP increases by $1.6 trillion over Q3, partially offsetting 
the decrease of $2.0 trillion in Q2, as consumer spending rebounds 
strongly. Meanwhile, China’s GDP growth improves from 
3.2 per cent year-on-year in Q2 to 4.9 per cent in Q3. Growth in all 
major investment activities return to positive levels, with real growth 
rising from -1.1 per cent year-on-year in August to 2.4 per cent 
in September.

  Volatility in the financial markets remain elevated. Equity markets 

briefly fall in September, accompanied by a sell-off in US treasuries, 
although this is short-lived and avoids a collapse of similar levels as 
seen in March. As credit market conditions stabilise, central banks, 
including the US Federal Reserve and European Central Bank (ECB), 
lower the pace of their asset purchases.

  A new national security law for Hong Kong is implemented 

on 30 June 2020. The US response includes enactment of the 
Hong Kong Autonomy Act which introduces potential sanctions on 
financial institutions doing significant business with Chinese officials 
materially contributing to the alleged erosion of Hong Kong’s 
autonomy. Over Q3 and Q4 the US introduces sanctions on a range 
of individuals and entities in connection to a number of issues.

  On 31 July 2020, Carrie Lam postpones the September LegCo 

elections for one year, citing coronavirus concerns.

Q4 2020

  Covid-19 cases surge in Q4 across the US and Europe. Towards 

  Moves to ban an opposition party in 2019 trigger anti-

the end of 2020, major European economies start to reintroduce 
restrictions on movement and business to various degrees. Amid this 
increase in infection rates, vaccine approvals and roll-outs begin to 
take place in the UK and other countries. 

establishment protests in Thailand in early 2020. Protest activity 
peaks in mid-October and spikes again mid-November, with protest 
leaders threatening to resume demonstrations with increased 
intensity in early 2021.

  Against the backdrop of the US election and positive Covid-19 

vaccine news, equity markets continue to rally in November and 
volatility reaches new post-March lows. Central banks of major 
economies keep interest rate levels on hold. In Europe, the Pandemic 
Emergency Purchase Programme resolves to continue bond 
purchases until June 2021. In the US, a second stimulus package 
worth $900 billion passed in December.

  In the run-up to the Uganda presidential elections on 14 January 
2021, violence breaks out in Kampala with dozens killed in the first 
few weeks of electoral campaigning.

  In early October, Nigeria is rocked by the outbreak of nationwide 

demonstrations against police brutality that leaves a reported 
56 people dead. 

  The US elections take place amid a surge in coronavirus case 
numbers across the country. After legal challenges from President 
Trump are denied by the courts and the storming of the US Capitol 
buildings by protestors, Joe Biden is inaugurated as the 46th 
US president on 20 January 2021, taking control of both houses 
of Congress.

  On 15 November, at the annual Association of Southeast 
Asian Nations (ASEAN) Leaders Summit, 15 countries formally sign 
the Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP) trade 
deal, making it the world’s largest trading bloc. Signatories aim to 
work through ratification of the deal in 2021. The RCEP comprises 
all ten ASEAN economies, plus China, Japan, South Korea, Australia 
and New Zealand.

  On 23 October, China’s Central Bank, the People’s Bank of 
China, publishes a draft banking law recognising, and providing a 
regulatory framework for, its planned central bank digital currency, 
the digital yuan. 

  On 11 November 2020, China’s National People’s Congress 
Standing Committee determines that Hong Kong LegCo members 
can be disqualified on various grounds including endangering 
national security, with four members being immediately disqualified. 
In protest, the remaining 15 member pro-democracy bloc resign 
en masse.

  On 30 December 2020, the EU and China reach an agreement 

in principle on the Comprehensive Agreement on Investment, 
which covers market access. Both sides commit to finalising detailed 
negotiations on the investment protections covered by the 
Agreement, which will require ratification, within two years.

49

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  
facing our business and how these are managed / continued

A   B   C   O
3. Managing the risks in implementing our strategy
This section provides an overview of the Group’s strategy, the significant risks arising from the delivery of this strategy and current 
risk management focus. The risks outlined below, which are not exhaustive, are discussed in more detail in section 5.

Our strategy

Significant risks arising from 
the delivery of the strategy

Risk management focus

Transformation risks 
around key change 
programmes, including 
those related to the 
Group’s digital strategy 

Group-wide  
regulatory risks 

Group-wide
Our strategy is to 
capture the long-term 
structural opportunities 
for our markets and 
geographies, while 
operating with 
discipline and seeking 
to enhance our 
capabilities through 
innovation to deliver 
high-quality resilient 
outcomes for our 
customers.

Information security 
and data privacy risks 

Business disruption 
and third-party risks 

Conduct risk

 — Continuing development of the transformation risk framework, 

including risk appetite, and focus on, and ensuring consistency in, 
transformation risk management across the Group’s business units.

 — Provision of independent risk assurance, challenge and advice 
on first line programme risk identification and assessments.
 — Focus on the financial and non-financial stability of Jackson 

as a standalone business.

 — Ongoing compliance with in-force regulations and management 

of new regulatory developments.

 — Engagement with national governments, regulators and industry 
groups on macroprudential and systemic risk-related regulatory 
initiatives, international capital standards, and other initiatives with 
Group-wide impacts.

 — Implementation of the Group-wide Supervision Framework, which 
is expected to be effective for Prudential upon designation by the 
Hong Kong IA in the second quarter of 2021, subject to transitional 
arrangements.

 — Operationalisation of the Group-wide governance model and strategy 
for cyber security management focusing on automation, business 
enablement, efficiency, and continuous improvement. 

 — Continued focus on compliance with applicable privacy laws across 
the Group and the appropriate and ethical use of customer data.

 — Continued application of the Group’s global business continuity 
management framework, with an enhanced focus on operational 
resilience as it relates to business disruption tolerance levels and 
customer impacts. Embedding of insights from the Covid-19 pandemic.
 — Applying the distinct oversight and risk management required over the 
Group’s third parties, including its strategic partnerships for product 
distribution, non-traditional services and processing activities.

 — Implementing and embedding the Group-wide customer conduct 

risk management framework and policy, with particular focus on sales 
practices and the Group’s digital ecosystem.

 — Enhancement of conduct risk oversight using data analytics.

Model and data risks

 — Focus on requirements for data and AI and complex tooling ethics 

principles and framework. 

 — Ongoing risk assessment of tools used. 

People and culture

 — Focus on Group Culture as a key mechanism to support sound 

ESG – commitments  
and disclosure

risk management behaviours, practices and awareness. 

 — Embedding responses and insights from Group-wide employee 
engagement surveys through enhancements to the Group 
Risk Framework.

 — Assessing the potential financial impacts from climate-related 

transition risk in the asset book and integration of climate risk into 
the Group Risk Framework.

 — Supporting the Group ESG Committee in its responsibility to deliver 
the Group’s ESG Strategic Framework and develop its disclosures. 

50

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comOur strategy

Significant risks arising from 
the delivery of the strategy

Risk management focus

Asia
Serving the protection 
and investment needs 
of the growing middle 
class in Asia.

Africa
Providing savings, 
health and protection 
solutions to customers 
in Africa.

United States
Providing asset 
accumulation and 
retirement income 
products to US retirees.

Financial risks

 — Maintaining, and enhancing where necessary, risk limits and 

Persistency risk

Morbidity risk

implementing business initiatives to manage financial risks, including 
asset allocation, bonus revisions, product repricing and reinsurance 
where required.

 — Implementation of business initiatives to manage persistency risk, 
including additional payment methods, enhancing customer 
experience, revisions to product design and incentive structures. 
Ongoing experience monitoring.

 — Implementation of business initiatives to manage morbidity risk, 

including product repricing where required. Ongoing experience 
monitoring.

As its presence in Africa expands and grows in materiality, the Group will continue to increase its focus 
on Prudential Africa’s most significant risks. A number of significant Group-wide risks detailed above 
are considered material in the region, and these include:
 — Financial crime and security risks, where the focus is on implementation of Group policies and standards;
 — Transformation risks, where the focus is on overseeing and managing parallel initiatives while developing 

local capabilities to meet the demands of a fast-paced transformation agenda; and

 — Regulatory risks, where the focus is on active monitoring of the local regulatory landscape and adoption 

of Group processes in order to meet international regulatory standards.

Financial risks

 — Maintaining, and enhancing where necessary, risk limits, hedging 

strategies (including mitigating measures against basis risk), modelling 
tools and risk oversight appropriate to Jackson’s product mix with a 
view to demerger from the Prudential Group.

Policyholder 
behaviour risk

 — Continued monitoring of policyholder behaviour experience 

and review of assumptions.

I

  O

B   C  
4. Risk governance
a System of governance 
Prudential has in place a system of governance that promotes and 
embeds a clear ownership of risk, processes that link risk management 
to business objectives and a proactive Board and senior management 
providing oversight of risks. Mechanisms and methodologies to review, 
discuss and communicate risks are in place together with risk policies 
and standards to enable risks to the Group to be identified, measured 
and assessed, managed and controlled, monitored and reported.

Material risks are retained selectively when it is considered that 
there is value in doing so, and where it is consistent with the Group’s 
risk appetite and philosophy towards risk-taking. The Group Risk 
Framework, which is owned by the Board, details Prudential’s 
risk governance, risk management processes and risk appetite. 
The Group’s risk governance arrangements are based on the ‘three 
lines of defence’ model, comprising risk taking and management, 
risk control and oversight, and independent assurance. 

The aggregate Group exposure to its key risk drivers is monitored 
and managed by the Risk, Compliance and Security function, which 
is responsible for reviewing, assessing, providing oversight and 
reporting on the Group’s risk exposure and solvency position from 
the Group economic, regulatory and ratings perspectives.

During 2020, the Group has continued to review and update its 
policies and processes for alignment with the requirements of its 
Group-wide supervisor. The Group has also focused on development 
of its Group-wide customer conduct risk framework and policy; 
its AI ethics principles; and enhancements to its operational resilience.

The following section provides more detail on our risk governance, 
risk culture and risk management process. 

51

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
b Group Risk Framework
i. Risk governance and culture 
Prudential’s risk governance comprises the Board organisational 
structures, reporting relationships, delegation of authority, roles 
and responsibilities, and risk policies that have been established 
to make decisions and control activities on risk-related matters. 

The risk governance structure is led by the Group Risk Committee, 
supported by independent Non-executive Directors on risk committees 
of the Group’s main subsidiaries. The Group Risk Committee reviews 
and approves changes made to the Group Risk Framework and to 
relevant policies. It also reviews and approves new risk policies and 
recommends to the Board any material policies which require Board 
approval. A number of core risk policies and standards support the 
Framework to enable risks to the Group to be identified, measured 
and assessed, managed and controlled, monitored and reported.

The risk governance arrangements for the Group’s major businesses 
were delayered and strengthened in 2020 with the implementation 
of direct lines of communication, reporting and oversight of the risk 
committees of these businesses by the Committee. To support the 
enactment of these arrangements, the terms of reference for the major 
business risk committees were aligned and approved locally, and include 
a standing invitation for the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer 
(CRCO) and the requirement for risk escalations to the Committee.

Culture is a strategic priority of the Board, which recognises its 
importance in the way that the Group does business. A Group-wide 
culture framework is currently being implemented to unify the Group 
towards its shared purpose of helping people get the most out of life. 
Components of the framework include principles and values that define 
how the Group expects business to be conducted in order to achieve 
its strategic objectives, inform expectations of leadership and guide 
ESG activities. The culture framework components are intended to be 
supportive of sound risk management practices by requiring a focus 
on longer-term goals and sustainability, the avoidance of excessive 
risk taking and highlighting acceptable and unacceptable behaviours. 
The framework is supported through inclusion of risk considerations 
in performance management for key individuals; the building of 
appropriate skills and capabilities in risk management; and by ensuring 
that employees understand and care about their role in managing risk 
through open discussions. The Group Risk Committee has a key role in 
providing advice to the Remuneration Committee on risk management 
considerations to be applied in respect of executive remuneration.

Prudential’s Group Code of Business Conduct and Group Governance 
Manual include a series of guiding principles that govern the day-to-day 
conduct of all its people and any organisations acting on its behalf. This is 
supported by specific risk-related policies which require that the Group 
act in a responsible manner. These include, but are not limited to, policies 
related to financial crime covering anti-money laundering and sanctions 
and anti-bribery and corruption. The Group’s third-party supply policy 
requires that human rights and modern slavery considerations are 
embedded across all of its supplier and supply chain arrangements. 
Embedded procedures to allow individuals to speak out safely and 
anonymously against unethical behaviour and conduct are also in place.

Risk management

n

Risk identifi c a ti o

Risk m

easure

m

e

n

t 

a

n

d

a

s

s

e

s

s

m

e

n

t

Risk governance 
and culture

Business 
strategy

Capital 
management

Stress and 
scenario testing

M

o

n

i
t

o

r

a

n

d r

e

p

ort

n a g e an d control

M a

Identified major risk categories

s to our fi na n cial sit u

liq
uidit

M

a
r
k

Risk

e

t a
y ris

k

n

d 

t i o n

a

g

E

c

e

o

o

n

p

o

l

o
m

i

t

i

i

c

c

a

a

l

n

r

i

d

s

k

s

Credit risk

k
s
i
r
n
o
i
t
a
m
r
o
f
s
n
a
Tr

Risks fro

m o

u

r b

Operational, 
disruption and 
cyber risks
I n s u r a

u

s
i

n

e

s

s

c e ris k

n

a

n

d

i

n

d

u

s

t

r

y

C o n d u c t

  r i s k

Regulatory capital 
developments

R

c

o

e

g

m

plia

ula
t
o
r
y 

n

c

e

d re gulatory risks

n

a l a

g

e

L

Group  
risk  
profile

t u r e

r

i s k   –  
S o c i a l
p e o p l e   a n d   c u l

G overnance risk

k

s 
e
r
u
n ris
s
clo
sitio
ate dis
d tr
Clim

n
a

n
a

R

e

g

u

l

a

t

o

r

y

c

h

a

n

g

e

E

S

G

 ris

k

s

52

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ESG is overseen by the Board, which is responsible for determining 
strategy and prioritisation of key focus areas. In order to provide 
greater senior executive involvement and holistic oversight of ESG 
matters material to the Group, in 2020, a Group ESG Committee was 
established. The Committee, chaired by the Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief Operating Officer in his role as ESG sponsor, 
was supported by senior functional leaders and representatives from 
the Group’s business units, including the chief investment officers 
of the Group’s asset managers. The Group ESG Committee reported 
to the Board in 2020 through the Group Nomination & Governance 
Committee, comprising the Group’s Chair, the Senior Independent 
Director, and the chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and Risk 
committees and was regularly attended by the Group Chief Executive. 
The policies and procedures to support how the Group operates in 
relation to certain ESG topics are included in the Group Governance 
Manual, which establishes standards for managing ESG issues across 
the Group and sets out the policies and procedures to support how 
Prudential operates. Further details on the Group’s ESG governance 
arrangements, including the establishment in early 2021 of a Board 
Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group, are included in the 
ESG Report on pages 74 to 76.

ii. The risk management cycle 
Risk identification
In accordance with provision 28 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, a process is in place to support Group-wide identification of 
the Company’s emerging and principal risks and this combines both 
top-down and bottom-up views of risks at the level of the Group 
and its business units. The Board performs a robust assessment and 
analysis of these principal and emerging risks facing the Company 
through the risk identification process, the Group Own Risk and 
Solvency Assessment (ORSA) report and the risk assessments 
undertaken as part of the business planning review, including how 
they are managed and mitigated, which supports decision-making.

The ORSA is the ongoing process of identifying, measuring and 
assessing, managing and controlling, monitoring and reporting the 
risks to which the business is exposed. It includes an assessment of 
capital adequacy to ensure that the Group’s solvency needs are met 
at all times. Stress and scenario testing, which includes reverse stress 
testing requiring the Group to ascertain the point of business model 
failure, is another tool that helps to identify the key risks and scenarios 
that may have a material impact on the Group. The risk profile is a key 
output from the risk identification and risk measurement processes 
and is used as a basis for setting Group-wide limits, management 
information, assessment of solvency needs, and determining 
appropriate stress and scenario testing. The Group’s annual set of 
principal risks is given enhanced management and reporting focus.

Risk measurement and assessment
All identified risks are assessed based on an appropriate methodology 
for that risk. All quantifiable risks, which are material and mitigated 
by holding capital, are modelled in the Group’s internal model, which 
is used to determine economic capital requirements and is subject 
to independent validation and processes and controls around model 
changes and limitations.

Risk management and control
The Group’s control procedures and systems focus on aligning the levels 
of risk-taking with the Group’s strategy and can only provide reasonable, 
and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. Risk 
management and control requirements are set out in the Group’s risk 
policies and define the Group’s risk appetite in respect of material risks 
and the framework under which the Group’s exposure to those risks is 
limited. The processes to enable Group senior management to effect the 

measurement and management of the Group material risk profile in a 
consistent and coherent way, which include the flows of management 
information required, are also set out in the Group’s risk policies. The 
methods and risk management tools that the Group employs to mitigate 
each of its major categories of risks are detailed in section 5 below.

Risk monitoring and reporting
The identification of the Group’s principal risks informs the 
management information received by the Group Risk Committee 
and the Board. Risk reporting of key exposures against appetite 
is also included, as well as ongoing developments in the Group’s 
principal and emerging risks.

iii. Risk appetite, limits and triggers 
The Group recognises that interests of its customers and shareholders, 
and a managed acceptance of risk in pursuit of its strategy, lies at the 
heart of its business, and that effective risk management capabilities 
represent a key source of competitive advantage. Qualitative 
and quantitative expressions of risk appetite are defined and 
operationalised through risk limits, triggers and indicators. The Risk, 
Compliance and Security function reviews the scope and operation 
of these measures at least annually. The Board approves changes to 
the Group’s aggregate risk appetite and the Group Risk Committee 
has delegated authority to approve changes to the system of limits, 
triggers and indicators.

Group risk appetite is defined and monitored in aggregate by the 
setting of objectives for its liquidity, capital requirements and 
non-financial risk exposure, covering risks to shareholders, including 
those from participating and third-party business. Group limits operate 
within these expressions of risk appetite to constrain material risks, 
while triggers and indicators provide additional defined points for 
escalation. The Group Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing the 
risks inherent in the Group’s business plan and for providing the Board 
with input on the risk/reward trade-offs implicit therein. This review 
is supported by the Risk and Compliance function, which uses 
submissions from local business units to calculate the Group’s 
aggregated position relative to Group risk appetite and limits. 

 — Capital requirements. Limits on capital requirements aim to 
ensure that the Group maintains sufficient capital in excess of 
internal economic capital requirements in business-as-usual and 
stressed conditions, achieves its desired target rating to meet its 
business objectives, and supervisory intervention is avoided. The 
two measures currently in use at the Group level are the regulatory 
local capital summation method (LCSM) capital requirements 
(both minimum and prescribed levels) and internal economic 
capital requirements (ECap), which under the GWS Framework 
will be determined by the Group Internal Economic Capital 
Assessment (GIECA). In addition, capital requirements are 
monitored on local statutory bases.

 — Liquidity. The objective of the Group’s liquidity risk appetite is to 

ensure that sufficient cash resources are available to meet financial 
obligations as they fall due in business-as-usual and stressed 
scenarios. This is measured using a liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) 
which considers the sources of liquidity against liquidity 
requirements under stress scenarios. 

Non-financial risks. The Group is exposed to non-financial risks, 
including environmental, social and governance risks, as an outcome 
of its chosen business activities and strategy. It aims to manage 
these risks effectively to maintain its operational resilience and 
its commitments to customers and other external stakeholders, 
and to avoid material adverse impact on its reputation. 

53

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
n

Risk identifi c a ti o

Risk m

easure

m

e

n

t 

a

n

d

a

s

s

e

s

s

m

e

n

t

Risk governance 
and culture

Business 
strategy

Capital 
management

Stress and 
scenario testing

M

o

n

i
t

o

r

a

n

d r

e

p

ort

n a g e an d control

M a

Risk governance and culture
Risk governance comprises the Board, 
organisational structures, reporting 
relationships, delegation of authority, 
roles and responsibilities, and risk 
policies. The Group-wide culture 
framework includes principles and values 
that define how business is conducted 
in order to achieve its strategic objectives, 
inform expectations of leadership and 
guide ESG activities. 

Capital management
Capital adequacy is monitored to ensure 
that internal and regulatory capital 
requirements are met, and that solvency 
buffers are appropriate, over the business 
planning horizon and under stress.

Business strategy
Business strategy and the business plan 
provide direction on future growth and 
inform the level of limits on solvency, 
liquidity and earnings and for our key risks. 
The Risk, Compliance and Security function 
provides input and opinion on key aspects 
of business strategy.

Stress and scenario testing
Stress and scenario testing is performed to 
assess the robustness of capital adequacy 
and liquidity, and the appropriateness of 
risk limits. Recovery planning assesses 
the effectiveness of the Group’s recovery 
measures and the appropriateness of 
activation points.

Risk management
Risk identification
Risk identification covers Group-wide:

 — Top-down risk identification
 — Bottom-up risk identification
 — Emerging risk identification

Risk measurement and assessment
Risks are assessed in terms of materiality.

Material risks which are modelled are 
included in appropriately validated 
capital models.

Manage and control
Risk appetite and limits allow for the 
controlled growth of our business, 
in line with business strategy and plan.

Processes that support the oversight 
and control of risks include:

 — The Risk and Control Assessment 

process.

 — The Own Risk and Solvency 

Assessment (ORSA).

 — Group approved limits and early 

warning triggers.

 — Large risk approval process.
 — Global counterparty limit framework.
 — Financial incidents procedures.
 — Stress and scenario testing, including 

reverse stress testing.

Monitor and report
Escalation requirements in the event of a 
breach are clearly defined. Risk reporting 
provides regular updates to the Group’s 
Board and risk committees on exposures 
against Board-approved appetite 
statements and limits. Reporting also 
covers the Group’s key risks. 

54

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continued 
 
 
 
C   O
5. The Group’s principal risks 
Broadly, the risks assumed across the Group can be categorised 
as those relating to its financial situation; its business and industry; 
regulatory and legal compliance; and those relating to ESG. Principal 
risks, whether materialising within the Group or at third parties on 
which the Group relies, may have a financial impact and could also 
impact the performance of products or services provided to customers 
and distributors and the ability to fulfil commitments to customers, 
giving rise to potential risks to its brand and reputation. These risks, 
which are not exhaustive, are detailed below. The materiality of these 
risks, whether material at the level of the Group or its business units, 
is also indicated. The Group’s disclosures covering risk factors are 
aligned to the same categories and can be found at the end of 
this document.

In reading the sections below, it is useful to understand that there 
are some risks that Prudential’s policyholders assume by virtue of 
the nature of their products, and some risks that the Group and its 
shareholders assume. Examples of the latter include those risks 
arising from assets held directly by and for the Group or the risk that 
policyholder funds are exhausted. This report is focused mainly on 
risks to the shareholder but will include those which arise indirectly 
through policyholder exposures.

Risk areas

Responses

Covid-19 risks and responses
The Group has responded in a number of ways to the risks arising 
from the coronavirus pandemic; some responses were part of existing 
risk management processes and procedures, while others have been 
initiated specifically in response to the pandemic, in particular during 
the acute phases experienced in Q1 and Q2.

The Group Critical Incident Procedure (GCIP) defines specific 
governance to be invoked in the event of a critical incident, such as 
a significant market, liquidity or credit-related event. This includes, 
where necessary, the convening of a Critical Incident Group (CIG) to 
oversee, coordinate, and where appropriate, direct any activity during 
a critical incident. In response to the economic and financial market 
shocks triggered by the Covid-19 pandemic the Group CRCO invoked 
the GCIP and convened a series of CIG meetings to provide high-
cadence monitoring and management of potential threats to the capital 
or liquidity position of the Group. Local Incident Management teams 
were also activated to monitor and manage the tailored response 
required to support the operations, customers and employees of the 
Group’s businesses.

These risks arising from Covid-19, and the Group’s responses to them, 
are summarised below, with further information provided, where 
relevant, within the descriptions of the Group’s principal risks.

Staff safety and wellbeing

Proactive move to working from home arrangements across jurisdictions, with Local Incident 
Management teams monitoring country-specific developments, undertaking risk assessments 
and providing regular staff communications and support.

Customer outcomes are not met, 
increasing conduct risk

Initiatives and campaigns rolled out across markets, including customer cash benefits, 
goodwill payments, and extended grace periods for premium payments.

Disruption to the operations of the Group, 
and its key partners

Application of the Group and local business continuity plans. Local Incident Management 
teams activated to monitor, manage and lead a tailored response to ensure continuity of service 
to existing customers.

Financial market and liquidity impacts, 
including to Group and business 
unit solvency

Invocation of the GCIP and convening of a CIG to monitor and manage threats to the Group’s 
solvency or liquidity position.

Heightened risk of phishing and 
social engineering tactics

Group-wide phishing and targeted awareness campaigns. Heightened threat monitoring and 
review of cyber hygiene controls. Active management of connections to the Group network.

Sales impacts

Insurance risks, in particular increased 
lapses and surrenders resulting from 
the broader economic effects as 
well as increased and/or delayed 
morbidity impacts

Roll-out of virtual face-to-face sales processes in most of the Group’s markets with appropriate 
regulatory engagement, digital product offerings, oversight of incremental conduct and 
operational risks and ongoing monitoring of the commercial impact to existing sales channels.

Close monitoring by the Group’s businesses and targeted management actions where necessary. 
Covid-19-related claims have not been material to date, but are being closely monitored.

55

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  
facing our business and how these are managed / continued

Risks to the Group’s financial situation (including those from the external macroeconomic and geopolitical environment)
The global economic and geopolitical environment may impact on the Group directly by affecting trends in financial markets and 
asset values, as well as driving short-term volatility. Risks in this category include the market risks to our investments and the credit 
quality of our investment portfolio as well as liquidity risk.

Global economic and geopolitical conditions
Changes in global economic conditions can impact Prudential 
directly; for example, by leading to reduced investment returns and 
fund performance and liquidity, and increasing the cost of promises 
(guarantees) that have been made to the Group’s customers. 
Changes in economic conditions, such as the abrupt and uncertain 
longer-term impacts resulting from the Covid-19 crisis, can also have 
an indirect impact on the Group; for example, leading to a decrease 
in the propensity for people to save and buy Prudential’s products, 
as well as changing prevailing political attitudes towards regulation. 

The geopolitical environment can also impact the Group in a wide 
range of ways, both directly and indirectly. Financial markets and 
economic sentiment have been highly susceptible to geopolitical 
developments in recent years, with implications for the Group’s 
financial situation. We have seen in recent times that geopolitical 
tensions can result in the imposition of protectionist or restrictive 
regulatory and trading requirements by governments and regimes. 
The Covid-19 pandemic has further prompted governments to 
rethink the current globalised nature of supply chains, while 
accessibility to vaccine supplies has the potential to contribute to an 
increase in geopolitical tensions. These factors may have geopolitical 
and trading implications, the full extent of which may not be clear 
for a while. Various governments have effected, or may effect, 
the postponement of elections and other constitutional or legislative 
processes in response to the pandemic, and the longer-term impact 
from this increase in constitutional and political uncertainty remains 
to be seen. The pandemic has had a negative impact on all 
economies, with increased fiscal burdens, higher levels of borrowing 

Market risks to our investments
(Audited)

This is the potential for reduced value of Prudential’s investments 
resulting from the volatility of asset prices, driven by fluctuations 
in equity prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and property 
prices. Interest rates in the Group’s key markets decreased to 
historically low levels in Q1 2020, with the stance of central banks 
making it likely they will remain extremely low for a while. 
A persistently low interest rate environment poses challenges to 
both the capital position of life insurers as well as to new business 
profitability and this is a scenario that the Group is planning for.

The Group has appetite for market risk where it arises from 
profit-generating insurance activities to the extent that it remains 
part of a balanced portfolio of sources of income for shareholders 
and is compatible with a robust solvency position.

and reduced revenues. These pressures will impact on the business 
operating environments, for example, through changes to taxation, 
and are likely to contribute to political pressures for governments.

Responses by the US, UK and other governments to the enactment 
and application of the national security law in Hong Kong and other 
constitutional or legislative changes in the territory, which continue 
to develop, may impact Hong Kong’s economy. Being a key market 
for the Group which also hosts regional and head office functions, 
this could potentially impact Prudential’s sales, operations and 
product distribution. For internationally active groups which operate 
across impacted jurisdictions such as Prudential, these government 
measures and responses add to the complexity of legal and 
regulatory compliance. Compliance with Prudential’s legal or 
regulatory obligations in one jurisdiction may conflict with the 
law or policy objectives of another jurisdiction, or may be seen 
as supporting the law or policy objectives of that jurisdiction over 
another, creating additional legal, regulatory compliance and 
reputational risks for the Group. All these factors can increase the 
operational, business disruption, regulatory and financial market 
risks to the Group and can directly impact its sales and distribution 
networks. Developments in Hong Kong and the continuing impacts 
of the pandemic are being closely monitored by the Group and 
plans have been enacted to manage the disruption to the business, 
its employees and its customers within existing business resilience 
processes. Further information on the Group’s business disruption 
risks are included below.

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risks are considered material 
at the level of the Group. 

The Group’s market risks are managed and mitigated by the following:

 — The Group market risk policy;
 — The Group Asset Liability Committee – a first-line risk 

management advisory committee to the Group Chief Executive 
Officer which supports the identification, assessment and 
management of key financial risks significant to the achievement 
of the Group’s business objectives;

 — Risk appetite statements, limits and triggers;
 — Asset and liability management programmes which include 

management actions such as asset allocation, bonus revisions, 
repricing and the use of reinsurance where appropriate;
 — Hedging derivatives, including equity options and futures, 
interest rate swaps and swaptions and currency forwards;

 — The monitoring and oversight of market risks through the regular 

reporting of management information; and

 — Regular deep dive assessments.

As noted above, in response to the economic and financial market 
shocks triggered by the Covid-19 pandemic, the Group CRCO 
invoked the GCIP and convened a series of CIG meetings to provide 
high-cadence monitoring and management of any potential threats 
to the capital or liquidity position of the Group. 

56

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comRisks to the Group’s financial situation (including those from the external macroeconomic and geopolitical environment) continued

Market risks to our investments continued
(Audited) 

Equity and property investment risk. In Asia, the shareholder 
exposure to equity price movements results from unit-linked 
products, where fee income is linked to the market value of the funds 
under management. Further exposure arises from with-profits 
businesses where bonuses declared are based broadly on historical 
and current rates of return from the Asia business’s investment 
portfolios, which include equities.

In Jackson, investment risk arises from the assets backing customer 
policies. Equity risk is driven by the variable annuity business, 
where the assets are invested in both equities and bonds and the 
main risk to the shareholder comes from providing the guaranteed 
benefits offered. The exposure to this is primarily controlled by 
using a derivative hedging programme, as well as through the use 
of reinsurance to pass on the risk to third-party reinsurers.

Basis risk is the inherent risk associated with imperfect hedging and is 
caused by variables or characteristics that drive differences between 
the value of an underlying position and the hedge instruments used to 
offset changes in its value. Within Jackson’s variable annuity business, 
basis risk can arise from differences between the performance of the 
Separate Account funds in which policyholders choose to invest and 
that of the instruments used to replicate these funds for hedging and 
liability modelling purposes, which are primarily linked to the S&P 
500 index. This risk exposure is proportionate to the magnitude of 
liability risk/hedge position which fluctuates with equity and interest 
rate levels. While the market sell-off in Q1 2020 increased this liability 
risk/hedge exposure, the subsequent rally in equity markets over 
2020 has had a corresponding opposite and positive impact. Jackson 
continues to actively evaluate the costs and benefits of ways to 
further mitigate basis risk. 

Interest rate risk. This is driven by the valuation of Prudential’s 
assets (particularly the bonds that it invests in) and liabilities, which 
are dependent on market interest rates and expose the Group to the 
risk of those moving in a way that is detrimental. Some products that 
Prudential offers are sensitive to movements in interest rates. As part 
of the ongoing management of this risk, a number of mitigating 
actions to the in-force business have been taken, as well as repricing 
and restructuring new business offerings in response to recent 
relatively low interest rates. Nevertheless, some sensitivity to interest 
rate movements is still retained. The impact of lower interest rates 
may also manifest through reduced solvency levels in some of the 
Group’s businesses, impairing their ability to make remittances, 
as well as reduced new business profitability.

The Group’s appetite for interest rate risk is limited to where assets 
and liabilities can be tightly matched and where liquid assets or 
derivatives exist to cover interest rate exposures. 

In Asia, our exposure to interest rate risk arises from the guarantees 
of some non-unit-linked products with a savings component, 
including the Hong Kong with-profits and non-profit business. 
This exposure exists because of the potential for an asset and liability 
mismatch, where long-dated liabilities and guarantees are backed 
by short-dated assets, which cannot be eliminated but is monitored 
and managed through local risk and asset liability management 
committees against risk appetite aligned with the Group’s 
limit framework.

Interest rate risk results from the cost of guarantees in the variable 
annuity and fixed index annuity business, which may increase when 
interest rates fall. The level of sales of variable annuity products with 
guaranteed living benefits is actively monitored, and the risk limits 
we have in place help to ensure we are comfortable with the level of 
interest rate and market risks incurred as a result. Derivatives are also 
used to provide some protection. Jackson is also affected by interest 
rate movements to its fixed annuity book where the assets are 
primarily invested in bonds and shareholder exposure comes from 
the mismatch between these assets and the guaranteed rates that 
are offered to policyholders. As at 1 June 2020, this risk has been 
substantially transferred as part of the reinsurance transaction with 
Athene, leaving only a limited exposure from residual policies 
including those from the blocks acquired externally (ie from the 
REALIC and John Hancock businesses).

Foreign exchange risk. The geographical diversity of Prudential’s 
businesses means that it has some exposure to the risk of foreign 
exchange rate fluctuations. Some entities within the Group that 
write policies, invest in assets or enter into other transactions in 
local currencies or currencies not linked to the US dollar. Although 
this limits the effect of exchange rate movements on local operating 
results, it can lead to fluctuations in the Group financial statements 
when results are reported in US dollars. This risk is accepted within 
our appetite for foreign exchange risk. 

In cases where a non-US dollar denominated surplus arises in an 
operation which is to be used to support Group capital, or where 
a significant cash payment is due from a subsidiary to the Group, 
this currency exposure may be hedged where it is believed to be 
economically favourable to do so. Further, the Group generally 
does not have appetite for significant direct shareholder exposure 
to foreign exchange risks in currencies outside the countries in 
which it operates, but it does have some appetite for this on fee 
income and on equity investments within the with-profits fund. 
Where foreign exchange risk arises outside appetite, currency 
swaps and other derivatives are used to manage the exposure.

57

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Risks to the Group’s financial situation (including those from the external macroeconomic and geopolitical environment) continued

Liquidity risk 
(Audited)

Prudential’s liquidity risk arises from the need to have sufficient liquid 
assets to meet policyholder and third-party payments as they fall 
due, and the Group considers this under both normal and stressed 
conditions. It includes the risk arising from funds composed of illiquid 
assets and results from a mismatch between the liquidity profile of 
assets and liabilities. Liquidity risk may impact on market conditions 
and valuation of assets in a more uncertain way than for other risks 
like interest rate or credit risk. It may arise, for example, where 
external capital is unavailable at sustainable cost, increased liquid 
assets are required to be held as collateral under derivative 
transactions or where redemption requests are made against 
Prudential’s external funds. Liquidity risk is considered material 
at the level of the Group. 

Prudential has no appetite for any business to have insufficient 
resources to cover its outgoing cash flows, or for the Group as a 
whole to not meet cash flow requirements from its debt obligations 
under any plausible scenario.

The Group has significant internal sources of liquidity, which are 
sufficient to meet all of our expected cash requirements for at least 
12 months from the date the financial statements are approved, 

Credit risk
(Audited)

Credit risk is the potential for a reduction in the value of investments 
which results from the perceived level of risk of an investment issuer 
being unable to meet its obligations (defaulting). Counterparty risk is 
a type of credit risk and relates to the risk of the counterparty to any 
contract we enter into being unable to meet their obligations causing 
the Group to suffer a loss.

Prudential invests in bonds that provide a regular, fixed amount of 
interest income (fixed income assets) in order to match the payments 
needed to policyholders. It also enters into reinsurance and 
derivative contracts with third parties to mitigate various types of 
risk, as well as holding cash deposits at certain banks. As a result, 
it is exposed to credit risk and counterparty risk across its business. 
The assets backing the Jackson general account portfolio and the 
Asia shareholder business means credit risk is considered a material 
risk for the Group’s business units.

The Group has some appetite to take credit risk to the extent that 
it remains part of a balanced portfolio of sources of income for 
shareholders and is compatible with a robust solvency position.

without having to resort to external sources of funding. The Group 
has a total of $2.6 billion of undrawn committed facilities that can be 
made use of, expiring in 2025. Access to further liquidity is available 
through the debt capital markets and an extensive commercial paper 
programme is in place, and Prudential has maintained a consistent 
presence as an issuer in the market for the past decade.

A number of risk management tools are used to manage and mitigate 
this liquidity risk, including the following:

 — The Group’s liquidity risk policy;
 — Risk appetite statements, limits and triggers;
 — Regular assessment by the Group and business units of LCRs 

which are calculated under both base case and stressed scenarios 
and are reported to committees and the Board;

 — The Group’s Liquidity Risk Management Plan, which includes 
details of the Group Liquidity Risk Framework as well as gap 
analysis of liquidity risks and the adequacy of available liquidity 
resources under normal and stressed conditions;

 — Regular stress testing;
 — Our contingency plans and identified sources of liquidity;
 — The Group’s ability to access the money and debt capital markets;
 — Regular deep dive assessments; and
 — The Group’s access to external committed credit facilities.

A number of risk management tools are used to manage and mitigate 
this credit risk, including the following:

 — A credit risk policy and dealing and controls policy;
 — Risk appetite statements and portfolio-level limits that have 

been defined on issuers, and counterparties;

 — Collateral arrangements for derivative, secured lending reverse 
repurchase and reinsurance transactions which aim to provide 
a high level of credit protection;

 — The Group Credit Risk Committee’s oversight of credit and 

counterparty credit risk and sector and/or name-specific reviews;

 — Regular assessments; and
 — Close monitoring or restrictions on investments that may be 

of concern.

The total debt securities4 at 31 December 2020 were $125.8 billion 
(31 December 2019: $134.6 billion). Credit risk arises from the debt 
portfolio in the Asia business comprising the shareholder, with-profit 
and unit-linked funds, the value of which was $89.6 billion at 
31 December 2020. The majority (69 per cent) of the portfolio is in 
unit-linked and with-profits funds. The remaining 31 per cent of the 
debt portfolio is held to back the shareholder business.

58

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continuedRisks to the Group’s financial situation (including those from the external macroeconomic and geopolitical environment) continued

Credit risk continued
(Audited)

Shareholder exposure by rating 

Shareholder exposure by sector 

In the general account of the Group’s US business, $36.0 billion 
of debt securities are held to support shareholder liabilities. The 
shareholder-backed debt portfolio of the Group’s other operations 
was $0.2 billion as at 31 December 2020. Further details of the 
composition and quality of our debt portfolio, and exposure to loans, 
can be found in the IFRS financial statements.

Group sovereign debt. Prudential invests in bonds issued by 
national governments. This sovereign debt holding represented 
28 per cent or $18.0 billion1 of the shareholder debt portfolio of the 
Group as at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: 22 per cent or 
$18.8 billion of the shareholder debt portfolio). The particular risks 
associated with holding sovereign debt are detailed further in our 
disclosures on risk factors. 

The exposures held by the shareholder-backed business and 
with-profits funds in sovereign debt securities at 31 December 2020 
are given in note C1 of the Group’s IFRS financial statements.

Corporate debt portfolio. In the Asia shareholder business, 
corporate debt exposures totalled $13.9 billion of which $12.4 billion 
or 89 per cent were investment grade rated. In the US general 
account, corporate debt exposures amounted to $26.6 billion 
following the Athene transaction, and the portfolio remains of high 
credit quality with 97 per cent5 remaining investment grade rated.

Bank debt exposure and counterparty credit risk. Prudential’s 
exposure to banks is a key part of its core investment business, 
as well as being important for the hedging and other activities 
undertaken to manage its various financial risks. Given the 
importance of its relationship with its banks, exposure to the sector 
is considered a material risk for the Group. The exposure to derivative 
counterparty and reinsurance counterparty credit risk, which 
includes the recently announced reinsurance agreement with 
Athene Life Re, is managed using an array of risk management tools, 
including a comprehensive system of limits. Where appropriate, 
Prudential reduces its exposure, buys credit protection or uses 
additional collateral arrangements to manage its levels of 
counterparty credit risk.

At 31 December 2020:

 — 92 per cent of the Group’s shareholder portfolio (excluding all 

government and government-related debt) is investment grade 
rated2. In particular, 52 per cent of the portfolio is rated2 A- 
and above (or equivalent); and

 — The Group’s shareholder portfolio is well diversified: no individual 

sector3 makes up more than 15 per cent of the total portfolio 
(excluding the financial and sovereign sectors). The exposures 
held by the shareholder-backed business and with-profits funds 
in bank debt securities at 31 December 2020 are given in note C1 
of the Group’s IFRS financial statements.

  AAA 

  AA+ to AA- 

  A+ to A- 

  BBB+ to BBB- 

   Below BBB-  
and unrated 

7%

7%

38%

40%

8% 

  Government 

29.89%

  Financial 

  Utilities 

   Consumer,  
non-cyclical 

  Industrial 

  Energy 

   Consumer,  
cyclical 

22.05%

11.06%

9.37%

5.59%

5.56%

4.92%

  Communications  4.45%

  Technology 

3.09%

  Basic materials  2.50%

  Other 

1.52% 

59

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Risks from the nature of our business and our industry
These include the Group’s non-financial risks (including operational and financial crime risk), transformation risks from significant 
change activity and the insurance risks assumed by the Group in providing its products.

Transformation risk
Prudential has a number of significant change programmes under 
way to deliver the Group’s strategy for growth, improve customer 
experiences, strengthen its operational resilience and control 
environment, and meet regulatory and industry requirements. 
If the Group does not deliver these programmes to defined timelines, 
scope and cost, this may negatively impact on its operational 
capability; control environment; reputation; and ability to deliver 
its strategy and maintain market competitiveness. 

Transformation risk remains a material risk for Prudential. The 
Group’s transformation and change programmes inherently give rise 
to design and execution risks, and may introduce new, or increase 
existing, business risks and dependencies. Implementing further 
strategic transformation initiatives may amplify these risks. In order 
to manage these risks, the Group’s Transformation Risk Framework 
aims to ensure that, for both transformation and strategic initiatives, 
strong programme governance is in place with embedded risk 
expertise to achieve ongoing and nimble risk oversight, and regular 
risk monitoring and reporting to risk committees is delivered. 

Prudential’s current portfolio of transformation and significant 
change programmes include the proposed demerger of Jackson from 
the Group; the expansion of the Group’s digital capabilities and use 
of technology, platforms and analytics; and improvement of business 
efficiencies through operating model changes (covering data, 
systems and people). Programmes related to regulatory/industry 
change such as the transition to the Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework, 
changes required to effect the discontinuation of inter-bank offered 
rates (IBORs) in their current form and the implementation of IFRS 17 
are also ongoing. See below for further detail on these regulatory 
changes. The Group is cognisant that the speed of technological 
change in the business could outpace its ability to anticipate all the 
unintended consequences that may arise. While the adoption of 
innovative technologies such as artificial intelligence has opened up 
new product opportunities and channels, it also exposes Prudential 
to potential information security, operational, ethical and conduct 
risks which, if not managed effectively, could result in customer 
detriment and reputational damage. The Transformation Risk 
Framework therefore operates alongside the Group’s existing risk 
policies and frameworks in these areas to ensure appropriate controls 
and governance are in place to mitigate these risks.

Non-financial risks 
In the course of doing business, the Group is exposed to 
non-financial risks. A combination of the complexity of the Group, 
its activities and the extent of transformation in progress creates a 
challenging operating environment. The Group’s main non-financial 
risks are detailed below. These risks are considered to be material 
at the level of the Group. 

Operational risk. Prudential defines operational risk as the risk of 
loss (or unintended gain or profit) arising from inadequate or failed 
internal processes, personnel or systems, or from external events. 
This may arise from employee error, model error, system failures, 
fraud or other events which disrupt business processes or has a 
detrimental impact to customers. Activities across the scope of 
our business, including operational activity, regulatory compliance, 
and those supporting ESG activities more broadly can expose us 
to operational risks. A large volume of complex transactions is 
processed by the Group across a number of diverse products and are 
subject to a high number of varying legal, regulatory and tax regimes. 
Prudential has no appetite for material losses (direct or indirect) 
suffered as a result of failing to develop, implement or monitor 
appropriate controls to manage operational risks.

The Group’s outsourcing and third-party relationships require 
distinct oversight and risk management processes. A number of 
important third-party relationships exist which provide the 
distribution and processing of Prudential’s products, both as market 
counterparties and as outsourcing partners, including new IT and 
technology partners. In Asia, the Group continues to expand its 
strategic partnerships and renew bancassurance arrangements, and 
in Africa Prudential is continuing its expansion through acquisitions. 
These third-party arrangements support Prudential in providing a 
high level and cost-effective service to our customers, but they also 
make us reliant on the operational resilience and performance of our 
outsourcing partners.

The Group’s requirements for the management of material 
outsourcing arrangements, which are in accordance with relevant 
applicable regulations, are included through its well-established 
Group-wide third-party supply policy. Third-party management 
is also included and embedded in the Group-wide framework and 
risk management for operational risk (see below). 

The performance of the Group’s core business activities places 
reliance on the IT infrastructure, provided by our external IT and 
technology partners, that supports day-to-day transaction 
processing and administration. This IT environment must also be 
secure, and an increasing cyber risk threat needs to be addressed as 
the Group’s digital footprint increases and the sophistication of cyber 
threats continue to evolve – see separate information security risk 
sub-section below. Exposure to operational and other external 
events could impact operational resilience by significantly disrupting 
systems, operations and services to customers, which may result 
in financial loss, customer impacts and reputational damage. 
Operational challenges also exist in keeping pace with regulatory 
changes. This requires implementing processes to ensure we are, 
and remain, compliant on an ongoing basis, including regular 
monitoring and reporting.

60

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continuedRisks from the nature of our business and our industry continued

Non-financial risks continued

Group-wide framework and risk management for operational risk
The risks detailed above form key elements of the Group’s 
operational risk profile. A Group-wide operational risk framework 
is in place to identify, measure and assess, manage and control, 
monitor and report effectively on all material operational risks across 
the business. The key components of the framework are: 

 — Application of a risk and control self-assessment (RCSA) process, 
where operational risk exposures are identified and assessed as 
part of a periodical cycle. The RCSA process considers a range 
of internal and external factors, including an assessment of the 
control environment, to determine the business’s most significant 
risk exposures on a prospective basis;

 — An internal incident management process, which identifies, 

quantifies and monitors remediation conducted through root 
cause analysis and application of action plans for risk events that 
have occurred across the business;

 — A scenario analysis process for the quantification of extreme, 
yet plausible manifestations of key operational risks across the 
business on a forward-looking basis. This is carried out at least 
annually and supports external and internal capital requirements 
as well as informing risk oversight activity across the business; and

 — An operational risk appetite framework that articulates the level 
of operational risk exposure the business is willing to tolerate, 
covering all operational risk categories, and sets out escalation 
processes for breaches of appetite.

Outputs from these processes and activities performed by individual 
business units are monitored by the Risk function, which provides an 
aggregated view of the risk profile across the business to the Group 
Risk Committee and Board. 

These core framework components are embedded across the Group 
via the Group Operational Risk Policy and Standards documents, 
which set out the key principles and minimum standards for the 
management of operational risk across the Group. The Group 
Operational Risk Policy, standards and operational risk appetite 
framework sit alongside other risk policies and standards that 
individually engage with key operational risks, including outsourcing 
and third-party supply, business continuity, financial crime, 
technology and data, operations processes and extent of 
transformation. These policies and standards include subject matter 
expert-led processes that are designed to identify, assess, manage 
and control operational risks, including: 

 — A transformation risk framework that assesses, manages and 
reports on the end-to-end transformation life cycle, project 
prioritisation and the risks, interdependencies and possible 
conflicts arising from a large portfolio of transformation activities;

 — Internal and external review of cyber security capability and 

defences; 

 — Regular updating and testing of elements of disaster-recovery 

plans and the Critical Incident Procedure process;

 — Group and business unit-level compliance oversight and testing 

in respect of adherence with in-force regulations; 

 — Regulatory change teams in place to assist the business 
in proactively adapting and complying with regulatory 
developments;

 — On financial crime risks (see below), screening and transaction 

monitoring systems are in place and a programme of compliance 
control monitoring reviews is undertaken, as well as regular risk 
assessments;

 — A framework is in place for emerging risk identification and 
analysis in order to capture, monitor and allow us to prepare 
for operational risks that may crystallise beyond the short-term 
horizon; 

 — Corporate insurance programmes to limit the financial impact 

of operational risks; and

 — Reviews of key operational risks and challenges within Group 

and business unit business plans. 

These activities are fundamental in maintaining an effective system 
of internal control, and as such outputs from these also inform core 
RCSA, incident management and scenario analysis processes and 
reporting on operational risk. Furthermore, they also ensure that 
operational risk considerations are embedded in key business 
decision-making, including material business approvals and in setting 
and challenging the Group’s strategy.

Business disruption risk. Events in 2020 have shown how material 
business disruption risk is to effective business operations and 
delivery of business services to policyholders, and the potential 
impact to our customers and the market more broadly. The Group 
continuously seeks to develop greater business resilience through 
planning, preparation, testing and adaption. Business continuity 
management (BCM) is one of a number of activities undertaken by 
the Group Security function that helps the Group to protect its key 
stakeholders and its systems, and business resilience is at the core 
of the Group’s embedded BCM programme. The BCM programme 
and framework are appropriately linked to all business activities, 
and includes business impact analyses, risk assessments, incident 
management plans, disaster recovery plans, and the exercising and 
execution of these plans. Based on industry standards, the BCM 
programme is designed to provide business continuity that matches 
the Group’s evolving business needs and is appropriate to the size, 
complexity and nature of the Group’s operations. Prudential is also 
taking a broader, multi-functional approach to building greater 
business resilience, working with our external third-party providers 
and our service delivery teams to improve our ability to withstand, 
absorb and recover from disruption to our business services, while 
minimising the impact on our customers. The Group continuously 
reviews and develops its contingency plans and its ability to respond 
effectively when disruptive incidents occur, such as those resulting 
from the Covid-19 pandemic and, prior to this, the Hong Kong 
protests in 2019. Business disruption risks are closely monitored 
by the Group Security function, with key operational effectiveness 
metrics and updates on specific activities being reported to the 
Group Risk Committee and discussed by cross-functional 
working groups.

61

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Risks from the nature of our business and our industry continued

Non-financial risks continued

Information security risk and data privacy. Information security 
and data privacy risks remain significant considerations for 
Prudential. This includes the risk of malicious attack on its systems, 
network disruption and risks relating to data security, integrity, 
privacy and misuse. The cyber security threat and criminal capability 
in this area continues to evolve globally in sophistication and 
potential significance with an increased level of understanding 
of complex financial transactions which increases the risks to the 
financial services industry. The systemic risk of sophisticated but 
untargeted attacks remains elevated, particularly during times of 
heightened geopolitical tensions and during the current disruption 
caused by the Covid-19 pandemic. The scale of the Group’s IT 
infrastructure and network (and the services required to monitor and 
manage it), stakeholder expectations and high-profile cyber security 
and data misuse incidents across industries mean that these risks are 
considered material at the level of the Group. 

Prudential and the insurance industry are making increasing use 
of emerging technological tools and digital services, or forming 
partnerships with third parties that provide these capabilities. While 
this provides new opportunities, opening up markets, improving 
insights and increasing scalability, it also comes with additional risks 
which are managed within the Group’s existing governance and risk 
management processes, including additional operational risks and 
increased risks around data security and misuse. Automated digital 
distribution channels increase the criticality of system and process 
resilience in order to deliver uninterrupted service to customers.

Developments in data protection requirements, such as the 
California Consumer Protection Act which came into force on 
1 January 2020, continue to evolve worldwide. This increases 
financial and reputational implications for Prudential in the event 
of a breach of its (or third-party suppliers’) IT systems. As well as 
protecting data, stakeholders expect companies and organisations 
to use personal information transparently and appropriately. 
New and currently unforeseeable regulatory issues may also arise 
from the increased use of emerging technology, data and digital 
services. This includes the international transfer of data which, as a 
global organisation, increases regulatory risks for Prudential. Given 
this, both information security and data privacy are key risks for the 
Group. As well as having preventative risk management in place, it is 
fundamental that the Group has robust critical recovery systems in 
place in the event of a successful attack on its infrastructure, a breach 
of its information security or a failure of its systems in order to retain 
its customer relationships and trusted reputation.

During 2020, work to operationalise the revised organisational 
structure and governance model for cyber security management 
has continued. This change has resulted in a centralised Group-wide 
Information Security and Privacy function, leveraging skills, tools and 
resources across the business under a ‘centre of excellence’ model. 
This global function is led by the Group Chief Information Security 
Officer and falls within the scope of the responsibilities of the Group 
Chief Digital Officer, working closely with the Group Risk and 
Compliance Function and Group CRCO to ensure appropriate 
second line oversight. Cyber risk management is also conducted 
locally within business units with input from business information 
security officers and with oversight from local risk committees. 
The Prudential plc Board is briefed at least twice annually on cyber 
security by the Group CISO and executive training is provided to 
ensure that members understand the latest regulatory expectations 
and the threats facing the Group and that they have the means to 
enable appropriate oversight in this area.

An updated Group-wide information security policy has been 
introduced that aligns to over 20 international standards such as 
ISO 27001/2, MAS, and NIST Cyber Security Framework to ensure 
full coverage and adoption of best practices. Local policies are also 
aligned to relevant local regulation or law. Our Group-wide privacy 
policy was developed in collaboration with industry experts to 
support a pragmatic approach to the evolving regulatory 
environment globally and ensure compliance with all applicable 
laws and regulations. This approach ensures that all our stakeholders 
have confidence in our approach to information security and 
risk management. 

These developments have allowed the Group to progress on its 
cyber security strategy, which for 2020 has four key objectives:

 — Automation of key processes to provide near real-time 

information on cyber security risks, allowing for increased 
response times scalability of defences to threat vectors across all 
security disciplines. This also enables improved, and more rapid, 
decision-making;

 — Using technology for the rapid enablement of the Group’s 

businesses, which supports the Group Digital Transformation 
strategy while meeting the security requirements and 
expectations; 

 — Optimisations for efficiency in cyber security and data privacy 
management. This includes the delivery of centralised services 
across the Group in areas such as vulnerability management; and 
 — Continuous identification and implementation of improvements 
to the people, processes or technology deployed on cyber 
security and privacy management.

62

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continuedRisks from the nature of our business and our industry continued

Non-financial risks continued

Model, user developed application (UDA) and robotics process 
automation (RPA) risk. There is a risk of adverse consequences 
arising from erroneous or misinterpreted tools used in core business 
activities, decision making and reporting. The Group utilises various 
tools to perform a range of operational functions including the 
calculation of regulatory or internal capital requirements, the 
valuation of assets and liabilities, determining hedging requirements, 
and in acquiring new business using artificial intelligence and digital 
applications. Many of these tools are an integral part of the 
information and decision-making framework of Prudential and errors 
or limitations in these tools, or inappropriate usage, may lead to 
regulatory breaches, inappropriate decision-making, financial loss, 
or reputational damage. 

The Group has no appetite for model, UDA and RPA risk arising 
as a result of failing to develop, implement and monitor appropriate 
risk mitigation measures. 

Prudential’s model, UDA and RPA risk is managed and mitigated 
using the following:

 — The Group’s Model, UDA and RPA Risk Policy and relevant 

Guidelines;

 — Annual risk assessment of all tools used for core business 

activities, decision making and reporting;

 — Maintenance of appropriate documentation for tools used;
 — Implementation of controls to ensure tools are accurate and 

appropriately used;

 — Tools are subject to rigorous and independent model validation; 

and

 — Regular reporting to the Risk-function to support the 

measurement and management of the risk.

Insurance risks
(Audited)

Insurance risk makes up a significant proportion of Prudential’s 
overall risk exposure. The profitability of its businesses depends 
on a mix of factors, including levels of, and trends in, mortality 
(policyholders dying), morbidity (policyholders becoming ill) 
and policyholder behaviour (variability in how customers interact 
with their policies, including utilisation of withdrawals, take-up 
of options and guarantees and persistency, ie lapsing of policies), 
and increases in the costs of claims, including the level of medical 
expenses increases over and above price inflation (claim inflation).

The principal drivers of the Group’s insurance risk vary across its 
business units. Across Asia, where a significant volume of health and 
protection business is written, the most significant insurance risks are 
persistency risk, morbidity risk and medical inflation risk. In Jackson, 
policyholder behaviour risk is particularly material, especially in the 
take up of options and guarantees on variable annuity business which 
impacts profitability and is influenced by market performance and 
the value of policy guarantees. 

The Group has appetite for retaining insurance risks in the areas 
where it believes it has expertise and operational controls to manage 

Financial crime risk. As with all financial services firms, Prudential 
is exposed to risks relating to money laundering (the risk that the 
products or services of the Group are used by customers or other 
third parties to transfer or conceal the proceeds of crime); fraud 
(the risk that fraudulent claims or transactions, or procurement 
of services, are made against or through the business); sanctions 
compliance (the risk that the Group undertakes business with 
individuals and entities on the lists of the main sanctions regimes); 
and bribery and corruption (the risk that employees or associated 
persons seek to influence the behaviour of others to obtain an unfair 
advantage or receive benefits from others for the same purpose).

Prudential operates in some high-risk countries where, for example, 
the acceptance of cash premiums from customers may be common 
practice, large-scale agency networks may be in operation where 
sales are incentivised by commission and fees, where there is a 
higher concentration of exposure to politically-exposed persons, 
or which otherwise have higher geopolitical risk exposure.

The Group-wide policies we have in place on anti-money laundering, 
fraud, sanctions and anti-bribery and corruption reflect the values, 
behaviours and standards that are expected across the business. 
Screening and transaction monitoring systems are in place and 
a series of improvements and upgrades are being implemented, 
while a programme of compliance control monitoring reviews 
is being undertaken. Risk assessments are performed annually 
at higher risk locations. Due diligence reviews and assessments 
against Prudential’s financial crime policies are performed as part 
of the Group’s business acquisition process. The Group continues 
to undertake strategic activity to monitor and evaluate the evolving 
fraud risk landscape, mitigate the likelihood of fraud occurring 
and increase the rate of detection.

The Group has in place a mature confidential reporting system 
through which staff and other stakeholders can report concerns 
relating to potential misconduct. The process and results of this 
are overseen by the Group Audit Committee.

the risk and where it judges it to be more value-creating to do so 
rather than transferring the risk, and only to the extent that these 
risks remains part of a balanced portfolio of sources of income for 
shareholders and is compatible with a robust solvency position.

The impact of Covid-19 to economic activity and employment levels 
across the Group’s markets has the potential to elevate the incidence 
of claims, lapses, or surrenders of policies, and some policyholders 
may choose to defer or stop paying insurance premiums or reduce 
deposits into retirement plans. In particular extended restrictions 
on movement could affect product persistency in the Group’s Asia 
business. The pandemic may also result in elevated claims and policy 
lapses or surrenders in a less direct way, and with some delay in time 
before being felt by the Group, due to factors such as policyholders 
deferring medical treatment during the pandemic, or policyholders 
lapsing or surrendering their policies on the expiry of grace periods 
for premium payments provided by the Group’s businesses. While 
these impacts to the business have not been material to date, they 
are being closely monitored by the Group’s businesses with targeted 
management actions being implemented where necessary, 
which includes additional Incurred But Not Reported (IBNR) claims 
reserves in some markets where deferrals in non-acute medical 
treatments due to movement restrictions have been observed.

63

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Risks from the nature of our business and our industry continued

Insurance risks continued
(Audited)

The Group’s persistency assumptions reflect similarly a combination 
of recent past experience for each relevant line of business and 
expert judgement, especially where a lack of relevant and credible 
experience data exists. Any expected change in future persistency 
is also reflected in the assumptions. Persistency risk is managed by 
appropriate training and sales processes (including active customer 
engagement and service quality) and managed locally post-sale 
through regular experience monitoring and the identification of 
common characteristics of business with high lapse rates. Where 
appropriate, allowance is made for the relationship (either assumed 
or observed historically) between persistency and investment returns 
and any additional risk is accounted for. Modelling this dynamic 
policyholder behaviour is particularly important when assessing 
the likely take-up rate of options embedded within certain products. 
The effect of persistency on the Group’s financial results can vary 
but depends mostly on product design and market conditions.

In Asia, Prudential writes significant volumes of health and protection 
business and so a key assumption is the rate of medical inflation, 
which is often in excess of general price inflation. There is a risk that 
the expenses of medical treatment increase more than expected, 
so the medical claim cost passed on to Prudential is higher than 
anticipated. Medical expense inflation risk is best mitigated by 

retaining the right to reprice our products each year and by having 
suitable overall claims limits within our policies, either limits per type 
of claim or in total across a policy, annually and/or over the policy 
lifetime. Prudential’s morbidity risk is mitigated by appropriate 
underwriting when policies are issued and claims are received. 
Our morbidity assumptions reflect our recent experience and 
expectation of future trends for each relevant line of business.

Prudential’s insurance risks are managed and mitigated using 
the following:

 — The Group’s insurance, product and underwriting risk policies;
 — The risk appetite statements, limits and triggers;
 — Using persistency, morbidity and longevity assumptions that 
reflect recent experience and expectation of future trends, 
and industry data and expert judgement where appropriate;
 — Using reinsurance to mitigate mortality and morbidity risks;
 — Ensuring appropriate medical underwriting when policies are 
issued and appropriate claims management practices when 
claims are received in order to mitigate morbidity risk;

 — Maintaining the quality of sales processes, training and using 
initiatives to increase customer retention in order to mitigate 
persistency risk;

 — Using product repricing and other claims management initiatives 

in order to mitigate medical expense inflation risk; and

 — Regular deep dive assessments.

Conduct risk 
Prudential’s conduct of business, especially the design and 
distribution of its products, is crucial in ensuring that the Group’s 
commitment to meeting customers’ needs and expectations are met. 
The Group’s conduct risk framework, owned by the Group Chief 
Executive, was further developed in 2020 and reflects management’s 
focus on customer outcomes.

Factors that may increase conduct risks can be found throughout 
the product life cycle, from the complexity of the Group’s products, 
to its diverse distribution channels, including virtual face-to-face 
sales and sales via online digital platforms. In alignment with the 
Group’s purpose of helping people get the most out of life, Prudential 
strives towards making health and protection coverage affordable 
and accessible to all. Through the Pulse by Prudential app, there 
is increased focused on making insurance more inclusive to 
underserved segments of society, through bite-size low cost digital 
products and services. Through this transition, Prudential must 
continue to ensure the quality of its ongoing servicing of all its 
customers. Prudential mitigates conduct risk with robust controls, 
which are identified and assessed through the Group’s conduct 
risk assessment framework, regularly tested within its monitoring 
programmes, and overseen within reporting to its Boards 
and Committees. 

Management of Prudential’s conduct risk is key to the Group’s 
strategy. Prudential’s conduct risks are managed and mitigated using 
the following:

 — The Group’s code of business conduct and conduct standards, 

product and underwriting risk policies and other related policies;

 — Ensuring the quality of sales and marketing material via robust 

review and sign off procedures;

 — Ensuring sales practices meet commitments to customers and 

regulators via the use of well-designed monitoring programmes 
relevant to the type of business (insurance or asset management), 
distribution channel (agency, bancassurance, or digital) and 
ecosystem;

 — Ensuring sales processes are designed to meet commitments to 
customers and regulators and that they are operating effectively 
via robust assurance programmes both pre and post 
implementation;

 — Maintaining the quality of sales processes and training, and using 
other initiatives such as special requirements for vulnerable 
customers, to improve customer outcomes;

 — Proper claims management and complaint handling practices;
 — Regular deep dive assessments on, and monitoring of, conduct 

risks; and

 — Conduct Risk Assessments.

64

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continuedRisks related to regulatory and legal compliance
These include risks associated with prospective regulatory and legal changes and compliance with existing regulations and laws – 
including their retrospective application – with which the Group must comply with in the conduct of its business.

Prudential operates under the ever-evolving requirements set out 
by diverse regulatory, legal and tax regimes which may impact 
Prudential’s business or the way in which it is conducted. This covers 
a broad range of risks including changes in government policy and 
legislation, capital control measures, and new regulations at either 
national or international level. In addition to the risks arising from 
regulatory change, the breadth of local and Group-wide regulatory 
arrangements presents the risk that regulatory requirements are 
not fully met, resulting in specific regulator interventions or actions 
including retrospective interpretation of standards by regulators 
which may result in regulatory censure or significant additional costs 
to the business. Furthermore, as the industry’s use of emerging 
technological tools and digital services increases, this is likely to lead 
to new and unforeseen regulatory issues and the Group is monitoring 
the regulatory developments and standards emerging around the 
governance and ethical use of technology and data.

Global regulatory developments and systemic risk regulation. 
Efforts to curb systemic risk and promote financial stability are 
also under way. At the international level, the Financial Stability 
Board (FSB) continues to develop recommendations for the asset 
management and insurance sectors, including ongoing assessment 
of systemic risk measures. The International Association of Insurance 
Supervisors (IAIS) has continued its focus on the following 
key developments.

In November 2019 the IAIS adopted the Common Framework 
(ComFrame) which establishes supervisory standards and guidance 
focusing on the effective group-wide supervision of Internationally 
Active Insurance Groups (IAIGs). Prudential was included in the 
first register of IAIGs released by the IAIS on 1 July 2020 and was 
designated an IAIG by the Hong Kong IA following an assessment 
against the established criteria in ComFrame. 

In certain jurisdictions in which Prudential operates there are also 
a number of ongoing policy initiatives and regulatory developments 
that are having, and will continue to have, an impact on the way 
Prudential is supervised. Decisions taken by regulators, including 
those related to solvency requirements, corporate or governance 
structures, capital allocation, financial reporting and risk 
management may have an impact on our business. 

The focus of some governments toward more protectionist or 
restrictive economic and trade policies could impact on the degree 
and nature of regulatory changes and Prudential’s competitive 
position in some geographic markets. This could take effect, for 
example, through increased friction in cross-border trade, capital 
controls or measures favouring local enterprises such as changes 
to the maximum level of non-domestic ownership by foreign 
companies. These developments continue to be monitored by the 
Group at a national and global level and these considerations form 
part of the Group’s ongoing engagement with government policy 
teams and regulators.

Further information on specific areas of regulatory and supervisory 
requirements and changes are included below.

Group-wide supervision. From 21 October 2019, Prudential’s 
Group-wide supervisor changed to the Hong Kong IA. As a result, 
the Group currently applies the local capital summation method 
(LCSM) to determine Group regulatory capital requirements (both 
minimum and prescribed levels). The primary legislation was enacted 
in July 2020 and will come into operation on 29 March 2021. 
The relevant subsidiary legislation, including the Insurance (Group 
Capital) Rules, was tabled before the Legislative Council on 6 January 
2021 and will also come into operation on 29 March 2021. This will 
be supported by further guidance material to be released by the 
Hong Kong IA. Prior to the GWS Framework becoming effective for 
the Group, which is expected in the second quarter of 2021 upon 
designation by the Hong Kong IA, Prudential remains subject to the 
Regulatory Letter signed with the Hong Kong IA. The letter outlines 
the interim supervision arrangements from October 2019 when it 
became the group-wide supervisor of the Group.

The IAIS has also been developing the ICS (Insurance Capital 
Standard) as part of ComFrame. The implementation of ICS will 
be conducted in two phases: a five-year monitoring phase followed 
by an implementation phase. The Aggregation Method is one of the 
alternatives being considered to the default approach undertaken for 
the ICS during the monitoring period and the related proposals are 
being led by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners 
(NAIC). Alongside the current ICS developments, the NAIC is also 
developing its Group Capital Calculation (GCC) for the supervision of 
insurance groups in the US. The GCC is intended to be a risk-based 
capital (RBC) aggregation methodology. In developing the GCC, 
the NAIC will also consider Group capital developments by the 
US Federal Reserve Board, which will inform the US regulatory 
association in its construction of a US group capital calculation.

In November 2019 the FSB endorsed a new Holistic Framework (HF), 
intended for the assessment and mitigation of systemic risk in the 
insurance sector, for implementation by the IAIS in 2020 and has 
suspended G-SII designations until completion of a review to be 
undertaken in 2022. Many of the previous G-SII measures have 
already been adopted into the Insurance Core Principles (ICPs) 
and ComFrame. As an IAIG, Prudential is expected to be subject to 
these measures. The HF also includes a monitoring element for the 
identification of a build-up of systemic risk and to enable supervisors 
to take action where appropriate. As a result of the Covid-19 
pandemic, this monitoring requirement was replaced with a 
Covid-19-focused exercise for 2020, with annual monitoring 
expected to recommence in 2021. In November 2020 the IAIS 
launched a public consultation on phase 1 of a proposed liquidity 
metric to be used as an ancillary indicator in the monitoring of the 
build-up of systemic risk. This followed a more general consultation 
on liquidity metrics earlier in 2020. Consultations on a phase 2 
liquidity metric, as well as on macroeconomic elements of the HF, 
are expected to follow. The FSB published its 2020 Resolution Report 
in November 2020, highlighting intra-group connectedness and 
funding in resolution as key areas of attention for its work on 
resolution planning. Resolution regimes will continue to be a 
near-term focus in the FSB’s financial stability work, potentially 
being a key tool in informing decisions around the reformed G-SII 
designation in 2022.

65

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Risks related to regulatory and legal compliance continued

In the US, various initiatives are under way to introduce fiduciary 
obligations for distributors of investment products, which may 
reshape the distribution of retirement products. Jackson has 
introduced fee-based variable annuity products in response to 
the potential introduction of such rules, and we anticipate that the 
business’s strong relationships with distributors, history of product 
innovation and efficient operations should further mitigate 
any impacts. 

In Asia, regulatory regimes are developing at different speeds, 
driven by a combination of global factors and local considerations. 
New local capital rules and requirements could be introduced in 
these and other regulatory regimes that challenge legal or ownership 
structures, or current sales practices, or could be applied to sales 
made prior to their introduction retrospectively, which have a 
negative impact on Prudential’s business and reported results.

IFRS 17. In May 2017, the International Accounting Standards Board 
(IASB) published its replacement standard on insurance accounting 
IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’. Some targeted amendments to this 
standard, including to the effective date, were issued in June 2020. 
IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’, as amended, will introduce 
fundamental changes to the IFRS-based reporting of insurance 
entities that prepare accounts according to IFRS from 2023. IFRS 17 
is expected to, among other things, include altering the timing of 
IFRS profit recognition, and the implementation of the standard 
is likely to require changes to the Group’s IT, actuarial and finance 
systems. The Group is reviewing the complex requirements of this 
standard and considering its potential impact.

Inter-bank offered rate reforms. In July 2014, the Financial Stability 
Board (FSB) announced widespread reforms to address the integrity 
and reliability of IBORs. The discontinuation of IBORs in their current 
form and their replacement with alternative risk-free reference rates 
such as the Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA) benchmark 
in the UK and the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) in the 
US could, among other things, impact the Group through an adverse 
effect on the value of Prudential’s assets and liabilities which are 
linked to, or which reference IBORs, a reduction in market liquidity 
during any period of transition and increased legal and conduct risks 
to the Group arising from changes required to documentation and 
its related obligations to its stakeholders.

Risk management and mitigation of regulatory risk at Prudential 
includes the following:

 — Risk assessment of the Business Plan which includes 

consideration of current strategies;

 — Close monitoring and assessment of our business environment 

and strategic risks;

 — The consideration of risk themes in strategic decisions; 
 — Ongoing engagement with national regulators, government 

policy teams and international standard setters; and
 — Compliance oversight to ensure adherence with in-force 

regulations and management of new regulatory developments.

D

The Group’s ESG-related risks 
These include environmental risks associated with climate change (including physical and transition risks), social risks arising 
from diverse stakeholder commitments and expectations and governance-related risks.

The purpose of a business and the way in which it operates in 
achieving its objectives, including in relation to ESG-related matters, 
are an increasingly material consideration for key stakeholders 
in achieving their own objectives and aims. ESG-related risks 
may directly or indirectly impact Prudential’s business and the 
achievement of its strategy and consequently those of its key 
stakeholders, which range from customers, institutional investors, 
employees and suppliers, to policymakers, regulators, industry 
organisations and local communities, all of whom have expectations, 
concerns and aims which may differ. Material risks associated with 
key ESG themes may adversely impact the reputation and brand 
of the Group, its ability to attract and retain customers and staff, 
its ability to deliver on its long-term strategy and therefore the results 
of its operations and long-term financial success.

The Prudential ESG Strategic Framework, developed in 2020, 
focuses on giving people greater access to good health and financial 
security, responsible stewardship in managing the human impact of 
climate change and building human and social capital with its broad 

range of stakeholders. Prudential seeks to ESG-related risks to 
its strategy and their negative implications to stakeholder through 
a transparent and consistent implementation of this strategy in its 
key markets and across operational, underwriting and investment 
activities. The strategy is enabled by strong internal governance, 
sound business practices and a responsible investment approach, 
both as an asset owner and asset manager. 

(a) Environmental risks
Prudential’s strategic ESG focus on stewarding the human impacts 
of climate change recognises that environmental concerns, notably 
those associated with climate change, may pose significant risks 
to Prudential, its customers and other stakeholders. Prudential’s 
investment horizons are long term and it is therefore exposed to the 
potential long-term impact of climate change risks, which include the 
financial and non-financial impact of transition, physical and litigation 
risks. A failure to understand, manage and provide greater 
transparency of its exposure to these climate-related risks may have 
increasing adverse implications for Prudential and its stakeholders.

66

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continuedThe Group’s ESG-related risks continued

The global transition to a lower carbon economy may have an 
adverse impact on investment valuations as the financial assets of 
carbon-intensive companies re-price, and this could result in some 
asset sectors facing significantly higher costs and a reduction in 
demand for their products and services. The speed of this transition, 
and the extent to which it is orderly and managed, will be influenced 
by factors such as public policy, technology and changes in market or 
investor sentiment. This climate-related transition risk may adversely 
impact the valuation of investments held by the Group, and the 
potential broader economic impact may affect customer demand 
for the Group’s products. Prudential’s stakeholders increasingly 
expect and/or rely on the Group to support an orderly transition 
based on an understanding of relevant country and company-level 
plans and which takes into consideration the impact on the 
economies, businesses and customers in the markets in which it 
operates and invests. Understanding and appropriately reacting 
to transition risk requires sufficient and reliable data on carbon 
exposure and transition plans for the assets in which the Group 
invests. The direct physical impacts of climate change, driven by both 
specific short-term climate-related events such as natural disasters 
and longer-term changes to climate and the natural environment, 
will increasingly influence the longevity, mortality and morbidity risk 
assessments for the Group’s life insurance product underwriting and 
offerings and their associated claims profiles. Climate-driven events 
in countries in which Prudential or its key third parties operate could 
impact the Group’s operational resilience and its customers. More 
information about the activities the Group is undertaking to increase 
its understanding and risk management of these climate-related 
risks can be found in the Prudential plc ESG Report 2020, see 
pages 87 to 92. 

(b) Social risks
Social risks that could impact Prudential may arise from a failure 
to consider the rights, diversity, wellbeing, and interests of people 
and communities in which the Group or its third parties operate. 
These risks are increased as Prudential operates in multiple 
jurisdictions with distinct local cultures and considerations. As an 
employer, the Group aims to attract, retain and develop highly-skilled 
staff, which relies on having in place responsible working practices 
and recognising the benefits of diversity and promoting a culture 
of inclusion. The Group’s reputation extends to its supply chains, 
which may be exposed to factors such as poor labour standards and 
abuses of human rights by third parties. Emerging population risks 
associated with public health trends (such as an increase in obesity) 
and demographic changes (such as population urbanisation and 
ageing) may affect customer lifestyles and therefore may impact 
claims against the Group’s insurance product offerings. As a provider 
of insurance and investment services the Group is committed to 

playing a greater role in preventing and postponing illness in order to 
protect its customers as well as making health and financial security 
accessible through an increased focused on digital innovation, 
technologies and distribution methods for a broadening range of 
products and services. As a result, Prudential has access to customer 
personal data, including data related to personal health, and an 
increasing ability to analyse and interpret this data through the 
use of complex tools, machine learning and artificial intelligence 
technologies. The Group therefore actively manages the regulatory, 
ethical and reputational risks associated with actual or perceived 
customer data misuse or security breaches. These risks are explained 
above. The increasing digitalisation of products, services and 
processes may also result in new and unforeseen regulatory 
requirements and stakeholder expectations which Prudential 
monitors for, as well as ensuring support for its customers through 
this transformation. 

(c) Governance risks
Maintaining high standards of corporate governance is crucial for 
the Group and its customers, staff and employees, reducing the 
risk of poor decision-making and a lack of oversight of its key risks. 
Poor governance may arise where key governance committees have 
insufficient independence, a lack of diversity, skills or experience in 
their members, or unclear (or insufficient) oversight responsibilities 
and mandates. Inadequate oversight over remuneration increases 
the risk of poor senior management behaviours. Prudential operates 
across multiple jurisdictions and has a group and subsidiary 
governance structure which may add further complexity to these 
considerations. Participation in joint ventures or partnerships where 
Prudential does not have direct overall control and the use of 
third-party suppliers increases the potential for reputational risks 
arising from poor governance. 

Risk management and mitigation of ESG risks at Prudential include 
the following:

 — The Group’s ESG Strategic Framework focused on strategic 

differentiators and enablers;

 — The Group Code of Business Conduct and Group Governance 

Manual including ESG linked policies;

 — ESG risk identification including through emerging risk processes;
 — Deep dives into ESG themes including climate-related risks; and
 — Integrating ESG considerations into investment processes

Further information on the Group’s ESG governance is included 
in section 4 above, and further detail on the Group’s ESG Strategic 
Framework and the management of material risks associated with 
ESG themes are included in the ESG Report 2020, see pages 70 
to 117.

Notes
1  Excluding assets held to cover linked liabilities and those of the consolidated investment funds.
2  Based on middle rating from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch. If unavailable, NAIC and other external ratings and then internal ratings have been used.
3  Source of segmentation: Bloomberg Sector, Bloomberg Group and Merrill Lynch. Anything that cannot be identified from the three sources noted is classified as other.
4  From half year 2020, to align more closely with the internal risk management analysis, the Group altered the compilation of its credit ratings analysis to use the middle of the Standard 
& Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch ratings, where available. Where ratings are not available from these rating agencies, NAIC ratings (for the US), local external rating agencies’ ratings and 
lastly internal ratings have been used. Securities with none of the ratings listed above are classified as unrated and included under the ‘below BBB- and unrated’ category. The total 
securities (excluding sovereign debt) that were unrated at 31 December 2020 were $780 million (31 December 2019: $648 million). Previously, Standard & Poor’s ratings were used 
where available and if not, Moody’s and then Fitch were used as alternatives. 

5  Excluding assets in consolidated funds financed largely by external third-party (non-recourse) borrowings, for which the Group’s exposure is limited to the investment held 

by Jackson. Including these assets, the US corporate debt portfolio is 93 per cent investment grade.

67

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
A

Viability statement prepared in accordance with Provision 31 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Group’s longer-term prospects
Prudential aims to make healthcare affordable and accessible, protect 
people’s wealth and empower customers to save for their goals, which 
can often be over a time frame of many years. As such, Prudential 
considers that its purpose aligns closely with important societal needs, 
including making health and financial security more accessible, 
improving financial inclusion and education and transitioning to a low 
carbon economy. Prudential is focused on addressing these increasing 
needs, reflecting population demographics in our chosen markets. 
The drivers for this structural growth, such as the low penetration rates 
across the Asian region, are discussed on pages 19 to 25 alongside the 
activities we undertook during 2020 to expand our Asian and African 
footprint and enhance our capabilities, particularly through increased 
digitalisation. To enable the Group to focus exclusively on its high-
growth Asia and Africa businesses, the Group intends to pursue the 
demerger of its US business allowing Jackson to focus on the distinct 
opportunities within the US retirement market. Further information 
on the progress of this demerger is set out on pages 06 to 07. 
In undertaking these activities, we aim to both meet the evolving 
needs of our customers and provide sustainable growth for our 
shareholders, which will ultimately lead to the viability of our business 
over the longer term. 

In 2020, the Covid-19 pandemic has impacted the global economy and 
the related restrictions have applied to the Group’s individual markets 
to varying degrees and at different periods. Our focus during this time 
has been on supporting our communities, customers and staff through 
the challenges created. The business has seen a short-term impact 
on sales but we believe the Covid-19 disruptions have also acted to 
intensify the structural opportunities in Asia and Africa over the longer 
term with a clear and increasing need for the broad-based products 
we deliver. During the pandemic, the Group has continued to 
innovate, as demonstrated by the continued rollout of Pulse by 
Prudential, to ensure we can capture these opportunities post 
Covid-19. The long-term macro-economic impacts of the pandemic 
remain uncertain but all of the Group’s activities are underpinned 
by ongoing risk management, implemented via the Group Risk 
Framework and risk appetite limits described on pages 51 to 54.

The Group as a whole and each of its life assurance operations are 
subject to extensive regulation and supervision, which are designed 
primarily to reinforce the Group’s management of its long-term 
solvency, liquidity and viability to ensure that it can continue to meet 
obligations to policyholders. Further details on the current capital 
strength of the Group are provided on pages 31 to 32.

The Group’s management of wider environmental, social and 
governance issues that could pose a risk in the future to the Group 
is set out in the Environmental, Social and Governance report on 
pages 70 to 117.

This risk and regulatory focus supports the sustainability of our 
business over the longer term.

Period of viability assessment
The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group for a period 
longer than the 12 months required by the going concern statement.

The Directors performed the assessment by reference to the three-
year plan period to 31 December 2023. Three years is considered an 
appropriate period as it represents the period covered by the detailed 
business plan that is prepared annually on a rolling three-year basis. 
In approving the business plan, the Directors reviewed the Group’s 
projected performance with regards to profitability, cash generation 
and capital position, together with the parent company’s liquidity 
over this three-year period. This projection involves setting a number 
of economic and other assumptions that are inherently volatile over 
a much longer reporting period. Such assumptions include foreign 
exchange rates, interest rates, economic growth rates, the impact 
on the business environment arising from the impact of Covid-19, 
geopolitical events and continued level of changes in regulation and 
supervision. The Directors are satisfied that this period is sufficient 
to enable a reasonable assessment of viability to be made.

The intended demerger of Jackson from the Group is expected 
to occur within the period covered by the viability statement. 
The Directors have therefore considered the ability of the Group to 
continue in its current form (ie the scenario in which the demerger 
does not proceed) for the three-year period ending 31 December 2023 
as well as the viability of the Group in the more likely scenario that the 
demerger proceeds.

Assessment of principal risks over the period
The Group’s business plan implements the Group’s strategic objectives 
through the business model and activities discussed on pages 14 to 15. 
Matters considered as part of that planning process included the effect 
of current Covid-19 restrictions on people movement and face-to-face 
business activity and the continued rollout of Pulse by Prudential. 
Assessment of the risks to achieving the projected performance 
remains an integral part of the planning process. The Group’s approach 
to risk management and a summary of the key risks facing the Group 
are set out on pages 45 to 69.

For the purposes of assessing the Group’s viability, the Directors 
considered those risks where the impact of possible adverse external 
developments could be of such speed and severity to present a shock 
to the Group’s financial position. The risks considered, from those 
detailed on pages 55 to 67 are: market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk 
and regulatory risk. The Directors considered the macroeconomic 
environment and geopolitical risks in the markets which the 
Group operates.

68

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks  facing our business and how these are managed / continuedThe impact on the business of known areas of regulatory change 
whose financial implications can be reasonably quantified is also 
considered as part of the plan, for example the introduction of the 
Hong Kong Insurance Authority’s Group-wide Supervision regime and 
the implementation of RBC regimes in Hong Kong and other markets. 
As well as known areas of regulatory change, the Group is exposed to 
the risk of sudden and unexpected changes in regulatory requirements 
at the Group and local levels. While unexpected changes cannot be 
fully anticipated and hence modelled, the risk of regulatory change 
is mitigated by capital held by the Group and its subsidiaries in excess 
of Group and local regulatory requirements, the Group and its 
subsidiaries’ ability to generate significant capital annually through 
operational delivery and the availability of compensating actions 
designed to restore key capital metrics.

Conclusion on viability
Based on this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year plan period 
to December 2023.

Stress and scenario testing
As noted above, underpinning the projections in the business plan are 
a number of economic and other assumptions. To evaluate the Group’s 
resilience to significant deteriorations in market and credit conditions 
and other shock events, these risks are grouped together into 
scenarios which are then applied to the assumptions underlying the 
business plans considered. Scenarios considered include those 
reflecting the possible impacts of Covid-19 on new business, including 
the uncertainty as to the duration of restrictions in individual markets 
and the length of time for sales to recover to previous levels and 
different timings of expected regulatory changes. Separately stresses 
have been applied to the economic and non-economic assumptions 
underlying the base case business plan. These stresses assess the 
potential impact of up or down interest rate movements combined 
with corporate credit spread widening, a rating level downgrade on 
part of the credit asset portfolio, falling equity values and insurance 
stresses (such as changes in policyholder behaviour, including lapses, 
and increased morbidity in Asia). In addition, the adequacy of liquid 
resources of the Group’s parent company across the plan period has 
been assessed by considering a stress scenario assuming the closure of 
short-term debt markets, as well as additional calls on central liquidity 
by the business units. In this liquidity stress scenario, the Group would 
have access to sufficient resources to meet the funding requirements 
of the business, after taking into account the Group’s undrawn 
committed liquidity facilities of $2.6 billion, on top of central cash and 
short-term investment balances, which as at 31 December 2020 were 
$1.5 billion.

The scenarios tested showed that the Group would be able to maintain 
viability over the three-year period under assessment, after taking 
account of the actions available to management to mitigate the impacts 
on capital and liquidity in such scenarios. In addition, the Group 
conducts an annual reverse stress test which gives the Directors an 
understanding of the maximum resilience of the Group to extremely 
severe adverse scenarios. The projections in the business plan, and 
in the scenarios considered, do not assume that the Group accesses 
or relies upon the proceeds from any potential equity raise in the 
three-year period under assessment. This analysis assists in identifying 
management actions that could be implemented to restore the 
Group’s capital and liquidity resources from extreme positions. 
This analysis also informs the Group’s recovery plan and liquidity 
risk management plan.

69

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
ESG report

Purpose and  
responsibility

70

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA   D
Introduction

In 2020 we reviewed our Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) 
strategy to evaluate how we use our capabilities to maximise our 
positive social and environmental impact. 

This strategic review reflected the changes to Prudential set out in this 
Annual Report: our strategic focus on Asia and Africa, our continued 
evolution into a digitally enabled business, and how the Covid-19 
pandemic has highlighted the global need for access to healthcare. 
This review was informed by work done in parallel to refresh the 
Company’s purpose which is to help people get the most out of life. 
We deliver on that purpose by making healthcare affordable and 
accessible, helping people accumulate wealth through growing their 
assets, and empowering our customers to save for their goals. In this 
way, we ensure alignment of our creation of shareholder returns with 
our creation of societal value given the nature of our business and the 
markets in which we operate.

Our new ESG strategy distils the many ways in which we help our 
stakeholders into three core themes, all of which are closely linked 
to our strategy and business model:

Making health and financial security accessible: Working at scale, 
we give people greater access to good health and financial security. 
Covid-19, the rise in non-communicable conditions such as heart 
disease and diabetes, and ageing populations threaten to widen 
further the existing health, protection and savings gaps. Behind these 
megatrends lie countless individual stories of people who are anxious 
and struggling because of a lack of access to health and finance. 
We are committed to enabling as many individuals as possible in 
the markets in which we operate to make the most of their lives. 
In particular, we are increasing our focus on underserved communities 
and moving beyond our traditional role of financial protection to 
provide services that also prevent and postpone ill-health. Pulse, our 
health and wealth super-app now in live in 15 markets, is a key tool for 
us in meeting that ambition. Essential, too, are the tireless efforts of our 
colleagues, agents and other partners in developing product offerings 
that meet the needs of our diverse customer base. Our community 
investment programmes, focusing on education and financial literacy, 
also have an important role to play in building understanding of the 
benefits of financial products, and in building financial capabilities 
to ensure people can make informed financial decisions.

Stewarding the human impacts of climate change: We are a 
responsible steward in managing the human impact of climate change. 
We are a signatory to the recommendations of the Financial Stability 
Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), 
and as a significant asset manager and asset owner in regions forecast 
to be severely impacted by global warming, Prudential has a distinctive 
role to play in the transition to a low-carbon economy. We are 
decarbonising our investment portfolio and actively engaging with 
policymakers and investee businesses to encourage sustainable 
development. The economies of East Asia, where our businesses are 
concentrated, have a greater reliance on manufacturing and primary 
industries than more developed markets, where services account for a 
higher proportion of GDP. This means that the energy transition across 
the region is starting from a higher carbon intensity level and is likely 
to proceed at a slower pace than for more advanced economies. 
Recognising this, as we support the move to a lower-carbon economy 
in these emerging markets, we strive to ensure that the transition is an 
inclusive one for all of society – one that supports sustainable growth 
and economic health within our local markets and communities. 
We also recognise the importance of reducing the direct impact of 
our own operations on the environment and we continue to increase 
our level of ambition in relation to our own emissions footprint. 
This year we have set new and stretching targets for our Scope 1 
and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions, with the aim of becoming net 
carbon neutral across these two scopes by the end of 2030. We are 
in the process of assessing similar suitable targets in respect of the 
carbon emissions from our investments. We also seek to apply ESG 
considerations more broadly in our investment process and our 
fiduciary and stewardship duties, to ensure that our investment 
decisions are aligned with our values and support our primary focus 
on healthy lives.

Building social capital: We are committed to building both our own 
human capital and our social capital with our broader stakeholders. 
We seek to empower people and unlock their potential. We do this 
by promoting diversity in representation and thought, and fostering 
a culture of inclusion and a sense of belonging within our organisation. 
Just as Prudential depends on the trust of our people, it also needs 
the trust of the external world. As we develop our digital capabilities, 
we need also to prioritise digital responsibility throughout our 
organisation. We must always keep in mind that our purpose to help 
people get the most out of life is the reason why we are investing 
purposefully in artificial intelligence, big data and other technologies, 
and that focus on the needs and interests of our users has to guide us 
in how we interact with them and handle their personal data as our 
capabilities develop.

This report covers the Group’s ESG strategy and activities. It also 
presents the non-financial information statement and Section 172 
Statement required by the UK Companies Act.

71

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Our ESG Strategic Framework

Following our ESG review, we have developed a new ESG Strategic 
Framework (the ‘framework’). This framework is fully aligned to 
our business strategy and our purpose of helping people to get 
the most out of life by making healthcare accessible and affordable, 
helping people accumulate wealth through growing their assets, 
and empowering our customers to save for their goals.

The key features of our ESG framework are its three strategic pillars 
which have clear alignment with our business strategy. Within each 
of these, specific differentiating focus areas have been identified 
where it is believed there is an opportunity for Prudential to make 
a meaningful impact, and as such greater focus will be placed on 
these differentiators. 

Strategic Pillars

Making health  
and financial 
security accessible

Read more on page 82 

Building 
social capital

Read more on page 93 

Corporate purpose

Helping people 
get the most 
out of life

Stewarding the 
human impacts 
of climate change

Read more on page 87 

Strategic Enablers

Responsible 
investment

Read more on page 101 

Community 
engagement  
and investment

Read more on page 108 

Good governance 
and responsible 
business practices

Read more on page 111 

72

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continued 
The pillars and differentiators are:

The following strategic enablers support these pillars:

1   Making health and financial security accessible
 — Digital health innovation
 — Inclusive offerings
 — Digitally enabled financial literacy

 — Good governance and responsible 

business practices

2   Stewarding the human impacts of climate change 
 — Decarbonising our investment portfolio 
 — Supporting an inclusive transition

 — Responsible investment

3  Building social capital
 — Digital responsibility 
 — Diversity, inclusion and belonging

Our 2020 ESG report is structured in line with this framework 
and provides an update on our progress in the year across  
each of the pillars and enablers. 

 — Community engagement and investment 

The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) were adopted by all UN Member States in 2015 as a universal call to action to end 
poverty, protect the planet and ensure all people enjoy peace and prosperity by 2030. They are universally recognised and have been globally 
adopted by corporates as a means of articulating and measuring impact. They therefore provide a transparent and standardised mechanism of 
illustrating our intended outcomes. The focus areas of the strategic framework have been aligned to the SDGs. The alignment process focused 
on those SDGs where the Group can seek, over time, to make a meaningful impact because of the close relationship with our purpose and 
business strategy.

We have aligned with the SDGs at a target-level for the following goals and intended outcomes

SDG

SDG target

Intended outcome

1   No poverty

  1.4, 1.5

Increased access to quality healthcare services, and financial services for the poor 
and the underserved, including microfinance.

Improved resilience of the poor and reduction in their exposure and vulnerability to 
climate-related extreme events and other economic, social and environmental shocks 
and disasters.

3  

 Good health 
and wellbeing

  3.8, 3.d

Strengthened capacity of our local (and developing) markets, for early warning, 
risk reduction and management of national and global health risks. 

8   

 Decent work 
and economic 
growth

13   Climate action

Increased access to quality healthcare and financial risk protection for all across Asia.

  8.3

Promoted development-oriented policies that support productive activities, decent 
job creation, entrepreneurship, creativity and innovation, including through access 
to financial services.

  13.1, 13.3

Strengthened societal adaptive capacity for early warning, and risk reduction 
for climate-induced health impacts.

Improved education, awareness and human capacity on climate change mitigation, 
adaptation, impact reduction and early warning. 

73

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Development of the ESG Strategic Framework
In line with good practice, the framework was developed following 
a rigorous analysis process, which identified key ESG stakeholder 
expectations from investors, rating agencies, government and 
regulators, stock exchanges, NGOs, industry and independent 
organisations, media and employees. This approach was taken to 
ensure that the framework ascertained the most material issues, 
considered as broad a spectrum of stakeholders as possible, and was 
tested robustly from their perspectives. The process also considered 
upcoming regulation to shape a view of expectations, emerging policy 
and peer themes to direction of travel, noting that this is a rapidly 
evolving area. This comprehensive internal and external stakeholder 
engagement informed the materiality assessment for the purposes of 
our 2020 ESG reporting. The Section 172 Statement below provides 
information on stakeholder engagement throughout the year, which 
was considered within the development of the ESG Strategic 
Framework where relevant.

Oversight of ESG
ESG is overseen by the Board, which is responsible for determining 
strategy and prioritisation of key focus areas. In order to provide 
greater senior executive involvement and holistic oversight of ESG 
matters material to the Group, in 2020 a Group ESG Committee was 
established, superseding the previous ESG Executive Committee. 
The Committee is chaired by the Group Chief Financial Officer and 
Chief Operating Officer, in his role as ESG sponsor. Membership of 
the Committee includes the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, 
the Group HR Director, and senior representatives from the Group’s 
asset owner and asset management business units, including, 
from 1 January 2021, the Chief Executives of Eastspring and PACS 
(Prudential’s Singapore business). One of the Group ESG Committee’s 
responsibilities is to oversee the Group’s progress towards fulfilling 
our commitment to report against the recommendations of the 
Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD). 

Through this analysis, the three strategic pillars, plus the differentiators 
and enablers, were identified and defined at a high level. These 
proposals were discussed with a number of stakeholders across the 
Group in order to ensure our ESG strategy was fully integrated into 
the business, and to test and validate the proposed framework. This 
stakeholder group included those responsible for ESG and responsible 
investment-related activities within the business units, along with 
function leads (eg HR, Digital, Risk), business unit CEOs, the Group 
Executive Committee, and Board members.

The Strategic Framework was formally reviewed by the Group 
ESG Committee and then considered by the Group Nomination & 
Governance Committee, which recommended it to the Group Board, 
which formally approved it in December 2020. 

In 2020, the Group ESG Committee reported to the Board through 
the Group Nomination & Governance Committee. The Board 
recognises that the next 12 to 18 months will be critical for the 
embedding of the ESG Strategic Framework within the Group, as well 
as for the progress of related matters such as the development and 
embedding of the Group’s purpose and values, progressing diversity 
and inclusion (D&I) priorities, and building upon employee 
engagement activities. Therefore, in early 2021 the Board established 
a Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group, to be chaired by Alice 
Schroeder and comprising four Non-executive Directors, in order to 
ensure an appropriate level of Board engagement in, and oversight of, 
these matters during this critical period. 

Our Group Governance Manual (GGM) sets out the policies and 
procedures by which the Group operates. It establishes standards for 
managing possible ESG issues across the Group. The GGM is subject 
to a formal content review each year, taking into consideration both 
internal and external factors.

As part of the Governance, Risk Management & Internal Control – 
Annual Statement of Compliance certification, all businesses across 
the Group assess their compliance position against each of the 
requirements set out in the Group Code of Business Conduct, Policies 
and Delegated Authorities. Any instances of GGM non-compliance 
identified by the businesses through their annual attestation are 
assessed by the Group policy owners and reported to the Group 
Audit Committee.

74

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedOur Group-wide policies relating to our ESG Strategic Framework, which are applicable to all entities, include:

ESG  
strategic pillar

Making health and 
financial security 
accessible

Owner and date  
of last review

Group Chief 
Executive 
December 2020

Our Group-wide policies

To ensure we treat our customers fairly, management of conduct risks is key. Prudential 
mitigates conduct risk with robust controls, which are identified and assessed through the 
Group’s conduct risk assessment framework, and regularly tested within its monitoring 
programmes. The Group Customer Conduct Risk Policy provides this framework and includes 
our Customer Conduct Standards, which set out the core values and standards that the Group 
expects all employees and persons acting on behalf of it to observe, and which further support 
our ESG strategy. These values and standards include specific requirements regarding 
customers. In particular, the Group has committed to:

 — Treat customers fairly;
 — Provide and promote products and services that meet customer needs, are clearly  

explained and deliver real value;

 — Maintain the confidentiality of our customer information;
 — Provide and promote high standards of customer service; and 
 — Act fairly and in a timely way to address customer complaints and any errors we find.

Stewarding the 
human impacts 
of climate change

Asset management businesses and insurance businesses (as asset owners) have distinct risks, 
including investing in different markets and asset classes; therefore, each business manages 
ESG-related matters through the pursuit of business-specific responsible investment policies. 
This is supported by our Group Code of Business Conduct and is underpinned by our 
Group-wide Responsible Investment Standards.

Business unit 
responsible 
executives 

Building social 
capital

Our Environment Policy outlines our approach to understanding and managing the direct 
environmental impact of the Group. This covers our measurement, monitoring, review 
and reporting of issues associated with our environmental performance.

Our Diversity and Inclusion Policy reflects our aspiration and aims to promote employee 
diversity and provide equal opportunities to all who apply for and those who perform work 
at every level of our organisation. The policy promotes diversity irrespective of sex, race, age, 
ethnic origin, social and cultural background, marital or civil partnership status, pregnancy, 
maternity and paternity, any gender reassignment, religion or belief, sexual orientation, 
disability, or part-time/fixed-term working arrangements, and seeks to ensure appropriate 
diversity of experience, skill sets and professional backgrounds. Further information on the 
diversity of our Board, our policy in respect of this, how this is implemented and the associated 
results in 2020 can be found in our Governance Statement on pages 120 to 169.

Our Employee Relations Policy outlines the way we engage with our employees and motivate 
them to achieve success for the Group: promoting positive relationships with employees, 
representative organisations and trade unions.

Our Performance and Learning Policy sets out the importance of our people and frames how 
we invest in their development to deliver against our strategy and the future success of the 
organisation. This includes our Performance Management Framework.

Our Remuneration Policy outlines our effective approach to appropriately rewarding our 
employees in a way that aligns incentives to business objectives and performance, and enables 
the recruitment, retention and incentivisation of high-calibre employees in line with our risk 
appetite and Group Reward Principles.

Our Talent Policy demonstrates how we attract, select and develop the best people for roles 
that will ensure high performance in the short term and future-proof leadership capability 
through building business-relevant longer-term succession and talent pipelines. It sets out 
our fair and effective approach to pursuing this.

Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer 
July 2020

Group HR Director 
July 2020

Group HR Director 
July 2020 

Group HR Director 
July 2020 

Group HR Director 
December 2020 

Group HR Director 
July 2020 

Our Privacy Policy governs the protection of data and complies with the General Data 
Protection Regulation. Our Global Information Security Policy supports our global approach 
to security and our commitment to protecting the data entrusted to us by customers.

Group Chief Digital 
Officer 
July 2020

75

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ESG  
strategic enabler

Responsible 
investment

Our Group-wide policies

Asset management businesses and insurance businesses (as asset owners) have distinct risks, 
including investing in different markets and asset classes; therefore, each business manages 
ESG-related matters through the pursuit of business-specific responsible investment policies. 
This is supported by our Group Code of Business Conduct and is underpinned by our 
Group-wide Responsible Investment Standards.

Owner and date  
of last review

Business unit 
responsible 
executives

Good governance 
and responsible 
business practices

The Group Code of Business Conduct sits at the heart of our Group Governance Manual, 
and highlights the ethical standards that the Board expects of itself, our employees, our agents 
and others working on behalf of the Group. The Code is supported by a set of Group-wide 
principles and values that define how the Group expects business to be conducted in order 
to achieve its strategic objectives. 

Group Chief 
Executive 
December 2020 

Our Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy covers our values for reputation, ethical behaviour 
and reliability. As an organisation we are focused on financial practices that align to those values 
and we prohibit corruption or bribery within our working practices.

Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer 
July 2020

Our Anti-Money Laundering and Sanctions Policy outlines how we prohibit money laundering 
or terrorist financing in our working practices, setting out how we establish parameters to 
prevent this taking place across the organisation and the commitment we have to comply 
with sanctions, laws and regulations by screening, prohibiting or restricting business activity, 
and following up through investigation.

Our Security Policy outlines our commitment to ensuring that security aligns to industry-
recommended practice for managing our regulatory and legal obligations. This includes 
how we manage incidents under the Speak Out programme, our whistleblowing process.

Our Tax Risk Policy includes our processes to manage tax-related risk, by identifying, 
measuring, controlling and reporting on issues considered an operational, reputational 
or regulatory risk. 

Our Political Donations Policy outlines our position that as an organisation we do not donate 
to political parties. This is defined as covering any political party or candidate or any other 
organisation that attempts to affect support for any political party. It is defined as covering 
any payment or gift or contribution, direct or indirect, as defined by the UK’s Political Parties, 
Elections and Referendums Act 2000. The policy covers expenditure on engagement activity 
on public policy discussions and applies across the Group.

Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer 
July 2020 

Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer 
July 2020

Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer 
July 2020

Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer 
July 2020 

Our Third-Party Supply Policy covers how we manage and oversee our third-party 
arrangements, through due diligence/selection criteria, contractual requirements, the ongoing 
monitoring of such relationships, and reporting and escalation. Additionally, the policy 
considers the requirements of the UK Modern Slavery Act and the principles of the UN’s 
Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer 
July 2020 

Our Health and Safety Policy covers our employees, business partners, customers and others 
that may be affected by our operations. This details our health and safety core principles, 
our commitments and the measuring and reporting on our health and safety performance.

Community 
engagement 
and investment

Our Community Investment Policy covers how we are committed to working with the 
communities in which we operate as active and supportive members. It also outlines our 
strategy for investing in the community and how we make investments and report against them.

Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer 
July 2020

Group Chief 
Financial Officer 
and Chief Operating 
Officer and Group 
HR Director 
July 2020

76

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continued 
 
 
Non-financial information statement

We recognise that to help our customers get the most out of life, 
we need to take a long-term view on a wide range of issues that affect 
our business and the communities in which we operate. To do this, 
we maintain a proactive dialogue with our stakeholders to ensure that 
we are managing these issues sustainably and delivering long-term 
value. Further information on our engagement with our stakeholders 
can be found in our Section 172 Statement below.

The Group’s Strategic Report, including this ESG report and 
the Section 172 Statement, includes information required by the 
non-financial reporting provisions contained in sections 414CA and 
414CB of the Companies Act 2006. These reporting requirements 
are met in a number of sections of our Annual Report. The diagram 
below illustrates where the relevant material is presented.

Section 172 Statement:
Our people

Read more on pages 79 to 80 

ESG Strategic Pillar:
Building 
social capital 

Read more on pages 93 to 100 

Employees

Anti-bribery 
and anti-
corruption 
matters

ESG Strategic Enabler: 
Good governance 
and responsible 
business practices

Read more on page 111 

Business  
model

Read more on pages 14 to 15 

Principal  
risks
C O R P O R ATE PURPOSE

Read more on  

pages 55 to 67 

Governance, 
Group-wide 
policies and 
due diligence

Read more on  
pages 75 to 76 

Environmental 
matters

ESG Strategic Pillar:
Stewarding the 
human impacts 
of climate change 

Read more on pages 87 to 92 

Human 
rights

Social 
matters

ESG Strategic Enabler: 
Good governance 
and responsible 
business 
practices

Read more on page 113 

ESG Strategic Pillar:
Making health 
and financial 
security 
accessible 

Read more on pages 82 to 86 

ESG Strategic Pillar:
Building 
social capital 

Read more on pages 93 to 100 

77

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
A   D
UK Companies Act, Section 172 Statement 

Section 172 of the UK Companies Act requires each Director to act 
in a way that he or she considers, in good faith, would be most likely 
to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members 
as a whole. In doing this, Section 172 requires a Director to have 
regard (among other matters) to the needs of employees, suppliers, 
customers and other wider stakeholder interests. During 2020 we 
engaged with our various stakeholder groups closely and we took 
account of their concerns in our decision-making. Below we have 
outlined how we have engaged with our stakeholders and the 
outcome of that engagement.

We ensure that our Board meets its duty under Section 172 of the UK 
Companies Act in a number of ways. A briefing note is circulated in 
advance of each Board meeting reminding Directors of their statutory 
duties under Section 172 and reiterating who the Group’s key 
stakeholders are. The annual Board evaluation process takes into 
account how the operation of the Board affects the consideration of 
stakeholder issues and seeks to identify improvements in this area. 
We ensure that our Section 172 obligations are taken into account in 
our Board succession planning and training, stakeholder engagement 
is addressed in the Board’s Terms of Reference, and there is guidance 
for individuals who prepare Board papers that references Section 172 
duties and our key stakeholders. We ensure that we take account of 
any conflicts between different stakeholder concerns, and resolve 
such conflicts as smoothly as possible at the highest level necessary. 

Good governance and responsible business practices are key strategic 
enablers to building a sustainable long-term business, as discussed 
further in our ESG Report on page 111. Through our Group Code of 
Business Conduct, we ensure that we maintain the highest standards 
of behaviour throughout our business. Our Group Code of Business 
Conduct sets out the standards the Board expects in relation to 
employee behaviour, and our business units run mandatory training 
programmes to highlight the personal obligations applicable to each 
individual. The Board reviews both the content of the Group Code 
of Business Conduct and business unit compliance each year. 
Meanwhile, our Group-wide whistleblowing programme, Speak Out, 
enables all stakeholders to raise concerns, helping to maintain the 
highest standards of behaviour. Whistleblowing reporting is overseen 
by the Group Audit Committee and business unit audit committees 
through quarterly reporting and through frequent discussion with 
the Group Resilience Director, with any material issues reported to 
the Board. On an annual basis, emerging trends and an assessment 
of the effectiveness of our whistleblowing approach are reported 
to the Group Audit Committee.

Key stakeholder engagement 
During 2020 we engaged with our various stakeholder groups 
closely and we took account of their concerns in our decision-making. 
Three key areas of focus for the Board in 2020 were: the decision 
to pursue the separation of Jackson in order to focus on the Asia 
and Africa businesses; the impact of the restrictions imposed by 
governments across the world as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic; 
and the articulation of our ESG strategy for our business. We describe 
below how the Board considered the impact on its stakeholders across 
each of these. 

Looking more widely, pages 14 to 15 of this report describes our 
business model and the outcomes we believe it delivers for each of our 
key stakeholder groups. The discussion below sets out how the Group 
has engaged with these key groups during 2020.

Consideration of stakeholders in key matters  
addressed by the Board
Decision to pursue the separation of Jackson  
and focus on the Asian and African businesses
The Group announced in March 2020 the Board’s decision to pursue 
the proposed separation of Jackson to enable the Group to focus on 
its Asia and Africa businesses. The Group Chief Executive’s report on 
page 06 sets out the Board’s decision and progress on the separation 
of Jackson. In arriving at this strategic decision the Board took into 
account the needs of key stakeholders, including investors, colleagues 
and customers. The Board believes that the Group, and Jackson after 
the proposed separation, should benefit from improved alignment 
of management and employees to their businesses, customers and 
shareholders, and simplified, more efficient, operating and reporting 
structures. Jackson’s separation will complete Prudential’s 
transformation from a diversified, global group into a focused business 
exclusively targeting the long-term structural opportunities of Asia and 
Africa. Accordingly, the Prudential Board believes that the proposed 
demerger will lead to an improvement in strategic, operational and 
financial execution for both the Group and Jackson after the proposed 
separation, which will enhance their speed and agility to adapt to their 
customers’ evolving needs and manage stakeholder relationships, and 
improve financial outcomes for shareholders. The Board has regularly 
consulted with significant investors as it determined this strategy. 
As set out below, Board members met with significant investors during 
the year and discussed the Group strategy proposals.

In addition, the Board has received regular briefings and engaged in 
regular communications to employees on the impact of changes arising 
from the proposed strategy on colleagues prioritising the fair treatment 
of all employees.

In determining the strategy of the proposed separation of Jackson, 
the Board considered that this will enable the Group to focus on 
meeting the protection and financial security needs of customers in 
growing markets in Asia and Africa through its differentiated product 
and geographic portfolio and developing digital platform.

Impacts arising from the Covid-19 pandemic 
The Group Chief Executive’s report on page 06 sets out the ways 
the Board and Group have supported our stakeholders during 
the Covid-19 pandemic.

ESG Strategic Framework
A key factor in determining how the Group builds a sustainable 
business that addresses the wider concerns and needs of the 
communities in which it operates is the execution of its ESG strategy. 
In 2020, following the completion of the demerger of M&G plc, the 
Board took the view that it was appropriate to consider the future 
ESG strategy for the Group, aligned with its business strategy as an 
Asia-focused Group. It was important that this ESG strategy addressed 
the needs of all stakeholders, and the importance of the global 
challenges of climate change and the Covid-19 pandemic, as the 
business evolves to have a greater digital focus.

The Board, facilitated by the Nomination & Governance Committee, 
oversaw the process for the development of the ESG strategy, 
including the consultation of stakeholder groups to consider their 
ESG expectations of the Group. These stakeholder groups included 
investors, regulators, NGOs, governments, employees and rating 
agencies. A number of common themes emerged from these 
consultations, including climate change, closing the protection gap 
and human capital management. These helped inform the direction 

78

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedand areas of emphasis within the strategic framework, and specifically 
the three pillars as set out on page 72. The proposals were discussed 
with a number of stakeholders across the Group in order to ensure 
our ESG strategy was fully integrated into the business, and to test 
and validate the proposed framework. All Board members were invited 
to provide their input at the start of the strategy development process 
to shape the suggested areas of focus. They were invited, again, 
to comment on the strategic framework as it developed. Following 
management approval by the Group ESG Committee, the framework 
was then considered by the Nomination & Governance Committee 
and the Board formally approved it in December 2020. Further details 
of the strategy and framework are set out on pages 72 to 74.

The Board recognises that the next 12 to 18 months will be critical 
for the embedding of the framework within the Group, as well as for the 
progress of related matters, such as the development and embedding of 
the Group’s purpose and values, progressing D&I priorities, and building 
upon employee engagement activities in 2020. Therefore, in early 
2021, the Board established a Responsibility & Sustainability Working 
Group in order to ensure an appropriate level of Board engagement in, 
and oversight of, these matters during this critical period.

Other significant engagement with stakeholder groups
Customers
The Group’s purpose is to help people get the most out of life. 
We do this by making health and financial security accessible and 
affordable, protecting people’s wealth and growing their assets. 
The needs of our customers are therefore central to what we do.

We engage directly with our customers through contact centres, 
dedicated account managers, sales support units, business processing 
and servicing, face-to-face advice (where possible), mobile phone 
apps and telephone technical support teams. The development of 
our digital proposition, specifically our digital health app, Pulse by 
Prudential, has enabled us to give our customers a greater range of 
services, including through partnerships with others. This is described 
in more detail in our Strategic report on page 24. We are attracting 
a younger demographic and are able to respond quickly to emerging 
needs. For example, we responded to the pandemic by providing free, 
limited-time Covid-19 cover for new or existing customers or Pulse 
users in a number of markets. The Board has actively discussed and 
supported the evolution of the digital strategy throughout 2020.

The outcome of our engagements with customers is transmitted 
through the business and used to shape the design of our products 
and how and where we distribute those products, and ultimately to 
inform strategic decisions made at Board level. Decisions about which 
markets to access, what kind of products to offer and how to develop 
our agency force, our bank partnerships and our digital capabilities, 
are all driven by an understanding of what customers want, based on 
engagement with those customers.

Investors
The Group has continued to maintain an open dialogue with investors 
to ensure that investors’ perspectives and concerns are considered 
in the Board’s decision-making. During 2020, Executive Directors 
attended over 150 meetings, conferences and events with investors, 
discussing topics including the Group’s strategy, financial performance 
and future development. In addition, the former Chair, Paul Manduca, 
carried out 10 meetings with investors. The current Chair, in her then 
capacity as Chair-elect and Non-executive Director, has attended 
over 25 meetings with international and UK-based investors both 
during her introduction to the business and as part of ongoing investor 
engagement. These investors included large current investors as well 
as previous holders, but also included smaller institutional groups with 
specific matters to discuss, such as the Group’s engagement with ESG 
and technology. The Board receives regular updates from the Group 
Investor Relations team on the Group’s continuing wider engagement 
with investors.

The scope of discussions focused on the Group’s strategy, in particular 
shareholder views on the question of whether and when to pursue the 
separation of Jackson and focus on the Asian and African businesses, 
and Board succession. The perspectives gained from these meetings, 
and the need for broad investor support, were considered by the 
Board when making key strategic decisions and communicating those 
decisions to the market.

The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, Anthony Nightingale, 
and the senior Non-executive Director, Philip Remnant, have met 
with a number of senior investors throughout the year, and the results 
of these meetings and extensive written communications were 
considered when determining the Group’s Remuneration Policy.

Our people 
Ongoing employee engagement is one of the critical factors to ensure 
successful delivery of the Group’s strategic objectives and the Board 
is keen to increase its focus in this important area. In 2019, the Board 
expanded the role of two Non-executive Directors to include 
responsibility for employee engagement: Kai Nargolwala covers 
our businesses in Asia and Africa, and Tom Watjen is responsible for 
our UK and US workforce. Following Kai Nargolwala’s retirement as a 
Non-executive Director at the conclusion of the 2021 Annual General 
Meeting and the planned separation of the Jackson business, 
the Board intends to transfer responsibility for workforce engagement 
activities to its newly established Responsibility & Sustainability 
Working Group, which is expected to operate until the 2022 Annual 
General Meeting. The Working Group has a broad remit as described 
on page 137. As part of this, it will also consider the best method for 
employee engagement in the longer term, to ensure this is tailored to 
the culture and strategic priorities of the refocused Group following 
the planned separation of the Jackson business, and make a 
recommendation to the Board for implementation following the 
2022 Annual General Meeting.

Kai Nargolwala and Tom Watjen discharged their duties through 
a range of interactions with staff during 2020 including:

 — Site visits  

Our Non-executive Directors had the opportunity to visit 
Prudential sites and to interact with our people face-to-face in small 
groups and through formal meetings where physical meetings were 
compatible with safe working practices.

 — Virtual events 

Particularly during the Covid-19 period, our Non-executive 
Directors met colleagues through an array of remote events, 
including the Asia Virtual Regional Conference, staff town halls and 
meetings of the Jackson D&I Council and the Global D&I Council.

 — Employee survey 

95 per cent of staff participated in a Group-wide employee 
engagement survey carried out in May 2020. This level of 
participation substantially exceeded our expectations and the 
market benchmark. The headline level of employee engagement 
is encouraging and at par with all industries globally, as well as with 
the insurance and financial services industries. The table below 
includes a number of insights from the survey. The survey will 
be repeated in order to assess our progress over time.

 — Collaboration Jam 

During September 2020, all staff in Asia, Africa and our London 
head office were invited to join a Collaboration Jam, a 72-hour 
conversation facilitated online that focused on how the Group 
can best live its purpose and culture. Over three days, more than 
5,400 colleagues participated in the Jam, making a total of 14,000 
visits and posting nearly 30,000 observations.

79

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
The table below describes the key themes that interested our people during the year:

Theme

Culture

Covid-19 and 
wellbeing

 — During 2020, the Group reaffirmed our culture and articulated a renewed purpose, which is to help people get the 
most out of life. We aspire to a culture that is purpose-led, customer-focused and digitally-savvy. Living the culture 
around this purpose contributes to our success, sustainable growth, and ability to do the right thing for all 
stakeholders, including customers, colleagues, shareholders, regulators and society at large. The Board discussed 
progress in this area in February, April and July 2020.

 — Our people bring our culture to life by living the Company’s values. The May 2020 employee survey found that 

employees are strongly positive about these values, with 83 per cent of respondents identifying favourably with 
being empathetic, nimble, courageous, curious and ambitious. In September 2020, we hosted a three-day virtual 
Collaboration Jam that saw our people come together to define the mindsets and behaviours that embody each 
value. The values will serve as the basis for peer feedback, which will be incorporated into annual appraisals.
 — It is important for our stakeholders that people are able to raise a concern should they see something within the 

organisation that conflicts with their personal or professional ethical standards. To this end, in 2020 we strengthened 
our Speak Out platform, a secure, externally hosted channel where concerns can be reported confidentially and, 
if preferred, anonymously so that concerns can be investigated impartially and independently.
 — The Board will receive further updates on the development of our purpose-led culture during 2021.

 — While the Covid-19 pandemic unfolded at different times and with varying levels of impact across the footprint of 
the Group, all parts of the business were devoted to ensuring the physical, emotional and social health and safety 
of our people, taking into account employee preferences during this time. Our response to the pandemic and 
the ways in which we have protected our people have been a theme across the Board’s discussions during 2020. 
The Remuneration Committee also received an update on this topic in September 2020.

 — Almost all employees have spent at least part of 2020 working remotely, in line with local restrictions and guidance.
 — No employees were furloughed or made redundant as a result of the pandemic. Our remuneration programmes 
operated as usual during the pandemic period with medical insurance coverage extended to offer free Covid-19 
testing where necessary. Employees received their regular remuneration during any periods of shielding or self-
isolation.

 — Asia has established a mental health strategy, emphasising virtual connections and community engagement as part 

of our commitment to D&I.

 — All of our businesses have run regular sessions to support the physical, mental, emotional and social wellbeing of 
our people. Mental health provision has been strengthened in a number of our insurer benefit arrangements.
 — The Collaboration Jam and employee survey earlier in the year highlighted the challenges of remote working and 

work-life balance during the Covid-19 pandemic. To coincide with World Mental Health Day, we held our first global 
wellbeing day in October. This consisted of a series of online sessions across all time-zones, including a session in 
which our leaders shared their own stories about the mental health challenges that they have faced. Jackson and 
our London office have offered regular sessions on different aspects of wellbeing and stress management. 

 — The Board has received regular updates from management on how our people have been supported.
 — Beyond this, it is essential that the Group reacts to the trends in workforce expectations that have been intensified and 
accelerated by the pandemic, particularly around new and more flexible ways of working. Each business is exploring 
how we can meet the expectations of existing and future staff about flexibility around schedules and location.

Organisational 
change

 — The last 12 months have seen tremendous external challenges and significant changes within the organisation.
 — Board members have received regular briefings about the planned changes and what they mean for our people.
 — While this has naturally been a time of some uncertainty and strain for our people, the Group has supported 

employees through both the pandemic and the restructuring activity taking place in Jackson and London head office, 
communicating regularly and clearly and prioritising the fair treatment of all our employees.

Diversity and 
inclusion

 — In February 2020, the Remuneration Committee approved the 2019 UK Gender Pay Gap report, which was 

published in March 2020. This showed a general closing of gender pay gaps in our UK workforce.

 — In July and December 2020, the Nomination & Governance Committee discussed the steps that the Group is taking 
to leverage everyone’s potential, strength and diversity of thought, to create an open, transparent, supportive and 
inclusive environment and culture of belonging.

 — In July, we established the Global D&I Council to empower employees and create a sense of belonging by respecting 
and appreciating differences. Kai Nargolwala and Tom Watjen joined the Council’s meeting in November, when the 
agenda included an update on the Collaboration Jam and sponsorship and mentorship for key talent. 

 — Several Board members joined a Jackson session on D&I initiatives and their response to the Black Lives Matter 

movement. This was discussed by the Board in July 2020.

 — During 2020, Jackson doubled the period of paid parental leave available to all new parents and quadrupled 

the benefit to cover adoption expenses. During 2020, parental leave arrangements in Asia were also reviewed. 
Changes included an increase in the period of paid leave by a third and the introduction of paid leave when an 
employee becomes a parent through adoption or surrogacy.

 — In September 2020, we established the new role of Group Diversity and Inclusion Director, responsible for leading 
our progress in building a workforce which reflects our communities and in creating a sense of belonging which 
respects and values differences. 

 — We have been included in the 2021 Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index, recognising our progress in this area.

80

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedRegulators
Since the demerger of M&G plc, the Group has been subject to 
the consolidated supervision of the Hong Kong Insurance Authority 
(IA) as Prudential’s Group-wide supervisor. We have engaged with 
the Hong Kong IA on a regular basis, with the Directors meeting 
with the regulator on a periodic basis and sharing an agreed range 
of management information. In September 2020 Mike Wells, 
Mark FitzPatrick, James Turner and Nic Nicandrou presented to 
the Regulatory College of Supervisors on the Group’s strategy and 
key business initiatives. The Board also considered and responded 
to feedback received from the College following its conclusion. 

The Board receives regular updates on our engagement with the 
Hong Kong IA regarding the shape of its legislative and regulatory 
framework. We, along with other large insurers in the region, 
have engaged directly with the supervisor on the development of 
the proposed Group-wide Supervision (GWS) framework, which 
is expected to be effective for Prudential upon designation by the 
Hong Kong IA in the second quarter of 2021, subject to transitional 
arrangements. Discussions covered areas such as capital, risk 
management and governance issues impacting Prudential and 
the industry.

The Hong Kong IA applies principles and standards to the Group 
through existing requirements to ensure that we are a fit and proper 
controller of regulated insurance companies. The Hong Kong IA’s 
principles include financial integrity, effective corporate governance 
and sound risk management. We undertook a gap analysis of the 
Group’s policies and processes against Hong Kong IA requirements 
for the proposed GWS framework.

Governments and wider society
During 2020, a number of key points emerged from our engagements 
with governments and legislatures, but the most pressing concern 
has been how we cooperate with our governmental stakeholders 
in response to the global health crisis. Covid-19 has underlined 
the importance of working together with governments and our 
communities to increase life and health insurance penetration 
to protect individuals and families. We continue to work with 
governments, regulators and politicians on ways to close this gap. 
With the roll-out of Pulse, we have increased our engagement with 
policymakers on health systems, health financing and the role of 
technology across our markets. In Hong Kong, we have been actively 
advocating for a digital health strategy framework to the city’s top 
policymaker in collaboration with the local business community. 
Our vision is to establish a digital health ecosystem for the city and 
the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area. During 2020, 
we have also engaged with policy, regulatory and political stakeholders 
on COP26 and related themes such as inclusion, the need for a just and 
inclusive energy transition and the role of private finance in improving 
responsible investment frameworks.

We respond to ad hoc requests from NGOs and hold meetings with 
them throughout the year. During 2020, many of our stakeholders 
were concerned with the impact of Covid-19 on the communities 
in which we operate. In response to the pandemic, we launched 
a $2.5 million Covid-19 relief fund to help support vulnerable 
communities and provide medical equipment to hospitals and clinics 
in Asia. The Prudence Foundation partnered with the IFRC and 
NatGeo to rapidly develop a Safe Steps Covid-19 campaign in 
response to the pandemic earlier this year. The campaign was 
distributed across networks in Asia and Africa. More details of 
our community investment are set out on page 108.

Suppliers
Each of our critical suppliers has a nominated contact within 
Prudential, and we meet those suppliers on a regular basis to address 
concerns on both sides. We wish to treat our suppliers fairly so we 
both mutually benefit from our relationship. As an example, at the 
Group’s head office in London, to support our supply chain through 
the difficult trading circumstances triggered by the global pandemic, 
we provided payment assistance from March 2020. We immediately 
switched to 10-day payment terms for all our London head office small 
suppliers with under 100 employees. This has so far benefited 136 
suppliers with a total of £6 million of accelerated payments made to 
assist their cash flow. 

On an annual basis, the Board reviews our approach to addressing 
Modern Slavery in our supply chain.

About this report 
This report provides a summary of Prudential plc’s ESG performance. 
The contents meet the ESG ‘comply or explain’ requirements under 
the Rules Governing Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of 
Hong Kong Limited. 

More information on key topics, such as our tax strategy, can be found 
in our regular financial reports and standalone reports, available on our 
website. We aim to disclose our ESG management and performance 
as transparently as possible. The Board of Prudential plc has approved 
this report.

Scope of the ESG report 
Information included in this report covers our activities in the 2020 
calendar year, both at Group level and within our various operations 
globally, including Jackson. It does not include our joint venture 
partnerships, unless otherwise stated. 

Content of the ESG report 
We have continued to evaluate which ESG matters are most material to 
the Group, with a focus on those that matter most to our stakeholders. 
In 2020, as part of our ESG strategic review exercise, we considered 
and refreshed the material ESG issues. This included identifying 
emerging ESG trends, risks and opportunities directly applicable 
to the Group and our stakeholders. This informed the development 
of the ESG Strategic Framework. Our 2020 ESG report is structured 
in line with this framework and provides an update on our progress 
in the year across each of the pillars and enablers.

This report includes all mandatory ESG reporting requirements 
outlined within the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules and all 
ESG general disclosures and KPIs in the guidance determined to be 
material, with the exception of A1.3 (Total hazardous waste produced 
and intensity) and A2.5 (Total packaging materials used for finished 
products produced), which are not relevant to Prudential plc given 
the nature of the business. 

Where there are laws and regulations in respect of matters deemed as 
material which may have a significant impact on Prudential, these are 
noted within the relevant section of this report. For example, regulatory 
and legislative developments are increasingly including references to 
climate-related risks and incorporating reporting recommendations 
such as those outlined in the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) framework. The Group’s governance processes 
require all businesses and functions to demonstrate compliance with 
Group-wide and local regulatory and legal requirements as part of 
the annual controls attestation. Further detail on the supervision and 
regulation of the Group is set out in Prudential plc’s Form 20-F report 
for 2020 which will be published on Prudential plc’s website.

Selected indicators are assured by Deloitte LLP and Deloitte’s 
assurance statement can be found on the Prudential plc website.

81

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
1. Strategic Pillar: Making health 
and financial security accessible

We pursue with ambition the closure of the health, protection and 
savings gaps in Asia and Africa. We see this as core to our purpose 
to help people to get the most out of life – by making people healthier 
and wealthier. We are committed to closing these gaps by improving 
the health and financial wellbeing of those who interact with us, 
generating positive behavioural change towards healthier lives, 
and increasing access to healthcare for all. 

To do this we focus on: digital health innovation – to promote inclusion 
through affordability and accessibility, and healthier outcomes for 
those we interact with; inclusive offerings – to increase penetration 
in underserved populations, and bring diversity to our product offering, 
reflective of our customer base; and digitally enabled financial literacy 
– to build trust and understanding of protection benefits and options, 
and wider savings and digital capabilities. In doing this we support our 
customers to prevent, postpone and protect against ill-health. 

Digital health innovation
As a leading health insurer in Asia, we are evolving from providing 
protection to playing a role in the prevention and postponement 
of ill-health. To make this happen, we believe that the adoption 
of digital technology at scale is vital. 

Pulse by Prudential, our health and wealth super-app, is a core part 
of our strategy to make health and wellness accessible and affordable. 
Using AI-powered tools and personalised services, Pulse, which is free 
to download, empowers people to take control of their personal health, 
anytime and anywhere. The app has been downloaded around 
20 million times in Asia and Africa, as of February 2021.

Initially launched in Malaysia in 2019, Pulse is now available across 
15 markets in Asia and Africa, with relevant services available in local 
languages. Across our markets, the Pulse offering continues to evolve 
as we grow our local health and technology partners. Covid-19 has 
accelerated the impact of Pulse by Prudential, increasing the demand 
for digital health tools and for healthcare services that can be accessed 
remotely. More information on the roll-out of Pulse and our digital 
health response to Covid-19 is available on pages 85 to 86.

We are committed to developing Pulse into an end-to-end health 
and wellness platform integrating primary care, wellness and chronic 
disease management. We work collaboratively with a range of partners 
to provide value-added services and subscription plans across the 
health and wellness spectrum to all users. To date, Pulse has integrated 
32 local and regional partners. Our partnership with Halodoc 
in Indonesia enables us to provide a range of telemedicine services 
through Pulse, including consulting with doctors online and purchasing 
and arranging the delivery of prescriptions. We are also partnering 
with Naluri, a Malaysian health tech start-up, to enhance our food 
journaling user experience within Pulse. This partnership will enable 
users in the region to access dieticians, helping users plan a healthy 
and balanced diet, contributing to their wellness goals.

We recognise the importance of building trust in the markets where 
we operate. We have worked with health ministries and insurance 
regulators to understand the local health and financial landscape 
and the challenges we can help to address. We have also used local 
epidemiology to understand common health concerns in the region. 
For example, in Thailand, specific prompts and questions have been 
built into our symptom checker in recognition of the fact that many 
common diseases are related to poor water quality or source 
contamination. We have also worked with public hospitals and doctors 
to gain insights, which helps us to triage Pulse users appropriately. 

Our Pulse app was awarded ‘Technology Initiative of the Year’ at 
the Asia Insurance Industry Awards 2020. Pulse was also recognised 
by the UK government for its positive impact in South-east Asia. 
The Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office has included 
Pulse in its ‘Great for Partnership’ initiative, a campaign to promote 
the best of the UK overseas.

As we continue to develop Pulse, we have embraced agile ways of 
working, exemplified by the use of ‘hot houses’. During these intense 
workshops, a wide range of employees from across the Group with 
different skills and expertise collaborate to explore new ideas, design 
and implement solutions to deploy into our Pulse app within days, 
providing immediate benefits to Pulse users. 

Supporting the development of mobile health 
The successful adoption of digital health tools like Pulse is dependent 
upon the accessibility and acceptance of mobile and digital health 
tools. We therefore work with a range of stakeholders in the markets 
where we operate to understand the challenges and opportunities 
associated with the development of mobile health in local markets.

Our recent report, The Health of Asia Barometer, underscores the 
unprecedented opportunity offered by digital health technologies 
to improve access to healthcare in Asia. The report, published by 
The Economist Intelligence Unit, explores attitudes to healthcare 
in Asia, highlighting the demand for tools and services to help people 
in the region better navigate the healthcare system. The report, 
which surveyed 5,000 adults across 13 markets, highlighted consumer 
appetite towards the digitisation of health.

 — 54 per cent believe that medical care is accessible and affordable;
 — 81 per cent say technology has already improved their access 

to health services; and

 — 71 per cent will rely on technology even more heavily to improve 

personal health and wellbeing.

To fulfil the potential of digital healthcare, the report recommends 
greater public-private collaboration, suggesting that governments 
partner with private companies to deliver digitally innovative ways 
to promote and manage health and wellness among citizens.

In 2020, we expanded our Singapore-based PRUFintegrate initiative 
to include our global and regional teams and seven other Prudential 
business units. The PRUFintegrate initiative is a partner network of 
fintech, insurtech, healthtech and medtech companies. We received 
a total of 99 entries, and evaluated solutions from fintech companies 
based in Asia, Europe and Africa. Our focus in 2020 was on artificial 
intelligence, as well as the health, wealth and SME ecosystems on 
Pulse. This global outreach was made possible through the APIX 
platform that was set up by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, 
the ASEAN Bankers Association and the World Bank Group’s 
International Finance Corporation. 

82

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continued 
In the Philippines, we continue to support the development of mobile 
digital health solutions. Following our 2019 white paper exploring 
the current legal and regulatory framework for mobile health in the 
Philippines, we launched the ‘Healthscape Dialogue Series’ during 
2020. This seeks to build a multi-stakeholder platform to discuss the 
most pressing topics in Philippine healthcare, providing an important 
forum for industry players across sectors to come together and discuss 
how to improve the access of more Filipinos to affordable and quality 
healthcare services. Webinars over the course of 2020 have covered 
the use of AI and mobile technology, preventative healthcare and 
telemedicine. We also partnered with the Analytics Association of 
the Philippines to provide a webinar on digital transformation in life 
insurance and the role of big data in achieving financial inclusion 
and better health for more Filipinos.

In response to outbreaks of dengue fever, a mosquito-borne viral 
disease, across South-east Asia, our businesses in Thailand, Cambodia 
and Singapore have all launched affordable insurance plans to provide 
customers with cover for dengue fever. Prudential Thailand launched 
its first digital insurance plan, ‘PRUDengue’, in partnership with AIS, a 
leading telecom operator in Thailand’s mobile network. AIS customers 
can purchase PRUDengue via Pulse, launched by Prudential Thailand 
in June. Dengue fever has impacted nearly one million people in 
Thailand over the last 10 years. PRUDengue is an all-round and 
affordable insurance plan to support the insured with a lump-sum 
payout. PRUDengue’s basic package, with an annual premium 
at THB249 (US$8), provides total benefits of up to THB70,000 
(US$2,332). Applicants are not required to complete any health 
or income check for this plan.

Inclusive offerings
As part of our commitment to making health and financial security 
accessible, we recognise the importance of increasing penetration 
in the markets where we operate, providing products and services 
to previously underserved populations. By bringing diversity to our 
product offering, we will be able to better reflect the needs of our 
customer base, and integrate any lifestyle impacts from emerging 
social risks associated with major public health and demographic 
trends into our product offering. This will include, but not be limited to, 
lower-income groups, ageing populations, small and medium-sized 
enterprises and sharia offerings.

Demographics are changing in a number of our markets. In response 
to Thailand’s rapidly ageing population, Prudential Thailand has 
launched PRUTriple Eight (PRU888), a life insurance plan that allows 
for effective financial planning at every stage of a person’s life. Based on 
the latest projections by the United Nations Population Fund, Thailand 
will fully transition into an aged society by 2021, with the number of 
senior citizens aged 60 and above expected to make up 20 per cent of 
the total population. As a result, the country will face emergent issues 
concerning social security, healthcare costs and intergenerational 
equity in a far shorter time than developed nations. This rapid speed 
of ageing calls for appropriate response, policies and programmes to 
help resolve the issues. The PRU888 plan provides financial security to 
customers including death benefits as well as accidental death coverage 
where we will pay eight times the normal death benefit up to age 88 
while providing annual cashback and a maturity benefit at age 88.

Prudential Indonesia continues to innovate to provide affordable 
financial protection for Indonesians by launching Asuransi Jiwa 
Kumpulan Syariah PRUTect Care (PRUTect Care), Prudential 
Indonesia’s first digital product available on our health and wealth 
super-app, Pulse. As a sharia-based offering, PRUTect Care provides 
basic natural death benefit coverage, as well as various optional 
benefits, for a monthly contribution as low as Rp8,000 (US$0.50). 
To protect more Indonesians, Prudential collaborated with digital 
partners Gadjian and Kitabisa.com to offer PRUTect Care. 

In 2020, Prudential Indonesia launched Asuransi Jiwa Ayariah 
PRUCinta (PRUCinta), its first sharia-based traditional life insurance 
product. A simple and affordable product, PRUCinta provides 
optimised death compensation benefits covering a period of 20 years. 
PRUCinta shows Prudential Indonesia’s aspirations to become a 
leading contributor to the Indonesian sharia industry and to expand 
life insurance coverage to a broader segment of the population.

Prudential Cambodia has also launched an affordable insurance 
solution for dengue fever and malaria. With an annual premium of 
US$4, the product is Prudential Cambodia’s first micro-insurance 
offering and demonstrates Prudential Cambodia’s ambition to making 
insurance accessible to all Cambodians. With over 34,000 cases of 
dengue fever in Singapore during 2020, Prudential Singapore 
launched its affordable insurance plan, PRUSafe Dengue, on Pulse. 
For a premium of S$5, PRUSafe Dengue provides a number of benefits 
over a three-month period. In the Philippines, we have also begun to 
develop bite-sized offerings to help increase insurance penetration 
and to target specific protection needs of the market. Initial offerings 
include dengue cover and a breast cancer product. 

In December, Prudential Singapore introduced the Spark Kindness 
Movement. The movement aims to narrow the protection gap by 
providing underprivileged families with financial support in the event 
of accidental death. For every PRUActive Protect or PRUCancer 360 
policy sold in December, we provided a complimentary two-year 
Accidental Death Insurance Coverage of S$10,000 to a parent of a 
low-income family supported by our community partner, AMKFSC 
Community Services Limited. This coverage provides hope to the 
children of these families by giving them the means to continue their 
education. A total of 3,022 individuals from these families received 
complimentary coverage through the Spark Kindness Movement 
and Prudential Singapore plans to extend this programme in the future 
to benefit more underserved populations.

In Taiwan, we offer a micro-insurance policy to a non-profit, the Taiwan 
Fund for Children and Families, to support disadvantaged families and 
children. During 2020 this policy has helped support 284 families. 
Our Taiwan life business, PCA Life Assurance, continues to address 
child protection issues and in November launched its Child Health 
white paper, to advocate for child health and protection in Taiwan. 
PCA Life worked with the Research Centre of Big Data at Taipei 
Medical University to conduct research and analysis into the factors 
that affect child growth.

In Malaysia, our CSR initiative, PRUKasih, provides free temporary 
financial relief to urban low-income families coping with a sudden 
loss of income due to illness, accident or death. Since this programme 
started in 2014, more than RM10 million (∼US$2.5 million) has been 
paid out in claims, and during 2020, we supported 40,429 households 
across 35 communities with PRUKasih. To help PRUKasih communities 
mitigate the effects of the pandemic, we provided free Covid-19 
coverage whereby a cash payment would be made in the event 
of hospitalisation and/or death. 

83

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Also in Malaysia, PruBSN Microtakaful Jariyah provided basic 
microtakaful coverage to 25,000 underprivileged families during 
the year. This initiative is the first of its kind in Malaysia and provides 
complimentary basic takaful coverage for a 12-month term to selected 
heads of the household from low-income groups. Beneficiaries receive 
RM10,000 (∼US$2,500) in the event that their family breadwinner 
passes away. 

In Ghana, we have collaborated with leading industry partners to 
deliver an innovative mobile insurance plan, SafeNet, to new 
customers. The partnership between Prudential Ghana, Vodafone, 
MicroEnsure and Enterprise will offer Ghanaians key insurance 
benefits, including cover for hospital cash compensation, accidental 
injuries or disabilities, and general life insurance. We have teamed 
up with Enterprise as co-underwriters for SafeNet, a new mobile 
insurance product that offers an easy way of buying flexible insurance. 
Vodafone, Ghana’s second-largest mobile network operator, is using a 
platform developed by MicroEnsure to distribute SafeNet to Vodafone 
subscribers. In line with our commitment to help limit the economic 
impact on customers of Covid-19, SafeNet will be offered to more than 
nine million Vodafone subscribers as free insurance cover in the first 
half of 2021.

Helping to upskill small businesses 
In November 2020, Prudential Singapore brought together 80 small 
and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) across 50 industries and a 
government agency – SkillsFuture Singapore (SSG) – to co-create the 
SME Skills Accelerator programme. This one-year programme is part 
of Prudential Singapore’s value-added services for SMEs to help them 
upskill and support them in their innovation efforts. SMEs are entitled 
to curated training programmes that are subsidised by SSG on topics 
such as design thinking, digital transformation and workplace learning. 
As part of the programme, SMEs get to join a network of like-minded 
people to share best practices and improve processes. SMEs are also 
connected to a dedicated skills manager who advises on the SMEs’ 
upskilling needs. 

Recognising the significant impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on micro, 
small and medium enterprises (MSMEs), Prudential Indonesia has 
supported MSMEs across Indonesia by holding a series of financial 
literacy training webinars, in partnership with AKUMANDIRI, 
SMESCO and the Tangan di Atas Community. The initiative includes 
a series of webinar sessions delivered by experts from Prudential 
Indonesia, covering key financial literacy topics including the 
importance of financial management, business capital, developing 
business strategies, and cash flow management for business entities.

Promoting financial literacy 
The promotion of financial literacy is a priority for Prudential and we 
actively seek to build trust and improve understanding of protection 
benefits and options. In doing this we support our customers to 
prevent, postpone and protect against ill-health. Financial literacy is 
a key focus area for Prudence Foundation. More information on the 
broader work of Prudence Foundation can be found in the Community 
Engagement and Investment section on page 108 of this report.

Cha-Ching – a global financial education programme
Developed by Prudential to address the gap in financial literacy for 
children, Cha-Ching is a global financial education and responsibility 
programme aimed at children aged seven to 12. Now in its 10th year, 
the programme continues to grow and expand across our markets 
and is well received by educators, parents, children and government 
stakeholders. We continue to develop a blended learning approach 
to financial literacy, leveraging digital tools and platforms as well as the 
school environment. Our aim is to ensure that Cha-Ching is accessible 
and available to millions of children, parents and teachers across 
the world for free, providing them with the right foundations in 
financial literacy.

The Cha-Ching Curriculum was developed in partnership with Junior 
Achievement (JA), and has been successfully implemented in Asia for 
five years through strong partnerships with NGOs and governments 
in eight markets: the Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Vietnam, 
Taiwan, Singapore, Cambodia and Thailand. To date, more than 
15,000 teachers have been trained to deliver the Cha-Ching 
Curriculum in schools, with over 600,000 primary school students 
having been taught the lessons of earn, save, spend and donate. 

The Cha-Ching Curriculum school implementation programme has 
also expanded into Africa, and in 2020 Prudence Foundation extended 
its partnership with JA in Africa, to teach the Cha-Ching Curriculum 
to primary school students across six countries: Kenya, Ghana, 
Zambia, Nigeria, Uganda and Côte d’Ivoire over the next three years. 
By adopting the proven teacher-led model for Cha-Ching, which has 
seen success in Asia, we will similarly work to improve financial literacy 
in Africa, in a sustainable and scalable way. 

In Asia, the Cha-Ching cartoons continue to be broadcast on Cartoon 
Network, reaching over 31 million households every day. Cha-Ching 
content is also accessed online via the website and through digital 
channels including social media, with over 86 million views to date. 

In an effort to increase the reach and impact of Cha-Ching, we also 
introduced several new digital initiatives in 2020. These have 
supported the broader reach of Cha-Ching, particularly in the 
Covid-19 environment, which has limited in-person teaching, 
and these are intended to continue into 2021:

 —  The Cha-Ching Kid$ At Home programme, aimed at parents, 

was launched amidst the backdrop of Covid-19. Available for free 
online, this consists of guides and at-home activities providing 
families with an engaging and interactive way to teach financial 
literacy at home. A digital media campaign was launched to raise 
awareness, reaching more than 3.7 million people via social media. 
The educational resources have been actively promoted by 
Prudential businesses through social media campaigns and public 
webinars and have been viewed or downloaded over 25,000 times 
via the Cha-Ching website. In Singapore, Indonesia and Myanmar, 
employee volunteers have also been trained to deliver the 
Cha-Ching Curriculum online through webinars. 

84

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continued — In September 2020, Prudence Foundation introduced the online 
Cha-Ching Financial Accreditation (CCFA), to acknowledge and 
support the teacher community working to deliver the Cha-Ching 
Curriculum in schools across Asia. The CCFA platform was 
launched in the Philippines, Indonesia and Vietnam and will expand 
to further markets in 2021. This online assessment is endorsed by 
education authorities and was developed in alignment with the 
OECD Core Competencies Framework on Financial Literacy for 
Youth and the ASEAN Teachers Competency Framework. To date, 
over 4,000 teachers have registered and 2,400 have completed 
the CCFA online course. 

 — In the Philippines, Prudence Foundation and JA have worked 

closely with the Department of Education (DepEd) to incorporate 
Cha-Ching into the national distance learning approach 
implemented in response to Covid-19. Cha-Ching printed materials 
will be distributed to over 157,000 students at home, supplemented 
by online teaching where possible. Cha-Ching lessons will also be 
broadcast via TV and radio as part of DepEd’s implementation, 
expected to reach over 56,000 students.

 — Cha-Ching videos and parent resources have been made available 
for free on the Pulse by Prudential app in Singapore with expansion 
into other markets expected in 2021.

In the US, the Jackson Charitable Foundation has reached more 
than eight million students since 2017 by partnering with Discovery 
Education and Junior Achievement USA. We provide free music 
videos and classroom and at-home activities with Cha-Ching Money 
Smart Kids to teach elementary school students how to earn, save, 
spend and donate. The demand for virtual financial education 
continues to increase, with Cha-Ching Money Smart Kids seeing 
record engagement in 2020. The Jackson Charitable Foundation 
has also sponsored 500 high schools to use Ramsey Education’s 
Foundations in Personal Finance curriculum for the 2020-21 school 
year, at no cost to the schools. Since this partnership began in 2018, 
the Foundation has committed $2.7 million toward financial education 
for high school students across the country, reaching 100,000 
students in total.

In Malaysia, in line with our commitment to uplift PRUKasih 
communities and build their financial resilience, we introduced 
education programmes focused on financial planning. We also rolled 
out the PRUKasih Entrepreneurship Programme to equip participants 
with entrepreneurial skills and knowledge. To foster greater 
collaboration between the public and private sectors on financial 
empowerment through education, we launched a five-part webinar 
series, featuring a range of panellists, including Malaysia’s Central 
Bank, Bank Negara Malaysia. The webinar series included topics such 
as the state of financial education in the country and the creation of a 
unified financial literacy curriculum.

#MoneyParenting
During 2020, our Asian asset manager, Eastspring, launched its 
#MoneyParenting initiative. Following a survey of 10,000 parents 
across nine Asian markets, we found that 51 per cent of parents 
in Asia do not know if they have been successful teachers and role 
models for their children. Recognising that parents pass on their 
attitudes and beliefs about finance to children, Eastspring is aiming 
to help parents become better role models and to provide them with 
the knowledge, skills and tools to effectively teach their children about 
money and plan for their future. When asked what help they wanted 
in order to teach their child how to use and manage money better, 
43 per cent of parents across Asia said they wanted to learn more 
about financial management themselves. In response to the survey 
and its findings, Eastspring has launched a dedicated microsite on its 
website, providing tools and resources for parents to empower them 
as they are teaching their children about the financial and social 
responsibilities that come with money.

Pulse roll-out and digital health initiatives 
We have provided some examples to illustrate how we have begun 
to roll-out Pulse across our businesses. Our Pulse offering continues 
to develop as we work collaboratively with a range of partners to 
provide value-added services and subscription plans across the health 
and wellness spectrum to all users. As we design these services, we 
consider emerging population risks and public health trends, such as 
rising levels of obesity, increasing urbanisation and ageing populations.

Hong Kong: The launch of Pulse in Hong Kong made us the first in the 
market to offer an AI-powered chatbot to provide clinically validated 
information and recommendations for symptoms. Recognising the 
specific needs of its customers, Pulse users in Hong Kong can access 
a digital Chinese Medicine Body Constitution Test. Useful information, 
including hospital listings is now available on Pulse to make information 
easily accessible for customers.

Malaysia: In October 2020, we launched our Step Up Against Cancer 
Challenge in Malaysia through Pulse to increase cancer awareness 
and to highlight the importance of financial protection against cancer. 
Users are challenged to take at least 5,000 steps a day in order to earn 
free cancer coverage. Users can connect their fitness device to the 
Pulse app, allowing them to earn different levels of cancer coverage, 
depending on the number of steps they take.

Indonesia: Following the release of Pulse in Indonesia, the 
#SehatBarengPulse (Get Healthy with Pulse) movement was launched. 
The campaign encouraged users to lead a healthier lifestyle through 
a series of challenges, including lowering sugar intake and 
cholesterol levels. 

85

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Vietnam: The launch of Pulse in Vietnam enabled users to access 
features including Health Checkup, Symptom Check, Body Mass 
Index Measurement and Wrinkle Index Measurement. The app also 
includes hundreds of articles equipping users with medical information 
on healthy lifestyles, symptoms and treatments. Prudential Vietnam 
also introduced an online cancer insurance product, iProtect, on Pulse 
in September. 

Thailand: To encourage social distancing during the pandemic, 
Prudential Thailand partnered with 10 hospitals in Thailand to offer 
customers access to specialist healthcare services and medication 
via telemedicine. Customers could choose to schedule a consultation 
with a doctor via video conference, purchase and arrange for delivery 
of prescription medicine to their homes or arrange for a home visit 
by a doctor if necessary. 

Africa: Across our eight markets in Africa, we provided customers, 
staff and agents with a range of additional Covid-19 insurance cover 
at no cost to themselves. Prudential Africa also simplified its claims 
procedures and enabled claims to be made via WhatsApp. Additional 
training was provided to our agents and we enabled customers to 
buy insurance without the need to meet face-to-face with an agent. 

Laos: Prudential Laos extended the grace period for premium 
payments from 30 days to 60 days. Free Covid-19 coverage was 
also provided for all existing policyholders, as well as for new policies 
purchased between 1 May and 31 August 2020. Free Covid-19 cover 
was offered to the staff of hotels providing quarantine services. In May, 
Prudential Laos donated 3,000 face shields to the Ministry of Health 
to protect frontline workers against Covid-19.

The Philippines: Pulse launched in the Philippines in February 2020 
and at the onset of the pandemic, was used to provide free Covid-19 
protection and personal accident coverage – a one-time, 45-day 
insurance product to protect the insured against death from Covid-19 
or accident. It was the first insurer in the country to offer extra 
protection against Covid-19.

Malaysia: Prudential was the first insurer in Malaysia to introduce 
Covid-19 coverage for our customers and this was subsequently 
extended to non-customers at no additional cost. In the initial stages 
of the pandemic, we launched public service announcements and 
content on Pulse and various media channels to educate the public 
about the virus and how to stay safe. We also supported the Ministry 
of Health’s efforts to conduct more Covid-19 tests by reimbursing our 
customers for taking the test. Customers facing financial difficulties 
were able to apply to our premium deferment relief programme.

Cambodia: Prudential Cambodia was the first to bring AI-based 
preventative healthcare to Cambodia, through the launch of Pulse. 
Health infrastructure in Cambodia in both the public and private 
sectors is underdeveloped, and convenient access to quality 
healthcare is difficult for most Cambodians. The initial Pulse roll-out 
included a ‘hospital locator’ feature for users to access all hospitals 
and clinics covered under the National Social Security Fund, which 
is a social health safety net for two million people employed in the 
formal sector.

Digital health response to the Covid-19 pandemic
Hong Kong: Prudential was the first in the market to launch free 
Covid-19 coverage to over 300,000 Hong Kong residents. Following 
rapid take-up, we offered free protection to a further 200,000 Hong 
Kong residents. During the fourth wave of the Covid-19 outbreak, 
Prudential Hong Kong announced that it would allocate HK$5 million 
to its Covid-19 Caring Fund, which provides additional financial 
support for individuals affected by Covid-19. Eligible applicants can 
apply through the Pulse app to receive a subsidy of HK$10,000 to 
relieve their financial burden caused by the pandemic.

Singapore: Pulse was launched in Singapore in April 2020, and 
was a key part of our response in supporting the community in the 
fight against the virus. Users of the app were entitled to a daily 
hospitalisation allowance if they were hospitalised for Covid-19. 
Prudential Singapore also subsidised part of the consultation costs 
for users until 30 June 2020, so it cost only S$15 per consultation. 
Non-customers were eligible to receive a S$100 daily allowance 
(for up to three months of hospitalisation) if they were hospitalised 
between the date of their Pulse app registration and 31 May 2020. 

Indonesia: In response to the Covid-19 pandemic, Prudential 
Indonesia provided free Covid-19 coverage and was the first in the 
market to offer additional protection for Covid-19. Prudential Indonesia 
also extended the grace period for premium payments, simplified its 
claims procedure and established a dedicated team for Covid-19 
claims. Leveraging Pulse, Prudential Indonesia and Halodoc provided 
premium-free Covid-19 rapid tests for members of the public in 
Jakarta and Surabaya. Prudential Indonesia also launched PRUCekatan 
to enable customers to consult with their agents and access 
comprehensive protection solutions virtually, rather than through 
face-to-face meetings.

86

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continued2. Strategic Pillar: Stewarding the 
human impacts of climate change 

We recognise that climate change presents a serious global challenge, 
with significant potential economic consequences and direct and 
indirect impacts on people’s health and livelihoods, and we are 
proactive in enabling the transition to a low-carbon economy. We do 
this by decarbonising our investment portfolio and working towards 
sustainable development and energy transition in all our markets. 
Reflecting the stage of their development, the economies in which we 
operate tend have a greater reliance on fossil fuels and more exposure 
to carbon intensive industries than in more developed markets. For 
example, for the five largest South-east Asian economies of Indonesia, 
Thailand, Malaysia, the Philippines and Vietnam (plus China) an average 
of 36.2 per cent of GDP was derived from mining, manufacturing 
and other industrial activities in 2018. This compared to 18.6 per cent 
and 17.5 per cent for the US and UK respectively in the same year. 
This means that the energy transition across the region is likely to 
proceed at a different pace than for more advanced economies. 
Recognising this, as we support the move to a lower-carbon economy 
in these emerging markets, we strive to ensure that the transition is an 
inclusive one for all of society – one that supports sustainable growth 
and economic health within our local markets and communities.

Decarbonising our investment portfolio
Our strategic focus on stewarding the human impacts of climate 
change through decarbonisation of our investment portfolio over 
time recognises that climate change presents long-term risks to 
the sustainability of our business. It also acknowledges that, as a 
responsible corporate citizen, Prudential needs to play its part in the 
transition to a lower carbon global economy and the collective efforts 
to limit the rise in global warming that can lead to catastrophic climate 
change. As a significant investor and an asset owner with long-term 
investment horizons and liabilities, the Group is vulnerable to 
climate-related transition risks, and in a position to invest in, and 
develop, products linked to climate resilience. Our approach to 
reducing the carbon footprint of our investment portfolio is one which 
supports sustainable growth and takes into consideration the impact 
on the economies, businesses and customers in the markets in which 
we operate and invest.

Approach to climate-related risk
Prudential is a signatory to the recommendations of the Financial 
Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD). Our approach to climate change and climate-related risk is 
covered below. To show how we are meeting TCFD requirements, 
we have mapped our disclosures to each of its pillars. This is shown 
in a table at the end of this section of the report. 

Initially categorised as emerging risks, the ESG risks associated with 
our business, which include climate risk, have more recently been 
upgraded to Group Principal Risk status. Recently, we have engaged a 
dedicated climate risk consultancy to further refine our understanding 
of the nature and materiality of the risks posed by climate change to 
the business.

The table below lists the key climate risks facing Prudential. The sections that follow provide further detail on the activities undertaken to assess, 
manage and mitigate these risks.

Risk category

Description

Response

Assets

Insurance 

Data and model 
limitations

Regulatory and 
legislative 
compliance

Operational 
resilience

The Group has financial exposure to assets in carbon-
intensive and carbon-reliant sectors that may fail to adapt, 
innovate or pivot to a lower-carbon business model. 
These assets are at risk of taxation, regulation and/or 
reduced demand, leading to impairments or downgrades 
and/or stranding. Physical climate impacts can also lower 
the value of assets held.

Given the complex interactions with other environmental, 
demographic and social changes, the impact of climate 
change on mortality and/or morbidity can be difficult 
to reliably estimate on a standalone basis.

Methods for assessing and quantifying the financial 
impact of climate risks continue to evolve in the industry 
and also within the Group. The limitations in data and asset 
and liability modelling make it more difficult to accurately 
assess the financial impact on the Group, particularly for 
longer-term time horizons. 

 — Development of metrics to measure the potential 

financial impacts from climate-related transition risk 
in the asset book.

 — Use of scenario analysis to model the exposure assuming 
different pathways and different temperature scenario.

 — Qualitative assessment of the potential impacts 
from climate risk on our insurance liabilities.

 — Participation in industry groups and collaboration 

with data and risk modelling providers to help drive 
improvements in climate data quality and risk 
modelling tools.

The pace and volume of new climate-related regulation 
across all markets could pose compliance and operational 
challenges that may necessitate multi-jurisdictional 
coordination.

 — Regulatory change teams are in place to assist the 

business in proactively adapting and complying with 
regulatory developments.

 — Constructive engagement with policymakers and NGOs.

Operational impacts from physical risk events challenge 
operational resilience, including impacts to third parties 
and the servicing of our customers.

 — Regular updating and testing of elements of 

disaster-recovery plans and the Critical Incident 
Procedure process.

 — The use of scenario analysis using data sources 
(including IPCC data) to identify additional 
vulnerabilities to physical risk.

87

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
The risks are also influenced by the broader political, economic and 
societal backdrop in which the Group operates. These factors interact 
with, and can amplify and shape, the impacts of climate-related risks. 
Examples of risk factors that could exacerbate climate risks include 
geopolitical issues, political processes, such as negotiations to curb 
emissions, or the unfolding Covid-19 pandemic, which is reshaping 
global economic activity.

Activity throughout 2020
Work to quantify and model the nature of our climate risk exposure 
has continued throughout 2020, consistent with our strategic focus on 
climate change risk and in alignment with the TCFD recommendations. 
The Group Risk and Group Actuarial functions have led efforts to 
deepen understanding of the exposure to climate-related risks in our 
asset management and asset owner businesses across the Group. 
Activity has included the identification of metrics to measure exposure 
to greenhouse emissions, measuring the carbon footprint of our asset 
book, the selection of scenarios for stress testing assets, and investment 
in new tools to support carbon footprinting and scenario analysis.

A key activity has been the use of scenario analysis to model the 
Group’s exposure to climate-related risk, assuming different transition 
pathways and temperature scenarios (see case study). The modelling 
has helped to further our understanding of the nature of the climate 
risk the Group faces. This has reinforced that the main financial risk 
is to the asset side of the balance sheet. This finding is consistent with 
our business model: as a major asset owner and manager, we rely on 
investment returns to meet the longer-term obligations of our liabilities 
and thus are vulnerable to risks that interrupt or impair those returns. 
The finding also reinforces the case for the strategic objective to 
decarbonise the investment portfolio, which is both a way in which 
Prudential can limit its exposure to potential transition risks, as well 
as contribute to global efforts to decarbonise the global economy.

The potential impact from climate risk on our insurance liabilities 
has also been investigated. To better understand the potential impact 
to our insurance liabilities, a qualitative assessment of the impact 
of climate-related risk on insurance risk was carried out by Group 
Actuarial during the year. This established that over the short term, 
such as over the three years of the current business plan cycle, climate 
change is not expected to materially increase or decrease claims for 
our life and health business. Over the longer term, the financial impacts 
from climate-related risks on our insurance liabilities could be more 
significant, for example on reserving implications, if there is a step 
change in long-term morbidity and/or mortality expectations, 
and medical inflation. However, the overall financial impact will be 
mitigated by our ability to reprice contracts and develop new products.

Response to climate-related risks
We believe that the new strategic ESG framework and the long-term 
goals to decarbonise the investment portfolio and support an inclusive 
transition are an important way in which we can meet to meet 
stakeholder expectations and fulfil our fiduciary obligations. It will 
reduce the Group’s exposure to asset risk – which includes transition 
risk – over time, while also contributing to efforts to decarbonise the 
global economy.

Recognising that transition risk represents the nearest-term and 
most impactful financial risk to the Group, the Group Risk function 
undertook an initial transition risk analysis on insurance assets 
managed in segregated portfolios by the Group’s asset managers. 

Case study

Modelling climate change risk: 
The role of scenario testing 

During 2020, the Group undertook a stress testing exercise based 
on the three scenarios laid out within the PRA Insurance Stress 
Tests: orderly transition (temperature increases kept below 2°C , 
meeting the Paris Agreement); disorderly transition (temperature 
increases kept below 2°C but with delayed and sudden policies); 
and failure to meet the Paris Agreement (specifically, reaching a 
temperature increase in excess of 4°C assuming no transition and 
a continuation of current policy trends), with a time horizon up to 
2100. The Group’s entire asset portfolio was included, and the 
testing included the impact of physical and transition risk on the 
asset portfolio for the chosen scenarios. The impacts of climate 
change on insurance liabilities was also investigated. 

These stress tests have informed discussions on how to assess 
the Group’s business objectives and strategy and have provided 
further insight into the capabilities and data required for future 
stress modelling. These analyses have also been complemented 
by reviewing alternative scenario testing methodologies using tools 
provided by specialist vendors or open solutions.

The Group is continuing to explore and develop its scenario 
analysis approach, including investigating the use of the Group’s 
economic capital model, and ultimately formalise the process for 
conducting sophisticated climate scenario analysis as part of the 
Group’s risk management frameworks. 

88

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedThis focused on investments where Prudential both maintains direct 
control of the mandate and exerts some influence over the investment 
process. Provisional reports were produced using climate-related data 
and metrics provided through a proprietary vendor tool. This facilitates 
a breakdown of the contributions of different sectors to the overall 
carbon footprint metrics of the asset book and highlights the most 
carbon-intensive sectors, including those most at risk of being 
stranded. It also enables the most carbon-intensive companies held in 
the asset book – and thus the largest issuer contributors to the overall 
metrics – to be determined and monitored. We have also determined 
the initial weighted average carbon intensity (WACI) of the listed equity 
and corporate bond asset classes of our insurance investment portfolio.

Building on this work, we are continuing to develop metrics that are 
appropriate for our business, to support an enhanced management 
and reporting process for climate risk. As well as WACI, other potential 
metrics under consideration include the percentage of the portfolio in 
carbon-intensive sectors, stranded asset exposure as a percentage of 
assets under management, and portfolio exposure to clean technology 
solutions. These metrics were considered at a Board Risk Committee 
workshop held to discuss the potential business impacts of transition 
and physical climate risks. Work to enhance the management and 
reporting of climate risk will continue in collaboration with our asset 
management and asset owner business units, with the aim of 
integrating climate risk metrics and monitoring into broader investment 
processes and aligning with the responsible investment framework.

We also continue to develop our scenario testing capabilities and have 
engaged with a climate risk consultancy to perform a focused exercise 
using their scenario modelling capability. Investigating different 
methodologies supports the Group’s ability to determine climate 
scenarios appropriate to its nature, scale and complexity. The potential 
impacts of different scenarios on the balance sheet were discussed in 
2020 with the Technical Actuarial Committee (TAC), which sets the 
methodology for the economic capital model. To date, the impacts 
have been indirectly incorporated into the economic capital model 
via the market risk calibrations. No additional adjustment is considered 
necessary at this time and this will be kept under regular review.

Our existing business continuity management programmes are 
assessing the risk of natural disasters, including those caused by 
significantly altered climatic conditions, such as increased frequency 
and severity of tropical storms or increased flooding. The Group 
remains focused on its operational resilience and is supplementing 
existing activities with scenario analysis to identify additional areas 
of vulnerability that may arise due to climate change, including assets, 
operations, third party supply chains and customers. Group Risk has 
trialled a number of dedicated risk management platforms and has 
shared the outputs with local business continuity teams to help inform 
assessment and management of physical risks to operations in 
territories for which they are responsible. 

Transparency and engagement
As well as the work to enhance internal management and reporting 
of climate-related information, we participate in external benchmarks 
to provide additional visibility to stakeholders on our climate-related 
activity. We aim continually to improve the transparency and utility 
of our reporting.

In 2020, we continued to participate in CDP (formerly the Carbon 
Disclosure Project) and maintained our score with a B grading 
(2019: B). We continue to participate in ClimateWise and received an 
improved score of 68 per cent (2019: 51 per cent), which we believe 
reflects the progress we have made over the year in our management 
and reporting of climate issues.

To help address industry issues, such as the limitation of climate-
related disclosures and evolution of data availability and climate risk 
modelling for financial market participants, we participate in industry 
bodies that can help drive improvements in risk management 
processes and lobby for improved standards.

We also seek to collaborate with peers and other investors to amplify 
the impacts of our activity in this area. These activities are described 
in more detail in the Responsible Investment section on page 101.

As noted in the list of material risks, the pace and volume of regulatory 
and legislative compliance developments poses a challenge to the 
Group. As part of our ongoing government relations activity, 
we regularly engage with regulators and monitor evolving climate 
risk-related initiatives that could develop into new regulation in the 
markets in which we operate. In a similar manner, we also engage 
constructively with policymakers and NGOs to shape the evolution 
of regulation and standards relating to climate risk. For example, 
during 2020 Prudential Hong Kong joined an industry-wide task force 
established by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority and Hong Kong 
Federation of Insurers to work on several areas within ‘green 
insurance’. More information on our engagement and regulatory 
interactions, including those related to climate risks and opportunities, 
can be found in the Responsible Investment section on page 101. 

Supporting an inclusive transition 
Our Asian markets include highly developed economies such as 
Hong Kong and Singapore that have diversified, service-led 
economies and mature financial markets, and emerging markets that 
are more dependent on primary and energy-intensive industries. 
These emerging markets have a greater reliance on fossil fuels in their 
generation mix, and less developed financial systems.

This means that the energy transition across the region is likely to 
proceed at a slower pace than for advanced economies as reflected 
in the countries’ Nationally Determined Contributions, as required by 
the Paris Agreement. This point was highlighted by Mr Ravi Menon, 
Managing Director of the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS). 
Speaking at a Financial Times Investing for Good Asia Digital 
Conference on 13 October 2020, Mr Menon noted that ‘Asia is at a 
different stage of development, with millions of people still lacking 
access to electricity, modern sanitation, and drinking water. While 
demand for affordable energy will continue to grow strongly, most 
Asian economies are still heavily dependent on fossil fuels for their 
energy needs and it is unrealistic to suddenly replace fossil fuels with 
renewable energy.’ 

For Prudential, this means that, while we are committed to an objective 
to decarbonise our investment portfolio, we are mindful of the need 
to implement the strategy in a way that acknowledges the nature of 
the markets in which we operate and seeks to share the financial and 
social burden of the transition in a fair manner. Our support for an 
inclusive transition aims to balance our responsibilities and obligations 
to all our stakeholders. 

We recognise the importance of coalition building in delivering an 
inclusive transition. As a member of the Sustainable Development 
Investment Partnership (SDIP), coordinated by the World Economic 
Forum with support from the OECD, we work with public and private 
sector institutions in emerging markets, particularly in South-east 
Asia, to scale domestic and international investment in sustainable 
infrastructure and promote energy transition. The SDIP’s ASEAN Hub, 
whose Steering Group Prudential has co-chaired since 2017, launched 
a Sustainable Investment Innovation Roundtable in 2020, a monthly 
forum to catalyse new ideas for scaling up investments to further 
the SDGs.

89

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Capturing opportunities
We also recognise that the implementation of our strategic ESG 
framework can generate opportunities for the Group. Some of these 
opportunities will come through our efforts to take early mitigating 
action against the climate risks we identify, including incorporating 
transition risk into investment decisions to reduce the risk of being 
exposed to stranded assets. 

Others will come through supporting an inclusive transition. 
The infrastructure and capital expenditure required to enable the 
transition represents attractive investment opportunities in many 
cases. For example, there is a role for institutions to both develop 
new products and invest in structures and mechanisms that enable 
a managed withdrawal from reliance on coal-powered electricity 
within developing economies.

In response to this, we have developed several responsible investment 
products that channel our customers’ savings towards ESG-themed 
investments, such as the Asia Sustainable Bond Fund recently 
launched by Eastspring. More information on our ESG-related 
investment activity is available in the Responsible Investment section 
on page 101.

Climate change is also likely to drive demand for new health products, 
given the linkage of climate change to human health through changes in 
the incidence of diseases and the emergence of new diseases. We have 
launched a dengue alert service to customers in some Asian markets 
through our Pulse super-app. The decision to offer the application 
reflects the increasing incidence of dengue fever in the region, driven 
by warmer temperatures and higher humidity. This alert service is 
complemented by the provision of affordable insurance plans for the 
markets in which dengue is prevalent – see Inclusive offerings within 
Making health and financial security accessible for more information.

Next steps
Over the next three years, we will work to strengthen management 
of climate risk across the Group. We will approach this as a Group-wide 
cross-functional initiative, with participation from our asset owner and 
asset manager businesses, risk, actuarial, and government relations 
colleagues.

Scenario analysis will be an important area of focus as we plan to move 
it into our mainstream risk management processes during 2021 and to 
begin internally reporting findings within Group and business unit level 
management information. As we further investigate how climate risk 
impacts our business in the long term, we aim to operationalise and to 
continue to increase the use of scenario testing. We plan to voluntarily 
run scenario tests emerging from regulators, such as the Bank of 
England’s exploratory climate risk scenario for banks and insurers 
in 2021.

We are aware that many companies have set targets in alignment 
with the Paris Agreement. We are in the process of assessing similar 
suitable targets in respect of the carbon emissions from our 
investments, given their importance within our overall emissions 
profile, and our overarching strategic commitment to decarbonising 
our investment portfolio.

In the interim, we continue to increase our level of ambition in relation 
to our own emissions footprint. This year we have set new and 
stretching targets for our Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas 
emissions, with the aim of becoming net carbon neutral across these 
two scopes by the end of 2030. More information on the 
environmental impact of our direct operations is available on page 114.

During 2021 we will continue to scale up our engagement strategy 
with key policy and political stakeholders around the COP26 
conference in November with a focus on financial sector issues 
to support the just transition and sustainable finance priorities 
in particular for emerging markets.

Case study

Helping Asia exit from coal: 
The Energy Transition Mechanism

Writing for the World Economic Forum as part of the Great Reset 
series in May 2020, Don Kanak, then chairman of Eastspring, 
outlined a proposal for a ‘Coal Retirement Mechanism’, which 
would accelerate the transition to renewables in developing 
countries where coal use is high and poised to grow – see  
www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/05/how-to-replace-coal-and-
accelerate-the-energy-transition-in-developing-countries/. An 
investment fund would be established in collaboration with national 
authorities consistent with climate commitments to purchase and 
retire coal fired power plants over 10 to 15 years, cutting short their 
expected lifetimes of 30 to 40 years or more. Investors in the fund 
would include developed country governments and multilateral 
banks with access to low-cost capital. The proposal is an example of 
how we are seeking to support the markets and communities in 
which we operate to manage the challenge of the energy transition.

Since then, the proposal has been updated and renamed as the 
Energy Transition Mechanism (ETM) and was published on the 
World Economic Forum as part of the 2021 Davos Agenda series. 
The ETM would accelerate the retirement of carbon-intensive 
power assets, dramatically expand demand for renewables, 
and provide time and resources for a just transition.  
www.weforum.org/agenda/2021/01/how-to-accelerate-the-
energy-transition-in-developing-economies. 

90

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedTCFD: Disclosure Alignment

Pillar

Governance
Disclose the 
organisation’s 
governance around 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities. 

Recommended  
disclosure

a) Describe the 
Board’s oversight of 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities.

Oversight of ESG 
(page 74); 
Response to 
climate-related 
risks (page 88)

Response reference 

Additional comments

Strategy
Disclose the actual 
and potential 
impacts of climate-
related risks and 
opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy 
and financial 
planning where 
such information 
is material.

b) Describe 
management’s role 
in assessing and 
managing climate-
related risks and 
opportunities.

Oversight of ESG; 
Governance (within 
the Responsible 
Investment section) 
(page 101)

a) Describe the 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities 
the organisation 
has identified over 
the short, medium, 
and long term.

Approach to 
climate-related 
risks (page 87); 
Capturing 
opportunities 
(page 90)

b) Describe the 
impact of climate-
related risks and 
opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy, 
and financial 
planning.

Our ESG strategy 
(page 71); 
Response to 
climate-related 
risks (page 88); 
Supporting an 
inclusive transition 
(page 89); Next 
steps (page 90)

Next steps 
(page 90); 
Capturing 
opportunities 
(page 90)

c) Describe the 
potential impact of 
different scenarios, 
including a 2°C 
scenario, on the 
organisation’s 
businesses, strategy, 
and financial 
planning.

Board oversight of climate change risk significantly strengthened:
 — In 2020 ESG was overseen by the Board through the Group 

Nomination & Governance Committee.

 — In early 2021, the Board established a Responsibility & Sustainability 
Working Group until May 2022 in order to ensure an appropriate 
level of Board engagement in, and oversight of, ESG matters 
(including climate change).

 — Board Risk Committee workshop held to evaluate the climate change 
risks facing the Group, discuss transition and physical risk concepts 
and review potential Key Risk Indicators (KRI).

Management oversight enhanced:
 — Group ESG Committee established to oversee ESG (including 

climate-related risks), chaired by the Group Chief Financial Officer 
and Chief Operating Officer, supported by senior functional leaders 
and representatives from the Group’s business units. 

 — Work is under way to bring climate risk into the scope of other 

relevant governance structures, such as the Group Responsible 
Investment Advisory Committee (GRIAC) that provides overall 
review and recommendations for policies on responsible investment 
activities including climate related investment strategies.

 — The Technical Actuarial Committee (TAC) is responsible for setting 
the methodology for Prudential’s assets, liabilities and capital 
requirements, which includes the consideration of climate change.

Risk identification work completed:
 — The risk identification and scenario process has identified six major 

risk categories.

Opportunities identified to support climate change mitigation 
and adaptation: 
 — The Pulse digital health platform supports the surveillance and 
diagnosis of diseases that are becoming more prevalent due to 
climate change. 

 — Investment products include the Asia Sustainable Bond Fund 

launched by Eastspring 

New ESG Strategic Framework being rolled out: 
 — A new framework includes stewarding human impacts of climate 
change as a key pillar via decarbonising the investment portfolio 
and pursuing an inclusive transition. The strategy will drive and 
shape the Group’s overall response to climate change in future years. 

Capacity building efforts continuing:
 — This includes membership of climate risk bodies, such as Climate 

Action 100+, and investor initiatives (eg, the PRI in an asset manager 
capacity). 

Adoption of further targets under review: 
 — Process underway to assess suitable targets in respect of the carbon 

emissions from our investment portfolio. 

 — Potential to explore further environmental/climate risk opportunities 

(such as the development of investment, insurance and digital 
products to support climate risk). 

91

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Response reference 

Additional comments

Pillar

Recommended  
disclosure

Risk management
Disclose how 
the organisation 
identifies, assesses 
and manages 
climate-related risks.

a) Describe the 
organisation’s 
processes for 
identifying and 
assessing climate-
related risks.

Approach to 
climate-related 
risks (page 87)

Material climate change risks facing the Group have been identified 
and assessed:
 — Relevant climate risks identified through the emerging risk, 
Group Principal Risk and Risk Identification processes. 

 — This output has been supplemented with an in-house analysis of 

transition risk across specimen insurance portfolios and a materiality 
assessment undertaken in collaboration with an external consultant.
 — Initial stress test of the Group balance sheet carried out to establish 
the broad quantum of financial exposure to transition and physical 
and liability risk. 

Policy surveillance and engagement/Peer benchmarking:
 — Regular monitoring of regulatory and policy initiatives globally 

has been initiated.

Climate-related risk is integrated into risk management 
considerations:
 — Developing metrics appropriate for the business, to support 

an enhanced management and reporting process of climate risk 
(eg WACI).

 — Analysis of the impact of climate change on capital modelling 
has been undertaken by Group Actuarial and submitted for 
consideration by TAC.

 — Regulatory change teams proactively adapting and complying with 

regulatory developments.

 — Operational resilience relating to climate risks captured by the Group 

Business Continuity Management programme. 

 — Active engagement with carbon intensive companies 

(including through industry collaborations).

b) Describe the 
organisation’s 
processes for 
managing climate-
related risks.

Response to 
climate-related 
risks (page 88); 
Next steps 
(page 90); 
Responsible 
Investment 
(Engagement)  
(page 103)

c) Describe how 
processes for 
identifying, 
assessing, and 
managing climate-
related risks are 
integrated into the 
organisation’s overall 
risk management.

a) Disclose the 
metrics used by 
the organisation 
to assess climate-
related risks and 
opportunities in line 
with its strategy and 
risk management 
process.

Response to 
climate-related 
risks (page 88); 
Next steps 
(page 90)

Further work to integrate climate-related risks in risk management 
processes under way:
 — Climate risk treated as a cross-cutting risk that has significant 
interdependencies with, and impacts on, other risk types.

 — Engagement with insurance industry forums and data providers 

to remain apprised of developments in this area.

Response to 
climate-related 
risks (page 88); 
Next steps 
(page 90)

Identification of potential metrics for measuring and reporting 
climate risk exposures completed:
 — ‘Proof of concept’ identified a set of potential metrics that could be 

used to assess and manage climate risk, including Weighted Average 
Carbon Intensity (WACI). 

Work underway to report additional climate-related metrics:
 — Appropriate metrics under consideration for each major asset class.

b) Disclose Scope 1, 
Scope 2, and, if 
appropriate, Scope 3 
greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions, 
and the related risks.

Environment 
(within Good 
governance 
and responsible 
business practices) 
(page 114)

Disclosures provided:
 — Scope 1 and 2 emissions (market basis) declined by 13.4 per cent 

to 48,840 tCO2e.

 — Intention to review our Scope 3 reporting boundaries and broaden 

these over time.

Next steps 
(page 90)

New environmental targets set:
 — Target includes an aim to be carbon-neutral across Scope 1 and 

Scope 2 emissions (on a full-time employee basis) by the end of 2030.
 — Process under way to assess suitable targets in respect of the carbon 

emissions from our investment portfolio.

c) Describe the 
targets used by 
the organisation 
to manage climate-
related risks and 
opportunities 
and performance 
against targets.

Metrics and targets
Disclose the metrics 
and targets used 
to assess and 
manage relevant 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities, 
where such 
information 
is material.

92

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedB D

E

3. Strategic Pillar:  
Building social capital

We are committed to building both our own human capital and our 
social capital with our broader stakeholders. We do this by promoting 
diversity in representation and thought, and fostering a culture of 
inclusion and a sense of belonging within our organisation. As an 
organisation, we depend not only on the trust of our people, but also 
the trust of the external world. As we develop our digital capabilities, 
we prioritise digital responsibility throughout our organisation. 
Our focus on the needs and interests of our users is central to our 
investment in new technologies, shaping how we interact with them 
and handle their personal data as our capabilities progress.

Diversity, inclusion and belonging 
We are committed to building our human capital, seeking to empower 
our people and unlock their potential. We do this by striving for 
diversity in representation and thought, and fostering a culture of 
inclusion and belonging within our organisation. During 2020, we 
launched a new inclusive purpose statement: We help people get the 
most out of life. 

Diversity and inclusion strategy
In 2020, we established a Global Diversity & Inclusion (D&I) Council, 
co-chaired by our Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating 
Officer and Group HR Director, with representation from colleagues 
across the Group. The Council replaces regional advisory committees 
and groups. During 2020, we also appointed our first Group Diversity 
& Inclusion Director to help support our ambition in this area. The D&I 
Council is responsible for defining our global D&I strategy and 
supporting programmes, promoting and championing D&I initiatives 
in respective business units and challenging the organisation when 
progress is limited. The Council reports to the Nomination & 
Governance Committee twice a year.

Case study

Defining inclusive leadership 
behaviours 

During 2020, as part of its commitment to establish 
inclusive leadership at all levels, the Global D&I Council 
held a workshop with representatives from across our 
businesses in order to define our inclusive leadership 
behaviours. The workshop concluded with a panel session 
with external speakers, entitled, ‘Leaders make change 
happen’. Our inclusive leadership behaviours are to:

 — Nurture inclusion – seek out and embrace diverse 

perspectives;

 — Cultivate transparency – provide visibility and display 

authenticity and vulnerability;

 — Actively sponsor – recognise, develop and support 

talent;

 — Drive accountability – take personal responsibility for 

behaviours and outcomes; and

 — Demonstrate care – demonstrate genuine care and 

interest in others.

These behaviours have been embedded into our 
leadership development frameworks and senior 
leadership recruitment processes, as well as into our new 
values. During 2021 we will continue to reinforce inclusive 
leadership and behaviours in development and training 
interventions to help our leaders and people to understand 
and embed the behaviours we wish to promote. We will 
also focus on embedding inclusive leadership traits into 
performance management objectives to reward the 
behaviours that strengthen belonging and enhance 
inclusion. Inclusive leadership behaviours will also form a 
part of our assessment of candidates during the 
recruitment process. 

93

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Our previous Group-wide D&I focus placed emphasis on attributes 
of diversity such as gender, ethnicity, nationality and experience. 
During 2020, the Group has also focused on inclusion, which 
represents the extent to which employees feel valued, respected, 
encouraged to fully participate, and able to be their authentic selves.

The Council has established a global D&I Charter with the goal to 
empower employees and create a sense of belonging by respecting 
and appreciating differences. The Charter is aligned to our purpose 
and states that the Council will deliver our purpose by creating 
a culture in which diversity is celebrated and inclusion assured, 
for our colleagues, customers and partners.

The Charter makes the following commitments:
 — D&I approach to be clear and public;
 — Establish inclusive leadership at all levels, role modelled 

from the top;

 — Illustrate how inclusive leadership drives innovation 

and supports greater connectivity;

 — Inclusion to be integral in the Prudential values which guide 

behaviours;

 — Reshape our recruitment, reward and recognition programmes 

to eliminate bias;

 — Engage suppliers and corporate partners committed 

to inclusive practices; and

 — Product offerings which address the diversity of our 

customer needs.

The D&I Charter also outlines our Group D&I Policy, which aims to 
actively promote employee diversity and provide equal opportunities 
to all who apply for and those who perform work within our 
organisation, including our Directors. The policy applies to all of 
our business units and promotes diversity irrespective of sex, race, 
age, ethnic origin, social and cultural background, marital or civil 
partnership status, pregnancy, maternity and paternity, any gender 
reassignment, religion or belief, sexual orientation, disability, or 
part-time/fixed-term working arrangements. The policy also promotes 
diversity of experience, skill sets and professional backgrounds and 
is reviewed annually by our Group HR Director. We give full and fair 
consideration to applications for employment made by disabled 
persons and make appropriate arrangements for continuing the 
employment of, and arranging training for, employees who have 
become disabled. We seek to promote the training, career 
development and progression of disabled persons, making appropriate 
adaptations where required. Chief Human Resource Officers across 
our business units are responsible for the implementation, monitoring 
and review of the policy locally and, as part of the management of the 
Group Governance Manual, each business unit confirms to Group HR 
that it has complied with all of our HR policies, including the D&I Policy. 

In line with our new D&I Charter, a number of initiatives have taken 
place during 2020 to improve inclusivity at Prudential. We have 
conducted a review of recruitment processes, with a new Group 
Recruitment Policy embedding D&I measures to be introduced in 
2021. We are working to mitigate bias in recruitment practices by 
reviewing the language used in job descriptions and by using more 
objective selection tools. During 2020, Jackson doubled the period 
of paid parental leave available to all new parents and quadrupled the 
benefit to cover adoption expenses. Parental leave arrangements in 
Asia were also reviewed, with changes including an increase in the 
period of paid leave by a third and the introduction of paid leave 
when an employee becomes a parent through adoption or surrogacy. 
Our HR function has formed a working group with our Risk function 
to more visibly encourage ‘speaking up’ and to find constructive 
ways to call out non-inclusive behaviour. This complements our new 
Consensual Relationship Policy and Discrimination and Harassment 
Policy, both of which apply from January 2021. These policies 
reflect our continuing commitment to a professional and supportive 
working environment, where everybody is treated fairly, has equal 
opportunities, and is respected and valued for their contributions 
to our Company.

D&I performance
As a signatory to the HM Treasury Women in Finance Charter since 
2016, we have a target of 30 per cent women in senior management 
by the end of 2021. At 31 December 2020 this figure was 32 per cent. 
The Hampton-Alexander Review set recommendations in 2016 for 
FTSE 350 companies to achieve a minimum 33 per cent target for 
women on boards and in the two layers of leadership below the board 
by the end of 2020. At the end of 2020, 29 per cent of our Board was 
made up of women. 

While we did not meet recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander 
Review as at 31 December 2020, Shriti Vadera replaced Paul Manduca 
as Chair on 1 January 2021 and Chua Sock Koong and Ming Lu will 
be joining the Board in May 2021. With these changes, following the 
retirement of Kai Nargolwala at the AGM, the representation of 
women on the Board will increase to 36 per cent. We have met the 
recommendation of the Parker Review to have at least one director 
from an ethnic group background on the Board. While our diversity 
figures have improved year-on-year, we recognise that we have more 
to do in this area. As such, during 2021 we will establish new diversity 
targets and our local business units will define their own targets and 
plans to meet these objectives. 

During 2020 we again submitted responses to the ShareAction 
Workforce Disclosure Initiative and the Bloomberg Gender Equality 
Index, being listed on the 2021 index for the first time.

94

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedPrudential headcount as at 31 December 2020

Gender diversity: senior management

Male

68%

72%

71%

75%

83%

2020

2019

2018

2017

Female

32%

28%

29%

25%

2012

17%

Gender diversity: all employees

Headcount

Total Male Female

Non-
binary

Undis-
closed5

 Unspeci-
fied4

Chair1 and 
Independent 
Non-executive 
Directors

Executive 
Directors

Group Executive 
Committee (GEC)
Includes Executive 
Directors

Senior Managers 2
Excludes the Chair1, 
all Directors and 
GEC members

Whole Company 3
Full Time 
Equivalent
Includes Chair1, 
all Directors, GEC 
members, Senior  
Managers

11

3

7

3

4

0

0

0

0

0

7

6

1

0

0

114

77

37

0

0

0

0

0

0

18,687 8,182 10,326

5

28

146

Notes
1   Chair has since been replaced with a female starting 1 January 2021.
2   The definition of Senior Managers in 2020 has changed and the number of 

Senior Managers has doubled compared to 2019 after the recategorisation.  
The 2020 Senior Managers definition includes the local business unit CEOs, 
Chief Officers and other business critical staff. 

3   Excludes Prudential Corporation Asia Joint Ventures.
4   No specification or information is captured on gender for an immaterial number 

of our employees. These employees are recorded as ‘unspecified’.

5   In some of our businesses, we provide our employees with the option to not 

disclose their gender. For these employees, gender is recorded as ‘undisclosed’.

Due to Covid-19, activities of the affinity networks at Prudential in 
2020 were limited, although some key events did take place. Across 
various locations, Prudential Corporation Asia’s PruPride network 
once again hosted a Pink Day in October, with active participation in 
Hong Kong, Vietnam, Taiwan, Cambodia and Thailand. A women’s 
network event with a virtual panel session in September, attended 
by 185 colleagues on the topic ‘Leaders make change happen’, 
was hosted by Group Human Resources Director Jolene Chen 
and Non-executive Director Alice Schroeder. Our new Board Chair, 
Shriti Vadera, hosted an in-person networking event in November 
with Eastspring colleagues in Singapore. Jackson’s business resource 
and affinity groups (BRAGs), each supported by one or more executive 
sponsors, continued their activities through the year: Pride (LGBT+); 
VIBE (Vision in Black Excellence); Jackson Young Professionals; 
Empower (women’s network); Enable (for disabled people); and 
Associates-in-motion (for pre-retirees). A focus for 2021 is to enhance 
our governance procedures and structures for affinity networks to 
support them through a global engagement programme to enhance 
employee engagement globally, regionally and locally.

Racial justice – Jackson’s response to the killing of George Floyd
In the aftermath of the killing of George Floyd in late May, the US 
experienced protests that raised awareness and heightened 
discussion of issues related to racial bias, structural racism and social 
justice. The ramifications of these events have broadly impacted 
society, including the business community and Jackson directly. 
Jackson’s leadership has actively engaged with associates on these 
issues and continues to engage on this issue. 

In the week following the killing of George Floyd, Jackson’s D&I 
Advisory Council held meetings with the Visions in Black Excellence 
(VIBE) affinity group and senior leaders to discuss the impact on 
associates and Jackson’s response. Jackson-wide communications 
from Jackson’s CEO reinforced the message of ‘One Jackson’ and 
encouraged associates to support each other. Jackson hosted a series 
of all-associate panels and training opportunities, including a 
‘Listening to our Peers’ panel to hear associates’ experiences with 
racism. Jackson and VIBE also held a celebration for Juneteenth and 
the PRIDE affinity network hosted a discussion with Liliana Reyes, 
a Latinx, transgender woman and civil rights activist.

Jackson also introduced two training courses that were mandatory 
for all associates. The first addressed the stereotype threat that 
exists when actions, conscious or not, contribute to persistent racial 
segregation. The second addressed the impact of affinity biases 
that influence workplace choices, based on perceived similarities 
and differences.

Jackson also made charitable contributions of $250,000 to NAACP 
Lansing Chapter, $100,000 to Urban League of Middle Tennessee, and 
$100,000 to Facing History and Ourselves in Chicago. This investment 
signals Jackson’s commitment to local philanthropy, which presents 
an opportunity to further engage Jackson’s affinity groups as partners 
in equitable community involvement. 

Employee engagement
Engagement with our people is a key priority for Prudential and 
the Board. Two of our Non-executive Directors, Kai Nargolwala 
for Asia and Africa and Tom Watjen for the US and the UK, were 
appointed to represent the interests of our people, a duty which they 
discharged through a range of interactions with staff during 2020. While 
the Covid-19 pandemic limited opportunities for our Non-executive 
Directors to interact with our people, a number of face-to-face meetings 
in small groups took place. Non-executive Director engagement was 
supplemented with virtual events and our Non-executive Directors also 
met colleagues through an array of remote events, including the Asia 
Virtual Regional Conference, staff town halls and meetings of the 
Jackson Diversity & Inclusion Council and the Global D&I Council.

95

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
B   E

Case study

Collaboration Jam

Our global employee survey highlighted employee 
communication and collaboration as an area for 
improvement. To further engage our people in defining our 
values as well as to signal our intent to foster open, honest 
and two-way dialogue across the Company, we hosted a 
Collaboration Jam in September 2020. A three-day inclusive 
online conversation, the Collaboration Jam provided a 
platform for colleagues to connect and co-create solutions for 
the issues that matter most to employees. More than 5,400 
colleagues participated, resulting in nearly 30,000 comments 
and posts. The most popular discussion threads were ‘Open 
Conversations’, ‘Listening to Others’ and ‘Change and 
Agility’. Building on this activity and the progress made to 
date, we will commence a three-year journey to embed the 
desired culture and position Prudential as a place where 
people can connect, grow and succeed. 

Following Kai Nargolwala’s retirement as a Non-executive Director at 
the conclusion of the 2021 Annual General Meeting and the planned 
separation of the Jackson business, the Board intends to transfer 
responsibility for workforce engagement activities to its newly 
established Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group, which is 
expected to operate until the 2022 Annual General Meeting. As part 
of this, it will also consider the best method for employee engagement 
in the longer term, to ensure this is tailored to the culture and strategic 
priorities of the refocused Group following the planned separation 
of the Jackson business, and make a recommendation to the Board 
for implementation following the 2022 Annual General Meeting.

Global employee survey  
We are committed to building a culture that is purpose-led, 
customer-focused, and digitally-savvy. In May 2020, we conducted 
an engagement survey to establish a baseline of cultural health and 
validate our proposed purpose and values in a bottom-up manner.

The survey was conducted using an industry-leading employee 
engagement platform that provides a range of surveys and broad 
global benchmarks across industries. More than 11,400 employees 
from Asia, Africa and the UK participated in the survey, producing 
a 95 per cent response rate. In the US, Jackson carries out its own 
employee survey and was therefore not included in this survey.

The engagement survey covered topics including leadership, 
communication, innovation, career and work-life balance. The survey 
design was based on academic research and good practice among 
organisational psychologists. The survey found that 85 per cent of 
colleagues are proud to work for Prudential. Areas for improvement 
include communication, collaboration, feedback and work-life balance.

Following the survey, briefings were conducted for the Group 
Executive Committee as well as the two Non-executive Directors 
responsible for workforce engagement. The Board received an 
update on the survey results in July 2020 and summary briefings 
were provided to stakeholder groups across the Company. Each local 
business unit has now undertaken detailed action planning in response 
to its results. Group-wide actions include the launch of a science-
based mental health and wellbeing app, the Collaboration Jam 
(see case study) and the strengthening of Speak Out, our Group-wide 
whistleblowing programme. 

96

Another global employee survey was undertaken in January 2021 
to help assess the effectiveness of actions taken during the year and 
to highlight our focus areas for 2021. We have made notable progress 
in many areas, including learning, feedback and recognition, and 
diversity and inclusion. Collaboration and communication was our 
most improved factor, up by 7 percentage points.

Leadership and talent development
To ensure appropriately targeted leadership and talent development 
initiatives, we define various leadership and talent segments across 
our Group. Our senior leaders continue to play a critical role in driving 
strategic initiatives, which advance the Group’s strategy and culture 
across our markets, business units and functions. To future-proof our 
success in an increasingly digital environment, we have redefined the 
leadership capabilities that we need to drive the business, focusing 
on inspiring followership when teams work both remotely and from 
an office; fostering innovation by enabling disruption while ensuring 
psychological safety; delivering at pace and scale through digital and 
agile practices; and developing sustainable commercial strategies to 
deliver aggressive business growth with social responsibility.

Within the leadership community, we focus on the Executive Council 
and the Senior Management Teams (SMTs). The Executive Council 
is a small group of individuals holding pivotal Group roles and with 
key capabilities for our future success. During 2020, we held 
virtual workshops with this group on positive resilience, creating 
psychological safety and sustaining team engagement in a remote 
setting. For the SMTs, we held culture workshops to mobilise teams 
around our shared purpose and to deepen trust and collaboration. 
We also provided a new performance coaching programme for 120 
of these leaders to specifically develop their coaching skills for remote 
settings, to help them better engage and empower their teams.

We have focused on capability building within our key talent pools. 
We conduct an annual talent review and identify successors for 
executive and senior leadership roles. To support this, during 2020 
we defined critical success profiles for senior leader roles. These were 
used to design our new Executive Development Centre, which will 
specifically target the business unit CEO pipeline. The critical success 
profiles have also been used to adapt our existing assessment centres 
across our talent pipeline.

For those identified as our most strategic talent pool, typically those 
who are currently SMT and have potential to grow to larger roles and 
be successors to our Group Executive Committee roles within five 
years, we have focused on ensuring they have exposure to Group 
strategic projects and expanded role responsibilities, and are provided 
with specific, tailored development interventions, where appropriate. 

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continued 
In January 2021, we launched a three-year Sponsorship Programme 
matching our most senior leaders to protégés, identified through our 
talent review process, enabling a more diverse talent pipeline to gain 
visibility and be considered for stretch opportunities and roles. 
During 2021, we also plan to provide an experiential culture leadership 
journey to around 200 of our senior leaders, with the aim of developing 
the behaviours needed to help build an inclusive culture and to create 
a space where our values can be actively demonstrated by everyone. 

We have also taken steps to deepen our functional talent pipeline and 
to accelerate the development of potential successors. Actions taken 
include the creation of a CFO development programme to accelerate 
identified business unit CFO successors and the provision of role 
expansion and enrichment opportunities for senior leaders in Group 
Digital. Jackson has focused on ongoing leadership capability 
assessments for its identified successors and high-potential population.

Where internal successors are not apparent, we aim to attract and 
retain the best talent across industries, irrespective of generation, 
culture or gender. We have further adapted our hiring practices to 
minimise unintentional systematic bias. Practices such as artificial 
intelligence-assisted job description/advertisements, use of 
psychometrics to evaluate fit to purpose and values, criterion-based 
interview methods with diverse panels, and a diverse candidate slate 
have all been introduced in key markets with wider roll-out through 
the introduction of our Recruitment Policy in early 2021.

We have continued to support and encourage mobility in our 
organisation to facilitate the sharing of knowledge and experience. 
Notwithstanding challenges from Covid-19, more than 100 people 
moved between our businesses in 2020. Specifically in our insurance 
growth markets, where this is a strategic priority, we held a virtual 
talent expo to introduce each business and its job opportunities.

In 2021, we will focus on continuing to broaden our talent pipeline 
and on building an environment where talent can most easily access 
the opportunities that match their aspirations. With increasing 
digitalisation and the need for digital skillsets and capabilities, we 
are providing our people with comprehensive training and learning 
opportunities to help them upskill, cross skill, and even reskill 
themselves to maximise their potential. 

Performance and reward 
We structure our reward arrangements to attract, motivate and retain 
high-calibre people. Our people contribute to the success of the 
Group and are rewarded accordingly. We recognise and reward 
high performance and are committed to a fair and transparent system 
of reward. Among our benefits, we offer employees competitive 
pension arrangements. 

Our UK business, Prudential Services Limited, has recently reported 
its 2020 UK Gender Pay Gap data and details can be found on the 
Group’s website (www.prudentialplc.com/esg). Three of the four 
gender pay gap figures have increased in 2020, largely driven by the 
demerger of M&G plc, which saw a number of women in senior roles 
transfer to M&G. The pay gap remains volatile year-on-year due to the 
small number of colleagues employed by Prudential Services Limited, 
which makes the calculation sensitive to any changes in roles. While 
female representation in our leadership roles has increased from 
25 per cent in 2017 to 33 per cent in 2020 in our London Head Office, 
the continuing pay gap reflects the fact that we have more men than 
women in leadership roles.

Remuneration is linked to the delivery of business goals, our values 
and expected behaviours. We ensure that our rewards for our people 
do not incentivise inappropriate risk-taking by assessing employees 
on ‘what’ they have achieved, and on ‘how’ they have done so. 

Case study

Supporting our people through 
Covid-19 

While the Covid-19 pandemic unfolded at different times 
and with varying levels of impact across our markets, all parts of 
the business were devoted to ensuring the physical, emotional 
and social health and safety of our people, taking into account 
employee preferences during this time. Almost all employees 
spent at least part of 2020 working remotely, in line with local 
restrictions and guidance. Asia has established a mental health 
strategy, emphasising virtual connections, as well as community 
engagement as part of our commitment to diversity and inclusion. 
Jackson and our London office have offered regular sessions on 
different aspects of wellbeing and stress management. To 
coincide with World Mental Health day, we held our first global 
wellbeing day in October. This consisted of a series of online 
sessions across all time zones, including a session in which our 
leaders shared their own stories about mental health challenges 
they have faced. The Board has received regular updates from 
management on how our people have been supported. Beyond 
this, it is essential that the Group reacts to the trends in workforce 
expectations that have been intensified and accelerated by the 
pandemic, particularly around new and more flexible ways of 
working. Each business is exploring how we can meet the 
expectations of existing and future staff about flexibility  
around schedules and location. 

97

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
The Jackson High Five Recognition Program enables individuals 
to recognise their colleagues in areas of creativity, empowerment, 
execution, impact, investment in relationships and respect. In our 
London office, Angel Court, the Prudential Stars awards enable 
individuals to nominate colleagues, recognising examples of 
exceptional contributions, specifically in the areas of delivering 
synergy, adding value, fostering innovation, demonstrating 
stakeholder focus and maintaining risk awareness.

We are committed to paying the London Living Wage to permanent 
and temporary employees, and to contractors who regularly work at 
our premises in the UK. We also believe in the importance of giving 
employees the opportunity to benefit from the Group’s success 
through share ownership, and operate share plans for employees in 
the UK and Asia. This includes the award-winning PruSharePlus plan, 
which enables employees in Asia to share in the longer-term success 
of the business and actively encourages share ownership and 
engagement. Similar all-employee share plans operate in the UK. 

Executive remuneration
The Group’s executive remuneration arrangements reward the 
achievement of Group, business, functional and personal targets, 
provided that performance is aligned to the Group’s risk framework 
and appetite and that our conduct expectations, as well as those of our 
regulators and other stakeholders, are met. Extensive information on 
executive remuneration is provided into the Directors’ remuneration 
report within the Annual Report.

In light of the Covid-19 pandemic, the Executive Directors agreed 
to voluntarily forgo their 2020 salary increases. On 1 April 2020, 
Executive Directors’ salaries were reduced to their December 2019 
level. In May 2020, Executive Directors’ pension benefits were 
reduced from 25 per cent of salary to 13 per cent of salary, aligning 
Executive Directors with the employer pension contribution available 
to the UK-based workforce.

As part of the three-year cycle, we presented an updated Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy at the 2020 Annual General Meeting and 
received the support of 95.8 per cent of shareholders in a binding vote.

In order to strengthen the community of interest between executives 
and other shareholders, remuneration is linked to sustained 
performance over the longer term. For example, 40 per cent of 
Executive Directors’ bonus is deferred in shares for three years. 
Executive Directors are required to meet shareholding guidelines 
and a two-year holding period applies to long-term incentive awards 
in addition to the three-year performance period. The 2020 Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy requires departing Executive Directors to retain 
a substantial interest in the Company’s shares for two years after they 
leave the Board.

To further increase transparency of executive remuneration and its 
alignment with the pay of other employees, we published our CEO pay 
ratio one year in advance of the disclosure becoming a requirement 
under the UK Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 
in the 2018 Directors’ remuneration report. Further information on our 
CEO pay ratio is detailed in the Directors’ remuneration report within 
the Annual Report.

Digital responsibility 
Digital innovation is central to our aim of helping our customers 
to be healthier and wealthier. We are ambitious and we act with 
integrity with regards to digital responsibility. We are resolute in 
our commitment to fairness, safety and transparency in the design, 
governance and operation of our digital ecosystem.

Digital responsibility and Pulse 
We are committed to providing robust security protection over both 
our Pulse app and customer data. Using the Monetary Authority of 
Singapore’s regulations as a leading standard, we have developed a 
master set of security controls, from which the core security features 
have been integrated into our Pulse app. These include multi-factor 
authentication as part of the device registration process, mandating 
minimum mobile device operating systems versions, prevention 
of jailbroken and rooted devices from using Pulse, and the secure 
transmission and storage of data.

Our Pulse ecosystem relies on partnerships with a range of third 
parties. All business partners we engage go through a detailed due 
diligence process to ensure that they meet our high standards on 
data security and protection requirements. We conduct information 
security and privacy impact assessments as part of the third-party 
management process to ensure that robust security and privacy 
controls are in place for all of our ecosystem partnership engagements.

To align the range of regulatory expectations and requirements 
across our businesses relating to customer privacy, we have 
developed the OnePulse Privacy Framework (OPF) to standardise 
the implementation of privacy controls. Referencing the General Data 
Protection Regulation (GDPR) requirements, the OPF outlines the 
mandatory and configurable controls to be built into our Pulse app, 
covering data subject rights, customer consent and privacy notices. 
More information about our approach to privacy is available below.

Data within our digital ecosystem is treated the same as all data in our 
organisation and is governed by the Group-wide Information Security 
Policy and Group-wide Privacy Policy. Pulse collects information about 
users in order to provide relevant services to them, which includes 
contact details, facial recognition information for log-in and fitness 
information from the user’s wearable devices. Health-related 
information is collected by our health partners (such as Babylon) 
directly and Prudential will only receive a user’s health information from 
our health partners with the user’s explicit consent. All information 
collected is transparent to the user through the Privacy Notice 
provided to them before user registration.

Information security 
Information security is rated as a principal risk in our business, 
demonstrating our continued commitment to securely managing 
the information our customers entrust to us. 

During 2020 we embedded a single Group-wide information 
security team leveraging skills, experience and resource globally 
via a ‘centres of excellence’ model. This new model supported 
increased collaboration and sharing of skills across the whole Group.

The global model has allowed us to consolidate and rationalise 
information security technologies and processes across the Group, 
enabling security services to become more consistent and effective. 
This is critical to our business as it ensures the appropriate assessment, 
management and assurance of all third parties with the potential to 
manage or impact Prudential Group data or systems. 

98

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedCase study

Response to challenges posed 
by Covid-19

The Covid-19 pandemic has resulted in a large-scale move 
to remote working, significantly changing the working culture 
for staff and agents, as well as the way we engage with customers. 
In response to these new ways of working, we scaled up secure 
remote access, including VPN services, in the early stages of 
the pandemic. Additionally, Prudential has leveraged existing 
collaboration toolsets and capabilities, which have been 
integrated with security services to enable more secure and 
efficient team working.

As part of the change to remote working practices, Prudential 
undertook a reassessment of all employee laptops to ensure that 
secure remote working software had been correctly deployed and 
configured. In addition, the assessment reviewed and ensured that 
all laptops are protected against known vulnerabilities, and a more 
stringent approach for remote access has been adopted. During 
2020, phishing campaign frequency was increased to monthly. 
Simulated phishing emails are tailored within regions and the 
sophistication of the techniques varies to ensure that staff 
are continually challenged to learn. The results of these campaigns 
and training completion rates are tracked across the Group to 
ensure that this remains an area of focus. 

1. Automation
Automation allows us to increase the speed and scale of our defences 
and reduce the need for human interaction in a number of incident 
types. This frees our team to focus on more challenging initiatives 
and on continuously maturing our security and privacy disciplines. 

Throughout 2020 we have continued to focus on automating security 
services to increase effectiveness and consistency and create 
efficiencies. As part of our approach to continuously integrate and 
deploy new tools into our Pulse ecosystem, we have introduced 
automated security testing toolsets. These help to ensure that security 
is integrated into the development life cycle from the beginning of 
the process, providing early feedback about any vulnerabilities.

2. Global Security Operations Centre (SOC)
A global SOC is in place to provide 24-hour threat and incident 
management and provides consistent, appropriate 24-hour support 
to our global businesses in the case of any suspicious event.

We retain membership of various intelligence-sharing networks, 
such as the Financial Services Information Sharing and 
Analysis Centre, and maintain industry relationships to support 
intelligence-sharing through our network of connections. 

The function of the Cyber Threat Intelligence team is to assist our 
teams and businesses in understanding the cyber threats we face 
and to focus on providing actionable intelligence. The ultimate goal 
of the intelligence provided is to guide our decisions to ensure the 
most relevant and impactful risks for our business are addressed. 

3. Accelerate development of people skills
Our staff are critical to protecting the information entrusted to us by 
our customers. Consequently, information security awareness training 
is an integral component in ensuring that our information and systems 

99

A refreshed Global Information Security Policy came into effect in 
2020 and was applied to all Group business units to ensure consistency 
in processes. The policy is mapped to numerous international and 
local standards including:

 — ISO27002;
 — NIST Cyber Security Framework;
 — The New York Department of Financial Services Cybersecurity 

Regulation;

 — The Monetary Authority of Singapore Guidelines on Technology 

Risk Management;

 — The Hong Kong Insurance Authority Guideline on Cybersecurity; 

and

 — The Bank Negara Malaysia Risk Management in Technology Standard.

This supports our global approach to security and our commitment 
to protecting the data entrusted to us by customers across our global 
footprint. The policy is also supported by a suite of technical standards. 
Our Security function retains its overarching commitment to protect 
the business, comply with all applicable laws and regulations, and 
support the growth of the Group securely.

Oversight and governance of information security 
The Group-wide Information Security and Privacy Committee defines 
and provides governance and the risk management framework for 
information security risks across the Group. This Committee meets 
at least quarterly and is a sub-committee of the Group Executive 
Risk Committee (GERC), chaired by the Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer. 

As a standing member of the GERC, the Group Chief Information 
Security Officer (CISO) provides regular updates to the GERC and the 
Group Risk Committee on the cyber threats facing Prudential and the 
progress of Prudential’s security programme. On a half-yearly basis, 
the Group CISO also holds a dedicated session with the Group Risk 
Committee to enable a more in-depth discussion on the cyber risk 
facing Prudential.

Our Group-wide framework for information security
The Group-wide framework for information security rests on four 
key tenets to defend and protect the Group, our information and 
our customers’ data. These are 1) automation, 2) Global Security 
Operations Centre, 3) accelerate development of people skills and 
4) continuous improvement.

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
remain safe. All members of staff, including temporary staff, across all 
our businesses are mandated to complete this training at least annually. 
Training is provided locally to support local languages and reflect any 
local regulatory and legal requirements, and completion is tracked 
within each business. The artificial intelligence skills of our digital 
security team are assessed and further development opportunities 
are provided to them.

Our Group Privacy Office continues to maintain oversight of privacy 
compliance. The office works with our businesses across Asia, Africa 
and the US to support and advise on ongoing privacy compliance as 
well as to provide a point of escalation for resolving data privacy issues. 
Privacy is integrated within the Group-wide Information Security & 
Privacy team, which reports to the Group CISO, giving coverage of 
each region and the different countries in which Prudential operates.

We have rolled out a programme across the Group to support 
information security staff through Certified Information Systems 
Security Professional (CISSP) training and accreditation. The CISSP 
is one of the most highly regarded professional accreditations for 
information security worldwide and covers a broad scope of security 
domains. The programme began in Jackson and has now been 
extended across the Group-wide Information Security team, with over 
40 members of the full-time security team across the Group holding 
the CISSP certification.

Throughout the year our Non-executive Directors have access to 
one-to-one training, often delivered by the Group CISO, on topics 
including cyber threats and privacy. This ensures that they can not only 
protect themselves and the information they handle on a daily basis, 
but also engage in Board-level oversight of information security risks 
from a more informed and confident position, something we consider 
to be essential to the oversight of our strategy and risk management. 

4.  Continuous improvement Given the rapid evolution of threats, the 
security and privacy disciplines need to be in a state of continuous 
improvement across the three dimensions of people, process and 
technology. The model to measure the maturity of our security and 
privacy programme has been completed, with progress being made on 
rationalisation and optimisation of technology solutions. 

The success of our information security programme is measured from 
both an internal and external perspective. Externally, benchmarking is 
conducted regularly to ensure that Prudential’s cyber security maturity 
level is above the industry, and internally we assess the organisation’s 
compliance level against the defined security controls as per our 
Group Information Security Policy and Group Privacy Policy and 
relevant standards. Security metrics, which measure the level of 
robustness of our security controls, are generated on a monthly basis 
to enable the organisation to respond and adapt to any potential 
adverse changes in our security position. 

Incident response and resilience
While our aim at Prudential is always to prevent incidents wherever 
possible, we must ensure that we are prepared to respond to any 
incident in a timely and effective manner. Incident response plans 
are developed, maintained and tested regularly, and the Group 
Information Security & Privacy team maintains a close working 
relationship with the business continuity and disaster recovery teams 
to ensure alignment of plans and support in the event of an incident. 
Regular scenario-based testing of these processes serves both to 
confirm the effectiveness of the plans and provide assurance that staff, 
including senior executives, are prepared for such an event. 

Privacy 
In 2020, a key focus was on driving consistency of approach to the 
management of data privacy issues in order to embed high standards 
across the Group and ensure compliance with the Group Privacy 
Policy. This was supported by the roll-out of a global privacy 
management platform across the Group to assist with management 
of privacy activities and to automate privacy control assessments 
where possible. Activities also took place to enhance and embed 
processes to ensure compliance with regional and local privacy 
requirements, including the California Consumer Privacy Act, 
which took effect on 1 January 2020.

AI ethics and governance
While the use of artificial intelligence (AI) could bring tremendous 
benefits, we are aware of the potential risks in deploying AI. Our Global 
AI Council, chaired by the Group Chief Digital Officer, is responsible 
for oversight of AI tools and their implementation in our business. The 
Global AI Council meets quarterly and includes a number of working 
groups, which review all projects incorporating AI and machine 
learning across our business units before they receive approval. 

During 2020, we developed a set of AI Ethics Principles, reviewed 
by the Global AI Council. The principles were approved by the 
Group Risk Committee, on behalf of the Board, which retains ultimate 
responsibility for setting the Group’s ethical standards. These 
principles sit alongside our Group Code of Business Conduct and 
set out the standards expected of our colleagues responsible for 
designing, developing and operating complex applications.

The principles are:

 — Effectiveness and value – we design tools with a clearly defined 

purpose to deliver value for our stakeholders;

 — Explainability and transparency – we are transparent that AI tools 
are used as part of our products and services and explain this 
simply;

 — Bias and fairness – we ensure that AI treats people fairly to avoid 

bias and unfair discrimination;

 — Robustness – we design AI tools that are highly reliable and robust;
 — Compliance – we comply and respect relevant regulations, 

including human rights laws;

 — Accountability and responsibility – we accept accountability 
and responsibility for the outcome of the use of AI tools;

 — Privacy and security – we respect user privacy and security; and
 — Assurance – we continuously review and monitor our AI 

deployment and outcomes to ensure that these principles are met.

The Global AI Council is supported by six working groups: 

1.   Products and pricing – to drive the automation of actuarial work;

2.   People – to upskill and certify the AI capabilities of all Prudential 

employees;

3.   Data – to align with Prudential’s data governance and management;

4.   Technology and platform – to review and approve AI technology 

and supplier choices;

5.   IP – to safeguard Prudential’s AI intellectual property; and

6.   Ethics – to approve AI prototypes for compliance with Prudential’s 

AI Ethics Principles.

As we invest in AI, big data and other technologies to deliver on our 
purpose, we are providing everyone in the organisation, regardless of 
their roles, with opportunities to learn more about these technologies, 
so that they can participate and contribute to helping our customers. 
For those who want to advance further, we have created an AI 
Bootcamp, consisting of a five-level certification process, which covers 
advanced AI, machine learning, data analytics, as well as AI use in 
healthcare and finance. An overarching theme of the bootcamp is 
AI for good and helping families and communities in need.

100

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedA   D

4. Strategic Enabler:  
Responsible investment

As a significant allocator of capital in financial markets, our commitment 
to responsible investment encompasses our role as both asset owner 
and asset manager. In that capacity, we play a vital role in the transition 
to a lower carbon economy. We seek to apply ESG considerations 
more broadly in our investment decisions and our fiduciary and 
stewardship duties, including ensuring that our investment decisions 
are aligned with our values around diversity and support our primary 
focus on healthy lives. 

Governance 
As with other ESG matters, responsible investment activity is overseen 
by the Group ESG Committee. More information on the Group ESG 
Committee is provided in the report introduction. 

Operational responsibility for responsible investment activity is 
delegated to the Group Responsible Investment Advisory Committee 
(GRIAC). The GRIAC is constituted as a sub-committee of the Group 
ESG Committee and provides a forum for Group and business units to 
consider responsible investment approaches. The GRIAC is co-chaired 
by Prudential Corporation Asia’s Chief Investment Officer, Insurance 
Investment and Co-CIO, Eastspring, respectively senior executives 
within our main asset owner and asset management businesses. Other 
permanent members include the CIOs of the major life businesses and 
the President, CEO and CIO of PPM, as well as representatives from 
the Group Finance and Group Risk functions.

As a significant allocator of 
capital in financial markets, 
our commitment to responsible 
investment encompasses our 
role as both asset owner and 
asset manager. In that capacity, 
we play a vital role in the 
transition to a lower 
carbon economy.

Asset owner/asset manager relationship
Historically, Prudential has adopted a principles-based approach 
to coordinate responsible investment activity across the Group. 
These principles have been codified into standards, which are set out 
in the Group Responsible Investment Standards (GRIS) and govern 
the conduct of responsible investment activity across the Group.

These principles set the tone and parameters under which the Group’s 
asset owner and asset manager businesses develop responsible 
investment policies appropriate to the markets in which they operate. 

During 2021, we will seek further to develop our asset owner 
Responsible Investment Policy and align expectations across our 
asset manager mandates, including how ESG considerations will 
be monitored and measured over time.

Our approach to responsible investment reflects our belief that the 
quality of corporate governance practices, and how companies 
manage the environmental and social aspects of their operations, 
are material to reducing risk and delivering superior financial returns 
and, ultimately, longer-term shareholder value. It also recognises 
that responsible investment requires a patient approach and an 
understanding that changes in corporate behaviour should support 
shareholder value over time.

Asset owner level
Direction
Apply principles, standards and decision-useful framework 
to implement Group ESG strategy.

Asset manager level
Direction
Apply investor-specific policies and processes to meet requirements 
of principles-based framework.

Activity/implementation
Interpret Group ESG strategy with respect to responsible investment 
principles.

Activity/implementation
Asset manager to clearly articulate RI policies and approaches 
to Group-level approaches.

Identify and consider alignment to global standards and frameworks 
to inform the Group-level approach.

Asset manager demonstrates process consistency.

Define how frameworks will apply Group-wide.

  101

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Case study

ESG integration case study: 
Multinational car company 
challenged to meet new 
regulations 

ESG consideration
During the review of a multinational automotive corporation 
headquartered in Europe, PPM’s research analyst noted 
concerns about the company’s ability to meet European 
carbon dioxide emission standards, which could lead to 
meaningful regulatory fines and negative consumer views 
given the increasingly environmentally conscious consumer. 
Despite what PPM believed was a solid company balance 
sheet (strong net industrial cash position and significant gross 
liquidity), its analyst viewed the company as behind other 
automotive corporations in its investment in and development 
of electric vehicles.

PPM analysis
Electric vehicle penetration gained momentum in early 2020  
at the onset of Europe’s tougher emissions rules. Effective 
1 January 2020, the rules imposed more stringent targets for 
passenger cars and vans – based upon average fleet-wide 
carbon dioxide emissions (g/km).

PPM’s research team discussed the issue in detail during an 
investment grade review of the automotive industry that 
assessed the company’s positioning among its peers. The 
research revealed that the company had one of the largest 
percentage gaps in reducing its year-on-year average 
fleet-wide carbon dioxide emissions versus its peers and was 
at the most risk of not meeting standards. While the potential 
monetary fines were viewed as manageable, the company 
would be required to undertake significant investment in 
research and development to catch up with the leaders in the 
industry, or risk losing meaningful market share.

Outcome
Considering all factors related to the risk and return of the 
company, the changes to regulations, and the company’s 
progress in developing electric vehicles and increasing its mix 
to meet emissions standards, PPM downgraded its internal 
rating. Its analysts will continue to monitor the company’s 
improvements toward emissions goals alongside company 
fundamentals. 

102

ESG integration
We seek to integrate ESG factors into our investment decisions, 
alongside traditional financial analysis, to better manage risk and 
generate sustainable, long-term returns for our customers. 

Within Eastspring, the Singapore-based equity team focuses on 
exploiting opportunities where risk perceptions and expectations have 
become misaligned. ESG issues are incorporated into the fundamental 
analysis and decision-making process to the extent that the team 
believe they could have a material impact on a company’s valuation 
and financial performance. Similarly, for the fixed income team, only 
ESG issues that are material to the issuer’s credit fundamentals and the 
valuation of the bond are factored into the analysis. For both equity 
and fixed income, companies are not excluded solely on perceived 
ESG issues.

This approach to integrate only material ESG factors into investment 
decision making does not preclude investment in sustainable 
investment opportunities. For example, in August 2020 Eastspring 
invested THB 1 billion ($30 million) in the Thai government’s inaugural 
THB 30 billion sustainability bond. The bond carries a 15-year 
maturity, with proceeds divided between a project to expand the 
Mass Rail Transit System and to support various expenditures under 
the government’s Covid-19 Rehabilitation Package.

PPM follows a broadly similar approach to Eastspring. ESG factors are 
incorporated into the investment process where it is believed they may 
have a material impact on the financial performance of the investment. 
Investments are not automatically excluded at strategy or fund level on 
ESG grounds. Rather, the manager works with clients, who will specify 
exclusion lists unique to their ESG values and requirements.

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedProxy voting
Alongside engagement, voting is considered part of the investment 
process and the pathway to value realisation. It is therefore integral to 
our stewardship responsibilities. By exercising our votes, we seek both 
to add value and to protect our interests as shareholders. We consider 
the issues, meet company management if necessary and vote 
accordingly. Where possible, we seek to discuss any contentious 
resolutions with investee companies before casting our votes in order 
to ensure that our objectives are understood, and our votes will be cast 
in the best interests of our investors and clients.

Where appropriate, we use third-party investment advisers to aid the 
process of making proxy voting decisions. Both Eastspring and PPM 
engage Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), a fellow signatory to 
the United Nations-supported Principles for Responsible Investment 
(PRI), to provide administrative assistance in connection with 
voting proxies. 

The policies and guidelines of the proxy advisers are periodically 
reviewed to understand the nature of their recommendations and test 
their compatibility with our requirements. However, specific policies 
and advice from the proxy adviser are not applied mechanically. We 
always apply our judgement and decide how to vote on each resolution 
on its merits in the context of the principles of our proxy policy.

In Asian and emerging markets, proxy voting activity is commonly 
focused on governance matters, with fewer shareholder resolutions 
focused on environmental or social matters. However, our equity team 
actively vote and take any material ESG issues that have been identified 
into consideration. 

While our equity teams are typically supportive of company 
management, where applicable we use proxy voting actively to signal 
to management our expectations for improvement in behaviours. 

In 2020, Eastspring voted on 99.63 per cent of the total number of 
proxy votes in which it was eligible to vote. Eastspring voted with 
management recommendations 90.33 per cent of the time and voted 
against management recommendations 9.67 per cent of the time. 
Please refer to Eastspring‘s website for more information on its proxy 
voting record www.eastspring.com/about-us/responsible-investment.

D

Stewardship and engagement
As custodians of our customers’ assets, it is important that we act 
in ways consistent with our stewardship responsibilities. This means 
seeking to maximise the long-term capital growth of the assets 
entrusted to us, while remaining accountable to our customers for 
our actions and being aware of our duty to uphold their best interests 
when carrying out investment activities. We aim to meet these 
requirements in several ways, including:

 — Pursuing an active investment policy that aligns engagement 
activity with the long-term investment thesis to hold the asset 
in the portfolio;

 — Treating shareholder voting rights as a valuable asset and seeking 

to vote all holdings;

 — Developing and adhering to principles of conduct governing our 
stewardship activities, including the fiduciary relationship with 
customers; and 

 — Ensuring that our approach to stewardship is aligned to best 

practice. Notably, Eastspring is a member of International Corporate 
Governance Network (ICGN) and its stewardship approach is 
aligned with the ICGN Global Stewardship Principles and ICGN 
Global Governance Principles. It is also a member of the Asian 
Corporate Governance Network, which seeks to promote high 
standards of corporate governance across the Asia-Pacific region.

Engagement
Engagement is a core part of providing effective stewardship and an 
important means of generating long-term value. We seek to encourage 
business and management practices that support sustainable financial 
performance through constructive interaction, based on our in-depth 
knowledge of the companies and their business environment. 

Our approaches to engagement vary across our asset owner and 
asset manager businesses, reflecting differences in local investment 
practices and norms, and consistent with the Group’s principles-based 
framework to coordinate its responsible investment activities. 
However, within this broad framework, some common principles 
and practices apply. These include: that engagement is an important 
way to identify material risks and opportunities to investment; that 
maintaining a continuing and open dialogue with management is key 
to building relationships, and thus effective influence; and, that 
collaboration with other investors (through bodies such as Climate 
Action 100+ or the Asia Investor Group on Climate Change (AIGCC)) 
is a helpful way to amplify the effectiveness of our engagement activity 
on ESG issues. The use of voting rights is also an important means 
to signal investor preferences to company management and it is the 
Group’s policy to vote on their holdings (see Proxy voting below).

The level of conviction to hold a particular investment can be impacted 
by the results of engagement. Where conviction levels fall below an 
appropriate level, the position may be divested. This was the case, 
for example, with a recent engagement by Eastspring with a company 
providing education services. During our engagements, the company 
did respond with some improvement to their initial proposed corporate 
governance. However we did not have a sufficient level of confidence 
in the standard of governance or controls in place to avoid future 
contentious proposals. Given the lower level of conviction around the 
range of potential outcomes we felt there was insufficient valuation 
support to compensate for observed risks and Eastspring exited 
the position. 

Both Eastspring and PPM undertake company engagements focused 
on both financial and non-financial matters on an annual basis. 
With respect to specific engagements related to material ESG issues, 
Eastspring’s equity and fixed income teams have conducted over 
300 unique engagements in 2020, in addition to engagement on 
financial issues with companies.

  103

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Engagement activity through 2020: Notable examples
In order to highlight the breadth of topics and engagements that have taken place, we provide a selection of recent engagement case studies 
under the ‘Environmental’, ‘Social’ and ‘Governance’ headers. Often, the engagements span more than one ESG dimension, and where this 
is the situation, the case study is allocated to the ESG category on the basis of a judgement as to which dimension is more material. 

Social (labour rights, health and safety) 

  Case study

Malaysian Equity Team, Malaysia 
Company C is a large global glove manufacturer. 

Objective: To determine whether the company was putting 
processes in place to improve labour practices.

Process: In June, we engaged with Company C following 
allegations of forced labour practices from a UK Channel 4 report. 
We noted that these allegations, which were brought up in 
December 2018, had resurfaced and that the company had made 
progress in rectifying these claims.

In July, we sought further clarification from management when 
 the US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) placed a detention 
order on disposable gloves manufactured by some of the 
company’s subsidiaries. Management shared that they had 
remedied some of the key issues, such as retention of identification 
documents, and were looking into the reimbursement of 
recruitment fees. 

We engaged again in November, following an accident that  
resulted in the amputation of a worker’s arm. The purpose of this 
engagement was to remind the company to take remedial actions  
to keep workers safe and close gaps that may contribute to 
accidents. Subsequently, it was uncovered that the worker had  
not followed the company’s standard operating procedure, which 
the company will investigate remedying with extensive education. 
It has continued to improve its training programmes by adding 
training in native languages, revamping on-site training to include 
accident-prone areas, and increasing training hours. 

Outcome: While we recognised that the company had made 
significant improvement in labour market practices, we continue 
to stress to management that, as one of the largest glove 
manufacturers in the world, it needs to set better standards 
and be vigilant about ESG issues, and we will continue to engage 
with it on labour issues into 2021. 

Environmental

  Case studies

Global Emerging Markets Equity Team, Singapore: 
Environmental engagement 
Company A, a Korean power company, is a valuation outlier and 
has been a long-term holding, with which we have maintained 
ongoing engagement. 

Objective: Our engagement is aimed at understanding its 
long-term strategy around transition to a low-carbon economy, 
to enable us to perform our fiduciary duties and decisions around 
proxy voting from a well-informed position.

Scope: In 2020, we engaged with Company A in a discussion 
about the company’s long-term strategy for dealing with carbon 
emissions. It shared that it has a long-term plan to increase 
renewable energy and to reduce dependence on coal-fired power 
generation. We discussed the future of the power company’s 
overseas coal power projects and its commitment in October 2020 
to not build any overseas coal plants going forward, but only 
energy-efficient, renewable-type plants. This is aligned with its 
commitments to grow renewable energy domestically, add no new 
coal power plants, start to close coal-fired capacity, and to invest 
in technology to reduce carbon emissions. Notably, the company’s 
overseas coal project plants in South Africa and the Philippines are 
being converted to liquefied natural gas (LNG) or terminated.

Subsequently, we engaged with the company on its anti-corruption 
policies. In response to corruption issues, it has responded by 
putting in place governance structures that include enhanced 
processes, training and monitoring.

Outcomes: Demonstrating a response through restructuring and 
capital allocation towards renewable energy, and improvement 
to governance structures.

Japan Equity Team, Singapore 
Company B is one of the world’s largest steel producers.

Objective: Our ongoing engagement since 2017 is aimed at 
understanding the company’s position on three key issues: 
carbon emissions and energy usage (including disclosure policies), 
board governance and structure, and workplace safety.

Process: In 2020, our three engagement meetings focused on 
potential structural change in the industry and the need to reduce 
capacity, and progress in implementing new (hydrogen-based) 
steel-making technologies. The team also discussed the potential 
impact of recent regulation by the Japanese government aimed at 
reducing coal-fired power generation capacity. The engagement 
was also undertaken in fulfilment of our obligations as a member 
of the Climate Action 100+.

Outcome: We observed that management was making good 
progress towards finalising specific medium and long-term 
climate change targets, as part of the ultimate target of becoming 
carbon-neutral by 2050. In terms of board governance and 
structure, the company sought and received approval from 
shareholders in June 2020 to transition its governance model. 
The dialogue has supported the case for continued investment 
in the company.

104

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedD

Capacity building, collaboration and industry  
and regulatory engagement
We continue to seek opportunities to build capacity and enhance 
capabilities within our responsible investment practices. In August 
2020, Eastspring participated in a sustainability benchmarking process 
and capacity-building exercise with the World Wide Fund for Nature 
(WWF), one of the world’s largest independent environmental 
organisations. WWF works with industry associations, regulators, 
stock exchanges and investors in Asia to support ESG risk analysis and 
opportunity identification. The benchmarking process is being used 
as an enabler to further embed sustainability into the business and is 
aligned with the Group’s strategic focus areas. As part of an ongoing 
focus on continuous improvement to meet our sustainability ambitions, 
Eastspring has incorporated actions from the benchmarking exercise 
into four sustainability work streams focused around purpose, 
governance, climate strategy and responsible investment. Eastspring 
also participated in the Asia Investor Group on Climate Change 
(AIGCC) Climate Change Training Project Advisory Committee, 
the region’s first accredited climate change training.

Collaboration 
We continue to view collaboration with investors through collective 
initiatives and industry bodies as another way to build capacity and to 
amplify the effectiveness of our engagement activity. Two examples of 
collective bodies in which we participate are Climate Action 100+ and 
the AIGCC. Climate Action 100+ is an investor-led initiative to engage 
systemically important greenhouse gas emitters across the global 
economy. The AIGCC aims to raise awareness and encourage action 
among Asia’s asset owners and financial institutions about the risks 
and opportunities associated with climate change and low-carbon 
investing. Where appropriate, some of our engagements are 
coordinated through these bodies. 

We have aligned our responsible investment approach to industry 
best practice through our support for the United Nations Principles 
of Responsible Investment. Ninety-nine per cent of Prudential Hong 
Kong’s investment portfolio is managed by asset managers that are PRI 
signatories. Prudential supports PPM’s and Eastspring’s membership 
as PRI signatories. Eastspring has been a PRI signatory since February 
2018. In 2020, it submitted its first official PRI Report and achieved A+ 
scores across two categories and A scores across four categories, well 
above the median scores for the PRI’s asset management signatories. 
An A+ score was achieved for Strategy and Governance and ESG 
Integration in Listed Equities modules; and an A rating was awarded 
for Listed Equities – Active Ownership, Fixed Income – SSA, Fixed 
Income – Corporate (Financial), and Fixed Income – Corporate 
(Non-Financial). 

PPM became a signatory in October 2018 and received an A score for 
its approach to Strategy and Governance, placing it among the top tier 
of asset managers in this category.

Governance (Board composition and diversity) 

  Case studies

Japan Equity Team, Singapore 
Company D is a Japanese international chemical manufacturing 
company.

Objective: Gain a better understanding of the corporate 
governance structure and practices to perform our fiduciary duties 
and decisions around proxy voting from a well-informed position.

Process: In January, we conducted a discussion with the company 
on its broad ESG approach and its specific positioning for meeting 
environmental product demands (eg bioplastics). We also 
highlighted the need for improvements in board structure and 
function and the nominations and succession process.

We continued our engagement in July, when we conducted a 
discussion of the ongoing evolution of its governance structure 
and approach and its oversight and management ownership of 
ESG-related matters. In our ongoing engagements, we have noted 
that the company’s board and broader governance structures 
have shown a significant step forward (eg improving board 
independence, voluntary committee structure). 

The company has noted that these changes are, partially, 
in response to our ongoing engagement. It also detailed its 
increased focus on ESG with a new ESG committee that reports 
directly to the board. We were satisfied that ESG governance and 
management ownership appear to be improving. 

Beyond this progress, however, we have also discussed that we 
would like to see continued progress in terms of board independence, 
diversity, and change to an independent committee system.

Outcome: Gained clarity on timeline for implementing PRI 
framework and the company’s efforts on ESG.

Japan Equity Team, Singapore 
Company E is a credit card issuer and transaction processing company.

Proxy Voting Objective: Proxy vote signals the accountability 
of chairman and CEO for the delivery of poor longer-term returns.

Process: The current chairman has been both chairman and CEO 
since 2000. Over this period return on equity (ROE) has been weak 
and has further deteriorated over the past three years. Although 
the company’s management did seek to buy back some shares, 
we did not feel this was sufficient to address the issue. We felt a 
clear strategy needed to be articulated to grow the business, 
amid fierce competition from other traditional credit card players 
and new cashless players. 

A vote was due to be held at the company AGM to re-elect 
the chairman (and other directors). While our proxy adviser 
recommendation, and company management vote was ’For’ 
the re-election of the Chairman, we decided to vote ‘Against’ 
re-election on the basis of his accountability for the poor historic 
performance of the company. 

Outcome: In addition to acknowledging the company’s historic 
delivery of poor trend returns, our analysis suggests the company 
has a good platform and there is sufficient valuation upside to 
support our level of conviction around the overall governance of 
the company. However, our vote ‘Against’ the re-election of the 
chairman signals our position in relation to accountability for historic 
performance and the need for a change in leadership to support 
a clear strategy for growth.

  105

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Regulatory and industry engagement
It is important that our strategic approach to responsible investment develops in line with broader thinking around the issue. Therefore, we seek 
to engage with policy bodies and regulators in the markets in which we operate to both shape the debate and to align our approach to evolving 
best practice on the topic. Some examples of notable industry engagements and collaboration undertaken during 2020 are:

BU

Theme

Regulatory/industry initiative

Group (Prudential plc)

Global/regional initiatives

Prudential Hong Kong Ltd 
(PHKL)

Sustainable insurance

Prudential Assurance Company 
Singapore (PACS)

Sustainable insurance

At a Group level, our compliance and government relations functions 
provide input to regulatory consultations and engage with 
international bodies, such as the Sustainable Development Investment 
Partnership (SDIP) – an initiative of the World Economic Forum (WEF) 
– and the Institute of International Finance (IIF) that are active in setting 
standards for responsible investment. Notable examples of Group 
engagement activity through 2020 include the monitoring of the work 
of the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) and input 
into the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (IAIS) 
paper on the Supervision of Climate-related Risks in the Insurance 
Sector, jointly with the Sustainable Insurance Forum (SIF).

PHKL participates in the Green Insurance task force established in 
2020 by the Hong Kong Federation of Insurers. This supports the 
Green and Sustainable Finance Cross-Agency Steering Group, of 
which the Hong Kong Insurance Authority is a member. Discussions 
are at an early stage, but the focus of the taskforce will be on 
generating industry-wide actions to promote sustainable and 
environmental business practices, as well as to develop regulatory, 
green product and investment frameworks.

PACS is a member of the Sustainable Insurance Taskforce. It is working 
with the MAS (Monetary Authority of Singapore), LIA (Life Insurance 
Association), GIA (General Insurance Association) and SRA 
(Singapore Reinsurance Association) to develop a set of sustainable 
insurance guidelines.

PCA Life Assurance Taiwan 
(PCALT)

Stewardship

PCALT is a signatory to the Taiwan Stock Exchange’s ‘Stewardship 
Principles for Institutional Investors’.

Eastspring

Risk management

Eastspring contributed to a consultation paper by the Investment 
Manager Association of Singapore which consolidated industry 
feedback to MAS on proposed guidelines for environmental 
risk management.

Responsible investment

Eastspring participated in an online seminar hosted by the UNPRI 
and Korea Financial Investment Association (KOFIA).

ESG funds

The event aimed to help educate Korean institutional investors on 
socially responsible investment/responsible investment concepts, 
both ensuring a basic level of understanding of responsible investment 
and providing the opportunity to learn how investor peers have been 
undertaking responsible investment.

Eastspring participated in a group meeting with The Securities 
and Futures Commission of Hong Kong (SFC) on key proposed 
enhancements for ESG funds, which sets out the expectations 
on how the existing Code on Unit Trusts and Mutual Funds and 
disclosure guidance would apply to ESG funds.

Responsible investing 
(fixed income)

Eastspring Singapore co-hosted a virtual roundtable with Asian 
Investor discussing key opportunities and challenges in incorporating 
ESG within Asian fixed income portfolios.

106

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedProduct development and client engagement
We are continuing to expand our ESG offering to clients to meet the 
growing demand for responsible investment products in our markets. 
In December 2019, Eastspring launched the Asia Sustainable Bond 
Fund, which supports sustainable objectives, as well as meeting client 
needs for an ESG-themed investment product. Our Singapore and 
Hong Kong-based life businesses are anchor investors into the fund. 
While the fund’s AUM remains modest at $73 million, during 2020 
Eastspring continued to engage with interested gatekeepers from 
both retail and institutional investors on the Asia Sustainable Bond 
Fund strategy, as it builds its performance track record with a view 
to increasing third-party investment. The fund follows an absolute-
return targeting strategy and does not target a specific benchmark. 
Notwithstanding this, recent performance compares well with broadly 
similar indices, such as the JPMorgan Asia Credit – ESG Index.

In November 2020, Prudential Hong Kong, through its participating life 
fund, provided the cornerstone funding for a new ESG ETF provided 
by BlackRock through its iShares unit. The fund tracks the MSCI USA 
Minimum Volatility ESG Reduced Carbon Target Index, which reduces 
greenhouse gas emission intensity by 63 per cent and exposure to 
fossil fuel reserves by 95 per cent, relative to the parent benchmark.

Other significant ESG-themed asset owner initiatives through 2020 
include the adoption by Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad of 
sustainable investing strategies for local equity investment within its 
PRULink Strategic Fund, and the initiation of a project by PT Prudential 
Life Assurance (PLAI) to publish ESG scores for all its investment-
linked product (ILP) funds. PLAI is also in the process of changing 
the benchmark for one of its existing ILP funds to a new ESG index 
(the IDX ESG Leaders) developed by the Indonesia Stock Exchange.

Outlook for 2021 and next steps
Prudential recognises that strengthening our approach to responsible 
investment is an ongoing and long-term process that we expect will 
evolve over time. 

For 2021, as an asset owner, we expect to take further steps to expand 
and make more explicit our expectations of asset managers in the 
areas of ESG integration and engagement. The recent establishment 
of Eastspring Portfolio Advisers (EPA) will help to facilitate and 
implement our asset owner requirements with asset managers. 
EPA is our investment centre of excellence for tactical asset allocation, 
model portfolio construction, manager selection, liability-driven 
investments and solutions and derivative expertise. From an asset 
owner perspective, EPA will integrate ESG in all relevant processes 
within its remit. EPA’s complete view of the asset owner portfolio 
will contribute to a holistic and coherent approach on ESG. 
The establishment of EPA has also created a platform where the 
asset owner and the asset manager can discuss, monitor and advance 
the ESG initiatives.

As well as these steps to improve the alignment of asset owner and 
asset manager objectives, we will continue to develop our overall 
approach by identifying and aligning with selected global standards 
and initiatives that help to frame and inform our principles-based 
approach to the impacts and opportunities of ESG. In this context, 
our Asian business is investigating becoming a PRI signatory as an 
asset owner in 2021.

By taking ESG issues into account, we can meet our clients’ financial 
expectations, serve their other long-term interests and meet the 
expectations of society.

  107

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A D

5. Strategic Enabler: Community 
engagement and investment  

Our approach to community investment
Our community investment strategy is closely aligned with our 
business purpose and with our stakeholders’ concerns and interests. 
Our strategy is focused around health and resilience issues relevant to 
the communities in which we operate, education (particularly financial 
education) and building resilience across communities. This is 
underscored by a desire for strong employee engagement in the work 
we do. Our strong contribution continues to improve lives and build 
communities, wherever we work. Our relationships with our charity 
partners are long term, involving support through both funding and 
skills-based employee volunteering.

Governance of community investment
Our businesses are guided by the framework for investing in the 
community, as laid out in our Group-wide Community Investment 
Policy and the Group’s ESG strategy. Within that framework they 
have the autonomy to manage their own community investment 
programmes. For business units in Asia and Africa, Prudence 
Foundation, a unified charitable organisation governed by a statutory 
board of directors, provides regular review of strategy and spending 
for community investment, which maximises the impact in these 
regions. In the US, a governance committee of Jackson and the 
Jackson Charitable Foundation board of directors regularly reviews 
community investment activity, strategy and spend. Going forward, 
the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group will oversee our 
community engagement and investment activities on behalf of 
the Board.

Our Group-wide Community Investment Policy sets minimum 
standards, as well as prohibiting political funding and contributions 
to religious organisations that have a clear aim to propagate a set faith. 
It is the Group’s policy neither to make donations to political parties nor 
to incur political expenditure, within the meaning of those expressions 
as defined in the UK Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 
2000. The Group did not make any such donations or incur any such 
expenditure in 2020. 

Monitoring and measuring community investment
Our community investment performance metrics are aligned to the 
Business for Societal Impact (B4SI) Framework (formerly known as 
London Benchmarking Group), which is used to monitor progress and 
guide the valuation of both cash and in-kind contributions, employee 
volunteering and management costs.

In 2020, the Group spent $33.2 million (2019: $29.1 million) supporting 
community activities. Direct cash donations to charitable organisations 
amounted to $25 million (2019: $20.6 million). The balance includes 
in-kind donations, as set out on the Group website, calculated in 
accordance with Business for Societal Impact (B4SI) framework. 
The in-kind total includes 112,000 hours of colleague volunteer service 

for our local communities. Our primary focus areas for community 
investment in 2020 were health, social and welfare issues, which 
together accounted for 46 per cent of investment in 2020; followed 
by education (20 per cent), environment (15 per cent) and emergency 
relief (7 per cent). In 2020, 63 per cent of our community investment 
activity was in Asia and Africa, and 35 per cent in the US. The 
remaining 2 per cent, attributed to London head office, includes both 
UK and global activity.

Our 2020 community investment reporting is assured by Deloitte LLP. 
Further information and Deloitte’s assurance statement can be found 
at www.prudentialplc.com/esg.

Covid-19 Relief Fund 
Prudential’s flagship international volunteering programme, the 
Chairman’s Challenge, has been bringing people together across the 
Group to help their communities since 2006. In 2020, the Chairman’s 
Challenge joined forces with Prudential Corporation Asia to create 
a $2.5 million Group-wide Covid-19 Relief Fund. The fund was 
administered by Prudence Foundation, Prudential’s community 
investment arm in Asia and Africa, and distributed to Prudential’s 
markets around the world, allowing them flexibility to allocate funding 
based on local knowledge of community needs. Funds were used to 
support approved charitable and community projects tackling the 
immediate impact of the pandemic, and its social and economic 
consequences. Local businesses’ programmes included supporting 
vulnerable communities with Covid-19 messaging, hygiene and 
sanitation, nutrition and educational programmes. For example: 

 —  Prudential Thailand and Eastspring Thailand donated 

THB4.9 million (US$150,000) to four hospitals in November. 
The donation will contribute to the construction of airborne 
infectious isolation rooms and acute respiratory infection clinics 
in the four hospitals. Prudential Thailand also donated 2,500 face 
shields made by its employees to help protect medical professionals 
and frontline health workers.

 — In the Philippines, the Covid-19 Relief Fund donated PhP5 million 
(US$100,000) to the Philippine General Hospital (PGH) Medical 
Foundation Inc to support the University of the Philippines 
(UP)-PGH Covid-19 programme. PGH serves as one of the primary 
Covid-19 referral hospitals in the Philippines and its Covid-19 
programme seeks to equip its healthcare workers with personal 
protective equipment, including N95 masks, goggles, face shields, 
and cover-all suits. It also provides medical equipment for cardiac 
and respiratory care to Covid-19 patients. 

 — Our Covid-19 Relief Fund was used in Côte d’Ivoire to provide food 
to vulnerable communities and to deliver a three-month awareness 
and training programme with AGIS, an NGO, to at-risk areas. 
In Ghana the fund supported three programmes, including School 
for Languages, to provide Covid-19 materials and guidance in local 
Ghanaian languages, as much of the information on Covid-19 is 
provided in English. In Nigeria the Covid-19 Relief Fund supported 
a project with Slum2School, to engage 3,000 nursery, primary and 
secondary school learners between May and December across 
20 vulnerable communities. 

 — Jackson used the fund to support immediate community needs 

resulting from Covid-19. Jackson awarded $150,000 to non-profits 
across Chicago, Lansing and Nashville, providing direct financial 
assistance in tandem with long-term financial coaching and 
education to individuals and families impacted by the pandemic. 
This strategic approach provided immediate support for the most 
vulnerable while working toward a more secure financial future, 
core to both Jackson’s philanthropic and business purposes.

108

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedIn addition to the Covid-19 Relief fund, Prudential supported 
communities through other initiatives:

 — With elderly people facing a higher risk from Covid-19 than the 

general population, Prudence Foundation partnered with HelpAge 
International. Prudence Foundation supported the production of 
two Safe Steps Elderly Care videos, which provided simple and 
clear guidelines to care-givers on how to protect older people in 
care homes, prevent infection and ensure appropriate measures for 
care-givers’ health and safety. HelpAge is working with its network 
members in Asia alongside the care homes and local governments 
to disseminate these guidelines to over 1,200 recipients directly. 
The videos have been translated into five languages and a 
dedicated website was created to host the information and videos. 
The videos were available on YouTube, Facebook and Twitter 
during August 2020, reaching over 42,000 people.

 — Jackson has also provided a total of $1.34 million in community 

grants to support non-profits, which are facing reduced 
fundraising revenue. 

 — Since April, Jackson wholesalers have conducted webinars where, 
for each adviser in attendance, a donation is made to the Feeding 
America Food Bank in the adviser’s local community. Donations 
totalling $350,100 have been made to more than 100 different 
food banks across the country, meaning Jackson has helped to 
provide over 3.5 million meals. Jackson has also partnered with 
the Nashville Food Project, preparing 6,075 meals for at-risk youth 
in the underused corporate dining centre.

Financial education
Developed by Prudential to address the gap in financial literacy for 
children, Cha-Ching is a global financial education and responsibility 
programme catering for children aged seven to 12 years old. Now in 
its 10th year, the programme continues to grow and expand across all 
our markets and is well received by educators, parents, children and 
government stakeholders. For more information on our approach to 
promoting financial literacy and how it supports making health and 
financial security more accessible, please see page 84. 

Safety 
Safe Steps
Safe Steps is a campaign designed to provide key messaging and raise 
awareness on life-saving issues across our markets. It now covers 
disasters, road safety, first aid and Covid-19. Developed in partnership 
with the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent 
Societies (IFRC) and NatGeo, it continues to reach millions of people 
in Asia and Africa via numerous media and government partnerships. 
The Safe Steps programmes have also been made available and shared 
on Prudential’s Pulse super-app in Hong Kong and the Philippines, 
and through local television and media partnerships and government 
partnerships in Cambodia, Myanmar, Malaysia, the Philippines and 
Vietnam over the years. 

A new Safe Steps Covid-19 campaign was also developed in 
partnership with the IFRC and NatGeo and launched in March 2020, 
providing key educational messages and awareness on Covid-19. 
The campaign has been distributed throughout the year across Asia 
and Africa, leveraging the Safe Steps network. 

Building on the success of Safe Steps, in 2019 Prudence Foundation 
launched Safe Steps Kids, a partnership with the IFRC and 
Cartoon Network. This initiative uses popular cartoon characters 
to equip millions of children with actionable information to protect 
themselves and others in the event of emergencies or disaster 
situations. The programme has been leveraged by local national 
Red Cross societies in Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and the 
Philippines through school activities, reaching more than 2,500 
students directly. In 2020, in view of the pandemic, Safe Steps Kids 
online activities have been organised by the Malaysia Red Crescent 
Society and Indonesian Red Cross Society. 

Safe Steps continues to have significant reach. For example:

 — Safe Steps programmes continue to reach over 250 million people 
a day in Asia and 80 million people a month in Africa via media 
partnerships;

 — Safe Steps Kids has a TV reach of 31 million households every day; 

and

 — On social media, Safe Steps Kids has reached over 11 million 

viewers, and its videos have been viewed 3.1 million times across 
all digital platforms. 

 Safe Steps Road Safety Africa was launched in Côte d’Ivoire at the 
end of 2019 and continues to be promoted across the continent via 
multimedia distribution on both regional and national TV networks. 
In December 2020, the campaign was launched in Zambia in 
partnership with the Road Traffic Safety Agency, the Red Cross 
and several media partners. 

Safe Steps D-Tech Awards
In addition to providing life-saving information, Prudence Foundation 
launched the Disaster Tech (D-Tech) Innovation Programme in 2019. 
The objective of the programme is to find, fund and support innovative 
disaster tech solutions that could save lives in natural disaster events, 
and to catalyse innovation and increase investment and non-financial 
support through partnerships. The programme has been unified with 
the Safe Steps programme and relaunched as the Safe Steps D-Tech 
Awards. Efforts in 2020 have focused on preparing for the next 
competition to be held in 2021. The second edition of the awards 
launched in December 2020, inviting applicants across both profit 
and non-profit sectors. Finalists will be announced in June 2021 and 
will have the opportunity to receive grants from a pool of $200,000, 
as well as mentorship, technology support and access to investor 
networks. Our network of partners supporting the D-Tech Awards 
has grown to include humanitarian partner IFRC, technology partner 
Lenovo and strategic partners Antler, AVPN, National Geographic, 
e27, Give2Asia, Hatcher+, Jubilee Capital Management and Tech for 
Impact among others.

Disaster risk reduction in schools
The Comprehensive Safe Schools Framework (CSSF) is a globally 
recognised framework to ensure that all children are educated in a safe 
environment. At its core, the framework focuses on three key pillars 
– school infrastructure, school disaster management and disaster 
risk education, with an emphasis on disasters to which schools and 
communities may be exposed. Since 2013, Prudence Foundation has 
been supporting the implementation of Safe Schools in partnership 
with Save the Children and Plan International, which aims to address 
the objectives of the CSSF, as well as the objectives of the Sendai 
Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction. 

  109

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020To date, Safe Schools has been implemented in Indonesia, Vietnam, 
Thailand, Cambodia and the Philippines, with 90,000 students 
directly trained in capacity building, training and planning, together 
with 42,000 adults across five countries. In 2019 Prudence Foundation 
renewed its partnership with Plan International to roll out the 
programme across Thailand, Cambodia and the Philippines between 
2019 and 2022, aiming to reach a further 20,000 children and adults 
by the end of 2022. 

In the Philippines, Prudence Foundation has partnered with Save the 
Children and the Philippines’ Department of Education on a strategic 
initiative to develop a management information system for schools 
designed to reduce disaster risk, together with training and capacity 
building for teachers and local government officials. As of 2020, 
the project has successfully completed the build of a comprehensive 
Disaster Risk Reduction Management Information System (DRRMIS). 
The system is now being piloted in selected regions, with the eventual 
aim for a nationwide roll-out once the pilot is completed at the end of 
2021, potentially benefiting over 20 million students and almost 47,000 
schools nationwide. External consultants have also been engaged to 
conduct an independent evaluation of the programme, with the intent 
to share evidence-based impacts and build a case study for other 
governments to reduce disaster risk and replicate this approach across 
other countries.

Health 
A key area of focus for Prudence Foundation has been early childhood 
care and development. In 2020, Prudence Foundation entered a new 
partnership with UNICEF to implement a regional Early Childhood 
Development (ECD) programme. The programme focuses on 
developing a regional strategy to advance ECD aligned with the 
Nurturing Care Framework, and implementing an effective 
communication strategy to raise awareness around holistic nurturing 
care for children aged up to three years old. The communication 
strategy seeks to raise awareness and to provide essential knowledge 
and skills to parents and care-givers around holistic nurturing care 
for children aged from birth to three years old, which is of particular 
importance during the Covid-19 pandemic, which has adversely 
impacted young children. The programme will be piloted in Indonesia 
to reach 90,000 children and their parents or care-givers by the end 
of 2021. 

Prudence Foundation has become a founding member of The China 
Children Development Fund, which aims to promote healthy and 
comprehensive child development in poor areas in China by 
supporting cross-disciplinary empirical research and translating the 
results into policies and practices. We also support two three-year 
ECD programmes in rural China under the China Development 
Research Foundation. REACH (Rural Education and Child Health) 
is a programme aimed at enhancing parental capabilities and 
behaviours as well as improving children’s health with nutritional 
support. Under this programme over 1,500 children will be impacted. 
The second programme is a nutrition improvement programme, 
which focuses on improving the quality and standards of school 
nutrition in poverty-stricken areas.

Jackson’s community investment approach
Jackson engages its colleagues and strengthens its links with local 
communities by providing grants, community sponsorships, donation 
matching and volunteering hours across Lansing, Chicago and 
Nashville, and nationally through the Jackson Charitable Foundation 
to increase financial education across the country. 

 — Lansing: In June, Jackson announced a $750,000 partnership 

with the Greater Lansing Food Bank to expand the food bank’s 
warehouse. This campaign engaged more than 430 colleagues 
who personally donated to the project. The new warehouse 
doubled the square footage, allowing the campaign to increase 
overall distribution of food from 9 million meals annually to 
18 million meals by 2025 and increase daily volunteers by 
100 per cent.

 — Nashville: On 3 March 2020, tornadoes caused devastation in 

communities across Greater Nashville, leaving 25 people dead and 
309 injured, and destroying many homes and businesses. Jackson 
colleagues supported tornado relief efforts with supply collections, 
volunteer opportunities and matched funding donations to the 
Community Foundation of Middle Tennessee’s (CFMT) Emergency 
Response Fund. Colleagues contributed $19,620 and volunteered 
181 hours towards relief efforts.

 — Volunteering: In 2020, 848 Jackson associates volunteered, with 

the company contributing over 29,000 volunteer hours nationally. 
For the sixth time, Jackson was awarded the US President’s 
Volunteer Service Award. This year, the recognition was elevated 
to the Gold level in recognition of completing 15,000 hours of 
volunteering with Junior Achievement during the 2018-2019 
school year teaching financial education and work readiness.

London community investment activity 
Prudential RideLondon first took place in 2013, and has become the 
world’s greatest festival of cycling, inspiring tens of thousands of 
people to take up the sport and raising over £77 million for charity 
from 2013 to 2019. In 2020, the final year of Prudential’s sponsorship, 
the event was replaced with a virtual event, My Prudential 
RideLondon, due to the Covid-19 pandemic. More than 10,000 people 
signed up to take on a range of challenges both in the UK and across 
the world, with participants riding as far afield as the US, Brazil, Kenya, 
Japan and Australia, and £3 million was raised for charity.

In 2020, Prudential’s London Head Office agreed new three-year 
partnerships with four local charities supporting projects tackling 
homelessness, isolation and loneliness, mental health and social 
inclusion. Partnerships were established with The Connection at 
St Martin’s; The Cares Family; Mind in the City, Hackney and Waltham 
Forest; and The Amos Bursary. The four charities were chosen by a 
panel of colleague volunteers and the projects are all closely aligned 
with our overall ESG strategy in helping to make health and financial 
security available to underserved communities.

110

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedA   D

6. Strategic Enabler: 
Good governance and responsible 
business practices

Strong governance processes are the foundation of our business and 
critical to maintaining trust with stakeholders, particularly in the highly 
regulated financial markets within which we operate. Our governance 
framework is clear about our standards of behaviour and those 
standards flow into every part of what we do, including our financial 
performance and tax practices, as well as operating to mitigate 
financial crime and informing how we deal with our customers and 
suppliers. We also recognise the importance of reducing the direct 
impact of our own operations on the environment and see this as a 
non-negotiable responsible business practice.

Standards of conduct 
Our Group Code of Business Conduct sits at the heart of the Group 
Governance Manual, our internal governance framework that sets out 
the principles by which we conduct our business and ourselves. The 
Code highlights the ethical standards that the Board expects of itself, 
our employees, our agents and others working on behalf of the Group, 
and is supported by a set of Group-wide principles and values that 
define how the Group expects business to be conducted in order 
to achieve its strategic objectives. Our Group Governance Manual 
presents our Group-wide approach to governance, risk management 
and internal control, and is subject to regular review to ensure that 
we meet the expectations of our stakeholders. In 2020 the Group 
Governance Manual was updated to align with our post-demerger 
structure and revised operating model, and now serves as the single 
governance data source for all colleagues across the Group. Each 
business must certify annual compliance with the requirements set 
out in the Manual, including the Code, Delegated Authorities and 
Group-wide policies. 

Tax strategy and reporting
The responsible and sustainable management of our tax affairs helps 
us to maintain constructive relations with our stakeholders and play 
a positive role in the economy and the wider communities in which 
we operate. In 2020 we made a total tax contribution of $2,114 million. 
This significant contribution plays an important part in helping the 
communities in which we operate to provide valuable public services 
and build infrastructure for the benefit of the wider community and 
the economy.

We understand the importance of paying the right amount of tax 
on time. We manage our tax affairs transparently and seek to build 
constructive relationships with tax authorities in all the countries 
in which we operate. Our Tax Risk Policy outlines our processes 
to identify, measure, control and report on tax risk, and is regularly 
reviewed and refreshed.

Our tax strategy is published annually and complies with the 
mandatory requirements under the UK 2016 Finance Act, focusing on:

 — Acting responsibly and taking an objective view in all our 

tax matters;

 — Managing tax in line with our Group governance and risk 

management procedures; and 

 — Ensuring transparency and engagement with all our stakeholders.

In addition, our tax strategy document includes a number of additional 
disclosures, including a country-by-country disclosure of revenues, 
profits, average employee numbers and taxes for countries where 
more than $5 million tax was paid. Furthermore, we provide a 
breakdown of the types and amount of taxes we pay globally. This 
includes taxes borne and collected on employee income, such as social 
security. Our tax strategy document also provides more detail on what 
drives our tax payments and demonstrates that our tax footprint 
(ie where we pay taxes) remains consistent with our business and 
employee footprint. 

We actively monitor developments in the tax transparency agenda 
and look to further develop the disclosure of meaningful tax 
information to help our various stakeholders’ understanding of our tax 
footprint. We will be publishing our updated tax strategy, which will 
include more information on the tax we paid in 2020, how we manage 
our tax affairs and the governance and management of tax risk, 
by 31 May 2021.

Fighting financial crime
We take the fight against money laundering, terrorist financing, 
bribery, corruption and fraud seriously and are committed to 
implementing and maintaining industry-leading policies and standards. 

Our Group-wide financial crime policies were updated in 2020 to 
integrate Group and business unit policy requirements, reflecting a 
streamlined governance structure across the Group following the 
demerger of M&G plc. 

All our Group-level financial crime policies are cascaded down to 
local business units through regional compliance teams, which ensure 
adherence to the Group requirements and applicable local laws 
and regulations. These policies form part of the Group Governance 
Framework, with business units attesting their compliance to the 
requirements each year. During the year, the Group and business 
units undertake a range of monitoring activities to ensure that business 
units are complying with Group policies and the legal and regulatory 
framework by which we are governed. This includes quarterly 
reporting, annual risk assessments, compliance monitoring reviews 
and reporting to Board-level committees, as set out below. Specifically, 
our Anti-Money Laundering and Sanctions and Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption policies provide clear standards and guidance to our diverse 
businesses and highlight the importance of effective due diligence 
when dealing with customers, vendors and other third parties. 

We complete annual risk assessments across all our businesses to 
assess and monitor their risk profile. The residual financial crime risk 
is managed through the continuous enhancement of the control 
environment and is implemented at local level. In recent years we have 
implemented an automated transaction monitoring system in Hong 
Kong, Singapore, Indonesia, the Philippines and Vietnam to profile 
transactions and identify suspicious activities for reporting to law 
enforcement agencies. 

We are committed to complying with international sanctions 
requirements and continue to monitor international sanctions closely, 
integrating updated lists into our regular customer and vendor 
screening processes. During the course of 2020, we have focused in 
particular on the US-China sanctions that have been issued in order to 
assess their impact on our business activities. We have upgraded our 
screening capabilities across all of our Asian businesses, ensuring 
compliance with regulatory requirements and improving operational 
efficiency. 

  111

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Supply chain
Our Group Code of Business Conduct outlines the values and 
standards that are required of each of our suppliers. Our Group 
Third Party Supply Policy is core to our supply chain governance and 
specifies our position on supply chain management, setting out our 
approach to due diligence, selection criteria, contractual requirements 
and ongoing monitoring of relationships. 

Business units conduct due diligence before engaging with, and 
ultimately selecting, a new supplier. We perform regular due diligence, 
including daily anti-money laundering checks on our supplier 
payments, supplier review meetings and audits where required, 
and our policies and procedures are supported by regular employee 
training exercises.

Our due diligence requires our suppliers to pass financial stability tests 
and demonstrate a track record of high performance. We also review 
the controls the supplier has in place to prevent data leakage and look 
for any personal data protection issues. Additional due diligence is 
enacted for any problem categories where we are exposed to potential 
labour malpractice issues. Our Speak Out whistleblowing service 
enables employees to raise any concerns they may have in relation 
to our third-party relationships, and our contractors and third-party 
suppliers are also able to use this service.

In Asia, we have continued to progress our roll-out of the Coupa 
procurement management platform across our business units. 
By improving visibility across all third party spend, the system will 
facilitate cost savings, procurement and expense controls and process 
efficiencies. The system has now been implemented across our 
businesses in Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia 
and the Philippines. Our business units in Vietnam and Taiwan and 
our asset management business, Eastspring, are expected to roll-out 
Coupa over the course of 2021, ensuring that more than 80 per cent 
of our third-party expenditure in Asia is processed and approved on 
one common platform.

We are also rolling out a dedicated third-party risk management 
system module and accompanying processes that will digitise and 
automate our vendor governance procedures, enabling us to complete 
all necessary risk assessments as part of our vendor and contract 
onboarding processes. This system module, Coupa Risk Assess, 
integrates into our Coupa procurement management platform and 
will provide us with detailed visibility of third-party risks across all our 
key risk domains, in particular information and technology security, 
data privacy, anti-bribery and corruption and business continuity 
and resiliency risks. This will improve our ability to mitigate risks and 
strengthen preventative risk management controls, thereby improving 
the resilience of our supply chain collaboratively with our vendors, 
providing greater assurance on our operating business environment. 
Coupa Risk Assess will also enable us to generate detailed insights into 
the level of commitment to ESG issues across our supplier footprint. 
The implementation is expected to be completed across all our 
markets in Asia during 2021.

The Group Risk Committee continues to review the effectiveness 
of the financial crime programme and the Group Compliance team 
regularly updates the Committee on risks, issues, the effectiveness 
of controls and the improvements made to processes in the financial 
crime framework. The Group Risk Committee regularly reviews a 
number of risk indicators in relation to financial crime, including the 
numbers and percentages of high-risk customers and politically 
exposed persons, and seeks investigation of movements. It also 
reviews trends in automated transaction activity alerts and 
employee-generated suspicious transaction reports. The Committee 
also reviews gifts and hospitality received and offered to ensure that 
they comply with our policy. All material matters on financial crime 
are reported to the Committee. 

The financial crime teams remain committed to professional 
development and regularly participate in conferences and seminars 
in the UK, the US, Hong Kong and Singapore to build colleagues’ 
skills and knowledge in specialist areas. Best practices are cascaded 
through training and communications, as well as the implementation 
of enhancements to operational systems. These ensure that our 
colleagues are fully prepared to recognise any form of economic crime 
and take adequate steps to combat it. We provide training to our staff 
to ensure that they are familiar with international standards and best 
practice, as well as being well equipped to implement our policies in 
their respective markets. Training completion levels are monitored 
throughout the year. 

E

Whistleblowing 
Our Group-wide whistleblowing procedures apply to all our 
colleagues and are supported by Speak Out, our Group-wide 
whistleblowing programme. Speak Out is available both internally and 
externally to staff, contractors, vendors, agents, customers and the 
public, enabling reporters to raise concerns in a choice of languages 
through web and hotline channels. Reporters are able to log concerns 
covering a range of issues, including but not limited to anti-bribery 
and corruption, compliance breaches, discrimination and harassment 
and health and safety. Concerns are recorded by an independent third 
party and investigated by internal appropriately trained and skilled 
investigators that are independent of the businesses they investigate. 
On an annual basis, all colleagues are required to complete a 
Speak Out computer-based training module. The programme 
is also supported by communications and awareness materials. 

Whistleblowing reporting is overseen by the Group Audit Committee 
and business unit audit committees through quarterly reporting 
and through frequent discussion with the Group Resilience Director, 
with any material issues reported to the Board. On an annual basis, 
emerging trends and an assessment of the effectiveness of our 
whistleblowing approach are reported to the Group Audit Committee.

The Speak Out programme is widely used throughout the Group, and 
during 2020 cases were reported across 24 jurisdictions, including the 
US, the UK, Hong Kong, Singapore and the Philippines. The number 
of cases reported across our Asian business units represented 
87 per cent of Speak Out cases, which is a reflection of our business 
footprint. During 2020, the top three issues reported through our 
whistleblowing channels related to discrimination, harassment or 
unfair treatment, compliance breaches and misconduct. HR-related 
cases accounted for 43 per cent of the total cases reported. This figure 
is in line with the external benchmarks that we use to monitor our 
Speak Out programme. The percentage of cases being reported 
openly, rather than anonymously, increased by 3 per cent year-on-year 
from 2019, which is considered an indicator of growing trust and 
confidence in the programme. Our Group Security Policy outlines 
our zero-tolerance approach to retaliation against reporters of any 
concerns raised via Speak Out.

112

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedTo ensure that ESG is embedded in our end-to-end procurement 
processes, we have developed a specific ESG question set and scoring 
matrix. This is now incorporated in all our Global RFPs (request for 
pricing) issued to suppliers during the tender stage and requires a 
formal response by the potential supplier in respect of the following:

 — Their commitment to ESG globally;
 — Governance of ESG within their organisation;
 — The leadership structure they have within their own organisation 

on ESG matters;

 — ESG transparency on reporting and how that is executed;
 — The responsible sourcing practices they use for their own supply 

chain buying;

 — The use of management systems to track their own ESG 

compliance;

 — Ethics and policy documents with their organisation to formally 

mandate ESG topics;

 — Labour practice documents (to confirm ethical behaviour/modern 

slavery controls);

 — Health and Safety best practices are confirmed as embedded 

for employee wellbeing; and 

 — Initiatives the supplier is launching to enhance their own 

ESG agenda.

Upholding our commitments to human rights 
Being a responsible business requires organisations to ensure that 
they meet and strive to surpass commitments to the UN’s Declaration 
of Human Rights. We are committed to ensuring that modern slavery, 
human trafficking, child labour or any other issue that subjugates 
human rights is eradicated from our supply chain. For more 
information around how we are identifying and managing our risks 
in relation to modern slavery, human trafficking, and child and 
forced labour, please read our Modern Slavery Statement on the 
Prudential plc website. 

Case study

Supporting smaller suppliers 
during Covid-19

In our commitment to supporting our supply chain through 
the difficult trading circumstances triggered by the global 
pandemic, we provided payment assistance from March 
2020. We immediately switched to 10-day payment terms for 
all our London head office small suppliers with under 100 
employees. This has so far benefited 136 suppliers with a 
total of £6 million of accelerated payments made to assist 
their cash flow. 

Across Asia, we apply the Third Party Risk Management policy, 
which ensures compliance to the Group’s Third Party Supply policy. 
All third-party agreements across all countries in Asia are required 
to undergo due diligence activities, which include human trafficking, 
anti-money laundering and anti-bribery and corruption checks on 
the third parties that we deal with. 

As in 2019, we reviewed our UK supplier spend to examine and 
reconfirm that, against the Walk Free Foundation’s Global Slavery 
Index, we are not exposed to modern slavery issues in our supply 
chain. Our repeat review of this exercise has identified that, across 
the top 100 countries in the index, 2.5 per cent of UK procurement 
spend is exposed to these territories. This compares to 2.8 per cent 
in 2019. Our spend in these countries is in categories that are typically 
considered to be low-risk, such as property rental and professional 
services. Full supplier due diligence is maintained in these areas to 
avoid any potential issues and an expert panel meets each week to 
review both new contracts and renewals to ensure that we remain 
vigilant on potential modern slavery exposure and ESG topics. In the 
UK, we require our suppliers to pay their employees the London or 
UK Living Wage, as set by the Greater London Authority and Centre 
for Research in Social Policy respectively.

E

Responsible working practices and health and safety procedures
Prudential recognises the importance of health, safety and wellbeing 
to help staff get the most out of life and meet our business objectives. 
By providing a safe and healthy workplace and preventing work-
related injury and ill-health through the implementation of appropriate 
policy and standards, we are able to provide an environment that helps 
employees to connect, grow and succeed in their work. In 2020 the 
Group-level policy and standards were revised and aligned with ISO 
45001:2018, the international standard for Occupational Health and 
Safety. The policy and standards apply to all our companies, locations 
and activities. 

For the year ending 31 December 2020, no work-related fatalities 
were recorded (2019: zero). There were 30 health and safety 
incidents, resulting in 422 days of lost time (2019: 74 incidents 
resulting in 203 days of lost time). The increase in lost time is accounted 
for by two incidents in the United States: a road traffic accident 
(164 lost days), and a manual handling case (198 lost days). 

  113

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Health and safety programmes across the Group have this year 
primarily focused on the response to Covid-19, ensuring that 
appropriate precautions are implemented in the workplace. We have 
also focused on providing training and awareness on prevention 
measures and health and safety best practices for the home. 
Communications are regularly sent to staff reminding them of the 
behaviours and protocols needed to protect themselves and the wider 
community from Covid-19. Our communications have focused on local 
regulatory changes, maintaining high standards of hygiene, protocols 
around health monitoring and attendance at the office, and sensible 
social distancing. Where staff have returned to the office, masks are 
encouraged to be worn by staff in common areas of the office and in 
some jurisdictions this is mandated due to local regulations. The Group 
has also provided intranet resource centres where staff can seek 
information concerning Covid-19 precautions and best practices, 
travel restrictions and Covid-related news. 

Health and safety teams across the Group have provided online 
seminars for staff and are available to staff should they have any 
questions or concerns. We have also implemented PRUThrive, 
a holistic wellbeing programme to support the mental, physical, 
financial, family and social wellbeing of employees. We also provide 
a 24-hour Employee Assistance Programme, offering support 
and advice through an external provider, and in 2020 launched 
a science-based mental health and wellbeing app.

D

Treating customers fairly and responsible product design 
The value that products are likely to bring to our customers and the 
quality of product materials and ongoing communications are given the 
utmost consideration in our businesses. Although many of the financial 
needs and objectives of our customers are simple, the products we design 
may seem complex from a customer’s perspective. This complexity 
may make it difficult for a customer to understand the costs and value 
of the product, and how best to utilise the product to meet their needs. 

Prudential’s products are designed in accordance with customer 
conduct standards of treating customers fairly and of providing 
products and services that meet customer needs, are easy to 
understand and deliver real value. We design products with a deep 
understanding of the target customers’ protection and savings needs 
across their life stages. Our development process includes the 
assessment of policyholders’ reasonable expectations created 
by the product and determines how those expectations are met 
and managed throughout the product lifecycle.

We aim to simplify our insurance products and how they are explained 
in product documentation and by salespersons, so that customers can 
easily understand the features, benefits and associated terms and 
conditions and are able to clearly assess how products fit with their 
needs. To protect vulnerable customers, our product development 
process identifies customer segments for whom the product is not 
suitable and/or where assistance and further protection might be 
needed during the sales journey (eg additional point of sales controls, 
welcome calls). Identifying and treating vulnerable customers with 
extra care is a core component of training for our sales force. 

New products are approved by business unit product committees that 
comprise of participants from relevant business functions to ensure 
there is a complete understanding of product risks, including financial, 
capital and regulatory considerations, as well as a focus on the 
potential customer experience. 

Through Pulse, our health and wealth super-app, we are increasingly 
focused on making insurance more inclusive to underserved 
populations of society, through bite-sized digital products and services 
at little or no cost, and minimal or no underwriting criteria or barriers. 

We are also expanding from mortality and morbidity protection, 
to helping people prevent and postpone adverse health events. 
Accessible to everyone, Pulse combines healthcare and technology 
to help and incentivise people to prevent and postpone disease and 
protect customers by empowering them to take control of their health 
and wellbeing. We are also working with our distribution partners to 
increasingly design protection products with diversity and inclusion 
in mind, such as creating products for gender-specific needs.

We strive to ensure our claims process is simple, fair and transparent, 
and our staff and agents are professionally trained to support customers 
in their time of need. Each of our businesses closely monitors customer 
satisfaction using surveys at touchpoints throughout the customer 
journey, and also through the monitoring of complaints. 

Our businesses are required to comply with their local regulatory 
requirements and meet our Group-wide policies and standards, 
including our Group Code of Business Conduct and our Customer 
Conduct Risk Policy, which covers the fair treatment of customers. 
Compliance is achieved through the regular training of intermediaries 
to ensure that the salesforce has a clear understanding of our products, 
the target customers for each product, and the customer risks inherent 
in each product; and through the embedding of controls, including 
customer financial needs analysis and risk appetite profiling, to ensure 
the suitability of product sales. We are increasingly using technology, 
particularly electronic point-of-sale tools and e-submissions, to control 
the sales process and provide sufficient consumer safeguards. During 
2020, our compliance controls evolved as we introduced virtual 
face-to-face selling and remote selling options during the Covid-19 
pandemic. Compliance monitoring is performed across the customer 
and product life cycle, and disciplinary frameworks reinforce 
compliance through actions up to and including termination. 

Management of direct operational environmental impacts
We seek to actively reduce our direct impact on the environment  
in line with our purpose of improving the lives of our customers 
and their communities. To understand our impact, we measure 
our environmental performance and take action to improve 
our performance. 

Our Group Environment Policy forms part of our Group Governance 
Manual and applies to our operational properties worldwide, guiding 
our approach to the management of the direct impacts of our business 
units. This includes compliance with environmental laws and 
regulations with respect to emissions, energy consumption, water use, 
waste disposal, environmental supply chain management and the 
adoption of risk management principles for all property-related 
matters. As with all policies, business unit performance is monitored 
against the Group Environment Policy and updates are provided to 
the Board. More information on our broader strategic approach to 
the management of climate change risks and opportunities is provided 
in the stewarding of the human impacts of climate change section on 
page 87 of this report.

The highlights of our 2020 environmental performance are available 
below. Our 2020 reporting covers the period 1 October 2019 to 
30 September 2020, and selected indicators are assured by Deloitte LLP. 
Where relevant, comparatives have been restated to remove M&G data. 

We have set a target to become net carbon neutral across our Scope 1 
and Scope 2 emissions by the end of 2030, through a combination of 
a 25 per cent reduction per full time employee (FTE) in our operational 
emissions, and the implementation of carbon offsetting initiatives. 
The expression of the target in terms of an intensity ratio, rather than 
as a gross emissions figure, allows for the future growth in the size of 
our business, while driving improvements in the overall efficiency of 
our operations. These targets will take effect from 2021. Further details 
are provided later in this section.

114

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedEnergy and emissions data
Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions are broken down into three scopes. 
We have included full reporting for Scope 1 and 2 and selected  
Scope 3 reporting. Scope 1 emissions are our direct emissions from the 
combustion of fuel, fugitive emissions and company-owned vehicles. 
Scope 2 emissions cover our indirect emissions from the purchase of 

electricity, heating and cooling. We have stated our Scope 2 emissions 
using both the location and market-based methods in line with the 
GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance. Our Scope 3 footprint includes 
UK-booked business travel, water consumption from the UK, US and 
Asia, and waste generated from the UK and US. Aligned with our past 
commitments, we chose to offset our UK-procured air travel emissions.

SECR Report
We are required to report our global GHG emissions for 2020 in accordance with the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) format 
of the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic and Directors’ Reports). This statement is shown below. 

Emissions from activities for which the company own and control, including combustion of fuel  

and operation facilities (Scope 1) tCO2e 

Emissions from purchase of electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use  

(Scope 2, location based) tCO2e 

Emissions from purchase of electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use  

(Scope 2, market based) tCO2e 

Total gross Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions (location-based) tCO2e 
Intensity ratio: tCO2e/m2 
Intensity ratio: tCO2e/fte
Energy consumption used to calculate above emissions: kWh (Scope 1) 

Energy consumption used to calculate above emissions: kWh (Scope 2) 

2020

UK and 
offshore 

Global
 (excluding 
UK and
 offshore) 

147

5,490

125

42,995

208 

272

0.0484

1.0146

42,995

48,485

0.0972

2.6245

764,344 23,903,383

543,498 77,714,027

For the purposes of compliance with the requirements of SECR, we confirm that no energy reduction projects were undertaken in the UK portfolio 
during 2020. Information on our Asian initiatives is included below under ‘Regional emissions trends’.

Group Position
A summary of our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions is provided below. The table also includes a total for Scope 3 data in relation to air travel, water 
and waste.

Emissions Source (tCO2e)

Gross emissions

Scope 1

Scope 2 – Market based 

Scope 2 – Location based

Scope 3 

Total: Scopes 1 & 2*

Total: Scopes 1, 2 & 3†

Carbon intensity

kg per m2 – Scopes 1 & 2

Tonnes per employee – Scopes 1 & 2

kg per m2 – Scopes 1, 2 & 3

* Market based emissions.
† Assured Scope 3 emissions.

2020

2019

Change

5,637

43,203 

43,120

2,164 

48,840

51,004

96.24

2.61

100.51

7,332

49,092

 48,900 

6,248

56,424

62,672

105.38

3.14

117.05

-23.1%

-12.0%

-11.8%

-65.4%

-13.4%

-18.6%

-8.7%

-16.9%

-14.1%

Data notes: 
Reporting period: 1 October 2019 to 30 September 2020.
Full details about scope of reported data included in our Basis of Reporting (https://www.prudentialplc.com/esg).
Deloitte LLP has provided limited assurance over selected environmental metrics in accordance with the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board’s (ISAE3000 (Revised)) international 
standard. Further information and Deloitte’s assurance statement can be found on the Prudential plc website at www.prudentialplc.com/esg.
Data restatements: 2019 Scope 1 emission data restated to reflect improved availability of fuel usage data.
To enable comparative reporting in terms of performance reductions (both absolute and by intensity) the reported data for 2019 and 2020 excludes M&G.

  115

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Across our occupied estate, our global absolute Scope 1 and 2 
(market-based) GHG emissions were 48,840 tCO2e, down 
13.4 per cent on 2019. The main driver of the decline was the 
widespread reduction in energy use within our office network 
associated with the Covid-19 pandemic.

Our occupied estate in Africa expanded by 68 per cent in 2020, with 
a concurrent increase in headcount of 75 per cent, and we expect the 
Africa footprint to continue to grow. The gathering of energy data in 
Africa continues to become more reliable, leading to improvements in 
data quality and completeness. 

The Jackson property portfolio represents 26 per cent of the occupied 
area of Prudential and accounts for 49 per cent of the Scope 1 and 2 
emissions footprint. This is predominately due to the presence of data 
and disaster recovery centres in the portfolio, which are very energy-
intensive and against which it is more challenging to deliver energy 
saving. However, there has been a 12.1 per cent intensity reduction in 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions in 2020, reducing them to 179 kg CO2e/m2. 
These reductions can be attributed predominantly to lower occupancy 
and shutdowns associated with the pandemic, as the occupied area 
and overall headcount have remained consistent with 2019. The 
impact of the pandemic is also noted in the 35 per cent reduction in 
Scope 1 emissions. 

Waste and recycling 
The quality of our waste and recycling reporting continues to improve, 
although some challenges remain. For example, where we are tenants 
in multi-tenanted buildings, the data is only provided to us on a 
consolidated basis and not broken down by individual tenant. 

During 2020 we generated 749 tonnes of waste in the UK and US 
included in our Scope 3 reporting. The Scope 3 carbon emissions 
associated with our total waste generation are calculated at 140 tCO2e, 
a minor contribution to our overall corporate footprint in comparison 
with the energy use of our buildings and air travel. Of the UK and the 
US total, 62 per cent was diverted from landfill through recycling, 
composting or incineration. 

The gathering of waste data in Asia has increased in 2020. We have 
developed a set of Waste Management Guidelines to raise awareness 
of the importance of accurate reporting of waste, as well as to practical 
advice on waste reduction measures for employees engaged in waste 
management activities.

Water consumption 
In 2020, absolute use of water across our global occupied estate 
(excluding Africa) was 170,648 m3, an intensity ratio of 0.35m3/m2, 
a reduction of 26 per cent when compared with our like-for-like water 
consumption in 2019. 

As part of our site assessment programme in Asia, the inspection 
team looked at our water usage to identify ways in which we could 
reduce our water consumption. As we are predominately tenants in 
multi-tenanted buildings, where the landlords are responsible for the 
maintenance and management of the air conditioning, toilets and 
other common facilities, only limited opportunities to reduce our 
water consumption were identified.

When normalised against net lettable floor area, our Scope 1 and 2 
emissions were 96.24 kg CO2e/m2. This represented an 8.7 per cent 
reduction over 2019. 

The magnitude of the decline across the total Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
was relatively modest, given the scale of the operational disruption 
caused by the pandemic. This reflects that most of the office estate 
in Asia and Africa remained open through the period to support a 
continued, albeit reduced, employee presence (through for example 
split team working). With social distancing measures in operation, 
the increased floor space required for each employee did not result 
in a proportionate reduction in energy use. It should also be noted that 
the effect of the timing of the reporting period for Group emissions 
(1 October 2019 to 30 September 2020) means that only nine months 
of pandemic-related impacts were captured in the 2020 reporting. 
With more of our employees working from home (and, therefore, 
consuming electricity) there has been an increase in emissions from 
this source, which has not been captured in our reporting. We have, 
however, started work to model the potential impact in order to 
understand the associated implications, noting that these would 
technically be categorised as Scope 3 emissions.

Total Scope 3 reported emissions fell by nearly two-thirds to 2,164 
tCO2e. Air travel, which accounts for the majority of reported Scope 3 
emissions, and it fell by 67.7 per cent to 1,965 tCO2e reflecting the 
impact of travel restrictions and other control measures related to the 
pandemic. We continue to work with our business units across all of 
our regions to extend our Scope 3 emission reporting.

Across Scope 1, 2 and 3, emissions per square metre fell 14.1 per cent 
to 100.51 kg CO2e/m2.

In 2021, we intend to review our Scope 3 reporting boundaries 
and broaden these over time. Our ultimate intention is to calculate 
and disclose emissions from our wider supply chain and investment 
portfolio in line with broader improvements in the quality of data 
and breadth of disclosures. 

Regional emission trends
The restructuring of the Group, resulting in the demerger of M&G, 
has substantially reduced the Group’s office footprint in the UK. 
The majority of the estate is now located in Asia and, to a lesser extent, 
in Africa. 

Asia’s Scope 2 emissions have been in decline since 2017, falling to 
23,183 t CO2e for Scope 2 emissions from 26,627 tCO2e in 2019 and 
were impacted by the pandemic, as noted above. During 2020, a total 
of 34 energy efficiency and behavioural change projects were carried 
out in Asia, with a combined estimated saving of 895 tCO2e per year. 
Measures implemented included the installation of LED lighting, 
installation of direct current motors in fan coil units and reducing 
lighting operation hours. We also implemented eight waste reduction 
initiatives in 2020, including initiatives such as donating excess 
furniture to be used in an agency office rather than disposal in 
Malaysia, and providing reusable lunch bags and reducing the 
use of plastic single use water bottles in Indonesia.

116

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comESG report / continuedOur aim is to become net 
carbon-neutral across our 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 
by the end of 2030, through 
a combination of a 25 per cent 
reduction (per FTE) in our 
operational emissions 
and implementing carbon 
offsetting initiatives.

Global environmental targets
In 2016 we developed a global environmental targets framework 
to drive improvements in environmental operational performance. 
As reported in our 2019 report, this framework was based on the 
operational footprint of the pre-demerger Prudential Group and, 
as such, several targets are no longer relevant to the demerged Group. 

Our Asian operations have completed four of their five targets, 
and partially completed the fifth target. Through the programmes 
implemented as part of this process, we have gained a greater insight into 
how our sites currently consume energy and the opportunities to reduce 
this consumption. Notably, we have completed an environmental 
emission review for the 20 largest energy-consuming locations; created 
environmental guidelines for all new leasing and fit-out projects; and 
reviewed our water efficiency and waste management with guidelines 
adopted by our businesses. The energy management campaign was 
delayed to better leverage the data collected in the energy assessment, 
and then further delayed by the Covid-19 pandemic, but will be launched 
in 2021 to support our new targets.

New targets for 2030
During 2020, we reviewed our global environmental targets 
framework and have established new targets for the period 2021 to 
2030. Our aim is to become net carbon-neutral across our Scope 1 
and Scope 2 emissions by the end of 2030, through a combination 

of a 25 per cent reduction (per FTE) in our operational emissions and 
implementing carbon offsetting initiatives. This commitment is aligned 
to our purpose of helping people get the most out of life by enabling 
a lower-carbon economy through good governance and responsible 
business practices. The new target will apply across all our operations 
and improve our ability to communicate a simple and clear 
environmental strategic direction to all our stakeholders.

During 2020, we engaged a global property services company in a 
multi-year contract to provide specialist environmental consultancy 
services to support our aim of reducing the intensity ratios in our 
Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions.

Our priority is to reduce our carbon emissions, on an intensity metric, 
and the site assessment programme has highlighted a number of 
initiatives that we can implement across the property portfolio to 
achieve this aim, as well as practical measures that we can take to 
deliver operational improvements. From these assessments, Scope 1 
and 2 carbon reduction road maps are being developed to support the 
delivery against our target. 

We have gained a clear understanding of how we use energy within 
our property portfolio, and given that the majority of our office space 
is leased on relatively short-term commitments, we have opportunities 
to address operational improvements as leases come up for renewal 
through implementing energy-saving measures or selecting more 
energy-efficient spaces.

In parallel to these initiatives in our existing property portfolio, we are 
rolling out a campaign in 2021 to drive behavioural change in terms of 
energy, water and waste reduction, and it is anticipated that this will be 
vital to the achievement of our targets.

We are implementing a range of tools and initiatives that will enable 
further reductions in the Group’s energy consumption footprint over 
the longer term. Some examples include the development of green 
leasing and design guidelines to assist property management teams 
to select premises and design our workplaces that will help achieve 
energy efficiencies; the embedding of sustainability considerations 
being highlighted in our project approval process; and improved 
performance tracking through the use of a web-based platform, 
which will enable our businesses to track progress against targets 
at an asset level.

Enforcement actions and other regulatory events
No fines or regulatory actions occurred during the year 
for environmental incidents (2019: zero). 

Strategic report approval by the Board of Directors
The strategic report set out on pages 10 to 117 is approved  
by the Board of Directors.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Mike Wells
Group Chief Executive 

2 March 2021

  117

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Governance

Contents
120  Chair’s introduction
122  Board of Directors
127  Group Executive Committee
128  How we operate
139  Risk management and internal control
141  Committee reports
Nomination & Governance Committee report
141 
150 
Audit Committee report
161 
Risk Committee report
168  Statutory and regulatory disclosures
169  Index to principal Directors’ report disclosures

118

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comG
r
o
u
p
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
V
a
u
e
(
E
E
V
)
b
a
s
i
s
r
e
s
u
l
t
s

l

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

  119

 Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A

F

Chair’s introduction

Shriti Vadera
Chair

Dear shareholder
It is an honour to chair a 172-year-old company undergoing an exciting 
transformation and reinventing itself as a digital business focused 
on Asia and Africa.

In response to the pandemic, the Board adjusted quickly to different 
ways of working, including holding virtual meetings and hybrid 
sessions, reflecting the resilience demonstrated by the business in 
the face of challenges posed by Covid-19, with some Directors when 
possible gathering physically in our London and Hong Kong head 
offices and others connecting through video conference. Given the 
severe curtailment on travel during 2020, we were unable to conduct 
our usual programme of face-to-face meetings with management and 
employees, which typically would have included deep dive visits at 
one or more of our business locations. Instead, we have found other 
virtual ways to connect with people across the business. 

2020 saw important changes to the Board. Paul Manduca, who stepped 
down as Chairman and Director at the end of 2020, left a legacy of a 
high-functioning Board of committed Directors. Sir Howard Davies 
stepped down after 10 years on the Board and as Chair of our Risk 
Committee, and Jeremy Anderson was appointed to the Board, 
bringing with him substantial leadership experience of the financial 
services sector across Asia and the US. Jeremy has extensive technical 
knowledge on audit and risk management, particularly concerning 
international companies, and he succeeded Sir Howard as Chair of 
the Risk Committee in May 2020. On behalf of the Board I would like to 
thank Paul and Howard for their significant contributions and leadership 
of the Board and Risk Committee respectively during their tenures. 
We will be losing more of our experienced Non-executive Directors 
in the next couple of years as they are reaching the end of their 
nine-year tenures. Following nine years of service Kai Nargolwala will 
not offer himself for re-election at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
this year.

I would like to thank Kai, who will step down from the Board at the 
conclusion of the 2021 AGM, for his significant contribution, both on 
the Board and as a member of the Risk and Remuneration Committees. 
More recently, Kai also took on the role of Employee Engagement 
Director for the Group’s workforce in Asia and Africa. 

Below are some of the principal strategic and governance items 
the Board considered during 2020.

120

Strategy
In its strategy discussions, the Board focused on developing and 
repositioning the Group for Asian growth. The Board considers 
that the Group is well positioned to meet the protection and savings 
needs of the growing populations in Asia and Africa with top-three 
positions in nine Asian life insurance markets, and significant upside 
potential in the region’s two largest markets. The new growth strategy 
has been set to align to markets where insurance penetration is 
currently low and demand for savings solutions is rapidly developing. 
In August, we announced the new dividend policy, which aligns to 
this revised strategy.

Time and attention were given to executing the decision, announced 
in 2020, to separate our US business, through detailed discussions 
during regular Board meetings and dedicated, additional workshops. 
This was to ensure that Jackson will have a governance framework 
suitable for a listed group in the US at the point of the proposed 
separation. This culminated in our announcement on 28 January 2021 
of our plan to separate Jackson in the second quarter of 2021 through 
a demerger, subject to shareholder and regulatory approval. 

B

Our purpose, culture and values
Good governance encourages decisions to be made in a way that 
is most likely to promote the long-term, sustainable success of the 
Company, taking into account the views and interests of the Group’s 
wider stakeholders. We aim to achieve this through a governance 
framework that supports decision-making, facilitates challenge, 
is continuously updated to meet the Group’s business needs, 
and encompasses a prudent system of internal controls and rigorous 
processes for identifying, managing and mitigating key risks.

After an extensive consultation over the course of nine months 
involving 12,000 employees, we have refreshed and restated our 
shared purpose – to help people get the most out of life. We fulfil this 
purpose by making healthcare accessible and affordable, protecting 
wealth and growing assets, and empowering people to save for 
their education and retirement goals. The Board supported the 
articulation and development of a framework to embed the desired 
culture, promoting the Group’s purpose consistently across the Group. 
A description of how Prudential views its purpose as inextricably 
linked with its business and delivers on it is set out in the ESG report 
on pages 70 to 117.

2020 was the first year of a three-year plan to promote and embed 
a diverse and inclusive culture across the Group with our purpose at 
its core, supporting our people to think about not only what they do 
but how they do it, aligning our behaviours with performance and 
managing risks. Embedding this cultural change will require systems 
and programmes that help shift behaviours and create new habits, 
both individually and organisationally. This has been a key focus during 
the year and the Board has discussed, reviewed and monitored the 
frameworks being put into place to enable this progress.

A   D   E
Looking after our stakeholders and wider community initiatives
At Prudential, we recognise that all our stakeholders are key to our 
long-term success. We seek to engage proactively with them, to 
understand their views and to take these views into account when 
making decisions. Further information about how the Board has taken 
into account the views of the Group’s key stakeholders, can be found 
on pages 78 to 81, while engagement with our customers is discussed 
in more detail on page 79.

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comThroughout 2020, the Board was particularly concerned about the 
impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the health and welfare of 
customers and employees. The CEO Report and ESG Report describe 
the various ways in which we responded to the needs of our customers 
in this challenging period. Our two designated Non-executive 
Directors appointed to represent the workforce have been working 
hard to find innovative ways to engage with the workforce during what 
has been an incredibly difficult year in which to bring people together. 
They joined a number of events at the start of the year, including 
visiting our offices in the UK and Asia to meet with and address 
colleagues. Once the pandemic started, both designated Directors 
received briefings from Group Security about steps being taken to 
support and protect employees during the Covid-19 outbreak. The 
results of our staff survey in 2020 have been considered carefully by 
the Board and the designated Directors are monitoring the  
implementation of the action plans, which will enable our employees to 
see that their feedback has been taken seriously and acted upon. Both 
designated Directors participated in our follow-up Collaboration Jam, 
which is described more fully on pages 79 and 96. We will continue 
to keep our employee engagement mechanisms under review 
to ensure we choose methods that best serve our employees 
and provide useful feedback to the Board.

The Board considered Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
matters and approved the ESG strategic framework for the Group, 
on the recommendation of the Nomination & Governance Committee. 
A number of Directors and members of the Nomination & Governance 
Committee, as well as other stakeholders, were consulted during the 
year to shape this strategy. For more information, please see the 
Nomination & Governance Committee report on pages 142 and 148. 
You can read more about our corporate social responsibility actions in 
our 2020 ESG report (pages 70 to 117), which will also be published on 
our website. 

Focus for 2021
Since I joined Prudential, in light of the transformation of the business, 
the composition of the Board has been one of my key priorities, 
supported by the work of the Nomination & Governance Committee. 
Reflecting our focus on growth in Asia and Africa, enabled by digital 
capabilities, I am pleased to welcome Chua Sock Koong and Ming Lu 
to the Board. Sock Koong has had a distinguished career with 
operations experience in many of our key markets, while Ming has a 
long track record of investing in and growing businesses throughout 
Asia. These appointments are part of an ongoing process to refresh the 
Board and make sure it has the right skills and experience to support 
the Group, in particular pan-Asian operating experience, and a high 
degree of digital familiarity. The next phase of appointments will focus 
on experience and knowledge of specialist financial services. 

As the Board changes, I am keen to ensure that we mitigate some of 
the loss of experience, wisdom and institutional memory by enabling 
new Non-executive Directors joining the Board to overlap with those 
nearing retirement, to give new joiners sufficient time to benefit from 
building relationships and sharing experience and insight to ensure a 
smooth transition period. 

E

L

We are committed to continuing to develop the Group’s governance 
to ensure that it keeps pace with the rapid progress of the business 
and the evolving external environment. We will draw on the conclusions 
of the externally facilitated Board effectiveness evaluation conducted 
in 2020 by Ffion Hague of Independent Board Evaluation, to ensure 
continued strong oversight and challenge. The methodology and results 
of that evaluation are set out on page 133. This annual exercise helps 
inform how we approach governance, risk and culture, which is set out 
in the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s Report on pages 45 
to 69. Our Group-wide Internal Audit function will continue to consider 
the risk and control culture of the organisation throughout its activities, 
with our Group Code of Business Conduct underpinning everything 
we do, shaping our culture and linking culture explicitly to values and 
behaviours. Good governance includes a commitment to continuous 
improvement and to that end the Board has asked Jeremy Anderson to 
lead on considering any lessons for the Board to learn from the revision 
to Jackson’s hedge modelling, announced on 28 January, which 
impacted Jackson’s statutory capital.

B  
Our clarity of strategy and purpose will be supported and enabled 
by our culture and the people who make them a reality. I am clear that 
our strength – as people and in our performance – will come from 
continued investment in our diversity and inclusion. The Board has 
a vital role in setting the tone and demonstrating this in the diversity 
of our thinking, and through our oversight, constructive challenge 
and support for management and Prudential’s employees. 
The Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group, established 
by the Board and chaired by Alice Schroeder, will oversee the 
embedding of Prudential’s ESG framework and progress on 
diversity and inclusion initiatives, and will take on employee 
engagement activities.

I hope this report and those of my fellow Committee Chairs 
demonstrate the work we have undertaken and the tangible and 
positive impact this has had on our business and for our stakeholders, 
with oversight and challenge to promote the long-term success of 
Prudential and the long-term prosperity of our stakeholders. On 
a personal level, I was disappointed not to be able to attend what 
would have been my first Prudential AGM in May 2020 as a Non-
executive Director, and unfortunately it does not look possible to meet 
shareholders in person at this year’s AGM under current restrictions. 
We are working hard to ensure that shareholders will be able to 
participate fully through digital means. The detailed arrangements 
will be communicated as part of our AGM Notice published in April. 
I look forward to updating you then and in future Annual Reports.

Shriti Vadera
Chair

  121

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A

G

K

Board of Directors

Shriti Vadera
Chair
N

Michael Wells
Group Chief Executive

Appointments:
Board: May 2020
Chair of the Board: January 2021
Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee: January 2021

Appointments:
Board: January 2011 
Group Chief Executive: June 2015

Age: 58

Age: 60

Relevant skills and experience
Mike continues to develop the operational management of the Group 
on behalf of the Board, implementing Board decisions and leading the 
Executive Directors and senior executives in the management of all aspects 
of the day-to-day business of the Group.

 Mike has more than three decades’ experience in insurance and retirement 
services, having started his career at the US brokerage house Dean Witter, 
before going on to become a managing director at Smith Barney Shearson.

 Mike joined the Prudential Group in 1995 and became Chief Operating 
Officer and Vice-Chairman of Jackson in 2003. In 2011, he was appointed 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Jackson, and joined the Board 
of Prudential.

 During his leadership of Jackson, Mike was responsible for the 
development of Jackson’s market-leading range of retirement solutions. 
He was also part of the Jackson teams that purchased and successfully 
integrated a savings institute and two life companies.

Mike is Group Chief Executive, a position he has held since June 2015.

Other appointments
 — International Advisory Panel of the Monetary Authority of Singapore
 — San Diego University Advisory Board 

Relevant skills and experience
Shriti is the Chair of the Board. She joined Prudential as a Non-executive 
Director and member of the Nomination & Governance Committee on 
1 May 2020 and became Chair of the Board with effect from 1 January 
2021. She became Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee 
at the same time. 

She contributes her senior boardroom experience at complex 
organisations, including extensive experience with international 
operations, strong strategic and financial services experience and 
experience at the highest level of international negotiations between 
Governments and in multilateral organisations. 

Shriti was chair of Santander UK Group Holdings from 2015 until October 
2020. She was a Director of BHP from 2011 and its Senior Independent 
Director from 2015 until October 2020, and a Non-executive Director 
of Astra Zeneca from 2011 until 2018. 

Between 2009 and 2014, she undertook a wide range of assignments, 
such as advising the South Korean Chair of the G20 in 2010, two European 
countries on the Eurozone and banking crisis, the African Development 
Bank on infrastructure financing, a number of global investors and 
sovereign wealth funds on strategy and economic and market 
developments. 

Shriti was a Minister in the UK government from 2007 to 2009 in the 
Cabinet Office, Business Department and International Development 
Department and led on the UK government’s response to the global 
financial crisis and its Presidency of the G20. She was a member of the 
HM Treasury’s Council of Economic Advisers from 1999 to 2007, advising 
on domestic and international issues including reforms to international 
organisations following the Asian and financial crisis. 

Shriti began her career in investment banking with SG Warburg/UBS 
in 1984, where she had a strong focus on emerging markets. 

Other appointments
 — Institute of International Finance, Board Member
 — National Institute of Economic and Social Research, Governor

122

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA

G

K

Executive Directors

Mark FitzPatrick CA
Group Chief Financial Officer 
and Chief Operating Officer

James Turner FCA FCSI FRM
Group Chief Risk and  
Compliance Officer

Appointment:
Board: July 2017

Appointment:
Board: March 2018

Age: 52

Age: 51

Relevant skills and experience
Mark has a strong background across financial 
services, insurance and investment 
management, encompassing wide 
geographical experience relevant to the 
Group’s key markets.

Mark previously worked at Deloitte for 
26 years, building his industry focus on 
insurance and investment management 
globally. During this time, Mark was managing 
partner for Clients and Markets, a member 
of the executive committee and a member 
of the board of Deloitte UK. He was a vice 
chairman of Deloitte for four years, leading 
the CFO Programme and developing the 
CFO Transition labs.

Mark previously led the Insurance & Investment 
Management audit practice and the insurance 
industry practice.

Mark is Group Chief Financial Officer and 
Chief Operating Officer, a position he has held 
since July 2019. He joined the Board as Chief 
Financial Officer in July 2017.

Other appointment
 — British Heart Foundation

Relevant skills and experience
Having held senior positions at Prudential for 
over a decade, James has a wide-ranging 
understanding of the business and draws on 
previous experience across internal audit, 
finance and compliance, as well as technical 
knowledge, relevant to his role.

James joined Prudential as the Director of 
Group-wide Internal Audit and was appointed 
Director of Group Finance in September 2015, 
with responsibility for delivery of the Group’s 
internal and external financial reporting, 
business planning, performance monitoring 
and capital and liquidity planning.  

James joined the Board as an Executive Director 
and Group Chief Risk Officer in March 2018 and 
in July 2019 assumed responsibility for Group 
Compliance. James relocated to Hong Kong in 
August 2019 and has led the discussions with 
the Hong Kong Insurance Authority on the 
development of their Group Wide Supervisory 
Framework.

Board changes
Non-executive Directors
As announced on 10 December 2019, Jeremy 
Anderson was appointed to the Board as a 
Non-executive Director and member of the 
Risk and Audit Committees with effect from 
1 January 2020. He became the Chair of the 
Risk Committee with effect from the conclusion 
of the 2020 AGM held on 14 May 2020. 

As announced on 30 January 2020, Shriti 
Vadera joined the Board as a Non-executive 
Director and member of the Nomination & 
Governance Committee with effect from 1 May 
2020. She became Chair of the Board and of 
the Nomination & Governance Committee with 
effect from 1 January 2021.

As announced on 30 January 2020, Paul 
Manduca stepped down from the Board with 
effect from 31 December 2020.

As announced on 11 March 2020, Sir Howard 
Davies stepped down from the Board with 
effect from the conclusion of the 2020 AGM 
held on 14 May 2020. As announced on 
4 February 2021, Chua Sock Koong and Ming 
Lu will join the Board on 1 May 2021.

As announced on 3 March 2021, Kai 
Nargolwala will step down from the Board on 
13 May 2021.

Following the change of Group-wide supervisor 
in October 2019 to the Hong Kong Insurance 
Authority, the composition of the Prudential 
Corporation Asia Limited board of directors 
mirrors the Prudential Board.

 Key

A   Member of the Audit Committee

N    Member of the Nomination & Governance 

Committee

Re   Member of the Remuneration Committee

Ri   Member of the Risk Commit tee

  Denotes Committee Chair

  123

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A

G

K

Board of Directors / continued
Non-executive Directors

The Hon. Philip Remnant CBE FCA 
Senior Independent Director
A N Re

Jeremy Anderson CBE
Non-executive Director
Ri A

David Law ACA
Non-executive Director
A Ri Re

Appointments:
Board: January 2013
Audit Committee: January 2013
Nomination & Governance Committee:  
January 2013
Remuneration Committee: January 2013

Appointments:
Board: January 2020
Chair of the Risk Committee: May 2020 
Audit Committee: January 2020 
Responsibility & Sustainability Working  
Group: February 2021

Appointments:
Board: September 2015
Chair of the Audit Committee: May 2017
Risk Committee: May 2017
Remuneration Committee: February 2021

Age: 66

Age: 62

Age: 60

Relevant skills and experience
Philip contributes experience across a number 
of sectors and in particular listed company 
experience and the financial services industry, 
including asset management, in the UK 
and Europe.

Philip was a senior adviser at Credit Suisse and 
a vice chairman of Credit Suisse First Boston 
(CSFB) Europe and head of the UK Investment 
Banking Department. He was twice seconded 
to the role of director general of the Takeover 
Panel. Philip served on the board of Northern 
Rock plc and as chairman of the Shareholder 
Executive. Until July 2018, he also served on 
the board of UK Financial Investments Limited. 
In October 2020, Philip stepped down as 
chairman and member of the board of The City 
of London Investment Trust plc.

Philip joined the Board in January 2013 as a 
Non-executive Director, as Senior Independent 
Director and as a member of each of the Audit 
Committee, the Remuneration Committee and 
the Nomination & Governance Committee. 
He also chaired the M&G Group Limited board 
from April 2016 until October 2018.

Other appointments
 — Severn Trent plc
 — Takeover Panel (deputy chairman)

Relevant skills and experience
Jeremy contributes substantial leadership 
experience of the financial services sector 
across Asia and the US. He has extensive 
technical knowledge on audit and risk 
management, particularly concerning 
international companies.

Jeremy joined KPMG Consulting in 1985 and 
held the role of Chief Executive Officer in 2001 
before being appointed as head of UK 
operations at Atos Origin and a member of the 
Management Board of Atos Origin SA in 2002. 
From 2006, following two years as head of 
financial services at KPMG UK, Jeremy held the 
role of KPMG’s Head of Financial Services for 
Europe followed by head of clients & markets 
in 2008. He served as KPMG’s Chairman of 
Global Financial Services until 2017. Jeremy also 
served on the board of the UK Commission for 
Employment and Skills, and now serves as a 
non-executive director and chairman of the 
audit committee of UBS Group AG.

Jeremy joined the Board in January 2020 as a 
Non-executive Director and member of the 
Audit and Risk Committees. He became Chair 
of the Risk Committee and a member of the 
Nomination & Governance Committee in May 
2020. In February 2021, Jeremy stepped down 
from the Nomination & Governance Committee 
and became a member of the Responsibility & 
Sustainability Working Group. 

Other appointments
 — UBS Group AG / UBS AG (Audit Committee 

Chair, Senior Independent Director, 
Vice-Chair)

 — The Productivity Group
 — The Kingham Hill Trust

Relevant skills and experience
David has experience across the Group’s key 
international markets including North America 
and Asia, and across a number of industry 
sectors. He contributes extensive technical 
knowledge of audit, accounting and financial 
reporting essential to his role as Chair of the 
Audit Committee.

David is an accountant and spent 33 years 
working with Price Waterhouse and 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). During this 
time he was inter alia the global leader of PwC’s 
insurance practice, a partner in the UK firm, 
and worked as the lead audit partner for 
multinational insurance companies until his 
retirement in 2015. Other roles included 
leadership of PwC’s insurance and investment 
management assurance practice in London and 
the firm’s Scottish assurance division. He also 
spent three months working in Hong Kong in 
the early 1990s. After his retirement David 
became a director and CEO of L&F Holdings 
Limited and its subsidiaries (L&F). L&F is the 
professional indemnity captive insurance group 
which serves the PwC network and its member 
firms. David retired from this role in July 2019.

David joined the Board in September 2015 as 
a Non-executive Director and member of the 
Audit Committee. He was appointed Chair 
of the Audit Committee and a member of 
the Risk Committee and of the Nomination 
& Governance Committee in May 2017. 
In February 2021, David stepped down from 
the Nomination & Governance Committee 
and was appointed a member of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Other appointment
 — University of Edinburgh (Member of the 

Court and Policy and Resources committee)

124

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comKaikhushru Nargolwala FCA
Non-executive Director
Re Ri

Anthony Nightingale CMG SBS JP
Non-executive Director
Re N

Alice Schroeder
Non-executive Director
A Ri

Appointments:
Board: June 2013
Chair of the Remuneration Committee: May 2015
Nomination & Governance Committee: 
 May 2015

Age: 73

Appointments:
Board: June 2013
Audit Committee: June 2013
Risk Committee: March 2018
Chair of the Responsibility & Sustainability 
Working Group: February 2021

Age: 64

Relevant skills and experience
Anthony has long executive experience of 
listed companies and, in particular, extensive 
knowledge of Asian markets.

Relevant skills and experience
Alice has experience across the insurance, 
asset management, technology and financial 
services industries in the US.

Anthony spent his career in Asia, where he 
joined the Jardine Matheson Group in 1969, 
holding a number of senior positions before 
joining the board of Jardine Matheson Holdings 
in 1994. He was managing director of the 
Jardine Matheson Group from 2006 to 2012. 
Anthony was on the Board of Schindler Holding 
Limited until 19 March 2020. 

He was a past chairman of the Hong Kong 
General Chamber of Commerce and was 
appointed as an ABAC Representative of 
Hong Kong, China from 2005 to 2017 and 
the Hong Kong representative to the APEC 
Vision Group from 2018 to 2019.

He is the Chairperson of the Sailors Home 
and Missions to Seafarers in Hong Kong.

Anthony joined the Board in June 2013 as a 
Non-executive Director and member of the 
Remuneration Committee. He became Chair 
of the Remuneration Committee and a member 
of the Nomination & Governance Committee 
in May 2015.

Other appointments
 — Jardine Matheson Holdings (and other 
Jardine Matheson group companies)

 — Shui On Land Limited
 — Vitasoy International Holdings Limited
 — The Innovation and Strategic Development 

Council in Hong Kong

Alice began her career as a qualified accountant 
at Ernst & Young. She joined the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board as a manager 
in 1991, overseeing the issuance of several 
significant insurance accounting standards.

From 1993, she led teams of analysts 
specialising in property-casualty insurance 
as a managing director at CIBC Oppenheimer, 
PaineWebber (now UBS) and Morgan Stanley. 
Alice was also an independent board member 
of the Cetera Financial Group and held the office 
of CEO and chair of WebTuner (now Showfer 
Media LLC), until its sale in 2017. She was also 
a director of Bank of America Merrill Lynch 
International until December 2018.

Alice joined the Board in June 2013 as a 
Non-executive Director and member of the 
Audit Committee. She became a member of 
the Risk Committee in March 2018 and was 
appointed Chair of the Responsibility & 
Sustainability Working Group in February 2021.

Other appointments
 — Quorum Health Corporation
 — Natus Medical Incorporated
 — Westland Insurance Group Ltd

Appointments:
Board: January 2012
Remuneration Committee: January 2012
Risk Committee: January 2012
Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group: 
February 2021
Employee Engagement Director: May 2019
Age: 70

Relevant skills and experience
Kai has experience across some of the Group’s 
key international markets, particularly Hong 
Kong and the wider Asian market. In addition to 
his experience with listed groups, he contributes 
knowledge of the financial services sector.

Kai spent 19 years at Bank of America and was 
based in Hong Kong in roles as group executive 
vice president and head of the Asia Wholesale 
Banking Group from 1990 to 1995. He spent 10 
years working for Standard Chartered PLC in 
Singapore as group executive director responsible 
for Asia governance and risk from 1998 to 2007. 
Kai was chief executive officer of the Asia Pacific 
Region of Credit Suisse AG from 2008 to 2010 
and now serves as director and chairman of their 
remuneration committee. Kai also served as 
chairman of Clifford Capital Pte. Ltd from April 
2012 until December 2020 and Clifford Capital 
Holdings from April 2020 until December 2020.

Kai has served on a number of other boards, 
including Singapore Telecommunications and 
Tate & Lyle plc and was appointed deputy 
chairman of Singapore Pools (Private) Limited 
with effect from January 2021.

Kai joined the Board in January 2012 as a 
Non-executive Director and member of the 
Remuneration and Risk Committees. 
In February 2021, he was appointed a member 
of the Responsibility & Sustainability Working 
Group. Kai acts as a designated Non-executive 
Director for employee engagement matters 
as set out in the UK Code, for the Group’s 
workforce in Asia and Africa.

Other appointments
 — Credit Suisse Group AG
 — PSA International Pte Ltd
 — Co-Chair of Sustainable Finance Steering 

Committee formed by Temasek 
 — Singapore Pools (Private) Limited

  125

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A

G

K

Board of Directors / continued
Non-executive Directors

Thomas Watjen 
Non-executive Director
Re

Ri N

Fields Wicker-Miurin OBE
Non-executive Director
Re

Amy Yip
Non-executive Director
A

Appointments:
Board: September 2018
Remuneration Committee: September 2018
Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group: 
February 2021

Appointments:
Board: September 2019
Audit Committee: March 2021

Age: 62

Age: 69

Relevant skills and experience
Fields has extensive international boardroom 
experience, combining knowledge of the Group’s 
key geographic markets in Asia and Africa with 
experience across the global financial services 
industry, including more than 10 years as a 
non-executive director and committee chair 
of life insurance and reinsurance companies.

Fields has held a number of senior positions, 
including senior partner at Strategic Planning 
Associates, chief financial officer and director 
of strategy at the London Stock Exchange, and 
leader of the global markets practice at AT 
Kearney. She was appointed to Nasdaq’s 
Technology Advisory Council and as an expert 
on the Panel advising the European Parliament on 
financial markets harmonisation. She previously 
chaired the investment committee of the Royal 
London Group and has chaired the audit 
committee of Savills plc. From 2004-2014, Fields 
focused on sub-Saharan Africa, India and China 
in her role as chair of the investment impact 
committee of CDC, the UK government’s 
development finance institution. 

Fields has served on the boards of three UK 
Government departments, including the 
Department of Business, where she chaired the 
strategic investment committee and was a 
member of the technology strategy board, and 
the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and 
Sport (2016-2020), where she chaired the audit 
and risk committee.

Fields joined the Board in September 2018 as a 
Non-executive Director and member of the 
Remuneration Committee and was appointed a 
member of the Responsibility & Sustainability 
Working Group in February 2021.

Other appointments
 — BNP Paribas
 — SCOR SE
 — Leaders’ Quest (Partner)

Relevant skills and experience
Amy has extensive experience of China and 
South- east Asia following a 40-year career 
in banking, insurance, asset management 
and government. 

Amy started her career in 1978 and has held a 
number of senior positions in financial services 
in Asia. She was formerly head of wealth 
management of DBS Bank, chair of DBS Asset 
Management and chief executive officer of DBS 
Bank Hong Kong. Since 2011 she has been an 
adviser to Vita Green, a health supplements 
provider based in Hong Kong. 

 Amy became a non-executive director of AIG 
Insurance Hong Kong Limited in 2011 and chairs 
its audit committee. She became a non-executive 
director and member of the Technology 
Committee of Deutsche Börse AG in 2015 and 
became chair of the Asia Pacific advisory board 
of EFG Bank International in 2019. Amy served 
as a member of the compensation and nomination 
committees of Temenos Group AG from 2014 
until May 2020, and as a non-executive director 
of Fidelity Funds from 2017 until October 2020. 

Amy joined the Board in September 2019 as 
a Non-executive Director and member of the 
Remuneration Committee. With effect from 
3 March 2021, Amy stepped down from the 
Remuneration Committee and joined the 
Audit Committee.

Other appointments
 — AIG Insurance Hong Kong Limited
 — Deutsche Böerse AG
 — EFG Bank and EFG Bank International 

(Chairman, Asia Pacific Advisory Board)

Appointments:
Board: July 2017
Remuneration Committee: July 2017
Risk Committee: November 2018
Nomination & Governance Committee: 
February 2021
Employee Engagement Director: May 2019
Age: 66

Relevant skills and experience
Tom has experience across the insurance, asset 
management and financial services industries 
as well as experience with listed companies in 
the UK and the US.

Tom started his career at Aetna Life and 
Casualty before joining Conning & Company, 
an investment and asset management provider, 
where he became a partner in the consulting 
and private capital areas. He joined Morgan 
Stanley in 1987, and became a managing 
director in its insurance practice.

In 1994 he was appointed executive vice 
president and chief financial officer of Provident 
Companies Inc.

He was a key member of the team associated 
with Provident’s merger with Unum in 1999 and 
was appointed president and chief executive 
officer of the renamed Unum Group in 2003, 
a role he held until May 2017. Tom also served 
on the board of Sun Trust Banks from 2010 until 
April 2019. In 2019, Tom joined the boards of 
LocatorX, Inc and in 2020 he joined the board 
of Arch Capital Group Limited.

Tom joined the Board in July 2017 as a 
Non-executive Director and member of the 
Remuneration Committee. He became a 
member of the Risk Committee in November 
2018 and a member of the Nomination & 
Governance Committee in February 2021. 
Tom acts as a designated Non-executive 
Director for employee engagement matters 
as set out in the UK Code, for the Group’s 
workforce in the US and UK.

Other appointments
 — Arch Capital Group Limited
 — LocatorX, Inc

126

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comGroup Executive Committee

A

J

B

K

C

D

E

L M N

F

O

G

P

H

Q

I

R

The Group Executive Committee (GEC) comprises the Executive Directors, the 
Chief Executive of each of Prudential Corporation Asia and Jackson Holdings 
LLC, the Group Human Resources Director and the Group Chief Digital Officer. 
The GEC is a management committee constituted to support the Group Chief 
Executive, who also chairs the GEC. For the purposes of the Hong Kong Listing 
Rules, Senior Management is defined as the members of the GEC.

UK Corporate Governance Code Principles

The UK Corporate Governance Code requires that we demonstrate how 
we have applied the Principles of the Code (listed below). Throughout the 
Annual Report we have inserted red-circled letters to indicate which 
section, page or paragraph demonstrates our compliance.

Jolene Chen
Group Human Resources Director
Appointment to the GEC: June 2019
Age: 61

Relevant skills and experience
Jolene is the Group Human Resources Director and Chief Human Resources 
Officer for Prudential Corporation Asia. She is also a member of the Prudential 
Corporation Asia Executive Board and a Councillor of Prudence Foundation, 
the community investment arm of Prudential in Asia.

Jolene has more than 30 years’ experience, including eight as Chief Human 
Resources Officer for Prudential Corporation Asia. Prior to joining us she spent 
over 21 years with multinational companies in a variety of resourcing, 
organisational design, talent management, learning and development and 
human resources roles.

Nicolaos Nicandrou
Chief Executive, Prudential Corporation Asia
Appointment to the GEC: October 2009
Age: 55

Relevant skills and experience
Nic became Chief Executive of Prudential Corporation Asia in July 2017 
and is responsible for Prudential Corporation Asia’s life insurance and asset 
management business across 14 markets in Asia. Nic is also the chairman 
of CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Limited.

Nic started his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). Before joining 
Prudential as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer in 2009, he 
worked at Aviva, where he held a number of senior finance roles, including 
as Norwich Union Life’s finance director and board member, Aviva group 
financial control director, Aviva group financial management and reporting 
director and CGNU group financial reporting director. 

Laura Prieskorn
Chief Executive Officer, Jackson Holdings LLC 
Appointment to the GEC: February 2021
Age: 53

Relevant skills and experience
Laura is Chief Executive Officer of Jackson Holdings LLC, which includes 
Jackson’s US subsidiaries and affiliates. Prior to this, as Executive Vice 
President and Chief Operating Officer, Laura was responsible for leading 
Jackson’s operations and technology teams as well as the business integration 
efforts directed at continuously supporting and improving the client, adviser 
and distribution partner experience. Laura joined Jackson in August of 1989, 
and during her career at the company has held a variety of senior roles, 
including membership of the Executive, Investment and Product Committees.

She earned a bachelor’s degree from Central Michigan University 
in business administration.

Al-Noor Ramji
Group Chief Digital Officer
Appointment to the GEC: January 2016
Age: 66

Relevant skills and experience
Al-Noor, who joined Prudential in 2016 in the newly-created role of Group Chief 
Digital Officer, is responsible for developing and executing an integrated, 
long-term digital strategy for the Group. 

Before joining Prudential, he worked at Northgate Capital, a venture capital firm 
in Silicon Valley, where he ran the technology-focused funds. Prior to 
that, Al-Noor was at Misys, the financial services software group, and he has 
previously held leading technology and innovation roles at BT Group, Qwest 
Communications, Dresdner Kleinwort Benson and Swiss Bank Corporation.

Board leadership and company purpose
A   A successful company is led by an effective and entrepreneurial board, whose 

role is to promote the long-term sustainable success of the company, generating 
value for shareholders and contributing to wider society. 

B   The board should establish the company’s purpose, values and strategy, and 
satisfy itself that these and its culture are aligned. All directors must act with 
integrity, lead by example and promote the desired culture. 

C   The board should ensure that the necessary resources are in place for the 

company to meet its objectives and measure performance against them. The 
board should also establish a framework of prudent and effective controls, which 
enable risk to be assessed and managed. 
In order for the company to meet its responsibilities to shareholders and 
stakeholders, the board should ensure effective engagement with, and 
encourage participation from, these parties. 

D  

E   The board should ensure that workforce policies and practices are consistent with 

the company’s values and support its long-term sustainable success. The 
workforce should be able to raise any matters of concern.

Division of responsibilities
F   The chair leads the board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness in 
directing the company. They should demonstrate objective judgement 
throughout their tenure and promote a culture of openness and debate. In 
addition, the chair facilitates constructive board relations and the effective 
contribution of all non-executive directors, and ensures that directors receive 
accurate, timely and clear information. 

G   The board should include an appropriate combination of executive and 

non-executive (and, in particular, independent non-executive) directors, such 
that no one individual or small group of individuals dominates the board’s 
decision-making. There should be a clear division of responsibilities between the 
leadership of the board and the executive leadership of the company’s business. 

H   Non-executive directors should have sufficient time to meet their board 

responsibilities. They should provide constructive challenge, strategic guidance, 
offer specialist advice and hold management to account.

I   The board, supported by the company secretary, should ensure that it has the 

policies, processes, information, time and resources it needs in order to function 
effectively and efficiently.

Composition, succession and evaluation
J   Appointments to the board should be subject to a formal, rigorous and 

transparent procedure, and an effective succession plan should be maintained for 
board and senior management. Both appointments and succession plans should 
be based on merit and objective criteria and, within this context, should promote 
diversity of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and personal 
strengths. 

K   The board and its committees should have a combination of skills, experience and 
knowledge. Consideration should be given to the length of service of the board 
as a whole and membership regularly refreshed. 

L   Annual evaluation of the board should consider its composition, diversity and 
how effectively members work together to achieve objectives. Individual 
evaluation should demonstrate whether each director continues to contribute 
effectively.

Audit, risk and internal control
M   The board should establish formal and transparent policies and procedures to 
ensure the independence and effectiveness of internal and external audit 
functions and satisfy itself on the integrity of financial and narrative statements. 

N   The board should present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the 

company’s position and prospects. 

O   The board should establish procedures to manage risk, oversee the internal 

control framework, and determine the nature and extent of the principal risks the 
company is willing to take in order to achieve its long-term strategic objectives.

Remuneration
P   Remuneration policies and practices should be designed to support strategy and 
promote long-term sustainable success. Executive remuneration should be 
aligned to company purpose and values, and be clearly linked to the successful 
delivery of the company’s long-term strategy. 

Q   A formal and transparent procedure for developing policy on executive 

remuneration and determining director and senior management remuneration 
should be established. No director should be involved in deciding their own 
remuneration outcome. 

R   Directors should exercise independent judgement and discretion when 

authorising remuneration outcomes, taking account of company and individual 
performance, and wider circumstances.

  127

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020How we operate

This section tells you more about  
the Group’s governance, operation  
of the Board and Board roles. 

Group governance
Corporate governance codes – statement of compliance
The Company has dual primary listings in London (premium listing) 
and Hong Kong (Main board listing) and has therefore adopted a 
governance structure based on the UK and Hong Kong Corporate 
Governance Codes (the UK and HK Codes). This report explains 
how the principles set out in the UK and HK Codes have been applied. 

The Board confirms that, for the year under review, the Company has 
complied with the principles and provisions of the UK Code. Please 
see page 127 where we set out how we have applied the principles. 

The Company has also complied with the provisions of the HK Code 
other than as follows: Provision B.1.2(d) of the HK Code requires 
companies, on a comply or explain basis, to have a remuneration 
committee which makes recommendations to a main board on the 
remuneration of non-executive directors. This provision is not 
compatible with principle Q of the UK Code which states that no 
director should be involved in deciding their own remuneration 
outcome, and provision 34 of the UK Code which recommends that 
the board determines the remuneration of non-executive directors. 
Prudential has chosen to adopt a practice in line with the 
recommendations of the UK Code. 

Following the introduction by the UK government of measures to limit 
the spread of Covid-19 by prohibiting non-essential travel and public 
gatherings of more than two people, and following the issuance of 
the Company’s 2020 Annual General Meeting (AGM) Notice, the 
Company provided an update to shareholders in late April 2020 on its 
revised arrangements for the 2020 AGM. In light of those restrictions 
and to protect the health of Prudential’s shareholders and employees, 
the Board decided, with regret, that shareholders, external advisers 
(including the auditor) and Directors (other than the Chairman) would 
not be able to attend the AGM in person (and thus provisions A.6.7 
and E.1.2 of the HK Code could not be complied with).

The UK Code is available from: 
www.frc.org.uk

The HK Code is available from: 
www.hkex.com.hk

I

  O  

C  
Our governance framework 
The Group has established a governance framework for the business, 
which is approved by the Board, and is designed to promote 
appropriate behaviours across the Group. The Nomination & 
Governance Committee keeps material changes to the governance 
arrangements under review.

The governance framework includes the key mechanisms through 
which the Group sets strategy, plans its objectives, monitors 
performance, considers risk management, holds business units to 
account for delivering on business plans and arranges governance.

128

Group Governance Manual
The Group Governance Manual (the Manual) sets out the policies 
and procedures under which the Group operates, taking into account 
statutory, regulatory and other relevant matters. The Manual includes 
the Group Code of Business Conduct which is regularly reviewed by 
the Board. The Risk Committee approves the Group Risk Framework, 
an integral part of the Manual, and the Audit Committee monitors 
Group-wide compliance with the Manual throughout the year. 

Business units manage and report compliance with the Group-wide 
mandatory requirements set out in the Manual through annual 
attestations. This includes compliance with our risk management 
framework, details of which are set out on pages 139 to 140 
of this report.

The content of the Manual is reviewed regularly, reflecting the 
developing nature of both the Group and the markets in which it 
operates, with significant changes on key policies reported to the 
relevant Board Committee.

Subsidiary governance
Since the demerger of M&G plc in October 2019, the Group has made 
changes to its subsidiary audit and governance arrangements to reflect 
the changing shape of the Group, in particular with respect to the Asia 
business. The Group Audit and Risk Committees have established 
direct links to the audit and risk committees of the four major Asia 
insurance businesses, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore. 
Arrangements include regular reports and calls between the Chairs 
of the Group committees and the local committee chairs, with an open 
invitation to the Group Committee Chairs to attend the committee 
meetings of the major Asia business.

In addition, an internal legal restructuring has been undertaken to 
form a holding company for Eastspring managed entities, Eastspring 
Investments Group Pte. Ltd. This has created a regional board as well 
as audit and risk committees with consolidated oversight across the 
Eastspring business unit and a direct link to the Group-level Audit 
and Risk Committees. 

Other Prudential Corporation Asia businesses also operate local 
audit and risk committees, with standard terms of reference. Those 
committees report to the Group-level committees through written 
updates provided by the attendees from Group functions. 

The Nomination & Governance Committee is responsible for oversight 
of governance arrangements for the significant subsidiaries. A report 
on the activities of the Nomination & Governance Committee during 
2020 can be found on pages 141 to 149.

Regulatory environment
Following the demerger of M&G plc on 21 October 2019, the 
Group-wide supervisor of Prudential changed to the Hong Kong 
Insurance Authority (the Hong Kong IA). On 24 July 2020 the 
Insurance (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance, being the enabling 
primary legislation providing for the GWS Framework, was enacted. 
This primary legislation is supported by subsidiary legislation and 
guidance material from the Hong Kong IA. The relevant subsidiary 
legislation, including the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules, was tabled 
before the Legislative Council on 6 January 2021 and will come into 
operation on 29 March 2021. 

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comThe GWS Framework includes requirements for Hong Kong 
insurance groups to have in place appropriate corporate governance 
arrangements and to maintain appropriate internal controls for the 
oversight of their business.

Individual regulated entities within the Group continue to be subject 
to entity-level regulatory requirements in the relevant jurisdictions 
in which they carry on business. 

Interactions with regulators shape the Group’s governance framework 
and the Chair, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Risk Officer and 
Compliance Officer, and the Chief Executive of Prudential Corporation 
Asia play a leading role in representing the Group to regulators and 
ensuring our dialogue with them is constructive.

Terms of reference for each of the Board’s principal Committees have 
been updated to align their duties with the changes expected under 
the GWS Framework.

B   D   E
Stakeholder engagement
Information on the Board’s engagement with, and discussion of, 
stakeholder views as part of the Board decision-making process can 
be found on pages 78 to 81. Additional information can be found 
on our website at www.prudentialplc.com/about-us/esg/our-approach

Employee voice
The Board has designated two Non-executive Directors to represent 
the workforce; Kai Nargolwala with responsibility for Asia and Africa, 
and Tom Watjen with responsibility for the US and the UK. 

The Board received an update on activities undertaken and themes 
arising for consideration on a six-monthly basis. Kai Nargolwala and 
Tom Watjen offer their insight to Board discussions and decisions as 
part of the Board’s consideration of the workforce as key stakeholders. 
Kai Nargolwala will be retiring at the AGM in May and post the 
proposed separation of Jackson the work he and Tom Watjen 
undertook will be continued by the Responsibility & Sustainability 
Working Group. As part of this, the Working Group will consider the 
best method for employee engagement in the longer term, to ensure 
this is tailored to the culture and strategic priorities of the refocused 
Group following the proposed separation of the Jackson business, 
and make a recommendation to the Board for implementation 
following the 2022 Annual General Meeting.

Please see the Section 172 statement on pages 78 to 81 for an 
overview of the activities undertaken during 2020.

Shareholders 
The Board recognises the importance of maintaining an appropriate 
level of two-way communication with shareholders. The Group holds 
an ongoing programme of regular contact with major shareholders, 
conducted by the Chair, to discuss their views on the Group’s 
governance. The Senior Independent Director and the Committee 
Chairs are available at the request of shareholders. Engagement 
with institutional investors on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
and implementation is led by the Remuneration Committee Chair 
on an annual basis. 

During 2020, in addition to the governance meetings held with 
investors by Paul Manduca, Shriti Vadera met with a large number 
of our major investors as part of her introduction to the business. 
The Chair of the Remuneration Committee also engaged with our 
investors on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. Please see our 
Section 172 Statement on pages 78 to 81 for more information 
on interactions with shareholders and other key stakeholders. 

Due to the UK government restrictions to limit the spread of Covid-19, 
the AGM on 14 May 2020 chaired by Paul Manduca was held as a 
‘closed meeting’ with just two shareholders to provide the requisite 
quorum to enable the formal business of passing resolutions to be 
conducted. In recognising the continuing importance of the AGM as 
an opportunity to engage with shareholders, the Board encouraged 
participation from shareholders. The revised meeting arrangements 
included an option for shareholders to submit questions to the Board 
in advance of the meeting, the answers to which were posted on the 
Company’s website, and shareholders were also asked to vote their 
shares by proxy ahead of the meeting. Prudential kept shareholders 
informed through its website and released a number of updates during 
the period of the Covid-19 pandemic, including a Q1 business update 
and other presentations.

Notwithstanding the pandemic and related unprecedented measures 
and circumstances, the Board continues to receive regular updates 
on shareholder engagement activities.

I

A   B   C   D   H  
Operation of the Board
How the Board leads the Group
The Group is headed by a Board led by the Chair.

The Board currently consists of 13 Directors, of which a majority, 
excluding the Chair are independent Non-executive Directors. 
Biographical details of each of the Directors can be found on pages 122 
to 126 and further details of the roles of the Chair, Group Chief 
Executive, Senior Independent Director, Committee Chairs and the 
Non-executive Directors can be found on pages 134 to 136. 

The Board is collectively responsible to shareholders for the long-term 
sustainable success of the business through:

 — Establishing the Company’s purpose, values and strategy and 
satisfying itself that these are aligned with the Group’s culture;
 — Approving the Group’s long-term strategy, strategic objectives, 

capital allocation, annual budgets and business plans, 
recommended by the Group Chief Executive, and any material 
changes to them;

 — Monitoring the implementation of strategic objectives; and
 — Assessing and monitoring culture, including alignment with policy, 

practices, behaviours and risk appetite.

Specific matters are reserved for decision by the Board, including: 

 — Approving dividend policy and determination of dividends or other 

capital distributions;

 — Approving of strategic projects; 
 — Approving of the three-year business and financial plan;
 — Appointing and removing of Directors and the Company Secretary;
 — Approving of the Group’s full and half-yearly results 

announcements and any other periodic financial reporting; 

 — Ensuring an effective system of internal control and risk 

management is in place, maintained and reviewed at least annually;

 — Approving the Group’s overall risk appetite and tolerance; and
 — Ensuring effective engagement with, and encouraging participation 

from, key stakeholder groups. 

  129

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Key areas of focus – how the Board spent its time 
The Board held nine meetings during 2020. The table below gives an indication of the key topics considered at each meeting. 

Feb Mar

Apr May

Jul

Aug1

Sep

Dec

Strategy and implementation 
Approval and review of strategic priorities 

Strategic priorities monitoring

Approval of three-year operating plan

Strategic projects2

Group Chief Executive’s report

Report from Committee Chairs
Audit

Nomination & Governance

Remuneration 

Risk

Financial reporting and dividends
Group Chief Financial Officer’s performance report

Full-year and 2019 second interim dividend

Half-year and 2020 first interim dividend

Cash, capital and operations reports

Business unit Chief Executive updates
Prudential Corporation Asia

Jackson

Risk, regulatory and compliance 
Regulatory and Government Relations updates

Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report

Governance and stakeholders
Key governance developments

Culture and employee engagement

Board evaluation and actions tracking

Succession planning

Corporate responsibility reporting and ESG

Diversity and inclusion

Non-executive Directors’ fees

Investor updates including feedback on investor meetings 

Audit tender

Notes
1  Two meetings for the 2020 Half Year Accounts were held in August.
2  Strategic projects considered during the year included the bancassurance partnership with TMB and Thanachart, the proposed separation of Jackson and various aspects  

of the strategic positioning of the Group, the Athene transaction, and the expansion of Pulse and associated commercial partnerships. 

The Board held a separate workshop focusing on the proposed separation of Jackson in January and a three-day strategy event in June.

Between meetings, the Board is provided with monthly update reports from management. 

130

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comHow we operate / continuedBoard and Committee meeting attendance throughout 2020 
Individual Directors’ attendance at meetings throughout the year is set out in the table below.

Chairman

Paul Manduca

Audit 
Committee
11 meetings

Board
9 meetings
•••••••••

Nomination 
& Governance 
Committee
6 meetings
    •••••2

Remuneration 
Committee
5 meetings

Risk 
Committee
8 meetings

Joint Audit 
and Risk 
Committee
2 meetings 

General
Meetings1
1 meeting 
•

Executive  
Directors

Non-executive  
Directors

Mike Wells

James Turner

Philip Remnant

Mark FitzPatrick

Jeremy Anderson

•••••••••
•••••••••
•••••••••
••••••••• ••••••••••• ••••••
•••3
••••••••• •••••••••••
••••
••••••••• ••••••••••• ••••••
•••••••••
Anthony Nightingale •••••••••

Howard Davies4

Kai Nargolwala

••••••

David Law

••••

•••

Tom Watjen

Alice Schroeder

••••••••• •••••••••••
•••••••••
Fields Wicker-Miurin •••••••••
•••••••••
••••••

Shriti Vadera5

Amy Yip

••••

    •
•••••••• ••
•••
•
•••••••• ••
•••    •••• ••

•••••••• ••
•••••••• ••

•••••

•••••
•••••

•••••
•••••
•••••

Notes
1  Due to the Covid-19 restrictions in the UK, only the Chairman attended the Annual General Meeting with the Company Secretary. 
2  Paul Manduca recused himself from a meeting of the Nomination & Governance Committee which was convened to discuss his succession plans. 
3  Jeremy Anderson was appointed a member of the Nomination & Governance Committee with effect from 14 May 2020.
4  Howard Davies stepped down from the Board with effect from the conclusion of the AGM held on 14 May 2020.
5  Shriti Vadera was appointed a member of the Board and of the Nomination & Governance Committee with effect from 1 May 2020.

Board and Committee papers are usually provided one week in advance of a meeting. Where a Director is unable to attend a meeting,  
his or her views are canvassed in advance by the Chair of that meeting where possible.

  131

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Board effectiveness 

L

Actions during 2020 arising from the 2019 review
The performance evaluation of the Board and its principal Committees for 2019 was conducted internally at the end of 2019 through a 
questionnaire. The findings were presented to the Board in February 2020 and an action plan was agreed to address areas of focus identified 
by the evaluation. 

The review confirmed that the Board continued to operate effectively during the year and no major areas requiring improvement 
were highlighted. 

Set out below are the themes, summary of actions and progress updates: 

Theme

Summary of actions

Progress

Board composition 
and process 

 — Continue to use workshops, as appropriate, 

 — The workshop format has been used to enable 

to support discussions.

 — Monitor Board meeting arrangements in the 
post-demerger context and ensure strategic 
focus areas, including culture and values, 
continue to receive appropriate agenda time.

Risk, Capital 
and Audit

 — Keep Board training in this area under review 

and schedule additional sessions as appropriate.

Stakeholders

 — Continue to develop and embed reporting by the 

designated Non-executive Directors on workforce 
engagement.

more Board time for discussion where appropriate.

 — Meeting arrangements have been adapted in 

response to Covid-19 travel restrictions, including 
technology upgrades and meeting adjustments 
to maximise time available and enable Directors 
to continue to focus on key strategic areas.

 — The Board continued to receive relevant updates 
during the year. Due to Covid-19 related travel 
restrictions, on-site sessions were not possible but 
will resume once restrictions have eased. More 
details on Board and Committee training is included 
on page 138.

 — The roles of the two Designated Non-executive 
Directors were embedded during 2020 and the 
Board received reports on their activities.

 — The Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group 
established in February 2021 (as described on page 
137) will take over the role of workforce engagement 
from the 2021 AGM until the 2022 AGM. It will also 
consider and make a recommendation to the Board 
on the most appropriate method for workforce 
engagement thereafter. 

People

 — Continue to develop reporting on talent 

 — Talent management and D&I has been more firmly 

management, succession pipeline and D&I, 
utilising the expanded role of the Nomination 
& Governance Committee.

embedded within the processes across the business, 
which was reinforced as part of the culture 
framework developed during the year.

 — Reporting has been expanded and includes more 
forward-looking assessments and metrics which 
are being developed by the newly established 
D&I Council as part of the Group’s D&I strategy.

132

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comHow we operate / continued2020 review and actions for 2021
The performance evaluation of the Board and its principal Committees for 2020 was conducted externally by Independent Board Evaluation, 
an independent consultancy. The external nature of the review met the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code which requires 
external evaluations on no less than three-yearly intervals. 

The evaluation covered the Board, each of the principal committees, and an individual assessment of the Chair and each of the other 
Non-executive Directors. The Board evaluation focused on Board performance and focus, Board composition, succession planning and 
induction, and support provided to Board members. The evaluation included seeking feedback from each Director, the Company Secretary 
and senior management. 

Interviews were held with all Board members and other stakeholders, and these were supplemented by attendance and observation at a number 
of Board and Committee meetings. Supporting materials to enhance understanding of how the Board and its Committees operate were 
provided. 

The findings were presented to the Nomination & Governance Committee and the Board in December 2020 and collective Committee and Board 
discussions to exchange ideas and agree priorities arising from the report took place.

The Board agreed an action plan to respond to the recommendations at its meeting in February.

I

The report identified a number of strengths of the Board, including a strong Board culture of engagement and collaboration, strong governance 
and compliance, and clear, timely information being provided to support Board meetings. The evaluation concluded that the Board and its 
principal committees were operating effectively. Some areas were identified for development in order to support the onboarding of new Board 
members and to keep pace with the transformation of the Group.

Through the evaluation and subsequent additional discussion at the Board meeting in February 2021, the Board identified areas of particular 
focus and related actions:

Theme

Summary of actions

Maximising Board 
inclusivity

 — Enhance induction processes to leverage new Board members’ skills as quickly as possible.
 — Recognising the challenge with current travel restrictions, create more opportunities for less formal discussion 

among Board members.

Focusing on 
the People and 
ESG Agenda

Improvements to 
Board information 
flows 

Improvements to 
Board processes

 — Consider how best to give additional Board time and focus to the ESG and people agenda.

 — As the shape of the Group changes, build up Board members’ depth of knowledge of the Asia and Africa business 

and re-focus the Board agenda to maximise time considering business performance and strategy on a more 
granular basis.

 — Review and strengthen links with subsidiary boards to leverage insight and support from those boards.

 — Consider processes for briefings outside of meetings to support inclusivity and maximise ways in which Board 

members benefit from each other’s experience and expertise.

Director evaluation
The performance of Directors during 2020 was evaluated by Independent Board Evaluation as part of the overall Board evaluation programme. 
Feedback on individual performance of Non-executive Directors was provided to the then Chair designate, who held discussions with each 
of them at the start of 2021 on becoming Chair. Feedback on the performance of the then Chair designate was separately provided to, and 
discussed with her, by the Senior Independent Director. Feedback on the performance of the Executive Directors, in their capacity as Board 
Directors, was also provided to the Chair designate, who discussed feedback with each of them separately.

The performance of Executive Directors, in their capacity as Executives, is subject to regular review; Paul Manduca assessed the performance 
of the Group Chief Executive while Mike Wells individually appraised the performance of each of the Executive Directors as part of the annual 
Group-wide performance evaluation of all employees. The Chair of the Risk Committee provided feedback to the Group Chief Executive on 
the performance of the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer.

The outcome of each of these evaluation processes is reported to the Nomination & Governance Committee in February each year in order 
to inform the Committee’s recommendation for Board members to be put forward for re-election by shareholders. 

Executive Director performance is also reviewed by the Remuneration Committee as part of its deliberations on bonus payments.

  133

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Directors
A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H
Board roles and governance

Chair – Shriti Vadera 
The Chair is responsible for leadership of the Board and managing Board business. She ensures, in collaboration with the Group Chief 
Executive and senior management, that the appropriate issues are brought to the Board, that there is a culture of openness and debate, 
and that the Board is setting the right tone from the top. 

Other aspects of the Chair role include:

Leadership and succession planning
 — Responsible for the leadership and the governance of the Board 
as a whole, demonstrating objective judgement, the highest 
standards of integrity and probity, and ethical leadership

 — Responsible for developing, in conjunction with the Nomination  

& Governance Committee and the Group Chief Executive, 
an effective Board as regards its composition, skills 
and competencies

 — Leading the Board in discharging its responsibility in respect 

of the appointment and removal of Directors

 — Leading periodic evaluations, including externally facilitated 

evaluations, of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors

 — Leading the Board in holding to account the performance of 

management and individual executive directors against agreed 
performance objectives

 — Working with the Nomination & Governance Committee, 

ensuring that Directors receive a full formal and tailored induction 
programme, that their development needs are identified and 
that they keep their skills and knowledge up to date

Relations with shareholders and other stakeholders
 — Ensuring effective communication with shareholders and that 

relevant governance and strategy issues are discussed with major 
shareholders and that their views are communicated to the Board 
as a whole

 — Representing the Board externally at business, political 

and community level. Alongside the Group Chief Executive, 
presenting the Group’s views and positions as determined 
by the Board on key public policy and industry matters and 
communicating them effectively to governments, other public 
organisations and regulatory authorities

 — Balancing the interests of different categories of stakeholders, 

preserving an independent view and ensuring effective 
communication, ensuring that the Board listens to the views 
of key stakeholders 

External positions
 — Approving Directors’ external positions prior to them being 

accepted, taking into account the required time commitment 
and escalating consideration of conflicts of interest to the 
Nomination & Governance Committee as required

Managing Board business
 — Setting the Board agenda and ensuring, in collaboration 

with the Group Chief Executive, and the Company Secretary, 
that appropriate issues are brought to the Board’s attention 

 — Maintaining an effective and constructive liaison with the 
Non-executive Directors, encouraging their engagement 
so as to maximise their contribution to the work of the Board 
and also ensuring constructive relations between Executive 
and Non-executive Directors

 — Meeting with Non-executive Directors independently 

of the Executive 

 — Ensuring, in collaboration with management, that information 
brought to the Board is accurate, clear, timely and contains 
sufficient analysis appropriate to the scale and nature of the 
decisions to be made

 — Ensuring the Board has effective decision-making processes 

and applies sufficient challenge to major proposals 

 — Promoting effective reporting of Board Committee business 
at Board meetings through regular Committee Chair updates

134

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comHow we operate / continuedGroup Chief Executive – Mike Wells 
The Group Chief Executive leads the Executive Directors and senior executives and is responsible for the operational management 
of the Group on behalf of the Board on a day-to-day basis.

 — Responsible for the implementation of Board decisions
 — Establishes processes to ensure operations are compliant with 

regulatory requirements

 — Sets policies, provides day-to-day leadership and makes decisions 
on matters affecting the operation, performance and strategy 
of the Group, seeking Board approval for matters reserved to 
the Board

 — Supported by the Group Executive Committee which he chairs 
and which reports to him on performance and implementation 
of strategy for each business unit and discusses major projects 
and other activities related to the attainment of strategy

 — Chairs the Chief Executive Committee meetings which 

are held weekly to review matters requiring approval under 
the Group’s framework of delegated authorities

 — Keeps in regular contact with the Chair and briefs her 

on key issues

 — Meets with key regulators worldwide
 — Leads on day-to-day effective stakeholder engagement

Committee Chairs 
Each of the Committee Chairs is responsible for the effective operation of their respective Committee.

 — Responsible for the leadership and governance of their Committee
 — Sets the agenda for Committee meetings
 — Reports to the Board on the activities of each Committee meeting 

and the business considered, including, where appropriate, 
seeking Board approval for actions in accordance with the 
Committee’s terms of reference

 — Works with the Company Secretary to ensure the continued 

good governance of each Committee

In addition to Committee duties, the Chairs of the Audit and Risk 
Committees act as key contact points for the independent chairs 
of the audit and risk committees of the significant subsidiaries

Senior Independent Director – Philip Remnant 
The Senior Independent Director acts as an alternative conduit to the Board for shareholder concerns and leads the evaluation 
of the Chair.

 — Acts as a sounding board for the Chair, providing support in 

 — Offers meetings to major shareholders to provide them with 

the delivery of the Chair’s objectives, and acts as an intermediary 
for the other Directors and shareholders

 — Leads the Non-executive Directors in conducting the Chair’s 
annual evaluation and leads the Chair’s succession planning

 — Holds meetings with Non-executive Directors without 

management being present, typically at least once a year 
to evaluate the performance of the Chair 

an additional communication point on request and is generally 
available to any shareholder to address concerns not resolved 
through normal channels

 — During periods when significant issues are faced by the Company, 

works closely with the Chair and the other Directors or 
shareholders, providing support during exceptional 
circumstances to resolve any issues.

Non-executive Directors 
All of the Non-executive Directors are currently deemed to be independent, which is assessed annually, and together have a wide 
range of experience which can be applied to attain the strategic aims of the Group.

 — Constructive and effective challenge
 — Providing strategic guidance and offering specialist advice
 — Scrutinising and holding to account the performance of 
management in meeting agreed goals and objectives 

 — Serving on at least one of the Board’s principal Committees 
 — Engaging with Executive Directors and other senior management 

at Board and Committee meetings and on an informal basis

  135

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
The Board has established four principal Committees. These Committees form a key element of the Group governance framework, providing 
effective independent oversight of the Group’s activities by the Non-executive Directors. Each Committee Chair provides an update to the Board 
on the matters covered at each Committee meeting, supported by a short written summary. The terms of reference for each Committee are 
reviewed at least annually. The functions of the principal Committees are summarised below.

Nomination & Governance 
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Audit  
Committee

Risk  
Committee

Chair
Anthony Nightingale
 — Ensures there is a formal 

and transparent process for 
establishing the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy 
 — Approves individual 

remuneration packages of 
the Chair, Executive Directors, 
other members of the Group 
Executive Committee and 
the Company Secretary

 — Approves the overall 
Remuneration Policy 
for the Group

 — Reviews the design and 

development of share plans 
operated for Executive 
Directors and others requiring 
shareholder approval, 
and approves and assesses 
performance targets where 
applicable 

 — Reviews workforce 

remuneration practices 
and policies when setting 
executive remuneration, 
as well as the alignment 
of incentives and awards 
with culture 

Chair
David Law
 — Responsible for the integrity 
of the Group’s financial 
reporting, including 
scrutinising accounting 
policies, and reporting to the 
Board on significant reporting 
issues and judgements
 — Monitors the effectiveness 
of internal control and risk 
management systems
 — Monitors the effectiveness 
and objectivity of internal 
and external auditors
 — Approves the internal 

audit plan

 — Recommends the 

appointment of the 
external auditor

Chair
Jeremy Anderson 
 — Provides leadership and 

direction on and oversees 
the Group’s overall risk 
appetite, risk tolerance 
and strategy 

 — Approves the Group’s risk 
management framework 
and monitors its 
effectiveness

 — Responsibility for all aspects 

of compliance

 — Supports the Board and 

management in embedding 
and maintaining a 
supportive culture in relation 
to the management of risk, 
compliance and treating 
customers fairly 

 — Reviews the adequacy 

 — Provides advice to the 

and security of the Group’s 
whistleblowing procedures 
(known as Speak Out) and 
ensures that there is 
proportionate and 
independent investigation 
of matters raised with 
appropriate follow-up action 

Remuneration Committee 
on risk management 
considerations to inform 
remuneration decisions

Chair
Shriti Vadera
 — Facilitates the Board in 

meeting its responsibilities 
to plan and execute timely 
Group Chief Executive 
succession and works with 
the Group Chief Executive 
to plan and execute 
Executive Director 
succession

 — Ensures suitable succession 
plans are in place for the 
Board and senior executives 
to achieve the Group’s 
strategic objectives, 
ensuring plans are based 
on merit and against 
objective criteria

 — Recommends appointments 
to the Board and its principal 
Committees

 — Oversees development 

of a diverse pipeline in the 
executive succession plan 
and talent management
 — Assists the Board in the 

development of a Group-
wide approach to all forms 
of diversity and inclusion

 — Oversees the Group’s 
overall governance 
framework, including the 
governance arrangements 
of the Group’s significant 
subsidiaries

See Nomination & Governance 
Committee report on pages 141 to 149 

See Remuneration Committee report 
on pages 172 to 202 

See Audit Committee report  
on pages 150 to 160 

See Risk Committee report  
on pages 161 to 167 

Terms of reference for the principal Committees can be accessed at 
www.prudentialplc.com/investors/governance-and-policies/board-and-committees-governance

136

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comHow we operate / continuedStanding Committee
The Board has established a Standing Committee which can meet 
as required to assist with any business of the Board. It is typically 
used for ad hoc urgent matters which cannot be delayed until the 
next scheduled Board meeting. All Directors are members of the 
Standing Committee and have the right to attend all meetings and 
receive papers. 

Notice of a Standing Committee meeting is sent to all Directors 
and if an individual is unable to attend, that individual can give 
comments to the Chair or Company Secretary ahead of the meeting 
for consideration by the Standing Committee. Before taking decisions 
on any matter, the Standing Committee must first determine that the 
business it is intending to consider is appropriate for a Committee of 
the Board and does not properly need to be brought before the whole 
Board. All Standing Committee meetings are reported in full to the 
next scheduled Board meeting. 

This governance structure allows for fast decision-making where 
necessary, while ensuring that the full Board has oversight of all 
matters under consideration and all Non-executive Directors can 
contribute. Over 2020, the Company held three meetings of the 
Standing Committee.

Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group 

Chair
Alice Schroeder
Following the Board’s approval in December 2020 of a new 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Strategic Framework, 
the Board recognises that the next 18 months will be critical for 
the embedding of the framework within the Group, as well as 
for the progress of related matters such as the development and 
embedding of the Group’s Purpose and Values, progressing 
diversity & inclusion (D&I) priorities, and building upon employee 
engagement activities in 2020. 

To ensure an appropriate level of Board engagement in, and 
oversight of, these matters, the Board has established for the period 
up to the 2022 AGM a Responsibility & Sustainability Working 
Group, to be chaired by Alice Schroeder. As part of its remit, 
the Working Group will consider and recommend to the Board 
appropriate long-term governance arrangements for these matters. 
It will also take on employee engagement activities after the 
2021 AGM.

Building Directors’ knowledge
Induction – new Directors
Jeremy Anderson and Shriti Vadera received a comprehensive 
induction, tailored to reflect their respective experience and positions 
on the Board.

A summary of the general induction programme for Non-executive 
Directors is set out below: 

General induction programme relevant  
to new Non-executive Directors

Understanding our governance

Understanding our business

 — Meetings with the Chair 

and Group Chief Executive 
separately 

 — Explanation of Prudential’s 
corporate structure, Board 
and Executive Committee 
structure

 — Briefings on Group 

governance framework 
and key policies

 — Training as needed on the 
rules and governance 
requirements of the London 
and Hong Kong Stock 
Exchanges and on fulfilling 
the statutory duties of 
a Director

 — Introduction to the Group’s 
strategy and business plan

 — Tailored briefings with 

senior executives from each 
business unit, including site 
visits, to facilitate a 
comprehensive 
understanding of local 
business models, product 
suites, pricing arrangements 
and governance structures 

 — Tailored meetings with all 
Group-wide functions 

 — Comprehensive briefings on 
the regulatory environment 
in which the Group operates

 — Briefings on top risks and 

internal controls

 — Induction briefings and 
updates during the year 
provide Directors with 
an understanding of the 
interests of the Group’s 
key stakeholders

D

Role-specific induction for Jeremy Anderson focused on briefings from 
senior management in Group Risk across the Group and briefings from 
the outgoing Group Risk Committee Chair. Shriti Vadera worked with 
the outgoing Chairman, Paul Manduca and met extensively with the 
Group’s major shareholders to shape her understanding of their views 
and concerns and share her vision as incoming Chair. Ms Vadera also 
held multiple meetings with each of the Non-executive Directors, 
members of management and country level teams from across the 
Group, including on physical visits to Hong Kong and Singapore, 
and with the Group’s key advisers, as part of her induction activities.

  137

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 — The Audit Committee received updates on relevant developments 
affecting financial reporting and the role of audit committees more 
widely. The Committee receives a regular report on financial and 
tax reporting matters for discussion, including the local capital 
summation method disclosures, the Group’s capital metric, 
and its underlying methodology. Other topics discussed by the 
Audit Committee included the audit tender process, IFRS 17 
developments and the Group-wide Supervision assurance 
approach by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority.

 — The Remuneration Committee receives updates on regulatory and 
best practice developments affecting the Group’s remuneration 
arrangements. This included the Shareholders’ Rights Directive II 
and updates on proxy advisory guidance impacting remuneration. 

All Directors have the opportunity to discuss their individual 
development needs as part of their Director evaluations and are 
encouraged to request specific updates during the year. At the start 
of the year, suggested topics are shared with the Board for feedback. 
Directors are asked to provide information on any external training 
or development on an annual basis. All Directors have the right to 
obtain professional advice at Prudential’s expense. Board training 
materials are also made available, as relevant, to Group Executive 
Committee members. 

Continuing development of knowledge and skills
B

During 2020, the Board and its Committees received a number of 
technical and business updates as part of their scheduled meetings, 
providing information on external developments relevant to the 
Group and on particular products or operations. Below is an overview 
of how Directors are kept up to date: 

 — The Board virtually held an annual strategy session, and across 

the year received updates on key business areas and deep dives 
on strategic direction and objectives for the Group.

 — The Board receives updates on environment, culture, diversity 

and inclusion and employee engagement activities. 

 — The Board receives updates on corporate governance, political 

and regulatory developments in the US, UK, Europe and Asia and 
the dynamics of equity and currency markets at every scheduled 
meeting. Governance topics included audit effectiveness 
(Brydon Report), Board-level diversity and inclusion, ESG matters, 
developments in corporate reporting, executive remuneration, 
and proxy advisory guidance updates.

 — In May 2020, an information security and privacy update was 

provided to members of the Risk and Audit Committees, to which 
all Non-executive Directors were invited.

 — The Nomination & Governance Committee received updates on 
Climate Change and the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) implementation, the ESG Strategic Framework, 
health & safety and diversity & inclusion. 

 — The Board and the Risk Committee receive regular updates on 

market developments and key risks. 

 — The Risk Committee reviews top risks on an annual basis and deep 
dives into specific topics in response to the identification of key 
risks. This review covers the financial, operational and strategic 
risks, while also identifying and addressing business environment 
and insurance risks within the Group.

 — The Risk Committee received updates on regulatory developments 
and the discussions with the Hong Kong IA on the new regulatory 
regime and regular updates on geo-political developments. 
Other topics discussed by the Risk Committee included the Group 
Culture Framework, ESG Strategy and climate change transition 
risk, the impact of a sustained low interest rate environment, 
operational resilience during Covid-19, the Group Internal 
Economic Capital Assessment Model, and regular updates 
on the Group’s capital and solvency positions as well as 
geopolitical developments.

138

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comHow we operate / continuedC M

Risk management and internal control

The Board is responsible for ensuring that an appropriate and effective 
system of risk management and internal control is in place across 
the Group. The framework of risk management and internal control 
centres on clear delegated authorities to ensure Board oversight and 
control of important decisions. The framework is underpinned by the 
Group Code of Business Conduct, which sets out the ethical standards 
the Board requires of itself, employees, agents and others working 
on behalf of the Group, and is supported by a set of Group-wide 
principles and values that define how the Group expects business 
to be conducted in order to achieve its strategic objectives. The 
framework is designed to monitor and manage, rather than eliminate, 
the risk of failure to achieve business objectives, and can only provide 
reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement 
or loss.

Internal control
The Group Governance Manual (the Manual) sets out the general 
principles by which we conduct our business and ourselves and 
defines our Group-wide approach to Governance, Risk Management 
and Internal Control. Further information on the Manual is included in 
the Governance Framework section on page 128. Group-wide 
policies, internal controls and processes, based on the provisions 
established in the Manual, are in place across the Group. These include 
controls covering the preparation of financial reporting. The operation 
of these controls and processes facilitates the preparation of reliable 
financial reporting and the preparation of local and consolidated 
financial statements in accordance with the applicable accounting 
standards, and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These 
controls include certifications by the Chief Executive and Chief 
Financial Officer of each business unit with respect to the accuracy 
of information provided for use in preparation of the Group’s 
consolidated financial reporting, and the assurance work carried 
out in respect of US reporting requirements.

The Board has delegated authority to the Audit Committee to review 
the framework and effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal 
control. The Audit Committee is supported in this responsibility by 
the assurance work carried out by Group-wide Internal Audit and 
the work of the audit committees of the Group’s major businesses, 
which oversee the effectiveness of controls in each respective 
business. Details of how the Audit Committee oversees the framework 
of controls and their effectiveness on an ongoing basis, is set out 
more fully in the report on pages 150 to 160.

Risk management
A key component of the Manual is the Group Risk Framework, 
which requires all business units to establish processes for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the risks facing the business.

The Board determines the nature and extent of the principal risks it 
is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives. The Board has 
delegated authority to the Risk Committee to assist it in providing 
leadership, direction and oversight of the Group’s overall risk appetite, 
risk tolerance and strategy; overseeing and advising on the current and 
potential future risk exposures of the Group, reviewing and approving 
the Group’s risk management framework, including changes to risk 
limits within the overall Board approved risk appetite, monitoring the 
effectiveness of the risk management framework and adherence to 
the various risk policies. Regular activities are detailed in the report 
on pages 45 to 69.

The Group’s risk governance arrangements, which support the 
Board, the Risk Committee and the Audit Committee, are based on 
the principles of the ‘three lines of defence’ model: risk taking and 
management, risk control and oversight, and independent assurance.

Three lines of defence
First line of defence (risk taking and management)
 — Takes and manages risk exposures in accordance with the risk 

appetite, mandate and limits set by the Board;

 — Identifies and reports the risks that the Group is exposed to, 

and those that are emerging;

 — Promptly escalates any limit breaches or any violations of risk 

management policies, mandates or instructions;

 — Identifies and promptly escalates significant emerging risk 

issues; and

 — Manages the business to ensure full compliance with the Group 
risk management framework as set out in the Manual, which 
among other requirements, includes the Group Risk Framework 
and associated policies as well as approval requirements.

Second line of defence (risk control and oversight)
 — Assists the Board to formulate the risk appetite and limit 

framework, risk management plans, risk policies, risk reporting 
and risk identification processes; and

 — Reviews and assesses the risk-taking activities of the first line 
of defence, providing risk opinions and where appropriate 
challenging the actions being taken to manage and control risks.

Third line of defence (independent assurance)
 — Provides independent assurance on the design, effectiveness 
and implementation of the overall system of internal control, 
including risk management and compliance. 

Each business unit is required to implement a governance structure 
based on the three lines of defence model, proportionate to its size, 
nature and complexity, and to the risks that it manages.

Formal review of controls
A formal evaluation of the system of risk management and internal 
control is carried out at least annually. Prior to the Board reaching 
a conclusion on the effectiveness of the system in place, the report 
is considered by the Disclosure Committee and Audit Committee, 
with risk specific disclosures within the report also reviewed by the 
Risk Committee. This evaluation takes place prior to the publication 
of the Annual Report.

As part of the evaluation, the Chief Executive and Chief Financial 
Officer of each business unit, including Head Office, certify compliance 
with the Group’s governance policies and associated risk management 
and internal control requirements. The Governance function, under the 
responsibility of the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating 
Officer, facilitates a review of the matters raised in this certification 
process. This includes the assessment of any risk and control issues 
reported during the year, risk and control matters identified and 
reported by the other Group oversight functions and the findings from 
the reviews undertaken by Group-wide Internal Audit, which carries 
out risk-based audit plans across the Group. Issues arising from any 
external regulatory engagement are also taken into account.

For the purposes of the effectiveness review, the Group has followed 
the FRC Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and 
Related Financial and Business Reporting. In line with this guidance, 
the certification provided does not apply to certain material joint 
ventures where the Group does not exercise full management control. 
In these cases, the Group satisfies itself that suitable governance and 
risk management arrangements are in place to protect the Group’s 
interests. Additionally, the relevant Group company which is party 
to the joint venture must, in respect of any services it provides 
in support of the joint venture, comply with the requirements 
of the Group’s internal governance framework.

  139

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Risk management and internal control / continued

Lines of defence

Board

Nomination & Governance
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Risk 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Group Chief
Executive

First line of defence

Executives

Chief Executive
Committee

Group Executive
Committee

Group Asset and
Liability Management
Committee

Group ESG
Committee

Balance Sheet and 
Capital Management
Committee

Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer

Management

Second line of defence

Third line of defence

Group Chief Risk
and Compliance
Officer

Group Executive
Risk Committee
(GERC)

GERC
Sub-committees

Group Finance

Chief Information
Security Office

Risk, Compliance
and Security

Group-wide
Internal Audit

Board-level committees

Executive personnel

Executive/Management committees

Head office functions

Direct reporting line

Regular communication and escalation

C

Effectiveness of controls
In accordance with provision 29 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code and provisions C.2.1, C.2.2 and C.2.3 of the HK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Board reviewed the effectiveness and 
performance of the system of risk management and internal control 
during 2020. This review covered all material controls, including 
financial, operational and compliance controls, risk management 
systems, budgets and the adequacy of the resources, qualifications, 
experience of staff of the Group’s accounting, internal audit and 
financial reporting functions. The review identified a number of areas 
for improvement, particularly around the treatment of simplifications 

within the hedge modelling for US statutory standards, and the 
necessary actions have been or are being taken. The Audit Committees 
at Group and major business level collectively monitor outstanding 
actions regularly and ensure sufficient resource and focus is in place 
to resolve them within a reasonable time frame. 

The Board confirms that there is an ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the significant risks faced by the Group, 
which has been in place throughout the period and up to the date 
of this report, and confirms that the system remains effective.

140

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comCommittee reports

Shriti Vadera 
Chair of the Nomination & Governance 
Committee

Committee members

Shriti Vadera (Member from 1 May 2020 
and Chair from 1 January 2021)

Paul Manduca (Chair until 31 December 2020)
Jeremy Anderson (from 14 May 2020 until 
4 February 2021)
Howard Davies (until 14 May 2020)
David Law (until 4 February 2021)
Anthony Nightingale
Philip Remnant
Tom Watjen (from 4 February 2021)

Regular attendees

 — Group Chief Executive 
 — Group Human Resources Director 
 — Company Secretary 

Number of meetings in 2020:
6

J

K

L

Nomination 
& Governance 
Committee report

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to provide you with my first report as Chair of the 
Nomination & Governance Committee, having joined the Committee 
in May 2020 and become Chair on 1 January 2021. Before I highlight 
some of the key areas of focus during 2020, I would like to thank my 
predecessor, Paul Manduca, for his chairmanship of the Committee 
until the end of last year.

In 2020, the Committee held three meetings, in addition to our 
three scheduled meetings, to focus on succession planning and the 
significant progress by Prudential on articulating its ESG strategy 
and framework.

Board succession planning
A key aspect of the Committee’s role is to ensure that the Board retains 
an appropriate balance of skills to support the strategic objectives of 
the Group. As part of this, the Committee helps to maintain a rigorous 
and transparent approach to the identification of candidates for 
appointment as Directors. 

As explained in my introduction to the Governance Report, 
in preparing to take on the role of Chair of the Board and of the 
Nomination & Governance Committee, an important focus has 
been on the composition of the Board. The Board has prioritised the 
identification of individuals with the experience and skills to guide 
Prudential’s transformation into a business focused exclusively on 
Asia and Africa with strong digital capabilities. In February 2021, 
following interviews in 2020, we announced that Chua Sock Koong 
and Ming Lu will join the Board on 1 May 2021. Chua Sock Koong 
has had a distinguished career, with operations experience in many 
of our key markets, while Ming Lu has a long track record of investing 
and growing businesses throughout Asia. We will continue to work 
in 2021 to ensure that the Board reflects our strategic priorities. 

During 2020, the Committee also confirmed the appointment 
of Jeremy Anderson as Chair of the Risk Committee, succeeding 
Sir Howard. 

The Committee received a detailed update on the process and 
succession plans in place for members of the Group Executive 
Committee and was also briefed on the process and initiatives to 
review and promote talent throughout the Group to develop senior 
leaders. In addition, the Committee supported Jackson in the creation 
of a new board prior to the proposed separation of our US business and 
oversaw the succession planning process at senior management level.

  141

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Nomination & Governance Committee report / continued

Diversity and inclusion
B

Governance

L

In line with our recently expanded remit, which now includes 
oversight of the Board evaluation process, the Committee approved 
the appointment of Ffion Hague of Independent Board Evaluation 
to conduct the evaluation of the Board, its Committees and individual 
Directors’ effectiveness in respect of 2020. Following the evaluation, 
the Committee discussed the outcome ahead of the results being 
discussed with the whole Board, focusing in its discussions on findings 
relevant to succession planning and diversity.

The Committee continues to oversee the governance arrangements 
for the Group’s subsidiaries to ensure that they remain appropriate.

Shriti Vadera
Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee

When identifying candidates for Board-level succession, the 
Committee considers primarily what diverse perspectives will 
contribute to a more robust strategy. Talent search agencies are briefed 
on the Group’s requirements in respect of diversity of thinking as well 
as ensuring the appropriate skills, knowledge and experience when 
identifying candidates. Gender and race representation has improved 
at Board level during 2020, and we continue to look for opportunities 
for progress in this important area as well as ensuring we have 
representation from individuals with insights to the geographical 
markets and businesses linking to the strategic objectives of the 
Group following the demerger of M&G plc in 2019 and the proposed 
separation of the US business in 2021. 

The newly established Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group 
will bring increased focus to the area of diversity, but also inclusion 
in 2021: driving a culture where everyone feels valued, treated fairly 
and respected – enabling them to fully contribute their thoughts and 
perspectives and to be their authentic selves. This Working Group will 
assist the Committee and the Board to drive forward its diversity and 
inclusion agenda, both at Board level, in the executive talent pipeline, 
and more broadly across the organisation. The Group remains on 
target to achieve 30 per cent representation of women in senior 
leadership roles by the end of 2021, in accordance with our 
commitment to the HM Treasury Women in Finance Charter. 

Prudential appointed a Group D&I Director and established a global 
Diversity & Inclusion Council in 2020, responsible for defining the 
global D&I strategy, promoting, championing and embedding 
D&I initiatives and challenging the organisation and leaders where 
progress is limited. The Working Group will get regular updates 
on the Diversity & Inclusion Council’s activities. 

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) considerations
The Committee has focused on Prudential’s commitment to being 
a responsible business. ESG matters have been discussed during all 
Committee meetings held as part of the usual meeting cycle in 2020 
and members have been significantly involved in shaping the ESG 
Strategic Framework. Committee members have provided feedback 
at specific points in the year and also met with management ahead of 
an additional meeting held in October to discuss the framework before 
it was recommended to the Board for approval.

The Committee oversaw implementation of the recommendations 
of the TCFD, including the three work streams that have been 
established to focus on the main aspects of the Group’s exposure 
to climate-related risks. Prudential became a formal supporter of 
the TCFD recommendations in December 2018, before the UK 
government announced in November 2020 that it intends to make 
it mandatory for large financial institutions to make disclosures in line 
with the TCFD recommendations by 2025, with other jurisdictions – 
including Hong Kong and Singapore – advancing approaches 
through 2020.

In addition, the Committee received updates on primary ESG-related 
reporting developments and climate-related risk, and received 
regular reporting from the newly established executive Group 
ESG Committee. 

The Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group will also oversee 
the embedding of Prudential’s new ESG Strategic Framework, and 
will take on employee engagement activities after the 2021 AGM. 

142

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comHow the Committee spent its time during 2020

Year-end matters, re-election and tenure 
Review external positions, conflicts of interests and independence, time commitment,  
tenure and terms of appointment

Jan

Feb May

Jul

Oct

Dec

Review performance of Chair and Non-executive Directors

Review relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts

Recommend election of Directors by shareholders

Succession planning, diversity and appointments
Chair

Non-executive Directors

Group Chief Executive

Executive Directors 

Group Executive Committee

Succession pipeline, diversity and inclusion governance

Governance and ESG
ESG, climate change and TCFD implementation update

Board evaluation

Membership review of principal Board Committees

Committee terms of reference 

Group governance oversight

Subsidiary board, chair and director evaluations

  143

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Nomination & Governance Committee report / continued

Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Succession planning

Board composition

K

The Committee plays an important role in ensuring that the Board retains an appropriate balance of skills to support 
the strategic objectives of the Group and in ensuring that an effective framework of succession planning is maintained.

Board succession plans and composition, and length of service of Non-executive Directors are kept under review by the 
Committee throughout the year. These plans are supported and informed by the results of the annual Board evaluation 
and individual Director evaluations. 

Succession planning includes both longer-term options and emergency cover.

The Committee takes account of the size, structure and composition of the Board and its Committees, including existing 
knowledge, experience and diversity. In doing so, the Committee considers the Group’s strategic goals and anticipates 
future requirements in respect of skills and experience. 

Following the demerger of M&G in 2019, the Committee reviewed the size and composition of the Board to ensure that 
it remains aligned with strategy. The Committee is now considering the balance of skills and diversity required to support 
the strategic objectives of the Group following the proposed separation of the US business, in particular pan-Asian 
operating experience, digital expertise and relevant specialist financial services knowledge.

In February 2020, the Committee concluded that each of the Directors in office at the time continued to perform 
effectively and was able to devote appropriate time to fulfil their duties and that collectively, the Board had an 
appropriate mix of skills and experience for the year under review. The Committee reached the same conclusion 
in February 2021.

The Committee considered that the Non-executive Directors continued to demonstrate the desired attributes, 
contributing effectively to decision-making and exercising sound independent judgement in holding management 
to account. Accordingly, the Committee recommended to the Board those Directors standing for election at the 
2021 Annual General Meeting. Kai Nargolwala will not stand for election as he has served nine years on the Board.

Succession planning for Non-executive Directors and the Board’s principal Committees ensures the Board is regularly 
refreshed and maintains appropriate levels of independent challenge to management. 

J

  K

G  
The balance of Non-executive and Executive Directors required on the Board is considered on a regular basis, 
including the overall number, skills and experience. The Committee’s succession planning for Non-executive Directors 
is supported by Egon Zehnder and Spencer Stuart.

The Committee regularly reviews the membership of all principal Board Committees and makes recommendations 
to the Board as appropriate.

During 2020, the Committee confirmed the appointment of Jeremy Anderson as the Risk Committee Chair, succeeding 
Sir Howard who retired at the 2020 Annual General Meeting. Jeremy joined the Board on 1 January and his biographical 
details are set out on page 124. The Committee also confirmed its previous recommendation to appoint Shriti Vadera 
as Chair of the Committee, succeeding Paul Manduca. Shriti Vadera joined the Committee on her appointment in 
May 2020 which facilitated her transition to Chair of the Board and of the Committee on 1 January 2021.

When making recommendations, the Committee takes account of the current composition of each of the principal 
Committees, the skills and experience of the members and the strategic objectives of the Group. 

Since joining the Board in May 2020, recognising the number of Non-executive Directors reaching the end of their 
tenure in the next 18 months, Shriti Vadera has led an extensive external recruitment exercise. This was supported by 
Spencer Stuart, and included Shriti spending time in Hong Kong and Singapore meeting with prospective candidates. 
As a result of this search Chua Sock Koong and Ming Lu will join the Board on 1 May 2021. These appointments are part 
of an ongoing process to refresh the Board and make sure it has the right skills and experience to support the Group, 
in particular pan Asian operating experience, relevant financial services expertise and a high degree of digital familiarity. 
The next phase of appointments will focus on experience and knowledge of specialist financial services.

The Committee is engaged in succession planning for the Senior Independent Director, the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee and a further Non-executive Director as Philip Remnant, Anthony Nightingale and Alice Schroeder will 
reach nine years on the Board in 2022.

Succession 
planning for the 
Non‑executive 
Directors and 
principal 
Committees

144

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comKey matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Executive Directors, 
Group Chief 
Executive and 
Group Executive 
Committee 

Senior leadership 
below Group 
Executive 
Committee

The Committee’s work during the year supported the Board in its responsibility for executive succession planning 
to ensure continuous and effective leadership of the Group.

J

The Committee assisted the Board by reviewing the succession plans in place for the Group Chief Executive, other 
Executive Directors and Group Executive Committee roles. Succession plans for the Group Executive Committee were 
discussed with the Group Chief Executive to identify business requirements and to plan for future succession needs. 

Succession planning for Executive Directors and the Group Executive Committee includes both longer-term planning 
and emergency cover. Assessment and development for internal candidates is undertaken, in addition to mapping for 
potential external candidates. Planning for emergency cover is assisted by a broad annual review of talent across the 
Group and recognises the possible difficulties in identifying and attracting suitable talent on potentially short notice.

L

The Committee received feedback on the performance of each Executive Director from the Group Chief Executive 
and confirmed the Executive Director succession plans.

During 2020 and into 2021, the Committee’s work has taken into account the proposed separation of the US business 
and the consequent shift in priorities and their impact on succession plans. The Committee’s discussions are being 
supported by the Group Human Resources Director, Egon Zehnder and Spencer Stuart. 

The Committee has oversight of a diverse pipeline of leadership talent extending below the level of the Group Executive 
Committee and seeks to attract, retain and develop the next generation of emerging leadership.

J

The Committee considered succession planning for senior management below Group Executive Committee level, 
supported by an annual update on talent and diversity at different levels of the organisation. This includes consideration 
of risk retention mitigation initiatives such as leadership development programmes. 

In 2020, the focus was on building new capabilities to support the changing business model and future direction of 
the business. The Committee also oversaw the formation of a new Executive Council to replace the previous ‘Top 100 
Leadership’ group. 

In addition to acting as search consultant in respect of certain executive hires, Egon Zehnder provides support for senior management 
development assessments.

Process for appointing new Directors

J

The Committee assists the Board in ensuring that there is a formal, rigorous and transparent approach to the appointment of new Directors.

The Committee is involved from the start when a vacancy or a gap in the Board’s skills is identified. Led by the Chair, and working with the 
Group Chief Executive and the Group Human Resources Director, a role specification is prepared, reflecting the desired skills and experience 
and the Group’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy. This specification takes into account feedback from the Committee. Once agreed, specialist 
talent agencies are typically engaged to create a shortlist of candidates which is reviewed by the Committee and other stakeholders. 
Interviews with individuals then take place with selected Committee members and feedback is provided to all members. In this manner, 
a preferred candidate is selected and the Committee then recommends the individual to the Board for appointment. For the appointment 
of Executive Directors, the process is led by the Group Chief Executive working closely with the Chair. The Senior Independent Director 
leads the Committee in the process of appointing a new Chair.

Contemporaneous with this process, due diligence checks are undertaken on the candidate and Prudential liaises with the relevant 
regulatory authorities. The Committee is kept updated on this process as appropriate.

  145

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Nomination & Governance Committee report / continued

Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Diversity

Board and Group 
Executive 
Committee 

J

Given the global reach of the Group’s operations, its business strategy and long-term focus, the Board makes every 
effort to ensure it is able to recruit Directors with diversity of thought and perspective who will support and challenge 
the ongoing transformation of the organisation. The Board seeks net addition of backgrounds, experience and skills 
that broaden its capability to deliver the strategy of a leading international business. 

The Group’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy applies at all levels of the business and the Committee is responsible for 
overseeing a diverse pipeline for the Board and other senior executives and driving a culture Group-wide where our 
people feel valued, treated fairly and respected: enabling them to fully contribute their thoughts and perspectives 
and to be their authentic selves.

The Board does not endorse quotas for Board diversity but appoints candidates to ensure a diversity of overall 
composition and skills mix from the best available talent.

Succession plans are based on merit and against objective criteria, and promote diversity across gender, social and 
ethnic background, nationality, and cognitive and personal strengths. 

An element of Executive Directors’ remuneration is based on achieving a diversity target. Further information is set out 
in the Directors’ remuneration report.

The Board considers that its diversity of background, thought, perspectives, experience and skills set is enhanced as a 
result of Board level succession in 2020 and the recent appointments taking effect in 2021. The biographies of Directors 
on pages 122 to 126 provide more details.

The Committee considers the pipeline for diverse talent of the Group Executive Committee level remains strong with 
31 per cent female representation of those who are regarded as senior management and part of the leadership teams. 
The Committee is also introducing measures for tracking local representation in senior management positions as well as 
experience other than insurance. Inclusive leadership practices are implemented starting with the Board and Committee 
and throughout the organisation.

Further details of the gender make-up of the Board, the Group Executive Committee, management and employees 
can be found on page 95.

Group‑wide 
oversight

The Committee plays an important role in reviewing the Group’s diversity and inclusion initiatives to monitor that these 
are in line with our strategic objectives. This not only ensures the Group has access to a diverse talent pool and pipeline 
for future leadership but also that the culture of inclusion retains our talent.

The demerger of M&G in 2019 presented an opportunity to reassess the diversity & inclusion strategy as part of 
Prudential’s global culture framework to enable the next phase of growth. The aspiration is to build a more diverse 
workforce and cultivate a workplace where diversity of thought, mindset, skill set, experience and identity are fully 
valued and can authentically contribute to transform the business. 

The Committee supported the appointment of a Group Diversity & Inclusion Director and the creation of a global 
Diversity & Inclusion Council. The Council is composed of representatives from all business units with the goal to 
empower employees and create a sense of belonging by respecting and appreciating differences and deliver the 
purpose ‘to help people get the most out of life’, by creating a culture in which diversity is celebrated and inclusion 
assured, for our colleagues, customers and partners. 

As part of the Group’s commitment to diversity, Prudential is a signatory to the HM Treasury ‘Women in Finance Charter’ 
which aims to increase the number of women working in senior management in financial services companies. As at 
31 December 2020 the percentage of women in senior management was 32 per cent which already exceeds the target 
to meet 30 per cent by the end of 2021. For the purposes of Provision 23 of the UK Code, the percentage of women 
in senior management positions, including their direct reports, was 30 per cent. 

A full description of the Group’s activities on diversity and inclusion can be found in the ESG report, on pages 93 to 98. 

146

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comKey matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Non-executive Directors, independence, time commitment and terms of appointment

Independence

I

H  
The Committee considers the independence of the Non-executive Directors as required by the UK Code and HK Listing 
Rules as part of any recommendation of the appointment of new Non-executive Directors and when recommending 
Non-executive Directors for election.

Monitoring and safeguarding the independence of the Non-executive Directors is essential to comply with their 
statutory and regulatory obligations. Independence helps ensure effective scrutiny of management and individual 
Executive Directors against agreed objectives.

Each Non-executive Director provides an annual confirmation of his or her independence as required under the 
Hong Kong Listing Rules.

All Non-executive Directors were considered to be independent, taking into account UK and HK requirements. 
Although Kai Nargolwala has exceeded the nine-year tenure suggested by the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
he continues to demonstrate independence of judgement. Kai will not offer himself for re-election at the AGM in May.

Prior to recommending their appointments as Non-executive Directors, the Committee considered the independence of 
Ming Lu and Chua Sock Koong.

The Committee considered the independence of the Audit Committee members in line with US regulatory 
requirements, concluding that all members remain independent within the meaning of the Sarbanes-Oxley legislation.

Time commitment

I

Time required for Non-executive Director role
H  
Setting out clear expectations on time commitment means Non-executive Directors are able to ensure they devote 
sufficient time for the proper performance of their duties.

The Committee reviews the time commitment required of the Non-executive Directors. Time requirements take account 
of preparation for and attendance at Board meetings and other regular commitments, as well as additional time that may 
be required for unforeseen events or future projects. 

All Non-executive Directors currently serve on at least one of the Board’s principal Committees, which requires 
an additional commitment of time dependent on the Committee and role. 

Following the demerger the Committee carried out a review of the time commitment required of the Non-executive 
Directors to align to the new structure of Board and Committee meetings. It was concluded that the expected time 
commitment of 32.5 days per annum remains appropriate. This will be kept under review considering the impact of 
the pandemic on the operation of the Board and Committees.

External appointments
The Committee considers the external commitments of Directors proposed for appointments and all Non-executive 
Directors confirm on appointment that they are able to devote sufficient time to the Group’s affairs to meet the demands 
of the role.

The external commitments of Directors were considered when recommending Directors for election at the next AGM. 
Prudential recognises the need for Non-executive Directors to dedicate sufficient time to their role while also 
demonstrating an appropriate range of experience and skills through external appointments. 

All Non-executive Directors are required to discuss any additional commitments with the Chair prior to accepting these 
as they might impact the time which the Director is able to devote to their role. The Chair escalates matters to the 
Committee as appropriate.

Where appropriate, the Committee or the Board reviewed time requirements for additional external positions taken 
on by Directors during the year. 

  147

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Nomination & Governance Committee report / continued

Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Terms of 
appointment

It is important that Non-executive Directors have clear terms of appointment which set out their duties to Prudential 
and that their tenure is considered as part of ongoing succession activities. 

Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial term of three years, and subject to review by the Committee 
and re-election by shareholders, it is expected that Non-executive Directors serve a second term of three years.  
After six years, Non-executive Directors may be appointed for a further year, up to a maximum of three years in total. 
Reappointment is subject to rigorous review as well as re-election by shareholders.

The Directors’ remuneration report sets out the tenure of each Non-executive Director and the terms of their letters 
of appointment, in addition to the terms of Executive Directors’ service contracts.

Anthony Nightingale, Philip Remnant, Alice Schroeder and David Law will all have served two three-year terms or more 
at the time of the next AGM. When considering their re-election, the Committee considered their continuing 
appointment particularly carefully. The Committee recommended that they each serve for a further term of one year, 
subject to shareholder re-election.

Ming Lu and Chua Sock Koong will be provided with a letter of appointment, on standard terms, confirming their duties 
and obligations. 

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)

H

The Committee played a key role in setting ESG strategy and the oversight of ESG activities. 

During the year, the Committee received updates on climate-related risk and progress towards implementing the 
recommendations of the TCFD.

Committee members, as well as Board members more widely, were among those engaged as internal stakeholders 
in the development of the Group’s ESG strategic ambition which will guide the Group’s activity and decision-making 
in this area. Each Committee member spent time with management to contribute their views and experiences as part 
of the shaping of the ESG strategy. In addition, the Committee received regular updates during the development of the 
ESG strategy and heard from the newly established executive Group ESG Committee. 

An additional meeting was held in October to review the ESG strategic framework ahead of the fully-articulated strategic 
ambition which was presented to the Board in December 2020. This strategic framework focuses on three priorities: 
making health and financial security accessible; stewarding the human impacts of climate change; and building social 
capital. 

For more information on our ESG strategy and activities, please see the ESG report on pages 70 to 117.

Conflicts of interest

Directors have a statutory duty to exercise independent judgement when carrying out their role and to avoid conflicts 
of interest. In addition, the Company has in place procedures to identify and, where necessary, mitigate potential 
conflicts of interest. These processes help to ensure decisions are made in the best interests of the Company. 

The Board has delegated authority to the Committee to identify and, where necessary, authorise any actual or 
potential conflicts of interest.

When recommending a candidate for appointment to the Board, the Committee considers the external appointments 
of the proposed candidate and recommends authorisation of any conflicts to the Board as appropriate, attaching 
conditions to the authorisation where necessary.

The Committee considered the external positions of Ming Lu and Chua Sock Koong prior to recommending their 
appointments to the Board. 

Prior to proposing Directors for election or re-election, the Committee considered the external appointments of 
Directors and reviewed existing conflict authorisations, reaffirming or updating any terms or conditions attached 
to authorisations where necessary.

If a Director makes a request to take on a new external position during the year, the Chair considers the proposed 
external appointment and escalates to the Committee for authorisation where a conflict or potential conflict 
could arise.

The Board considers that the procedures for dealing with conflicts of interests operate effectively.

148

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comKey matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Board evaluation

L

Following an update to its terms of reference in December 2019, the Committee provides oversight of the process 
by which the Board, its Committees and individual Directors’ effectiveness is assessed. 

The annual evaluation of effectiveness should be formal and rigorous and be externally facilitated every three years. 

At the start of 2020, the Committee reviewed the results of the 2019 evaluation and noted that the Board, its 
Committees and individual Directors had continued to operate effectively during 2019. The Committee also 
reviewed the suggested action points ahead of Board approval. 

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Committee appointed an external facilitator, 
Ffion Hague of Independent Board Evaluation, to carry out the 2020 evaluation. 

The evaluation was conducted during September and October, with an initial discussion of the output discussed 
with the Committee and the Board in December. Please see page 133 for a summary of the review and action plan.

Group governance

The Committee is responsible for reviewing the Group’s governance arrangements.

During the year, the Committee carried out various activities relating to subsidiary governance, including: 

 — Overseeing the search for and appointment of the Chair of the Jackson Financial Inc board in preparation 

for the proposed separation of the Jackson business; and

 — Reviewing governance arrangements for the Group’s subsidiaries with a particular focus on changes to the risk 
and audit committee arrangements for Prudential Corporation Asia given the evolving structure of the Group, 
and arrangements for Jackson in preparation for the proposed separation.

  149

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports 

David Law 
Chair of the Audit Committee

Committee members

David Law (Chair) 

Jeremy Anderson
Howard Davies (until 14 May 2020)
Philip Remnant
Alice Schroeder
Amy Yip (from 3 March 2021)

Regular attendees

 — Chair of the Board
 — Group Chief Executive 
 — Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief 

Operating Officer

 — Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
 — Director of Group Finance
 — Director of Group Financial Accounting 

and Reporting

 — Company Secretary 
 — Group Chief Internal Auditor
 — External Audit Partner 

Number of meetings in 2020:
11

150

M   O

Audit Committee 
report

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present this report 
on the Committee’s activities during 2020. In what has been a 
challenging year, I have observed many examples of how the Group 
has responded to the global pandemic while at the same time 
continuing to press ahead with strategic change. Throughout, the 
Committee has continued to provide the Board with assurance as to 
the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting and, together with the 
Risk Committee, monitor the effectiveness of the second and third 
lines of defence, which are an even more integral part of our internal 
control environment at this difficult time.

Good communication has never been more important than in the 
current circumstances and, as a result, we have added additional 
meetings to deal with particular issues, such as the accounting 
implications of the proposed separation and divestment of Jackson, 
including the accounting of the associated transaction with Athene 
in June, and the external audit tender. Potential conflicts of interest 
have been monitored, as they were for the separation of M&G.

Coordination with the Risk Committee has also been important and, 
while we were disappointed to lose the experience of Sir Howard 
Davies after his many years of valuable contribution, we were 
delighted to welcome Jeremy Anderson to the Committee. During 
the year, Howard, Jeremy and I have agreed the most appropriate 
Committee to address particular matters, as well as holding a joint 
Risk and Audit Committee session, as last year, to focus on cyber 
and information security, to which all Non-executive Directors 
were invited.

Not surprisingly, throughout 2020 a key focus of the Committee 
has been the impact of Covid-19 on controls and financial reporting, 
including key judgements and disclosures. I am pleased to say the 
Group has responded well to the social-distancing and working-
from-home measures implemented across all our markets and has 
carefully considered their effects on key controls and processes. 
No significant deterioration in the control environment has been 
observed. The Committee also reflected on any wider control 
and accounting implications of the change to the Jackson hedge 
modelling that impacted their statutory capital. 

The introduction of accounting standard IFRS 17, now expected 
to come into effect in 2023, has also continued to be a significant 
challenge, given the scope of changes it entails. The Committee 
received updates during 2020 on external developments and lobbying 
as the standard was being developed and on the Group’s progress 
towards its implementation. 

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comE

We have paid particular attention to our whistleblowing procedures 
and monitored these for any indicators of issues. I regularly meet 
privately with the Group Resilience Director to discuss whistleblowing 
cases and their resolution. These are also discussed in private sessions 
with the Committee or the relevant local audit committee. During the 
year, we conducted an external review of the processes and enhanced 
the governance arrangements. 

External auditor and audit tender 
An important part of the Committee’s work consists of overseeing the 
relationship with the Group’s current audit firm KPMG LLP (KPMG), 
including safeguarding independence, approving non-audit fees and 
satisfying ourselves that it is in the best interests of shareholders for 
the Committee to recommend the annual reappointment of KPMG. 
During the year, the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) conducted 
a review of KPMG’s audit of Prudential’s financial statement for the 
year ended 31 December 2019. The Committee was pleased with the 
outcome, as no significant recommendations for improvement were 
noted. The KPMG team continues to look at ways it can enhance its 
audit and challenge of management, something also encouraged by 
the Committee in its own effectiveness review of KPMG in 2020. 

The Committee discussed with KPMG the impact of Covid-19 on its 
own business to ensure it had the resources and technology necessary 
to complete its audit work satisfactorily. We also meet privately with 
KPMG and I have held a number of meetings with the lead partner 
team throughout the year. I have also had a review meeting with 
KPMG’s UK Senior Partner. 

During the year, the Committee oversaw a formal competitive tender 
process to select an audit firm to succeed KPMG, in accordance with 
regulatory requirements and FRC guidance. 

Following regular discussion by the Committee in 2020 and formal 
evaluation of potential candidates, a shortlist of eligible audit firms 
were invited to tender and the process concluded with presentations 
to Committee members in September 2020. Given my former position 
at PwC, I voluntarily recused myself from the decision-making and 
asked the Group Chief Internal Auditor to support the audit tender 
process. Alice Schroeder chaired the final Committee meetings and 
the presentations by shortlisted candidate firms. 

The Committee was impressed by the quality of each candidate’s 
presentations and team, but, on balance, the Committee determined 
that, given the Group’s future strategic direction, Ernst & Young LLP 
(EY) was the best fit as the Group’s audit firm. The Committee 
recommended to the Board two firms with a preference that EY 
be engaged as the Group’s audit firm for the year 2023 onwards. 
The Board approved this recommendation at its meeting in December 
2020, subject to future shareholder approval. Further details on the 
audit tender process are set out in the Audit Tender section at the 
end of this report.

Internal audit
Throughout 2020, the Committee continued to receive regular 
briefings from the Group Chief Internal Auditor. Group-wide Internal 
Audit (GwIA) undertook a programme of risk-based audits covering 
matters across the business units in addition to assurance work. The 
work undertaken by GwIA during the year was important in supporting 
the proposed separation and divestment of Jackson and the control 
environment of the Group under the revised working conditions.

We assessed the effectiveness of GwIA and I have met regularly 
with the Group Chief Internal Auditor and the Group-wide Quality 
Assurance Director to discuss internal audit work and matters arising. 
Where particular issues have been raised, management have been 
invited to Committee meetings to respond. We have monitored 
resource levels and delivery of and amendments to the audit plan, 
which by necessity has had to be more flexible than in prior years. 
Internal Audit have responded well. 

Regulatory developments
Following the Hong Kong IA replacing the Prudential Regulation 
Authority as the Group’s regulator, a key focus for the Committee 
during 2020 has been the Group’s programme to demonstrate 
readiness for compliance with the Hong Kong IA’s new group-wide 
supervision framework, effective from the first half of 2021. The 
Committee has held a number of discussions on the requirements 
and received proposals for the assurance work that will be needed 
to demonstrate compliance. I also met privately with the Hong Kong 
IA during the year.

Committee governance
Following the demerger of M&G plc in October 2019, the Committee 
was focused on overseeing the development and embedding of 
new governance arrangements across the Group’s Asian business, 
building direct communication and escalation links with the existing 
local audit committees of the significant businesses. Regular direct 
communication with each of the local chairs remains a key component 
of our governance framework, and I have worked closely with the 
respective chairs of our significant business unit audit committees 
during the year. At each meeting, I update the Committee on 
important points raised at local level, and after the meeting I report 
to the Board on the main matters discussed.

In order to foster a close and collegiate working relationship between 
the Committee and the local audit committees, Jeremy Anderson 
and I chaired a session attended by all of the non-executive directors 
at the four major Prudential Corporation Asia businesses. 

In May 2020, we held a private session without the Executives to 
discuss the results of our 2019 effectiveness evaluation and set the 
key focus areas for 2020. These included consideration of the impact 
of Covid-19 on financial matters, the implications of the proposed 
separation and divestment of Jackson, and the audit tender. 

Finally I would like to thank the Committee members for their diligence 
and contribution throughout the year and management for their 
responsiveness to challenge and quality of papers. 

David Law
Chair of the Audit Committee

  151

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Feb Mar1 May

Jul

Aug1

Sep

Dec2

Committee reports / Audit Committee report / continued

How the Committee spent its time during 2020

Financial reporting and external auditor
Periodic financial reporting including:
 — Full and half-yearly report and accounts
 — Key accounting judgements and disclosures, including tax
 — Associated audit reports

Audit planning, fees, independence, effectiveness and reappointment

Environmental, social and governance reporting

Internal control framework
Internal control framework including effectiveness

Internal audit 
Status updates and effectiveness

Internal audit plan 

Financial crime and Speak Out 
Financial crime prevention and Speak Out – regular updates 

Governance and reporting 
Updates from significant business audit committees

Internal governance framework including effectiveness

Business unit audit committee effectiveness and terms of reference

Committee terms of reference and effectiveness

Notes
1  Two meetings were held in March and two in August to discuss full year and half year financial reports. 
2   An additional meeting to the scheduled meetings was held in December to discuss the proposed separation and divestment of Jackson. 

In addition:

  –  A meeting was held in June to discuss the disclosures in connection with the equity investment by Athene in Prudential’s US business.
  –  Two joint meetings were held with the Risk Committee: in May to discuss cyber security and governance matters (all Non-executive Directors were invited); and September 

to discuss Form S-1 Registration Statement and recommend it to the Board. 

  The Committee also held two informal meetings, also in September, to progress the audit tender. 

152

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Financial reporting

Overview

Key assumptions 
and judgements

M  
One of the Committee’s key responsibilities is to monitor the integrity of the financial statements and any other periodic 
financial reporting. This has primarily focused on the Annual Report and Accounts but also covers the Group’s 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Report, which is now largely replicated in the Annual Report, and the 
annual update of the Group’s published Tax Strategy.

In reviewing these and other items, the Committee received reports from management and, as appropriate, reports from 
internal and external assurance providers, which in some cases were provided at the explicit request of the Committee.

When considering financial reporting matters, the Committee assesses compliance with relevant accounting standards, 
regulations and governance codes. No material changes to accounting policies were made during 2020. The Committee 
continued to receive updates on the Group’s plans to implement IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 17 ‘Insurance 
Contracts’, which are not expected to be effective before 2023. The approach to adopting these standards is further 
discussed in note A3.2.

Throughout its review of financial reporting matters and disclosure, the Committee considered the impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic and the short-term uncertainties that it has created. Further explanation on the financial impact 
Covid-19 has had on the business is set out in the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s report.

The following sections set out the key assumptions, judgements and other matters considered as part of their review 
of the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts.

N  
The Committee reviewed the key assumptions and judgements supporting the Group’s IFRS results, including those 
made in valuing the Group’s investments, insurance liabilities and deferred acquisition costs under IFRS, together with 
reports on the operation of internal controls to derive these amounts. The Committee also reviewed the assumptions 
underpinning the Group’s European Embedded Value (EEV) metrics.

Assumption setting
The measurement of insurance liabilities are based on estimates of future cash flows, including those to and from 
policyholders, over a long period of time. These estimates can, depending on the type of business, be highly 
judgemental. The Committee considered changes to assumptions and other estimates used to derive IFRS insurance 
liabilities and for EEV reporting. Peer benchmarking was considered where available alongside current experience. 
The Committee noted that Covid-19 had not significantly increased the morbidity and mortality claims incurred by the 
business. The key assumptions reviewed were:

 — Persistency, mortality, morbidity (including expectations of future medical costs inflation and any related premium 

rises) and expense assumptions within the Asia life businesses;

 — Policyholder behaviour (eg guaranteed benefit utilisation and persistency) and mortality assumptions affecting the 

measurement of Jackson guaranteed liabilities (see note C3.3 of the IFRS financial statements); and

 — Economic assumptions, including investment return and associated risk discount rates, given the current low interest 

rate environment.

The Committee was satisfied that the assumptions adopted by management were appropriate. Further information on 
the effects of material changes to insurance assets and liabilities is included in note C3 to the IFRS financial statements 
and in the EEV basis results.

Valuation of investments
The Committee received information on the carrying value of investments in the Group’s balance sheet including 
information on how those values were calculated for those investments which require more judgement (for example the 
impairment process for debt securities and commercial loans in the US). Further information on the valuation of assets 
is contained in note C2 of the IFRS financial statements. The Committee satisfied itself that overall investments were 
valued appropriately.

Intangible assets including deferred acquisition costs (DAC) 
The Committee received information to enable it to review the more material intangible asset balances. This included 
the assumptions that supported the amortisation profile of the DAC balance in the US, as described in note A3.1 
‘Other items requiring application of critical estimates or judgements’ and whether there had been any indication of 
impairment of the Group’s distribution rights assets or goodwill in light of lower sales and increased economic volatility 
following the Covid-19 pandemic. The Committee was satisfied that there was no impairment of the Group’s intangibles 
at 31 December 2020. Further information is contained in note C4 of the IFRS financial statements.

  153

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Audit Committee report / continued

Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Other financial 
reporting matters

N

Proposed separation of Jackson and associated transactions
In June 2020, the Group reinsured substantially all of its in-force portfolio of US fixed and fixed index annuities (see 
note D1.1). It also announced a $500 million equity investment into Jackson by Athene (see note D1.2). The Committee 
reviewed the accounting for these transactions and the planned market announcement, taking advice from the Group’s 
external advisors. The Committee also reviewed the draft public documents prepared by Jackson and the Group 
in connection with the proposed separation of Jackson, alongside input provided by the Group’s external advisers 
and auditor.

US Statutory reporting and changes to hedge modelling as announced to the market on 28 January 2021
The Committee considered in detail the changes to Jackson’s hedge modelling for its US statutory results given the 
impact on the Group’s capital management plans for the proposed separation of Jackson. As part of this process, 
the Committee received the views and recommendations of the Jackson Audit Committee and management and the 
reports and conclusions of the external advisers who had reviewed the model and tested the revised output. They also 
considered any implications on the Group financial reporting, noting that there was no direct impact on IFRS reporting 
and that a consequential refinement of the method to project future hedge costs for EEV was planned for the FY20 
results, as discussed in note 2 (iv) (b) of the EEV financial statements.

Going concern and viability statements
The Committee considered various analyses from management regarding the Group’s and the parent company’s capital 
and liquidity position taking into account the Group’s principal risks. This included scenarios assessing the impact on 
the Group’s plan of different new business levels depending on the length of time Covid-19 restrictions remain in place, 
as well as stress scenarios which assume a deterioration in the macroeconomic environment. It also considered scenarios 
which both included and excluded the proposed separation of Jackson. Following this review, it recommended to the 
Board that it could conclude that the financial statements should continue to be prepared on the going-concern basis 
and that the disclosures on the Group’s longer-term viability were both reasonable and appropriate.

Fair, balanced and understandable requirement
The Committee carried out a formal review of whether the Annual Report and Accounts were ‘fair, balanced 
and understandable’ as required by the UK Corporate Governance Code. In particular, they considered whether 
the report gave a full picture of the Group’s business model, strategy and performance in the year, with important 
messages appropriately highlighted. They also considered the level of consistency between financial statements 
and narrative sections, whether performance measures were clearly explained and the prominence of alternative 
performance measures.

After completion of its detailed review, the Committee was satisfied that, taken as a whole, the Group’s Annual Report 
and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable. 

Taxation
The Committee regularly received updates on the Group’s tax matters and provisions for certain open tax items, 
including tax matters in litigation. The Committee was satisfied that the level of provisioning adopted by management 
was appropriate. See notes B4 and C7 of the IFRS financial statements.

Parent company financial statements 
The Committee reviewed the parent company profit and loss account and balance sheet, which includes the 
recoverability of the parent company’s investment in subsidiaries by assessing and confirming that the net assets of the 
relevant subsidiaries (being an approximation of their minimum recoverable amount) were in excess of their carrying 
value at the balance sheet date and that those subsidiaries have historically been profit-making.

154

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comKey matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

External audit 
Review of effectiveness, non-audit services and auditor reappointment 

External audit 
effectiveness 

M   O
The Group’s external auditor is KPMG LLP (KPMG) and oversight of the relationship with them is one of the Committee’s 
key responsibilities. The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the audit throughout the year taking into account:

 — The detailed audit strategy for the year, approach to risk assessment and coverage of the audit response to 

highlighted significant risks;

 — Group materiality and how that is applied to the individual business units;
 — Insight around the key accounting judgements, including benchmarking, and the way KPMG applied constructive 

challenge and professional scepticism in dealing with management; 

 — The outcome of management’s internal evaluation of the auditor as discussed below; and 
 — Other external evaluations of KPMG, with a focus on the FRC’s annual quality review.

There is an open dialogue on emerging risks and issues between the Group Lead Partner and Committee members 
via a regular schedule of meetings aligned to key reporting milestones. The Committee formally met with the Group 
Lead Partner without management present.

Internal evaluation of KPMG was conducted using a questionnaire survey that was circulated to the Committee 
members, independent members of the business unit audit committees, the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer and the Group’s senior financial leadership for completion. A key component of the evaluation was 
the degree of challenge and robustness of approach to the audit. The survey asked 29 questions over four categories 
(audit quality and execution, team performance, process and communication) in relation to the 2019 audit. 

KPMG were given the opportunity to respond to the findings in the reports and where necessary, proposed 
enhancements to the audit process and team.

FRC’s Audit Quality Review (AQR)
The FRC’s AQR team carried out a review of KPMG’s audit of Prudential’s financial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2019. This included discussions with the Chair of the Committee. Following completion of the AQR, 
the Committee was provided with a Review Report from the FRC’s AQR team. The Committee was pleased to note 
that no significant recommendations were made by the FRC for further improvement and a number of areas of good 
practice were highlighted.

  155

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Audit Committee report / continued

Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Auditor 
independence 
and objectivity

M

The Committee has responsibility for monitoring auditor independence and objectivity and is supported in doing so by 
the Group’s Auditor Independence Policy (the Policy). The Policy is updated annually and approved by the Committee. 
It sets out the circumstances in which the external auditor may be permitted to undertake non-audit services and is 
based on four key principles which specify that the auditor should not:

 — Have a mutual or conflicting interest with the Group;
 — Audit its own firm’s work;
 — Act as management or employees for the Group; or
 — Be put in a position of being an advocate for the Group.

The Policy has two permissible service types: those that require specific approval by the Committee on an engagement 
basis and those that are pre-approved by the Committee with an annual monetary limit capped at no more than 
5 per cent of the Group audit fee in the proposed year and capped at $65,000 individually. Effective from 2020, 
the policy also provides that the total fees payable to KPMG for non-audit services, other than those required by law 
or regulation, shall be limited to no more than 70 per cent of the average audit fees paid in the past three consecutive 
financial years. In accordance with the Policy, the Committee approved these permissible services, classified as either 
audit or non-audit services, and monitored the usage of the annual limits on a quarterly basis. Non-audit services 
undertaken by KPMG were agreed prior to the commencement of work and were confirmed as permissible for the 
external auditor to undertake in accordance with the Policy which complies with the rules and regulations of the FRC’s 
Revised Ethical Standard (2019), the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the standards of the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB).

The Committee monitored the nature and extent of non-audit services on a regular basis to ensure the provision of 
non-audit services complied with the Group’s policy and did not impair the auditor’s objectivity or independence. 
The Committee noted that KPMG typically only performed non-audit services where they complemented its role as 
external auditor, for example the review of half year and EEV financial statements or additional assurance to support 
capital market requirements. This work has by necessity been significant as a result of the demerger of M&G in the 
prior year and the proposed separation of Jackson. It is not however considered to detract from the objectivity and 
independence of KPMG due to the nature of the work and the involvement of separate teams. 

In keeping with professional ethical standards, KPMG also confirmed its independence to the Committee and set out 
the supporting evidence for their conclusion in a report that was considered by the Committee prior to publication 
of the financial results.

The Committee will continue to monitor developments to ensure the Group’s policies and processes around audit 
effectiveness and independence evolve in line with market practice.

M  
The fees paid to KPMG for the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to $16.0 million (2019: $30.4 million) of which 
$1.0 million (2019: $13.2 million) was total amounts payable in respect of non-audit services, except those required by 
law and regulation, as defined by the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard (2019). A breakdown of the fees payable to KPMG 
can be found in note B2.4 to the IFRS financial statements.

In 2019, $7.3 million of the $13.2 million spent on non-audit services, excluding those required by law and regulation 
was for one-off services associated with the demerger of M&G plc. Excluding these one-off fees in 2019, total non-audit 
service fees that are subject to non-audit fee cap were $5.9 million compared with $3.8 million in 2020. The decrease in 
2020 primarily reflects a reduction in the level of elective regulatory disclosure work no longer being required. The ratio 
of non-audit fees for the Group in 2020 over the average of audit fees for the past three years is 28 per cent for the 
Group, 42 per cent below the 70 per cent cap set by the FRC.

In all these cases, the audit firm was considered the most appropriate to carry out the work, given its knowledge of the 
Group and the synergies that arise from running these engagements alongside its main audit.

All non-audit services were pre-approved by the Committee and were in line with the Policy discussed above. 

Fees paid to 
the auditor

Reappointment

Based on the outcome of the effectiveness evaluation and all other considerations, the Committee concluded that there 
was nothing in the performance of the auditor which would require a change. The Committee therefore recommended 
that KPMG be reappointed as the auditor. A resolution to this effect will be proposed to shareholders at the 2021 Annual 
General Meeting.

156

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comKey matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Audit tender

The Committee acknowledges the provisions contained in the UK Code in respect of audit tendering, along with 
European rules on mandatory audit rotation and audit tendering. In conformance with these requirements and as we 
committed in our Annual Report 2018, the Company has conducted a competitive tender to change audit firm for the 
2023 financial year end. The external audit was last put out to competitive retender in 1999 when the present auditor, 
KPMG, was appointed. Since 2005, the Committee has annually considered the need to retender the external 
audit service.

The tender process has been led by the Audit Committee with the support of the Group Chief Internal Auditor. 
The overall objective of the audit tender has been to select an audit firm that would provide a high quality and effective 
audit. The planning for this tender process commenced in 2019 with the Committee Chair meeting with a number 
of firms, including firms outside of the ‘Big Four’, to assess interest and ability to tender for the audit, with focus 
on capability and resource to service the key Asian business units. This was supplemented by a formal request for 
information to those firms who indicated they would be interested in tendering . A formal invitation to tender was issued 
in June 2020 to those firms that confirmed they are able to undertake the audit. The formal assessment of candidate firms 
took place from July to September and was based on the candidate firms’ written responses and a series of formal 
presentations to business units prior to the final presentation given to the Committee. The Committee recommended 
two firms to the Board with a preference for one and this was approved by the Board in December 2020. A description 
of the tender process is set out at the end of this report. 

The auditor tender timeline takes into account the complexity of the Group and the expected timing of the introduction 
of IFRS 17 and allows the appointee time to ensure they meet the auditor independence requirements to which the 
Group is subject. The timing remains subject to the Committee’s normal annual review of auditor performance and 
recommendation to shareholders. 

Throughout the 2020 financial year, the Company has with the provisions of the Statutory Audit Services for Large 
Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) 
Order 2014 issued by the UK Competition and Markets Authority.

In line with the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the standards 
of the PCAOB, a new Group Lead Partner, Philip Smart, was appointed in respect of the 2017 financial year. Mr Smart is 
expected to be in place for a five-year term until the completion of the 2021 reporting cycle. A new Group Lead Partner 
will currently be required for the 2022 audit and an appropriate transition plan is being developed.

Second line oversight 
Whistleblowing

Whistleblowing

E

The Group continues to operate a Group-wide whistleblowing programme (‘Speak Out’), hosted by an independent 
third party (Navex). The Speak Out programme received ad hoc reports from a wide variety of channels, including a web 
portal, hotline, email and letters. Reports are captured, confidentially recorded by Navex, and triaged by Group Security 
Investigations prior to investigation by the appropriate teams. 

The Committee is responsible for oversight of the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements. 
The Committee received regular reports on the most serious cases and other significant matters raised through the 
programme and the actions taken to address them. The Committee was also briefed on emerging Speak Out trends 
and themes. The Committee may, and has, requested further reviews of particular areas of interest.

The Committee reviews the Group’s Speak Out programme annually, satisfying itself that it continues to comply 
with regulatory and governance requirements. The Committee also considered the consistency of approach adopted 
across subsidiary audit committees. The Speak Out programme has been further strengthened during the year by the 
establishment of new management level committees. Where relevant, the Committee requested information on the 
sharing of lessons learnt. 

The Chair and Committee spent time privately with the Group Resilience Director to understand outcomes of 
investigations, ensure that investigations were adequately resourced and appropriately managed, that there had been 
no retaliation against anyone making a report and that investigations were not improperly influenced. 

A review of the Speak Out programme and its oversight was undertaken in 2020.

  157

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Audit Committee report / continued

Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Third line oversight
Internal audit

Third line oversight
Internal audit
Regular reporting

Annual internal 
audit plan and 
focus for 2021

O

The Committee received regular updates from Group-wide Internal Audit (GwIA) on audits conducted and 
management’s progress in addressing audit findings within agreed timelines. Any delays in implementing remediation 
actions were escalated to the Committee and given particular scrutiny.

The independent assurance provided by GwIA formed a key part of the Committee’s deliberations on the Group’s 
overall control environment. During 2020, the areas reviewed included: change management and transformation 
(in particular relating to the proposed separation of Jackson Financial Inc), financial controls, outsourcing and third-party 
supply, customer outcomes, cyber risk, compliance and regulatory, and the second line of defence. In addition, GwIA 
performed more business monitoring during 2020 to obtain a broader view of the business and enable more regular 
assessments of emerging risks and changes in the control environment. This has been achieved through a variety of 
methods including stakeholder discussions and an increasing use of data analytics.

The Group Chief Internal Auditor reports functionally to the Committee Chair and for management purposes to the 
Group Chief Executive, and also has direct access to the Chair of the Board. In addition to formal Committee meetings, 
the Committee meets with the Group Chief Internal Auditor in private to discuss matters relating to, for example, the 
effectiveness of the internal audit function, significant audit findings and the risk and control culture of the organisation.

The Committee Chair also meets with GwIA’s Quality Assurance Director to discuss the outcome of the quality reviews 
of GwIA’s work and actions arising. 

C

GwIA now operates a rolling six-month approach to audit planning. The Committee approved the plan for the second 
half of 2020. It also considered and approved the Internal Audit Plan, resource and budget for the first half of 2021.

The 2021 Internal Audit Plan was formulated based on a bottom-up risk assessment of audit needs mapped against 
various metrics combined with top-down challenge. The plan was then mapped against a series of risk and control 
parameters, including the top risks identified by the Risk Committee, to verify that it is appropriately balanced between 
financial, business change, regulatory and operational risk drivers and provides appropriate coverage of key risk areas 
and audit themes within a risk-based cycle of coverage. Key areas of focus for 2021 include: strategic change initiatives, 
customer outcomes, cyber security, financial risk and financial controls, culture, outsourcing and digitisation.

GwIA will also continue to consider how to address the needs of the audit committees of the material subsidiaries in Asia 
and the GWS standards being introduced by the Hong Kong IA.

Effectiveness of 
Internal Audit

M

The Committee is responsible for approval of the GwIA charter, audit plan, resources, and for monitoring the 
effectiveness of the function. 

The Committee also assesses the effectiveness of GwIA through a combination of External Quality Assessment reviews, 
required every five years, and an annual internal effectiveness review.

A 2020 Internal Effectiveness review, performed by the GwIA Quality Assurance Director, was conducted in accordance 
with the professional practice standards of the Chartered Institute of Internal Auditors (CIIA) and assessed continued 
conformance with the CIIA guidance for Effective Internal Audit in the Financial Services (the CIIA Code). The review 
concluded that GwIA continued to comply with the requirements of internal audit policies, procedures and practices, 
and standards in all material respects relating to audit planning and execution, and continued to be aligned with 
its mandated objectives and maintained general conformance with the CIIA Code. 

During 2020, GwIA also continued to develop its practices with enhancements to methodology, approaches to audits 
and the use of data analytics. Latterly in 2020 and in preparation for the proposed separation of Jackson Financial Inc, 
the function initiated work to create two appropriately skilled and sized, independent internal audit functions, where 
previously there had been a single function.

158

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comKey matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Internal control

Internal control and 
risk management 
systems

Governance

Group Governance 
Manual

C   O
The Committee is responsible for reporting and making recommendations to the Board on the effectiveness of the 
Group’s system of risk management and internal control. 

The Committee considered the outcome of the annual review of the systems of risk management and internal control. 
The review identified specific areas for improvement and the necessary actions that have been, or are being, taken. 
The Committee considered in particular the changes made to US statutory reporting as announced on 28 January 
and the actions taken, including an independent review by external advisers of the revised model. They also took 
the opportunity to consider with management the existing reviews and controls around model changes more widely, 
including in Asia. Alongside the review carried out by management, the Committee considered that enhanced 
governance over the more material Asian subsidiaries as previously discussed was providing them with deeper insight, 
as were the projects to prepare for GWS and IFRS 17.

The Committee noted the comparatively low rating for audit and risk governance within the Governance QualityScore 
issued by Institutional Shareholder Services and satisfied itself that this reflected historic matters that were the subject 
of the FCA’s fine of The Prudential Assurance Company Limited in September 2019, pre the demerger, rather than any 
broader concerns about the Company’s governance arrangements.

E

The Group Governance Manual sets out the policies and procedures by which the Group operates within its framework 
of internal governance, taking into account relevant statutory and regulatory matters.

Incorporating our Group Code of Business Conduct, the Group Governance Manual sets out the general principles 
by which we conduct our business and ourselves. Each business attests annually to compliance with:

 — Mandatory requirements set out in Group-wide policies, including the Group Code of Business; and
 — Matters requiring prior approval from those parties with delegated authority.

The Committee reviewed the results of the Group Governance Manual annual content review and the results of the 
year end compliance attestation for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

Competence 
and experience

In relation to the provisions of the UK Code and HK Listing Rules, the Board is satisfied that David Law has recent and 
relevant financial experience and that the Committee as a whole has competence relevant to the sectors in which the 
business operates. 

Full biographies of the Committee members including experience and professional qualifications, are set out on pages 
122 to 126.

The Board has determined that David Law qualifies as the designated Audit Committee Financial Expert under the SEC 
rules consistent with Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

  159

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Audit Committee report / continued

Audit tender in 2020 
1.  Introduction
The Prudential Group’s Annual Report 2018 noted the Group’s 
intention to commence a tender process to appoint a new auditor in 
line with the UK Code in respect of audit tendering and European rules 
on mandatory audit rotation. The external audit tender resulted in the 
proposal, subject to shareholder approval at the 2023 AGM, to appoint 
EY as the Prudential external auditor for the financial year 2023.

The process ran from November 2019 to December 2020, was led 
by the Committee and was in compliance with statutory requirements 
and guidance issued by the FRC.

2.  Governance
The objective of the audit tender was to select the best audit firm 
to provide a high quality, effective and efficient audit in succession 
to KPMG, recognising the business lines and geographical spread 
of the organisation. To ensure a transparent and robust selection and 
evaluation process, the Committee assumed responsibility for leading 
the tender process and recommending the preferred firm to the Board. 

Prior to commencing the audit tender, two potential conflicts of 
interest were specifically recognised. These related to the Chair of 
the Committee’s former positions and pension from PwC and the 
Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s former 
position and pension from Deloitte. To mitigate the risk the Group 
Chief Internal Auditor was asked to support the audit tender process. 
In addition, with the Committee’s agreement, the Chair recused 
himself from the final decision and asked Alice Schroeder to chair 
those meetings at which decisions regarding the tender were made. 

3.  Participants
Five firms were approached (three from the ‘Big Four’ and two 
‘challenger’ firms). The two challenger firms chose not to take part 
in the process due to resources and strategic focus. Request for 
Information (RFI) letters were issued to the remaining candidate firms 
in November 2019. EY and PwC responded positively, confirming their 
intention to commit to the tender process and that they could meet the 
independence requirements. Deloitte noted potential independence 
concerns and subsequently withdrew from the process as they did not 
believe these could be resolved. 

4.  Scope of tender
The audit tender was designed to select the Prudential Group’s 
external auditor, as well as the auditor for the business units across the 
group. The audit tender acknowledged that certain local companies 
within the Group had separate auditor rotation requirements.

5.  Independence
Firms were asked to confirm that they would be able to demonstrate how 
independence would be achieved by no later than 31 December 2021, 
in accordance with the FRC Revised Ethical Standard 2019 and PCAOB 
auditing and related professional practice standards. In response, 
the firms confirmed their ability to assert their independence by 
31 December 2021 and set out how this would be achieved in respect of: 

 — Current engagements (non-audit services) with Prudential; 
 — Prudential’s management of the firm’s investments and investments 

Prudential may hold in the firm; 

 — Internal procedures for dealing with the personal independence 

of the firm’s partners, former partners and staff (in respect of direct 
investments, pensions of former partners and pensions held); and 

 — Other current business relationships with Prudential. 

Prudential is satisfied that the required independence of the audit firm 
can be achieved.

6.  Selection criteria
In order to codify what was required of the firms, a transparent set 
of selection criteria was devised and incorporated in scorecards used 
to evaluate the firms’ proposals and presentations:

 — Core requirements – the standards candidate firms were required 
to demonstrate to enable them to fulfil the audit of all in-scope 
business units within the Group; and

 — Further differentiators – criteria designed to assist in distinguishing 
between the candidate firms should there be no clear difference 
based on the core requirements.

The selection criteria also took account of local qualification 
requirements to ensure that these were able to be satisfied.

7.  Access to information
In order to ensure a level playing field (ie a fair, open and transparent 
tender process), between June and September 2020 both firms were 
given access to management and key stakeholders across the Group 
in order to help them understand the business and better tailor their 
proposals. These meetings included the Head Office locations and 
the principal business units. The information received by the candidate 
firms from these visits was supplemented with the provision of 
additional information made available through a virtual data room 
to ensure both firms had the same information.

8.  Evaluation activities
The following activities were conducted to assess the firms and inform 
evaluation against each of the evaluation criteria:

 — Written proposals – Prepared for the Group and principal 

business units.

 — Formal assessed presentations – To the Audit Committee in 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company and Jackson National 
Asset Management, to Group Finance and a presentation to a 
panel in Prudential Corporation Asia which included the audit 
committee chairs of the Hong Kong and Singapore life businesses.

 — Meetings with chief finance officers of local business units in 

Asia and Africa – To assess the firm’s capability in local markets 
and their ability to perform the role of local statutory auditor. 
 — Technical case studies – Both firms participated in an exercise 
to help assess how they would work with Prudential on a 
technical matter. 

 — Technology demonstration – These events gave both firms the 
opportunity to set out their technology and innovation strategy 
and how this could enhance the quality of the audit; and
 — Formal Presentations to the Committee – A summary of the 
assessments from the above process was presented to the 
Committee in advance of final formal presentations.

9.  Evaluation
The Committee recommended both EY and PwC to the Board and 
considered both able to conduct a high quality audit of the Group. 
The Committee identified a first and second choice, and at its meeting 
on 3 December 2020 the Board resolved that it intends to recommend 
EY for appointment for the year ending 31 December 2023, subject 
to shareholders’ approval at the AGM in 2023. In making this decision, 
the Board noted that EY had particularly differentiated themselves 
with the Asian experience of their team.

10. Transition
KPMG will remain the Group’s auditor until 2023. Over the intervening 
period EY and the Group will start the transition process, including 
independence in respect of non-audit services and other business 
relationships globally and preparation for the introduction of revised 
accounting procedures IFRS 17 and IFRS 9.

160

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comJeremy Anderson 
Chair of the Risk Committee

C   O

Risk Committee  
report

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Risk Committee from May, I am pleased to report 
on the Committee’s activities and focus during 2020. It was certainly 
an eventful year to step into the role, with the Committee considering 
key strategic and externally driven changes that will leave an indelible 
mark on the Group’s operations into the future. I would like to take this 
opportunity to thank my predecessor, Howard Davies, who has served 
as a Non-executive Director and chaired the Committee since October 
2010, for his outstanding contribution. I would also like to take this 
opportunity to thank my fellow Committee members and everyone 
on the Prudential team who supported me in my transition to Chair. 

Committee operation 
The Committee assists the Board in providing leadership, direction 
and oversight of the Group’s overall risk appetite, limits and strategy. 
It also oversees and advises the Board on current and future risk 
exposures of the Group, including those which have the potential to 
impact on the delivery of the Group’s Business Plan. The Committee 
reviews the Group Risk Framework and recommends changes to it for 
approval by the Board to ensure that it remains effective in identifying 
and managing the risks faced by the Group. The Committee received 
regular reports from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, 
who is advised by the Group Executive Risk Committee (GERC). 
I provided feedback on the performance of the Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer to the Group Chief Executive as part of the annual 
evaluation of the Board and its members. The Committee also received 
regular reports from the Group-wide Internal Audit function and 
updates from other areas of the business as needed. 

The risk governance arrangements for the Group’s major businesses 
were delayered and strengthened in 2020 with the implementation 
of direct lines of communication, reporting and oversight of the risk 
committees of these businesses by the Committee. To support the 
enactment of these arrangements, the terms of reference for the major 
business unit risk committees were aligned and approved locally and 
include a standing invitation for the Group Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer and Group Chief Executive and the requirement for relevant 
risk escalations directly to the Committee.

  161

Committee members

Jeremy Anderson (from 1 January 2020,  
and Chair from 14 May 2020)

David Law 
Kai Nargolwala
Alice Schroeder 
Tom Watjen
Howard Davies (Chair until 14 May 2020)

Regular attendees

 — Chair of the Board
 — Group Chief Executive
 — Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
 — Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief 

Operating Officer
 — Company Secretary
 — Group Chief Internal Auditor
 — Chief risk officers of the main business 
units and members of the Group Risk 
Leadership Team are invited to attend 
each meeting as appropriate. 

Number of meetings in 2020:
8

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Risk Committee report / continued

Covid-19 risks and responses
As the Covid-19 crisis started to take hold at the start of the year the 
Group responded incisively. An additional meeting of the Committee 
was convened in March to consider the potential impacts and 
disruption to the Group’s people, customers and service delivery and 
to its solvency, liquidity position and credit risk exposures. At the same 
meeting the Committee reviewed and approved a recalibration to the 
Group’s Economic Capital (ECap) solvency risk appetite target given 
the evident shift in the position in the economic cycle triggered by 
the pandemic. High cadence monitoring, with a focus on solvency 
and liquidity risks to the Group, was performed through a series of 
meetings of the Critical Incident Group (CIG), invoked by the Group 
Chief Risk and Compliance Officer under the Group’s Critical Incident 
Procedures. Key updates from the CIG meetings were provided to 
the Committee. 

In addition to the operational and market impact of Covid-19, the 
pandemic has accelerated digital adoption at the Group’s agency 
business and increased the user base of Prudential’s digital health 
application Pulse. Increased digitalisation was an emerging focus 
during 2020 and will remain a prominent theme in 2021. For the 
remainder of the year, the Committee also considered changes to the 
Group’s sales processes (including the rollout of virtual face-to-face 
sales processes across its markets and associated regulatory and 
conduct risk implications) and the impact to sales, claims, lapses and 
surrenders. The Committee also monitored the operational resilience 
of the business and its key third parties as well as its information 
security posture and cyber defence capabilities amidst the crisis.

Regulatory matters
To align Hong Kong’s regulatory regime with international standards 
and practices, the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA) has developed 
a new group-wide supervision (GWS) framework for multinational 
insurance groups under its supervision. On 24 July 2020 the Insurance 
(Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance, being the enabling primary legislation 
providing for the GWS Framework, was enacted. This primary 
legislation is supported by subsidiary legislation and guidance material 
from the Hong Kong IA. The relevant subsidiary legislation, including 
the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules, was tabled before the Legislative 
Council on 6 January 2021 and will also come into operation on 
29 March 2021. The GWS framework is expected to become effective 
for Prudential upon designation by the Hong Kong IA in the second 
half of 2021, subject to transitional arrangements. The framework is 
based on a principle-based and outcome-focused approach and allows 
the Hong Kong IA to exercise direct regulatory powers over the holding 
companies of multinational insurance groups, reinforcing Hong Kong’s 
position as a preferred base for large insurance groups in Asia Pacific 
and as a global insurance hub. During 2020, the Hong Kong IA 
engaged with the Group and other relevant stakeholders in the 
development of the GWS framework, which will be anchored on 
the requirements for three pillars: capital, risk and governance, and 
disclosure. Prior to the GWS framework becoming effective, the Group 
remains subject to the Regulatory Letter signed with the Hong Kong 
IA, which outlines the interim supervision arrangements from October 
2019 when it became the Group-wide supervisor of the Group.

During the year, the Committee has received regular updates from 
the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer on GWS developments 
as well as compliance with the existing regime and the Group’s 
preparation for the implementation of the new framework.

162

The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer briefed the Committee 
regularly on developments in systemic risk regulation and the Insurance 
Capital Standards (ICS). We considered the Group’s FY 2019 ICS 
results, including the results from the 2020 data collection exercise and 
the latest developments in the Standards in December. Many of the 
policy requirements that resulted from the Group’s prior designation 
in 2016 as a Global Systemically Important Insurer (G-SII) have been 
adopted into the Insurance Core Principles (ICPs) and the Common 
Framework (ComFrame). The Committee therefore considered and 
approved the Group’s 2020 Systemic Risk Management Plan, Liquidity 
Risk Management Plan and Recovery Plan.

Transformation risk, including the proposed Jackson separation,  
and other in-depth reviews
During 2020, a key area of consideration for the Committee was the 
risks associated with the Group’s key strategic change initiatives, which 
included the Athene reinsurance and equity injection transactions and 
the Group’s digital transformation, as well as those related to IFRS 17 
and LIBOR transition. The Committee also considered risk opinions 
related to the financial and non-financial risks to the execution of 
the Jackson separation strategy and reviewed the risk disclosures 
within key in-progress transaction documentation, including those 
for the Prudential plc shareholder Circular and Jackson’s Form 10 
Information Statement. 

In-depth reviews were performed on existing and emerging high-risk 
areas including the risks related to the Group’s insurance products 
in Asia and Africa; the product portfolio at Prudential Life Thailand; 
and the actions for managing the risks from historically low interest 
rates during the year in Hong Kong, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. 
The latter review formed part of a series of work considering the 
long-term impact of lower interest rates on product profitability and 
local business unit solvency. Following a 2019 deep dive review 
performed on Digital Transformation and Artificial Intelligence (AI), 
a number of developments resulting from the review were considered 
by the Committee during 2020. This included progress updates on 
the development of AI governance and Ethics Principles for the Group. 

Risk appetite and principal risks
The Committee performed its regular review of the Group’s risk 
policies and proposed changes to the Group risk appetite statements. 
Aligned with these reviews, proposals to amend associated limits 
were also considered. The Committee reviewed the Group’s annual 
ORSA report in May, and in light of the change in the Group’s risk 
profile following the Athene transactions and the changes in the 
economic environment driven by the pandemic, an interim refreshed 
ORSA update was reviewed by the Committee in September. 
In addition to the frequent monitoring performed during the most 
acute phases of the market turmoil in the first half of 2020, we regularly 
reviewed the strength of our capital and liquidity positions (including 
the results of stress and scenario analyses) under the Hong Kong IA’s 
Local Capital Summation Method (LCSM) to assess the resilience 
of the buffer above the Group’s regulatory capital requirements. 

The Committee also considered the principal risks facing the 
Group and received updates on these through the course of the year, 
as well as reports from the risk committee chairs of the Group’s major 
businesses, with the chief risk officers of Prudential Corporation 
Asia and Jackson regularly attending Committee meetings. A fuller 
explanation of principal risks facing the Group and the way in which 
the Group manages these is set out in the Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer’s report on pages 45 to 69. During 2020, 
the Committee considered risk assessments and opinions on key 
areas covering the risks associated with the Group’s Business Plan 
and executive remuneration.

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comFollowing the demerger of M&G in October 2019, the Committee 
was focused on overseeing the development and embedding of new 
governance arrangements across the Group’s Asian business, building 
direct communication and escalation links with the existing local risk 
committees of the significant businesses. Regular direct communication 
with each of the local chairs remains a key component of our 
governance framework, and I have worked closely with the respective 
chairs of our significant business unit risk committees during the year. 
At each meeting, I update the Committee on important points raised 
at local level, and after the meeting I report to the Board on the main 
matters discussed.

In order to foster a close and collegiate working relationship at the 
Committee and with the local audit committees, David Law and 
I chaired a session attended by all of the non-executive directors 
at the four major Prudential Corporation Asia businesses. 

Jeremy Anderson
Chair of the Risk Committee

In respect of our principal risks, we continued to focus on the risks to 
the Group’s financial viability and non-financial sustainability. This 
includes those arising from the external business and macroeconomic 
environment in which the Group operates, including the implications 
of sustained low interest rates; risks arising from the nature of the 
Group’s business and industry; risks around global legal and regulatory 
compliance; and environmental, social and governance (ESG) related 
risks. In May 2020, a joint session with the Audit Committee on cyber 
security included an update on the Group-wide response to Covid-19 
related cyber security risks, as well as progress updates on the 
Group’s Privacy Programme and the standardised Information Security 
Programme across the businesses. The Committee approved a global 
set of ethics principles for artificial intelligence and complex tools 
(forming part of the Group Code of Business Conduct) in May, and 
in December was provided a progress update on the development 
of the governance in this area. 

B  
The Committee convened an additional meeting in September 
focusing on ESG risks, in particular climate-related transition risk for 
the Group’s invested assets. Aligned to the strategic focus by the 
Group on its purpose, culture and values and the adoption of People & 
Culture as one of the Group’s principal risks at the beginning of 2020, 
the Committee considered how the Group’s culture initiative and 
purpose could be applied to support sound risk management practice, 
behaviours, conduct and awareness. In December 2020, after a 
successful period of road-testing, the Committee approved a new 
Group Customer Conduct Risk Policy. 

Committee governance
The Committee works closely with the Audit Committee to ensure 
both Committees are updated and aligned on matters of common 
interest. Where responsibilities are perceived to overlap between 
the two Committees, David Law and I agree the most appropriate 
Committee to consider the matter. Aligned with the consolidation 
of the Risk, Compliance and Security functions under the leadership 
of the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer during 2019, the 
Committee assumed responsibility for Compliance oversight from the 
Audit Committee with effect from 1 January 2020. The Committee 
considered and approved the Risk and Compliance plans for the year.

  163

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Feb Mar May

Jul

Sep1

Dec

Committee reports / Risk Committee report / continued

How the Committee spent its time during 2020

Risk and market updates
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer reporting

Updates from significant business risk committees

Risk management
Group principal risk identification and discussions 1

 — Covid-19 related risks

 — Information security and privacy

 — ESG including climate related transition risks

Deep dives

Business unit specific risk matters

Risk assessment of Business Plan

Risk function effectiveness

Risk oversight of remuneration

Regulatory and Compliance
Group regulatory and compliance reporting

GWS

Risk and Compliance Framework
Internal model development and changes

Group Risk appetite review

Risk limit updates

Risk, Compliance and Security policy framework 

Group-wide Internal Audit update

Governance arrangements and terms of reference (including business units)

External reporting
Full year and half year risk disclosures

ECap full and half year results

Own Risk and Solvency Assessment

Systemic risk reports (LRMP, SRMP, RCP)

ICS results

Note
1  An additional meeting to the usual scheduled meetings was held in September to discuss ESG risks, in particular climate-related transition risk for the Group’s invested assets.  

In addition:

  –  A meeting was held in June to discuss the risk opinion on the equity investment by Athene in Prudential’s US business.
  –  Two joint meetings with the Audit Committee were held: in May to discuss cyber security and governance matters (all Non-executive Directors were invited); and in September 

to discuss Form S-1 Registration Statement.

164

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
C   O  
Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Risk and 
Compliance 
framework 

The Group Risk Framework and risk policies were subject to both their regular annual review and a gap analysis of 
the Group’s policies was performed against the incoming requirements of the Hong Kong Insurance Authority’s (IA’s) 
Group-wide Supervision Framework. Changes were recommended by the Committee for approval by the Board. 

Annually, business units are required to assess and certify their compliance with the Group Risk Framework and 
associated policies as part of the annual Group Governance Manual certification process. The certification process 
is facilitated by the Risk, Compliance and Security function and subject to oversight by the Committee.

The Committee conducted its annual review of risk effectiveness in February. It also considered the effectiveness of, 
and approved updates to, the Group Risk Mandate which formally sets out the purpose and responsibilities of the Group 
Risk function and its effectiveness in overseeing the key risks to the Group.

The Committee also reviewed the methodology and calibration of the Group internal model.

Group Risk  
appetite

The Committee is responsible for recommending changes in the Group’s overall risk appetite and tolerance to the Board 
for approval.

In March, the Committee reviewed and approved a reduction in the Group’s Economic Capital (ECap) solvency risk 
appetite given the change in the position of the economic cycle triggered by the pandemic, and the reversal of this 
change on the subsequent recovery of the economic cycle indicators. 

The Committee also performed its annual review of the Group Risk Appetite Statement and associated limits. These are 
defined in aggregate for financial and non-financial risks by the setting of objectives for its liquidity, capital requirements 
and non-financial risk exposure. As part of this review, the Committee approved the adoption, following a period of 
road-testing, of a revised Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) metric and a revision of the LCR trigger level.

Since the demerger of M&G plc, the Group has been subject to the consolidated supervision of the Hong Kong IA 
as Prudential’s Group-wide supervisor.

Key updates on GWS developments and implementation progress were provided to the Committee during the year.

As part of its role in overseeing and advising the Board on future risk exposures and strategic risks, the Committee 
reviewed the risk assessment of the Business Plan, which included key financial risks (including those associated with 
the challenging macroeconomic and geopolitical environments, being more uncertain than those foreseen in previous 
Plan assessments, and including prolonged low interest rates) and non-financial risks (including the execution risks in 
delivering the Group’s announced strategy for Jackson; risks to top-line sales growth and increasing third party risk). 
The analysis review included sensitivity assessments of the impact of various plausible scenarios.

The ORSA is a key ongoing process for identifying, assessing, controlling, monitoring and reporting the risks to which 
the Group is exposed and assessing capital adequacy over the business planning horizon. 

In May, the Committee considered the Group’s ORSA report, based on the Business Plan, prior to its approval by the 
Board. An additional interim ORSA report was considered by the Committee in September, produced in light of the 
change in the Group’s risk profile following the Athene transactions and the changes in the economic environment 
driven by the pandemic.

Group‑wide 
Supervision 
Framework  
(GWS)

Business Plan

Own Risk and 
Solvency 
Assessment  
(ORSA)

Stress and 
scenario testing

The Committee is responsible for reviewing the outcome and results of stress and scenario testing, which is a key 
risk identification, measurement and management tool for the Group. 

Stress and scenario testing is a key component of the Group’s ORSA and the risk assessment of the Business Plan, 
as described above, as well as its Recovery Planning and Reverse Stress Testing (RST). 

The Group’s Recovery Plan, considered by the Committee in September, included an assessment of the financial and 
operational resilience of Prudential. The Plan concluded that despite the challenging conditions linked to Covid-19 
and significant stress experienced in the first half of 2020, the Group’s position remained strong and that a range of 
credible recovery actions remain available, at both Group and business unit level which are considered sufficient to 
recover the Group’s position if it comes under severe stress.

  165

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Committee reports / Risk Committee report / continued

C   O  
Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Systemic Risk 
Management

The FSB has endorsed a new Holistic Framework for systemic risk management and suspended G-SII designations 
until a review is undertaken in 2022. 

Many of the policy requirements that resulted from the Group’s prior designation in 2016 as a Global Systemically 
Important Insurer (G-SII) have been adopted into the Insurance Core Principles (ICPs) and ComFrame – the common 
framework for the supervision of Internationally Active Insurance Groups (IAIGs). As Prudential is expected to satisfy 
the criteria of an IAIG, these measures are anticipated to continue for the Group. The Committee therefore considered, 
and recommended for approval by the Board, the Systemic Risk Management Plan, Recovery Plan and Liquidity Risk 
Management Plan. 

Transformation 
activity and 
proposed Jackson 
separation

During 2020, a key area of consideration for the Committee was the proposed Jackson separation, which contributed 
to the portfolio of key strategic change activity across the Group. The Committee’s work included consideration of risk 
opinions related to the financial and non-financial risks to the execution of the proposed Jackson separation, reviewing 
the risk disclosures within key in-progress transaction documentation, including those for the Prudential plc shareholder 
Circular and Jackson’s Form 10 Information Statement and the revision to Jackson’s hedge modelling for US statutory 
standards for calculating reserves and capital. 

Covid‑19 
related risks

Group principal 
risks

The Committee was provided with updates on other transformation activity throughout the year. It received regular 
updates on the Group’s portfolio of key strategic change initiatives, including those related to IFRS 17, the Group’s 
digital transformation and LIBOR transition. 

The impact of the Covid-19 pandemic has been broad, with implications for the Group’s solvency and liquidity position 
and many of its principal risks. At an additional meeting of the Committee convened in March as the crisis started to 
unfold, the Committee reviewed and approved a recalibration to the Group’s Economic Capital (ECap) solvency risk 
appetite. Key updates focusing on solvency and liquidity risks to the Group from the meetings of the Critical Incident 
Group, convened by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer under the Group’s Critical Incident Procedures, 
were provided to the Committee.

The Committee received regular updates on the nature and extent of the impacts across its principal risks, including 
the changes to the Group’s sales processes (including the rollout of virtual face-to-face sales processes across its markets 
and associated regulatory implications) and the impact to sales, claims, lapses and surrenders. The Committee also 
monitored the operational resilience of the business and its key third parties as well as its information security posture 
amidst the crisis.

The Committee evaluated the Group’s principal risks, considering recommendations for promoting additional risks and 
changes in the scope of existing risks. In addition to those impacted by the pandemic as outlined above, the Committee 
also received regular reporting on principal and emerging risks and external events, such as the international responses 
to the enactment of the national security law in Hong Kong, over the course of the year within the Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer’s regular report to the Committee. Further information about how the Group identifies emerging 
and principal risks can be found in the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report. 

Additional meetings of the Committee were convened in March and September focusing on Covid-19 driven risks 
and ESG risks, in particular climate-related transition risk for the Group’s invested assets, respectively. 

The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s reports also provided the Committee with regulatory updates; the 
implications of the developing global capital standards including the engagement with the Hong Kong IA on the 
development of GWS; and developments in the area of systemic risk management.

Deep dives

As part of its risk oversight responsibilities, the Committee also considers the result of ‘deep dive’ risk reviews performed 
over the year.

In 2020, these focused on the risks related to the Group’s insurance products in Asia and Africa; the product portfolio 
at Prudential Life Thailand; and the actions for managing interest rate risk in Hong Kong, Singapore, Thailand and 
Vietnam. The latter review formed part of a series of work considering the impact of lower for longer interest rates.

Following a 2019 deep dive review performed on Digital Transformation and Artificial Intelligence (AI), a number 
of developments resulting from the review were considered by the Committee during 2020. This included progress 
updates on the development of AI governance and Ethics Principles for the Group.

166

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC   O  
Key matters considered during the year

Matter considered

How the Committee addressed the matter

Information security 
and privacy

During 2020, updates were provided to the Committee on progress made in the operationalisation of the Group-wide 
governance model and strategy for cyber security management and data privacy risks.

In May, in a joint session of the Risk and Audit Committee to which all Non-executive Directors were invited, updates 
on the Group-wide response to Covid-19 related cyber security risks, and progress on the Group’s Privacy Programme 
and the standardised Information Security Programme across the businesses, were provided.

The Committee received regular updates on Group-wide information security and privacy metrics providing a view 
of security posture across the businesses.

Remuneration

The Committee has a formal role in the provision of advice to the Remuneration Committee on risk management 
considerations in respect of executive remuneration. It considered risk management assessments of proposed executive 
remuneration structures and outcomes during the year, making related recommendations to the Remuneration 
Committee for their consideration.

Compliance and 
audit reporting

The Committee received regular reporting on key compliance risks and mitigation activity throughout the year. 
It also reviewed and approved updates to regulatory compliance risk-related policies including changes to the 
Personal Account Dealing Policy and the Conflicts of Interest Policy. The Committee also approved, after a successful 
period of road-testing, a new Group Customer Conduct Risk Policy. 

The Committee received updates from Group-wide Internal Audit throughout the year relating to effectiveness 
of risk management and internal control systems and other matters relating to its responsibilities.

  167

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Statutory and regulatory disclosures

Financial reporting 
The Directors have a duty to report to shareholders on the performance 
and financial position of the Group and are responsible for preparing the 
financial statements on pages 206 to 308 and the supplementary 
information on pages 320 to 347. It is the responsibility of the auditor 
to form independent opinions, based on its audit of the financial 
statements and its audit of the EEV basis supplementary information, and 
to report its opinions to the Company’s shareholders and to the Company. 
Its opinions are given on pages 310 to 319 and pages 349 to 351.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year that give a true and fair view of the financial 
affairs of the Company and of the Group. The criteria applied in the 
preparation of the financial statements are set out in the Statement 
of Directors’ responsibilities on pages 309 and 348. Company law also 
requires the Board to approve the Strategic report. In addition, the UK 
Code requires the Directors’ statement to state that they consider the 
Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

The Directors are further required to confirm that the Strategic report 
includes a fair review of the development and performance of the 
business, with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties. 
Such confirmation is included in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities on page 309.

The Strategic report provides, on pages 10 to 69, a description of the 
Group’s capital position, financing and liquidity. The risks facing the 
Group’s business are discussed in the Group Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer’s report of the risks facing our business and how these are 
managed on pages 45 to 69.

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ 
report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; each Director has 
taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a Director to make 
himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation 
is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of 
Section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Going concern
In accordance with the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting 
Council in September 2014, ‘Guidance on Risk Management, Internal 
Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting’, after making 
sufficient enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue 
their operations for a period of at least 12 months from the date that 
the financial statements are approved. Further information is provided 
in note A1 on page 215.

Powers of the Board
The Board may exercise all powers conferred on it by the Company’s 
Articles and the Companies Act 2006. This includes the powers of the 
Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge any of its assets 
(subject to the limitations set out in the Companies Act 2006 and 
the Company’s Articles) and to give a guarantee, security or indemnity 
in respect of a debt or other obligation of the Company.

Rules governing the appointment of Directors
The appointment and removal of Directors is governed by the 
provisions in the Articles of Association (the Articles), the UK Code, 
the HK Code (as appended to the Hong Kong Listing Rules) and the 
Companies Act 2006.

Director indemnities
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company’s 
Articles permit the Directors and officers of the Company to be 
indemnified in respect of liabilities incurred as a result of their office. 

Suitable insurance cover is in place in respect of legal action against 
directors and senior managers of companies within the Group.

Qualifying third-party indemnity provisions are also available for 
the benefit of the Directors of the Company and certain other such 
persons, including certain directors of other companies within the 
Group. These indemnities were in force for 2020 and remain so. 

Contract of significance
At no time during the year did any Director hold a material interest 
in any contract of significance with the Company or any subsidiary 
undertaking.

Securities dealing and inside information 
Prudential has adopted securities dealing rules relating to transactions 
by Directors on terms no less exacting than required by Appendix 10 
to the HK Listing Rules and by relevant UK regulations. Having made 
specific enquiry of all Directors, the Directors have complied with 
these rules throughout the period. 

The Group has adopted an Inside Information Policy which includes 
guidance and procedures for the identification, dissemination and 
escalation of inside information as well as appropriate controls on 
the disclosure of such information in line with regulatory requirements. 
All staff are made aware of the policy and receive communications 
reminding them of their obligations when they work on any confidential 
matters in the business or are notified when the Company enters or 
exits a closed period. 

Requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.4
Information to be included in the Annual Report and Accounts under 
Listing Rule 9.8.4 may be found as follows:

Listing Rule Description

9.8.4 (4)

Details of long-term incentive schemes required 
by Listing Rule 9.4.3

9.8.4 (10)  Contracts of Significance involving a Director

9.8.4 (12) Details of shareholder waiver of dividends

9.8.4 (13) Details of shareholder waiver of future dividends

Page

191

168

397

397

US regulation and legislation
As a result of its listing on the New York Stock Exchange, the Company is 
required to comply with the relevant provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act 2002 as they apply to foreign private issuers and have adopted 
procedures to ensure such compliance. In particular, in relation to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 which covers disclosure 
controls and procedures, a Disclosure Committee has been established, 
reporting to the Group Chief Executive, chaired by the Group Chief 
Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and comprising members 
of head office management. The work of the Disclosure Committee 
supports the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer 
and Chief Operating Officer in making the certifications regarding the 
effectiveness of the Group’s disclosure procedures.

Change of control 
Under the agreements governing Prudential Corporation Holdings 
Limited’s life insurance and fund management joint ventures with 
China International Trust & Investment Corporation (CITIC), if there 
is a change of control of the Company, CITIC may terminate the 
agreements and either, (i) purchase the Company’s entire interest in 
the joint venture or require the Company to sell its interest to a third 
party designated by CITIC, or (ii) require the Company to purchase all 
of CITIC’s interest in the joint venture. The price of such purchase or 
sale is to be the fair value of the shares to be transferred, as determined 
by the auditor of the joint venture. 

Customers
The five largest customers of the Group constituted in aggregate less 
than 30 per cent of its total revenue from sales for each of 2020 and 2019.

168

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIndex to principal Directors’ report disclosures

Information required to be disclosed in the Directors’ report may be found in the following sections:

Information

Section in Annual Report

Page number(s)

Disclosure of information to auditor

Statutory and regulatory disclosures

Directors in office during the year

Board of Directors

ESG report

Employment practices

Greenhouse gas emissions

Charitable donations 

Political donations and expenditure

Remuneration Committee report

Directors’ interests in shares

Agreements for compensation for loss of office 
or employment on takeover

ESG report

ESG report

ESG report

ESG report

ESG report

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ remuneration report

Details of qualifying third-party indemnity provisions

Governance report

168

122-126

70-117

93-98

114-117

108-110

108

179-202

197

199

168

Internal control and risk management

Governance report and Strategic report

139-140 and 45-69

Powers of Directors

Rules governing appointment of Directors

Governance report

Governance report

Significant agreements impacted by a change of control Governance report

Future developments of the business of the Company 

Group Chief Executive’s report

Post-balance sheet events

Note D3 of the notes on the Group financial statements

Rules governing changes to the Articles of Association

Shareholder information

168

168

168

5-9

289

396

Structure of share capital, including changes during 
the year and restrictions on the transfer of securities, 
voting rights and significant shareholders

Shareholder information, Governance report  
and note C8 of the notes on the Group financial statements

396-397 and  
168 and 282

Business review

Changes in borrowings

Dividend details

Financial instruments

Group overview and strategic report

Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating 
Officer’s report and note C5 of the notes on the 
Group financial statements

5-117

32 and 274 

Group overview and strategic report

3 and 34

Strategic report and Additional information

45-69 and 379-383

Corporate governance statement including compliance 
with the Code

Governance report

Fostering the Company’s business relationships

Monitoring culture

ESG report

ESG report

118-169

78-81

78-81 and 93-98

In addition, the risk factors set out on pages 379 to 390 and the additional unaudited financial information set out on pages 354 to 378, are 
incorporated by reference into the Directors’ report.

The Directors’ report is signed on behalf of the Board of Directors by

Tom Clarkson
Company Secretary

2 March 2021

  169

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Directors’ 
remuneration 
report

Contents
172  Annual statement from the Chair  
of the Remuneration Committee
176  Our Executive Directors’ remuneration  

at a glance

177  Summary of the current Directors’ 

remuneration policy

179  Annual report on remuneration
203  Additional remuneration disclosures

This report has been prepared to comply 
with Schedule 8 of The Companies (Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration 
Report) Regulations 2019, as well as the Companies 
Act 2006 and other related regulations.

The following sections were subject to audit:  
Table of 2020 and 2019 Executive Director total 
remuneration (the ‘single figure’) and related notes 
(including details of all fixed and variable remuneration 
elements shown in the single figure table), Pension 
entitlements, Long-term incentives awarded in 2020, 
Chair of the Board and Non-executive Director 
remuneration in 2020 and 2019, Statement of 
Directors’ shareholdings and Payments to past 
Directors and payments for loss of office. 

170

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com  171

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Directors’  
remuneration report

Anthony Nightingale CMG SBS JP 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

172

Annual statement 
from the Chair of 
the Remuneration 
Committee

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present our Directors’ remuneration report 
for the year to 31 December 2020 on behalf of the members  
of the Remuneration Committee.

By way of preface, I would like to share the context for the key 
decisions the Committee took during 2020 and for the developments 
in our arrangements planned for 2021.

R

In the Committee’s 2019 report, we presented a new Directors’ 
remuneration policy. In April 2020, in light of the Covid-19 pandemic 
and the need for continued restraint in executive remuneration, 
the Committee clarified how we intended to operate the new policy, 
as described in the ‘Aligning pay and performance in the context of 
Covid-19’ section of this report. These clarifications included reversing 
salary increases awarded for 2020, reducing pension benefits of 
incumbent Executive Directors from 25 per cent to 13 per cent of 
salary in line with the UK workforce and reversing the proposed 
increase in the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP) award 
level for the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating 
Officer. The 2020 Directors’ remuneration policy was approved by 
shareholders at the 2020 AGM with 95.8 per cent votes cast in favour. 
During 2021, the Committee intends to operate within the 2020 policy 
and in line with our previous clarifications.

D   P
As described below, a number of changes are planned in the application 
of the policy for 2021 to maintain the strong connection between 
incentive arrangements and the Group’s evolving strategy. I have had 
the opportunity during late 2020 and early 2021 to discuss these changes 
with many of our major shareholders, as well as the organisations that 
represent and advise them. I am pleased to say that we have had the 
benefit of substantive feedback from over 40 per cent of our shareholder 
register and that the majority of shareholders and advisory bodies who 
provided input are supportive of the remuneration arrangements that 
we proposed for 2021. These arrangements are in line with our approved 
2020 remuneration policy. On behalf of the Committee, I would like to 
thank the shareholders and advisory bodies for their engagement to 
date and look forward to continuing this useful dialogue into the future. 

R

Reflecting 2020 financial performance
Prudential’s executive remuneration arrangements reward the 
achievement of Group, business, functional and personal targets, 
provided that this performance is delivered within the Company’s 
risk framework and appetites, and that the conduct expectations 
of Prudential, our regulators and other stakeholders are met. 

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAs set out in the Strategic report section earlier in this Annual report, despite the unexpected challenges throughout 2020 the Group delivered 
positive operating results as we continue to develop our capabilities and presence in our chosen Asia and Africa markets. The table below 
illustrates achievement of KPIs:

Performance measures

Group performance ($m)3

2020 bonus achievement4

Adjusted operating profit from continuing operations1
Prudential’s primary measure of profitability and a key driver 
of shareholder value.

Adjusted operating profit accounted for 35 per cent 
of Group financial bonus targets.

5,310

5,507

4%

Above target level,  
approaching stretch 
target level

2019

2020

Life new business profit from continuing operations
A measure of the future profitability of the new business 
sold during the year and an indicator of the profitable growth 
of the Group.

4,405

New business profit accounted for 15 per cent  
of Group financial bonus targets.

36%

Below minimum 
threshold

2,802

2019

2020

Operating free surplus generated from continuing operations2
A measure of the internal cash generation of our business units.

1%

Operating free surplus generated accounted for 30 per cent 
of Group financial bonus targets.

2,861

2,886

Above stretch target level

2019

2020

Business unit remittances5
Cash flows across the Group6 reflect our aim of achieving 
a balance between ensuring sufficient net remittances from 
business units to cover the dividend (after corporate costs) 
and the use of cash for reinvestment in profitable opportunities.

1,465

47%

Below minimum 
threshold

A cash flow measure was used to determine 20 per cent  
of the Group financial bonus targets.

771

2019

2020

Notes
1 
2  For insurance operations, operating free surplus generated represents amounts maturing from the in-force business during the period less investment in new business 

In this report ’adjusted operating profit’ refers to adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns from continuing operations. 

and excludes non-operating items. For asset management businesses, it equates to post-tax operating profit for the year.

3  As reported basis. 
4  Targets and the level of achievement are set out in the ‘Annual bonus outcomes for 2020’ section of the Annual report on remuneration.
5  2019 business unit remittances exclude remittances from discontinued remittances.
6  Group cash flow includes business unit remittances net of dividends and corporate costs.

  173

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual statement from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee / continued

2020 adjusted operating profit was 4 per cent higher than prior year on an actual exchange rate basis (and on a constant exchange rate basis) 
reflecting the performance outlined in the Strategic report, and delivered a result that is above the approved targets.

Life new business profit was 36 per cent lower than prior year on an actual exchange rate basis (37 per cent on a constant exchange rate basis). 
This reflected the change in geographical sales mix, most notably the fall in Hong Kong APE, as a result of the challenging trading environment 
caused by the Covid-19 pandemic. This result was below the minimum threshold. 

Operating free surplus generation was 1 per cent higher than 2019 on an actual exchange rate basis (and on a constant exchange rate basis) 
and this result was above the approved stretch target.

Business units remittance levels were 47 per cent lower than 2019 and were below minimum threshold. Holding company cash was $1.5 billion 
at the year end, after dividends, corporate costs and strategic investment in Asia, though, reflecting the lower level of remittances received 
from the business units, the Group cash flow measure was below the minimum threshold level. 

The Group achieved these results while maintaining appropriate levels of capital and while operating within the Group’s risk framework 
and appetites in the challenging market environment. 

Reflecting stakeholders’ 2020 experiences 
In reaching its decisions for 2020, the Committee considered the experience of the Company’s stakeholder groups, particularly in the context 
of the pandemic. More details can be found in the ESG section of the Strategic report: 

Investors
 — At the half year, the Company announced a change in the 

dividend policy, aligned with the revised Group strategy to focus 
on value creation through growth. Dividends are expected to 
grow broadly in line with the growth in Asia and will be set taking 
into account financial prospects, investment opportunities and 
market conditions.

 — While the Company’s share price reduced by 7 per cent during 

2020, our one-year TSR performance has been stronger than our 
comparators, outperforming the median of the 2020 PLTIP peer 
group (Prudential, (8.6) per cent compared with the peer group 
median of (12.5) per cent on a point to point basis).

 — On 28 January 2021, Prudential announced that it was considering 

an equity raise of around $2.5-3 billion to increase financial 
flexibility and take advantage of Asia growth opportunities.

Governments and Regulators 
 — Group has not sought any government support during the 

pandemic. A job support payment inadvertently received from 
one government was repaid in full.

Our people
 — Almost all employees have spent at least part of 2020 working 

remotely, in line with local restrictions and guidance. 

 — No employees were furloughed or made redundant as a result of 
the pandemic. Our remuneration programmes operated as usual 
during the pandemic period with medical insurance coverage 
extended to offer free Covid testing where necessary. Employees 
received their regular remuneration during any periods of 
shielding or self-isolation.

 — In July 2020 the Global Diversity & Inclusion Council was 
established to empower employees and create a sense of 
belonging by respecting and appreciating differences.

 — A range of initiatives was launched to support employees’ 

wellbeing and mental health, including the Group’s first global 
wellbeing day held on World Mental Health day.

Suppliers
 — All London Head Office suppliers with fewer than 100 employees 

were automatically switched to 10-day payment terms.

 — Human rights and modern slavery considerations are embedded 

 — The Group has engaged frequently with its Lead Regulator 

across all supplier and supply chain arrangements. 

on the development of the proposed Group-wide Supervision 
(GWS) framework which is expected to become effective 
from March 2021.

Customers
 — Customer service processes made claiming easier with dedicated 
hotlines, fast-track claims processing and policy premium grace 
period extensions.

 — Free limited-time Covid-19 cover was offered in Asia and the 
‘Pulse by Prudential’ app put artificial intelligence-powered 
medical symptom checking, wellness advice and tele-medicine 
into people’s hands. 

 — A total of $4.2 million was spent on goodwill payments.

Society
 — The Group created a $2.5 million Covid-19 relief fund.

 — The Prudence Foundation Safe Steps Covid-19 campaign provided 
practical advice about safety in the pandemic and reached over 
250 million people daily across Asia and 80 million people a month 
across Africa.

 — Significant progress was made in redefining the Group’s ESG 

ambition and strategy including the creation of the Responsibility 
and Sustainability Working Party of the Board. 

174

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comD

P

R

Engaging shareholders on 2021 remuneration arrangements
In late 2020 and early 2021, we consulted with our major shareholders 
and the main institutional voting agencies on the proposed 
implementation of our Directors’ remuneration policy in 2021. We had 
constructive conversations about our approach to remuneration and 
received broad support for our proposals, as summarised below: 

 — We proposed rebalancing the AIP metrics for 2021 with an 

increased weight assigned to the EEV new business profit, in line 
with our strategy of driving growth in profitable new business. 

 — On the PLTIP, we proposed that RoEV replaces the RoE measure 

for 2021 awards to reflect the focus on achieving sustained growth 
in embedded value per share while the TSR peer group is revised 
to reflect the footprint of the post-separation Group. These changes 
ensure the strong alignment of remuneration structures with the 
Group’s strategic priorities. 

 — The Committee has taken the decision not to award salary increases 
to Executive Directors for 2021. Details of the proposed operation 
of the incentive plans in 2021 are included in the ‘Statement of 
implementation of remuneration policy in 2021’ section. 2021 will 
be the ninth consecutive year in which the increases generally 
offered to executives have been below or close to the bottom of 
the salary increase budget ranges for the broader workforce.

In 2020 and 2021, non-financial incentive measures included a shared 
annual ESG objective and the Conduct and Diversity elements in the 
Sustainability Scorecard. Looking further ahead, I anticipate that the 
Group’s renewed focus on measuring its ESG impact (described in 
our ESG Report) may result in further ESG measures being used within 
the Company’s incentive plans. This is something that the Committee 
has considered and that I have discussed with shareholders. The 
Committee will take advice from the newly established Responsibility 
and Sustainability Working Party about how we might develop robust 
and stretching incentive targets which are meaningfully connected 
with the Group’s ESG strategy.

I trust that you will find this report a clear account of the way in 
which the Committee has implemented the Directors’ remuneration 
policy during 2020 and of the proposed Directors’ remuneration 
arrangements for 2021.

Anthony Nightingale, CMG SBS JP
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

2 March 2021

Rewarding 2020 performance
The Committee determined remuneration outcomes having 
considered the financial performance of the Group, its delivery 
to stakeholders and the personal contribution of executives.

As set out above, 2020 saw the Group perform well against its key 
operating profit and operating free surplus generation targets in the 
face of difficult external conditions. This performance, combined with 
his effective personal leadership, resulted in an overall bonus outcome 
for Mr Wells of 66 per cent of his maximum opportunity. However, 
the Committee and Mr Wells recognised the impact on investors of 
elements of the Group’s announcement on 28 January 2021 with 
respect to Jackson and the Committee exercised its discretion to 
reduce Mr Wells’s 2020 bonus outcome by 30 per cent (from 66 to 
46 per cent of his maximum opportunity). 

The Committee believes that the bonuses it awarded to the other 
Executive Directors for 2020 (between 70 per cent and 80 per cent 
of executives’ maximum Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) opportunities) 
appropriately reflect underlying Company performance, individual 
and/or functional performance and wider factors. 

Over the longer term, the Group has demonstrated positive operating 
results delivering total cumulative adjusted operating profits of 
$18,472 million in the 2018, 2019 and 2020 financial years. Based on 
this strong cumulative adjusted operating profit performance over 
the period and performance against our sustainability scorecard, 
the Committee determined that 68.75 per cent of the Prudential 
Long Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP) awards made to Executive Directors 
in 2018 would vest. These awards will be released to participants 
from April 2021, but remain subject to a two-year post-performance 
holding period. The portion of the awards related to Prudential’s total 
shareholder return (TSR) lapsed as TSR performance was ranked 
below the median of the peer group.

The total 2020 remuneration or ‘single figure’ for the Group Chief 
Executive, Mike Wells, is 11 per cent lower than his total restated 2019 
‘single figure’, notwithstanding his exceptional leadership and personal 
performance. This chiefly reflects the reduction in the value of his 
2020 bonus and the decrease in the pension contribution from 
25 per cent to 13 per cent of salary.

Preparing for the intended separation and divestment of Jackson
As the Group prepares for the proposed separation and divestment 
of the Jackson business, the Committee established a set of principles 
to underpin decisions on remuneration relating to the separation, 
including:

 — Executives should not be advantaged or disadvantaged by the 

separation; 

 — The value of outstanding awards and their key terms (vesting dates, 

holding periods, malus and clawback provisions) should be 
unaffected;

 — If performance conditions are revised, the new conditions should 
be no more or less stretching than those originally attached to 
the awards; and

 — Where the Committee has applied discretion, this will be 

clearly disclosed.

These principles are consistent with those adopted in respect of 
the 2019 demerger of the M&G business and will be the basis for 
the decisions which will be taken by the Committee and disclosed 
in due course, including the treatment of outstanding share awards. 

  175

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Our Executive Directors’ remuneration at a glance

R

What performance means for Executive Directors’ pay
At Prudential, remuneration packages are designed to ensure strong alignment between pay and performance. 2020 saw the Group perform well 
against its key operating profit and operating free surplus generation targets in the face of difficult external conditions. This has been reflected in 
both the annual bonuses paid and the release of long-term incentive awards, as set out in the Annual report on remuneration.

The value of the performance-related elements of remuneration is added to the fixed packages provided to Executive Directors to calculate 
the 2020 ‘single figure’ of total remuneration. The total 2020 ‘single figure’ for the Group Chief Executive is 11 per cent less than the total 2019 
‘single figure’. This chiefly reflects the reduction in the value of his 2020 bonus and the decrease in the pension contribution from 25 per cent 
to 13 per cent of salary. The values for the current Executive Directors are outlined in the table below: 

Executive Director

Role

Mark FitzPatrick

James Turner3

Mike Wells

Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief 
Operating Officer
Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer
Group Chief Executive

Fixed pay

Variable pay

2020 
salary 
  ($000)

980

950

1,481

Pension 
and 
benefits 
  ($000)

410

812

646

2020 
bonus 
  ($000)

 1,186 

PLTIP 
vesting 
  ($000)

 1,405 

2020 
single 
figure1 
  ($000)

 3,981 

 1,322 

 729 

 3,813 

 1,355

 3,398 

6,880

2019 
single 
figure2 
  ($000)

4,316

3,146

7,671

Notes
1  The 2020 single figure is presented in USD (the Company’s reporting currency). 
2  The revised 2019 single figure reflects the actual PLTIP value for awards with performance period ending in 2019, valued using the share price on the date of vesting of £10.21 (£12.60 for Mark 

FitzPatrick), and including additional dividends paid. The 2019 single figure has been converted to USD. 

3  Mr Turner relocated to Hong Kong on 1 August 2019 and has since been paid in HK dollars, while Messrs Wells and FitzPatrick are paid in sterling. Exchange rate fluctuations will therefore impact 
the reported values. Actual amounts paid and the rates of exchange used to convert into a single currency are set out in the Notes to the ‘single figure’ table in the Annual report on remuneration. 

R

Aligning pay and performance in the context of Covid-19 
Prudential has a highly resilient business model and remains well placed to support its customers and distribution partners, and deliver profitable 
growth for its shareholders. Nevertheless, in light of the challenges presented by Covid-19 and the need for continued restraint in executive 
remuneration, in April 2020 Prudential’s Executive Directors proposed the following changes to their remuneration, which were accepted by 
the Remuneration Committee: 

 — A reduction in the salaries of Executive Directors to the level on 31 December 2019, reversing the 2 per cent salary increase with effect from 

1 April 2020.

 — A reduction in the pension benefits of incumbent Executive Directors from 25 per cent to 13 per cent of salary, with effect from 14 May 2020, 

a level in line with the employer pension contribution available to the UK workforce.

 — The Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s 2020 PLTIP award was maintained at 250 per cent instead of moving to the 

level of 300 per cent of salary provided by the policy.

In recognition of the continued focus on pay restraint and after due deliberation, the Committee considered there should be no salary increases 
for the Executive Directors for 2021. The factors taken into account by the Committee when determining that the pay freeze should apply 
included treatment of all Company stakeholders and pay fairness. 2021 will be the ninth consecutive year in which the increases generally offered 
to executives have been below or close to the bottom of the salary increase budget ranges for the broader workforce.

Remuneration packages for 2021, effective 1 January 2021, are set out in detail in the Annual report on remuneration and are summarised below:

Executive Director

Mark FitzPatrick

James Turner

Mike Wells

Role

Group Chief Financial Officer 

and Chief Operating Officer

Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer
Group Chief Executive

2021 salary
(Local currency)

2021 salary
 (USD)1

£760,000

$975,000

HKD7,330,000

$945,000

£1,149,000

$1,473,000

Annual Incentive Plan (AIP)

Maximum
bonus
(% of salary)

Bonus
deferred
(% of bonus)

PLTIP
award 
(% of salary)2

175%

175%

200%

40%

40%

40%

250%

250%

400%

Notes
1  The exchange rate used to convert pay to USD is the reporting rate during 2020 of 1.2824:1 for GBP and 1:7.7560 for HKD. All salaries are rounded to the nearest $1,000/£1,000 or HKD 10,000.
2  The PLTIP award is subject to a three-year performance period and a holding period which ends on the fifth anniversary of the award.

176

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comSummary of the current Directors’ remuneration policy

The current Directors’ remuneration policy was approved at the AGM on 14 May 2020 and is expected to fully apply until the 2023 AGM, 
when shareholders will be asked to approve a revised Directors’ remuneration policy. The Committee is comfortable that the current Policy 
operated as intended and that the overall 2020 remuneration paid to Executive Directors set out below was appropriate.

The pages that follow present a summary of the current Directors’ remuneration policy. The complete policy is available on the Company’s 
website at www.prudentialplc.com/investors/governance-and-policies/policies-and-statements.

Q

Summary of the Directors’ remuneration policy

Salary and  
benefits

Pension

Cash bonus

Deferred bonus

Prudential  
Long Term  
Plan  
(PLTIP)

Current key elements 
of remuneration

Fixed pay

Short-term variable pay
One-year performance 
assessed on financial, 
functional and personal 
objectives, set with 
reference to business plans 
approved by the Board. 
Awards are subject to the 
achievement of a Pillar I 
capital underpin aligned 
with the Hong Kong 
Insurance Authority capital 
framework

Long-term variable pay
Three-year performance 
assessed on a 
combination of: 

— Financial measures; 

—  Total Shareholder Return 

(TSR) relative to 
international insurance 
peers; and

—  Sustainability scorecard 
of capital, conduct and 
diversity measures

Share ownership guidelines

Share  
ownership  
guidelines

2
0
2
0

2
0
2
1

2
0
2
2

2
0
2
3

2
0
2
4

2
0
2
5

Key features of operation  
of the current policy

How we implemented the policy in 2020

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

d
o
i
r
e
p
g
n
d
o
H

l

i

Salaries reviewed annually with increases 
generally aligned with those of the 
workforce. Benefits reflect individual 
circumstances and are competitive in the 
local market

Pension contributions and/or a cash 
supplement up to 22.5% of salary (20% 
from 14 May 2021). Executive Directors 
based in Hong Kong receive this in addition 
to contributions into the Hong Kong 
Mandatory Provident Fund

A 2% salary increase was made with effect 
from 1 January 2020 followed by a reduction to 
the 31 December 2019 level from 1 April 2020

Pension contributions for the incumbent 
Executive Directors reduced to 13% of salary 
from 14 May 2020, in line with the employer 
pension contribution available to the 
UK workforce

The maximum opportunity is up to 200% 
of salary

The Group Chief Executive was awarded a 
maximum bonus opportunity of 200% of salary 

40% of bonus is deferred into shares 
for three years

Other Executive Directors were awarded 
a maximum opportunity of 175% of salary

Award is subject to malus and clawback 
provisions, including in circumstances 
where there are non-financial issues and 
personal conduct which falls short of the 
Company’s expectations

2020 bonuses were paid based on financial 
and personal objectives and, in the case of 
the Group Chief Risk & Compliance Officer, 
functional objectives 

Awards in 2020 were below the plan limits:

— Group Chief Executive: 400% of salary
— Other Executive Directors: 250% of salary

Weight of 2020 PLTIP measures was as 
follows: 50% TSR, 30% Operating return on 
average shareholders’ funds (RoE) and 20% 
sustainability scorecard

On vesting, the Committee will review awards 
to ensure that participants do not benefit from 
windfall gains. The Committee will consider 
Prudential’s stretching performance targets, 
share price performance of Prudential and its 
peers, the prices of the indices on which 
Prudential is listed and any other factors 
deemed relevant

The post-employment shareholding 
requirement is implemented by requiring 
Executive Directors retiring from the Board 
to obtain clearance to deal in the Company’s 
shares during the two years following 
their retirement

Maximum award under the Plan is 550% of 
salary although regular awards are below 
this level

Awards are subject to a three-year vesting 
period from date of grant and a further 
two-year holding period from the end of the 
vesting period

Awards are subject to malus and clawback 
provisions, including in circumstances 
where there are non-financial issues and 
personal conduct which falls short of the 
Company’s expectations

The proportion of awards which will vest 
for threshold performance is 20%

Significant in-employment share ownership 
guidelines for all Executive Directors 
as follows:

—  400% of salary for the Group Chief 

Executive

—  250% of salary for other Executive 

Directors

Executives have five years from the later 
of the date of their appointment, or the date 
of an increase in these guidelines, to build 
this level of ownership

Executive Directors leaving the Board are 
required to hold the lower of their actual 
shareholding at their retirement date and 
their in-employment share ownership 
guideline for a period of two years, subject 
to Remuneration Committee discretion

  177

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
Summary of the current Directors’ remuneration policy / continued

Principles underlying the policy
When determining the 2020 Directors’ remuneration policy, the Committee had regard to a number of key principles as illustrated below:

How we implemented the policy in 2020

The Committee is comfortable that the current remuneration structure is simple as it consists of fixed 
remuneration, annual and long-term incentives only. 

This structure is largely unchanged from our previous policy. Stakeholders are familiar with the operation 
of reward arrangements and there is a demonstrable link between performance and reward outcome.

The Group Risk Committee formally provides advice to the Committee on risk management considerations 
to inform decisions over bonus payments and long-term incentive vesting levels.

The policy provides the Committee with substantial flexibility to adjust incentive outcomes, to reduce or 
cancel unvested awards and to reclaim both bonus and long-term incentive payments. The Committee’s 
discretionary powers have been formalised and additional malus and clawback triggers for personal 
conduct introduced in relation to the AIP and PLTIP to take into account non-financial and individual factors.

The time horizon for our long-term incentives extends for five years, including the holding period on awards.

There are currently significant in-employment share ownership guidelines for all Executive Directors 
providing a material connection to the sustained success of the Company. Executives have five years from 
the later of the date of their appointment, or the date of an increase in these guidelines, to build this level 
of ownership.

A post-employment shareholding requirement for Executive Directors provides continued alignment with 
the success of the Company and stakeholder interests even after leaving the Board. This obligation will be 
implemented by requiring Executive Directors retiring from the Board to obtain clearance to deal in the 
Company’s shares during the two years following their retirement.

New and existing Executive Directors are offered pension benefits of 13 per cent of salary, aligned with 
the employer pension contribution available to the UK workforce. 

The conduct measure in the PLTIP rewards for appropriate management action and ensures that there are 
no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that result in significant capital add-ons or material fines.

The pay arrangements for Executive Directors are aligned with those of the senior leadership team.

The vesting period attached to the long-term incentives reflects the time horizon of the business plan. 
The additional post-vesting holding period and post-employment shareholding requirement strengthens 
the community of interests between Executives and other stakeholders.

The Committee has consulted with the Company’s largest shareholders and their advisers on the current 
policy and executive pay decisions before they are implemented.

Details on Executive Director pay are clearly set out in the Annual report on remuneration.

There are no incentive awards for below threshold performance. Financial targets are set against the 
Board-approved Plan.

Under the PLTIP, 20 per cent of each portion of the award will vest for achieving threshold performance.

The Committee approves the termination arrangements of Executive Directors to ensure that there is 
no reward for failure.

The PLTIP leaver rules are another safeguard that there is no reward for failure under this plan.

The Committee’s discretionary powers have been formalised and additional malus and clawback triggers 
for personal conduct introduced in relation to the AIP and PLTIP to take into account non-financial and 
individual factors.

The levels of awards under incentive arrangements to Executive Directors at threshold, on-target and 
maximum performance points are clearly defined and presented in relevant sections of this report.

Current key elements 
of remuneration

Simplicity

P

Risk

P

Alignment to culture

Q

Clarity

Q

Proportionality

Q

Predictability

178

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAnnual report on remuneration

The Board has established Audit, Remuneration, Risk and Nomination & Governance Committees as principal standing committees of the Board. 
These committees form a key element of the Group governance framework.

The operation of the Remuneration Committee
Members
Anthony Nightingale (Chair of the Committee)
Kai Nargolwala
Philip Remnant
Thomas Watjen
Fields Wicker-Miurin
Amy Yip

Individual Directors’ attendance at meetings throughout 2020 is set out in the ‘Governance’ section. 

Q

Role and responsibilities
The role and responsibilities of the Committee are set out in its terms of reference, which are reviewed by the Committee and approved by 
the Board on a periodic basis, and which can be found on the Company’s website at www.prudentialplc.com/~/media/Files/P/Prudential-V3/
content-pdf/gremco-tor-at-01-01-2021-v2.pdf. The Committee’s role is to assist the Board in meeting its responsibilities regarding the 
determination, implementation and operation of the overall remuneration policy for the Group, including the remuneration of the Chair of 
the Board, Executive Directors, Group Executive Committee members and the Company Secretary, as well as overseeing the remuneration 
arrangements of other staff within its purview.

The principal responsibilities of the Committee set out In their terms of reference during 2020 were:

 — Approving the operation of performance-related pay schemes operated for the Executive Directors, other members of the Group Executive 

Committee and the Company Secretary, and determining the targets and individual payouts under such schemes;

 — Reviewing the operation and awards made under all share plans requiring approval by the Board and/or the Company’s shareholders;

 — Monitoring compliance of the Chair and Executive Directors and other members of the Group Executive Committee with share ownership 

guidelines; 

 — Reviewing and approving individual packages for the Executive Directors and other members of the Group Executive Committee,  

and the fees of the Chair. Similarly, reviewing and approving fees for the Non-executive Directors of the Group’s material subsidiaries;

 — Reviewing workforce remuneration practices and related policies across the Group when setting the remuneration policy for Executive 

Directors, as well as the alignment of incentives and awards with culture;

 — Reviewing and approving the content and format of the UK gender pay gap report;

 — Monitoring the remuneration and risk management implications of remuneration of senior executives across the Group and other selected 

roles; and

 — Overseeing the implementation of the Group remuneration policy for those roles within scope of the specific arrangements referred to  

in the draft Hong Kong IA GWS Framework.

  179

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

In 2020, the Committee met five times. Key activities at each meeting are shown in the table below:

Meeting

Key activities

February 2020

March 2020

June 2020

Approve the 2020 Directors’ remuneration policy and the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report; consider 2019 bonus 
awards for Executive Directors; note the personal and functional objectives to be used for the 2020 Annual Incentive 
Plan; consider vesting of long-term incentive awards with a performance period ending on 31 December 2019; approve 
2020 long-term incentive awards and performance measures; approve the content and format of the UK Gender Pay 
Gap Report; note an update on the Board’s review of the Committee’s effectiveness; and review the appointment of the 
Committee’s independent adviser and approve the remuneration package of the Company Secretary.

Ratify 2019 bonus outcome and 2017 PLTIP vesting level approved at the February meeting in light of audited financial 
results.

Note shareholder, voting agency and media reaction to the 2020 Directors’ remuneration policy and 2019 Directors’ 
remuneration report; approve the policy for authorising expense claims submitted by the Group Chief Executive and 
Chair; note an update on market trends; note the governance report on the remuneration of staff within the Committee’s 
purview; review progress towards share ownership guidelines by the Chair of the Board, Executive Directors and other 
Group Executive Committee members; approve the Chair of the Board’s fee; review the Committee’s remit against all 
applicable legislative and regulatory requirements, including GWS; discuss the TSR peer group to be used for 2021 and 
subsequent PLTIP awards; and discuss the process for the Committee adviser tender.

September 2020

E

December 2020

Review the workforce remuneration dashboard (including the Group’s response to the Covid pandemic); review 
proposed 2021 salaries for Executive Directors; approve the content and process for consulting shareholders on 
remuneration proposals; approve amendments to the Committee’s Terms of Reference for recommendation to the 
Board; approve remuneration-related proposals and documentation connected with the intended separation of Jackson; 
note a report of the Company’s performance against competitors; review proposals for performance measures for 2021 
incentive plans; and approve the appointment terms of the Chair of the Board in contemplation of her appointment.

Consider shareholder consultation feedback; approve Group Executive Committee members’ 2021 salaries; approve 
the financial performance conditions, drawing on advice from the Group Risk Committee, to be attached to 2021 
bonuses; review the first draft of the 2020 Annual report on remuneration; note an update on regulatory changes with 
implications for remuneration arrangements; approve the criteria to identify staff covered by the Hong Kong IA GWS 
Framework for the 2021 performance year and approve changes to the Group Remuneration Policy; review the draft 
of the Gender Pay Gap report; review the level of participation in the Company’s all employee share plans and dilution 
levels resulting from the Company’s share plans; and approve remuneration-related proposals and documentation 
connected with the intended separation of Jackson.

The Chair and the Group Chief Executive attend meetings by invitation. The Committee also had the benefit of advice from:

 — Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer; 
 — Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer;
 — Group Human Resources Director; and
 — Director of Group Reward and Employee Relations.

Q

Individuals are not present when their own remuneration is discussed and the Committee is always careful to manage potential conflicts 
of interest when receiving views from Executive Directors or senior management about executive remuneration proposals.

As part of our broader programme of shareholder engagement, the Chair of the Committee held meetings with shareholders and the principle 
advisory bodies to discuss decisions taken in respect of the Executive Directors’ remuneration arrangements for 2021. We have had the benefit 
of substantive feedback from over 40 per cent of our shareholder register and are pleased that the majority of shareholders and advisory 
bodies who provided input were supportive of our proposals and commended the manner in which we conducted the consultation process. 

During 2020, Deloitte LLP was the independent adviser to the Committee. Deloitte was appointed by the Committee in 2011 following 
a competitive tender process. As part of this process, the Committee considered the services that Deloitte provided to Prudential and its 
competitors, as well as other potential conflicts of interest. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and voluntarily 
operates under their code of conduct when providing advice on executive remuneration in the UK. Deloitte regularly meets with the Chair 
of the Committee without management present. The Committee is comfortable that the Deloitte engagement partner and team providing 
remuneration advice to the Committee do not have connections with Prudential that may impair their independence and objectivity. The total 
fees paid to Deloitte for the provision of independent advice to the Committee in 2020 were £75,500 charged on a time and materials basis. 
During 2020, Deloitte provided Prudential management advice on remuneration, capital optimisation, digital and technology, taxation, internal 
audit, real estate, global mobility and other financial, ESG, risk and regulatory matters. Remuneration advice is provided by an entirely separate 
team within Deloitte. The Committee reviewed Deloitte’s appointment in March 2019 and considered Deloitte to be independent. As disclosed 
in the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report, the Committee agreed to review the appointment of its independent adviser during 2020. In light 
of the restrictions resulting from Covid-19, the tender process commenced in late 2020 and will be completed during 2021.

180

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIn addition, management received external advice and data from a number of other providers. This included market data and legal counsel. 
This advice, and these services, are not considered to be material. 

As set out in the Governance section of this Annual report, in 2020 the Board conducted an external valuation of its effectiveness which included 
an assessment of the Remuneration Committee. The Committee was found to be functioning effectively. During the year, the Company has 
acted in a manner that is consistent with the appropriate provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code regarding Directors’ remuneration. 

Table of 2020 Executive Director total remuneration (the ‘single figure’)

$000s

Mark FitzPatrick
James Turner1
Mike Wells

Total

2020
salary

 980 
 950 
 1,481 

2020 
taxable 
benefits*

 239 
 643 
 388 

2020 
total 
bonus†

 1,186 
 1,322 
 1,355 

 3,411 

 1,270 

 3,863

 5,532 

2020 
PLTIP 
releases‡

2020 
pension 
benefits§

Total 2020 
fixed

 remuneration~

Total 2020 
variable

 remuneration~

Total 2020 
remuneration
the ‘single 
figure’^

Total 2020 
remuneration
the ‘single 
figure’ in 
GBP (£000)#

 1,405 
 729 
 3,398 

 171 
 169 
 258 

 598 

 1,390 
 1,762 
 2,127 

 5,279 

 2,591 
 2,051 
 4,753 

9,395 

 3,981 
 3,813 
 6,880 

 3,104 
 2,973 
 5,364 

14,674 

11,441 

* Benefits include (where provided) the cost of providing the use of a car and driver, medical insurance, security arrangements, relocation/expatriate benefits and shares awarded due to participation 

in the Share Incentive Plan (SIP).

† The total value of the bonus, comprising both the 60 per cent delivered in cash and 40 per cent bonus deferred into Prudential plc shares for three years. The deferred part of the bonus is subject 

to malus and clawback in accordance with the malus and clawback policies, but no further performance conditions. 

‡ In line with the regulations, the estimated value of the 2020 PLTIP releases for all Executive Directors has been calculated based on the average share price over the last three months of 2020 (£11.95) 

and includes the accumulated dividends delivered in the form of shares. The Committee’s approach to determining the level of vesting for this award is set out in the ‘Remuneration in respect of 
performance periods ending in 2020’ section. The number of Prudential plc shares under award have been adjusted in line with the approach set out in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken 
in relation to the demerger’ of the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report. The actual value of vesting PLTIP awards, based on the share price on the date awards are released, will be shown in the 2021 
report. Due to the share price depreciation over the vesting period, the estimated value per share of the 2018 PLTIP awards is 32% lower than the value per share at grant. As a result, no value 
is attributable to share price appreciation. Therefore, no adjustment to vesting levels has been proposed as a result of the share price appreciation.

§ 2020 pension benefits include cash supplements for pension purposes and contributions into defined contribution schemes as outlined in the ‘pension benefit entitlement’ section.
~ Total fixed remuneration includes salary, taxable benefits and pension benefits. Total variable remuneration includes total bonus and PLTIP releases. 
^ Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. Total remuneration is calculated using the methodology prescribed by Schedule 8 of 

Statutory Instrument 2013 No. 1981 – The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. Total 2020 remuneration has been converted 
to US dollars using the exchange rate of 1.2824:1 for GBP and 1:7.7560 for HKD. Exchange rate fluctuations will therefore impact the reported value.

# Total 2020 remuneration has been converted to GBP using the exchange rate of 1 GBP to 9.9461 HKD.

Note
1  Mr Turner relocated to Hong Kong on 1 August 2019 and has since been paid in HK dollars. 

Table of 2019 Executive Director total remuneration (the ‘single figure’)
We note that this table was presented in sterling in the 2019 Annual Report. All amounts have been restated to reflect the transition to US dollars 
as the main reporting currency.

$000s

2019 
salary

2019 
taxable 
benefits*

2019 
total 
bonus†

2019 
LTIP 
releases‡

2019 
pension 
benefits§

2019 
Other 
payments¶

Total 2019 
fixed 
remuneration~

Total 2019 
variable 
remuneration~

Total 2019 
remuneration
the ‘single 
figure’^

Total 2019 
remuneration
the ‘single 
figure’ 
in GBP (£000)#

Michael Falcon1,2,3 $303
$970
Mark FitzPatrick
John Foley2,4
$383
Nic Nicandrou2,3,5
$525
James Turner3,6
$865
$1,467
Mike Wells

$161
$190
$146
$180
$431
$288

$1,566
$1,633
$0
$902
$1,343
$2,804

$0
$1,280
$0
$895
$291
$2,746

$75
$243
$96
$131
$216
$366

$6,319
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0

$539
$1,403
$625
$836
$1,512
$2,121

$7,885
$2,913
$0
$1,797
$1,634
$5,550

$8,424
$4,316
$625
$2,633
$3,146
$7,671

£6,599
£3,381
£489
£2,063
£2,465
£6,010

Total

$4,513

$1,396

$8,248

$5,212

$1,127

$6,319

$7,036

$19,779

$26,815

£21,007

* Benefits include (where provided) the cost of providing the use of a car and driver, medical insurance, security arrangements, relocation/expatriate benefits and shares awarded due to participation 

in the Share Incentive Plan (SIP).

† The total value of the bonus, comprising both the 60 per cent delivered in cash and 40 per cent bonus deferred into Prudential plc shares or ADRs for three years. The deferred part of the bonus 

is subject to malus and clawback in accordance with the malus and clawback policies, but no further performance conditions. 

‡ The value of the 2019 PLTIP releases for all Executive Directors has been calculated using the share price at vesting of £10.21 (£12.60 for Mark FitzPatrick, who was granted the 2017 PLTIP award 

in August 2017, on appointment) and includes the accumulated dividends delivered in the form of shares/ADRs. The number of Prudential plc shares/ADRs under award have been adjusted in line 
with the approach set out in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’ in the 2019 Annual Report. Due to the share price depreciation over the vesting period, 
the value per share of the 2017 PLTIP awards is 39% lower (30% lower for Mark FitzPatrick) than the value per share at grant. As a result, no value is attributable to share price appreciation. Therefore, 
no adjustment to vesting levels has been proposed as a result of the share price appreciation. Awards were granted using a share/ADR price of £16.75/US$42.12 for all Executive Directors other 
than Mark FitzPatrick and £18.005 for Mark FitzPatrick in 2017. 

§ 2019 pension benefits include cash supplements for pension purposes and contributions into defined contribution schemes as outlined in the ‘pension benefit entitlement’ section of the 2019 

Directors’ remuneration report.

¶ The value of Mr Falcon’s buy-out award has been included in its entirety as it was granted without performance conditions during his period of Board service. The award vests in line with the original 

vesting schedule with the final tranche vesting 30 days commencing on the date of release of Prudential plc’s results for 2020.

~ Total fixed remuneration includes salary, taxable benefits and pension benefits. Total variable remuneration includes total bonus, PLTIP releases and other payments. 
^ Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. Total remuneration is calculated using the methodology prescribed by Schedule 8 of 

Statutory Instrument 2013 No. 1981 – The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. Total 2019 remuneration has been converted 
to US dollars using the exchange rate of 1.2765 for GBP and 7.8351 for HKD.

# Total 2019 remuneration has been converted to GBP using the exchange rate of 1 GBP to 10.0015 HKD and 1 GBP to 1.2765 USD. 

  181

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Notes
1  Michael Falcon was appointed to the Board on 7 January 2019 as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Jackson Holdings LLC. 
2  Michael Falcon, Nic Nicandrou and John Foley stepped down from the Board on 16 May 2019. The remuneration above was paid in respect of their service as Executive Directors. While salary 
and certain monthly paid benefits reflect what was actually delivered during the period, other benefits, bonus, LTIP releases and pension benefits are pro-rata for the period. The 2019 LTIP 
release for Nic Nicandrou has been pro-rated for 28.5 months of the LTIP’s 36-month performance period to reflect his time as an Executive Director during the LTIP’s performance period. 

3  Michael Falcon, Nic Nicandrou and James Turner are paid in their local currency and exchange rate fluctuations will therefore impact the reported values. 
4  John Foley stepped down from the Board on 16 May 2019. He subsequently left the Company on the demerger of M&G plc from Prudential plc on 21 October 2019. As an Executive Director 
of Prudential plc during 2019 Mr Foley was eligible to receive a 2019 bonus award of up to 180% of salary. Since transferring to M&G plc it was agreed with M&G plc that his 2019 bonus would 
be assessed and determined by the M&G plc Remuneration Committee and would be paid by M&G plc. No 2019 bonus award was paid to Mr Foley by Prudential plc.
  Mr Foley’s 2017-2019 PLTIP award was exchanged for an equivalent award over M&G plc shares. Under the terms of the Demerger Agreement this replacement award should be of an 
equivalent value; with the same release schedule; subject to equivalent malus and clawback provisions and subject to performance conditions which are relevant to M&G plc and which are no 
more or less onerous than those which originally applied. 
  The amount of any bonus payment (including any deferred component) to John Foley in respect of 2019 (including that awarded for performance and service during the pre-demerger period) 
and the vesting of Mr Foley’s replacement 2017-2019 long-term incentive award were disclosed by M&G plc and described in the M&G plc Directors’ remuneration report as set out in the M&G 
plc 2019 Annual Report. 

5  To facilitate Nic Nicandrou’s relocation to Hong Kong, benefits included £95,000 to cover accommodation.
6  James Turner relocated to Hong Kong on 1 August 2019 and since has been paid in HK dollars; 2019 benefits included £160,000 to cover accommodation.

Remuneration in respect of performance in 2020
Base salary
R

Executive Directors’ salaries were reviewed in 2019 with changes effective from 1 January 2020. When the Committee took these decisions 
it considered:

 — The salary increase budgets for other employees, which vary across our business units, reflecting local market conditions;
 — The performance and experience of each Executive Director; 
 — The relative size of each Executive Director’s role; and
 — The performance of the Group. 

After careful consideration by the Committee, all Executive Directors received a salary increase of 2 per cent. The 2020 salary increase budgets 
for other employees across our business units were between 2.5 per cent and 5.1 per cent. 

To provide context for the market review, information was also drawn from the following market reference points:

Executive

Role

Mark FitzPatrick

Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

James Turner

Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer

Mike Wells

Group Chief Executive

Benchmarks used to assess remuneration

FTSE 40
International insurance companies

FTSE 40
International insurance and financial services 
companies with operations in Asia

FTSE 40
International insurance companies

As announced by the Company in April 2020, after careful consideration by the Committee, salaries for Executive Directors were reduced 
to December 2019 levels from 1 April 2020 in light of the Covid-19 pandemic and its impact on the communities Prudential serves globally. 

As a result, Executive Directors received the following salaries in 2020:

Executive Director

2020 salary 
(local currency) 
from 1 January 2020

2020 salary 
(USD)1 from 
1 January 2020

2020 salary
(local currency) 
from 1 April 2020

2020 salary
(USD)1 from 
1 April 2020

Mark FitzPatrick, Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
James Turner1, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Mike Wells, Group Chief Executive

£776,000
HKD 7,480,000
£1,172,000

$995,000
£760,000
$964,000 HKD 7,330,000
£1,149,000

$1,503,000

$975,000
$945,000
$1,473,000

Note
1  2020 salaries were converted to US dollars using an exchange rate of 1 GBP to 1.2824 US Dollar and the exchange rate of 1 USD to 7.7560 HKD. All salaries are rounded to the nearest 

$1,000/£1,000 or HKD 10,000.

182

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
 
Pension benefit entitlements
Pension benefit arrangements which became effective on 14 May 2020 are set out in the table below. 

Executive Director

2020 pension benefit1

James Turner

Pension supplement in lieu of pension of 13 per cent 
of salary and a HKD18,000 employer payment to the 
Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund.

Life assurance provision

Eight times salary.

Mark FitzPatrick and Mike Wells

Pension supplement in lieu of pension of 13 per cent 
of salary.

Four times salary plus an additional four times 
salary dependants’ pension.

Note
1  Pension contributions for all incumbent Executive Directors were reduced from 25% of salary to 13% of salary from 14 May 2020, in line with the employer pension contribution available  

to the UK workforce. The table above shows the effective 2020 pension contribution rates applicable from 14 May 2020.

Annual bonus outcomes for 2020
Target setting
Financial AIP metrics comprise 80 per cent of the bonus opportunity for all Executive Directors apart from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer, for whom this accounts for 40 per cent of the bonus opportunity. The performance ranges are based on the annual business plans 
approved by the Board and reflect the ambitions of the Group, in the context of anticipated market conditions. The financial element of Executive 
Directors’ 2020 bonuses was determined by the achievement of four Group measures, namely adjusted operating profit, operating free surplus 
generation, EEV new business profit and cash flow, which are aligned to the Group’s growth and cash generation focus. 

Personal objectives comprise 20 per cent of the bonus opportunity for all Executive Directors. These objectives were established at the start of 
the year and reflect the Company’s Strategic Priorities set by the Board. For 2020, Executive Directors had one shared strategic objective linked 
to developing plans to determine the Group’s exposure to climate-related risks and opportunities.

Functional objectives account for the remaining 40 per cent of the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s bonus opportunity. These are 
based on the Group Risk Plan and are developed with input from the Chair of the Group Risk Committee. 

AIP payments are subject to meeting minimum capital thresholds which are aligned to the Group risk framework and appetites (as adjusted for 
any Group Risk Committee approved counter-cyclical buffers), as described in the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report section 
of this report. 

The Committee seeks advice from the Group Risk Committee on risk management considerations to inform decisions about remuneration 
architecture and performance measures to ensure that risk management, culture and conduct are appropriately reflected in the design and 
operation of Executive Directors’ remuneration. 

Performance assessment
The Committee determines the overall value of the bonus, taking account of the inputs described above and any other factors which it considers 
relevant. The table below illustrates the weighting of performance measures for 2020 and the level of achievement under the AIP. As set out 
earlier in this report, the Committee exercised discretion to reduce the bonus outcome for Mike Wells by 30 per cent: 

Executive Director

Mark FitzPatrick
James Turner
Mike Wells

Weighting of measures
(% of total bonus opportunity)

Achievement against performance measures
(% of maximum for each component)

Group 
financial 
measures

80%
40%
80%

Functional 
objectives

Personal
objectives

–
40%
– 

20%
20%
20%

Group 
financial 
measures

63.4%
63.4%
63.4%

Functional 
objectives

Personal 
objectives

2020 AIP outcome1 
(% of total bonus 
opportunity)

–
90.0%
– 

69.5%
94.0%
92.9%
79.9%
74.8% 65.7% reduced to 46.0%

Note
1  All bonus awards are subject to 40 per cent deferral for three years and the deferred bonus will be paid in Prudential plc shares or ADRs. 

  183

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Financial performance
The Committee reviewed performance against the performance ranges at its meeting in February 2021. Group adjusted operating profit was 
approaching the stretch target. Group free surplus generation exceeded the stretching target established by the Board. Below threshold Group 
cash flow reflects the lower level of remittances received from the business units. Life new business profit achievement was below threshold 
reflecting the negative impact of Covid-19.

The Committee considered a report from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer which had been approved by the Group Risk Committee. 
This report confirmed that the 2020 results were achieved within the Group’s and business units’ risk framework and appetite. The Group Chief 
Risk and Compliance Officer also considered the effectiveness of risk management and internal controls, and specific actions taken to mitigate 
risks, particularly where these may be at the expense of profits or sales. The report also confirmed that the Group met minimum capital 
thresholds which were aligned to the Group risk framework and appetites. The Committee took into account this advice when determining 
AIP outcomes for Executive Directors.

The level of performance required for threshold, plan and maximum payment against the Group’s 2020 AIP financial measures and the results 
achieved are set out below:

2020 AIP measure

Group adjusted operating profit 
Group operating free surplus generated 
Group cash flow
Group EEV new business profit

Personal performance

P

Weighting

Threshold
  ($m)

Target
  ($m)

Stretch target
  ($m)

Achievement
  ($m)

35%
30%
20%
15%

4,602
2,955
104
3,141

5,113
3,284
302
4,161

5,625
3,612
434
4,535

5,507
3,905
(478)
2,802

As set out in our Directors’ remuneration policy, a proportion of the annual bonus for each Executive Director is based on the achievement 
of personal objectives including:

R

 — The executive meeting their individual conduct and customer measures; 
 — The executive’s contribution to Group strategy as a member of the Board; and
 — Specific goals related to the function for which they are responsible and progress on major projects. 

At the end of the year, the Committee considered the performance of all executives against objectives established at the start of the year. At its 
meeting in February 2021, it concluded that there had been a high level of performance against these 2020 objectives. All executives met their 
individual conduct measures and each Executive Director made a significant contribution to the achievement of Group strategy during 2020. 

The below summarises performance against the personal objectives and strategic priorities for the current Executive Directors: 

Shared strategic objective

2020 key strategic objective

Achievement

Performance relative to target

Develop plans to determine the 
Group’s exposure to climate-
related risks and opportunities.

 — Identified potential metrics to measure carbon exposures and 

Above the stretch target

investment portfolios within the scope of carbon footprinting and 
used scenario modelling to refine the understanding of the nature 
of the potential climate risks.

 — Invested in digital solutions to support our customers and broader 

society to adapt to climate change.

 — Developed ESG framework, aligned with Group strategy making 
health and financial security accessible, stewarding the human 
impacts of climate change and building social capital.

184

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comMark FitzPatrick, Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer  

2020 key strategic deliverables

Achievement

Advance Project Scott, 
developing and executing 
strategic routes for Jackson.

Lead strategic communications 
between Prudential and the debt 
and equity markets.

Deliver reporting changes 
including IFRS 17, LCSM 
and GWS.

 — Developed and led the financial planning and corporate 

finance plans for the execution of the separation of Jackson.
 — Led the determination of the preferred route for separation 
and created optionality for the pivot to alternative routes.
 — Led the execution of the preparation of the financial processes 
supporting execution including the management of multi-
jurisdictional stakeholder documentation.

 — Raised $1 billion of Group debt in three days of global marketing. 
This was completed virtually and it was the first deal in the US 
debt market for a number of years.

 — Managed and co-ordinated virtual results, ad hoc Webex and 
conference call events in 2020 including the $27.6 billion US 
reinsurance agreement alongside $500 million equity investment 
by Athene Holding Ltd into the US business.

 — Reviewed the requirements of the new standard on insurance 
accounting IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’, including targeted 
amendments to this standard issued in June 2020.

 — Implemented the local capital summation method (LCSM) that 
has been agreed with the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA) 
to determine Group regulatory capital requirements until the 
Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework is effective in 2021.

Performance relative to target

Above the stretch target

Above target

Above the stretch target

Recognising Mr FitzPatrick’s very strong performance against both his individual and shared personal objectives during 2020, the Committee 
judged that 19 per cent of a maximum of 20 per cent attributable to personal objectives was appropriate.

James Turner, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer

2020 key objectives

Achievement

Performance relative to target

 — Worked closely with the HKIA and industry peers in support of 

Above the stretch target

development of GWS legislation and associated guidelines, with 
the GWS Bill passed by the HK Legislative Council (HK LegCo) 
in July 2020. 

 — Developed a strong relationship with the HKIA in its first year acting 

as Group-wide Regulatory Supervisor.

 — Regular and transparent communication with the HKIA on the 

Group’s response and positions versus risk appetite linked to the 
impact of Covid-19. 

 — Proactive engagement with the HKIA & DIFS on developments in 

the Group’s strategy, particularly in relation to the progress towards 
an independent US business. 

 — Provided insight to regulators on key Group risks and associated 
developments as part of the annual College of Supervisors.
 — Focused on exploratory discussions with HKIA and peers on 

HK RBC capital regime given economic capital focus.

 — Led realignment of function towards Group-wide supervisor, 
and operational centres to support business strategy, despite 
significant headwinds linked to the pandemic.

 — Monitored the implementation of Group-wide regulatory capital 
rule changes and risks arising including Jackson for early adoption 
of NAIC rules for VA business and PCA for implementation 
of LCSM.

Above target

Lead strategic communications 
between Prudential and key 
regulators, ensuring constructive 
and open relationships.

Oversee the internal Regulatory 
Communication Policy which sets 
out the values and behaviours 
to ensure that communication is 
appropriate, complete and timely. 

Maintain constructive 
engagement and relationships 
with industry peers.

Develop the Risk & Compliance 
leadership team and key talent 
to enable strong succession 
planning/talent pipeline. 

Further develop close working 
relationships and strong lines 
of communication within the 
Group-wide risk and compliance 
management structure to operate 
as one team, to most effectively 
support prompt identification 
and oversight of Group-wide 
risks and issues.

Recognising Mr Turner’s very strong performance against both his individual and shared personal objectives during 2020, the Committee  
judged that 19 per cent of a maximum of 20 per cent attributable to personal objectives was appropriate.

  185

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Mike Wells, Group Chief Executive

2020 key objectives

Achievement

Advance Project Scott, 
developing and executing 
strategic routes for Jackson.

Develop and implement the 
Group’s approach to talent 
management, Group culture 
and diversity & inclusion.

Build, deploy and leverage 
digital enablers for customer 
proposition, operational 
efficiency and distribution; 
develop regional models 
to acquire new customers, 
leveraging ‘Pulse’ platform.

Performance relative to target

Above the stretch target

 — Pursued numerous explorations for all options for the separation 
during the year with several third parties following expressions 
of interest.

 — Secured and completed reinsurance and primary capital 

transactions with Athene.

 — Announced full separation intent for Jackson in August 2020.
 — Announced the Jackson demerger which will take place in the 
second quarter of 2021 and will accelerate the separation.

 — Secured the appointment of high calibre Chair of JFI and monitored 
the creation of an equity story for Jackson that supported value 
creation through the demerger.

 — Launched several initiatives (eg Pru Connect, flexible working 

Above the stretch target

arrangements) to support employees’ wellbeing and mental health.

 — Supported employees through both the pandemic and the 

post-demerger restructuring activity taking place in Jackson and 
Angel Court, communicating regularly and clearly and prioritising 
the fair treatment of all our employees.

 — Recruited global lead on D&I and formed Global D&I Council 

established to empower employees and create a sense of belonging 
by respecting and appreciating differences.

 — Organised an array of remote events including the PCA Virtual 

Regional Conference, staff Townhalls and meetings of the NABU 
Diversity & Inclusion Council and the Global D&I Council.
 — Refreshed Company values as part of the work on corporate 

purpose. 

 — Supported the efforts of the two Non-executive Directors, 

Kai Nargolwala for Asia and Africa and Tom Watjen for the US 
and the UK in their ongoing activity in their roles as conduits 
between employees and the Board.

 — Led the development by the Executive team of the Group’s digital 
proposition, specifically the digital health app, Pulse by Prudential. 
This has enabled the Company to provide its customers a greater 
range of services, including through partnerships with others.

 — Delivered and executed increased engagement with policy-makers 
on health systems, health financing and the role of technology 
across the Group’s markets to support and promote the roll out 
of Pulse.

 — Identified and drove the opportunity to accelerate and introduce 
a range of innovative measures (eg dedicated hotline, fast-track 
processing of claims, policy premium grace period extensions) 
to both deal with the short impact of the virus and provide the 
means for the customers to emerge in a stronger position once 
the effect of the virus has subsided.

Above the stretch target

Make progress towards business 
expansion in China and tackle 
strategic opportunities in India.

 — Focused considerable effort and application of relationship 

At target level

management in negotiating potential changes in the ownership 
of the joint venture operations in China and India.

 — Sought and initiated relationship with the incoming new Chairman 
of CITIC to continue the dialogue despite Covid travel restrictions.
 — Explored potential business combinations with financial advisers 

and Principals.

Recognising Mr Wells’s very strong performance against both his individual and shared personal objectives during 2020, the Committee judged 
that 15 per cent of a maximum of 20 per cent attributable to personal objectives was appropriate.

186

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comFunctional performance 
The Group Chief Executive and the Chair of the Group Risk Committee undertakes the assessment of performance against functional objectives 
for the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer. 2020 achievement is summarised below:

Summary of 2020 functional objectives

Achievement

Performance relative to target

 — Strong progress made in business readiness to 

Above target

implement HKIA GWS requirements in advance of 
legislation becoming effective and Group designation 
in 2021. 

 — Project to enhance the current Economic Capital 

framework to deliver the next generation of models for 
the Group, fully reflecting the new shape of the Group 
and GIECA requirements has been initiated and is 
making good progress.

 — Significant focus on non-financial risk framework 

within the function and by the Group Risk Committee.

 — Framework enhancements delivered in respect of 
Customer-related Conduct, AI ethics principles, 
operational resilience, whistleblowing arrangements 
and metrics to support the Group’s understanding 
of climate-related transition risk.

 — Convened and chaired the Incident Group to monitor 
and manage the impact to the Group’s capital and 
liquidity positions resulting from Covid-19. 

 — Provided insight on both principal and emerging risks. 
In addition to risks related to Covid-19, this included 
focus on evolving geo-political risks and the impact 
of a long-term low interest rate environment. 

 — Retained focus on managing the risks of the ongoing 
business, performing defined role in providing risk 
management support and oversight, as well as objective 
challenge to ensure the Group remained within its risk 
appetite. Delivered disclosures and key regulatory 
outputs such as the ORSA and Recovery plan. 

 — Provided clear and concise risk analysis and opinions 
in support of Board decisions including, the Athene 
equity investment and reinsurance transaction, and the 
Group’s strategy and path to an independent Jackson.

Above target

Group-wide Risk & Compliance 
Developments
Oversee implementation of HKIA GWS 
requirements within the Group, including 
embedding of the defined statutory capital 
metric (LCSM) and development of the 
economic capital model (GIECA).

Target enhancements to the non-financial 
risk framework to reflect changing external 
and internal risk drivers. 

Risk & Compliance Oversight
Define and provide oversight of the Group’s 
adherence to the framework of the Group-
wide Risk & Compliance policies, risk appetite 
and limits. Ensure that the Risk framework, 
policies and GIECA model are fit for purpose 
and meet regulatory expectations.

Ensure the business is sufficiently informed 
on external risk perspectives and challenged, 
where appropriate to take effective actions 
and decisions.

Provide Non-executive and Executive 
management information and insight to 
fully support members in meeting their 
responsibilities and duties set out in their 
Terms of Reference in respect of risk 
management. 

Deliver key regulatory outputs and risk 
disclosures.

Support the identification and management 
of emerging and top risks by the business, 
including deep dives into areas identified 
in the Top Risk process (eg interest rate 
management, Jackson financial risk oversight, 
speak out).

Provide risk opinions on all strategic initiatives 
to support Executive and Non-executive 
Management decision making, specifically:

 — Provide clear, timely risk opinions in 

support of the Jackson strategic objective 
to ‘create and leverage optionality with 
Jackson’s post-demerger ownership 
structure; including continuing to evaluate 
and execute upon third-party and or 
public capital alternatives’.

 — Provide clear, timely risk opinions in 
support of PCA strategic objectives.

  187

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Summary of 2020 functional objectives

Achievement

Performance relative to target

 — Despite headwinds created by the pandemic, 

Above target

completed significant operational and structural 
changes to align the Group-wide function more closely 
with the lead regulator and operational businesses.

 — Successfully transitioned to new ways of working 
across multiple time zones providing strong 
stewardship and enhanced monitoring of risks 
during the most acute phases of the pandemic.

Operating model Implementation 
Operationalise a Group-wide function for the 
International business, improving efficiency 
and effectiveness through collaboration and 
coordination. Successfully manage the move 
of key team leadership and talent to further 
strengthen the HK based team.

Maintain the capability, effectiveness and 
the sustainable bench-strength of the Risk 
& Compliance function, ensuring that it is 
controlled effectively and complies with 
the relevant requirements of the applicable 
regulatory environments.

In recognition of James Turner’s very strong performance against his functional objectives during 2020, the Committee judged that 36 per cent 
of a maximum of 40 per cent attributable to functional objectives was appropriate.

2020 bonus awards
The Committee determined the 2020 AIP awards below on the basis of the performance of the Group and of the individual executives. In making 
these decisions, it reflected on factors including:

 — Adherence to the behavioural, conduct and risk management considerations; and
 — The experience of the Group’s stakeholders during 2020. These considerations included the ways in which the Company supported its 

customers, people, suppliers and communities during the pandemic. Specifically, the Committee noted that no employees were furloughed 
or made redundant as a result of the pandemic. Our remuneration programmes operated as usual during the pandemic period with medical 
insurance coverage extended to offer free Covid testing where necessary. Employees received their regular remuneration during any periods 
of shielding or self-isolation. Prudential repaid in full government support inadvertently received in one location. 

As set out earlier in this report, the Committee exercised discretion to reduce the 2020 bonus outcome for Mike Wells by 30 per cent. 

Executive Director

Mark FitzPatrick

James Turner
Mike Wells

Role

Group Chief Financial Officer  
and Chief Operating Officer

2020 salary1

$975,000

Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Group Chief Executive

$945,000
$1,473,000

Notes
1  Salaries are converted to US dollars using an exchange rate of 1.2824 for GBP and 7.7560 for HKD.
2  40 per cent of all bonus awards are deferred into shares for three years.

Maximum 
2020 AIP
(% of salary)

Actual 2020
AIP award
(% of maximum 
opportunity)

2020 
bonus award 
(including 
cash and 
deferred 
elements)

175%

175%
200%

69.5% $1,185,547 

79.9% $1,321,909 
46.0% $1,354,601

188

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comLong-term incentives vesting in respect of performance to 31 December 2020
Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP) 
Target setting
Our long-term incentive plans have stretching performance conditions that are aligned to the strategic priorities of the Group. In 2018, 
all Executive Directors were granted awards under the PLTIP. In determining the financial targets the Committee had regard to the stretching 
nature of the three-year Business Plan for adjusted operating profit and capital positions as set by the Board. Further, in setting the conduct and 
diversity targets under the sustainability scorecard, the Committee considered input from Group-wide Internal Audit and the Group Chief Risk 
and Compliance Officer on conduct risk for the conduct measure and had regard to the Company’s commitment under the Women in Finance 
Charter for the diversity measure. 

The weightings of the measures are detailed in the table below: 

Weighting of measures

Sustainability Scorecard

Vesting (% of maximum)

Adjusted 
operating 
Group 
profit2

50% 
20% 
50% 

Solvency 
measure3

6.25%
7.50%
6.25%

ECap 
operating 
capital 
generation4

6.25%
7.50%
6.25%

Group TSR1

25%
50%
25%

Conduct5

Diversity6

Threshold 
performance

Stretch
 performance

6.25%
7.50%
6.25%

6.25%
7.50%
6.25%

25%
25%
25%

100%
100%
100%

Executive Director

Mark FitzPatrick
James Turner7
Mike Wells

Notes 
1  Group TSR is measured on a ranked basis over three years relative to peers. 
2  Adjusted operating profit is measured on a cumulative basis over three years.
3  At the time of award a Solvency II operating capital generation measure was used in the sustainability scorecard. As set out in the ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’ 
section of the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report, Solvency II operating capital generation was replaced with Group free surplus generation from 1 July 2019 since Prudential ceased to be 
subject to Solvency II capital requirements and no longer calculated or disclosed a Solvency II position following the demerger of the M&G business and the change in the Company’s Group-wide 
supervisor.

4  This is cumulative three-year ECap Group operating capital generation, less cost of capital (based on the capital position at the start of the performance period).
5  Conduct is assessed through appropriate management action, ensuring there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that could result in significant capital add-ons or material fines.
6  Diversity is measured as the percentage of the Leadership Team that is female at the end of 2020. The target for this metric has been based on progress towards the goal that the Company set 

when it signed the Women in Finance Charter, where 30 per cent of our Leadership Team should be female by the end of 2021. 

7  James Turner was granted this award as the Group Chief Risk Officer. Therefore, his award is linked to performance measures with different weightings, as set out above, in line with the 

requirements of Solvency II. 

As discussed in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’ of the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report, 
the Committee adjusted the performance conditions attached to the 2018 PLTIP awards in order to take account of the demerger, ensuring that 
the revised performance conditions are no more or less stretching than those originally attached to the awards. The performance assessment 
provided below and overleaf is based on these adjusted targets.

Performance assessment
In deciding the proportion of the awards to be released, the Committee considered actual financial results against performance targets. 
The Committee also reviewed underlying Company performance to ensure vesting levels were appropriate, including an assessment of whether 
results were achieved within the Group’s risk framework and appetite. Finally, overall vesting levels were reviewed to ensure that levels of reward 
provided remain reflective of the Company’s performance in the challenging circumstances. The Directors’ remuneration policy summary 
section contains further details of the design of Prudential’s long-term incentive plans. 

Group adjusted operating profit performance
Under the adjusted operating profit measure, 25 per cent of the 2018 awards vest for meeting the threshold adjusted operating profit target set at 
the start of the performance period, increasing to full vesting for performance at or above the stretch level. The table below illustrates the cumulative 
performance achieved over 2018 to 2020 compared to the adjusted Group targets which exclude M&G plc from the point of demerger: 

Group

Adjusted operating profit

2018-20 adjusted cumulative targets

Threshold 

Plan

Maximum

2018-20
cumulative 
achievement

Vesting under
the adjusted 
operating 
profit element

$14,216m

$15,795m

$17,375m

$18,472m

100%

The cumulative adjusted operating profit target established for the PLTIP is expressed using exchange rates consistent with the reported disclosures. 

  189

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

TSR performance
Under the Group TSR measure attached to 2018 PLTIP awards, 25 per cent of the award vests for TSR at the median of the peer group increasing 
to full vesting for performance within the upper quartile. TSR is measured on a local currency basis since this has the benefit of simplicity and 
directness of comparison. No adjustments were made to the peer group used for 2018 awards in respect of the demerger. The peer group for 
the 2018 awards is set out below:

Aegon
Aviva
Manulife
Standard Life

AIA
AXA
MetLife
Sun Life Financial

AIG
Generali
Old Mutual
Zurich Insurance Group

Allianz
Legal & General
Prudential Financial

Following the demerger of Quilter from Old Mutual and Old Mutual’s delisting from the FTSE on 26 June 2018, the Committee determined 
that Old Mutual be retained as a TSR peer with no adjustment to its performance during the period prior to its demerger and delisting, and that 
Old Mutual’s TSR performance from the date of its demerger and delisting would track an index of the peers (excluding Prudential plc) for all 
outstanding PLTIP awards. 

Prudential’s TSR performance during the performance period (1 January 2018 to 31 December 2020) was ranked below the median of the peer 
group. The portion of the awards related to TSR will therefore lapse.

Sustainability scorecard performance
Capital measure – Group Solvency II operating capital generation/Group operating free surplus generation
Under the Group Solvency II operating capital generation and Group operating free surplus generation measure, performance below threshold 
results in nil vesting, 25 per cent of the award vests for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting for performance above the stretch level. 
The weighted average of the adjusted Group Solvency II operating capital generation from 1 January 2018 to 30 June 2019 (target $7.0 billion) 
and the Group operating free surplus generation from 1 July 2019 to 31 December 2020 (target $5.6 billion), which excludes M&G plc 
performance from the point of demerger, met the cumulative stretch target and therefore generated 100 per cent vesting on this element.

Capital measure – Group ECap operating capital generation
Under the Group ECap operating capital generation measure, performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 25 per cent of the award vests 
for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting for performance above the stretch level. The adjusted cumulative Group ECap operating capital 
generation was below the target of $6.8 billion (which excludes M&G plc from the point of demerger) and therefore generated a 0 per cent 
vesting outcome on this element of the PLTIP. 

Details of cumulative achievement under the capital measures have not been disclosed as the Committee considers that these are commercially 
sensitive and would put the Company at a disadvantage compared to its competitors. The Committee will keep this disclosure policy under 
review based on whether, in its view, disclosure would compromise the Company’s competitive position.

Conduct assessment
Under the conduct measure, performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 25 per cent of the award vests for partial achievement of the 
Group’s expectations, increasing to full vesting for achieving the Group’s expectations. During the performance period there were no conduct, 
culture or governance issues that resulted in significant capital add-ons or material fines so 100 per cent of this element of the PLTIP vested.

Diversity assessment
Under the diversity measure, performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 25 per cent of the award vests for achievement of threshold 
diversity target (27 per cent of Leadership Team being female) increasing to full vesting for achieving the stretch diversity target (29 per cent 
of Leadership Team being female). On 31 December 2020, 32.5 per cent of our Leadership Team was female. Since this was above the 
29 per cent level required for full vesting, the portion of the awards related to diversity that therefore vested was 100 per cent. Please note 
that in 2019 the Leadership Team was subdivided into the Leadership Team and the Executive Council. Both of these leadership groups are 
considered for the purposes of this assessment.

190

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comPLTIP vesting 
The Committee considered a report from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer which had been approved by the Group Risk Committee. 
This report confirmed that the financial results were achieved within the Group’s risk framework and appetite. On the basis of this report and the 
performance of the Group described above, the Committee decided not to apply a discretionary adjustment to the arithmetic vesting outcome 
under the 2018 PLTIP awards and determined the vesting of each Executive Director’s PLTIP awards as set out below:

Executive Director

Maximum value 
of award at 
full vesting1

Percentage 
of the PLTIP 
award vesting

Number of 
shares vesting2

Value of 
shares vesting1 

Mark FitzPatrick, Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer
James Turner, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Mike Wells, Group Chief Executive

$2,043,699
$1,714,510
$4,942,317

68.75%
42.50%
68.75%

91,685
47,545
221,721

$1,405,043
$728,612
$3,397,803

Notes
1  The share price used to calculate the value of the PLTIP awards with performance periods which ended on 31 December 2020 and vest in April 2021 for all Executive Directors, was the average 
share price for the three months up to 31 December 2020, being £11.95 converted at the exchange rate of 1 GBP to 1.2824 USD. The number of Prudential plc shares under award has been 
adjusted in line with the approach set out in the section on ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’ in the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report. 

2  The number of shares vesting includes accrued dividends. Shares vesting will be subject to a two-year holding period.

Long-term incentives awarded in 2020
2020 share-based long-term incentive awards
The table below shows the awards of conditional shares made to Executive Directors under the PLTIP and the performance conditions attached 
to these awards. Awards are made annually with face value determined by reference to each Director’s salary, as set out in the Directors’ 
remuneration policy. As set out earlier in this report, the increase planned to the PLTIP award level for Mr. FitzPatrick was not applied and the 
award was made at 250 per cent of salary.

Executive Director

Role

Number of 
shares 
subject 
to award

Face value of award

% of 
salary

(USD)†

Percentage 
of awards 
released for 
achieving 
threshold 
targets‡

End of 
performance 
period

Mark FitzPatrick Group Chief Financial Officer 

175,115

250% 2,436,557 

and Chief Operating Officer

James Turner

Group Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer

177,562

250% 2,470,605 

Mike Wells

Group Chief Executive 

423,594

400% 5,893,904 

20% 31 December 
2022

20% 31 December 
2022

20% 31 December 
2022

Weighting of 
performance conditions

Group 
TSR

50%

RoE

30%

50%

30%

50%

30%

 Sustainability 
scorecard§

20%

20%

20%

† Awards for Executive Directors are calculated based on the average share price over the three dealing days prior to the grant date, being £10.85/$13.91.
‡ The percentage of awards released for achieving maximum targets is 100 per cent.
§ Each of the four measures within the sustainability scorecard has equal weighting. They are LCSM, Group ECap operating capital generation, diversity and conduct.

As disclosed by the Company at the time of grant, the Committee will review awards on vesting to ensure that participants do not benefit from 
windfall gains. The Committee will consider Prudential’s stretching performance targets, the share performance of Prudential and its peers, 
the prices of the indices on which Prudential is listed and any other factors deemed relevant. 

Relative TSR
Under the Group TSR measure, 20 per cent of the award will vest for TSR at the median of the peer group, increasing to full vesting for 
performance within the upper quartile. TSR is measured on a local currency basis since this has the benefit of simplicity and directness 
of comparison. A comprehensive review of the TSR peer group which anticipated the Group’s post-demerger footprint was undertaken 
for the 2019 PLTIP awards. The companies were selected based on organisational size, product mix and geographical footprint. The peer 
group for 2020 PLTIP awards is the same as that used for 2019 and is set out below:

Aegon 
Great Eastern
Ping An Insurance

AIA
Lincoln National
Principal Financial

Equitable Holdings
Manulife
Prudential Financial

China Taiping Insurance
MetLife
Sun Life Financial

  191

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Operating return on average shareholders’ funds
Operating return on average shareholders’ funds is calculated as adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns 
(‘adjusted operating profit’) after tax and net of non-controlling interests divided by average shareholders’ funds, and is assessed at Group level. 
20 per cent of the award will vest for achieving the threshold level of performance of 16.7 per cent, increasing to full vesting for reaching the 
stretch level of at least 22.9 per cent.

Sustainability scorecard
Under the 2020 sustainability scorecard, performance will be assessed for each of the four measures, at the end of the three-year performance 
period. Performance will be assessed on a sliding scale. Each of the measures has equal weighting and the 2020 measures are set out below:

Capital measure:

Cumulative three-year ECap Group operating capital generation relative to threshold, less cost of capital (based on the 
capital position at the start of the performance period).

Vesting basis:

Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting 
for performance above stretch level. The threshold figure for this metric will be published in the Annual Report for the 
final year of the performance period.

Capital measure:

Cumulative three-year LCSM operating capital generation relative to threshold.

Vesting basis:

Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting 
for performance above stretch level. The threshold figure for this metric will be published in the Annual Report for the 
final year of the performance period.

Conduct measure:

Through strong risk management action, ensure there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that result 
in significant capital add-ons or material fines.

Vesting basis:

Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for partial achievement of the Group’s 
expectations, increasing to full vesting for achieving the Group’s expectations.

Diversity measure:

Percentage of the Executive Council and Leadership Team that are female at the end of 2022. 

Vesting basis:

Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vests for meeting the threshold of at least 27 per cent 
of our Executive Council and Leadership Team being female at the end of 2022, increasing to full vesting for reaching 
the stretch level of at least 33 per cent being female at that date.

192

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA

Pay comparisons 
Performance graph and table
The chart below illustrates the TSR performance of Prudential, the FTSE 100 (as the Company has a premium listing on the London Stock 
Exchange) and the peer group of international insurers used to benchmark the Company’s performance for the purposes of the 2020 PLTIP 
awards. The chart illustrates the performance of a hypothetical investment of $100 in ordinary shares of Prudential plc over the 10-year period 
1 January 2011 to 31 December 2020 compared to a similar investment in the FTSE 100 or an index of the Company’s peers. Total shareholder 
return is based on Returns Index data calculated on a daily share price growth plus re-invested dividends (as measured at the ex-dividend dates).

Prudential TSR vs. FTSE 100 and peer group average – total return per cent over 10-year period to December 2020

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

$298

$181
$157

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

  Prudential 

  FTSE 100 

  Peer group

Note
The index of Prudential’s peers represents the average daily total shareholder return performance of the peer group used for the 2020 PLTIP awards (excluding companies not listed  
at the start of the period).

The information in the table below shows the total remuneration for the Group Chief Executive over the same period:

$0001

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Group Chief Executive
Salary, pension and benefits
Annual bonus payment
(As % of maximum)
LTIP vesting
(As % of maximum)
Other payments

Group Chief Executive 
‘single figure’ of 
total remuneration3

T Thiam T Thiam T Thiam T Thiam T Thiam2 M Wells M Wells M Wells M Wells M Wells M Wells
2,126
3,048
1,355
1,903
(46.0%)
(99.7%)
3,398
6,564
(68.8%)
(100%)
–
–

2,406
3,501
(100%)
16,233
(100%)
–

2,415
2,673
(94%)
5,955
(95.8%)
–

2,122
2,804
(96%)
2,746
(62.5%)
–

2,423
2,848
(95%)
4,837
(62.5%)
–

3,029
2,904
(99.5%)
4,016
(70.8%)
–

938
1,077
(77.3%)
5,174
(100%)
–

2,201
3,207
(99.8%)
8,167
(100%)
–

2,169
3,160
(100%)
9,733
(100%)
–

1,986
2,512
(97%)
4,045
(100%)
–

8,542

15,062

13,575

22,140

7,189

11,515

9,950

11,042

10,109

7,671

6,880

Notes
1  All remuneration has been converted to USD using the average exchange rate for each respective financial year.
2  Tidjane Thiam left the Company on 31 May 2015. Mike Wells became Group Chief Executive on 1 June 2015. The figures shown for Mike Wells’s remuneration in 2015 relate only to his service 

as Group Chief Executive. 

3  Further detail on the ‘single figure’ is provided in the ‘single figure’ table for the relevant year. The figures provided reflect the value of vesting LTIP awards on the date of their release other than 

for 2020 (for which an estimate is used). 

  193

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below sets out the amounts payable in respect of 2019 and 2020 on all employee pay and dividends:

All employee pay ($m)1,2
Dividends including demerger dividend ($m)3
Dividends excluding demerger dividend ($m)3

2019

1,466
8,582 
1,203

2020

1,679
n/a
420

Percentage 
change

14.5%
n/a
(65.1)%

Notes
1  All employee pay as taken from note B2.1 to the financial statements. 
2  This excludes the costs of employment of M&G plc employees for 2019 in order to present a like-for-like comparison between the two years. 
3  Dividends taken from note B5 to the financial statements. The Company’s new dividend policy reflects a rebalancing of capital allocation from cash dividends to reinvestment of capital 

into the Asia business, which is expected to deliver profitable and sustainable compounding growth, and high-risk adjusted returns for shareholders.

Percentage change in remuneration 
The table below sets out how the change in remuneration for each Director between 2019 and 2020 compared to a wider employee 
comparator group: 

Executive Directors1
Mark FitzPatrick
James Turner
Mike Wells

Chair and Non-executive Directors
Paul Manduca
Jeremy Anderson
David Law
Kai Nargolwala2
Anthony Nightingale
Philip Remnant
Alice Schroeder
Shriti Vadera
Thomas Watjen2
Fields Wicker-Miurin
Amy Yip3

Salary 
(% change)

Benefits 
(% change)

Bonus 
(% change)

1%
10%
1%

1%
–
1%
10%
4%
1%
1%
–
10%
1%
0%

26%
49%
35%

45%
–
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
n/a

(27)%
(2)%
(52)%

n/a
–
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
n/a

Average pay for all UK-based employees

3.76%

(3.95)%

(7.27)%

Notes
1  The change in the total salaries paid to Messrs FitzPatrick, Turner and Wells in 2020 includes a salary increase reversed from 1 April 2020. The figure for Mr Turner reflects the change 

in his package when he relocated to Hong Kong in August 2019. 

2  Change in fee levels for Kai Nargolwala and Thomas Watjen is due to the additional fees paid to them as Workforce Engagement Directors.
3  Amy Yip joined the Board In September 2019.

The regulations prescribe that this comparison should include all employees of the parent company. The number of individuals employed by the 
parent company is insufficient to be the basis of a representative comparison. Therefore the Committee decided to use all UK-based employees 
as the basis for this calculation. As disclosed in the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report, employees in M&G plc have been excluded from the 
calculation of average pay in 2019 as M&G plc demerged from Prudential plc on 21 October 2019. The average pay for all employees has been 
calculated on a full-time equivalent basis by reference to the total pay awarded to UK employees in 2020 and 2019. The salary increase includes 
uplifts made through the annual salary review, as well as any additional changes in the year; for example to reflect promotions or role changes. 
The decrease in benefits paid to all UK employees is due to the reduction in the cost to the Company of providing certain benefits.

Group Chief Executive pay compared with employee pay
The table below compares the Group Chief Executive’s ‘single figure’ of total remuneration to that received by three representative 
UK employees in 2020. 

The pay ratio decreased in 2020 which chiefly reflects the higher pay outcomes for the identified employees and a lower bonus outcome 
for the Group Chief Executive.

Year

2020
20191

Method

Option B
Option B

25th 
percentile 
pay ratio

64:1
78:1

Median 
pay ratio

42:1
60:1

75th 
percentile 
pay ratio

29:1
39:1

Note
1  2019 CEO pay ratio has been recalculated to account for the restated 2019 CEO single figure which includes the actual value of the 2017 PLTIP award at vesting.

194

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comUnder the regulations there is a choice of three methodologies to determine the 25th, median and 75th full-time equivalent remuneration of our 
UK employees. The Company has chosen to use the 2020 hourly rate gender pay gap information (collected in accordance with the Equality Act 
2010 (Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations 2017) as this method uses data that is aligned with other disclosures made under our gender pay 
gap reporting and includes all UK employees (‘Option B’ in the table above). The employees used in the calculations were identified using the 
most recently collected gender pay gap data, on 29 January 2021, following the end of the financial year. Base salary and total remuneration for 
these identified employees has then been calculated based on their actual remuneration for 2020. The Committee determined that the identified 
employees are reasonably representative since the structure of their remuneration arrangements is in line with that of the majority of employees 
within the UK-based Group Head Office workforce. The same methodology used for calculating the ‘single figure’ of the Group Chief Executive 
has been used for calculating the pay and benefits of these three UK employees. No elements of remuneration were omitted or adjusted. 
The identified individuals were employed on a full-time basis so no further adjustment has been made to their remuneration.

The salary and total remuneration received during 2020 by the indicative employees used in the above analysis are set out below: 

2020 salary ($000)
Total 2020 remuneration ($000)

25th 
percentile

58,000 
84,000 

Median

85,000 
126,000 

75th 
percentile

116,000 
186,000 

The Committee believes the median pay ratio is consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for our UK-based Group Head Office 
employees. The base salary and total remuneration levels for the Group Chief Executive and the median representative employee are 
competitively positioned within the relevant markets and reflect the operation of our remuneration structures which are effective in appropriately 
incentivising staff, having regard to our risk framework, risk appetites and to rewarding the ‘how’ as well as the ‘what’ of performance.

Gender pay gap
Our UK business, Prudential Services Limited, is the employing entity for all of our London Head Office staff including the UK-based Group 
Chief Executive and his direct reports. Prudential Services Limited has recently reported its 2020 UK gender pay gap data and details can be 
found on the Group’s website (www.prudentialplc.com/about-us/esg/performance/gender-pay-gap-report). 

Due to the change in the Group’s business focus, senior management roles are now split between locations in the UK and Asia. The 2020 gender 
pay gap calculations are based on the employees based in the UK only, and therefore exclude data for part of our senior management team, 
including a number of senior female leaders, who are based in Hong Kong.

While women and men continue to be paid equally for performing similar roles, our gender pay gap reflects the fact that men and women have 
traditionally held different roles, particularly in the financial services sector. It highlights the fact that we have more men than women in leadership 
and senior operational roles. In addition, a number of senior roles were transferred to M&G as part of the demerger process. Some of these senior 
roles were held by women, and as M&G is now excluded from our calculations, this has affected Prudential’s reported gender pay gap for this 
year. We continue to focus our efforts on closing the gender pay gap as quickly as possible. Female representation in our leadership roles has 
increased from 25 per cent in 2017 to 33 per cent in 2020 in our London Head Office. 

B

Consideration of workforce pay and approach to engagement 
During the year, the Committee considered workforce remuneration and related policies in the business units across the Group. Information 
presented to the Committee, by way of a dashboard, included how the Company’s incentive arrangements are aligned with the culture and 
informed the Committee’s decision-making on executive pay and policy. By way of example, business unit salary increase budgets are 
considered as part of the year-end review of Executive Director compensation and salary increases.

As part of the Board’s wider approach to employee engagement, which also included a Group-wide engagement survey, the Committee took 
additional measures in 2020 to explain how the remuneration of Executive Directors aligns with the wider Company pay policy. The Company 
operates a microsite on its intranet that outlines executive pay arrangements during the previous financial year and key areas of change for 2020. 
It explains to employees that total remuneration for Executive Directors is made up of a number of elements and is governed by both the 
Directors’ remuneration policy and the Group’s remuneration policy (which is also published on the Company’s website) with the relevant links 
to these documents. Employee engagement is led by two Non-executive Directors and the Governance Report section of this report describes 
how they discharged this responsibility during 2020. 

  195

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Chair and Non-executive Director remuneration in 2020
Chair fees 
The Chair fee was reviewed by the Committee during 2020 which resulted in no increase being awarded. The fee remains at £765,000 
($981,000 converted at the exchange rate of 1.2824). As disclosed in the ‘Letters of appointment of the Chair and Non-executive Directors’ 
section of this Annual report, Shriti Vadera became the Chair of the Board from 1 January 2021. Her 2021 fee has been set at £765,000 
($981,000) with effect from that date. 

Non-executive Directors’ fees
The Non-executive Directors’ fees were reviewed by the Board during 2020 which resulted in no increase being awarded. 

Annual fees

Basic fee
Additional fees:
Audit Committee Chair
Audit Committee member 
Remuneration Committee Chair 
Remuneration Committee member 
Risk Committee Chair 
Risk Committee member
Nomination & Governance Committee Chair1
Nomination & Governance Committee member 
Senior Independent Director
Workforce engagement role 

From 
1 July 2019
  ($)

From 
1 July 2019
  (£) 

From 
1 July 2020
  ($)

From
1 July 2020
  (£) 

126,000

99,000

127,000

99,000

96,000
38,000
83,000
38,000
96,000
38,000
–
19,000
64,000
38,000

75,000
30,000
65,000
30,000
75,000
30,000
–
15,000
50,000
30,000

96,000
38,000
83,000
38,000
96,000
38,000
–
19,000
64,000
38,000

75,000
30,000
65,000
30,000
75,000
30,000
–
15,000
50,000
30,000

Notes
1  There is no fee paid for the role of Nomination & Governance Committee Chair.
2  Fees were denominated in sterling and were converted to USD using an exchange rate of 1.2824 for 2020 and 1.2765 for 2019.

If, in a particular year, the number of meetings is materially greater than usual, the Company may determine that the provision of additional fees 
is fair and reasonable.

The resulting fees paid to the Chair and Non-executive Directors are:

2020 fees

2019 fees

2020 
taxable 
benefits*

2019 
taxable 
benefits*

Total 2020 
remuneration: 
the ‘single 
figure’ 
  ($000)s†

Total 2020 
remuneration: 
the ‘single
 figure’ in GBP 
  (£000s)‡

Total 2019 
remuneration: 
the ‘single 
figure’ 
  ($000s)†

Total 2019 
remuneration: 
the ‘single 
figure’ 
in GBP 
  (£000s)‡

981

252
104
281
242
230
287
204
–
97
242
165
165

968

–
277
277
221
222
283
202
75
–
221
163
55

319

220

1,300

1,014

1,188

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

252
104
281
242
230
287
204
–
97
242
165
165

197
81
219
189
179
224
159
–
76
189
129
129

–
277
277
221
222
283
202
75
–
221
163
55

930

–
217
217
173
174
222
158
59
–
173
128
43

Chair
Paul Manduca
Non-executive Directors
Jeremy Anderson1
Howard Davies2 
David Law
Kai Nargolwala3
Anthony Nightingale
Philip Remnant
Alice Schroeder
Lord Turner4
Shriti Vadera5
Thomas Watjen
Fields Wicker-Miurin
Amy Yip6

Total

3,250

2,964

319

220

3,569

2,785

3,183

2,494

* Benefits include the cost of providing the use of a car and driver, medical insurance and security arrangements (including any tax thereon). 
† Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000/£1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. Total remuneration is calculated using the methodology prescribed 

by Schedule 8 of the Companies Act. The Chair and Non-executive Directors are not entitled to participate in annual bonus plans or long-term incentive plans.

‡ Total remuneration has been converted to US dollars using the exchange rate of 1 GBP to 1.2824 USD for the 2020 single figure calculations and 1 GBP to 1.2765 USD for the 2019 single figure 
calculations. As Non-executive Directors and the Chair don’t receive variable remuneration components, the table above doesn’t include a sum of total fixed and total variable remuneration. 

Notes
1  Jeremy Anderson joined the Board on 1 January 2020 and was appointed as the Chair of the Risk Committee in May 2020.
2  Howard Davies stepped down from the Board on 14 May 2020.
3 
4  Lord Turner stepped down from the Board on 16 May 2019.
5  Shriti Vadera joined the Board on 1 May 2020.
6  Amy Yip joined the Board and the Remuneration Committee on 2 September 2019.

In 2019 Kai Nargolwala also received an annual fee of £250,000 in respect of his non-executive chairmanship of Prudential Corporation Asia Limited. 

196

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comStatement of Directors’ shareholdings
The interests of Directors in ordinary shares of the Company are set out below. ‘Beneficial interest’ includes shares owned outright, shares 
acquired under the Share Incentive Plan (SIP) and deferred annual incentive awards, detailed in the ‘Supplementary information’ section. 
It is only these shares that count towards the share ownership guidelines. 

1 January 2020 
(or on date of 
appointment)

Total 
beneficial 
interest 
  (number of 
  shares)

42,500

72,301
80,624
976,272

–
9,813
9,066
70,000
50,000
6,916
14,500
–
10,340
4,500
–

Chair
Paul Manduca 
Executive Directors
Mark FitzPatrick
James Turner
Mike Wells1
Non-executive Directors
Jeremy Anderson2
Howard Davies3
David Law
Kai Nargolwala
Anthony Nightingale
Philip Remnant
Alice Schroeder4
Shriti Vadera5
Thomas Watjen6
Fields Wicker-Miurin
Amy Yip

During 2020

31 December 2020

Share ownership guidelines

Number
of shares
 acquired 

Number
of shares
disposed

Total 
beneficial 
interest* 
  (number of 
  shares)

Number 
of shares 
subject to 
performance 
conditions†

Total interest
in shares

Share 
ownership 
guidelines‡ 

  (% of salary/fee)

Beneficial
interest as a
percentage of
basic salary/
basic fees§

–

–

42,500

–

42,500

131,511
66,348
295,292

37,452
8,804
127,479

166,360
138,168
1,144,085

440,695
400,443
1,065,936

607,055
538,611
2,210,021

9,157
–
1,988
–
–
1,000
5,500
67,500
–
2,000
2,500

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

9,157
9,813
11,054
70,000
50,000
7,916
20,000
67,500
10,340
6,500
2,500

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

9,157
9,813
11,054
70,000
50,000
7,916
20,000
67,500
10,340
6,500
2,500

100%

250%
250%
400%

100%
n/a
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

66%

262%
224%
1,190%

111%
n/a
133%
845%
604%
96%
241%
815%
125%
78%
30%

* Beneficial interests include shares held directly or indirectly by connected persons. There were no changes of Directors’ interests in ordinary shares between 31 December 2020 and 2 March 2021 
with the exception of the UK based Executive Directors due to their participation in the monthly Share Incentive Plan (SIP). Mark FitzPatrick acquired a further 28 shares in the SIP and Mike Wells 
acquired a further 27 shares in the SIP during this period.

† Further information on share awards subject to performance conditions are detailed in the ‘share-based long-term incentive awards’ part of the ‘Supplementary information’ section.
‡ Holding requirement of the Articles of Association (2,500 ordinary shares) must be obtained within one year of appointment to the Board. The increased guidelines for Executive Directors were 

introduced with effect from January 2013 and increased again in 2017. Executive Directors have five years from this date (or date of joining or role change, if later) to reach the enhanced guideline. 
The guideline for Non-executive Directors was introduced on 1 July 2011. Non-executive Directors have three years from their date of joining to reach the guideline. During 2019 the guidelines 
for Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors were revised to reflect the impact of the demerger. 

§ Based on the average closing price for the six months to 31 December 2020 (£11.95). 

The Company and its Directors, Chief Executives and shareholders have been granted a partial exemption from the disclosure requirements under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance 
(SFO). As a result of this exemption, Directors, Chief Executives and shareholders do not have an obligation under the SFO to notify the Company of shareholding interests, and the Company is 
not required to maintain a register of Directors’ and Chief Executives’ interests under section 352 of the SFO, nor a register of interests of substantial shareholders under section 336 of the SFO. 
The Company is, however, required to file with the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited any disclosure of interests notified to it in the United Kingdom. 

Notes
1  For the 1 January 2020 figure, Mike Wells’s beneficial interest in shares is made up of 297,320 ADRs (representing 594,640 ordinary shares) and 381,632 ordinary shares. For the 31 December 

2020 figure, his beneficial interest in shares is made up of 297,320 ADRs (representing 594,640 ordinary shares) and 549,445 ordinary shares. 

2  Jeremy Anderson was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2020. Total interest in shares is shown from this date.
3  Howard Davies stepped down from the Board on 14 May 2020. Total interest in shares is shown at this date.
4  For the 1 January 2020 figure, Alice Schroeder’s beneficial interest in shares is made up of 7,250 ADRs (representing 14,500 ordinary shares). For the 31 December 2020 figure, the beneficial 

interest in shares is made up of 10,000 ADRs (representing 20,000 ordinary shares).

5  Shriti Vadera was appointed to the Board on 1 May 2020. Total interest in shares is shown from this date.
6  For the 1 January 2020 figure, Thomas Watjen’s beneficial interest in shares is made up of 5,170 ADRs (representing 10,340 ordinary shares). For the 31 December 2020 figure, the beneficial 

interest in shares is made up of 5,170 ADRs (representing 10,340 ordinary shares).

  197

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

The bar chart below illustrates the Executive Directors’ shareholding as a percentage of base salary versus the share ownership guideline.

1,400%

1,200%

1,000%

800%

600%

400%

200%

0%

1,190%

250%

262%

250%

224%

400%

Mark FitzPatrick

James Turner

Mike Wells

  Share ownership guidelines as % of salary 

  Beneficial interest as at 31 December 2020, as % of salary

Note 
Mark FitzPatrick and James Turner were appointed to the Board in July 2017 and March 2018 respectively so both are within the period over which they were asked to attain the share 
ownership guideline.

Outstanding share options
The following table sets out the share options held by the Executive Directors in the UK Savings-Related Share Option Scheme (SAYE) as at the 
end of the period. No other directors participated in any other option scheme. 

Date of 
grant

Exercise 
price
  (pence)

Market
 price at
31 Dec
 2020
  (pence)

Exercise period

Number of options

Beginning

End

Beginning 
of period

Granted Exercised Cancelled Forfeited

Lapsed

Mark FitzPatrick 21 Sep 17
21 Sep 17
James Turner
22 Sep 20
Mike Wells

1455
1455
964

1388.5 01 Dec 22 31 May 23
01 Jan 21 30 Jun 21
1388.5
1388.5 01 Dec 23 31 May 24

2,061
1,237
–

–
–
1,867

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

End of 
period

2,061
1,237
1,867

Notes
1  No Directors exercised SAYE options in 2020.
2  No price was paid for the award of any option. 
3  The highest and lowest closing share prices during 2020 were £15.06 and £7.11 respectively.
4  All exercise prices are shown to the nearest pence.

Directors’ terms of employment
Details of the service contracts of each Executive Director are outlined in the table below. The Directors’ remuneration policy contains further 
details of the terms included in Executive Director service contracts. 

Executive Directors
Mark FitzPatrick
James Turner 
Mike Wells

Date of contract

Notice period 
to the 
Company

Notice period 
from the 
Company

17 May 2017
1 March 2018
21 May 2015

12 months
12 months
12 months

12 months
12 months
12 months

Directors served on the boards of educational, charitable and cultural organisations without receiving a fee for these services.

198

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comLetters of appointment of the Chair and Non-executive Directors
Details of Non-executive Directors’ individual appointments are outlined below. The Directors’ remuneration policy contains further details 
on their letters of appointment. The Chair and Non-executive Directors are not entitled to receive any payments for loss of office.

Chair/Non-executive Director

Appointment by the Board

Notice period

Time on the Board at 2021 AGM

Chair
Paul Manduca1

Non-executive Directors
Philip Remnant
Jeremy Anderson
David Law
Kai Nargolwala
Anthony Nightingale
Alice Schroeder
Shriti Vadera
Thomas Watjen
Fields Wicker-Miurin
Amy Yip

15 October 2010 
(Chair from July 2012)

1 January 2013
1 January 2020
15 September 2015
1 January 2012
1 June 2013
10 June 2013
1 May 2020
11 July 2017
3 September 2018
2 September 2019

12 months

n/a

6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months

8 years 4 months 
1 year 4 months
5 years 8 months 
9 years 4 months 
7 years 11 months 
7 years 11 months
1 year
3 years 10 months 
2 years 8 months 
1 year 8 months 

Note
1  Paul Manduca retired from the Board on 31 December 2020. Shriti Vadera became the Chair of the Board from 1 January 2021.

Payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office
There were no payments for loss of office in 2020.

As disclosed in the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report, a number of Directors stepped down from the Board in 2019. Treatment of their 
outstanding awards and other remuneration elements was disclosed in 2019. We set out below payments in respect of the awards that vested 
during 2020. 

Nic Nicandrou
Nic holds a PLTIP award granted in 2018 and as set out in the section ‘Remuneration in respect of performance in 2020’ the performance 
condition attached to Nic’s 2018 PLTIP awards was partially met and 68.75 per cent of these awards will be released in 2021. The details of the 
release are set out below. 

Award

PLTIP

Number of 
shares vesting1

Value of
shares vesting2

119,407

$1,829,874

Notes
1  The number of shares vesting include accrued dividends. 
2  The share price used to calculate the value was the average ADR price for the three months up to 31 December 2020, being £11.95.

Barry Stowe
Barry holds a PLTIP award granted in 2018 and as set out in the section ‘Remuneration in respect of performance in 2020’ the performance 
condition attached to Barry’s 2018 PLTIP awards was partially met and 68 per cent of these awards will be released in 2021. These awards were 
pro-rated for service (nine of 36 months) and the details of the release are set out below. 

Award

PLTIP

Number of 
ADRs vesting1

Value of
ADRs vesting2

22,931

$725,537

Notes
1  The number of ADRs vesting include accrued dividends. 
2  The ADR price used to calculate the value was the average ADR price for the three months up to 31 December 2020, being $31.64.

Other Directors
A number of former Directors receive retiree medical benefits for themselves and their partner (where applicable). This is consistent with other 
senior members of staff employed at the same time. A de minimis threshold of £10,000 has been set by the Committee; any payments or benefits 
provided to a past Director above this amount will be reported. 

  199

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Statement of voting at general meeting
At the 2020 Annual General Meeting, shareholders were asked to vote on the current Directors’ remuneration policy and the 2019 Directors’ 
remuneration report. Each of these resolutions received a significant vote in favour by shareholders and the Committee is grateful for this support 
and endorsement by our shareholders. The votes received were:

Resolution

Votes for

% of votes
cast

Votes 
against

% of votes
cast

Total votes cast

Votes 
withheld

To approve the Directors’ remuneration policy 

1,930,172,979 

95.84 

83,796,656 

4.16  2,013,969,635 

1,043,445

(2020 AGM)

To approve the Directors’ remuneration report 

1,930,404,646 

96.84 

63,037,343 

3.16  1,993,441,989

21,570,822

(2020 AGM)

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2021 
Base salary
Executive Directors’ remuneration packages were reviewed in 2020 with changes effective from 1 January 2021. When the Committee made 
these decisions, it considered the salary increases awarded to other employees in 2020 and the expected increases in 2021. The external market 
reference points used to provide context to the Committee were similar to those used for 2020 salaries. 

In recognition of the continued focus on pay restraint and after due deliberation the Committee considered there should be no salary increases 
to the Executive Directors for 2021. The 2021 salary increase budgets for other employees across the Group’s business units were between 
2 per cent and 4.6 per cent. On this basis, 2021 will be the ninth consecutive year in which the increases generally offered to executives have 
been below or close to the bottom of the range of salary increases budgeted for the broader workforce.

The salaries effective from 1 January 2021 are set out below:

 — Mark FitzPatrick: £760,000
 — James Turner: HKD7,330,000
 — Mike Wells: £1,149,000

2021 pension entitlements 
While the approved Directors’ remuneration policy provides for a phased reduction of Executive Directors’ pension benefits to the workforce 
rate of 13 per cent of salary, the Committee accelerated this change to be effective on 14 May 2020. Pension levels will remain at this reduced 
rate for 2021. In addition, statutory contributions will continue to be made into mandatory pension arrangements in the country in which the 
Executive Directors are based, in line with the local requirements.

Annual bonus
No changes have been made to the bonus opportunities for Executive Directors for 2021. 

The separation and divestment of Jackson will transform Prudential into a Group targeting the structural opportunities of Asia and Africa. 
The post-separation Group will focus on achieving sustained double-digit growth in embedded value per share. This will be supported by growth 
rates of new business profit, which are expected to substantially exceed GDP growth in the markets in which the Group operates. It is therefore 
imperative that the measures attached to the 2021 AIP and PLTIP awards create a clear focus within the executive team and a straightforward 
connection with the value to be delivered to shareholders.

2021 AIP financial measures
The Committee is mindful of the need for the weightings of the AIP measures to be sufficiently aligned with the post-separation Group’s focus 
on the high-growth Asia and Africa businesses. The proposed revised weightings of the financial performance measures are set out in the 
table below.

Financial performance measure

Group EEV new business profit

Weightings 
(% of financial element)

2020

15%

2021

35%

Group adjusted operating profit

35%

25%

Group operating free surplus generated

Group Holding Company cash flow

30%

20%

30%

10%

Change and rationale

Increase – to focus the executive team on driving growth in 
profitable new business which is critical to the growth in embedded 
value of the post-separation Prudential Group

Reduction – to reflect the increased emphasis on growth of new 
business. Operating profit is largely driven by the level of historic 
in-force business

No change – reflecting the importance of free surplus to support 
growth in investment in new business

Reduction – given the strategic priority of allocating capital to 
future growth in Asia and Africa whilst continuing to adequately 
fund central costs

200

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comThe Remuneration Committee intends to include Jackson within the targets and results used for the AIP until the Group owns less than 50% of 
Jackson. From the date on which the Group owns less than 50% of Jackson, Jackson will be removed from Group AIP targets and outcomes for the 
remainder of the relevant year. From this date, Group AIP weightings will be consistent with those adopted for the Asia business. The date from 
which Jackson is removed from the AIP targets and the resulting changes to the weighting of the bonus metrics will be disclosed in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration for the year in which this takes place. Principles which will underpin the approach to the separation of Jackson are 
described in the Annual statement from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee. 

2021 share-based long-term incentive awards
Award levels
No changes have been made to the PLTIP award levels for Executive Directors for 2021.

Performance conditions
Performance conditions for 2021 PLTIP awards have been revised to ensure that reward remains aligned with the strategic priorities and capital 
allocation framework of the post-separation Group. In particular, RoE replaced with RoEV to reflect the focus on achieving sustained double-digit 
growth in Embedded Value per share. In addition, the TSR peer group was revised to reflect the footprint of the post-separation Prudential Group.

The weighting of measures for the 2021 PLTIP awards for all Executive Directors will be as follows:

 — Relative TSR (50 per cent of award); 
 — A return on embedded value measure (30 per cent of award); and
 — Sustainability scorecard of strategic measures (20 per cent of award).

The proportion of 2021 long-term incentive awards which will vest for threshold performance will remain at 20 per cent. 

The conduct measure in the sustainability scorecard will include Jackson for 2021 awards for the period in which the Group owns at least 50% 
of Jackson, whilst the other scorecard metrics and RoEV will be calculated based on the Group excluding the US business. Principles which will 
underpin the approach to the separation of Jackson are described in the Annual statement from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

Relative TSR 
Under the Group TSR measure, 20 per cent of the award will vest for TSR at the median of the peer group, increasing to full vesting for 
performance within the upper quartile. TSR is measured on a local currency basis since this has the benefit of simplicity and directness 
of comparison. 

In 2020 the Committee reviewed the TSR peer group to reflect the footprint post separation of Jackson. The resulting peer group for 2021 
PLTIP awards is set out below:

AIA Group
China Pacific Insurance (CPIC)
New China Life (NCl)

Allianz
China Taiping Insurance
Ping An Insurance

AXA
Great Eastern
Sun Life Financial

China Life
Manulife Financial
Zurich Insurance Group

Return on embedded value 
RoEV will replace RoE as the PLTIP measure for 2021 awards. The Company believes that this measure is more relevant, considering the Asia 
focus of the Group, aligned to the ambition to grow EV and pivot towards EV based valuations.

RoEV will be calculated as the total post-tax EEV operating profit as a percentage of the average EEV basis shareholders’ equity. RoEV will be 
assessed at the Group level.

20 per cent of the award will vest for achieving the threshold level of performance of 9 per cent, increasing to full vesting for reaching the stretch 
level of at least 11 per cent. 

  201

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Annual report on remuneration / continued

Sustainability scorecard
Under the 2021 sustainability scorecard, performance will be assessed for each of the four measures, at the end of the three-year performance 
period. Performance will be assessed on a sliding scale. Each of the measures has equal weighting and the 2021 measures are set out below:

Capital measure: 

Cumulative three-year ECap Group operating capital generation relative to threshold, less cost of capital (based on the 
capital position at the start of the performance period).

Vesting basis: 

Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting 
for performance above stretch level. The threshold figure for this metric will be published in the Annual Report for the 
final year of the performance period.

Capital measure: 

Cumulative three-year LCSM operating capital generation relative to threshold.

Vesting basis: 

Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for achieving threshold, increasing to full vesting 
for performance above stretch level. The threshold figure for this metric will be published in the Annual Report for the 
final year of the performance period.

Conduct measure: 

Through strong risk management action, ensure there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that result 
in significant capital add-ons or material fines.

Vesting basis: 

Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vesting for partial achievement of the Group’s 
expectations, increasing to full vesting for achieving the Group’s expectations.

Diversity measure: 

Percentage of the Executive Council and Leadership Team1 that are female at the end of 2023. 

Vesting basis: 

Performance below threshold results in nil vesting, 20 per cent vests for meeting the threshold of at least 33 per cent 
of our Executive Council and Leadership Team being female at the end of 2023, increasing to full vesting for reaching 
the stretch level of at least 37 per cent being female at that date.

Note
1  Please note that in 2020 the definition of the Leadership Team for the purposes of this assessment changed to include Executive Council and other key executives critical for the definition 

and execution of our strategy. This is comparable to what was previously referred to as the Leadership Team.

Chair and Non-executive Directors
Fees for the Chair and Non-executive Directors were unchanged in 2020. The Committee has decided to appoint the new Chair, Ms Vadera, 
on the same fee (£765,000 per annum) as the outgoing Chair, Mr Manduca. 

The Board has established for the period up to the 2022 AGM a Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group which will oversee the embedding 
of our new ESG framework and progress on diversity and inclusion initiatives and employee engagement activities. As Chair of the Working 
Group, Ms Schroeder will receive a fee of £45,000 per annum while Working Party members will receive a fee of £22,000.

Anthony Nightingale, CMG SBS JP 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

2 March 2021 

Shriti Vadera
Chair

2 March 2021

202

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
Additional remuneration disclosures

Directors’ outstanding long-term incentive awards
Share-based long-term incentive awards

Conditional 
 share awards 
outstanding 
at 1 Jan 
2020

Conditional 
awards in 
2020

Market 
price at 
date of 
award 

Dividend 
equivalents 
on vested 

shares note

Rights 
exercised 
in 2020

Conditional 
 share awards
outstanding 
at 31 Dec 
2020

Rights 
lapsed 
in 2020

Date of
end of
 performance
period

Plan name

Year of
award

Mark FitzPatrick

James Turner

Mike Wells 

  (number of 
  shares)

  (number of 
  shares)

117,047
123,110
142,470
–

–
–
–
175,115

382,627

175,115

32,264
103,281
119,600
–

–
–
–
177,562

255,145

177,562

304,166
297,713
344,629
–

–
–
–
423,594

2017
2018
2019
2020

2017
2018
2019
2020

2017
2018
2019
2020

  (pence)

1828
1750
1605.5
1049.5

–

1672
1750
1605.5
1049.5

–

1672
1750
1605.5
1049.5

PLTIP
PLTIP
PLTIP
PLTIP

PLTIP
PLTIP
PLTIP
PLTIP

PLTIP
PLTIP
PLTIP
PLTIP

  (number 
  of shares 
  released) 

6,449
–
–
–

6,449

1,738
–
–
–

1,738

16,414
–
–
–

  (number of 
  shares)

73,155
–
–
–

43,892
–
–
–

– 31 Dec 19
123,110 31 Dec 20
142,470 31 Dec 21
175,115 31 Dec 22

73,155

43,892

440,695

20,165
–
–
–

12,099
–
–
–

– 31 Dec 19
103,281 31 Dec 20
119,600 31 Dec 21
177,562 31 Dec 22

20,165

12,099

400,443

190,103
–
–
–

114,063
–
–
–

– 31 Dec 19
297,713 31 Dec 20
344,629 31 Dec 21
423,594 31 Dec 22

946,508

423,594

–

16,414

190,103

114,063 1,065,936

Note
A dividend equivalent was accumulated on these awards.

Other share awards
The table below sets out Executive Directors’ deferred bonus share awards.

Conditional
 share awards
outstanding
at 1 Jan 
2020
  (number of 
  shares)

Year of 
grant

 Conditionally
 awarded
 in 2020
  (number of 
  shares)

Dividends
 accumulated

in 2020 note

  (number of 
  shares)

Shares
 released
 in 2020
  (number of 
  shares)

Conditional
 share awards
outstanding
 at 31 Dec 
2020
  (number of 
  shares)

Date of 
end of 
restricted
period

Date of
 release

Market
 price at
date of
award

Market
 price at
 date of
 vesting or
 release 

  (pence)

  (pence)

Mark FitzPatrick
Deferred 2017 annual 
incentive award
Deferred 2018 annual 
incentive award
Deferred 2019 annual 
incentive award

James Turner
Deferred 2018 annual 
incentive award
Deferred 2019 annual 
incentive award

Mike Wells 
Deferred 2016 annual 
incentive award
Deferred 2017 annual 
incentive award
Deferred 2018 annual 
incentive award
Deferred 2019 annual 
incentive award

2018

33,518

2019

38,411

–

–

771

884

2020

–

71,929

48,780

48,780

1,123

2,778

2019

24,560

–

2020

–

24,560

42,125

42,125

565

970

1,535

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34,289 31 Dec 20

39,295 31 Dec 21

49,903 31 Dec 22

123,487

–

25,125 31 Dec 21

43,095 31 Dec 22

68,220

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2017

64,440

2018

58,008

2019

66,030

–

–

–

2020

–

188,478

83,782

83,782

–

64,440

– 31 Dec 19 06 Apr 20

1,336

1,521

1,930

4,787

–

–

–

59,344 31 Dec 20

67,551 31 Dec 21

85,712 31 Dec 22

64,440

212,607

–

–

–

–

–

Note
A dividend equivalent was accumulated on these awards.

1750

1605.5

1047

1605.5

1047

–

1672

1750

1605.5

1047

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1021

–

–

–

–

  203

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Additional remuneration disclosures / continued

All-employee share plans
It is important that all employees are offered the opportunity to own shares in Prudential, connecting them both to the success of the Company 
and to the interests of other shareholders. Executive Directors are invited to participate in these plans on the same basis as other staff in 
their location.

Save As You Earn (SAYE) schemes
UK-based Executive Directors are normally eligible to participate in the HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) approved Prudential Savings-
Related Share Option Scheme. This scheme allows all eligible employees to save towards the exercise of options over Prudential plc shares 
with the option price set at the beginning of the savings period at a discount of up to 20 per cent of the market price.

Since 2014 participants have been able to elect to enter into savings contracts of up to £500 per month for a period of three or five years. At the 
end of this term, participants may exercise their options within six months and purchase shares. If an option is not exercised within six months, 
participants are entitled to a refund of their cash savings plus interest if applicable under the rules. Shares are issued to satisfy those options 
which are exercised. No options may be granted under the schemes if the grant would cause the number of shares which have been issued, 
or which remain issuable pursuant to options granted in the preceding 10 years under the scheme and any other option schemes operated by 
the Company, or which have been issued under any other share incentive scheme of the Company, to exceed 10 per cent of the Company’s 
ordinary share capital at the proposed date of grant.

Details of Executive Directors’ rights under the SAYE scheme are set out in the ‘Outstanding share options’ table.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
UK-based Executive Directors are also eligible to participate in the Company’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP). Since April 2014, all UK-based 
employees have been able to purchase Prudential plc shares up to a value of £150 per month from their gross salary (partnership shares) through 
the SIP. For every four partnership shares bought, an additional matching share is awarded which is purchased by Prudential plc on the open 
market. Dividend shares accumulate while the employee participates in the plan. If the employee withdraws from the plan, or leaves the Group, 
matching shares may be forfeited. 

The table below provides information about shares purchased under the SIP together with matching shares (awarded on a 1:4 basis) 
and dividend shares.

Mark FitzPatrick
James Turner
Mike Wells

Share Incentive 
Plan awards 
held in Trust 
at 1 Jan 2020
  (number of
  shares)

Partnership 
shares 
accumulated 
in 2020
  (number of
  shares)

Matching 
shares 
accumulated 
in 2020
  (number of
  shares)

Dividend 
shares 
accumulated 
in 2020
  (number of
  shares)

Share Incentive 
Plan awards 
held in Trust at
 31 Dec 2020
  (number of
  shares)

372
829
719

150
–
150

37
–
38

11
20
18

570
849
925

Year of 
initial grant

2017
2011
2015

Cash-settled long-term incentive awards
This information has been prepared in line with the reporting requirements of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and sets out Executive Directors’ 
outstanding share awards and share options. For details of the cash-settled long-term incentive awards held by one Executive Director, 
please see our 2019 Annual report on remuneration. 

Dilution
Dilution Releases from the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan and the Prudential Agency Long Term Incentive Plan are satisfied using new issue 
shares rather than by purchasing shares in the open market. Shares relating to options granted under all-employee share plans are also satisfied 
by new issue shares. The combined dilution from all outstanding shares and options at 31 December 2020 was 1 per cent of the total share capital 
at the time. Deferred bonus awards will continue to be satisfied by the purchase of shares in the open market.

204

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comRemuneration of the five highest-paid individuals and the remuneration of senior management
In line with the requirements of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, the following table sets out, on an aggregate basis, the annual 
remuneration of i) the five highest-paid employees, and ii) senior management for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Of the five individuals with the highest emoluments in 2020, one was an Executive Director for the full year whose emoluments are disclosed in 
this report. The aggregate of the emoluments of the other four individuals for 2020 are set out in the table below. Senior management comprised 
the Executive Directors and members of the Group Executive Committee. The table sets outs the aggregate of the emoluments paid to the senior 
management team:

Components of remuneration

Base salaries, allowances and benefits in kind
Pension contributions
Performance-related pay
Payments made on appointment
Payments made on separation

Total

Their emoluments for 2020 were within the following bands:

Remuneration band HKD

19,000,001 – 19,500,000

25,000,001 – 25,500,000

29,500,001 – 30,000,000

30,500,001 – 31,000,000

31,500,001 – 32,000,000

44,000,001 – 44,500,000

46,000,001 – 46,500,000

46,500,001 – 47,000,000

49,000,001 – 49,500,000

53,000,001 – 53,500,000

85,500,001 – 86,000,000

Five highest paid 

Senior management

  HKD000

 16,081 
 661 
 146,736 
 18,292 
 46,536 

228,306

$000

 2,073 
 85 
 18,919 
 2,358 
 6,000 

29,435

  HKD000

 70,021 
 9,408 
 155,019 
n/a
n/a

234,448

$000

 9,028 
 1,213 
 19,987 
n/a
n/a

30,228

Remuneration band USD equivalent

Number of employees

Five highest
paid

Senior 
management

 2,449,700 – 2,514,200 

 3,223,300 – 3,287,800 

 3,803,500 – 3,868,000 

 3,932,400 – 3,996,900 

 4,254,800 – 4,319,200 

 5,673,000 – 5,737,500 

 5,930,900 – 5,995,400 

 5,995,400 – 6,059,800 

 6,317,700 – 6,382,200 

 7,413,600 – 7,478,100 

 11,217,100 – 11,281,600 

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

  205

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Financial
statements

Contents
208  Index to Group IFRS financial statements
302  Parent company financial statements
304  Notes on the parent company financial statements
309  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
310  Independent auditor’s report to Prudential plc

206

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comG
r
o
u
p
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
V
a
u
e
(
E
E
V
)
b
a
s
i
s
r
e
s
u
l
t
s

l

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

  207

 Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index to Group IFRS financial statements

Primary statements
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of financial position
Consolidated statement of cash flows

Page

209
210
211
213
214

Section

Page

Section

Notes to the primary statements
A 
A1
A2
A3

Basis of preparation and accounting policies
Basis of preparation and exchange rates
New accounting pronouncements in 2020
Accounting policies
Critical accounting policies, estimates 
and judgements
New accounting pronouncements not yet effective

C4

C5

C6

C7

C8
C9
C10

C11

D
D1

D2
D3
D4
D5
D6

Intangible assets
Goodwill

C4.1
C4.2  Deferred acquisition costs and other 

C5.1

C5.2

C6.1
C6.2
C6.3
C6.4

C7.1
C7.2

intangible assets
Borrowings
Core structural borrowings of  
shareholder-financed businesses
Operational borrowings
Risk and sensitivity analysis
Group overview
Sensitivity to equity interest rate risk
Sensitivity to equity and property price risk
Sensitivity to insurance risk
Tax assets and liabilities
Current tax
Deferred tax
Share capital, share premium and own shares
Provisions 
Capital

C10.1 Group objectives, policies and processes 

C10.2
C10.3

for managing capital
Local capital regulations
Transferability of available capital
Property, plant and equipment

Other information
Corporate transactions
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions
Equity investment by Athene into the US business
Discontinued UK and Europe operations
Contingencies and related obligations
Post balance sheet events
Related party transactions
Commitments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings, 
joint ventures and associates
Basis of consolidation
Dividend restrictions and minimum 
capital requirements
Investments in joint ventures and associates
Related undertakings

D1.1
D1.2
D1.3

D6.1
D6.2

D6.3
D6.4

215
216
216
216

222

226
227

228

231
233
233

235
235
236
238
238
239
239
240
241
242

243
247
250
250
250
251

254

259
262
263
265

Page

270
271

274
274

274

275
276
278
280
280
280
280
282
283

283

284
285
286

287
287
288
289
289
289
290

290
292

292
293

Earnings performance
Analysis of performance by segment
Segment results
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns 
on shareholder-backed business
Determining operating segments and performance 
measure of operating segments
Segmental income statement
Other investment return
Additional analysis of performance 
by segment components
Acquisition costs and other expenditure
Staff and employment costs
Share-based payment
Key management remuneration
Fees payable to the auditor
Tax charge
Total tax charge by nature
Reconciliation of shareholder effective tax rate
Earnings per share
Dividends

Financial position
Group assets and liabilities by business type
Additional analysis of debt securities
Additional analysis of US mortgage loans
Fair value measurement
Determination of fair value
Fair value measurement hierarchy of Group 
assets and liabilities
Additional information on financial instruments
Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus
Group overview
Asia insurance operations
US insurance operations
Products and determining contract liabilities

B
B1

B2

B3

B4
B5

C
C1

C2

C3

A3.1

A3.2

B1.1
B1.2

B1.3

B1.4
B1.5
B1.6

B2.1
B2.2
B2.3
B2.4

B3.1
B3.2

C1.1
C1.2

C2.1
C2.2

C2.3

C3.1
C3.2
C3.3
C3.4

208

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comConsolidated income statement

Continuing operations:
Gross premiums earned
Outward reinsurance premiums

Earned premiums, net of reinsurance
Investment return
Other income

Total revenue, net of reinsurance 

Benefits and claims
Reinsurers’ share of benefits and claims
Movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds

Benefits and claims and movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance
Acquisition costs and other expenditure
Finance costs: interest on core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
Loss attaching to corporate transactions

Total charges net of reinsurance

Share of profit from joint ventures and associates, net of related tax

Profit before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ and policyholders’ returns) note
Remove tax charge attributable to policyholders’ returns

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders’ returns
Total tax charge attributable to shareholders’ and policyholders’ returns
Remove tax charge attributable to policyholders’ returns
Tax credit attributable to shareholders’ returns

Profit from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued UK and Europe operations

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations

Non-controlling interests from continuing operations

Profit for the year

Earnings per share (in cents)

Based on profit attributable to equity holders of the Company:
  Basic

  Based on profit from continuing operations
  Based on (loss) profit from discontinued operations

  Total
  Diluted

  Based on profit from continuing operations
  Based on (loss) profit from discontinued operations

Total

Note

2020  $m

2019  $m

B1.4

B1.4

B1.4

B1.4

B1.4

C3.1

C3.1

C3.1

B1.4

B2

D1.1

B1.4

D6.3

B1.1

B3.1

B3.1

D1.3

Note

B4

42,521
(32,209)

10,312
44,991
670

55,973

(82,176)
34,409
(438)

(48,205)
(5,481)
(337)
(48)

(54,071)

517

2,419
(271)

2,148
(234)
271
37

2,185
–

2,185

2,118
–
67

2,185

45,064
(1,583)

43,481
49,555
700

93,736

(85,475)
2,985
(1,415)

(83,905)
(7,283)
(516)
(142)

(91,846)

397

2,287
(365)

1,922
(334)
365
31

1,953
(1,161)

792

1,944
(1,161)
9

792

2020

2019

81.6¢
–

81.6¢

81.6¢
–

81.6¢

75.1¢
(44.8)¢

30.3¢

75.1¢
(44.8)¢

30.3¢

Note
This measure is the formal profit before tax measure under IFRS Standards. It is not the result attributable to shareholders principally because total corporate tax of the Group includes those 
on the income of consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds that, through adjustments to benefits, are borne by policyholders. These amounts are required to be included in the tax charge 
of the Company under IAS 12. Consequently, the IFRS profit before tax measure is not representative of pre-tax profit attributable to shareholders as it is determined after deducting the cost 
of policyholder benefits and movements in the liability for unallocated surplus of with-profits funds after adjusting for tax borne by policyholders.

  209

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
Note

2020  $m

2019  $m

2,185

1,953

C4.2

C4.2

233
–

233

3,271
(554)
2,717
(41)
(581)

2,095

(2,817)
535
479
(1,803)

292

525

–
–
–

525

2,710

–

2,710

2,657
–
53

2,710

152
(15)

137

4,208
(185)
4,023
(631)
(713)

2,679

–
–
–
–

2,679

2,816

(108)
19
(89)

2,727

4,680

1,710

6,390

4,669
1,710
11

6,390

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Continuing operations:
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Exchange movements on foreign operations and net investment hedges:

Exchange movements arising during the year
Related tax

Valuation movements on available-for-sale debt securities: 

Unrealised gains arising in the year:
Net unrealised gains on holdings arising during the year
Deduct net gains included in the income statement on disposal and impairment

Related change in amortisation of deferred acquisition costs 
Related tax

Impact of Jackson’s reinsurance transaction with Athene:
Gains recycled to the income statement on transfer of debt securities to Athene
Related change in amortisation of deferred acquisition costs 
Related tax

Total valuation movements on available-for-sale debt securities

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Shareholders’ share of actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit pension schemes:

Net actuarial losses on defined benefit pension schemes
Related tax

Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year from continuing operations

Total comprehensive income from discontinued UK and Europe operations

D1.3

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations

Non-controlling interests from continuing operations

Total comprehensive income for the year

210

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comConsolidated statement of changes in equity

Year ended 31 Dec 2020  $m

Note

Share 
capital

Share
 premium

Retained
 earnings

Translation
 reserve

Available-
for-sale
 securities 
reserves

Share-
holders’
 equity

Non-
controlling
 interests

Total 
equity

Reserves
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income (loss)

Exchange movements on foreign operations  

and net investment hedges net of related tax

Net unrealised valuation movements net of 

related change in amortisation of deferred 
acquisition costs and related tax

Total other comprehensive income for the year

Dividends
Reserve movements in respect of share-based 

payments 

Effect of transactions relating to non-controlling 

interests

Share capital and share premium
New share capital subscribed 
Treasury shares
Movement in own shares in respect of share-based 

B5

D1.2

C8

payment plans

Net increase in equity
Balance at 1 Jan

Balance at 31 Dec

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

2,118

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,118

(814)

89

(484)

12

–

–

(60)

239

–

239

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,118

67

2,185

239

(6)

233

300

300

300

2,657

(8)

53

292

2,710

–

–

–

–

–

(814)

(18)

(832)

89

–

89

(484)

1,014

530

13

(60)

–

–

13

(60)

1
172

173

12
2,625

849
13,575

239
893

300
2,212

1,401
19,477

1,049
192

2,450
19,669

2,637

14,424

1,132

2,512

20,878

1,241

22,119

  211

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Consolidated statement of changes in equity / continued

Year ended 31 Dec 2019  $m

Note

Share 
capital

Share
 premium

Retained
 earnings

Translation
 reserve*

Available-
for-sale
 securities 
reserves

Share-
holders’
 equity

Non-
controlling
 interests

Total 
equity

–

1,944

–

–

1,944

9

1,953

Reserves
Profit from continuing operations
Other comprehensive income (loss) from 

continuing operations:
Exchange movements on foreign operations  

and net investment hedges net of related tax

Net unrealised valuation movements net of 

related change in amortisation of deferred 
acquisition costs and related tax

Shareholders’ share of actuarial gains and 

losses on defined benefit pension schemes 
net of related tax

Total other comprehensive income (loss) from 

continuing operations

Total comprehensive income from continuing 

operations

Total comprehensive income from discontinued 

operations*

Total comprehensive income for the year
Demerger dividend in specie of M&G plc
Other dividends
Reserve movements in respect of share-based 

payments 

Effect of transactions relating to non-controlling 

interests

Share capital and share premium
New share capital subscribed 
Impact of change in presentation currency in 
relation to share capital and share premium

Treasury shares
Movement in own shares in respect of share-

based payment plans

Movement in Prudential plc shares purchased 
by unit trusts consolidated under IFRS

Net increase (decrease) in equity
Balance at 1 Jan

Balance at 31 Dec

B5

B5

C8

C8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

22

101

–

–

(1,098)

757
(7,379)
(1,634)

64

(143)

–

–

38

55

–

–

(89)

135

–

135

–

–

2,679

2,679

–

(89)

(89)

135

2,679

2,725

1,855

135

2,679

4,669

2,808

2,943
–
–

–

1,710

2,679
–
–

6,379
(7,379)
(1,634)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

64

(143)

158

22

107

38

55

–

–

–

–

2

–

–

2

11

–

11
–
–

–

137

2,679

(89)

2,727

4,680

1,710

6,390
(7,379)
(1,634)

64

15

22

107

38

55

6
166

172

123
2,502

2,625

(8,242)
21,817

13,575

2,943
(2,050)

2,679
(467)

(2,491)
21,968

893

2,212

19,477

169
23

192

(2,322)
21,991

19,669

* The $2,808 million movement in translation reserve from discontinued operations was recognised in other comprehensive income and represented an exchange gain of $140 million on translating 
the results from discontinued operations during the period of ownership in 2019 and the recycling of the cumulative exchange loss of $2,668 million through the profit or loss upon the demerger. 
The Group’s accounting principles on foreign exchange translation are described in note A1.

212

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comConsolidated statement of financial position

Assets
Goodwill
Deferred acquisition costs and other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Reinsurers' share of insurance contract liabilities note (i)
Deferred tax assets
Current tax recoverable
Accrued investment income
Other debtors
Investment properties
Investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method
Loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes note (ii)
Debt securities note (ii)
Derivative assets
Other investments note (ii)
Deposits
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity
Shareholders' equity
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Liabilities
Insurance contract liabilities
Investment contract liabilities with discretionary participation features
Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features
Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds
Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
Operational borrowings
Obligations under funding, securities lending and sale and repurchase agreements
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds
Deferred tax liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Accruals, deferred income and other creditors
Provisions
Derivative liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities 

The parent company statement of financial position is presented on page 302. 

Note

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

C4.1

C4.2

C11

C3.1

C7.2

C7.1

C1

D1.2

C1

C3.1

C3.1

C3.1

C3.1

C5.1

C5.2

C7.2

C9

C1

C1

961
20,345
893
46,595
4,858
444
1,427
3,171
23
1,962
14,588
278,635
125,829
2,599
1,867
3,882
8,018

516,097

969
17,476
1,065
13,856
4,075
492
1,641
2,054
25
1,500
16,583
247,281
134,570
1,745
1,302
2,615
6,965

454,214

20,878
1,241

22,119

19,477
192

19,669

436,787
479
3,980
5,217
6,633
2,444
9,768
5,975
6,075
280
15,508
350
482

493,978

516,097

380,143
633
4,902
4,750
5,594
2,645
8,901
5,998
5,237
396
14,488
466
392

434,545

454,214

Notes
(i) 

(ii) 

At 31 December 2020, reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities included $27.3 billion in respect of the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity 
liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd, as discussed in note D1.1. 
Included within equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes, debt securities and other investments as at 31 December 2020 are $2,007 million of lent securities and assets 
subject to repurchase agreements (31 December 2019: $90 million of lent securities only).

The consolidated financial statements on pages 209 to 301 were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 March 2021. They were signed 
on its behalf:

Shriti Vadera 
Chair 

Mike Wells 
Group Chief Executive 

Mark FitzPatrick
Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

  213

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Consolidated statement of cash flows

Continuing operations:
Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ and policyholders’ returns)
Adjustments to profit before tax for non-cash movements in operating assets and liabilities:

Investments 
Other non-investment and non-cash assets 
Policyholder liabilities (including unallocated surplus of with-profits funds)
Other liabilities (including operational borrowings)

Investment income and interest payments included in profit before tax 
Operating cash items:

Interest receipts and payments
Dividend receipts
Tax paid

Other non-cash items

Net cash flows from operating activities note (i)

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of business and intangibles note (ii)
Disposal of businesses

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Structural borrowings of shareholder-financed operations: note (iii)

Issuance of debt, net of costs
Redemption of subordinated debt
Fees paid to modify terms and conditions of debt issued by the Group
Interest paid 

Payment of principal portion of lease liabilities
Equity capital:

Issues of ordinary share capital

Non-controlling equity investment by Athene into the US business
External dividends:

Dividends paid to the Company’s shareholders
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations
Net cash flows from discontinued operations note (iv)
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents note (iv)

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec

Note

2020  $m

2019  $m

2,419

2,287

(19,875)
(35,633)
53,593
1,372
(5,059)

4,191
1,297
(555)
216

1,966

(59)
6
(1,142)
–

(1,195)

983
–
–
(314)
(138)

13
500

(814)
(18)

212

983
–
6,965
70

8,018

(60,812)
(2,487)
56,067
5,234
(4,803)

4,277
978
(717)
(96)

(72)

(64)
–
(635)
375

(324)

367
(504)
(182)
(526)
(137)

22
–

(1,634)
–

(2,594)

(2,990)
(5,690)
15,442
203

6,965

C11

C5.1

D1.2

B5

D1.3

Notes
(i) 
(ii) 
(iii) 

Included in net cash flows from operating activities are dividends from joint ventures and associates of $118 million (2019: $85 million).
Cash flows arising from the acquisition of business and intangibles includes amounts paid for distribution rights.
Structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses exclude borrowings to support short-term fixed income securities programmes, non-recourse borrowings of investment 
subsidiaries of shareholder-financed businesses and other borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses. Cash flows in respect of these borrowings are included within cash flows 
from operating activities. The changes in the carrying value of the structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses for the Group are analysed below:

2020
2019

Cash movements  $m

Non-cash movements  $m

Balance at 
1 Jan

Issue of 
debt

Redemption 
of debt

Foreign
 exchange
 movement 

Demerger of 
UK and Europe
 operations

Other
movements

Balance at 
31 Dec

5,594
9,761

983
367

–
(504)

42
116

–
(4,161)

14
15

6,633
5,594

(iv) 

The 2019 cash flows shown in the statement of cash flow above are presented excluding any transactions between continuing and discontinued operations. The 2019 effect of exchange rate 
changes included $78 million from discontinued operations up to demerger. See note D1.3 for details.

214

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA  Basis of preparation and accounting policies

A1 Basis of preparation and exchange rates

Prudential plc (‘the Company’) together with its subsidiaries (collectively, ‘the Group’ or ‘Prudential’) is an Asia-led portfolio of businesses focused 
on structural growth markets. The Group currently has businesses in Asia, Africa and the US and head office functions in London and Hong Kong. 
The Group helps individuals get the most out of life through life and health insurance, and retirement and asset management solutions. 

Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB, the international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. At 31 December 2020, there were no 
differences between IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB, the international accounting standards as required by the Companies Act 2006 
and international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. 

The Group accounting policies are the same as those applied for the year ended 31 December 2019 with the exception of the adoption 

of the new and amended IFRS Standards as described in note A2.

Going concern basis of accounting
The Directors have made an assessment of going concern covering a period of at least 12 months from the date that these financial statements 
are approved. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered both the Group’s current performance, solvency and liquidity and the 
Group’s business plan taking into account the Group’s principal risks and the mitigations available to it which are described in the Group Chief Risk 
and Compliance Officer’s report. The assessment also includes the consideration of the results of a number of stress and scenario testing over the 
business plan covering scenarios that reflect the possible impacts of Covid-19. The stress tests included the assessment of the potential impact of 
up or down interest rate movements combined with corporate credit spread widening, a rating level downgrade on part of the credit asset portfolio, 
falling equity values and insurance stresses (such as changes in policyholder behaviour, including lapses, and increased morbidity in Asia). 

Based on the above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue their 

operations for a period of at least 12 months from the date that these financial statements are approved. No material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt on the ability of the Group to continue as a going concern have been identified. The Directors therefore consider it appropriate 
to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing these financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020.

The parent company statement of financial position prepared in accordance with the UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (including 

Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’) is presented on page 302.

Exchange rates
The exchange rates applied for balances and transactions in currencies other than the presentation currency of the Group, US dollars (USD) were:

USD : local currency

Chinese yuan (CNY)
Hong Kong dollar (HKD)
Indian rupee (INR)
Indonesian rupiah (IDR)
Malaysian ringgit (MYR)
Singapore dollar (SGD)
Taiwan dollar (TWD)
Thai baht (THB)
UK pound sterling (GBP)
Vietnamese dong (VND)

Closing rate at year end

Average rate for the year to date

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

6.54
7.75
73.07
14,050.00
4.02
1.32
28.10
30.02
0.73
23,082.50

6.97
7.79
71.38
13,882.50
4.09
1.34
29.98
29.75
0.75
23,172.50

6.90
7.76
74.12
14,541.70
4.20
1.38
29.44
31.29
0.78
23,235.84

6.91
7.84
70.43
14,140.84
4.14
1.36
30.91
31.05
0.78
23,227.64

Foreign exchange translation
In order to present the consolidated financial statements in USD, the results and financial position of entities not using USD as functional currency 
(ie the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates) must be translated into USD. The general principle for 
converting foreign currency transactions is to translate at the functional currency spot rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. From 2020, 
Prudential determines and declares its dividend in USD. All assets and liabilities of entities not operating in USD are converted at closing exchange 
rates while all income and expenses are converted at average exchange rates where this is a reasonable approximation of the rates prevailing 
on transaction dates. The impact of these currency translations is recorded as a separate component in the statement of comprehensive income. 
Certain notes to the financial statements present comparative information at constant exchange rates (CER), in addition to the reporting 
at actual exchange rates (AER) used throughout the consolidated financial statements. AER are actual historical exchange rates for the specific 
accounting year, being the average rates over the year for the income statement and the closing rates at the balance sheet date for the statement 
of financial position. CER results are calculated by translating prior year results using the current year foreign exchange rate, ie current year 
average rates for the income statement and current year closing rates for the statement of financial position. 

The effect of foreign exchange movements from continuing operations arising during the years shown recognised in other comprehensive 

income is:

Asia operations
Unallocated to a segment

2020  $m

2019  $m

235
(2)
233

194
(42)
152

  215

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A2 New accounting pronouncements in 2020

The IASB has issued the following new accounting pronouncements to be effective from 1 January 2020:

 — Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 ‘Definition of Material’;
 — Amendment to IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’;
 — Amendments to IFRS 7, IFRS 9 and IAS 39 ‘Interest Rate Benchmark Reform’; and
 — Amendments to IFRS 16, ‘Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions’, effective from 1 June 2020.

The adoption of these pronouncements have had no significant impact on the Group financial statements.

A3 Accounting policies

Note A3.1 presents the critical accounting policies, estimates and judgements applied in preparing the Group’s consolidated financial statements. 
Other accounting policies, where significant, are presented in the relevant individual notes. All accounting policies are applied consistently for 
both years presented and normally are not subject to changes unless new accounting standards, interpretations or amendments are introduced 
by the IASB.

A3.1 Critical accounting policies, estimates and judgements 
The preparation of these financial statements requires Prudential to make accounting estimates and judgements about the amounts of assets, 
liabilities, revenues and expenses, which are both recognised and unrecognised (eg contingent liabilities) in the financial statements. Prudential 
evaluates its critical accounting estimates, including those related to long-term business provisioning and the fair value of assets as required. 
The notes below set out those critical accounting policies, the application of which requires the Group to make critical estimates and judgements. 
Also set out are further critical accounting policies affecting the presentation of the Group’s results and other items that require the application 
of critical estimates and judgements.

(a) Critical accounting policies with associated critical estimates and judgements

Measurement of policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits

The measurement basis of policyholder 
liabilities is dependent upon the classification 
of the contracts under IFRS 4. 

IFRS 4 permits the continued usage of previously applied Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practices (GAAP) for insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary 
participating features. 

Impacts $462.1 billion of policyholder 
liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-
profits funds including those held by joint 
venture and associates.

Policyholder liabilities are estimated based 
on a number of actuarial assumptions 
(eg mortality, morbidity, policyholder 
behaviour and expenses).

The Group applies judgement in determining 
the actuarial assumptions to be applied to 
estimate the future amounts due to or from 
the policyholder in the measurement of the 
policyholder liabilities.

Measurement of insurance contract liabilities 
and investment contract liabilities with 
discretionary participation features

A modified statutory basis of reporting was adopted by the Group on first time adoption of 
IFRS Standards in 2005. This was set out in the Statement of Recommended Practice issued 
by the Association of British Insurers (ABI SORP). The ABI SORP was withdrawn for the 
accounting periods beginning in or after 2015. As used in these consolidated financial 
statements, the term ‘grandfathered’ ABI SORP refers to the requirements of the 
pronouncements prior to its withdrawal.

For investment contracts that do not contain discretionary participating features, IAS 39 
is applied and, where the contract includes an investment management element, IFRS 15 
‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ applies.

The policies applied in each business unit are noted below. When measuring policyholder 
liabilities, a number of assumptions are applied to estimate future amounts due to or from the 
policyholder. The nature of assumptions varies by product and among the most significant is 
policyholder behaviour, particularly in the US. Additional details of valuation methodologies 
and assumptions applied for material product types are discussed in note C3.4.

Asia insurance operations 
The policyholder liabilities for businesses in Asia are generally determined in accordance with 
methods prescribed by local GAAP, adjusted to comply with the modified statutory basis where 
necessary. Refinements to the local reserving methodology are generally treated as changes in 
estimates, dependent on their nature. The UK-style with-profits funds’ liabilities in Hong Kong 
are valued under the realistic basis in accordance with the requirements of ‘grandfathered’ 
FRS 27 ‘Life Assurance’ (issued by the Accounting Standards Board in 2004 and withdrawn 
in 2015). The realistic basis requires the value of liabilities to be calculated as the sum of a 
with-profits benefits reserve, future policy-related liabilities and the realistic current liabilities 
of the fund. In Taiwan and India, US GAAP principles are applied.

The sensitivity of Asia insurance operations to variations in key estimates and assumptions, 
including mortality and morbidity, is discussed in note C6.4.

216

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA Basis of preparation and accounting policies / continuedMeasurement of policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits continued

Measurement of investment contract 
liabilities without discretionary 
participation features

Measurement of unallocated surplus 
of with-profits funds

Liability adequacy test

US insurance operations (Jackson)
The policyholder liabilities for Jackson’s conventional protection-type policies are determined 
under US GAAP principles with locked in assumptions for mortality, interest, policy lapses 
and expenses along with provisions for adverse deviations. For other policies, the policyholder 
liabilities include the policyholder account balance.

For those investment contracts in the US with fixed and guaranteed terms, the Group uses 
the amortised cost model to measure the liability. The US has no investment contracts with 
discretionary participation features.

The sensitivity of US insurance operations to variations in key estimates and assumptions, 
including policyholder behaviour, is discussed in note C6.4.

Investment contracts without discretionary participation features are measured in accordance 
with IAS 39 to reflect the deposit nature of the arrangement, with premiums and claims 
reflected as deposits and withdrawals, and taken directly to the statement of financial position 
as movements in the financial liability balance.

Investment contracts without fixed and guaranteed terms are classified as financial instruments 
and designated as fair value through profit or loss because the resulting liabilities are managed 
and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis. Where the contract includes a surrender 
option, its carrying value is subject to a minimum carrying value equal to its surrender value.

Other investment contracts are measured at amortised cost.

Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds represents the excess of assets over policyholder 
liabilities, determined in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, that have yet to 
be appropriated between policyholders and shareholders for the Group’s with-profits funds 
in Hong Kong and Malaysia. The unallocated surplus is recorded wholly as a liability with 
no allocation to equity. The annual excess or shortfall of income over expenditure of the 
with-profits funds, after declaration and attribution of the cost of bonuses to policyholders 
and shareholders, is transferred to or from the unallocated surplus each period through a 
charge or credit to the income statement. The balance retained in the unallocated surplus 
represents cumulative income arising on the with-profits business that has not been allocated 
to policyholders or shareholders. The balance of the unallocated surplus is determined after 
full provision for deferred tax on unrealised appreciation or depreciation on investments.

The Group performs adequacy testing on its insurance liabilities to ensure that the carrying 
amounts (net of related deferred acquisition costs) and, where relevant, present value of 
acquired in-force business is sufficient to cover current estimates of future cash outflows. 
Any deficiency is immediately charged to the income statement.

Jackson’s liabilities for insurance contracts, which include those for separate accounts 
(reflecting the value of the related separate account assets), policyholder account values and 
guarantees measured as described in note C3.4 and the associated deferred acquisition cost 
asset, are measured under US GAAP and liability adequacy testing is performed in this context. 
Under US GAAP, most of Jackson’s products are accounted for under Accounting Standards 
Codification Topic 944, Financial Services – Insurance of the Financial Accounting Standards 
Board (ASC 944) whereby deferred acquisition costs are amortised in line with expected gross 
profits. Recoverability of the deferred acquisition costs in the balance sheet is tested against 
the projected value of future profit using current estimates and therefore no additional liability 
adequacy test is required under IFRS 4. The deferred acquisition cost asset recoverability test 
is performed in line with US GAAP requirements, which in practice is at a grouped level of those 
contracts managed together.

  217

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A3 Accounting policies continued

A3.1 Critical accounting policies, estimates and judgements continued
(b) Further critical accounting policies affecting the presentation of the Group’s results

Presentation of results before tax attributable to shareholders

Profit before tax is a significant IFRS income 
statement item. The Group has chosen 
to present a measure of profit before tax 
attributable to shareholders which 
distinguishes between tax borne by 
shareholders and tax attributable to 
policyholders to support understanding 
of the performance of the Group.

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders 
is $2,148 million and compares to profit before 
tax of $2,419 million. 

The total tax charge for the Group reflects tax that, in addition to that relating to shareholders’ 
profit, is also attributable to policyholders through the interest in with-profits or unit-linked 
funds. Further detail is provided in note B3. Reported IFRS profit before the tax measure is 
therefore not representative of pre-tax profit attributable to shareholders. Accordingly, in order 
to provide a measure of pre-tax profit attributable to shareholders, the Group has chosen to 
adopt an income statement presentation of the tax charge and pre-tax results that distinguishes 
between policyholders’ and shareholders’ returns.

Segmental analysis of results and earnings attributable to shareholders

The Group uses adjusted operating profit 
as the segmental measure of its results.

Total segmental adjusted operating profit 
is $6,463 million and is shown in note B1.1.

The basis of calculation of adjusted operating profit is provided in note B1.3.

For shareholder-backed business, with the exception of debt securities held by Jackson and 
the Group’s treasury company, which are treated as available-for-sale, and assets classified 
as loans and receivables at amortised cost, all financial investments and investment properties 
are designated as assets at fair value through profit or loss. Short-term fluctuations in fair value 
affect the result for the year and the Group provides additional analysis of results before and 
after the effects of short-term fluctuations in investment returns, together with other items 
that are of a short-term, volatile or one-off nature. The effects of short-term fluctuations include 
asymmetric impacts where the measurement bases of the liabilities and associated derivatives 
used to manage the Jackson annuity business differ as described in note B1.2.

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on assets held by with-profits funds in 
Hong Kong, Malaysia and Singapore do not affect directly reported shareholder results. 
This is because (i) the unallocated surplus of with-profits funds is accounted for as a liability 
and (ii) excess or deficit of income and expenditure of the funds over the required surplus for 
distribution are transferred to or from policyholder liabilities (including the unallocated surplus).

Measurement and presentation of derivatives and debt securities of US insurance operations (Jackson)

Jackson holds a number of derivative 
instruments and debt securities. The selection 
of the accounting approach for these items 
significantly affects the volatility of profit 
before tax.

$457 million of the US investment return 
in the income statement arises from such 
derivatives and debt securities.

Jackson enters into derivative instruments to mitigate economic exposures. The Group has 
considered whether it is appropriate to undertake the necessary operational changes to qualify 
for hedge accounting so as to achieve matching of value movements in hedging instruments 
and hedged items in the performance statements. The key factors considered in this 
assessment were the complexity of asset and liability matching in Jackson’s product range 
and the difficulty and cost of applying the macro hedge provisions under IAS 39 (which are 
more suited to banking arrangements) to Jackson’s derivative book.

The Group has decided that, except for occasional circumstances, applying hedge accounting 
using IAS 39 to derivative instruments held by Jackson would not improve the relevance or 
reliability of the financial statements to such an extent that would justify the difficulty and cost 
of applying these provisions. As a result of this decision, the total income statement results are 
more volatile as the movements in the fair value of Jackson’s derivatives are reflected within it. 
This volatility is reflected in the level of short-term fluctuations in investment returns, as shown 
in notes B1.1 and B1.2.

Under IAS 39, unless carried at amortised cost (subject to impairment provisions where 
appropriate) under the held-to-maturity category, debt securities are carried at fair value. 
The Group has chosen not to classify any financial assets as held-to-maturity. Debt securities 
of Jackson are designated as available-for-sale with value movements, unless impaired, being 
recorded as movements within other comprehensive income. Impairments are recorded 
in the income statement, as discussed in note (c) below.

218

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA Basis of preparation and accounting policies / continued(c) Other items requiring application of critical estimates or judgements

Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) for insurance contracts

The Group estimates projected future profits/
margins to assess whether adjustments to the 
carrying value or amortisation profile of DAC 
asset are necessary.

Impacts $16.2 billion of DAC as shown 
in note C4.2.

Costs of acquiring new insurance business are accounted for in a way that is consistent with the 
principles of the ‘grandfathered’ ABI SORP with deferral and amortisation against margins in 
future revenues on the related insurance policies. The Group determines qualifying costs that 
should be capitalised (ie those costs of acquiring new insurance contracts that meet the criteria 
under the Group’s accounting policy for DAC). The recoverability of the DAC is measured 
and the DAC asset is deemed impaired if the projected margins (which are estimated based 
on a number of assumptions similar to those underlying policyholder liabilities) are less than 
the carrying value. To the extent that the future margins differ from those anticipated, 
an adjustment to the carrying value will be necessary either through a charge to the income 
statement (if the projected margins are lower than carrying value) or through a change in the 
amortisation profile.

Asia insurance operations
For those business units applying US GAAP to insurance assets and liabilities, as permitted by 
the ‘grandfathered’ ABI SORP, principles similar to those set out in the US insurance operations 
paragraph below are applied to the deferral and amortisation of acquisition costs. For other 
business units in Asia, the general principles of the ‘grandfathered’ ABI SORP are applied. 
In general, deferral of acquisition costs is shown by an explicit carrying value in the balance 
sheet. However, in some Asia operations the deferral is implicit through the reserving basis. 

US insurance operations
The most material estimates and assumptions applied in the measurement and amortisation 
of DAC balances relate to the US insurance operations. 

The Group’s US insurance operations apply FASB ASU 2010-26 on ‘Accounting for Costs 
Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts’ and capitalise only those 
incremental costs directly relating to successfully acquiring a contract. 

For term life business, acquisition costs are deferred and amortised in line with expected 
premiums. For annuity and interest-sensitive life business, acquisition costs are deferred and 
amortised in line with expected gross profits on the relevant contracts. For fixed and fixed 
index annuity and interest-sensitive life business, the key assumption is the long-term spread 
between the earned rate on investments and the rate credited to policyholders. 

The majority of Jackson’s DAC relates to its variable annuities business. For variable annuity 
business, a key assumption is the long-term investment return from the separate accounts, 
which for 2020 is 7.15 per cent (2019: 7.4 per cent). The impact of using this return is reflected 
in two principal ways, namely:

 — Through the projected expected gross profits that are used to determine the amortisation 
of DAC. This is applied through the use of a mean reversion technique which is described 
in more detail below; and

 — The required level of provision for claims for guaranteed minimum death, ‘for life’ 

withdrawal, and income benefits.

The present value of the estimated gross profit is computed using the rate of interest that 
accrues to policyholder balances (sometimes referred to as the contract rate). 

Estimated gross profits for the fixed interest rate annuities, fixed index annuities and variable 
annuities include estimates of the following, each of which will be determined based on the best 
estimate of amounts over the life of the book of contracts without provision for adverse deviation:

 — Amounts expected to be assessed against policyholder balances for mortality less benefit 

claims in excess of related policyholder balances;

 — Amounts expected to be assessed for contract administration less costs incurred for 

contract administration;

 — Amounts expected to be earned from the investment of policyholder balances less interest 

credited to policyholder balances;

 — Amounts expected to be assessed against policyholder balances upon termination 

of contracts (sometimes referred to as surrender charges); 

 — Assumptions for the long-term investment return for the separate accounts; 
 — Assumptions for future hedge costs; and
 — Other expected assessments and credits.

  219

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A3 Accounting policies continued

A3.1 Critical accounting policies, estimates and judgements continued

Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) for insurance contracts continued

Jackson uses a mean reversion methodology that sets the projected level of return for each 
of the next five years such that these returns in combination with the actual rates of return for 
the preceding three years (including the current year) average the assumed long-term annual 
return (gross of asset management fees and other charges to policyholders, but net of external 
fund management fees) over the eight-year period. Projected returns after the mean reversion 
period revert back to the long-term investment return. For further details on current balances, 
assumptions and sensitivity, refer to note C4.2.

To ensure that the methodology in extreme market movements produces future expected 
returns that are realistic, the mean reversion technique has a cap and floor feature whereby 
the projected returns in each of the next five years can be no more than 15 per cent per annum 
and no less than zero per cent per annum (both gross of asset management fees and other 
charges to policyholders, but net of external fund management fees) in each year.

Jackson makes certain adjustments to the DAC assets which are recognised directly in other 
comprehensive income (‘shadow accounting’) to match the recognition of unrealised gains or 
losses on available-for-sale securities causing the adjustments. More precisely, shadow DAC 
adjustments reflect the change in DAC that would have arisen if the assets held in the statement 
of financial position had been sold, crystallising unrealised gains or losses, and the proceeds 
reinvested at the yields currently available in the market.

Carrying value of distribution rights intangible assets

The Group applies judgement to assess 
whether factors such as the financial 
performance of the distribution arrangement, 
changes in relevant legislation and regulatory 
requirements indicate an impairment 
of intangible assets representing 
distribution rights.

To determine the impaired value, the Group 
estimates the discounted future expected 
cash flows arising from distribution rights.

Affects $4.0 billion of assets as shown 
in note C4.2.

Financial investments – Valuation

Distribution rights relate to bancassurance partnership arrangements for the distribution of 
products for the term of the contractual agreement with the bank partner, for which an asset 
is recognised based on fees paid (including fees payable in future years). Distribution rights 
impairment testing is conducted when there is an indication of impairment. 

To assess indicators of an impairment, the Group monitors a number of internal and external 
factors, including indications that the financial performance of the arrangement is likely to be 
worse than expected and changes in relevant legislation and regulatory requirements that 
could impact the Group’s ability to continue to sell new business through the bancassurance 
channel, and then applies judgement to assess whether these factors indicate that an 
impairment has occurred.

If an impairment has occurred, a charge is recognised in the income statement for the difference 
between the carrying value and recoverable amount of the asset. The recoverable amount 
is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Value in use is calculated as the 
present value of future expected cash flows from the asset or the cash generating unit to which 
it is allocated. 

Financial investments held at fair value 
represent $412.8 billion of the Group’s 
total assets.

The Group holds the majority of its financial investments at fair value (either through profit 
or loss or available-for-sale). Financial investments held at amortised cost primarily comprise 
loans and deposits.

Financial investments held at amortised 
cost represent $14.6 billion of the Group’s 
total assets.

The Group estimates the fair value of financial 
investments that are not actively traded using 
quotations from independent third parties 
or internally developed pricing models.

Determination of fair value
The fair values of the financial instruments for which fair valuation is required under IFRS 
Standards are determined by the use of current market bid prices for exchange-quoted 
investments or by using quotations from independent third parties such as brokers and pricing 
services or by using appropriate valuation techniques.

The estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated amount the 
Group would receive or pay in an arm’s-length transaction. This amount is determined using 
quoted prices if exchange listed, quotations from independent third parties or valued internally 
using standard market practices. 

Current market bid prices are used to value investments having quoted prices. Actively traded 
investments without quoted prices are valued using prices provided by third parties such 
as brokers or pricing services. Financial investments measured at fair value are classified into 
a three-level hierarchy as described in note C2.1. 

220

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA Basis of preparation and accounting policies / continuedFinancial investments – Valuation continued

If the market for a financial investment of the Group is not active, the Group establishes fair 
value by using quotations from independent third parties, such as brokers or pricing services, 
or by using internally developed pricing models. Priority is given to publicly available prices 
from independent sources when available, but overall the source of pricing and/or the valuation 
technique is chosen with the objective of arriving at a fair value measurement which reflects 
the price at which an orderly transaction would take place between market participants on 
the measurement date. The valuation techniques include the use of recent arm’s-length 
transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash 
flow analysis, option-adjusted spread models and, if applicable, enterprise valuation and may 
include a number of assumptions relating to variables such as credit risk and interest rates. 
Changes in assumptions relating to these variables could positively or negatively impact the 
reported fair value of these financial investments. Details of the financial investments classified 
as ‘level 3’ to which valuation techniques are applied and the sensitivity of profit before tax to 
a change in the valuation of these items, are presented in note C2.2(ii).

Financial investments – Determining impairment of ‘available-for-sale’ and ‘amortised cost’ assets 

The Group applies judgement to assess 
whether factors such as the severity and 
duration of the decline in fair value, the 
financial condition and the prospects of the 
issuer indicate an impairment in value of 
financial investments classified as ‘available-
for-sale’ or ‘held at amortised cost’. 

If evidence for impairment exists, valuation 
techniques, including estimates, are then 
applied in determining the impaired value, 
which is based on its expectation of 
discounted future cash flows. If the impaired 
value is less than book cost, an impairment 
loss is recognised in the income statement.

Affects $49.3 billion of assets.

For financial investments classified as ‘available for sale’ or ‘at amortised cost’, if a loss event 
that will have a detrimental effect on cash flows is identified, an impairment loss is recognised 
in the income statement. The loss recognised is determined as the difference between the 
book cost and the fair value or estimated future cash flows of the relevant impaired assets. 
The loss comprises the effect of the expected loss of contractual cash flows and any additional 
market-price driven temporary reductions in values. 

Available-for-sale securities
The Group’s available-for-sale securities are principally held by the US insurance operations. 
For these securities, the consideration of evidence of impairment requires management’s 
judgement. In making this determination, a range of market and industry indicators are 
considered including the severity and duration of the decline in fair value and the financial 
condition and prospects of the issuer. The factors reviewed include economic conditions, credit 
loss experience, other issuer-specific developments and future cash flows. These assessments 
are based on the best available information at the time. Factors such as market liquidity, 
the widening of bid/ask spreads and a change in cash flow assumptions can contribute to 
future price volatility. If actual experience differs negatively from the assumptions and other 
considerations used in the consolidated financial statements, unrealised losses currently 
in equity may be recognised in the income statement in future periods.

For US residential mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, all of which are 
classified as available-for-sale, impairment is estimated using a model of expected future 
cash flows. Key assumptions used in the model include assumptions about how much 
of the currently delinquent loans will eventually default and assumed loss severity. 

Additional details on the methodology and estimates used to determine impairments 
of the available-for-sale securities of Jackson are described in note C1.1.

Assets held at amortised cost
When assets held at amortised cost are subject to impairment testing, estimated future cash 
flows are compared to the carrying value of the asset. In estimating future cash flows, the Group 
looks at the expected cash flows of the assets and applies historical loss experience of assets 
with similar credit risks that has been adjusted for conditions in the historical loss experience 
which no longer exist, or for conditions that are expected to arise. The estimated future cash 
flows are discounted using the financial asset’s original or variable effective interest rate and 
exclude credit losses that have not yet been incurred. 

Reversal of impairment losses
If, in subsequent periods, an impaired debt security held on an available-for-sale basis or 
an impaired loan or receivable recovers in value (in part or in full) and this recovery can be 
objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment, then any amount determined 
to have been recovered is reversed through the income statement.

  221

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A3 Accounting policies continued

A3.2  New accounting pronouncements not yet effective
The following standards, interpretations and amendments have been issued by the IASB but are not yet effective in 2020. For 2021 and beyond, 
the Group will prepare financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and will be reliant on the UK 
adoption for the new accounting pronouncements that have not been endorsed by the EU by 31 December 2020. 

This is not intended to be a complete list as only those standards, interpretations and amendments that could have a material impact on the 

Group’s financial statements are discussed.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments: Classification and measurement’
IFRS 9 became mandatorily effective for the annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with early application permitted and transitional 
rules apply. 

The Group met the eligibility criteria for temporary exemption under the Amendments to IFRS 4 from applying IFRS 9 and has accordingly 
deferred the adoption of IFRS 9 until the date when IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ is expected to be adopted upon its current mandatory effective 
date. The Group is eligible as its activities are predominantly to issue insurance contracts based on the criteria as set out in the amendments to 
IFRS 4. The required disclosure of the fair value of the Group’s financial assets, showing the amounts for instruments that meet the ‘Solely for 
Payment of Principal and Interest’ (SPPI) criteria but do not meet the definition of held for trading and are not managed and evaluated on a fair 
value basis separately from all other financial assets, is provided below. 

When adopted IFRS 9 replaces the existing IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments – Recognition and Measurement’ and will affect the following 

three areas:

The classification and the measurement of financial assets and liabilities 
IFRS 9 redefines the classification of financial assets. Based on the way in which the assets are managed in order to generate cash flows and their 
contractual cash flow characteristics (whether the cash flows represent ‘solely payments of principal and interest’), financial assets are classified 
into one of the following categories: amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through profit or loss 
(FVTPL). An option is also available at initial recognition to irrevocably designate a financial asset as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly 
reduces accounting mismatches.

Under IAS 39, 88 per cent of the Group’s investments are valued at FVTPL and the Group’s current expectation is that a significant proportion 

of its investments will continue to be designated as such under IFRS 9. The Group is currently evaluating whether some of the assets held at 
amortised cost today should be designated at FVTPL in conjunction with the required changes in classification to the relevant underlying 
liabilities upon adoption of IFRS 17.

The existing IAS 39 amortised cost measurement for financial liabilities is largely maintained under IFRS 9. For financial liabilities designated 

at FVTPL IFRS 9 requires changes in fair value due to changes in entity’s own credit risk to be recognised in other comprehensive income.

The calculation of the impairment charge relevant for financial assets held at amortised cost or FVOCI 
A new impairment model based on an expected credit loss approach replaces the existing IAS 39 incurred loss impairment model, resulting in 
earlier recognition of credit losses compared to IAS 39. This aspect is the most complex area of IFRS 9 to implement and will involve significant 
judgements and estimation processes. The Group is currently assessing the scope of assets to which these requirements will apply but as noted 
above it is currently expected that the majority of assets will be held at FVTPL to which these requirements will not apply.

The hedge accounting requirements which are more closely aligned with the risk management activities of the Company
No significant change to the Group’s hedge accounting is currently anticipated, but this remains under review.

The Group is assessing the impact of IFRS 9 and implementing this standard in conjunction with IFRS 17 as permitted. Further details 

on IFRS 17 are provided below. 

The parent company and a number of intermediate holding companies in the UK and non-insurance subsidiaries in Asia adopted IFRS 9 
in 2018 in their individual or separate financial statements where these statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, including the UK 
Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. The public availability of the financial statements for these entities varies 
according to the local laws and regulations of each jurisdiction. The results for these entities continue to be accounted for on an IAS 39 basis 
in these consolidated financial statements.

The fair value of the Group’s directly held financial assets at 31 December 2020 and 2019 are shown below. Financial assets with contractual 

terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) as defined by IFRS 9 are shown 
separately. This excludes financial assets that meet the definition of held for trading or are managed and evaluated on a fair value basis.

222

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA Basis of preparation and accounting policies / continuedFinancial assets, net of derivative liabilities

Accrued investment income
Other debtors
Loans note (1)
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities note (2)
Derivative assets, net of derivative liabilities 
Other investments
Deposits
Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets, net of derivative liabilities 

Financial assets, net of derivative liabilities

Accrued investment income
Other debtors
Loans note (1)
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities note (2)
Derivative assets, net of derivative liabilities 
Other investments
Deposits
Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets, net of derivative liabilities 

Financial assets that pass 
the SPPI test

All other financial assets,  
net of derivative liabilities

Fair value at
31 Dec 2020
$m

Movement in
the fair value
during 2020
$m

Fair value at
31 Dec 2020
$m

Movement in
the fair value
during 2020
$m

1,428
3,248
11,302
–
32,991
–
–
3,882
8,018

60,869

–
–
154
–
3,194
–
–
–
–

3,348

–
–
3,905
278,635
92,837
2,117
1,866
–
–

379,360

–
–
3
33,515
6,817
(3,683)
(36)
–
–

36,616

Financial assets that  
pass the SPPI test

All other financial assets,  
net of derivative liabilities

Fair value at
31 Dec 2019
$m

Movement in
the fair value
during 2019
$m

Fair value at
31 Dec 2019
$m

Movement in
the fair value
during 2019
$m

1,641
2,054
13,484
–
56,365
–
–
2,615
6,965

83,124

–
–
517
–
4,114
–
–
–
–

4,631

–
–
3,614
247,281
78,205
1,353
1,302
–
–

331,755

–
–
2
44,250
5,594
(5,825)
44
–
–

44,065

Notes
(1) 
(2) 

The loans that pass the SPPI test in the table above are primarily carried at amortised cost under IAS 39. Further information on these loans is as provided in note C1.
The debt securities that pass the SPPI test in the table above are primarily held by Jackson and are classified as available-for-sale under IAS 39. The credit ratings of these securities, analysed 
on the same basis of those disclosed in note C1, are as follows:

Available-for-sale debt securities that pass the SPPI test

AAA 
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB- 
Below BBB- and unrated

Total fair value

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

1,058
6,830
6,904
9,812
8,387

32,991

1,117
11,328
15,140
17,972
10,808

56,365

  223

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020A3 Accounting policies continued

A3.2  New accounting pronouncements not yet effective continued
The underlying financial assets of the Group’s joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method are analysed below into those 
which meet the SPPI condition of IFRS 9, excluding any financial assets that meet the definition of held for trading or are managed and evaluated 
on a fair value basis, and all other financial assets. Fair value information for joint ventures and associates is also set out in the table below: 

Financial assets, net of derivative liabilities, held by the Group’s joint ventures and associates 
accounted for using the equity method

Accrued investment income
Other debtors
Loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities
Deposits
Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets, net of derivative liabilities

Financial assets, net of derivative liabilities, held by the Group’s joint ventures and associates 
accounted for using the equity method

Accrued investment income
Other debtors
Loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities
Deposits
Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets, net of derivative liabilities

Financial assets that  
pass the SPPI test

All other financial assets,  
net of derivative liabilities

Fair value at 
31 Dec 2020
$m

Movement in
 the fair value
during 2020
$m

Fair value at 
31 Dec 2020
$m

Movement in
 the fair value 
during 2020
$m

156
310
269
–
–
777
582

2,094

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
7,949
7,741
–
–

15,690

–
–
–
1,032
102
–
–

1,134

Financial assets that  
pass the SPPI test

All other financial assets,  
net of derivative liabilities

Fair value at 
31 Dec 2019
$m

Movement in
 the fair value
during 2019
$m

Fair value at 
31 Dec 2019
$m

Movement in
 the fair value 
during 2019
$m

161
329
197
–
–
521
513

1,721

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
5,999
6,080
–
–

12,079

–
–
–
444
86
–
–

530

IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ 
In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ to replace the existing IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’. In June 2020, the IASB issued 
amendments to IFRS 17, including delaying the effective date to reporting periods on or after 1 January 2023. The standard is subject to 
endorsement in the UK via the UK Endorsement Board which is currently being established. The Group intends to adopt the new standard 
on its mandatory effective date, alongside the adoption of IFRS 9.

IFRS 4 permitted insurers to continue to use the statutory basis of accounting for insurance assets and liabilities that existed in their 

jurisdictions prior to January 2005. IFRS 17 replaces this with a new measurement model for all insurance contracts. 

IFRS 17 requires liabilities for insurance contracts to be recognised as the present value of future cash flows, incorporating an explicit risk 
adjustment, which is updated at each reporting date to reflect current conditions, and a contractual service margin (CSM) that is initially set 
equal and opposite to any day-one gain arising on initial recognition. Losses are recognised directly into the income statement. For measurement 
purposes, contracts are grouped together into contracts of similar risk, profitability profile and issue year, with further divisions for contracts 
that are managed separately.

Profit for insurance contracts under IFRS 17 is represented by the recognition of the services provided to policyholders in the period 

(release of the CSM), release from non-economic risk (release of risk adjustment) and investment profit.

The CSM is released as profit over the coverage period of the insurance contract, reflecting the delivery of services to the policyholder. 
For certain contracts with participating features (where a substantial share of the fair value of the related investments and other underlying 
items is paid to policyholders), the CSM reflects the variable fee to shareholders. For these contracts, the CSM is adjusted to reflect the changes 
in economic experience and assumptions. For all other contracts the CSM is only adjusted for non-economic assumptions. 

IFRS 17 introduces a new measure of insurance revenue, based on the delivery of services to policyholders and excluding any premiums 
related to the investment elements of policies, which will be significantly different from existing premium revenue measures, currently reported 
in the income statement. 

In order to transition to IFRS 17, the amount of deferred profit, being the CSM at transition date, needs to be determined. IFRS 17 requires 
this CSM to be calculated as if the standard had applied retrospectively. However, if this is not practical an entity is required to choose either 
a modified retrospective approach or to determine the CSM by reference to the fair value of the liabilities at the transition date. The approach 
for determining the CSM will have a significant impact on both shareholders’ equity and on the amount of profits on in-force business in future 
reporting periods. 

224

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comA Basis of preparation and accounting policies / continuedIFRS 17 implementation programme 
IFRS 17 is expected to have a significant impact as the requirements of the new standard are complex and requires a fundamental change to 
accounting for insurance contracts as well as the application of significant judgement and new estimation techniques. The effect of changes 
required to the Group’s accounting policies as a result of implementing these standards, that are expected to alter the timing of IFRS profit 
recognition, are currently uncertain, particularly as amendments were issued by the IASB in June 2020 to IFRS 17. The implementation of 
this standard will involve significant enhancements to IT, actuarial and finance systems of the Group. 

The Group has a Group-wide implementation programme to implement IFRS 17 and IFRS 9. The programme is responsible for setting 

Group-wide accounting policies and developing application methodologies, establishing appropriate processes and controls, sourcing 
appropriate data and implementing actuarial and finance system changes. 

A Group-wide Steering Committee, chaired by the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer with participation from 

the Group Risk function and the Group’s and business units’ senior finance managers, provides oversight and strategic direction to the 
implementation programme. A number of sub-committees are also in place to provide governance over the technical interpretation and 
accounting policies selected, design and delivery of the programme. During 2020, the Group has made significant progress with the 
development of the accounting policies and application methodologies and the build of the actuarial and finance systems. The Group 
is also assessing the IASB amendments issued in June 2020 and incorporating the changes into the delivery of the programme.

Other new accounting pronouncements 
In addition to the above, the following new accounting pronouncements have also been issued and are not yet effective but the Group 
is not expecting them to have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements:

 — Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 and IFRS 16 ‘Interest rate benchmark reform – phase 2’ issued in August 2020 and effective  

from 1 January 2021;

 — Amendments to IAS 16, ‘Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use’ issued in May 2020 and effective from  

1 January 2022;

 — Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3, ‘Business combination’ issued in May 2020 and effective from  

1 January 2022;

 — Amendments to IAS 37 ‘Onerous contracts – Cost of fulfilling a contract’ issued in May 2020 and effective from 1 January 2022; 
 — Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020 issued in May 2020 and effective from 1 January 2022;
 — Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Classification of liabilities as current or non-current’ issued in January 2020 and effective from 1 January 2023;
 — Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Disclosure of accounting policies’ issued in February 2021 and effective from 1 January 2023; and
 — Amendments to IFRS 8 ‘Definition of Accounting Estimates’ issued in February 2021 and effective from 1 January 2023.

  225

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020B   Earnings performance

B1 Analysis of performance by segment

B1.1 Segment results

Continuing operations:
Asia
Insurance operations
Asset management 

Total Asia

US
Insurance operations
Asset management 

Total US

Total segment profit

Other income and expenditure:

Investment return and other income
Interest payable on core structural borrowings
Corporate expenditure note (ii)

Total other income and expenditure

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs note (iii)

Adjusted operating profit
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed 

business

Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments note (iv)
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders
Tax credit attributable to shareholders’ returns

Profit for the year from continuing operations
Loss for the year from discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations

Non-controlling interests from continuing operations

Basic earnings per share (in cents)

Based on adjusted operating profit, net of tax, from continuing operations
Based on profit for the year from continuing operations
Based on profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations

2020  $m

2019  $m

2020 vs 2019  %

Note

AER
note (i)

CER
note (i)

AER
note (i)

CER
note (i)

3,384
283

3,667

2,787
9

2,796

6,463

6
(337)
(417)

(748)

(208)

2,993
283

3,276

3,038
32

3,070

6,346

50
(516)
(460)

(926)

(110)

2,978
278

3,256

3,038
32

3,070

6,326

50
(518)
(463)

(931)

(110)

13%
0%

12%

(8)%
(72)%

(9)%

2%

(88)%
35%
9%

19%

14%
2%

13%

(8)%
(72)%

(9)%

2%

(88)%
35%
10%

20%

(89)%

(89)%

B1.3

5,507

5,310

5,285

4%

4%

B1.2

D1.1

B3

(4,841)
(39)
1,521

2,148
37

2,185
–

2,185

(3,203)
(43)
(142)

1,922
31

(3,191)
(43)
(143)

1,908
36

1,953
(1,161)

1,944
(1,165)

(51)%
9%
n/a

12%
19%

12%
n/a

(52)%
9%
n/a

13%
3%

12%
n/a

792

779

176%

180%

2,118
–
67

2,185

1,944
(1,161)
9

1,935
(1,165)
9

9%
n/a
n/a

9%
n/a
n/a

792

779

176%

180%

2020

2019

2020 vs 2019  %

AER
note (i)

CER
note (i)

AER
note (i)

CER
note (i)

175.5¢
81.6¢
–

175.0¢
75.1¢
(44.8)¢

174.6¢
75.1¢
(45.1)¢

0%
9%
n/a

1%
9%
n/a

Note

B4

B4

B4

Notes
(i) 

Segment results are attributed to the shareholders of the Group before deducting the amount attributable to the non-controlling interests. This presentation is applied consistently 
throughout the document. For definitions of AER and CER refer to note A1.
Corporate expenditure as shown above is primarily for head office functions in London and Hong Kong.

(ii) 
(iii)  Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs include those incurred in the US operations of $(46) million (2019: $(7) million). 
(iv)  Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments arising on the purchase of business. This comprises principally the charge for the adjustments arising on the purchase of REALIC in 2012.

226

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
B1.2 Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business 

Asia operations note (i)
US operations note (ii)
Other operations

Total

2020  $m

2019  $m

(607)
(4,262)
28

(4,841)

657
(3,757)
(103)

(3,203)

Notes
(i) 

Asia operations 
In Asia, the short-term fluctuations reflect the net value movements on shareholders’ assets and policyholder liabilities (net of reinsurance) arising from market movements in the year. In 2020, 
falling interest rates in certain parts of Asia led to lower discount rates on policyholder liabilities under the local reserving basis applied, which were not fully offset by unrealised bond and 
equity gains in the year and this led to the overall negative short-term investment fluctuations in Asia.

(ii)  US operations

The short-term fluctuations in investment returns in the US are reported net of the related charge for amortisation of deferred acquisition costs (DAC) credit of $812 million as shown in note 
C4.2 (2019: credit of $1,248 million) and comprise amounts in respect of the following items:

2020  $m

2019  $m

Net equity hedge result note (a)
Other than equity-related derivatives note (b)
Debt securities note (c)
Equity-type investments: actual less longer-term return 
Other items

Total net of related DAC amortisation

(6,334)
1,682
474
(40)
(44)

(4,262)

(4,582)
678
156
18
(27)

(3,757)

Notes
(a) 

 The purpose of the inclusion of the net equity hedge result in short-term fluctuations in investment returns is to segregate the amount included within pre-tax profit that relates to the 
accounting effect of market movements on both the value of guarantees in Jackson’s products including variable annuities and on the related derivatives used to manage the exposures 
inherent in these guarantees. The level of fees recognised in short-term fluctuations in investment returns is determined by reference to that allowed for within the reserving basis. 
The variable annuity guarantees are valued in accordance with either Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures or ASC Topic 944, 
Financial Services – Insurance depending on the type of guarantee. Both approaches require an entity to determine the total fee (‘the fee assessment’) that is expected to fund future 
projected benefit payments arising using the assumptions applicable for that method. The method under ASC Topic 820 requires this fee assessment to be fixed at the time of issue. 
As the fees included within the initial fee assessment are earned, they are included in short-term fluctuations in investment returns to match the corresponding movement in the guarantee 
liability. Other guarantee fees are included in adjusted operating profit, which in 2020 were $704 million (2019: $699 million), pre-tax and net of related DAC amortisation. As the Group 
applies US GAAP for the measured value of the product guarantees, the net equity hedge result also includes asymmetric impacts where the measurement bases of the liabilities and 
associated derivatives used to manage the Jackson annuity business differ. 

The net equity hedge result therefore includes significant accounting mismatches and other factors that do not represent the economic result. These other factors include:

– The variable annuity guarantees and fixed index annuity embedded options being only partially fair valued under ‘grandfathered’ US GAAP;
– The interest rate exposure being managed through the other than equity-related derivative programme explained in note (b) below; and
– Jackson’s management of its economic exposures for a number of other factors that are treated differently in the accounting frameworks such as future fees and assumed volatility levels.

The net equity hedge result can be summarised as follows:

Fair value movements on equity hedge instruments*
Accounting value movements on the variable and fixed index annuity guarantee liabilities*
Fee assessments net of claim payments

Total net of related DAC amortisation

2020  $m

2019  $m

(5,219)
(2,030)
915

(6,334)

(5,314)
(22)
754

(4,582)

* The value movements on the variable annuity guarantees and fixed indexed annuity options and the derivative instruments held to manage their equity exposures are discussed  

in the Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s report.

(b)  The fluctuations for other than equity-related derivatives comprise the net effect of:
– Fair value movements on free-standing, other than equity-related derivatives;
–  Fair value movements on the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB) reinsurance asset that are not matched by movements in the underlying GMIB liability, which is not fair 

valued; and

– Related amortisation of DAC.

The free-standing, other than equity-related derivatives, are held to manage interest rate exposures and durations within the general account and the variable annuity guarantees 
and fixed index annuity embedded options described in note (a) above. Accounting mismatches arise because of differences between the measurement basis and presentation of the 
derivatives, which are fair valued with movements recorded in the income statement, and the exposures they are intended to manage.

  227

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B1 Analysis of performance by segment continued

B1.2 Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business continued

(c)  Short-term fluctuations related to debt securities is analysed below:

Credits (charges) in the year:

Losses on sales of impaired and deteriorating bonds 
Bond write-downs 
Recoveries/reversals

Total credits (charges) in the year

Risk margin allowance deducted from adjusted operating profit*

Interest-related realised gains (losses):
Gains (losses) arising in the year†
Amortisation of gains and losses arising in current and prior years to adjusted operating profit

Related amortisation of DAC
Total short-term fluctuations related to debt securities net of related DAC amortisation

2020  $m

2019  $m

(148)
(32)
1

(179)
92

(87)

724
(168)

556

5
474

(28)
(15)
1

(42)
109

67

220
(129)

91

(2)
156

* The debt securities of Jackson are held in the general account of the business. Realised gains and losses are recorded in the income statement with normalised returns included in adjusted 
operating profit with variations from year to year included in the short-term fluctuations category. The risk margin reserve charge for longer-term credit-related losses included in adjusted 
operating profit of Jackson for 2020 is based on an average annual risk margin reserve of 18 basis points (2019: 17 basis points) on average book values of $51.7 billion (2019: $62.6 billion) 
as shown below:

Moody’s rating category (or equivalent under NAIC ratings 
of mortgage-backed securities)

A3 or higher
Baa1, 2 or 3
Ba1, 2 or 3
B1, 2 or 3
Below B3

Total

Related amortisation of deferred acquisition costs
Risk margin reserve charge to adjusted operating profit  

for longer-term credit-related losses†

2020 

2019

Average
book value

$m

32,541
17,513
1,314
206
108

51,682

RMR

%

0.10
0.24
0.75
2.36
3.36

0.18

Annual
expected loss

Average
book value

$m

38,811
22,365
1,094
223
75

62,568

$m

(31)
(42)
(10)
(5)
(4)

(92)

12

(80)

RMR

%

0.10
0.24
0.85
2.56
3.39

0.17

Annual
expected loss

$m

(38)
(53)
(9)
(6)
(3)

(109)

19

(90)

† Excluding the realised gains that are part of the gain arising in respect of the reinsured Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd, as discussed 

in note D1.1.

In addition to the accounting for realised gains and losses described above for Jackson general account debt securities, included within the 
statement of other comprehensive income is a pre-tax net unrealised gain of $2,676 million, net of related amortisation of DAC, arising in the 
year (2019: $3,392 million) on debt securities classified as available-for-sale, partially offset by the recycling of $2,282 million gains, net of related 
amortisation of DAC, to the income statement on transfer of debt securities to Athene (see note D1.1). Temporary market value movements 
do not reflect defaults or impairments. Additional details of the movement in the value of the Jackson portfolio are included in note C1.1. 

B1.3 Determining operating segments and performance measure of operating segments
Operating segments
The Group’s operating segments for financial reporting purposes are defined and presented in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ 
on the basis of the management reporting structure and its financial management information. 

Under the Group’s management and reporting structure, its chief operating decision maker is the Group Executive Committee (GEC). In the 
management structure, responsibility is delegated to the Chief Executive Officers of the Group’s Asia and US business units for the day-to-day 
management of their business units (within the framework set out in the Group Governance Manual). Financial management information used 
by the GEC aligns with these business segments. These operating segments, Asia operations and US operations, derive revenue from both 
insurance and asset management activities. 

Operations which do not form part of any business unit are reported as ‘Unallocated to a segment’. These include head office costs in London 
and Hong Kong. The Group’s Africa operations do not form part of any operating segment under the structure, and their assets and liabilities and 
profit or loss before tax are not material to the overall financial position of the Group. The Group’s Africa operations are therefore also reported 
as ‘Unallocated to a segment’.

In preparation for the planned separation of Jackson, the management information received by the GEC has been revised in 2021, leading to 
a change in the Group’s operating segments which will be presented in the 2021 half year report as discussed in the Group Chief Financial Officer 
and Chief Operating Officer’s report.

228

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB Earnings performance / continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measure
The performance measure of operating segments utilised by the Group is adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment 
returns (adjusted operating profit), as described below. This measurement basis distinguishes adjusted operating profit from other constituents 
of total profit or loss for the year as follows:

 — Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business. This includes the impact of short-term market effects 

on the carrying value of Jackson’s guarantee liabilities and related derivatives as explained below; 

 — Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments arising on the purchase of business. This comprises principally the charge for the 

adjustments arising on the purchase of REALIC in 2012; and

 — Gain or loss on corporate transactions, such as in 2020 the effect of certain of the Group’s reinsurance arrangements and costs associated 
with the work to plan for the separation of Jackson, and in 2019 disposals undertaken and costs connected to the demerger of M&G plc 
from Prudential plc.

Determination of adjusted operating profit for investment and liability movements
(a)  With-profits business 
For Asia’s with-profits business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia, the adjusted operating profit reflects the shareholders’ share in the 
bonuses declared to policyholders. Value movements in the underlying assets of the with-profits funds only affect the shareholder results 
through indirect effects of investment performance on declared policyholder bonuses and therefore, do not affect directly the determination 
of adjusted operating profit.

(b)  Unit-linked business including the US variable annuity separate accounts
The policyholder unit liabilities are directly reflective of the underlying asset value movements. Accordingly, the adjusted operating profit 
reflect the current year value movements in both the unit liabilities and the backing assets.

(c)  US general account business
The adjusted operating profit for Jackson included in the Group’s accounts is based on information reviewed by the GEC on an IFRS basis. 
This will differ from the financial information that Jackson will report as part of the demerger process, which will be prepared under US GAAP 
and will be based on the information local management reviews in preparation for them becoming a standalone entity. 

Jackson’s variable and fixed index annuity business has guarantee liabilities which are measured on a combination of fair value and other 
US GAAP derived principles. These liabilities are subject to an extensive derivative programme to manage equity and interest rate exposures 
whose fair value movements pass through the income statement each year. 

The following value movements for Jackson’s variable and fixed index annuity business are excluded from adjusted operating profit.  

See note B1.2:

 — Fair value movements for equity-based derivatives;
 — Fair value movements for guaranteed benefit options for the ‘not for life’ portion of Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (GMWB) 

and fixed index annuity business, and Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB) reinsurance (see below);

 — Movements in the accounts carrying value of Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB), GMIB and the ‘for life’ portion of GMWB 
liabilities, (see below) for which, under the ‘grandfathered’ US GAAP applied under IFRS for Jackson’s insurance assets and liabilities, 
the measurement basis gives rise to a muted impact of current year market movements (ie they are relatively insensitive to the effect 
of current year equity market and interest rate changes);

 — A portion of the fee assessments as well as claim payments, in respect of guarantee liabilities; and
 — Related amortisation of DAC for each of the above items.

Guaranteed benefit options for the ‘not for life’ portion of GMWB and equity index options for the fixed index annuity business
The ‘not for life’ portion of GMWB guaranteed benefit option liabilities is measured under the US GAAP basis applied for IFRS in a manner 
consistent with IAS 39 under which the projected future growth rate of the account balance is based on the greater of US Treasury rates and 
current swap rates (rather than expected rates of return) with only a portion of the expected future guarantee fees included. The discount rates 
applied in determining the value of these liabilities is actively updated each year based on market observed rates and after allowing for Jackson’s 
own credit risk. Reserve value movements on these liabilities are sensitive to changes to levels of equity markets, implied volatility and interest 
rates. The equity index option for fixed index annuity business is measured under the US GAAP basis applied for IFRS in a manner consistent 
with IAS 39 under which the projected future growth is based on current swap rates.

Guaranteed benefit option for variable annuity guarantee minimum income benefit
The GMIB liability, which is substantially reinsured, subject to a deductible and annual claim limits, is accounted for using ‘grandfathered’ 
US GAAP. This accounting basis substantially does not recognise the effects of market movements. The corresponding reinsurance asset is 
measured under the ‘grandfathered’ US GAAP basis applied for IFRS in a manner consistent with IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement’, and the asset is therefore recognised at fair value. As the GMIB is economically reinsured, the mark-to-market element 
of the reinsurance asset is included as a component of short-term fluctuations in investment returns.

(d)  Policyholder liabilities that are sensitive to market conditions 
Under IFRS, the degree to which the carrying values of liabilities to policyholders are sensitive to current market conditions varies between 
business units depending upon the nature of the ‘grandfathered’ measurement basis. 

Movements in liabilities for some types of business do require bifurcation between the elements that relate to longer-term market condition 

and short-term effects to ensure that at the net level (ie after allocated investment return and charge for policyholder benefits) the adjusted 
operating profit reflects longer-term market returns.

  229

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020B1 Analysis of performance by segment continued

B1.3 Determining operating segments and performance measure of operating segments continued
For certain Asia non-participating business, for example in Hong Kong, the economic features are more akin to asset management products 
with policyholder liabilities reflecting asset shares over the contract term. Consequently, for these products, the charge for policyholder benefits 
in the adjusted operating profit reflects the asset share feature rather than volatile movements that would otherwise be reflected if the local 
regulatory basis (as applied for the IFRS balance sheet) was used. 

For other types of Asia non-participating business, expected longer-term investment returns and interest rates are used to determine the 
movement in policyholder liabilities for determining adjusted operating profit. This ensures assets and liabilities are reflected on a consistent basis. 

(e)  Assets backing other shareholder-financed long-term insurance business
Except in the case of assets backing liabilities which are directly matched (such as unit-linked business) adjusted operating profit for assets backing 
shareholder-financed business is determined on the basis of expected longer-term investment returns. Longer-term investment returns comprise 
actual income receivable for the year (interest/dividend income) and for both debt and equity-type securities longer-term capital returns. 

Debt securities and loans 
As a general principle, for debt securities and loans, the longer-term capital returns comprise two elements:

 — Risk margin reserve based charge for the expected level of defaults for the period, which is determined by reference to the credit quality of 

the portfolio. The difference between impairment losses in the reporting period and the risk margin reserve charge to the adjusted operating 
profit is reflected in short-term fluctuations in investment returns; and

 — The amortisation of interest-related realised gains and losses to adjusted operating profit to the date when sold bonds would have otherwise 

matured.

At 31 December 2020, the level of unamortised interest-related realised gains and losses related to previously sold bonds for the Group’s 
insurance operations in Asia and the US was a net gain of $1,725 million (31 December 2019: net gain of $916 million).

For Asia insurance operations, realised gains and losses are principally interest related. Accordingly, all realised gains and losses to date 
for these operations are amortised over the period to the date those securities would otherwise have matured, with no explicit risk margin 
reserve charge.

For US insurance operations, Jackson has used the ratings by Nationally Recognised Statistical Ratings Organisations (NRSRO) or ratings 
resulting from the regulatory ratings detail issued by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) to determine the average 
annual risk margin reserve to apply to debt securities held to back general account business. Debt securities held to back separate account 
and reinsurance funds withheld are not subject to risk margin reserve charge. Further details of the risk margin reserve charge, as well as the 
amortisation of interest-related realised gains and losses, for Jackson are shown in note B1.2.

Equity-type securities
For equity-type securities, the longer-term rates of return are estimates of the long-term trend investment returns for income and capital having 
regard to past performance, current trends and future expectations. Different rates apply to different categories of equity-type securities.

For Asia insurance operations, investments in equity securities held for non-linked shareholder-backed business amounted to $4,954 million 

as at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $3,473 million). The longer-term rates of return applied in 2020 ranged from 5.1 per cent to 
16.9 per cent (31 December 2019: 5.0 per cent to 17.6 per cent) with the rates applied varying by business unit. These rates are broadly stable 
from year to year but may be different between regions, reflecting, for example, differing expectations of inflation in each local business unit. 
The assumptions are for the returns expected to apply in equilibrium conditions. The assumed rates of return do not reflect any cyclical variability 
in economic performance and are not set by reference to prevailing asset valuations. The longer-term investment returns for the Asia insurance 
joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method are determined on a similar basis as the other Asia insurance operations 
described above.

For US insurance operations, as at 31 December 2020, the equity-type securities for non-separate account operations amounted to 

$2,128 million (31 December 2019: $1,481 million). For these operations, the longer-term rates of return for income and capital applied in 2020 
and 2019, which reflect the combination of the average risk-free rates over the year and appropriate risk premiums are as follows:

Equity-type securities such as common and preferred stock and portfolio holdings in mutual funds
Other equity-type securities such as investments in limited partnerships and private equity funds

2020

2019

4.8% to 5.8% 5.5% to 6.7%
6.8% to 7.8% 7.5% to 8.7%

Derivative value movements
Generally, derivative value movements are excluded from adjusted operating profit. The exception is where the derivative value movements 
broadly offset changes in the accounting value of other assets and liabilities included in adjusted operating profit. The principal example of 
derivatives whose value movements are excluded from adjusted operating profit arises in Jackson.

Equity-based derivatives held by Jackson are as discussed in section (c) above. Non-equity based derivatives held by Jackson are part of 
a broad-based hedging programme for features of Jackson’s bond portfolio (for which value movements are booked in the statement of other 
comprehensive income rather than the income statement), product liabilities (for which US GAAP accounting as ‘grandfathered’ under IFRS 4 
does not fully reflect the economic features being hedged), and the interest rate exposure attaching to equity-based product options.

230

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB Earnings performance / continued(f)  Fund management and other non-insurance businesses
For these businesses, the determination of adjusted operating profit reflects the underlying economic substance of the arrangements. 
Generally, realised gains and losses are included in adjusted operating profit with temporary unrealised gains and losses being included in 
short-term fluctuations. In some instances, realised gains and losses on derivatives and other financial instruments are amortised to adjusted 
operating profit over a time period that reflects the underlying economic substance of the arrangements.

B1.4 Segmental income statement
Premiums and annuity considerations for conventional and other protection type insurance policies are recognised as revenue when due. 
Premiums and annuity considerations for linked policies and other investment type policies are recognised as revenue when received or, in the 
case of unitised or unit-linked policies, when units are issued. These amounts exclude premium taxes and similar duties where Prudential collects 
and settles taxes borne by the policyholder.

Policy fees charged on linked policies for mortality, morbidity, asset management and policy administration are recognised when related 

services are provided.

Claims paid include maturities, annuities, surrenders, deaths and other claim events. Maturity claims are recorded as charges on the policy 

maturity date. Annuity claims are recorded when each annuity instalment becomes due for payment. Surrenders are charged to the income 
statement when paid. Death and other claims are generally recorded when notified with additional contract liabilities held, where appropriate, 
for ‘incurred but not reported’ (IBNR) claims.

Gross premiums earned
Outward reinsurance premiums note (i)

Earned premiums, net of reinsurance
Other income note (ii)

Total external revenue notes (iii), (iv)
Intra-group revenue
Interest income note (v)
Other investment return note B1.5

Total revenue, net of reinsurance

Benefits and claims and movements in unallocated surplus 

of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance note C3.1

Acquisition costs and other operating expenditure note B2
Interest on core structural borrowings
Loss attaching to corporate transactions note D1.1

2020  $m

Asia

US

Total 
 segment

Unallocated
to a segment

23,341
(1,615)

21,726
609

22,335
–
1,961
11,755

36,051

(28,488)
(3,989)
–
–

19,026
(30,584)

(11,558)
55

(11,503)
37
2,380
28,849

19,763

(19,617)
(821)
(21)
(18)

42,367
(32,199)

10,168
664

10,832
37
4,341
40,604

55,814

(48,105)
(4,810)
(21)
(18)

154
(10)

144
6

150
(37)
36
10

159

(100)
(671)
(316)
(30)

Group
total

42,521
(32,209)

10,312
670

10,982
–
4,377
40,614

55,973

(48,205)
(5,481)
(337)
(48)

Total charges, net of reinsurance and loss on disposal of businesses

(32,477)

(20,477)

(52,954)

(1,117)

(54,071)

Share of profit from joint ventures and associates, net of related tax

517

–

517

–

517

Profit (loss) before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ 

and policyholders’ returns)

Tax charge attributable to policyholders’ returns

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders’ returns

Analysis of profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders’ 

returns:

Adjusted operating profit (loss)
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed 

business

Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions note D1.1

4,091
(271)

3,820

(714)
–

(714)

3,377
(271)

3,106

(958)
–

(958)

2,419
(271)

2,148

3,667

2,796

6,463

(956)

5,507

(607)
(5)
765

3,820

(4,262)
(34)
786

(714)

(4,869)
(39)
1,551

3,106

28
–
(30)

(958)

(4,841)
(39)
1,521

2,148

  231

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020B1 Analysis of performance by segment continued

B1.4 Segmental income statement continued

Gross premiums earned
Outward reinsurance premiums

Earned premiums, net of reinsurance
Other income note (ii)

Total external revenue notes (iii),(iv)
Intra-group revenue
Interest income note (v)
Other investment return note B1.5

Total revenue, net of reinsurance

Benefits and claims and movements in unallocated surplus 

of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance note C3.1

Acquisition costs and other operating expenditure note B2
Interest on core structural borrowings
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions note D1.1

Total charges, net of reinsurance and gain on disposal of business

Share of profit from joint ventures and associates, net of related tax

Profit (loss) before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ 

and policyholders’ returns)

Tax charge attributable to policyholders’ returns

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders’ returns 

from continuing operations 

Analysis of profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders’ 

returns from continuing operations:

Adjusted operating profit (loss)
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed 

business

Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions note D1.1

2019  $m

Total 
 segment

Unallocated
to a segment

Asia

23,757
(1,108)

22,649
548

23,197
–
1,569
13,406

38,172

(29,119)
(5,157)
–
265

(34,011)

397

4,558
(365)

US

21,209
(467)

20,742
61

20,803
34
2,971
31,623

55,431

(54,734)
(1,402)
(20)
–

(56,156)

–

44,966
(1,575)

43,391
609

44,000
34
4,540
45,029

93,603

(83,853)
(6,559)
(20)
265

(90,167)

397

(725)
–

3,833
(365)

Group
total

45,064
(1,583)

43,481
700

44,181
–
4,607
44,948

93,736

(83,905)
(7,283)
(516)
(142)

(91,846)

397

2,287
(365)

98
(8)

90
91

181
(34)
67
(81)

133

(52)
(724)
(496)
(407)

(1,679)

–

(1,546)
–

4,193

(725)

3,468

(1,546)

1,922

3,276

3,070

6,346

(1,036)

5,310

657
(5)
265

4,193

(3,757)
(38)
–

(725)

(3,100)
(43)
265

3,468

(103)
–
(407)

(1,546)

(3,203)
(43)
(142)

1,922

Notes
(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

In 2020, outward reinsurance premiums include $(30,156) million in respect of the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity liabilities to Athene Life 
Re Ltd.
Included within other income is revenue from the Group’s continuing asset management business of $505 million (2019: $453 million). The remaining other income consists primarily of policy 
fee income from external customers. 
In Asia, external revenue from no one individual market exceeds 10 per cent of the Group total, excluding Athene’s reinsurance premium of $30,156 million, except for Hong Kong and 
Singapore in both 2020 and 2019. Total external revenue of Hong Kong is $9,232 million (2019: $9,821 million) and Singapore is $5,505 million (2019: $4,401 million). 

(iv)  Due to the nature of the business of the Group, there is no reliance on any major customers.
(v) 

Interest income includes $2,197 million (2019: $2,817 million) in respect of financial assets not at fair value through profit and loss, of which $1 million (2019: $4 million) is accrued in respect 
of impaired securities.

232

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB Earnings performance / continued 
 
 
B1.5 Other investment return
Investment return included in the income statement principally comprises interest income, dividends, investment appreciation and depreciation 
(realised and unrealised gains and losses) on investments designated as fair value through profit or loss, and realised gains and losses (including 
impairment losses) on items held at amortised cost and Jackson’s debt securities designated as available-for-sale. Movements in unrealised 
appreciation or depreciation of debt securities designated as available-for-sale are recorded in other comprehensive income. Interest income is 
recognised as it accrues, taking into account the effective yield on investments. Dividends on equity securities are recognised on the ex-dividend 
date and rental income is recognised on an accrual basis.

Realised and unrealised gains (losses) on securities at fair value through profit or loss
Realised and unrealised (losses) gains on derivatives at fair value through profit or loss
Realised gains on available-for-sale securities, including impairment previously recognised in other 

comprehensive income*
Realised gains (losses) on loans
Dividends
Other investment (loss) income

Other investment return

2020  $m

2019  $m

40,070
(3,691)

49,809
(5,825)

3,371
43
1,249
(428)

185
(3)
1,000
(218)

40,614

44,948

* Included in realised gains on available-for-sale securities is $2,817 million arising upon derecognition of debt securities held by Jackson related to the reinsurance of fixed and fixed index annuities 

to Athene. These gains are excluded from adjusted operating profit and are recognised in the results of the corporate transaction as discussed in note D1.1.

Realised gains and losses on the Group’s investments for 2020 recognised in the income statement amounted to a net gain of $2.8 billion 
(2019: a net loss of $2.0 billion).

B1.6 Additional analysis of performance by segment components
(a) Asia

2020  $m

Insurance

Asset
management

Eliminations

Earned premiums, net of reinsurance
Other income

Total external revenue

Intra-group revenue
Interest income
Other investment return

Total revenue, net of reinsurance

Benefits and claims and movements in unallocated surplus 

of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance
Acquisition costs and other expenditure note B2
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions note D1.1

Total charges, net of reinsurance and gain (loss) attaching 

to corporate transactions

Share of profit from joint ventures and associates, net of related tax

Profit before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ 

and policyholders’ returns)

Tax charge attributable to policyholders’ returns

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders' returns

Analysis of profit before tax:
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed 

business

Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions note D1.1

21,726
192

21,918

1
1,956
11,729

35,604

(28,488)
(3,708)
–

(32,196)

400

3,808
(271)

3,537

3,384

(607)
(5)
765

3,537

–
417

417

164
5
26

612

–
(446)
–

(446)

117

283
–

283

283

–
–
–

283

2019  $m

Total

22,649
548

23,197

–
1,569
13,406

38,172

Total

21,726
609

22,335

–
1,961
11,755

36,051

(28,488)
(3,989)
–

(29,119)
(5,157)
265

–
–

–

(165)
–
–

(165)

–
165
–

165

(32,477)

(34,011)

–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–

517

397

4,091
(271)

3,820

3,667

(607)
(5)
765

3,820

4,558
(365)

4,193

3,276

657
(5)
265

4,193

  233

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020B1 Analysis of performance by segment continued

B1.6 Additional analysis of performance by segment components continued
(b) US

2020  $m

Asset
management

Eliminations

Total

2019  $m

Total

20,742
61

20,803

34
2,971
31,623

55,431

(54,734)
(1,402)
(20)
–

(11,558)
55

(11,503)

37
2,380
28,849

19,763

(19,617)
(821)
(21)
(18)

(20,477)

(56,156)

(714)

(725)

2,796

3,070

(4,262)
(34)
786

(714)

(3,757)
(38)
–

(725)

–
51

51

115
–
1

167

–
(158)
–
–

(158)

9

9

–
–
–

9

–
–

–

(78)
–
–

(78)

–
78
–
–

78

–

–

–
–
–

–

Earned premiums, net of reinsurance
Other income

Total external revenue

Intra-group revenue
Interest income
Other investment return

Total revenue, net of reinsurance

Benefits and claims net of reinsurance
Acquisition costs and other operating expenditure
Interest on core structural borrowings
Loss attaching to corporate transactions note D1.1

Total charges, net of reinsurance and loss on disposal of businesses

(Loss) profit before tax

Analysis of profit (loss) before tax:
Adjusted operating profit (loss)
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed 

business

Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions note D1.1

Insurance

(11,558)
4

(11,554)

–
2,380
28,848

19,674

(19,617)
(741)
(21)
(18)

(20,397)

(723)

2,787

(4,262)
(34)
786

(723)

234

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB Earnings performance / continuedB2 Acquisition costs and other expenditure

Acquisition costs incurred for insurance policies note (v)
Acquisition costs deferred note C4.2
Amortisation of acquisition costs notes (i),(v)
Recoveries for expenses associated with Jackson’s business ceded to Athene note (ii)
Administration costs and other expenditure (net of other reinsurance commission) notes (iii),(iv),(v)
Movements in amounts attributable to external unit holders of consolidated investment funds

Total acquisition costs and other expenditure

2020  $m

2019  $m

(3,070)
1,357
81
1,203
(4,609)
(443)

(5,481)

(4,177)
1,422
694
–
(5,019)
(203)

(7,283) 

Notes
(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

The credit of $81 million in 2020 reflects $389 million arising in the US which is offset by a charge of $308 million in Asia as set out in note C4.2. The credit of $389 million in the US includes 
$1,576 million (2019: $1,248 million) recorded in short-term fluctuations in investment returns largely as a result of the losses arising from market effects on variable annuity guarantee 
liabilities and associated hedging. This is offset by a charge of $(764) million for the write-off of the DAC held for the in-force fixed and fixed index annuity liabilities reinsured to Athene 
and a charge of $(423) million (2019: $(297) million) for amortisation of acquisition costs recorded in adjusted operating profit.
As part of the reinsurance transaction with Athene Life Re Ltd discussed in note D1.1, Jackson received $1,203 million of ceding commission (including post-closing adjustments) as a recovery 
for past acquisition expenses associated with the business ceded.
Included in total administration costs and other expenditure is depreciation of property, plant and equipment of $(218) million (2019: $(227) million), of which $(145) million (2019: 
$(141) million) relates to the right-of-use assets recognised under IFRS 16 and interest on the IFRS 16 lease liabilities of $16 million (2019: $20 million). The 2020 amount also includes a credit 
of $770 million for the commission arising from the reinsurance transaction entered into by the Hong Kong business during the year as discussed in note D1.1.  Administration costs and other 
expenditure includes $1 million (2019: $3 million) relating to the fee income on financial instruments that are not held at fair value through profit or loss.

(iv)  During 2019, the Group paid $182 million of upfront fees to modify the terms and conditions of two subordinated debt instruments, which were expensed to the income statement as, 

(v) 

in accordance with IAS 39, the transaction was treated as extinguishment of old debt and the issuance of new at fair value. Other fee expenses relating to financial liabilities held at amortised 
cost in 2020 and 2019 are part of the determination of the effective interest rate. All such amounts are included in ‘Administration costs and other expenditure’.
Total depreciation and amortisation expense is included in ‘Acquisition costs incurred for insurance policies’, ‘Administration costs and other expenditure’ and ‘Amortisation of acquisition 
costs’ and relates primarily to amortisation of DAC of insurance contracts and asset management contracts. The segmental analysis of interest expense (included in ‘Administration costs 
and other expenditure’), other than interest expense in core structural borrowings (included separately in finance costs), and depreciation and amortisation (included within ‘Total acquisition 
costs and other expenditure’) is shown below. Interest expense on financial liabilities not at fair value through profit and loss for 2020 was $564 million (2019: $802 million).

Asia operations:
Insurance
Asset management

US operations:
Insurance
Asset management

Total segment
Unallocated to a segment (other operations)

Total continuing operations

Other interest expense

Depreciation and amortisation

2020  $m

2019  $m

2020  $m

2019  $m

(12)
(1)

(220)
(1)

(234)
(18)

(252)

(13)
–

(264)
(2)

(279)
(27)

(306)

(669)
(16)

346
(4)

(343)
(40)

(383)

(641)
(14)

901
(4)

242
(30)

212

B2.1 Staff and employment costs
The average number of staff employed by the Group, for both continuing and discontinued operations, during the years shown was:

Asia and Africa operations*
US operations
Head office function†

Total continuing operations
Discontinued UK and Europe operations‡

Total Group

* The Asia and Africa operations staff numbers above exclude 502 commission based sales staff (2019: 346) who have an employment contract with the Company.
† The ‘Head office function’ staff numbers include staff based in London and Hong Kong. 
‡ Average staff numbers of the discontinued UK and Europe operations were for the period up to the demerger in October 2019.

2020

12,949
3,650
657

17,256
–

17,256

2019

14,206
4,014
784

19,004
5,672

24,676

  235

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
B2 Acquisition costs and other expenditure continued

B2.1 Staff and employment costs continued
The costs of employment, for both continuing and discontinued operations, were:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs 
Defined benefit schemes*
Defined contribution schemes

Total Group†

2020  $m

2019  $m

Group total

Continuing Discontinued

Group total

1,536
67
–
76

1,679

1,435
53
(91)
69

1,466

573
68
(5)
41

677

2,008
121
(96)
110

2,143

* The credit incorporated the effect of actuarial gains and losses. Post-demerger of the UK and Europe operations in October 2019, the Group’s defined benefit schemes costs are negligible.
† Total costs of employment in the table above include staff costs of the discontinued UK and Europe operations for the period up to the demerger in October 2019. 

B2.2 Share-based payment
The Group offers discretionary share awards to certain key employees and all-employee share plans in the UK and a number of Asian locations. 
The compensation expense charged to the income statement is primarily based upon the fair value of the awards granted, the vesting period 
and the vesting conditions. The Company has established trusts to facilitate the delivery of Prudential plc shares under some of these plans. 
The cost to the Company of acquiring these newly issued shares held in trusts is shown as a deduction from shareholders’ equity.

(a) Description of the plans 
The Group operates a number of share award plans that provides Prudential plc shares, or ADRs, to participants upon vesting. The plans 
in operation include the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan, the Prudential Annual Incentive Plan, savings-related share option schemes, 
share purchase plans and deferred bonus plans. Where Executive Directors participate in these plans, details are provided in the Directors’ 
remuneration report. In addition, the following information is provided.

Share scheme

Description

Prudential Corporation Asia Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (PCA LTIP)

The PCA LTIP provides eligible employees with conditional awards. Awards are discretionary and 
vest after three years subject to the employee being in employment. Vesting of awards may also 
be subject to performance conditions. All awards are generally made in Prudential shares, or ADRs. 
In countries where share awards are not feasible due to securities and/or tax considerations, 
awards will be replaced by the cash value of the shares that would otherwise have vested.

Prudential Agency Long-Term  
Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Certain agents in Asia are eligible to be granted awards in Prudential shares under the Prudential 
Agency LTIP. These awards are structured in a similar way to the PCA LTIP described above.

Restricted Share Plan 2015 (RSP)

Deferred bonus plans

Savings-related share option schemes*

Share purchase plans

The Company operates the RSP for certain employees. Awards under this plan are discretionary, 
and the vesting of awards may be subject to performance conditions. All awards are made in 
Prudential shares or ADRs.

The Company operates a number of deferred bonus plans including the Group Deferred Bonus 
Plan (GDBP) and the Prudential Corporation Asia Deferred Bonus Plan (PCA DBP). There are 
no performance conditions attached to deferred share awards made under these arrangements.

Employees and eligible agents in a number of geographies are eligible for plans similar to the 
HMRC-approved Save As You Earn (SAYE) share option scheme in the UK. During the 
year ended 31 December 2020, eligible agents based in certain regions of Asia can participate 
in the International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme for Non-Employees.

Eligible employees outside the UK are invited to participate in arrangements similar to the 
Company’s HMRC-approved UK SIP, which allows the purchase of Prudential plc shares. 
Staff based in Asia are eligible to participate in the Prudential Corporation Asia All Employee 
Share Purchase Plan.

* The total numbers of securities available for issue under the scheme is disclosed in note I(viii) in additional financial information.

236

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB Earnings performance / continued 
 
(b) Outstanding options and awards 
The following table shows the movement in outstanding options and awards under the Group’s share-based compensation plans:

Balance at beginning of year:

Granted
Modification
Exercised
Forfeited
Cancelled
Lapsed/Expired
M&G plc awards derecognised on demerger*

Balance at end of year

Options immediately exercisable at end of year

Options outstanding under  
SAYE schemes

Awards outstanding under 
incentive plans

2020

2019

2020

2019

Number 
of options
millions

Weighted
 average
 exercise price 
£

Number of
 options 
millions

Weighted
 average
 exercise price 
£

Number of awards 
millions

3.8
0.4
–
(0.9)
–
(0.1)
(0.9)
–

2.3

0.5

12.38
9.64
–
11.44
14.27
12.55
13.28
–

11.86

12.64

4.9
0.6
0.3
(1.7)
–
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)

3.8

0.9

12.10
11.13
11.95
10.87
12.87
12.82
12.93
13.37

12.38

11.33

33.0
20.2
–
(10.3)
(1.5)
(0.1)
(0.7)
–

40.6

32.8
13.4
4.3
(9.8)
(2.5)
(0.7)
(1.0)
(3.5)

33.0

* Prior to the demerger in October 2019, employees of M&G plc were granted replacement awards over M&G plc shares, in exchange for existing Prudential Group awards outstanding under 
incentive plans. As designated replacement awards were granted, no cancellation was recognised in respect of the original awards. As the replacement awards are an obligation of M&G plc, 
these awards were derecognised by the Group on demerger. M&G plc employees with outstanding SAYE options on demerger were treated as ‘good leavers’, with both the vesting period and 
number of options exercisable curtailed on demerger.

The weighted average share price of Prudential plc for 2020 was £11.64 (2019: £15.05). 

The following table provides a summary of the range of exercise prices for Prudential plc options outstanding at 31 December:

Outstanding

Weighted average 
remaining 
contractual life 
(years)*

Number outstanding 
(millions)

Exercisable

Weighted average 
exercise prices 
£

Number exercisable 
(millions)

Weighted average 
exercise prices 
£

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

0.4
1.2
0.3
0.4

2.3

–
2.4
0.3
1.1

3.8

4.2
2.2
2.2
1.3

2.4

–
2.0
3.2
2.0

2.1

9.64
11.11
13.94
14.55

11.86

–
11.19
13.94
14.55

12.38

–
0.3
–
0.2

0.5

–
0.9
–
–

0.9

–
11.11
–
14.55

12.64

–
11.33
–
–

11.33

Between £9 and £10
Between £11 and £12
Between £13 and £14
Between £14 and £15

Weighted average

* The years shown above for weighted average remaining contractual life include the time period from end of vesting period to expiration of contract.

(c) Fair value of options and awards
The fair value amounts estimated on the date of grant relating to all options and awards were determined by using the following assumptions:

Dividend yield (%)
Expected volatility (%)
Risk-free interest rate (%)
Expected option life (years)
Weighted average exercise price (£)
Weighted average share price at grant date (£)
Weighted average fair value at grant date (£)

2020

2019

SAYE options

Prudential 
LTIP (TSR)

SAYE 
options

Other 
awards

Prudential 
LTIP (TSR)

Granted in
 October 
2019

Granted in
 November 
2019

–
41.08
0.39
–
–
10.49
4.93

3.45
27.55
0.27
3.92
10.74
9.64
1.95

–
–
–
–
–
–
10.54

–
22.14
0.97
–
–
16.07
6.32

3.66
25.58
0.31
3.96
11.12
13.94
2.90

2.10
23.92
1.60
3.47
11.18
13.77
3.35

Other
 awards

–
–
–
–
–
–
15.39

The compensation costs for all awards and options are recognised in net income over the plans’ respective vesting periods. The Group uses the 
Black-Scholes model to value all options, and financial equivalence to value all awards other than those which have TSR performance conditions 
attached (some Prudential LTIP and RSP awards) for which the Group uses a Monte Carlo model in order to allow for the impact of these 
conditions. These models are used to calculate fair values for share options and awards at the grant date based on the quoted market price of 
the stock at the measurement date, the amount, if any, that the employees are required to pay, the dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free 
interest rates and exercise prices. 

  237

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
B2 Acquisition costs and other expenditure continued

B2.2 Share-based payment continued
For all options and awards, the expected volatility is based on the market implied volatilities as quoted on Bloomberg. The Prudential specific 
at-the-money implied volatilities are adjusted to allow for the different terms and discounted exercise price on SAYE options by using information 
on the volatility surface of the FTSE 100.

Risk-free interest rates are taken from swap spot rates with projection terms matching the corresponding vesting periods. For awards with 

a TSR condition, volatilities and correlations between Prudential and a basket of 12 competitor companies is required. For grants in 2020, 
the average volatility for the basket of competitors was 41.40 per cent (2019: 23.10 per cent). Correlations for the basket are calculated for each 
pairing from the log of daily TSR returns for the three years prior to the valuation date. Market implied volatilities are used for both Prudential 
and the basket of competitors. Changes to the subjective input assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimate.

(d) Share-based payment expense charged to the income statement
Total expense recognised in 2020 in the consolidated financial statements relating to share-based compensation is $171 million (2019: $181 million), 
of which $166 million is accounted for as equity-settled.

The Group had $32 million of liabilities at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: nil) relating to share-based payment awards accounted 

for as cash settled.

B2.3 Key management remuneration
Key management constitutes the Directors of Prudential plc as they have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling 
the activities of the Group and following reorganisations during 2019, key management also includes other non-director members of the Group 
Executive Committee from August 2019.

Total key management remuneration is analysed in the following table:

Salaries and short-term benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

2020  $m

2019  $m

20.0
1.2
14.6

35.8

25.2
1.5
13.1

39.8

The share-based payments charge comprises $10.7 million (2019: $8.4 million), which is determined in accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share-based 
Payment’ (see note B2.2) and $3.9 million (2019: $4.8 million) of deferred share awards.

B2.4 Fees payable to the auditor

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services:

Audit of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Audit-related assurance services note (1)
Other assurance services 
Services relating to corporate finance transactions

Total fees paid to the auditor

Analysed into:
Fees payable to the auditor attributable to the continuing operations:

Non-audit services associated with the demerger of the UK and Europe operations note (2)
Other audit and non-audit services

Fees payable to the auditor attributable to the discontinued UK and Europe operations

2020  $m

2019  $m

2.3

9.2
3.5
0.7
0.3

2.2

9.5
5.7
5.7
7.3

16.0

30.4

–
16.0

16.0
–

16.0

11.7
15.3

27.0
3.4

30.4

Notes
(1)  Of the audit-related assurance service fees of $3.5 million in 2020 (2019: $5.7 million), $0.7 million (2019: $1.1 million) relates to services that are required by law.
(2)  Of the $11.7 million one-off non-audit services fees in 2019 associated with the demerger of the UK and Europe operations, $4.4 million was for other assurance services required 

by regulation and $7.3 million was for services relating to corporate finance transactions. 

In addition, in 2019 there were fees incurred by pension schemes of $0.1 million for audit services. These pension schemes were transferred 
to the discontinued UK and Europe operations (M&G plc) in 2019 as part of the demerger.

238

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB Earnings performance / continuedB3 Tax charge

Prudential is subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions and the calculation of the total tax charge inherently involves a degree of estimation and 
judgement. Current tax expense is charged or credited based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable 
amounts for the current year and adjustments made in relation to prior years. The positions taken in tax returns where applicable tax regulation 
is subject to interpretation are recognised in full in the determination of the tax charge in the financial statements if the Group considers that it is 
probable that the taxation authority will accept those positions. Otherwise, provisions are established based on management’s estimate and 
judgement of the likely amount of the liability, or recovery, by providing for the single best estimate of the most likely outcome or the weighted 
average expected value where there are multiple outcomes.

The total tax charge includes tax expense attributable to both policyholders and shareholders. The tax expense attributable to policyholders 
comprises the tax on the income of the consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds. In certain jurisdictions, life insurance companies are taxed 
on both their shareholders’ profits and on their policyholders’ insurance and investment returns on certain insurance and investment products. 
Although both types of tax are included in the total tax charge in the Group’s consolidated income statement, they are presented separately in the 
consolidated income statement to provide the most relevant information about tax that the Group pays on its profits.

Deferred taxes are provided under the liability method for all relevant temporary differences. IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ does not require all 
temporary differences to be provided for, in particular, the Group does not provide for deferred tax on undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 
where the Group is able to control the timing of the distribution and the temporary difference created is not expected to reverse in the foreseeable 
future. Deferred tax assets are only recognised when it is more likely than not that future taxable profits will be available against which these 
losses can be utilised. 

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability settled, based on 

tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or are substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

B3.1 Total tax charge by nature
The total tax (charge) credit in the income statement is as follows:

Tax charge

Attributable to shareholders:

Asia operations
US operations
Other operations

Tax (charge) credit attributable to shareholders’ returns

Attributable to policyholders:

Asia operations

Total tax (charge) credit 

2020  $m

Current tax

Deferred tax

Total

(229)
59
8

(162)

(152)

(314)

(209)
408
–

199

(119)

80

(438)
467
8

37

(271)

(234)

2019  $m

Total

(468)
345
154

31

(365)

(334)

The tax credit attributable to shareholders’ returns of $37 million is consistent with the tax credit arising in 2019 ($31 million), reflecting the tax 
credit on US derivative losses largely offsetting the tax charge on Asia profits.

The reconciliation of the expected to actual tax charge attributable to shareholders is provided in B3.2 below. The tax charge attributable to 
policyholders of $271 million above is equal to the profit before tax attributable to policyholders of $271 million. This is the result of accounting 
for policyholder income after the deduction of expenses and movement on unallocated surpluses on an after-tax basis. 

The total tax (charge) credit comprises: 

Current tax expense:
Corporation tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax charge

Deferred tax arising from:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Impact of changes in local statutory tax rates
Credit in respect of a previously unrecognised tax loss, tax credit or temporary difference from a prior period

Total deferred tax credit

Total tax charge

2020  $m

2019  $m

(445)
131

(314)

33
(1)
48

80

(234)

(589)
28

(561)

235
7
(15)

227

(334)

The $131 million of adjustments in respect of prior years primarily relates to US operations from the true up of the 2019 tax provision following 
finalisation and submission of the 2019 corporate income tax return during 2020 and the carry back of losses under the CARES Act.

In 2020, a tax charge of $102 million (2019: charge of $709 million) has been taken through other comprehensive income. The tax charge 

principally relates to an increase in the market value on securities of US insurance operations classified as available-for-sale partially offset 
by a tax credit arising on the recycling of gains to the income statement arising on the transaction with Athene. 

  239

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020B3 Tax charge continued

B3.2 Reconciliation of shareholder effective tax rate
In the reconciliation below, the expected tax rates reflect the corporation tax rates that are expected to apply to the taxable profit or loss of 
the relevant business. Where there are profits or losses of more than one jurisdiction, the expected tax rates reflect the corporation tax rates 
weighted by reference to the amount of profit or loss contributing to the aggregate business result.

Adjusted operating profit (loss)
Non-operating profit (loss)*

Profit (loss) before tax

Expected tax rate:

Tax at the expected rate
Effects of recurring tax reconciliation items:

Income not taxable or taxable at concessionary 

rates note (i)

Deductions not allowable for tax purposes 
Items related to taxation of life insurance  

businesses note (ii)

Deferred tax adjustments
Unrecognised tax losses note (iii)
Effect of results of joint ventures and associates note (iv)
Irrecoverable withholding taxes
Other

Total

Effects of non-recurring tax reconciliation items:

Adjustments to tax charge in relation  

to prior years note (v)

Movements in provisions for open tax matters note (vi)
M&G demerger related activities
Impact of carry back of US losses under the 

CARES Act

Impact of changes in local statutory tax rates 
Adjustments in relation to business disposals 

and corporate transactions

Total 

Total actual tax charge (credit)

Analysed into:

Tax charge (credit) on adjusted operating profit (loss)
Tax credit on non-operating profit (loss)*

Actual tax rate on:

Adjusted operating profit (loss):

Including non-recurring tax reconciling items
Excluding non-recurring tax reconciling items

Total profit (loss)

2020

2019

Asia
 operations
$m

US
 operations
$m

Other
 operations
$m

Total
 attributable
 to share-
holders
$m

Percentage
 impact on
 ETR
%

Total
 attributable
 to share-
holders
$m

Percentage
 impact on
 ETR
%

3,667
153

3,820

20%
764

2,796
(3,510)

(714)

21%
(150)

(956)
(2)

(958)

18%
(172)

5,507
(3,359)

2,148

21%
442

5,310
(3,388)

1,922

20.6%

393

20.4%

(102)
32

(152)
26
–
(123)
1
(10)

(328)

21
(20)
–

–
1

–

2

438

495
(57)

13%
13%
11%

(45)
11

(106)
–
–
–
–
(3)

(143)

(158)
–
–

(16)
–

–

(174)

(467)

313
(780)

11%
16%
65%

–
–

–
–
146
(6)
34
(7)

167

4
(13)
–

–
–

6

(3)

(8)

(8)
–

1%
0%
1%

(147)
43

(258)
26
146
(129)
35
(20)

(6.8)%
2.0%

(12.0)%
1.2%
6.8%
(6.0)%
1.6%
(1.0)%

(304)

(14.2)%

(6.2)%
(1.5)%
0.0%

(0.7)%
0.0%

0.3%

(8.1)%

(1.7)%

(133)
(33)
–

(16)
1

6

(175)

(37)

800
(837)

15%
17%
(2)%

(6.6)%
2.9%

(16.5)%
(1.7)%
2.4%
(5.2)%
3.1%
0.7%

(20.9)%

(3.5)%
(0.1)%
4.0%

–
–

(1.5)%

(1.1)%

(1.6)%

(126)
55

(317)
(33)
46
(100)
59
13

(403)

(67)
(1)
76

–
–

(29)

(21)

(31)

773
(804)

15%  note (vii)
15%
(2)%  note (vii)

* ‘Non-operating profit (loss)’ is used to refer to items excluded from adjusted operating profit and includes short-term investment fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business, 

corporate transactions and amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments.

240

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB Earnings performance / continuedNotes 
(i) 
(ii) 

(iii) 
(iv) 

(v) 

(vi) 

The $102 million in Asia operations primarily relates to non-taxable investment income in Taiwan, Singapore and Malaysia. 
The principal reason for the decrease in the Asia operations reconciling items from $192 million in 2019 to $152 million in 2020 is due to a decrease in investment gains in Indonesia and 
Philippines which are subject to a lower rate of taxation under local legislation. The $106 million (2019: $125 million) reconciling item in US operations reflects the impact of the dividend 
received deduction on the taxation of profits from variable annuity business.
The $146 million (2019: $46 million) adverse reconciling item in unrecognised tax losses reflects losses arising where it is unlikely that relief for the losses will be available in future periods.
Profit before tax includes Prudential’s share of profit after tax from the joint ventures and associates. Therefore, the actual tax charge does not include tax arising from profit or loss of joint 
ventures and associates and is reflected as a reconciling item.
The $158 million prior year adjustment in US operations comprises the truing up from the 2019 tax provision computed in the 2019 accounts to the submitted 2019 tax return and a number 
of one-off adjustments to prior year deferred tax balances.
The complexity of the tax laws and regulations that relate to our businesses means that from time to time we may disagree with tax authorities on the technical interpretation of a particular area 
of tax law. This uncertainty means that in the normal course of business the Group will have matters where, upon ultimate resolution of the uncertainty, the amount of profit subject to tax may 
be greater than the amounts reflected in the Group’s submitted tax returns. The statement of financial position contains the following provisions in relation to open tax matters.

Balance at 1 Jan

Movements in the current year included in tax charge attributable to shareholders
Provisions utilised in the year
Other movements*

Balance at 31 Dec

*Other movements include interest arising on open tax matters and amounts included in the Group’s share of profits from joint ventures and associates, net of related tax.

(vii)  The 2019 actual tax rates of the relevant business operations are shown below:

2020  $m

198
(33)
(34)
(18)

113

Tax rate on adjusted operating profit (loss)
Tax rate on profit (loss) before tax

B4 Earnings per share

Based on adjusted operating profit
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns 

on shareholder-backed business

Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments 
Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions

Based on profit for the year

Based on adjusted operating profit
Short-term fluctuations in investment returns 

on shareholder-backed business

Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments 
Loss attaching to corporate transactions

Based on profit for the year from continuing operations

Based on loss for the year from discontinued operations

Based on profit for the year

2019

Asia 
operations

US 
operations

Other
 operations

Total 
attributable to
 shareholders

13%
11%

14%
48%

10%
10%

15%
(2)%

Note

Note

Before 
tax
$m
B1.1

5,507

(4,841)
(39)
1,521

2,148

Before 
tax
$m
B1.1

5,310

(3,203)
(43)
(142)

1,922

2020

Non-
controlling
 interests
$m

Net of tax 
and non-
controlling
 interests
$m

Basic 
earnings
per share
cents

Diluted
 earnings
per share
cents

Tax 
$m
 B3

(800)

(148)

4,559

175.5¢

175.5¢

987
7
(157)

37

Tax 
$m
 B3

(773)

772
8
24

31

75
2
4

(3,779)
(30)
1,368

(145.5)¢
(1.1)¢
52.7¢

(145.5)¢
(1.1)¢
52.7¢

(67)

2,118

81.6¢

81.6¢

2019

Non-
controlling
 interests
$m

Net of tax 
and non-
controlling
 interests
$m

Basic 
earnings
per share
cents

Diluted
 earnings
per share
cents

(9)

4,528

175.0¢

175.0¢

–
–
–

(2,431)
(35)
(118)

(9)

1,944

(94.0)¢
(1.3)¢
(4.6)¢

75.1¢

(94.0)¢
(1.3)¢
(4.6)¢

75.1¢

(1,161)

(44.8)¢

(44.8)¢

783

30.3¢

30.3¢

  241

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
B4 Earnings per share continued

Basic earnings per share are calculated based on earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders, after related tax and non-controlling interests, 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding those held in employee share trusts and consolidated 
investment funds, which are treated as cancelled. For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted to 
assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Group’s only class of potentially dilutive ordinary shares are those share options 
granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year. 
No adjustment is made if the impact is anti-dilutive overall.

The weighted average number of shares for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share in 2020 is set out as below: 

Number of shares (in millions)

Weighted average number of shares for calculation of basic earnings per share
Shares under option at end of year
Shares that would have been issued at fair value on assumed option price at end of year

Weighted average number of shares for calculation of diluted earnings per share

2020

2,597
2
(2)

2,597

2019

2,587
4
(4)

2,587

B5 Dividends

Dividends relating to reporting year:
First interim ordinary dividend
Second interim ordinary dividend

Total

Dividends paid in reporting year:

Current year first interim ordinary dividend
Second interim ordinary dividend for prior year

Total

2020

2019

Cents per share

$m

Cents per share

$m

5.37¢
10.73¢

16.10¢

5.37¢
25.97¢

31.34¢

140
280

420

140
674

814

20.29¢
25.97¢

46.26¢

20.29¢
42.89¢

63.18¢

528
675

1,203

526
1,108

1,634

First and second interim dividends are recorded in the period in which they are paid. In addition to the dividends shown in the table above, 
on 21 October 2019, following approval by the Group’s shareholders, Prudential plc demerged its UK and Europe operations (M&G plc) 
via a dividend in specie of $7,379 million. 

Dividend per share
The 2020 first interim ordinary dividend of 5.37 cents per ordinary share was paid to eligible shareholders on 28 September 2020. 

The second interim ordinary dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 10.73 cents per ordinary share will be paid on 14 May 2021 

to shareholders included on the UK and HK registers respectively, on 26 March 2021 (Record Date) and to the Holders of US American 
Depositary Receipts as at 26 March 2021. The second interim ordinary dividend will be paid on or about 21 May 2021 to shareholders with 
shares standing to the credit of their securities accounts with The Central Depository (Pte) Limited (CDP) on the Record Date. 

Shareholders holding shares on the UK or Hong Kong share registers will continue to receive their dividend payments in either GBP or HKD 
respectively, unless they elect otherwise. Shareholders holding shares on the UK or Hong Kong registers may elect to receive dividend payments 
in USD. Elections must be made through the relevant UK or Hong Kong share registrar on or before 23 April 2021. The corresponding amount 
per share in GBP and HKD is expected to be announced on or about 5 May 2021. The USD to GBP and HKD conversion rates will be determined 
by the actual rates achieved by Prudential buying those currencies prior to the subsequent announcement. Holders of American Depositary 
Receipts (ADRs) will continue to receive their dividend payments in USD. Shareholders holding an interest in Prudential shares through The Central 
Depository (Pte) Limited (CDP) in Singapore will continue to receive their dividend payments in SGD at an exchange rate determined by CDP.

Shareholders on the UK register are eligible to participate in a Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

242

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comB Earnings performance / continued 
 
C Financial position

C1 Group assets and liabilities by business type

The analysis below is structured to show the investments and other assets and liabilities of the Group by reference to the differing degrees 
of policyholder and shareholder economic interest of the different types of business.

The Group has revised its disclosures relating to the investments, other assets and liabilities of the Group in these consolidated financial 

statements, including combining various disclosures into a single section and giving further analysis of the categories of debt securities. The 2019 
comparative information, in particular that relating to investments, has been re-presented from previously published information to conform to 
the current year format and the altered approach to credit ratings analysis described below.

Debt securities are analysed below according to the issuing government for sovereign debt and to credit ratings for the rest of the securities. 
From half year 2020, to align more closely with the internal risk management analysis, the Group altered the compilation of its credit ratings 
analysis to use the middle of the Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch ratings, where available. Where ratings are not available from these rating 
agencies, NAIC ratings (for the US), local external rating agencies’ ratings and lastly internal ratings have been used. Securities with none of the 
ratings listed above are classified as unrated and included under the ‘below BBB- and unrated’ category. The total securities (excluding sovereign 
debt) that were unrated at 31 December 2020 were $780  million (31 December 2019: $648 million). Previously, Standard & Poor’s ratings were 
used where available and if not, Moody’s and then Fitch were used as alternatives. Additionally, government debt is shown separately from the 
rating breakdowns in order to provide a more focused view of the credit portfolio.

In the table below, AAA is the highest possible rating. Investment grade financial assets are classified within the range of AAA to BBB- ratings. 

Financial assets which fall outside this range are classified as below BBB-. 

  243

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C1 Group assets and liabilities by business type continued

Asia insurance

31 Dec 2020  $m

Unit-
linked
assets and
liabilities

With-
profits 
business
note (i)

Asia
Asset
manage-
ment

Other
business

Elimina-
tions

Total
Asia

Elimina-
tion
of intra-
group
debtors
and
creditors

Unallo-
cated
to a 
segment

Debt securities note (iii), note C1.1
Sovereign debt
Indonesia
Singapore
Thailand
United Kingdom
United States
Vietnam
Other (predominantly Asia)

Subtotal
Other government bonds 

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Corporate bonds

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Asset-backed securities

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Total debt securities
Loans

Mortgage loans note C1.2
Policy loans
Other loans

Total loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective 

investment schemes
Direct equities
Collective investment schemes
US separate account assets note (ii)
Total equity securities and holdings 
in collective investment schemes
Other financial investments note (iv)
Total financial investments note (vi)
Investment properties 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
accounted for using the equity method

Cash and cash equivalents note (vii)
Reinsurers’ share of insurance 
contract liabilities note (v)

Other assets note (viii)
Total assets

Shareholders’ equity
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Contract liabilities and unallocated surplus 

of with-profits funds note (ii)

Core structural borrowings 
Operational borrowings
Other liabilities note (ix)
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

244

385
3,939
–
–
24,396
–
1,322
30,042

1,420
129
811
452
631
3,443

1,228
1,943
7,289
9,005
2,814
22,279

74
2
15
12
9
112
55,876

–
1,231
492
1,723

15,668
18,125
–

33,793
1,566
92,958
–

–
1,049

257
1,538
95,802

–
–
–

86,410
–
194
9,198
95,802
95,802

658
551
–
7
21
11
700
1,948

96
2
131
16
9
254

221
476
695
1,299
849
3,540

9
1
–
–
2
12
5,754

–
–
–
–

13,064
7,392
–

20,456
405
26,615
–

–
587

–
252
27,454

–
–
–

25,433
–
–
2,021
27,454
27,454

564
979
1,999
–
2,551
2,881
3,508
12,482

405
28
339
196
450
1,418

540
1,871
5,194
4,785
1,477
13,867

24
–
16
9
8
57
27,824

158
341
16
515

3,321
1,633
–

4,954
2,139
35,432
6

1,689
1,317

11,102
9,254
58,800

12,785
2
12,787

37,845
–
99
8,069
46,013
58,800

12
117
11
–
–
–
19
159

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
1
–
2
3

–
–
–
–
–
–
162

–
–
–
–

71
10
–

81
97
340
–

273
156

–
839
1,608

1,102
144
1,246

–
–
23
339
362
1,608

US
note (ii)

–
–
–
–
5,126
–
30
5,156

377
522
188
3
–
1,090

265
869
10,759
12,686
1,975
26,554

2,110
171
741
163
48
3,233
36,033

7,833
4,507
–
12,340

1,619
5,586
2,010
7
26,968
2,892
5,549
44,631

1,921
159
1,281
664
1,090
5,115

1,989
4,290
13,179
15,089
5,142
39,689

107
3
31
21
19
181
89,616

158
1,572
508
2,238

32,124
27,160
–

253
25
219,062

59,284
4,207
155,345
6

219,340
4,094
271,807
7

1,962
3,109

–
1,621

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
173
173

–
–
–
–
1
1

–
–
–
–
6
6

–
–
–
–
–
–
180

–
10
–
10

4
7
–

11
47
248
10

–
3,288

4
3,788
7,338

Group
total

1,619
5,586
2,010
7
32,094
2,892
5,752
49,960

2,298
681
1,469
667
1,091
6,206

2,254
5,159
23,938
27,775
7,123
66,249

2,217
174
772
184
67
3,414
125,829

7,991
6,089
508
14,588

32,381
27,192
219,062

278,635
8,348
427,400
23

1,962
8,018

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

11,359
–
(62)
11,821
(62) 183,602

35,232
19,813
328,480

46,595
–
(3,323)
32,099
(3,323) 516,097

–
–
–

13,887
146
14,033

8,511
1,063
9,574

(1,520)
32
(1,488)

–
–
–

20,878
1,241
22,119

149,688
–
–
–
316
–
(62)
19,565
(62) 169,569
(62) 183,602

296,513
250
1,498
20,645
318,906
328,480

262
6,383
630
1,551
8,826
7,338

446,463
–
6,633
–
2,444
–
(3,323)
38,438
(3,323) 493,978
(3,323) 516,097

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedAsia insurance

31 Dec 2019  $m

Unit-
linked
assets and
liabilities

With-
profits 
business
note (i)

Asia
Asset
manage-
ment

Other
business

Elimina-
tions

Total
Asia

Elimina-
tion
of intra-
group
debtors
and
creditors

Unallo-
cated
to a 
segment

Debt securities note (iii), note C1.1
Sovereign debt
Indonesia
Singapore
Thailand
United Kingdom
United States
Vietnam
Other (predominantly Asia)

Subtotal
Other government bonds 

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Corporate bonds

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Asset-backed securities

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Total debt securities
Loans

Mortgage loans note C1.2
Policy loans
Other loans

Total loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective 

investment schemes
Direct equities
Collective investment schemes
US separate account assets note (ii)
Total equity securities and holdings 
in collective investment schemes
Other financial investments note (iv)
Total financial investments note (vi)
Investment properties 
Investments in joint ventures and associates 
accounted for using the equity method

Cash and cash equivalents note (vii)
Reinsurers' share of insurance contract 

liabilities note (v)
Other assets note (viii)
Total assets

Shareholders' equity
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Contract liabilities and unallocated surplus 

of with-profits funds note (ii)

Core structural borrowings 
Operational borrowings
Other liabilities note (ix)
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

222
3,514
–
–
20,479
1
1,745
25,961

1,752
135
890
356
31
3,164

732
1,574
5,428
5,443
2,111
15,288

236
132
1
–
–
369
44,782

–
1,089
374
1,463

14,143
15,230
–

29,373
963
76,581
–

–
963

152
1,277
78,973

–
–
–

70,308
–
303
8,362
78,973
78,973

610
554
–
7
113
15
665
1,964

81
8
159
88
9
345

384
441
542
883
569
2,819

19
6
–
–
–
25
5,153

–
–
–
–

12,440
6,652
–

19,092
383
24,628
–

–
356

–
237
25,221

–
–
–

23,571
–
21
1,629
25,221
25,221

488
708
1,398
–
2,827
2,900
2,809
11,130

538
78
389
201
381
1,587

516
1,908
5,063
3,497
781
11,765

104
46
14
–
–
164
24,646

165
316
19
500

1,793
1,680
–

3,473
1,363
29,982
7

1,263
1,015

5,306
6,983
44,556

9,801
2
9,803

26,814
–
122
7,817
34,753
44,556

–
94
19
–
–
–
13
126

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
3
3

–
–
–
–
–
–
129

–
–
–
–

59
14
–

73
106
308
–

237
156

–
826
1,527

1,065
153
1,218

–
–
27
282
309
1,527

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

US
note (ii)

–
–
–
–
6,160
–
9
6,169

977
495
245
4
–
1,721

341
1,566
17,784
22,775
2,157
44,623

3,658
780
1,006
359
212
6,015
58,528

9,904
4,707
–
14,611

1,320
4,870
1,417
7
23,419
2,916
5,232
39,181

2,371
221
1,438
645
421
5,096

1,632
3,923
11,033
9,823
3,464
29,875

359
184
15
–
–
558
74,710

165
1,405
393
1,963

28,435
23,576
–

52,011
2,815
131,499
7

150
40
195,070

195,260
2,791
271,190
7

1,500
2,490

–
1,960

–
(35)
(35)

5,458
9,288
150,242

8,394
17,696
299,247

–
–
–

10,866
155
11,021

8,929
–
8,929

–
–
–
(35)
(35)
(35)

120,693
–
473
18,055
139,221
150,242

269,549
250
1,501
19,018
290,318
299,247

–
–
–
615
597
–
116
1,328

–
–
–
–
2
2

–
–
–
–
2
2

–
–
–
–
–
–
1,332

–
9
–
9

4
6
–

10
56
1,407
11

–
2,515

4
3,440
7,377

(318)
37
(281)

186
5,344
671
1,457
7,658
7,377

Group
total

1,320
4,870
1,417
622
30,176
2,916
5,357
46,678

3,348
716
1,683
649
423
6,819

1,973
5,489
28,817
32,598
5,623
74,500

4,017
964
1,021
359
212
6,573
134,570

10,069
6,121
393
16,583

28,589
23,622
195,070

247,281
5,662
404,096
25

1,500
6,965

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
(2,652)
(2,652)

13,856
27,772
454,214

–
–
–

19,477
192
19,669

–
–
–
(2,652)
(2,652)
(2,652)

390,428
5,594
2,645
35,878
434,545
454,214

  245

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C1 Group assets and liabilities by business type continued

Notes 
(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

The with-profits business of Asia comprises the with-profits assets and liabilities of the Hong Kong, Malaysia and Singapore operations. ‘Other business’ includes assets and liabilities of other 
participating businesses and other non-linked shareholder-backed business.
Further analysis of the shareholders’ equity by business type of the US operations is provided below:

31 Dec 2020  $m

 31 Dec 2019  $m

Shareholders’ equity

Insurance

8,506

Asset
management

5

Total

8,511

Total

8,929

The US separate account assets comprise investments in mutual funds attaching to the variable annuity business that are held in the separate account. The related liabilities are reported 
in contract liabilities at an amount equal to the separate account assets.
The credit ratings, information or data contained in this report which are attributed and specifically provided by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch Solutions and their respective affiliates 
and suppliers (‘Content Providers’) is referred to here as the ‘Content’. Reproduction of any Content in any form is prohibited except with the prior written permission of the relevant party. 
The Content Providers do not guarantee the accuracy, adequacy, completeness, timeliness or availability of any Content and are not responsible for any errors or omissions (negligent or 
otherwise), regardless of the cause, or for the results obtained from the use of such Content. The Content Providers expressly disclaim liability for any damages, costs, expenses, legal fees, 
or losses (including lost income or lost profit and opportunity costs) in connection with any use of the Content. A reference to a particular investment or security, a rating or any observation 
concerning an investment that is part of the Content is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any such investment or security, nor does it address the suitability of an investment or security 
and should not be relied on as investment advice.

(iv)  Other financial investments comprise derivative assets, other investments and deposits.
(v) 

Reinsurers’ share of contract liabilities includes the reinsurance ceded in respect of the acquired REALIC business by the Group’s US insurance operations and at 31 December 2020 
also includes amounts ceded in respect of the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd, as discussed in note D1.1.

(vi)  Of the total financial investments of $427,400 million as at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $404,096 million), $288,310 million (31 December 2019: $260,896 million) are due 

to be recovered within one year.

(vii)  Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at bank and in hand, deposits held at call with banks, treasury bills and other short-term highly liquid investments with less than 90 days maturity 

from the date of acquisition and are analysed as follows:

Cash
Cash equivalents

Total cash and cash equivalents*

Analysed as:

Held by the Group’s holding and non-regulated entities and available for general use
Other funds not available for general use by the Group, including funds held for the benefit of policyholders

Total cash and cash equivalents

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

2,492
5,526

8,018

3,250
4,768

8,018

2,071
4,894

6,965

2,491
4,474

6,965

* The Group’s cash and cash equivalents are held in the following currencies as at 31 December 2020: USD 59 per cent, GBP 15 per cent, HKD 3 per cent, SGD 3 per cent, MYR 8 per cent 

and other currencies 12 per cent (31 December 2019: USD 59 per cent, GBP 13 per cent, HKD 8 per cent, SGD 3 per cent, MYR 5 per cent and other currencies 12 per cent).

(viii)  Of total ‘Other assets’ at 31 December 2020, there are:

– Property, plant and equipment (PPE) of $893 million (31 December 2019: $1,065 million). Movements in the PPE including right-of-use assets are provided in note C11; and
– Accrued investment income and other debtors, which are analysed as follows: 

Interest receivable
Other accrued income

Total accrued investment income 

Amounts receivable due from:

Policyholders
Intermediaries
Reinsurers

Other sundry debtors

Total other debtors

Total accrued investment income and other debtors

Analysed as:

Expected to be settled within one year
Expected to be settled beyond one year

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

1,008
419

1,427

757
2
920
1,492

3,171

4,598

4,151
447

4,598

1,064
577

1,641

574
4
216
1,260

2,054

3,695

3,191
504

3,695

(ix)  Within ‘Other liabilities’ are accruals, deferred income and other liabilities of $15,508 million (31 December 2019: $14,488 million), which are analysed as follows (detailed maturity analysis 

is provided in note C2):

Accruals and deferred income
Creditors arising from direct insurance and reinsurance operations
Interest payable
Funds withheld under reinsurance agreements
Other creditors

Total accruals, deferred income and other creditors

246

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

702
2,296
74
4,628
7,808

582
2,831
68
3,760
7,247

15,508

14,488

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continued 
 
 
 
C1.1 Additional analysis of debt securities
This note provides additional analysis of the Group’s debt securities. With the exception of certain debt securities classified as ‘available-for-sale’ 
under IAS 39, which primarily relate to US insurance operations as disclosed below, the Group’s debt securities are carried at fair value through 
profit or loss.

(a) Holdings by consolidated investment funds of the Group
Of the $125,829 million of Group’s debt securities at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $134,570 million), the following amounts were held 
by consolidated investment funds:

Debt securities held by consolidated investment funds

(b) Additional analysis of US debt securities
Debt securities for US operations included in the statement of financial position comprise:

31 Dec 2020  $m

 31 Dec 2019  $m

Asia

15,928

US

1,145

Total

17,073

Total

22,113

Available-for-sale
Fair value through profit and loss

Total US debt securities

The corporate bonds held by the US insurance operations comprise:

Publicly traded and SEC Rule 144A securities*
Non-SEC Rule 144A securities

Total US corporate bonds

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

34,650
1,383

36,033

57,091
1,437

58,528

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

17,870
8,684

26,554

34,781
9,842

44,623

* A 1990 SEC rule that facilitates the resale of privately placed securities under Rule 144A that are without SEC registration to qualified institutional investors. The rule was designed to develop a more 

liquid and efficient institutional resale market for unregistered securities.

(c) Movements in unrealised gains and losses on Jackson available-for-sale debt securities
The movement in the statement of financial position value for debt securities classified as available-for-sale from a net unrealised gain 
of $3,496 million at 31 December 2019 to a net unrealised gain of $3,396 million at 31 December 2020 is analysed in the table below. 

Assets fair valued at below book value

Book value
Unrealised loss

Fair value (as included in statement of financial position)

Assets fair valued at or above book value

Book value
Unrealised gain

Fair value (as included in statement of financial position)

Total

Book value
Net unrealised gain (loss)

Fair value (as included in the statement of financial position)

Changes in unrealised appreciation (depreciation)  
reflected in other comprehensive income

Gains recycled 
to income
 statement on 
transfer of 
debt securities 
to Athene
$m
note D1.1

31 Dec 2020
  $m

Unrealised 
gains (losses) 
arising in 
the year
$m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

5,111
(144)

4,967

26,143
3,540

29,683

31,254
3,396

34,650

(117)

(2,817)

2,834

(2,817)

2,717

3,121
(27)

3,094

50,474
3,523

53,997

53,595
3,496

57,091

  247

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
C1 Group assets and liabilities by business type continued

C1.1 Additional analysis of debt securities continued
Book value represents cost or amortised cost of the debt securities. Jackson available-for-sale debt securities fair valued at below book value 
(in an unrealised loss position) is analysed further below. 

(i) Fair value as a percentage of book value
The following table shows the fair value of the Jackson available-for-sale debt securities in a gross unrealised loss position for various percentages 
of book value:

Between 90% and 100%
Between 80% and 90%
Below 80%

Total

(ii)  Unrealised losses by maturity of security

1 year to 5 years
5 years to 10 years
More than 10 years
Mortgage-backed and other debt securities

Total

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Fair
value

4,902
13
52

4,967

Unrealised
loss

(128)
(2)
(14)

(144)

Fair
value

3,083
11
–

3,094

Unrealised
loss

(25)
(2)
–

(27)

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

(12)
(15)
(115)
(2)

(144)

(1)
(12)
(7)
(7)

(27)

(iii) Age analysis of unrealised losses for the years indicated
The following table shows the age analysis of all the unrealised losses in the portfolio by reference to the length of time the securities have been 
in an unrealised loss position:

Age analysis

Less than 6 months
6 months to 1 year
1 year to 2 years
2 years to 3 years
More than 3 years

Total

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Non-
investment
grade

Investment
grade*

(15)
(4)
–
–
–

(19)

(118)
(7)
–
–
–

(125)

Non-
investment
grade

Investment
grade*

(1)
(1)
–
–
–

(2)

(20)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)

(25)

Total

(133)
(11)
–
–
–

(144)

Total

(21)
(2)
(1)
(1)
(2)

(27)

* For Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch rated debt securities, those with ratings range from AAA to BBB- are designated as investment grade. For NAIC rated debt securities, those with ratings 

1 or 2 are designated as investment grade. 

Further, the following table shows the age analysis of the securities at 31 December 2020 whose fair values were below 80 per cent of the book 
value by reference to the length of time the securities have been in an unrealised loss position (31 December 2019: nil):

Age analysis

Less than 3 months
3 months to 6 months
More than 6 months

Total below 80%

248

31 Dec 2020  $m

Fair 
value

Unrealised 
loss

–
51
1

52

–
(14)
–

(14)

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continued(d) Asset-backed securities
The Group’s holdings in asset-backed securities (ABS) comprise residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS), commercial mortgage-backed 
securities (CMBS), collateralised debt obligations (CDO) funds and other asset-backed securities.

The US operations’ exposure to asset-backed securities comprises:

RMBS 

Sub-prime (31 Dec 2020: 1% AAA)
Alt-A (31 Dec 2020: 30% AAA, 41% A)
Prime including agency (31 Dec 2020: 90% AAA, 1% AA, 5% A)

CMBS (31 Dec 2020: 87% AAA, 5% AA, 4% A)
CDO funds (31 Dec 2020: 78% AAA, 8% AA, 14% A), $nil exposure to sub-prime
Other ABS (31 Dec 2020: 14% AAA, 6% AA, 68% A), $27 million exposure to sub-prime

Total US asset-backed securities

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

29
12
224
1,588
524
856

3,233

93
116
862
3,080
696
1,168

6,015

(e) Group bank debt exposure
The Group exposures held by the shareholder-backed business and with-profits funds in bank debt securities are analysed below. The table 
excludes assets held to cover linked liabilities and those of the consolidated investment funds.

Exposure to bank debt securities

Shareholder-backed business

Asia
Eurozone
United Kingdom
United States
Other

Total 

With-profits funds

Asia
Eurozone
United Kingdom
United States
Other

Total 

Senior debt

Subordinated debt

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Total

902
223
360
1,464
189

3,138

402
41
198
1,028
186

1,855

Tier 1

Tier 2

175
4
6
7
2

194

557
21
11
14
8

611

242
12
79
81
41

455

437
10
106
82
204

839

Total

417
16
85
88
43

649

994
31
117
96
212

1,450

Group 
total

1,319
239
445
1,552
232

3,787

1,396
72
315
1,124
398

3,305

Group 
total

993
337
723
3,134
647

5,834

1,130
131
155
34
284

1,734

(f)  Impairment of US available-for-sale debt securities and other financial assets
In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy set out in note A3.1, impairment reviews were performed for available-for-sale securities 
and loans and receivables.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, a charge for impairment net of recoveries of $62 million (2019: charge of $17 million) was 

recognised for available-for-sale securities and loans and receivables held by Jackson.

Jackson, with the support of internal credit analysts, regularly monitors and reports on the credit quality of its holdings of debt securities. 
In addition, there is a periodic review of its investments on a case-by-case basis to determine whether any decline in fair value represents an 
impairment. Investments in structured securities are subject to a review of their future estimated cash flows, including expected and stress case 
scenarios, to identify potential shortfalls in contractual payments (both interest and principal). Impairment charges are recorded on structured 
securities when the Company forecasts a contractual payment shortfall. Situations where such a shortfall would not lead to a recognition of a loss 
are rare. The impairment loss reflects the difference between the fair value and book value.

In 2020, the Group realised gross losses on sales of available-for-sale securities of $193 million (2019: $70 million) with 69 per cent (2019: 51 per cent) 
of these losses related to the disposal of fixed maturity securities of the top 10 individual issuers, which were disposed of to limit future credit loss 
exposure. Of the $193 million (2019: $70 million), $148 million (2019: $28 million) relates to losses on sales of impaired and deteriorating securities.
The effect of changes in the key assumptions that underpin the assessment of whether impairment has taken place depends on the factors 
described in note A3.1. A key indicator of whether such impairment may arise in future, and the potential amounts at risk, is the profile of gross 
unrealised losses for fixed maturity securities accounted for on an available-for-sale basis by reference to the time periods by which the securities 
have been held continuously in an unrealised loss position and by reference to the maturity date of the securities concerned.

For 2020, the amount of gross unrealised losses for fixed maturity securities classified as available-for-sale under IFRS in an unrealised loss 
position was $144 million (2019: $27 million). Note B1.2 provides further details on the impairment charges and unrealised losses of Jackson’s 
available-for-sale securities.

  249

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C1 Group assets and liabilities by business type continued

C1.2 Additional analysis of US mortgage loans
In the US, mortgage loans of $7,833 million at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $9,904 million) are all commercial mortgage loans that are 
secured by the following property types: industrial, multi-family residential, suburban office, retail or hotel. The average loan size is $18.5 million 
(31 December 2019: $19.3 million). The portfolio has a current estimated average loan to value of 54 per cent (31 December 2019: 54 per cent). 

At 31 December 2020, Jackson had mortgage loans with a carrying value of $493 million (31 December 2019: nil) where the contractual terms 

of the agreements had been restructured to grant forbearance for a period of six to fourteen months. Under IAS 39, restructured loans are 
reviewed for impairment with an impairment recorded if the expected cash flows under the newly restructured terms discounted at the original 
yield (the pre-structured interest rate) are below the carrying value of the loan. No impairment is recorded for these loans in 2020 as the expected 
cash flows and interest rate did not materially change under the restructured terms.

C2 Fair value measurement

The Group holds financial investments in accordance with IAS 39, whereby subject to specific criteria, financial instruments are required to be 
accounted for under one of the following categories: 

 — Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss – this comprises assets and liabilities designated by management as fair value 
through profit or loss on inception and derivatives. This includes instruments that are managed and the performance evaluated on a fair value 
basis and includes liabilities related to net assets attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds and, in Asia, policyholder 
liabilities for investment contracts without discretionary participation features. All investments within this category are measured at fair value 
with all changes thereon being recognised in investment return in the income statement;

 — Financial investments on an available-for-sale basis – this comprises assets that are designated by management as available-for-sale and/or do 
not fall into any of the other categories. These assets are initially recognised at fair value plus attributable transaction costs. Available-for-sale 
assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest income is recognised on an effective interest basis in the income statement. The 
effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, 
when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset. Except for foreign exchange gains and losses on the 
amortised cost of the debt securities, which are included in the income statement, unrealised gains and losses are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. Upon disposal or impairment, accumulated unrealised gains and losses are transferred from other comprehensive 
income to the income statement as realised gains or losses; and

 — Loans and receivables – except for those designated as fair value through profit or loss or available-for-sale, these instruments comprise 

non-quoted investments that have fixed or determinable payments. These instruments include loans collateralised by mortgages, deposits, 
loans to policyholders and other unsecured loans and receivables. These investments are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction 
costs. Subsequently, these instruments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

The Group uses the trade date method to account for regular purchases and sales of financial assets.

C2.1 Determination of fair value
The fair values of the financial instruments for which fair valuation is required under IFRS Standards are determined by the use of current market 
bid prices for exchange-quoted investments, or by using quotations from independent third parties, such as brokers and pricing services or by 
using appropriate valuation techniques.

The estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated amount the Group would receive or pay in an arm’s-length 

transaction. This amount is determined using quoted prices if exchange listed, quotations from independent third parties or valued internally 
using standard market practices.

Other than the loans which have been designated at fair value through profit or loss, the carrying value of loans and receivables is presented 
net of provisions for impairment. The fair value of loans is estimated from discounted cash flows expected to be received. The discount rate used 
is updated for the market rate of interest where applicable.

The fair value of the subordinated and senior debt issued by the parent company is determined using quoted prices from independent third 

parties.

The fair value of financial liabilities (other than subordinated debt, senior debt and derivative financial instruments) is determined using 

discounted cash flows of the amounts expected to be paid.

Valuation approach for level 2 fair valued assets and liabilities
A significant proportion of the Group’s level 2 assets are corporate bonds, structured securities and other non-national government debt 
securities. These assets, in line with market practice, are generally valued using a designated independent pricing service or quote from 
third-party brokers. These valuations are subject to a number of monitoring controls, such as comparison to multiple pricing sources where 
available, monthly price variances, stale price reviews and variance analysis on prices achieved on subsequent trades.

When prices are not available from pricing services, quotes are sourced directly from brokers. Prudential seeks to obtain a number of quotes 

from different brokers so as to obtain the most comprehensive information available on their executability. Where quotes are sourced directly 
from brokers, the price used in the valuation is normally selected from one of the quotes based on a number of factors, including the timeliness 
and regularity of the quotes and the accuracy of the quotes considering the spreads provided. The selected quote is the one which best 
represents an executable quote for the security at the measurement date.

250

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedGenerally, no adjustment is made to the prices obtained from independent third parties. Adjustment is made in only limited circumstances, 

where it is determined that the third-party valuations obtained do not reflect fair value (eg either because the value is stale and/or the values 
are extremely diverse in range). These are usually securities which are distressed or that could be subject to a debt restructure or where reliable 
market prices are no longer available due to an inactive market or market dislocation. In these instances, prices are derived using internal 
valuation techniques including those as described below in this note with the objective of arriving at a fair value measurement that reflects the 
price at which an orderly transaction would take place between market participants on the measurement date. The techniques used require a 
number of assumptions relating to variables such as credit risk and interest rates. Examples of such variables include an average credit spread 
based on the corporate bond universe and the relevant duration of the asset being valued. Prudential determines the input assumptions based 
on the best available information at the measurement dates. Securities valued in such manner are classified as level 3 where these significant 
inputs are not based on observable market data.

Valuation approach for level 3 fair valued assets and liabilities
Investments valued using valuation techniques include financial investments which by their nature do not have an externally quoted price based 
on regular trades, and financial investments for which markets are no longer active as a result of market conditions, eg market illiquidity. The 
valuation techniques used include comparison to recent arm’s-length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same, 
discounted cash flow analysis, option-adjusted spread models and, if applicable, enterprise valuation. 

The Group’s valuation policies, procedures and analyses for instruments categorised as level 3 are overseen by Business Unit committees as 
part of the Group’s wider financial reporting governance processes. The procedures undertaken include approval of valuation methodologies, 
verification processes, and resolution of significant or complex valuation issues. In undertaking these activities, the Group makes use of the 
extensive expertise of its asset management functions. In addition, the Group has minimum standards for independent price verification to 
ensure valuation accuracy is regularly independently verified. Adherence to this policy is monitored across the business units. 

C2.2 Fair value measurement hierarchy of Group assets and liabilities
(i) Assets and liabilities carried at fair value on the statement of financial position 
The table below shows the assets and liabilities carried at fair value analysed by level of the IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ defined fair value 
hierarchy. This hierarchy is based on the inputs to the fair value measurement and reflects the lowest level input that is significant to that 
measurement.

All assets and liabilities held at fair value are classified as fair value through profit or loss, except for $34,650 million (31 December 2019: 
$58,302 million) of debt securities classified as available-for-sale, principally in the US operations. All assets and liabilities held at fair value are 
measured on a recurring basis. As of 31 December 2020, the Group did not have any financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a 
non-recurring basis.

Financial instruments at fair value

31 Dec 2020  $m

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Quoted prices
(unadjusted)
in active 
markets

Valuation 
based on 
significant
unobservable
market inputs
note (i)

Valuation
 based on 
significant 
observable
market inputs
note (ii)

Loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities
Other investments (including derivative assets)
Derivative liabilities

Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities 
Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features  

held at fair value

Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds
Other financial liabilities held at fair value

Total financial instruments at fair value
Percentage of total (%)

Analysed by business type: 
Financial investments, net of derivative liabilities at fair value:

With-profits 
Unit-linked and variable annuity separate account
Non-linked shareholder-backed business

Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities at fair value
Other financial liabilities at fair value

Group total financial instruments at fair value

–
272,863
75,998
123
(298)

348,686

–
(5,464)
–

343,222
86%

78,203
244,206
26,277

348,686
(5,464)

343,222

416
5,224
49,769
2,477
(184)

57,702

(792)
(17)
–

56,893
14%

11,481
1,075
45,146

57,702
(809)

56,893

Total

3,877
278,635
125,829
4,466
(482)

412,325

(792)
(5,975)
(3,589)

401,969
100%

3,461
548
62
1,866
–

5,937

–
(494)
(3,589)

1,854
0%

395
–
5,542

5,937
(4,083)

90,079
245,281
76,965

412,325
(10,356)

1,854

401,969

  251

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C2 Fair value measurement continued

C2.2 Fair value measurement hierarchy of Group assets and liabilities continued

Loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities
Other investments (including derivative assets)
Derivative liabilities

Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities 
Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features  

held at fair value

Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds
Other financial liabilities held at fair value

Total financial instruments at fair value
Percentage of total (%)

Analysed by business type: 
Financial investments, net of derivative liabilities at fair value:

With-profits 
Unit-linked and variable annuity separate account
Non-linked shareholder-backed business

Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities at fair value
Other financial liabilities at fair value

Group total financial instruments at fair value

31 Dec 2019  $m

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Quoted prices
(unadjusted)
in active 
markets

Valuation 
based on 
significant
unobservable
market inputs
note (i)

Valuation
 based on 
significant 
observable
market inputs
note (ii)

–
243,285
67,927
70
(185)

311,097

–
(5,973)
–

305,124
81%

66,061
217,838
27,198

311,097
(5,973)

305,124

–
3,720
66,637
1,676
(207)

71,826

(1,011)
(23)
–

70,792
19%

7,762
1,486
62,578

71,826
(1,034)

70,792

3,587
276
6
1,301
–

5,170

–
(2)
(3,760)

1,408
0%

260
–
4,910

5,170
(3,762)

1,408

Total

3,587
247,281
134,570
3,047
(392)

388,093

(1,011)
(5,998)
(3,760)

377,324
100%

74,083
219,324
94,686

388,093
(10,769)

377,324

Notes 
(i) 

(ii) 

Of the total level 2 debt securities of $49,769 million at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $66,637 million), $7,676 million (31 December 2019: $8,915 million) are valued internally. 
The majority of such securities are valued using matrix pricing, which is based on assessing the credit quality of the underlying borrower to derive a suitable discount rate relative to 
government securities of a comparable duration. Under matrix pricing, the debt securities are priced taking the credit spreads on comparable quoted public debt securities and applying 
these to the equivalent debt instruments factoring in a specified liquidity premium. The majority of the parameters used in this valuation technique are readily observable in the market and, 
therefore, are not subject to interpretation.
At 31 December 2020, the Group held $1,854 million (31 December 2019: $1,408 million) of net financial instruments at fair value within level 3. This represents less than 1 per cent (2019: less 
than 1 per cent) of the total fair valued financial assets net of financial liabilities. 
Included within these net assets and liabilities are policy loans of $3,455 million (31 December 2019: $3,587 million) measured as the loan outstanding balance, plus accrued investment 
income, attached to acquired REALIC business and held to back the liabilities for funds withheld under reinsurance arrangements. The funds withheld liability of $3,609 million (31 December 
2019: $3,760 million) is also classified within level 3. The fair value of the liabilities is equal to the fair value of the underlying assets held as collateral, which primarily consist of policy loans 
and debt securities. The assets and liabilities offset and therefore their movements have no impact on shareholders’ profit and equity. 
Excluding the loans and funds withheld liability under Jackson’s REALIC reinsurance arrangements as described above, which amounted to a net liability of $(154) million (31 December 2019: 
$(173) million), the level 3 fair valued financial assets net of financial liabilities were a net asset of $2,008 million (31 December 2019: $1,581 million). Of this amount, equity securities of 
$3 million (31 December 2019: nil) are internally valued, representing less than 0.2 per cent of the total fair valued financial assets net of financial liabilities. Internal valuations are inherently 
more subjective than external valuations. The $2,008 million referred to above includes the following items:
–  Private equity investments in both equity securities and limited partnerships within other financial investments of $1,970 million (31 December 2019: $1,301 million) consisting of 

investments held by Jackson which are primarily externally valued in accordance with International Private Equity and Venture Capital Association guidelines using the proportion of the 
company’s investment in each fund as shown in external valuation reports;

–  Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes of $445 million (31 December 2019: $276 million) consisting primarily of property and infrastructure funds held by the Asia 

participating funds, which are externally valued using the net asset value of the invested entities;

–  Liabilities of $(494) million (31 December 2019: $(2) million) for the net asset value attributable to external unit holders in respect of consolidated investment funds, which are non-recourse 

to the Group. These liabilities are valued by reference to the underlying assets; and

–  Other sundry individual financial instruments of a net asset of $87 million (31 December 2019: net asset of $4 million).
Of the net asset of $2,008 million (31 December 2019: $1,581 million) referred to above:
–  A net assets of $395 million (31 December 2019: $258 million) is held by the Group’s Asia participating funds and therefore shareholders’ profit and equity are not impacted by movements 

in the valuation of these financial instruments; and 

–  A net asset of $1,613 million (31 December 2019: $1,323 million) is held to support non-linked shareholder-backed business, all of which are externally valued and are therefore inherently 

less subjective than internal valuations. These instruments consist primarily of private equity investments held by Jackson as described above. If the value of all these level 3 financial 
instruments decreased by 20 per cent, the change in valuation would be $(319) million (31 December 2019: $(264) million), which would reduce shareholders’ equity by this amount before 
tax. All of this amount would pass through the income statement substantially as part of short-term fluctuations in investment returns outside of adjusted operating profit.

252

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii) Transfers into and out of levels 
The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and out of levels as of the end of each reporting period except for material transfers which are 
recognised as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. Transfers are deemed to have occurred when there 
is a material change in the observed valuation inputs or a change in the level of trading activities of the securities.

During 2020, the transfers between levels within the Group’s portfolio, were primarily transfers from level 1 to level 2 of $3,927 million 

(2019: $678 million) and transfers from level 2 to level 1 of $1,631 million (2019: $1,121 million). These transfers which relate to equity securities 
and debt securities arose to reflect the change in the observed valuation inputs and in certain cases, the change in the level of trading activities 
of the securities. There were transfers into level 3 of $53 million in the year (2019: nil).

Reconciliation of movements in level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value
The following table reconciles the value of level 3 fair valued assets and liabilities at 1 January 2020 to that presented at 31 December 2020.

Total investment return recorded in the income statement represents interest and dividend income, realised gains and losses, unrealised gains 

and losses on the assets classified at fair value through profit and loss and foreign exchange movements on an individual entity’s overseas 
investments.

Total gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income includes unrealised gains and losses on debt securities held as available-for-
sale principally within Jackson and foreign exchange movements arising from the retranslation of the Group’s overseas subsidiaries and branches.

Total

1,408
(26)

7
618
(255)
(198)
247
53
1,854

Total

6,752

Reconciliation of movements  
in level 3 assets and liabilities  
measured at fair value
Balance at 1 Jan
Total gains (losses) in income statement note
Total gains (losses) recorded in other 

comprehensive income
Purchases and other additions
Sales
Issues
Settlements
Transfers into level 3
Balance at 31 Dec

Equity 
securities 
and holdings 
in collective 
investment
 schemes
276
4

9
428
(169)
–
–
–
548

Loans
3,587
(2)

–
–
–
277
(401)
–
3,461

2020  $m

Other
 investments
 (including
 derivative 
assets)

Net asset 
value
 attributable 
to unit 
holders of 
consolidated
 investment
 funds

1,301
(37)

–
700
(98)
–
–
–
1,866

(2)
15

(1)
(520)
14
–
–
–
(494)

Debt 
securities
6
(5)

–
10
(2)
–
–
53
62

2019  $m

Other 
financial 
liabilities

(3,760)
(1)

(1)
–
–
(475)
648
–
(3,589)

Reconciliation of movements 
in level 3 assets and liabilities 
measured at fair value
Balance at 1 Jan
Removal of discontinued UK 
and Europe operations
Total gains (losses) in income 

statement note

Total gains (losses) recorded in 

other comprehensive income

Purchases
Sales
Issues
Settlements
Balance at 31 Dec

Equity 
securities 
and 
holdings in 
collective
 investment
 schemes
656

Loans
6,054

Debt
securities
1,505

Other
 investments
 (including
 derivative 
 assets)

Borrowings
 attributable
 to with-
profits
 businesses

Derivative
 liabilities

Net asset
 value 
attributable 
to unit 
holders of 
consolidated
 investment
 funds

Other
 financial 
liabilities

6,714

(539)

(2,045)

(1,258)

(4,335)

(2,509)

(440)

(1,498)

(5,513)

–

2,045

1,258

451

(6,206)

1

–
–
–
275
(234)
3,587

(11)

3
69
(1)
–
–
276

6

–
–
(7)
–
–
6

30

539

(6)
269
(193)
–
–
1,301

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
(2)
–
–
–
(2)

(28)

537

(11)
–
–
(143)
306
(3,760)

(14)
336
(201)
132
72
1,408

Note
Of the total net gains and (losses) in the income statement of $(26) million in 2020 (2019: $537 million), $(46) million (2019: $19 million) relates to net unrealised gains and losses of financial 
instruments still held at the end of the year, which can be analysed as follows:

Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities
Other investments 
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds
Other financial liabilities

Total

2020  $m

2019  $m

(34)
1
(26)
13
–

(46)

(11)
–
34
–
(4)

19

  253

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
C2 Fair value measurement continued

C2.2 Fair value measurement hierarchy of Group assets and liabilities continued
(iii) Assets and liabilities at amortised cost and their fair value 
The table below shows the financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost on the statement of financial position and their fair value. 
Cash deposits, accrued income, other debtors, accruals, deferred income and other liabilities are excluded from the analysis below, as these 
are carried at amortised cost, which approximates fair value.

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Level 2
Valuation
based on
significant
observable
market
inputs

Level 3
Valuation
based on
significant
unobservable
market 
inputs

Level 2
Valuation
based on
significant
observable
market
inputs

Level 3
Valuation
based on
significant
unobservable
market 
inputs

Fair
value

Carrying
 value

Fair
value

Carrying
 value

Assets
Loans
Liabilities
Investment contract liabilities without 
discretionary participation features
Core structural borrowings of shareholder-

financed businesses

Operational borrowings (excluding lease 

liabilities) 

Obligations under funding, securities lending 
and sale and repurchase agreements

Total

2,027

9,303

11,330

10,711

1,865
–

11,646
–

13,511
–

12,996
–

–

(3,218)

(3,218)

(3,188)

–

(3,957)

(3,957)

(3,891)

(7,518)

(1,948)

(1,344)

(8,783)

–

–

(7,518)

(6,633)

(6,227)

(1,948)

(1,948)

(2,015)

–

–

(6,227)

(5,594)

(2,015)

(2,015)

(8,702)

(10,046)

(9,768)

(48)

(9,087)

(9,135)

(2,617)

(11,400)

(10,826)

(6,425)

(1,398)

(7,823)

(8,901)

(7,405)

The fair value of the assets and liabilities in the table above, with the exception of the subordinated and senior debt issued by the parent company, 
has been estimated from the discounted cash flows expected to be received or paid. Where appropriate, the observable market interest rate 
has been used and the assets and liabilities are classified within level 2. Otherwise, they are included as level 3 assets or liabilities. The fair value 
included for the subordinated and senior debt issued by the parent company is determined using quoted prices from independent third parties. 
These are presented as level 2 liabilities.

C2.3 Additional information on financial instruments
(i) Financial risk
Liquidity analysis
Contractual maturities of financial liabilities on an undiscounted cash flow basis
The following table sets out the contractual maturities for applicable classes of financial liabilities, excluding derivative liabilities and investment 
contracts that are separately presented. The financial liabilities are included in the column relating to the contractual maturities of the 
undiscounted cash flows (including contractual interest payments) due to be paid assuming conditions are consistent with those of year end.

Financial liabilities

Core structural borrowings of shareholder-

financed businesses C5.1
Lease liabilities under IFRS 16
Other operational borrowings
Obligations under funding, securities lending 
and sale and repurchase agreements

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of 
consolidated unit trusts and similar funds 

31 Dec 2020  $m

Contractual maturity profile for financial liabilities

Total
carrying
value

1 year 
or less

After 1 
year to 
5 years

After 5 
years to 
10 years

After 10 
years to 
15 years

After 15
 years to 
20 years

Over
 20 years

No stated 
maturity

 Total undis-
counted 
cash flows

6,633
496
1,948

139
142
909

9,768
15,508

3,983
9,877

1,261
317
108

4,461
290

2,000
84
473

1,764
36

5,975

5,975

–

–

631
20
691

147
218

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
1
–

–
–

–

1

3,725
–
–

–
5,087

7,756
564
2,181

10,355
15,508

–

5,975

8,812

42,339

Total

40,328

21,025

6,437

4,357

1,707

254

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continued31 Dec 2019  $m

Contractual maturity profile for financial liabilities

Total
carrying
value

1 year 
or less

After 1 
year to 
5 years

After 5 
years to 
10 years

After 10 
years to 
15 years

After 15
 years to 
20 years

Over
 20 years

No stated 
maturity

 Total undis-
counted 
cash flows

Financial liabilities

Core structural borrowings of shareholder-

financed businesses C5.1
Lease liabilities under IFRS 16
Operational borrowings
Obligations under funding, securities lending 
and sale and repurchase agreements

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of 
consolidated unit trusts and similar funds 

5,594
630
2,015

105
145
941

8,901
14,488

2,067
9,172

1,146
388
188

5,476
636

888
113
232

1,902
1

5,998

5,998

–

–

648
37
1,132

278
–

–

Total

37,626

18,428

7,834

3,136

2,095

Maturity analysis of derivatives
The following table shows the carrying value of the gross and net derivative positions.

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

–
18
2

–
248

–

268

–
1
–

–
–

–

1

3,725
–
–

–
4,431

6,512
702
2,495

9,723
14,488

–

5,998

8,156

39,918

Carrying value of net derivatives  $m

Derivative 
assets

Derivative 
liabilities

2,599

1,745

(482)

(392)

Net 
derivative
position

2,117

1,353

All net derivatives of $2,117 million (31 December 2019: $1,353 million) have been included at fair value due within one year or less, representing 
the basis on which they are managed (ie to manage principally asset or liability value exposures). The Group has no cash flow hedges and, in 
general, contractual maturities are not considered essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows for these instruments. 

Maturity analysis of investment contracts
The table below shows the maturity profile for investment contracts based on undiscounted cash flow projections of expected benefit payments.

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

Maturity profile for investment contracts  $m

Total
carrying
value

3,658

4,366

1 year 
or less

519

600

After 1 
year to 
5 years

After 5 
years to 
10 years

After 10 
years to 
15 years

After 15
 years to 
20 years

Over
 20 years

 Total undis-
counted 
cash flows

1,713

2,015

215

534

575

350

710

961

17

12

3,749

4,472

The undiscounted cash flows in the maturity profile shown above excludes contracts which have no stated maturity but which are repayable 
on demand. 2019 cash flows have been adjusted to show them on a consistent basis.

Most investment contracts have options to surrender early, often subject to surrender or other penalties. Therefore, most contracts can 
be said to have a contractual maturity of less than one year, but the additional charges and term of the contracts mean these are unlikely to be 
exercised in practice and the more useful information is to present information on expected payment. 

The vast majority of the Group’s financial assets are held to back the Group’s policyholder liabilities. Although asset/liability matching is an 
important component of managing policyholder liabilities (both those classified as insurance and those classified as investments), this profile 
is mainly relevant for managing market risk rather than liquidity risk. Within each business unit, this asset/liability matching is performed on 
a portfolio-by-portfolio basis.

In terms of liquidity risk, a large proportion of the policyholder liabilities contain discretionary surrender values or surrender charges, meaning 

that many of the Group’s liabilities are expected to be held for the long term. Much of the Group’s investment portfolios are in marketable 
securities, which can therefore be converted quickly to liquid assets.

For the reasons provided above, an analysis of the Group’s assets by contractual maturity is not considered meaningful to evaluate the nature 

and extent of the Group’s liquidity risk.

  255

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
C2 Fair value measurement continued

C2.3 Additional information on financial instruments continued
Credit risk 
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk of financial instruments before any allowance for collateral or allocation of losses to policyholders 
is represented by the carrying value of financial instruments on the balance sheet that have exposures to credit risk comprising cash and cash 
equivalents, deposits, debt securities, loans and derivative assets, accrued investment income and other debtors, the carrying value of which are 
disclosed at the start of this note and note (ii) below for derivative assets. The collateral in place in relation to derivatives is described in note (iii) 
below. Note C1.2 describes the security for the loans held by the Group. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is further discussed in note C6 below.
Of the total loans and receivables held, $8 million (31 December 2019: $7 million) are past their due date but are not impaired. Of the total past 

due but not impaired, $1 million are less than one year past their due date (31 December 2019: $1 million). The Group expects full recovery of 
these loans and receivables.

There are no financial assets that would have been past due or impaired had the terms not been renegotiated in both years.
In addition, the Group did not take possession of any other collateral held as security in both years.
Further details of collateral in place in relation to derivatives, securities lending, repurchase agreements and other transactions are provided 

in note (iii) below. 

Foreign exchange risk
As at 31 December 2020, the Group held 9 per cent (31 December 2019: 8 per cent) of its financial assets and 30 per cent (31 December 2019: 
25 per cent) of its financial liabilities in currencies, mainly USD, other than the functional currency of the relevant business units or the currency 
to which the functional currency is pegged (eg financial assets and liabilities of USD denominated business in Hong Kong). The exchange risks 
inherent in these exposures are mitigated through the use of derivatives, mainly forward currency contracts and currency swaps as described 
in note (ii) below.

The amount of exchange loss recognised in the income statement in 2020, except for those arising on financial instruments measured at fair 

value through profit or loss, is $33 million (2019: $72 million).

(ii) Derivatives and hedging
Derivative financial instruments are used to reduce or manage investment, interest rate and currency exposures, to facilitate efficient portfolio 
management and for investment purposes. 

The Group does not regularly seek to apply fair value or cash flow hedging treatment under IAS 39. The Group has no fair value and cash flows 

hedges under IAS 39 at 31 December 2020 and 2019. All derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments are carried at fair value, 
with movements in fair value being recorded in the income statement.

Embedded derivatives are embedded within other non-derivative host financial instruments and insurance contracts to create hybrid 

instruments. Embedded derivatives meeting the definition of an insurance contract are accounted for under IFRS 4. Where economic 
characteristics and risks of the embedded derivatives are not closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host instrument, 
and where the hybrid instrument is not measured at fair value with the changes in fair value recognised in the income statement, the embedded 
derivative is bifurcated and carried at fair value as a derivative measured in accordance with IAS 39. 

In addition, the Group applies the option under IFRS 4 to not separate and fair value surrender options embedded in host contracts and 

with-profits investment contracts whose strike price is either a fixed amount or a fixed amount plus interest. 

Derivatives held and their purpose
The Group enters into a variety of exchange traded and over-the-counter derivative financial instruments, including futures, options, forward 
contracts, swaps and swaptions.

All over-the-counter derivative transactions, with the exception of transactions in some Asia operations, are conducted under standardised 
ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association Inc) master agreements and the Group has collateral agreements between the individual 
Group entities and relevant counterparties in place under each of these market master agreements.

The majority of the Group’s derivatives are held by Jackson. Derivatives are used for efficient portfolio management to obtain cost effective 
and management of exposure to various markets in accordance with the Group’s investment strategies and to manage exposure to interest rate, 
currency, credit and other business risks. The Group also uses interest rate derivatives to reduce exposure to interest rate volatility. In particular: 

 — US operations hold large amounts of interest-rate sensitive investments that contain credit risks on which a certain level of defaults is 

expected. These businesses have purchased some swaptions to manage the default risk on certain underlying assets and hence reduce the 
amount of regulatory capital held to support the assets; and

 — Some products, especially in the US, have guarantee features linked to equity indices. A mismatch between guaranteed product liabilities 

and the performance of the underlying assets exposes the Group to equity index risk. In order to mitigate this risk, the relevant business units 
purchase swaptions, equity options and futures to better match asset performance with liabilities under equity-indexed products.

256

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedAdditional information on Jackson derivative programme
Jackson enters into financial derivative transactions, including those noted below, to reduce and manage business risks. These transactions 
manage the risk of a change in the value, yield, price, cash flows or quantity of, or a degree of exposure, with respect to assets, liabilities or future 
cash flows, which Jackson has acquired or incurred.

Jackson uses free-standing derivative instruments for hedging purposes. Additionally, certain liabilities, primarily trust instruments supported 
by funding agreements, fixed index annuities, certain variable annuity guaranteed benefit features and reinsured Guaranteed Minimum Income 
Benefit variable annuity features are similar to derivatives. Jackson does not account for such items as either fair value or cash flow hedges as 
might be permitted if the specific hedge documentation requirements of IAS 39 were followed. Financial derivatives are carried at fair value, 
including derivatives embedded in certain host liabilities where these are required to be valued separately.

The principal types of derivatives used by Jackson and their purpose are as follows:

Derivative

Purpose

Interest rate swaps

These generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating payments over the period for which Jackson holds the 
instrument without an exchange of the underlying principal amount. These agreements are used to hedge Jackson’s 
exposure to movements in interest rates.

Swaption contracts

These contracts provide the purchaser with the right, but not the obligation, to require the writer to pay the present 
value of a long-duration interest rate swap at future exercise dates. Jackson both purchases and writes swaptions 
in order to hedge against significant movements in interest rates.

Treasury futures 
contracts

These derivatives are used to hedge Jackson’s exposure to movements in interest rates. 

Equity index futures 
contracts and equity 
index options

These derivatives (including various call and put options and options contingent on interest rates and currency exchange 
rates) are used to hedge Jackson’s obligations associated with its issuance of certain VA guarantees. Some of these 
annuities and guarantees contain embedded options that are fair valued for financial reporting purposes.

Cross-currency 
swaps

Cross-currency swaps, which embody spot and forward currency swaps and additionally, in some cases, interest rate 
swaps and equity index swaps, are entered into for the purpose of hedging Jackson’s foreign currency denominated 
funding agreements supporting trust instrument obligations.

Credit default swaps

These swaps represent agreements under which the buyer has purchased default protection on certain underlying 
corporate bonds held in its portfolio. These contracts allow Jackson to sell the protected bonds at par value to the 
counterparty if a default event occurs in exchange for periodic payments made by Jackson for the life of the agreement.

Hedging
Up to 31 December 2019, the Group had designated perpetual subordinated capital securities totalling $3.7 billion as a net investment hedge 
under IAS 39 to hedge the currency risks related to the net investment in Jackson. This net investment hedge was 100 per cent effective in 2019. 
The Group had no net investment, cash flow or fair value hedges in place during 2020. 

(iii) Derecognition, collateral and offsetting
Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
The Group’s policy is to derecognise financial assets when it is deemed that substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred. 

The Group derecognises financial liabilities only when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or has expired.

Reverse repurchase agreements 
The Group is party to various reverse repurchase agreements under which securities are purchased from third parties with an obligation to resell 
the securities. The securities are not recognised as investments in the statement of financial position but the right to receive the cash paid is 
recognised as deposits. 

The Group has entered into reverse repurchase transactions under which it purchased securities and had taken on the obligation to resell 
the securities. At 31 December 2020, the fair value of the collateral held in respect of these transactions, which is represented by the purchased 
securities, was $603 million (31 December 2019: $1,011 million). 

Securities lending and repurchase agreements
The Group is also party to various securities lending agreements (including repurchase agreements) under which securities are loaned to 
third parties on a short-term basis. The loaned securities are not derecognised; rather, they continue to be recognised within the appropriate 
investment classification. To the extent cash collateral is received it is recognised on the statement of financial position with the obligation to 
repay the cash paid recognised as a liability. Other collateral is not recognised.

At 31 December 2020, the Group had $2,007 million (31 December 2019: $90 million) of lent securities and assets subject to repurchase 
agreements. The cash and securities collateral held or pledged under such agreements were $2,047 million (31 December 2019: $95 million).

  257

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C2 Fair value measurement continued

C2.3 Additional information on financial instruments continued
Collateral and pledges under derivative transactions
At 31 December 2020, the Group had pledged $2,422 million (31 December 2019: $1,301 million) for liabilities and held collateral of 
$2,306 million (31 December 2019: $1,883 million) in respect of over-the-counter derivative transactions. These transactions are conducted 
under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions including, where relevant, standard securities lending and repurchase 
agreements.

The Group has entered into collateral arrangements in relation to over-the-counter derivative transactions, which permit sale or re-pledging 

of underlying collateral. The Group has not sold any collateral held or re-pledged any collateral. All over-the-counter derivative transactions, 
with the exception of transactions in some Asia operations, are conducted under standardised International Swaps and Derivatives Association 
(ISDA) master agreements. The collateral management for these transactions is conducted under the usual and customary terms and conditions 
set out in the Credit Support Annex to the ISDA master agreement.

Other collateral
At 31 December 2020, the Group had pledged collateral of $2,614 million (31 December 2019: $3,299 million) in respect of other transactions. 
This principally arises from Jackson’s membership of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLBI) primarily for the purpose of 
participating in the bank’s collateralised loan advance programme with short-term and long-term funding facilities. The membership requires 
Jackson to purchase and hold a minimum amount of FHLBI capital stock, plus additional stock based on outstanding advances in the form of 
either short-term or long-term notes or funding agreements issued to FHLBI.

Offsetting assets and liabilities
The Group’s derivative instruments, repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements are subject to master netting arrangements and 
collateral arrangements. A master netting arrangement with a counterparty creates a right of offset for amounts due to and due from that same 
counterparty that is enforceable in the event of a default or bankruptcy. The Group recognises amounts subject to master netting arrangements 
on a gross basis within the consolidated balance sheets.

The following tables present the gross and net information about the Group’s financial instruments subject to master netting arrangements:

Financial assets:

Derivative assets
Reverse repurchase agreements

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities:

Derivative liabilities
Securities lending and repurchase agreements

Total financial liabilities

Financial assets:

Derivative assets
Reverse repurchase agreements

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities:

Derivative liabilities
Securities lending and repurchase agreements

Total financial liabilities

31 Dec 2020  $m

Related amounts not offset in the  
balance sheet

Financial 
instruments 
note (ii)

Cash 
collateral

Securities
 collateral 
note (iii)

Net 
amount 
note (iv)

Gross amount 
included in the
 balance sheet 
note (i)

2,523
588

3,111

(203)
(1,384)

(1,587)

(122)
–

(122)

122
–

122

(1,249)
–

(1,249)

69
244

313

(890)
(588)

(1,478)

–
1,140

1,140

262
–

262

(12)
–

(12)

31 Dec 2019  $m

Related amounts not offset in the  
balance sheet

Financial 
instruments 
note (ii)

Cash 
collateral

Securities
 collateral 
note (iii)

Net 
amount 
note (iv)

Gross amount 
included in the
 balance sheet 
note (i)

1,708
953

2,661

(216)
(48)

(264)

(115)
–

(115)

115
–

115

(901)
–

(901)

86
48

134

(618)
(953)

(1,571)

–
–

–

74
–

74

(15)
–

(15)

Notes
(i) 
(ii) 
(iii) 
(iv) 

The Group has not offset any of the amounts included in the balance sheet.
Represents the amount that could be offset under master netting or similar arrangements where the Group does not satisfy the full criteria to offset in the balance sheet.
Excludes initial margin amounts for exchange-traded derivatives.
In the tables above, the amounts of assets or liabilities included in the balance sheet would be offset first by financial instruments that have the right of offset under master netting or similar 
arrangements with any remaining amount reduced by the amount of cash and securities collateral. The actual amount of collateral may be greater than amounts presented in the tables.

258

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedC3 Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus

C3.1 Group overview
(i) Analysis of movements in policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds

Balance at 1 Jan 2019 note (a)
Comprising: note (b)

– Policyholder liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position 

(excludes $50 million classified as unallocated to a segment)

– Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds on the consolidated statement 

of financial position

– Group’s share of policyholder liabilities of joint ventures and associates note (c)

Removal of discontinued UK and Europe operations
Net flows: note (d)
Premiums
Surrenders
Maturities/deaths/other claim events

Net flows
Shareholders’ transfers post-tax
Investment-related items and other movements
Foreign exchange translation differences

Balance at 31 Dec 2019/1 Jan 2020
Comprising:

– Policyholder liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position 

(excludes $186 million classified as unallocated to a segment)

– Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds on the consolidated statement 

of financial position

– Group’s share of policyholder liabilities of joint ventures and associates note (c)

Net flows: note (d)
Premiums
Surrenders
Maturities/deaths/other claim events

Net flows
Shareholders’ transfers post-tax
Investment-related items and other movements
Foreign exchange translation differences

Balance at 31 Dec 2020

Comprising:

– Policyholder liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position 

(excludes $262 million classified as unallocated to a segment)

– Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds on the consolidated statement 

of financial position

– Group’s share of policyholder liabilities of joint ventures and associates note (c)

Average policyholder liability balances note (e)

2020

2019

Asia 
$m 
note C3.2 

US 
$m 
note C3.3

Discontinued 
UK and 
Europe 
operations
$m 

Total 
$m

105,408

236,380

210,002

551,790

91,836

236,380

193,020

521,236

–
–
–

16,982
–
(210,002)

20,180
10,374
(210,002)

3,198
10,374
–

20,094
(4,156)
(2,800)

13,138
(99)
12,824
1,299

20,976
(17,342)
(3,387)

247
–
32,922
–

132,570

269,549

115,943

269,549

4,750
11,877

20,760
(4,730)
(2,565)

13,465
(116)
17,269
2,105

–
–

18,671
(15,832)
(3,708)

(869)
–
27,833
–

165,293

296,513

144,471

296,513

5,217
15,605

–
–

143,948

283,031

115,015

252,965

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

41,070
(21,498)
(6,187)

13,385
(99)
45,746
1,299

402,119

385,492

4,750
11,877

39,431
(20,562)
(6,273)

12,596
(116)
45,102
2,105

461,806

440,984

5,217
15,605

426,979

367,980

Notes 
(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

The 1 January 2019 policyholder liabilities of the Asia insurance operations were after deducting the intra-group reinsurance liabilities ceded by the discontinued UK and Europe operations 
(M&G plc) to the Hong Kong with-profits business, which were recaptured in October 2019 upon demerger.
The items above represent the amount attributable to changes in policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds as a result of each of the components listed. 
The policyholder liabilities shown include investment contracts without discretionary participation features (as defined in IFRS 4) and their full movement in the year but exclude liabilities 
that have not been allocated to a reporting segment. The items above are shown gross of external reinsurance. 
Including net flows of the Group’s insurance joint ventures and associates. The Group’s investment in joint ventures and associates are accounted for on an equity method basis in the 
Group’s statement of financial position. The Group’s share of the policyholder liabilities as shown above relates to life businesses of the China JV, India and the Takaful business in Malaysia. 
The analysis includes the impact of movements in premiums, claims and investment-related items on policyholders’ liabilities. The amount does not represent actual premiums, claims 
and investment movements in the year recognised in the income statement. For example, premiums shown above exclude any deductions for fees/charges; claims (surrenders, maturities, 
deaths and other claim events) shown above represent the release of technical provision for policyholder liabilities rather than the actual claims amount paid to the policyholder.
Average policyholder liabilities have been based on opening and closing balances, adjusted for acquisitions, disposals and other relevant corporate transactions arising in the year, 
and exclude unallocated surplus of with-profits funds.

  259

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C3 Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus continued

C3.1 Group overview continued
(ii) Analysis of movements in policyholder liabilities for shareholder-backed business

Balance at 1 Jan 2019
Removal of discontinued UK and Europe operations
Net flows:

Premiums
Surrenders
Maturities/deaths/other claim events

Net flows note
Investment-related items and other movements
Foreign exchange translation differences

Balance at 31 Dec 2019/1 Jan 2020
Comprising:

– Policyholder liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position 

(excludes $186 million classified as unallocated to a segment)

– Group’s share of policyholder liabilities relating to joint ventures and associates

Net flows:

Premiums
Surrenders
Maturities/deaths/other claim events

Net flows note
Investment-related items and other movements
Foreign exchange translation differences

Balance at 31 Dec 2020

Comprising:

Asia 
$m 

51,705
–

10,372
(3,610)
(1,168)

5,594
4,186
777

20,976
(17,342)
(3,387)

247
32,922
–

62,262

269,549

50,385
11,877

269,549
–

11,028
(3,933)
(970)

6,125
9,143
1,353

18,671
(15,832)
(3,708)

(869)
27,833
–

78,883

296,513

Discontinued 
UK and 
Europe 
operations
$m 

US 
$m 

Total 
$m

236,380
–

51,911
(51,911)

339,996
(51,911)

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–

31,348
(20,952)
(4,555)

5,841
37,108
777

331,811

319,934
11,877

29,699
(19,765)
(4,678)

5,256
36,976
1,353

375,396

359,791 
15,605 

– Policyholder liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position 

(excludes $262 million classified as unallocated to a segment)

– Group’s share of policyholder liabilities relating to joint ventures and associates

63,278 
15,605 

296,513 
–

Note
Including net flows of the Group’s insurance joint ventures and associates.

(iii) Movement in insurance contract liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds
Further analysis of the movement in the year of the Group’s gross contract liabilities, reinsurer’s share of insurance contract liabilities 
and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds (excluding those held by joint ventures and associates) is provided below:

Balance at 1 Jan 2019
Removal of discontinued UK and Europe operations
Income and expense included in the income statement for continuing operations note (c)
Other movements note (d)
Foreign exchange translation differences

Balance at 31 Dec 2019/1 Jan 2020
Income and expense included in the income statement note (c)
Other movements note (d)
Foreign exchange translation differences

Balance at 31 Dec 2020

Gross 
insurance 
contract 
liabilities 
$m
note (e)

(410,947)
87,824
(55,579)
–
(1,441)

(380,143)
(55,034)
–
(1,610)

(436,787)

Reinsurer’s 
share of 
 insurance 
 contract 
liabilities 
$m 
note (a),(e)

14,193
(2,169)
1,795
–
37

13,856
32,723
–
16

46,595

Investment 
contract 
liabilities 
$m 
note (b)

(110,339)
105,196
(311)
(63)
(18)

(5,535)
349
765
(38)

(4,459)

Unallocated 
surplus of 
with-profits
 funds
$m

(20,180)
16,982
(1,415)
(112)
(25)

(4,750)
(438)
–
(29)

(5,217)

260

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedNotes
(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

Includes reinsurers’ share of claims outstanding of $1,527 million (31 December 2019: $1,094 million). The increase in reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities in 2020 includes 
$27.3 billion in respect of the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd.
This comprises investment contracts with discretionary participation features of $479 million at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $633 million) and investment contracts without 
discretionary participation features of $3,980 million at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $4,902 million).
The total charge for benefits and claims in 2020 shown in the income statement comprises the amounts shown as ‘Income and expense included in the income statement’ in the table 
above of $(22,400) million (2019: $(55,510) million) together with claims paid of $(27,491) million (2019: $(29,585) million), net of amounts attributable to reinsurers of $1,686 million 
(2019: $1,190 million).

(d)  Other movements include premiums received and claims paid on investment contracts without discretionary participating features, which are taken directly to the balance sheet in 

(e) 

accordance with IAS 39. In 2019, the changes in the unallocated surplus of with-profits funds also resulted from the recapture of the intra-group reinsurance agreement between the 
discontinued UK and Europe operations and Asia insurance operations prior to the demerger, which was eliminated in the income statement. 
The movement in the gross contract liabilities and the reinsurer’s share of insurance contract liabilities during 2020 includes the impact of a change to the calculation of the valuation interest 
rate (VIR) used to value long-term insurance liabilities in Hong Kong. The effect of the change to the VIR was such that the implicit duration of liabilities is reduced and closer to best estimate 
expectations. The change reduced policyholder liabilities (net of reinsurance) of the Hong Kong’s shareholder-backed business at 31 December 2020 by $907 million. The resulting benefit 
is included within short-term fluctuations in investment returns.

(iv) Reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities
The measurement of reinsurance assets is consistent with the measurement of the underlying direct insurance contracts. The treatment of 
any gains or losses arising on the purchase of reinsurance contracts is dependent on the underlying accounting basis of the entity concerned.

Insurance contract liabilities note (a)
Claims outstanding

Total

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Asia
note (b)

11,186
173

11,359

US
note (c)

33,881
1,351

35,232

Unallocated
to a segment

Total

Total

1
3

4

45,068
1,527

46,595

12,762
1,094

13,856

Notes 
(a) 

(b) 
(c) 

The increase in the reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily relates to the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index 
annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd.
The reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities for Asia primarily relates to protection business written in Hong Kong. 
The reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities for Jackson as shown in the table above primarily relates to the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed 
index annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd and certain fully collateralised former REALIC business retained by Swiss Re through 100 per cent reinsurance agreements. Apart from 
these reinsurance transactions, the principal reinsurance ceded by Jackson outside the Group is on term-life insurance, direct and assumed accident and health business and GMIB variable 
annuity guarantees.

The Group cedes certain business to other insurance companies. Although the ceding of insurance does not relieve the Group from its liability 
to its policyholders, the Group participates in such agreements largely for the purpose of managing its loss exposure. The Group evaluates the 
financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk from similar geographic regions, activities or economic 
characteristics of the reinsurers to minimise its exposure from reinsurer insolvencies. Of the reinsurers’ share of insurance contract liabilities 
balance of $46,595 million at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $13,856 million), 99 per cent (31 December 2019: 97 per cent) was from 
reinsurers with rating A- and above by Standard & Poor’s or other external rating agencies. 

During 2020, net commissions received on ceded business for Asia totalled $1,005 million (2019: $355 million) and claims incurred ceded 

to external reinsurers totalled $432 million (2019: $552 million). The 2020 net commissions received includes $770 million in respect of the 
reinsurance transaction entered into by the Hong Kong business as discussed in note D1.1. There was $1 million (2019: nil) of deferred gains 
in the year.

Net commissions received on ceded business for Jackson totalled $1,223 million (2019: $20 million) and claims incurred ceded to external 

reinsurers totalled $1,663 million (2019: $630 million). The 2020 net commissions received includes $1,203 million in respect of the Athene 
reinsurance transaction entered into by Jackson as discussed in note D1.1. There was no deferred gains in the year (2019: nil).

  261

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C3 Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus continued

C3.2 Asia insurance operations
(i) Analysis of movements in policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds

Balance at 1 Jan 2019
Comprising:

– Policyholder liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position
– Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds on the consolidated statement 

of financial position

– Group’s share of policyholder liabilities relating to joint ventures  

and associates note (a)

Premiums 

New business 
In-force

Surrenders note (b)
Maturities/deaths/other claim events

Net flows
Shareholders’ transfers post-tax
Investment-related items and other movements
Foreign exchange translation differences note (d)

Balance at 31 Dec 2019/1 Jan 2020
Comprising:

– Policyholder liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position
– Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds on the consolidated statement 

of financial position

– Group’s share of policyholder liabilities relating to joint ventures  

and associates note (a)

Premiums 

New business 
In-force

Surrenders note (b)
Maturities/deaths/other claim events

Net flows
Shareholders’ transfers post-tax
Investment-related items and other movements note (c)
Foreign exchange translation differences note (d)

Balance at 31 Dec 2020

Comprising:

– Policyholder liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position
– Unallocated surplus of with-profits funds on the consolidated statement 

of financial position

– Group’s share of policyholder liabilities relating to joint ventures  

and associates note (a)

Average policyholder liability balances note (e)

2020

2019

Shareholder-backed business

With-profits
 business 
$m

Unit-linked 
 liabilities 
$m

Other 
business 
$m

Total 
$m

53,703

25,704

26,001

105,408

50,505

20,846

20,485

91,836

3,198

–

1,611
8,111

9,722
(546)
(1,632)

7,544
(99)
8,638
522

–

–

3,198

4,858

1,837
2,361

4,198
(2,929)
(149)

1,120
–
1,663
363

5,516

2,419
3,755

6,174
(681)
(1,019)

4,474
–
2,523
414

10,374

5,867
14,227

20,094
(4,156)
(2,800)

13,138
(99)
12,824
1,299

70,308

28,850

33,412

132,570

65,558

23,571

26,814

115,943

4,750

–

1,338
8,393

9,731
(797)
(1,595)

7,339
(116)
8,127
752

–

–

4,750

5,279

1,851
2,358

4,209
(2,982)
(196)

1,031
–
2,107
518

6,598

11,877

2,063
4,757

6,820
(951)
(774)

5,095
–
7,035
835

5,252
15,508

20,760
(4,730)
(2,565)

13,465
(116)
17,269
2,105

86,410

32,506

46,377

165,293

81,193

25,433

37,845

144,471

5,217

–

–

5,217

–

7,073

8,532

15,605

73,375

58,032

30,678

27,277

39,895

29,706

143,948

115,015

Notes 
(a) 

The Group’s investment in joint ventures and associates are accounted for on an equity method and the Group’s share of the policyholder liabilities as shown above relate to the life business 
of the China JV, India and the Takaful business in Malaysia.
(b) 
The rate of surrenders for shareholder-backed business (expressed as a percentage of opening policyholder liabilities) is 6.3 per cent in 2020 (2019: 7.0 per cent).
(c) 
Investment-related items and other movements in 2020 primarily represents equity market gains as well as fixed income asset gains and lower discount rates due to falling interest rates.
(d)  Movements in the year have been translated at the average exchange rates for the year ended 31 December 2020 and 2019. The closing balance has been translated at the closing spot rates 

(e) 

as at 31 December 2020 and 2019. Differences upon retranslation are included in foreign exchange translation differences.
Average policyholder liabilities have been based on opening and closing balances, adjusted for any acquisitions, disposals and other relevant corporate transactions arising in the year, 
and exclude unallocated surplus of with-profits funds. 

262

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continued(ii) Duration of policyholder liabilities
The table below shows the carrying value of policyholder liabilities and the maturity profile of the cash flows on a discounted basis, 
taking account of expected future premiums and investment returns:

Policyholder liabilities

Expected maturity:

0 to 5 years
5 to 10 years
10 to 15 years
15 to 20 years
20 to 25 years
Over 25 years

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

144,471

115,943

31 Dec 2020 
%

31 Dec 2019 
%

20
19
15
12
10
24

18
18
15
13
11
25

(iii) Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus by business unit
The table below shows the policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus, excluding joint ventures and associates and net of external 
reinsurance by business unit:

Hong Kong
Indonesia
Malaysia
Singapore
Taiwan
Other Asia insurance operations

Total Asia

C3.3 US insurance operations
(i) Analysis of movements in policyholder liabilities 

Balance at 1 Jan 2019
Premiums 
Surrenders
Maturities/deaths/other claim events

Net flows note (a)
Transfers from general to separate account
Investment-related items and other movements note (b)

Balance at 31 Dec 2019/1 Jan 2020
Premiums 
Surrenders
Maturities/deaths/other claim events

Net flows note (a)
Transfers from separate to general account
Investment-related items and other movements note (b)

Balance at 31 Dec 2020

Average policyholder liability balances note (c)

2020

2019

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

73,338
4,617
8,756
32,264
8,178
11,176

58,800
4,933
7,725
27,427
6,801
9,549

138,329

115,235

Variable 
 annuity 
 separate 
account
 liabilities 
$m

163,301
12,776
(12,767)
(1,564)

(1,555)
951
32,373

195,070
14,990
(11,300)
(1,854)

1,836
(2,190)
24,346

General 
account 
and other 
business 
$m

73,079
8,200
(4,575)
(1,823)

1,802
(951)
549

74,479
3,681
(4,532)
(1,854)

(2,705)
2,190
3,487

Total 
$m

236,380
20,976
(17,342)
(3,387)

247
–
32,922

269,549
18,671
(15,832)
(3,708)

(869)
–
27,833

219,062

77,451

296,513

207,066

179,186

75,965

73,779

283,031

252,965

  263

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C3 Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus continued

C3.3 US insurance operations continued
Notes 
(a) 

Net outflows in 2020 were $(869) million (2019 inflows: $247 million) with surrenders and withdrawals from general account and other business exceeding new inflows on this business given 
lower volumes of institutional and fixed and fixed-index annuities sales in the year, partially offset by net inflows into the variable annuity separate accounts. This is discussed further in the 
Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s report.
Positive investment-related items and other movements in variable annuity separate account liabilities of $24,346 million for 2020 largely represent positive separate account return following 
the increase in the US equity market growth in the year and asset gains arising from declining bond yields.
Average policyholder liabilities have been based on opening and closing balances, adjusted for any acquisitions, disposals and other corporate transactions arising in the year. Included within 
the policyholder liabilities for the general account and other business of $77,451 million at 31 December 2020 are $27.3 billion in respect of the reinsured Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed 
index annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd, as discussed in note D1.1. 

(b) 

(c) 

(ii) Duration of policyholder liabilities
The table below shows the carrying value of policyholder liabilities and maturity profile of the cash flows on a discounted basis at the balance 
sheet date:

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

Policyholder liabilities

219,062

77,451

296,513

Variable
 annuity
 separate
 account
 liabilities 
$m

General 
account 
and other
 business 
$m

Total 
$m

Variable
 annuity
 separate
 account
 liabilities 
$m

195,070

General 
account 
and other
 business 
$m

Total 
$m

74,479

269,549

Expected maturity:

0 to 5 years
5 to 10 years
10 to 15 years
15 to 20 years
20 to 25 years
Over 25 years

% 

39
27
16
9
5
4

% 

36
22
17
11
6
8

% 

39
26
16
10
5
4

% 

41
27
16
9
4
3

% 

45
27
13
8
4
3

% 

42
27
15
9
4
3

(iii) Aggregate account values
The table below shows the distribution of account values for fixed annuities (fixed interest rate and fixed index), the fixed account portion 
of variable annuities, and interest-sensitive life business within the range of minimum guaranteed interest rates as described in note C3.4(b). 
The table below excludes, in 2020, the liabilities that were fully reinsured to Athene in June 2020. As at 31 December 2020, approximately 
90 per cent (31 December 2019: 87 per cent) of Jackson’s fixed annuities, variable annuity fixed account options and interest-sensitive life 
business account values have a current crediting rate that is at the lowest level allowed for under the terms of the policy.

Minimum guaranteed interest rate

> 0% – 1.0%
> 1.0% – 2.0%
> 2.0% – 3.0%
> 3.0% – 4.0%
> 4.0% – 5.0%
> 5.0% – 6.0%

Total

Fixed annuities and the 
fixed account portion of 
variable annuities

Interest-sensitive life business

31 Dec 2020* 

$m

6,758
302
4,709
623
280
73

12,745

31 Dec 2019 
$m

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

6,952
12,994
13,701
1,561
2,236
278

37,722

–
–
270
2,819
2,488
2,045

7,622

–
–
270
3,018
2,597
2,031

7,916

* The decrease in 2020 compared to 2019 primarily relates to the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd as discussed 

in note D1.1. 

264

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedC3.4 Products and determining contract liabilities

Classification of insurance and investment contracts

IFRS 4 requires contracts written 
by insurers to be classified as either 
‘insurance’ contracts or ‘investment’ 
contracts. The classification of the 
contract determines its accounting. 

Contracts that transfer significant insurance risk to the Group are classified as insurance 
contracts. This judgement is applied in considering whether the material features of a contract 
gives rise to the transfer of significant insurance risk, which is made at the point of contract 
inception and not revisited. 

For the majority of the Group’s contracts, classification is based on a readily identifiable scenario 
that demonstrates a significant difference in cash flows if the covered event occurs (as opposed 
to does not occur) reducing the level of judgement involved.

Contracts that transfer financial risk to the Group but not significant insurance risk are classified 
as investment contracts. Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary 
participation features are accounted for under IFRS 4. Investment contracts without such 
discretionary participation features are accounted for as financial instruments under IAS 39.

Insurance  
business units

Asia

US

Insurance contracts and  
investment contracts with 
discretionary participation features

Investment contracts without  
discretionary participation features

 — With-profits contracts
 — Unit-linked policies
 — Health and protection 

policies

 — Non-participating term  

contracts

 — Whole life contracts

 — Variable annuity contracts
 — Fixed annuity contracts
 — Fixed index annuity  

contracts

 — Group pay-out annuity 

contracts

 — Life insurance contracts

 — Minor amounts for a number 
of small categories of business

 — Guaranteed investment contracts 

(GICs) 

 — Minor amounts of ‘annuity  certain’ 

contracts

C3.4(a) Asia

Contract type

Description and material features

Determination of liabilities

With-profits 
and participating 
contracts

Unit-linked

Provides savings and/or protection where the basic sum 
assured can be enhanced by a profit share (or bonus) 
from the underlying fund as determined at the discretion 
of the local business unit.

Participating products often offer a guaranteed maturity 
or surrender value. Declared regular bonuses are 
guaranteed once vested. Future bonus rates and cash 
dividends are not guaranteed. Market value adjustments 
and surrender penalties are used for certain products 
where the law permits such adjustments. Guarantees are 
predominantly supported by the segregated funds and 
their estates.

Combines savings with protection, the cash value of the 
policy primarily depends on the value of the underlying 
unitised funds.

As explained in note A3.1, with-profits contracts are 
predominantly sold in Hong Kong, Malaysia and Singapore. 
The total value of the with-profits funds is driven by the 
underlying asset valuation with movements reflected 
principally in the accounting value of policyholder liabilities 
and unallocated surplus.

The attaching liabilities largely reflect the unit value 
obligation driven by the value of the investments of the unit 
fund. Additional contract liabilities are held for guaranteed 
benefits beyond the unit fund value, generally using a gross 
premium valuation method, as discussed below for health 
and protection business. These additional provisions are 
recognised as a component of other business liabilities.

  265

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C3 Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus continued

C3.4 Products and determining contract liabilities continued

C3.4(a) Asia continued

Contract type

Description and material features

Determination of liabilities

The approach to determine the contract liabilities is 
generally driven by the local solvency basis. The discount 
rates used to determine the contract liabilities are derived 
in line with the measurement basis applied in each local 
business unit and are generally based on the risk-free 
rates applicable to the underlying contacts, including 
appropriate margins.

A gross premium valuation (GPV) method is typically 
used in those local businesses where a risk-based capital 
framework is adopted for local solvency. Under the GPV 
method, all cash flows are valued explicitly using best 
estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence.

This is achieved either through adding an explicit allowance 
above best estimate to the assumptions, or by applying an 
overlay constraint such that on day one no negative reserves 
(ie where future premium inflows are expected to exceed 
future claims and outflows) are derived at an individual 
policyholder level, or at a product/fund level, or a 
combination of both. The margin for prudence is released 
to profit over the life of the contract.

The Hong Kong business unit applies a net premium 
valuation method (NPV) to determine the future 
policyholder benefit provisions, subject to minimum 
floors at the policyholder’s asset share or guaranteed 
cash surrender value as appropriate.

For India and Taiwan, US GAAP is applied for measuring 
insurance liabilities. For these businesses, the future 
policyholder benefit provisions for non-linked business 
are determined using the net level premium method, 
with an allowance for surrenders, maintenance and 
claims expenses.

In Vietnam, an estimation basis to determine the contract 
liabilities is aligned substantially to that used by the local 
business units applying the GPV method.

The approach to determining the contract liabilities is 
generally driven by the local solvency basis, as discussed 
for health and protection business above.

Health and 
protection

Health and protection features are offered as 
supplements to the products listed above or sold 
as standalone products. Protection covers mortality 
and/or morbidity benefits including health, disability, 
critical illness and accident coverage.

Non-participating 
term contracts, 
whole life and 
endowment 
assurance

Non-participating savings and/or protection where 
the benefits are guaranteed, determined by a set of 
defined market-related parameters, or determined at 
the discretion of the local business unit. These products 
often offer a guaranteed maturity and/or surrender 
value. It is common in Asia for regulations or market-
driven demand and competition to provide some form 
of capital value protection and minimum crediting 
interest rate guarantees. This is reflected within the 
guaranteed maturity and surrender values. Guarantees 
are supported by shareholders. 

266

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedC3.4(b) US

Contract type

Description and material features

Determination of liabilities

Variable annuities

At 31 December 
2020, variable 
annuities accounted 
for 80 per cent 
(31 December 2019: 
78 per cent) of 
Jackson’s policy and 
contract liabilities. 

Variable annuities are deferred annuity products that 
are used for asset accumulation in retirement planning 
and for providing income in retirement, and have certain 
tax advantages.

The rate of return depends upon the performance of the 
selected fund portfolio. Policyholders may allocate their 
investment to either the fixed account or a selection of 
variable accounts. Most variable annuities are subject 
to early surrender charges for up to the first nine years 
of the contract. Jackson offers some fully liquid variable 
annuity products that have no surrender charges. 
Subject to benefit guarantees, investment risk on the 
variable account is borne by the policyholder, while 
investment risk on the fixed account is borne by Jackson 
through guaranteed minimum fixed rates of interest. 
At 31 December 2020, 5 per cent (31 December 2019: 
4 per cent) of variable annuity funds were in fixed 
accounts, with an average guaranteed rate of 1.7 percent 
(31 December 2019: 2.2 per cent).

Jackson offers a choice of guaranteed benefit options 
within its variable annuity product portfolio, which can 
be elected for additional fees. These guaranteed benefits 
might be expressed as the return of either: (a) total 
deposits made to the contract adjusted for any partial 
withdrawals, (b) total deposits made to the contract 
adjusted for any partial withdrawals, plus a minimum 
return, or (c) the highest contract value on a specified 
anniversary date adjusted for any withdrawals following 
that contract anniversary.

As explained in note A3.1, all of Jackson’s insurance 
liabilities are based on US GAAP.

Capitalised acquisition costs and deferred income for 
these contracts are amortised over the life of the book 
of contracts, are also explained in note A3.1.

For the variable annuities business, the policyholder 
liabilities are based on the value of the separate account 
(which is directly reflective of the underlying asset value 
movements), the value of the fixed account and provision 
for benefit guarantees in the general account which are 
measured on a combination of fair value and other US GAAP 
derived principles.

For the fixed account allocations, the principles for fixed 
annuity and fixed index annuity below also apply to variable 
annuities.

The benefit guarantee types are further set out below: 

Benefits that are payable in the event of death 
(guaranteed minimum death benefit (GMDB))
The liability for GMDBs is determined by estimating the 
expected value of benefits in excess of the projected 
account balance and recognising the excess rateably over 
the life of the contract based on total expected assessments. 
At 31 December 2020, these liabilities were valued using 
a series of stochastic investment performance scenarios, 
a mean investment return of 7.15 per cent (31 December 
2019: 7.4 per cent) net of external fund management fees, 
and assumptions for policyholder behaviour, mortality 
and expense.

Benefits that are payable upon the depletion of funds 
(guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (GMWB))
The liability for the GMWB ‘for life’ portion is determined 
similarly to GMDB above.

Provisions for benefits under GMWB ‘not for life’ features 
are recognised at fair value under US GAAP.

Non-performance risk is incorporated into the fair value 
calculation through the use of discount rates that allow for 
estimates of Jackson’s own credit risk based on observable 
market data.

The value of future fees to offset payments made under the 
guarantees are established so that no gain arises on day one.

Benefits that are payable at annuitisation (guaranteed 
minimum income benefit (GMIB))
This feature is no longer offered and existing coverage is 
substantially reinsured, subject to deductibles and annual 
claim limits.

Benefits that are payable at the end of a specified period 
(guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit (GMAB)) 
This feature is no longer offered. Provisions for GMAB are 
recognised at fair value under US GAAP. Volatility and 
non-performance risk is considered as per GMWB above.

  267

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C3 Policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus continued

C3.4 Products and determining contract liabilities continued

C3.4(b) US continued

Contract type

Description and material features

Determination of liabilities

With minor exceptions, the following is applied to most 
of Jackson’s contracts. Contracts are accounted for as 
investment contracts as defined for US GAAP purposes 
by applying a retrospective deposit method to determine 
the liability for policyholder benefits.

This is then augmented by:

 — Any amounts that have been assessed to compensate 
the insurer for services to be performed over future 
periods (ie deferred income);

 — Any amounts previously assessed against policyholders 
that are refundable on termination of the contract; and
 — Any probable future loss on the contract (ie premium 

deficiency).

The liability for policyholder benefits that represent the 
guaranteed minimum return is determined similarly to 
the general principles for the liabilities of the variable 
annuities above.

The interest guarantees are not explicitly valued but 
are reflected as they are earned in the current account 
liability value.

The equity-linked return option within the fixed index 
annuity contract is treated as an embedded derivative 
liability under US GAAP and therefore this element of 
the liability is recognised at fair value. 

The liability for the lifetime income rider on the fixed index 
annuity contract is determined each period end by 
estimating the expected value of benefits in excess of the 
projected account balance and recognising the excess on 
a prorated basis over the life of the contract, based on total 
expected assessments.

The liability for future benefits is determined under 
US GAAP methodology for limited-payment contracts, 
using assumptions at the acquisition date for mortality 
and expense, plus provisions for adverse deviation.

Fixed interest rate 
and fixed index 
annuities

At 31 December 
2020, fixed interest 
rate and fixed index 
annuities accounted 
for 10 per cent 
(31 December 2019: 
11 per cent) of 
Jackson’s policy and 
contract liabilities.

Following the 
reinsurance 
transaction with 
Athene Life Re Ltd 
in June 2020, 
these contracts are 
substantially fully 
reinsured as at 
31 December 2020.

Fixed interest rate and fixed index annuities are primarily 
deferred annuity products that are used for asset 
accumulation in retirement planning and for providing 
income in retirement.

Under a fixed interest rate annuity contract, the 
policyholder’s account is periodically credited with a 
certain interest rate, generally set at Jackson’s discretion 
subject to a guaranteed minimum in line with state 
regulations. When the annuity matures, Jackson either 
pays the contract holder the account value or a series of 
payments in the form of an immediate annuity product.

Fixed index annuities vary in structure and generally 
enable policyholders to obtain a portion of an 
equity-linked return (based on participation rates, 
caps and spreads), and provide a guaranteed minimum 
return. Jackson offers an optional lifetime income rider, 
which can be elected for an additional fee. Jackson 
also offers fixed interest accounts on some fixed index 
annuity products.

Group pay-out 
annuities

At 31 December 
2020, group pay-out 
annuities accounted 
for 2 per cent 
(31 December 2019: 
2 per cent) of 
Jackson’s policy and 
contract liabilities.

Group pay-out annuities consist of a block of defined 
benefit annuity plans assumed from John Hancock USA 
and John Hancock New York. A single premium payment 
from an employer (contract holder) funds the pension 
benefits for its employees (participants). The contracts 
provide annuity payments that meet the requirements 
of the specific pension plan being covered, including 
pre-retirement death and/or withdrawal benefits, 
pre-retirement surviving spouse benefits, and/or 
subsidised early retirement benefits in some cases. 
This is a closed block of business from two standpoints: 
(1) John Hancock USA and John Hancock New York are 
no longer selling new contracts, and (2) contract holders 
(companies) are no longer adding additional participants 
to these defined benefit pension plans.

268

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedContract type

Description and material features

Determination of liabilities

For term and traditional life insurance contracts, provisions 
for future policy benefits are determined under US GAAP 
using the net level premium method and assumptions at the 
issue or acquisition date for mortality, interest, policy lapses 
and expenses, plus provisions for adverse deviation. 

For universal life and variable universal life a retrospective 
deposit method is used to determine the liability for 
policyholder benefits. This is then augmented by additional 
liabilities to account for no-lapse guarantees, profits 
followed by losses, contract features such as persistency 
bonuses, and cost of interest rate guarantees.

Institutional products are classified as investment contracts, 
and are accounted for as financial liabilities at amortised 
cost. The currency risk on contracts that represent 
currency obligations other than USD are hedged using 
cross-currency swaps.

Life insurance

At 31 December 
2020, life insurance 
products accounted 
for 6 per cent 
(31 December 2019: 
7 per cent) of 
Jackson’s policy and 
contract liabilities.

Jackson discontinued new sales of life insurance 
products in 2012.

Life products include term life, traditional life and 
interest-sensitive life (universal life and variable 
universal life).

 — Term life provides protection for a defined period 
and a benefit that is payable to a designated 
beneficiary upon death of the insured.

 — Traditional life provides protection for either a 

defined period or until a stated age and includes 
a predetermined cash value.

 — Universal life provides permanent individual life 
insurance for the life of the insured and includes 
a savings element.

 — Variable universal life is a type of life insurance policy 
that combines death benefit protection with the 
ability for the policyholder to be invested in separate 
account funds.

Excluding the business that is subject to the retrocession 
treaties at 31 December 2020, Jackson had interest-
sensitive life business in force with total account value 
of $7.6 billion (31 December 2019: $7.9 billion), with 
a 4.7 per cent average guaranteed rate (31 December 
2019: 4.7 per cent).

Institutional 
products

At 31 December 
2020, institutional 
products accounted 
for 1 per cent 
(31 December 2019: 
1 per cent) of 
Jackson’s policy and 
contract liabilities.

Institutional products are: guaranteed investment 
contracts (GICs), funding agreements (including 
agreements issued in conjunction with Jackson’s 
participation in the US Federal Home Loan Bank 
programme) and Medium Term Note funding 
agreements.

GICs feature a lump sum policyholder deposit 
on which interest is paid at a rate fixed at inception. 
Market value adjustments are made to the value 
of any early withdrawals.

Funding agreements feature either lump sum or periodic 
policyholder deposits. Interest is paid at a fixed or index 
linked rate. Funding agreements have a duration of 
between one and 30 years. In 2020 and 2019, there were 
no funding agreements terminable by the policyholder 
with less than 90 days’ notice.

  269

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C4 Intangible assets 

C4.1 Goodwill
Business combination
Business acquisitions are accounted for by applying the purchase method of accounting, which adjusts the net assets of the acquired company 
to fair value at the date of purchase. The excess of the acquisition consideration over the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the acquired 
business is recorded as goodwill. The Group chooses the full goodwill method or the partial goodwill method to calculate goodwill on an 
acquisition by acquisition basis. Expenses related to acquiring new subsidiaries are charged to the income statement in the period in which 
they are incurred and not included in goodwill. Income and expenses of acquired businesses are included in the income statement from the 
date of acquisition.

Where the Group writes a put option, which if exercised triggers the purchase of non-controlling interests as part of its business acquisition, 

the put option is recognised as a financial liability at the acquisition date. Where risks and rewards remain with the non-controlling interests, 
a corresponding amount is deducted from equity. Any subsequent changes to the carrying amount of the put option liability are also 
recognised within equity.

Goodwill
Goodwill is capitalised and carried on the Group consolidated statement of financial position as an intangible asset at initial value less any 
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill impairment testing is conducted annually and when there is an indication of impairment. 

Goodwill shown on the consolidated statement of financial position represents amounts attributable to shareholders and are allocated 
to businesses in Asia and Africa in respect of both acquired asset management and life businesses. There has been no impairment as at 
31 December 2020 and 2019.

Carrying value at 1 Jan
Removal of discontinued UK and Europe operations
Additions in the year
Exchange differences

Carrying value at 31 Dec

2020  $m

2019  $m

969
–
–
(8)

961

2,365
(1,731)
299
36

969

Impairment testing 
Goodwill does not generate cash flows independently of other groups of assets and thus is assigned to cash-generating units for the purposes of 
impairment testing. These cash-generating units (CGUs) are based upon how management monitors the business and represent the lowest level 
to which goodwill can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Of the carrying value at 31 December 2020, $513 million relates to asset management 
business in Thailand. Other goodwill amounts are allocated across CGUs in Asia and Africa operations, which are not individually material.
Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the CGU’s carrying amount, including any goodwill, with its recoverable amount. 

The Group’s methodology of assessing whether goodwill may be impaired for acquired life and asset management operations is discussed below.
For acquired life businesses, the Group routinely compares the aggregate of net asset value and acquired goodwill on an IFRS basis of the 
acquired life business with the value of the current in-force business as determined using the EEV methodology. Any excess of IFRS value over 
EEV carrying value is then compared with EEV basis value of current and projected future new business to determine whether there is any 
indication that the goodwill in the IFRS statement of financial position may be impaired. The methodology and assumptions underpinning 
the Group’s EEV basis of reporting are included in the EEV basis supplementary information in this Annual Report.

The goodwill in respect of asset management businesses comprises mainly the goodwill arising from the acquisition of Thanachart Fund 

Management Co., Ltd (TFund) in 2019 and TMB Asset Management Co., Ltd (TMBAM) in Thailand in 2018. At 31 December 2020, the 
recoverable amount of these businesses has been determined by calculating the value in use of combined business given the business units 
are planned to be merged and future forecasts prepared by management assume the combination has been completed, and hence have been 
prepared as a single CGU. The value in use for Thailand asset management businesses has been calculated using a discounted cash flow 
valuation.

For the combined Thailand asset management business, the valuation is based on a number of key assumptions as follows:

 — Cash flow projections based on the latest five-year business plan/forecast;
 — A constant growth rate of 2.3 per cent on forecast cash flows beyond the terminal year of the cash flow projection period 

(31 December 2019: 2.3 per cent);

 — The risk discount rate applied in accordance with the nature of the businesses. The pre-tax discount rate applied 

at 31 December 2020 is 9 per cent (31 December 2019: 9 per cent); and

 — The continuation of asset management contracts on similar terms.

Management believes that any reasonable change in the key assumptions would not cause the recoverable amount of the asset management 
businesses acquired to fall below its carrying amount. 

270

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedC4.2 Deferred acquisition costs and other intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired on the purchase of a subsidiary or portfolio of contracts are measured at fair value on acquisition. DAC are accounted 
for as described in note A3.1(c). Other intangible assets, such as distribution rights and software, are valued initially at the price paid to acquire 
them and are subsequently carried at cost less amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. For intangibles other than DAC, amortisation 
follows the pattern in which the future economic benefits are expected to be consumed. If the pattern cannot be determined reliably, a straight-
line method is applied. For software, the amortisation generally represents the licence period of the software acquired. Amortisation of intangible 
assets is charged to the ‘acquisition costs and other expenditure’ line in the consolidated income statement. Impairment testing is conducted 
when there is an indication of impairment.

DAC and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders
Other intangible assets, including computer software, attributable to with-profits funds

Total of DAC and other intangible assets

(i) DAC and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders
The DAC and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders comprise:

DAC related to insurance contracts as classified under IFRS 4 
DAC related to investment management contracts, including life assurance contracts classified as financial 

instruments and investment management contracts under IFRS 4

DAC related to insurance and investment contracts note (ii)

Present value of acquired in-force policies for insurance contracts as classified under IFRS 4 (PVIF)
Distribution rights and other intangibles

Present value of acquired in-force (PVIF) and other intangibles attributable to shareholders note (iii)

Total of DAC and other intangible assets note (a)

Notes
(a) 

Total DAC and other intangible assets attributable to shareholders can be further analysed by business operations as follows:

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

20,275
70

20,345

17,409
67

17,476

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

16,182

14,206

34

33

16,216

14,239

34
4,025

4,059

38
3,132

3,170

20,275

17,409

Balance at 1 Jan
Removal of discontinued UK and Europe operations
Additions‡
Amortisation to the income statement: note (c)

Adjusted operating profit
Non-operating profit (loss)**

Disposals and transfers
Exchange differences and other movements
Amortisation of DAC related to net unrealised valuation movements on the US 
insurance operation’s available-for-sale securities recognised within other 
comprehensive income

Balance at 31 Dec

2020  $m

2019  $m

DAC

Asia

1,999
–
617

(308)
–
(308)
–
45

–

2,353

US*
note (b)

12,240
–
740

(423)
812
389
–
–

494

13,863

PVIF and 
other 
intangibles† 

note (iii)

Total

Total

3,170
–
1,114

(220)
(5)
(225)
(12)
12

–

4,059

17,409
–
2,471

(951)
807
(144)
(12)
57

494

20,275

15,008
(143)
2,601

(792)
1,243
451
(11)
134

(631)

17,409

* Under the Group’s application of IFRS 4, US GAAP is used for measuring the insurance assets and liabilities of its US and certain Asia operations. Under US GAAP, most of the US insurance 
operation’s products are accounted for under Accounting Standard no. 97 of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FAS 97) whereby DAC are amortised in line with the emergence 
of actual and expected gross profits which are determined using an assumption for long-term investment returns for the separate account of 7.15 per cent (2019: 7.4 per cent) gross of asset 
management fees and other charges to policyholders, but net of external fund management fees. The other assumptions impacting expected gross profits include mortality assumptions, 
lapses, assumed unit costs and future hedge costs. The amounts included in the income statement and other comprehensive income affect the pattern of profit emergence and thus the DAC 
amortisation attaching. DAC amortisation is allocated to the operating and short-term investment fluctuations in investment returns of the Group’s supplementary analysis of profit and other 
comprehensive income by reference to the underlying items. The gain of $389 million in 2020 in the US operations includes $(764) million for the write-off of the DAC in respect of the 
reinsured Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity liabilities to Athene Life Re Ltd. The US DAC amortisation charge within adjusted operating profit of $(423) million increased from 
the 2019 corresponding amount of $(297) million largely as a result of changes to the longer-term economic assumptions underpinning the amortisation calculation following an expectation 
of lower interest rates in the future, partially offset by the benefits of increases in DAC amortisation deceleration in the year described in note (c) below.

 ** ‘Non-operating profit (loss)’ is used to refer to items excluded from adjusted operating profit and includes short-term investment fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed 

business, corporate transactions and amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments.

† PVIF and other intangibles comprise present value of acquired in-force (PVIF), distribution rights and other intangibles such as software rights. Distribution rights relate to amounts that 

have been paid or have become unconditionally due for payment as a result of past events in respect of bancassurance partnership arrangements in Asia. These agreements allow for bank 
distribution of Prudential’s insurance products for a fixed period of time. Software rights include additions of $54 million, amortisation of $(34) million, disposals of $(6) million, foreign 
exchange of $3 million and closing balance at 31 December 2020 of $102 million (31 December 2019: $85 million).

‡ On 19 March 2020, the Group signed a new bancassurance agreement with TMB Bank for a period of 15 years. This extended exclusive partnership agreement required the novation of TMB 
Bank’s current bancassurance distribution agreement with another insurance group. The agreement cost Thai Baht 24.5 billion, which were paid in two instalments with Thai Baht 12.0 billion 
paid in April 2020 and the remainder in January 2021. The amount included in additions in the table above is $788 million.

  271

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
C4 Intangible assets continued

C4.2 Deferred acquisition costs and other intangible assets continued
(b) 

The DAC amount in respect of US arises in the insurance operations which comprises the following amounts: 

Variable annuity and other business
Cumulative shadow DAC (for unrealised gains/losses booked in other comprehensive income)*

Total DAC for US operations

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

14,064
(201)

13,863

12,935
(695)

12,240

* A net gain of $494 million (2019: a net loss of $(631) million) for shadow DAC amortisation is booked within other comprehensive income to reflect a reduction in shadow DAC of $535 million 

as a result of the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s fixed and fixed index annuity business to Athene Life offset by the impact from the positive unrealised valuation movement for 2020 
of $2,717 million (2019: positive unrealised valuation movement of $4,023 million). These adjustments reflect the movement from year to year, in the changes to the pattern of reported gross 
profits that would have happened if the assets reflected in the statement of financial position had been sold, crystallising the unrealised gains and losses, and the proceeds reinvested at the 
yields currently available in the market.

(c) 

Sensitivity of US DAC amortisation charge
The amortisation charge to the income statement in respect of the US DAC asset is reflected in both adjusted operating profit and short-term fluctuations in investment returns. 
The amortisation charge to adjusted operating profit in a reporting period generally comprises:
–  A core amount that reflects a relatively stable proportion of underlying premiums or profit; and
–  An element of acceleration or deceleration arising from market movements differing from expectations.
In periods where the cap and floor features of the mean reversion technique (which is used for moderating the effect of short-term volatility in investment returns) are not relevant, 
the technique operates to dampen the second element above. Nevertheless, extreme market movements can cause material acceleration or deceleration of amortisation in spite of this 
dampening effect. It is currently estimated that DAC amortisation will accelerate (decelerate) by $17 million for every 1 per cent under (over) the mean reversion rate (set using the calculation 
described below to give an average over an 8-year period of 7.15 per cent (2019: 7.4 per cent)) the actual separate account growth rate differs by.

Furthermore, in those periods where the cap or floor is relevant, the mean reversion technique provides no further dampening and additional volatility may result.
In 2020, the DAC amortisation charge for adjusted operating profit was determined after including a credit for decelerated amortisation of $330 million (2019: credit for deceleration: 
$280 million). DAC amortisation for variable annuities is sensitive to separate account performance. The deceleration arising in 2020 reflected a mechanical decrease in the projected separate 
account return for the next five years under the mean-reversion technique. Under this technique, the projected level of return for each of the next five years is adjusted so that in combination 
with the actual rates of return for the preceding three years (including the current year) the assumed long-term annual separate account return of 7.15 per cent is realised on average over the 
entire eight-year period. 

The application of the mean reversion formula (described in note A3.1) has the effect of dampening the impact of equity market movements on DAC amortisation while the mean 
reversion assumption lies within the corridor. At 31 December 2020, it would take approximate movements in separate account values of more than either negative 40 per cent or positive 
19 per cent for mean reversion assumption to move outside the corridor.

Changes to the assumed long-term separate account return will also impact the calculation of the DAC balance and could increase or decrease the DAC amortisation charge in a given 

period. If the assumption for the long-term separate account investment returns (net of external fund management fees) was reduced by 0.5 per cent from 7.15 per cent to 6.65 per cent 
at 31 December 2020, the 2020 amortisation charge for adjusted operating profit would have increased by around $70 million with a corresponding reduction in the DAC balance at 
31 December 2020. In addition, pre-tax short-term fluctuations in investment returns would reduce by circa $64 million following changes to the policyholder liabilities valued using 
longer-term equity assumptions under SOP03-1, resulting in a total impact on profit before tax of $134 million.

(ii) DAC related to insurance and investment contracts 
The movements in DAC relating to insurance and investment contracts are as follows:

Balance at 1 Jan
Removal of discontinued UK and Europe operations
Additions
Amortisation
Exchange differences
Change in shadow DAC related to movement in unrealised appreciation of debt 

securities classified as available-for-sale

Balance at 31 Dec

2020  $m

2019  $m

Insurance
 contracts

Investment
contracts

Insurance
 contracts

Investment
contracts

14,206
–
1,354
85
43

494

16,182

33
–
3
(4)
2

–

34

12,758
(62)
1,411
699
31

(631)

14,206

99
(72)
11
(5)
–

–

33

Note
All of the additions for investment contracts are through internal development. The carrying amount of the DAC balance comprises the following gross and accumulated amortisation amounts:

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

39
(5)

34

34
(1)

33

Gross amount
Accumulated amortisation

Carrying amount

272

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii) PVIF and other intangibles attributable to shareholders 

Balance at 1 Jan
Cost
Accumulated amortisation

Removal of discontinued UK and Europe 

operations

Additions
Amortisation charge
Disposals and transfers
Exchange differences and other movements

Balance at 31 Dec 

Comprising:
Cost
Accumulated amortisation

2020  $m

2019  $m

PVIF 
note (a)

Distribution
 rights 
note (b)

Other
 intangibles
 (including 
software)

175
(137)

38

–
–
(5)
–
1

34

177
(143)

34

3,783
(812)

2,971

–
1,047
(180)
–
13

3,851

4,845
(994)

3,851

379
(218)

161

–
67
(45)
(12)
3

174

424
(250)

174

Total

4,337
(1,167)

3,170

–
1,114
(230)
(12)
17

4,059

5,446
(1,387)

4,059

PVIF 
note (a)

Distribution
 rights 
note (b)

Other
 intangibles
 (including 
software)

295
(252)

43

(1)
–
(5)
–
1

38

175
(137)

38

2,546
(587)

1,959

–
1,110
(196)
–
98

2,971

3,783
(812)

2,971

399
(250)

149

(8)
69
(42)
(11)
4

161

379
(218)

161

Total

3,240
(1,089)

2,151

(9)
1,179
(243)
(11)
103

3,170

4,337
(1,167)

3,170

All of the net PVIF balances relate to insurance contracts. The PVIF attaching to investment contracts have been fully amortised. 

Notes
(a) 
(b)  Distribution rights relate to fees paid in relation to the bancassurance partnership arrangements for the bank distribution of Prudential’s insurance products for a fixed period of time. 
The distribution rights amounts are amortised on a basis to reflect the pattern in which the future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by reference to new business 
production levels.

  273

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C5 Borrowings

Although initially recognised at fair value (net of transaction costs), borrowings are subsequently accounted for on an amortised cost basis 
using the effective interest method, with the exception of liabilities of consolidated collateralised debt obligations which continue to be carried 
at fair value. Under the effective interest method, the difference between the redemption value of the borrowing and the initial proceeds (net of 
related issue costs) is amortised through the income statement to the date of maturity or for hybrid debt, over the expected life of the instrument.

C5.1 Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Central operations:
Subordinated debt:

US$250m 6.75% Notes note (i)
US$300m 6.5% Notes note (i)
US$700m 5.25% Notes
US$1,000m 5.25% Notes
US$725m 4.375% Notes
US$750m 4.875% Notes
€20m Medium Term Notes 2023
£435m 6.125% Notes 2031

Senior debt: note (ii)

£300m 6.875% Notes 2023
£250m 5.875% Notes 2029
$1,000m 3.125% Notes 2030 note (iii)

$350m Loan 2024 note (iv)

Total central operations
Jackson US$250m 8.15% Surplus Notes 2027 note (v)

Total core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

250
300
700
999
723
746
24
590

406
312
983
350

6,383
250

6,633

250
300
700
996
721
744
22
571

392
298
–
350

5,344
250

5,594

Notes
(i) 

(ii) 
(iii) 
(iv) 

(v) 

These borrowings can be converted, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option and subject to certain conditions, on any interest payment date, into one or more series of Prudential 
preference shares.
The senior debt ranks above subordinated debt in the event of liquidation.
In April 2020, the Company issued $1,000 million 3.125 per cent senior debt maturing on 14 April 2030 with proceeds, net of costs of $983 million.
In November 2020, the $350 million term loan was settled, and the Group entered into a replacement $350 million term loan facility at a cost of daily compounded Secured Overnight 
Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 59 basis points. The new term loan matures in 2024.
Jackson’s borrowings are unsecured and subordinated to all present and future indebtedness, policy claims and other creditor claims of Jackson.

C5.2 Operational borrowings

Borrowings in respect of short-term fixed income securities programmes – commercial paper
Lease liabilities under IFRS 16
Non-recourse borrowings of consolidated investment funds note (a)
Bank loans and overdrafts 
Other borrowings note (b)

Operational borrowings attributable to shareholder-financed businesses

Lease liabilities under IFRS 16
Other borrowings

Operational borrowings attributable to with-profits businesses

Total operational borrowings

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

501
302
994
–
453

2,250

194
–

194

520
371
1,045
29
377

2,342

259
44

303

2,444

2,645

Notes
(a) 
(b)  Other borrowings attributable to shareholder-financed business mainly represent senior debt issued through the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLB), secured by collateral posted 

In all instances, the holders of the debt instruments issued by consolidated investment funds do not have recourse beyond the assets of those funds.

with the FHLB by Jackson.

274

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedC6 Risk and sensitivity analysis

C6.1 Group overview
The Group’s risk framework and the management of risks, including those attached to the Group’s financial statements including financial 
assets, financial liabilities and insurance liabilities, together with the inter-relationship with the management of capital, have been included 
in the audited sections of the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks facing our business and how these are managed. 

The financial and insurance assets and liabilities on the Group’s statement of financial position are, to varying degrees, subject to market and 
insurance risk and other changes of experience assumptions that may have a material effect on IFRS basis profit or loss and shareholders’ equity. 
The market and insurance risks and also ESG-related risks, including how they affect Group’s operations and how these are managed are 
discussed in the Risk report referred to above. The ESG-related risks discussed in the Risk report include in particular the potential long-term 
impact of environmental risks associated with climate change (including physical and transition risks) on the Group’s investments.

The most significant items that the IFRS shareholders’ profit or loss and shareholders’ equity for the Group’s life assurance business are 
sensitive to, are shown in the following tables. The distinction between direct and indirect exposure is not intended to indicate the relative size 
of the sensitivity.

Type of business

Asia insurance operations
All business

Market and credit risk

Insurance and lapse risk

Mortality and/or 
morbidity risk
Persistency risk

With-profits business 

Net neutral direct exposure (indirect exposure to investment performance, 
which is subject to smoothing through declared bonuses)

Unit-linked business 

Net neutral direct exposure (indirect exposure to investment performance, 
through asset management fees)

Non-participating business  Asset/liability mismatch risk which results in sensitivity to interest rates and credit 
spreads, particularly for operations where the insurance liability basis is sensitive 
to current market movements

US insurance operations
All business

Variable annuity business

General account business

Indirect exposure to investment performance through policyholder charges 
and guarantees in some cases

Asset/liability mismatch risk
Adjusted operating profit is sensitive to market conditions, both with respect to 
income earned on spread-based products and indirectly with respect to income 
earned on variable annuity asset management fees

Net effect of market risk (equity and interest rates) arising from incidence of 
guarantee features and variability of asset management fees, offset by derivative 
hedging programme*

Credit risk and market risk (equity and interest rate) in meeting guaranteed rates of 
accumulation on general account annuity and interest sensitive life products which 
may lead to smaller spread profits, being the difference between the earned rate 
and the policyholder crediting rate. As at 1 June 2020, the risk has been 
substantially transferred for the fixed and fixed index annuity products as part of 
the reinsurance transaction with Athene described in note D1.1

Shareholders’ equity is impacted by interest rate and credit risk via impairments 
and unrealised gains/losses on fixed income securities. For those instruments 
classified as available-for-sale under IAS 39, unrealised gains/losses do not 
directly impact profit, unless they are considered permanent reductions in value

Mortality risk

Persistency and utilisation 
risk (risk that utilisation of 
withdrawal benefits or 
lapse levels differ from 
those assumed)

Persistency risk, mitigated 
in some cases by the 
application of market 
value adjustments

* Jackson’s derivative programme, which is described in note C2.3(ii), is used to manage the economic interest rate risk associated with a broad range of products and equity market risk attaching to 
its equity-based products. Movements in equity markets, equity volatility, interest rates and credit spreads materially affect the carrying value of derivatives that are used to manage the liabilities to 
policyholders and backing investment assets. Movements in the carrying value of derivatives combined with the use of US GAAP measurement (as ‘grandfathered’ under IFRS 4) for the insurance 
contracts assets and liabilities, which is largely insensitive to current year market movements, mean that the Jackson total profit (ie including short-term fluctuations in investment returns) is sensitive 
to market movements.

  275

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C6 Risk and sensitivity analysis continued

C6.1 Group overview continued
The profit for the year of asset management operations is sensitive to the level of assets under management, as this significantly affects the 
value of management fees earned by the business in the current and future periods. Assets under management will rise and fall as market 
conditions change, with a consequential impact on profitability. Other than this, there is limited sensitivity to market risks since the Group’s asset 
management and other operations do not hold significant financial investments. At 31 December 2020, the financial investments of the other 
operations are principally short-term investments held by the Group’s treasury function for liquidity purposes and so there is limited sensitivity 
to interest rate movements.

Sensitivity analyses of IFRS shareholders’ equity to key market and other risks by business unit are provided below. The sensitivity analyses 
provided show the effect on shareholders’ equity to changes in the relevant risk variables, all of which are considered to be reasonably possible 
at the relevant balance sheet date. 

The sensitivities reflect all consequential impacts from market movements at the valuation date. The sensitivities below only allow for limited 
management actions such as changes to policyholder bonuses, where applicable. If the economic conditions set out in the sensitivities persisted, 
the financial impacts may differ to the instantaneous impacts. Given the continuous risk management processes in place, management could 
take additional actions to help mitigate the impact of these stresses, including (but not limited to) rebalancing investment portfolios, further market 
risk hedging, increased use of reinsurance, repricing of in-force benefits, changes to new business pricing and the mix of new business being sold. 
Other limitations of the sensitivities include: the use of hypothetical market movements that cannot be predicted with any certainty to 

demonstrate potential risk, which only represent Prudential’s view of reasonably possible near-term market changes; the assumption that interest 
rates in all countries move identically; and the lack of consideration of the inter-relation of interest rates, equity markets and foreign currency 
exchange rates.

The Group benefits from diversification benefits achieved through the geographical spread of the Group’s operations and, within those 
operations, through a broad mix of product types. These benefits are not reflected in the simplified sensitivities below. Relevant correlation 
factors include:

 — Correlation across geographic regions for both financial and non-financial risk factors; and
 — Correlation across risk factors for longevity risk, expenses, persistency and other risks.

The geographical diversity of the Group’s business means that it has some exposure to the risk of foreign exchange rate fluctuations. The Group 
has no exposure to currency fluctuation from business units that operate in USD, or currencies pegged to the USD (such as HKD), and reduced 
exposure to currencies partially managed to the USD within a basket of currencies (such as SGD). Sensitivities to exchange rate movements in 
the Group’s key markets are therefore expected to be limited.

C6.2 Sensitivity to interest rate risk 
The sensitivities shown below are for movements in risk-free rates (based on local government bond yields at the valuation date) in isolation 
and are subject to a floor of zero. They do not include movements in credit risk that may affect credit spreads and hence the valuation of debt 
securities and policyholder liabilities. A one-letter credit downgrade in isolation (ie ignoring any consequential change in valuation) would not 
have a material impact on IFRS profit or shareholders’ equity.

To reflect the substantial fall and current level of low interest rates in 2020, the estimated sensitivity to a decrease in interest rates 

at 31 December 2020 has been updated to a decrease of 0.5 per cent. This compares to a 1 per cent change at 31 December 2019. 
The estimated sensitivity to a decrease and increase in interest rates at 31 December 2020 is as follows:

31 December 2020

Net effect on shareholders’ equity*

Asia insurance  $m

US insurance  $m

Decrease 
of 0.5% 

(1,274)

Increase 
of 1% 

(318)

Decrease 
of 0.5% 

(594)

Increase 
of 1% 

(68)

* The effect from the instantaneous changes in interest rates above, if they arose, would impact profit after tax for Asia insurance operations and would mostly be recorded within short-term 

fluctuations in investment returns. The impact on profit after tax would be the same as the net effect on shareholders’ equity. For US insurance operations, the instantaneous changes in interest rates 
above, if they arose, would cause the net effect on equity shown above through two constituent movements. Firstly, profit after tax, net of related changes in the amortisation of DAC, would be 
impacted (decrease of 0.5 per cent: $(1,319) million; increase of 1 per cent: $1,976 million), and would mostly be recorded within short-term fluctuations in investment returns. Secondly, the effect 
would also impact other comprehensive income (decrease of 0.5 per cent: $725 million; increase of 1 per cent: $(2,044) million) in respect of the direct effect on the carrying value of the 
available-for-sale debt securities, net of related changes in the amortisation of DAC and related tax effects.

The estimated sensitivity to a decrease and increase in interest rates at 31 December 2019 was as follows:

31 December 2019

Net effect on shareholders’ equity*

Asia insurance  $m

US insurance  $m

Decrease 
of 1% 

(702)

Increase 
of 1% 

(718)

Decrease 
of 1% 

20

Increase 
of 1% 

(553)

* The effect from the instantaneous changes in interest rates above, if they arose, would impact profit after tax for Asia insurance operations and would mostly be recorded within short-term 

fluctuations in investment returns. The impact on profit after tax would be the same as the net effect on shareholders’ equity. For US insurance operations, the instantaneous changes in interest rates 
above, if they arose, would cause the net effect on equity shown above through two constituent movements. Firstly, profit after tax, net of related changes in the amortisation of DAC, would be 
impacted (decrease of 1 per cent: $(2,224) million; increase of 1 per cent: $1,691 million), and would mostly be recorded within short-term fluctuations in investment returns. Secondly, the effect 
would also impact other comprehensive income (decrease of 1 per cent: $2,244 million; increase of 1 per cent: $(2,244) million) in respect of the direct effect on the carrying value of the 
available-for-sale debt securities, net of related changes in the amortisation of DAC and related tax effects.

276

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedAsia insurance operations
The degree of sensitivity of the results of the non-linked shareholder-backed business of the Asia operations to movements in interest rates 
depends upon the degree to which the liabilities under the ‘grandfathered’ IFRS 4 measurement basis reflects market interest rates from year 
to year. This varies by local business unit. For example:

 — Certain Asia businesses apply US GAAP, for which the results can be more sensitive as the effect of interest rate movements on the backing 

investments may not be offset by liability movements;

 — The level of options and guarantees in the products written in the particular business unit will also affect the degree of sensitivity to interest 

rate movements; and

 — The degree of sensitivity of the results is dependent on the interest rate level at that point of time.

The sensitivity of the Asia operations presented as a whole at a given point in time will also be affected by a change in the relative size of the 
individual businesses.

For many operations the sensitivities are dominated by the impact of interest rate movements on the value of government and corporate 

bond investments, which are expected to increase in value as interest rates fall to a greater extent than the offsetting increase in liabilities 
(and vice versa if rates rise). This arises because the discount rate in some operations does not fluctuate in line with interest rate movements.  
At higher levels of interest rates the liabilities become less sensitive to interest rate movements and the effects on assets becomes more 
dominant. This pattern is evident in the ‘increase of 1 per cent’ sensitivity at 31 December 2020.

The ‘decrease of 0.5%’ sensitivities reflects that some local business units’ liabilities become more sensitive at lower interest rates and the 

fluctuations in liabilities begin to exceed asset gains. The liability movements also reflect the prudent nature of some of the regulatory regimes which 
leads to duration of liabilities that are longer than would be expected on a more economic basis and hence results in a mismatch with the assets that 
are managed on a more realistic basis. Following the substantial fall in interest rates over 2020, at 31 December 2020, the ‘decrease of 0.5 per cent’ 
sensitivity is dominated by the impact of interest rate movements on some local business units’ policyholder liabilities, which are expected to increase 
more than the offsetting increase in the value of government and corporate bond investments, if interest rates were to fall further from the historically 
low levels seen at 31 December 2020. As noted above, the results only allow for limited management actions, and if such economic conditions 
persisted management could take additional actions to help mitigate the impact of these stresses, including (but not limited to) rebalancing 
investment portfolios, increased use of reinsurance, changes to new business pricing and the mix of new business being sold.

US insurance operations
The GMWB features attached to variable annuity business (other than ‘for life’ components) are accounted for under US GAAP at fair value 
and, therefore, will be sensitive to changes in interest rates. Debt securities and related derivatives are marked to fair value. Value movements 
on derivatives, net of related changes to amortisation of DAC and deferred tax, are recorded within the income statement. Fair value movements 
on debt securities, net of related changes to amortisation of DAC and deferred tax, are recorded within other comprehensive income.

As at 1 June 2020, the interest rate risks relating to Jackson’s fixed and fixed index annuity products have been substantially transferred 

as part of the reinsurance transaction with Athene described in note D1.1, leaving only a limited exposure from residual policies and new policies 
written post 1 June 2020. Jackson is exposed primarily to the following interest rate risks:

 — Related to meeting guaranteed rates of accumulation on general account annuity and interest sensitive life products following a sustained 

fall in interest rates;

 — Related to increases in the present value of projected benefits related to guarantees issued in connection with its variable annuity contracts 

following a sustained fall in interest rates especially if in conjunction with a fall in equity markets;

 — Related to the surrender value guarantee features attached to the Company’s general account annuity and interest sensitive life products 

and to policyholder withdrawals following a sharp and sustained increase in interest rates; and

 — The risk of mismatch between the expected duration of certain annuity liabilities and prepayment risk and extension risk inherent in 

mortgage-backed securities.

A prolonged low interest rate environment may result in a lengthening of maturities of the general account annuity and interest-sensitive life 
contract holder liabilities from initial estimates, primarily due to lower policy lapses. As interest rates remain at low levels, Jackson may also have 
to reinvest the cash it receives as interest or proceeds from investments that have matured or that have been sold at lower yields, reducing its 
investment margins. Moreover, borrowers may prepay or redeem the securities in their investment portfolios with greater frequency in order 
to borrow at lower market rates, which exacerbates this risk. The majority of Jackson’s general account business was designed with contractual 
provisions that allow crediting rates to be re-set annually, subject to minimum crediting rate guarantees.

The sensitivity movements provided in the table above are at a point in time and reflect the hedging programme in place on the balance sheet 

date, while the actual impact on financial results would vary contingent upon a number of factors. Jackson’s hedging programme is primarily 
focused on managing the economic risks in the business and protecting statutory solvency under larger market movements, and does not 
explicitly aim to hedge the IFRS accounting results. The magnitude of the impact of the sensitivities on profit after tax at 31 December 2020 
is larger than the impact at 31 December 2019, reflecting the liabilities being more sensitive to further interest rate movements at the current 
low interest rate levels (after taking into account the impact of interest rate movements on derivatives). In determining the value of liabilities, 
assumed future separate account return is based on risk-free rates under ‘grandfathered’ US GAAP. The reduction in the magnitude of the impact 
of the sensitivities on other comprehensive income, and hence shareholders’ equity, reflects the impact of the Athene reinsurance transaction 
described in note D1.1 on the profile of Jackson’s general account liabilities and the consequential reduction in available-for-sale debt securities.

  277

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C6 Risk and sensitivity analysis continued

C6.3 Sensitivity to equity and property price risk
In the equity risk sensitivity analysis shown, the Group has considered the impact of an instantaneous 20 per cent fall in equity markets. If equity 
markets were to fall by more than 20 per cent, the Group believes that this would not be an instantaneous fall but rather would be expected to 
occur over a longer period of time, during which the hedge positions within Jackson, where the underlying equity risk is greatest, would be 
rebalanced. The equity risk sensitivity analysis provided assumes that all equity indices fall by the same percentage.

Asia insurance operations
The estimated sensitivity to a 10 per cent increase and 20 per cent decrease in equity and property prices is as follows:

Net effect on shareholders’ equity*

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Decrease 
of 20% 

(848)

Increase 
of 10% 

410

Decrease 
of 20% 

(816)

Increase 
of 10% 

408

* The effect from the instantaneous changes in equity and property prices above, if they arose, would impact profit after tax for Asia insurance operations, which would mostly be recorded within 

short-term fluctuations in investment returns. 

Generally, changes in equity and property investment values are not directly offset by movements in non-linked policyholder liabilities. 
Movements in equities backing with-profits and unit-linked business have been excluded as they are generally matched by an equal movement 
in insurance liabilities (including unallocated surplus of with-profits funds). The impact on changes to future profitability as a result of changes to 
the asset values within unit-linked or with-profits funds have not been included in the instantaneous sensitivity above. The estimated sensitivities 
shown above include equity and property investments held by the Group’s joint venture and associate businesses.

US insurance operations
At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company provided variable annuity contracts with guarantees, for which the net amount at risk (‘NAR’) 
is defined as the amount of guaranteed benefit in excess of current account value, as follows (dollars in millions):

Return of net deposits plus a minimum return

GMDB
GMWB – premium only
GMWB
GMAB – premium only

Highest specified anniversary account value minus withdrawals post-anniversary

GMDB
GMWB – highest anniversary only
GMWB

Combination net deposits plus minimum return, highest specified anniversary 

account value minus withdrawals post-anniversary
GMDB
GMIB
GMWB

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Account 
value

Net amount 
at risk

Account 
value

Net amount 
at risk

170,510
2,858
248
39

13,512
3,459
646

8,891
1,675
159,857

2,340
12
11
–

86
41
55

615
556
5,656

150,576
2,753
257
37
–
12,547
3,232
698

–
8,159
1,688
140,529

2,477
16
14
–
–
69
51
52

–
687
616
7,160

278

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedJackson is primarily exposed to equity risk through the guarantees included in certain variable annuity benefits. This risk is managed using 
an equity hedging programme to minimise the risk of a significant economic impact as a result of increases or decreases in equity market levels. 
Jackson purchases futures and options that hedge the risks inherent in these products, while also considering the impact of rising and falling 
guaranteed benefit fees.

Due to the nature of valuation under IFRS of the free-standing derivatives and certain of the variable annuity guarantee features, this hedge, 
while effective on an economic basis, would not automatically offset within the financial statements as the impact of equity market movements 
resets the free-standing derivatives immediately while the hedged liabilities reset more slowly and fees are recognised prospectively in the year 
in which they are earned. Jackson’s hedging programme is focused on managing the economic risks in the business and protecting statutory 
solvency in the circumstances of large market movements. The hedging programme does not aim to hedge IFRS accounting results, which 
can lead to volatility in the IFRS results in a period of significant market movements, as was seen in 2020.

In addition to the exposure explained above, Jackson is also exposed to equity risk from its holding of equity securities, partnerships 

in investment pools and other financial derivatives.

The estimated sensitivity to a 10 per cent increase and 20 per cent decrease in equity and property prices is shown below.

Net effect on shareholders’ equity*

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Decrease 
of 20% 

744

Increase 
of 10% 

299

Decrease 
of 20% 

762

Increase 
of 10% 

608

* The effect from the instantaneous changes in equity and property prices above, if they arose, would impact profit after tax for US insurance operations, which would mostly be recorded within 

short-term fluctuations in investment returns. 

The table above excludes the impact of instantaneous equity movements on future separate account fee income.

The above sensitivities assume instantaneous market movements while the actual impact on financial results would vary contingent upon 
the volume of new product sales and lapses, changes to the derivative portfolio, correlation of market returns and various other factors including 
volatility, interest rates and elapsed time. 

The directional movements in the sensitivities reflect the hedging programme in place at 31 December 2020 and 2019 respectively. The 
nature of Jackson’s dynamic hedging programme means that the portfolio, and hence the results of these sensitivities, will change on an ongoing 
basis. The impacts shown under an increase or a decrease in equity markets reflect the factors discussed above.

Jackson had variable annuity contracts with guarantees. Account balances of contracts with guarantees were invested in variable separate 

accounts as follows:

Mutual fund type:

Equity
Bond
Balanced
Money market

Total

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

132,213
20,203
39,626
1,862

193,904

121,520
19,341
30,308
956

172,125

  279

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C6 Risk and sensitivity analysis continued

C6.4 Sensitivity to insurance risk
Asia insurance operations
In Asia, adverse persistency experience can impact the IFRS profitability of certain types of business written in the region. This risk is 
managed at a local business unit level through regular monitoring of experience and the implementation of management actions as necessary. 
These actions could include product enhancements, increased management focus on premium collection, as well as other customer retention 
efforts. The potential financial impact of lapses is often mitigated through the specific features of the products, eg surrender charges, or through 
the availability of premium holiday or partial withdrawal policy features. The reserving basis in Asia is generally such that a change in lapse 
assumptions has an immaterial effect on immediate profitability.

Many of the business units in Asia are exposed to mortality and morbidity risk and a provision is made within policyholder liabilities to cover 

the potential exposure. If all these assumptions were strengthened by 5 per cent then it is estimated that post-tax profit and shareholders’ 
equity would decrease by approximately $77 million (2019: $77 million). Weakening these assumptions by 5 per cent would have a similar 
opposite impact.

US insurance operations
Jackson is sensitive to mortality risk, lapse risk and other types of policyholder behaviour, such as the utilisation of its GMWB product features. 
Jackson’s persistency assumptions reflect a combination of recent experience for each relevant line of business and expert judgement, especially 
where a lack of relevant and credible experience data exists. These assumptions vary by relevant factors, such as product, policy duration, 
attained age and for variable annuity lapse assumptions, the extent to which guaranteed benefits are ‘in the money’ relative to policy account 
values. Changes in these assumptions, which are assessed on an annual basis after considering recent experience, could have a material impact 
on policyholder liabilities and therefore on profit before tax. Any changes in these assumptions are recorded within short-term fluctuations in 
investment returns in the Group’s supplementary analysis of profit (see note B1.2).

In addition, in the absence of hedging, equity and interest rate movements can both cause a direct loss or increase the future sensitivity 
to policyholder behaviour. Jackson has an extensive derivative programme that seeks to manage the exposure to such altered equity markets 
and interest rates.

Note A3.1 describes the methodology applied by Jackson to amortise DAC. The amount of amortisation charged in any one period is sensitive 

to separate account investment returns. The sensitivity of DAC amortisation charge is discussed in note C4.2.

C7 Tax assets and liabilities

Accounting policies on deferred tax are included in note B3. 

C7.1 Current tax 
At 31 December 2020, of the $444 million (31 December 2019: $492 million) current tax recoverable, the majority is expected to be recovered 
more than 12 months after the reporting period. 

At 31 December 2020, the current tax liability of $280 million (31 December 2019: $396 million) includes $113 million (31 December 2019: 

$198 million) of provisions for uncertain tax matters. Further detail is provided in note B3.2. 

C7.2 Deferred tax
The statement of financial position contains the following deferred tax assets and liabilities in relation to:

2020  $m

Movement 
through other 
comprehensive 
 income and 
equity

Other 
movements 
including 
foreign 
currency 
movements

Balance 
at 1 Jan

Movement 
in income
 statement

–
32
3,889
154

4,075

(877)
(1,507)
(2,853)

(5,237)

 – 
55
765
(50)

770

(78)
(235)
(377)

(690)

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

–

(102)
 – 
 – 

(102)

 – 
 – 
8
5

13

(6)
(23)
(17)

(46)

Balance 
at 31 Dec

–
87
4,662
109

4,858

(1,063)
(1,765)
(3,247)

(6,075)

Deferred tax assets
Unrealised losses or gains on investments
Balances relating to investment and insurance contracts
Short-term temporary differences
Unused tax losses

Total

Deferred tax liabilities
Unrealised losses or gains on investments
Balances relating to investment and insurance contracts
Short-term temporary differences

Total

280

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedDeferred tax assets
Unrealised losses or gains on investments
Balances relating to investment and insurance contracts
Short-term temporary differences
Unused tax losses

Total

Deferred tax liabilities
Unrealised losses or gains on investments
Balances relating to investment and insurance contracts
Short-term temporary differences

Total

2019  $m

Demerger 
of UK and 
Europe
 operations

Movement 
through other 
comprehensive
 income and
 equity

Movement 
in income
 statement

Other 
movements 
including
 foreign 
currency 
movements

–
–
(160)
–

(160)

1,053
–
298

1,351

(16)
60
1,066
8

1,118

(231)
(246)
(414)

(891)

–
–
(15)
–

(15)

(713)
–
19

(694)

(128)
(29)
–
(16)

(173)

118
15
(14)

119

Balance 
at 1 Jan

144
1
2,998
162

3,305

(1,104)
(1,276)
(2,742)

(5,122)

Balance 
at 31 Dec

–
32
3,889
154

4,075

(877)
(1,507)
(2,853)

(5,237)

Of the short-term temporary differences of $4,662 million relating to deferred tax assets, $3,274 million for US insurance operations is expected 
to be recovered in line with the run off of the in-force book, and the majority of the remaining balances are expected to be recovered within five 
years.

The deferred tax balances are further analysed as follows:

Asia operations
US operations
Other operations

Total Group

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

316
4,542
–

4,858

270
3,804
1

4,075

(2,552)
(3,523)
–

(6,075)

(2,146)
(3,091)
–

(5,237)

The taxation regimes applicable across the Group often apply separate rules to trading and capital profits and losses. The distinction between 
temporary differences that arise from items of either a trading or capital nature may affect the recognition of deferred tax assets. The following tax 
benefits and losses have not been recognised for the years shown:

Trading losses
Capital losses

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Tax benefits

Losses

Tax benefits

Losses

191
2

991
7

36
1

175
5

Of the benefit from unrecognised trading losses, $26 million will expire within the next 10 years and the rest have no expiry date. 

Some of the Group’s businesses are located in jurisdictions in which a withholding tax charge is incurred upon the distribution of earnings. 

At 31 December 2020, deferred tax liabilities of $323 million (31 December 2019: $247 million) have not been recognised in respect of such 
withholding taxes as the Group is able to control the timing of the distributions and it is probable that the timing differences will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.

  281

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
C8 Share capital, share premium and own shares

Shares are classified as equity when their terms do not create an obligation to transfer assets. Amounts recorded in share capital represent the 
nominal value of the shares issued. The difference between the proceeds received on issue of the shares, net of share issue costs, and the nominal 
value of the shares issued, is credited to share premium. Where the Company purchases shares for the purposes of employee incentive plans, 
the consideration paid, net of issue costs, is deducted from retained earnings. Upon issue or sale any consideration received is credited to 
retained earnings net of related costs.

Issued shares of 5p each fully paid

Balance at 1 Jan
Shares issued under share-based schemes
Impact of change in presentation currency

Balance at 31 Dec

2020

2019

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

2,601,159,949
8,329,753
–

2,609,489,702

Share 
capital 
$m

Share 
premium 
$m

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

172
1
–

173

2,625
12
–

2,637

2,593,044,409
8,115,540
–

2,601,159,949

Share 
capital 
$m

Share 
premium 
$m

166
–
6

172

2,502
22
101

2,625

Options outstanding under save as you earn schemes to subscribe for shares at each year end shown below are as follows: 

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

Number 
of shares to 
subscribe for

2,320,320

3,805,447

Share price range

from

964p

1,104p

to 

Exercisable 
by year

1,455p

1,455p

2026

2025

Transactions by Prudential plc and its subsidiaries in Prudential plc shares
The Group buys and sells Prudential plc shares (‘own shares’) either in relation to its employee share schemes or, up until the demerger of its 
UK and Europe operations (M&G plc) in October 2019, via transactions undertaken by authorised investment funds that the Group is deemed 
to control. The cost of own shares of $243 million at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $183 million) is deducted from retained earnings. 
The Company has established trusts to facilitate the delivery of shares under employee incentive plans. At 31 December 2020, 11.2 million 
(31 December 2019: 8.4 million) Prudential plc shares with a market value of $205 million (31 December 2019: $161 million) were held 
in such trusts, all of which are for employee incentive plans. The maximum number of shares held during the year was 11.5 million which 
was in June 2020.

Within the trusts, shares are notionally allocated by business unit reflecting the employees to which the awards were made.
The Company purchased the following number of shares in respect of employee incentive plans:

January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December

Total

2020

Share price
Low 
£

High 
£

14.42
14.57
11.18
10.21
11.16
11.86
12.30
12.21
11.61
11.49
10.62
12.78

14.68
14.60
11.40
10.48
11.30
12.67
12.51
12.33
11.68
11.71
12.76
12.83

Number 
of shares

62,395
62,680
79,057
5,363,563
81,377
167,724
87,239
72,287
75,368
116,802
74,178
70,814

6,313,484

Cost* 
$

1,195,275
1,183,717
1,110,374
68,010,967
1,117,783
2,540,749
1,365,109
1,167,008
1,138,447
1,764,694
1,233,127
1,217,842

83,045,092

Number 
of shares

75,165
71,044
68,497
2,638,429
73,417
217,800
60,514
72,671
73,284
178,359
75,904
68,573

3,673,657

2019

Share price
Low 
£

High 
£

14.25
15.00
15.20
15.65
16.35
16.20
17.47
14.86
14.14
13.78
13.38
13.07

14.29
15.18
16.32
16.73
16.45
16.36
17.71
15.21
14.76
14.24
13.85
13.13

Cost* 
$

1,384,926
1,390,865
1,385,182
54,052,710
1,550,109
4,484,773
1,321,427
1,318,593
1,318,767
3,148,811
1,309,146
1,178,206

73,843,515

* The cost in USD shown has been calculated from the share prices in GBP using the monthly average exchange rate for the month in which those shares were purchased. 

Up until the demerger of M&G plc in October 2019, the Group consolidated a number of authorised investment funds managed by M&G plc 
that held shares in Prudential plc. The cost of acquiring these shares was included in the cost of own shares in 2019.

All share transactions were made on an exchange other than the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong.
Other than set out above, the Group did not purchase, sell or redeem any Prudential plc listed securities during 2020 or 2019.

282

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedC9 Provisions

Staff benefits provisions note (i)
Other provisions

Total provisions note (ii)

Notes
(i) 
(ii) 

Provisions for staff benefits are generally expected to be paid out within the next three years.
Analysis of movement in total provisions is shown below:

Balance at 1 Jan
Removal of discontinued UK and Europe operations
Charged (credited) to income statement:

Additional provisions
Unused amounts released

Utilisation during the year
Exchange differences

Balance at 31 Dec

C10 Capital

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

328
22

350

408
58

466

2020  $m

2019  $m

466
–

128
(13)
(241)
10

350

1,373
(946)

188
(7)
(154)
12

466

C10.1 Group objectives, policies and processes for managing capital
(i) Capital measure
The Group manages its Group LCSM capital resources as its measure of capital. At 31 December 2020, estimated Group shareholder LCSM 
capital resources is $15.8 billion (31 December 2019: $14.0 billion).

(ii) External capital requirements
The Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA) assumed the role of the group-wide supervisor for the Prudential Group following the demerger 
of M&G plc in October 2019. Ultimately, Prudential plc will become subject to the Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework. The primary 
legislation was enacted in July 2020 and will come into operation on 29 March 2021. The relevant subsidiary legislation, including the Insurance 
(Group Capital) Rules, were tabled before the Legislative Council on 6 January 2021 and will also come into operation on 29 March 2021. 
The GWS Framework is expected to be effective for Prudential upon designation by the Hong Kong IA in the second quarter of 2021, 
subject to transitional arrangements.

Until Hong Kong’s GWS Framework comes into force, Prudential applies the local capital summation method (LCSM) that has been agreed 

with the Hong Kong IA to determine Group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). The GWS Framework is 
expected to be largely consistent with that applied under LCSM with the exception of the treatment of debt instruments which will be subject 
to transitional arrangements under the GWS Framework. Prudential’s initial analysis indicates that all debt instruments (senior and subordinated) 
issued by Prudential will meet the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and will be included as eligible Group capital resources, 
although this will be subject to approval by the Hong Kong IA. The LCSM surplus represents the summation of capital resources across local 
solvency regimes for regulated entities of the Group and IFRS net assets (with some adjustments) for non-regulated entities less the summation 
of local statutory capital requirements across the Group, with no allowance for diversification between business operations.

(iii) Meeting of capital management objectives
The Group minimum capital requirement has been met during 2020. 

As well as holding sufficient capital to meet LCSM requirements at Group level, the Group also closely manages the cash it holds within 

its central holding companies so that it can:

 — Fund new opportunities;
 — Maintain flexibility and absorb shock events;
 — Cover central costs; and
 — Fund dividends.

More details on holding company cash flows and balances are given in section I(iii) in the Additional unaudited financial information section.

Reserve adequacy testing under a range of scenarios and dynamic solvency testing is carried out, including under certain scenarios mandated 

by the Asia and US regulators.

The Group manages its assets, liabilities and capital locally, in accordance with local regulatory requirements and reflecting the different types 

of liabilities in each business unit. As a result of the diversity of products offered by Prudential and the different regulatory regimes under which 
it operates, the Group employs differing methods of asset/liability and capital management, depending on the business concerned.

The sensitivity of liabilities and other components of total capital vary depending upon the type of business concerned and this conditions 

the approach to asset/liability management.

  283

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
C10 Capital continued

C10.2 Local capital regulations
(i) Asia insurance operations
The local valuation basis for the assets, liabilities and capital requirements of significant operations in Asia are:

China JV
A risk-based capital, risk management and governance framework, known as the China Risk Oriented Solvency System (C-ROSS), applies in 
China. Under C-ROSS, insurers are required to maintain a core solvency ratio (core capital over minimum capital) and a comprehensive solvency 
ratio (capital resources over minimum capital) of not lower than 50 per cent and 100 per cent, respectively. The review of C-ROSS by the China 
Banking Insurance Regulatory Commission (CBIRC) has resulted in elevating the relevant principles of C-ROSS into regulatory requirements.

The actual capital is the difference between the admitted assets and admitted liabilities with trading and available-for-sale assets marked-to-
market and other assets at book value. Policyholder liabilities are based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions 
with a separate risk margin.

Hong Kong
The capital requirements set out in the regulations vary by underlying risk type and duration of liabilities, but are generally determined 
as a percentage of mathematical reserves and capital at risk. 

Mathematical reserves are based on a net premium valuation method using assumptions which include a suitable margin for prudence. 

The valuation interest rate used to value long-term liabilities reflects a blend between the prudent assessment of the portfolio yield and 
the reinvestment yield subject to a maximum of the prudent portfolio yield. The approach used to determine the reinvestment yield for 
reserving allows for average yields thus the impact of movements in interest rates are reflected in the valuation interest rate over time. 
The basis of calculation was updated in 2020 in line with a circular issued by the Hong Kong IA. The capital resources are based on assets 
that are marked-to-market. The nature of the current regulatory regime means that the duration of statutory liabilities is longer than would 
be expected on an economic basis and hence there is an inherent mismatch with the assets that are managed on a more realistic basis. 
The Hong Kong IA is in the process of developing a risk-based capital framework with several quantitative impact studies performed 
over the past few years, implementation of this framework is targeted by 2024 but the exact timing is uncertain. 

Indonesia
Solvency capital is determined using a risk-based capital approach. The capital resources are based on assets that are marked-to-market, 
with policyholder liabilities based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. 
Liabilities are zeroised at a policy level (ie negative liabilities are not permitted at a policy level). For unit-linked policies an unearned premium 
reserve is established.

Malaysia
A risk-based capital framework applies in Malaysia. The local regulator, Bank Negara Malaysia (BNM), has set a Supervisory Target Capital Level 
of 130 per cent below which supervisory actions of increasing intensity will be taken. Each insurer is also required to set its own Individual Target 
Capital Level to reflect its own risk profile and this is expected to be higher than the Supervisory Target Capital Level.

The capital resources are based on assets that are marked-to-market, with policyholder liabilities based on a gross premium valuation method 
using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. Liabilities are zeroised at a fund level (ie negative liabilities are not permitted 
at a fund level). The BNM has initiated a review of its RBC framework. An exposure draft on Valuation of Insurance and Takaful Liabilities was 
issued on 24 December 2019 to gather industry feedback by 15 April 2020. The exact timing of implementation of potential revisions remains 
uncertain.

Market liberalisation measures were introduced by BNM in April 2009, which increases the limit from 49 per cent to 70 per cent on foreign 

equity ownership for insurance companies and Takaful operators in Malaysia. A higher foreign equity limit beyond 70 per cent for insurance 
companies will be considered by BNM on a case by case basis, for example, for companies who support expansion of providing insurance 
coverage to the most vulnerable in Malaysian society.

Singapore
A risk-based capital framework applies in Singapore. The regulator also has the authority to direct that the insurer satisfies additional capital 
adequacy requirements in addition to those set forth under the Singapore Insurance Act if it considers such additional requirements appropriate. 
The capital resources are based on assets that are marked-to-market, with policyholder liabilities based on a gross premium valuation method 
using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. The updated risk-based capital framework (RBC2) came into effect on 
31 March 2020 and this permits the recognition of a prudent allowance for negative reserves in the capital resources.

(ii) US insurance operations 
The regulatory framework for Jackson is governed by the requirements of the US NAIC-approved Risk-Based Capital standards. Under these 
requirements life insurance companies report using a formula-based capital standard, which includes components calculated by applying 
after-tax factors to various asset, premium and reserve items and a separate model-based component for market risk and interest rate risk 
associated primarily with variable annuity products. 

284

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continued(iii) Asset management operations – regulatory and other surplus
Certain asset management subsidiaries of the Group are subject to local regulatory requirements. The movement in the year of the estimated 
surplus regulatory capital position of those subsidiaries, combined with the movement in the IFRS basis shareholders’ equity for unregulated 
asset management operations, is as follows:

Regulatory and other surplus

Balance at 1 Jan
Removal of discontinued UK and Europe operations
Gains (losses) during the year
Movement in capital requirement
Capital injection
Distributions made to the parent company
Exchange and other movements

Balance at 31 Dec

2020  $m

2019  $m

Total asset
management

Total asset
management

382
–
222
48
65
(204)
(49)

464

1,271
(846)
238
(32)
(10)
(213)
(26)

382

US

6
–
(1)
–
–
–
–

5

Eastspring

376
–
223
48
65
(204)
(49)

459

C10.3 Transferability of capital resources
For Asia, the amounts retained within the insurance companies are at levels that provide an appropriate level of capital strength in excess of the 
local regulatory minimum. The businesses in Asia may, in general, remit dividends to parent entities, provided the statutory insurance fund meets 
the local regulatory solvency requirements and there are sufficient statutory accounting profits. For with-profits funds, the excess of assets over 
liabilities is retained within the funds, with distribution to shareholders tied to the shareholders’ share of declared bonuses. 

Jackson can pay dividends on its capital stock only out of earned surplus unless prior regulatory approval is obtained. Furthermore, dividends 

that exceed the greater of statutory net gain from operations less net realised investments losses for the prior year or 10 per cent of Jackson’s 
prior year end statutory surplus, excluding any increase arising from the application of permitted practices, require prior regulatory approval. 
Capital resources of the non-insurance business units is transferable after taking account of an appropriate level of operating capital, based 

on local regulatory solvency requirements, where relevant.

  285

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020C11 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment comprise Group occupied properties and tangible assets. Property, plant and equipment also includes  
right-of-use assets for operating leases of properties occupied by the Group and leases of equipment and other tangible assets. All property, 
plant and equipment, including the right-of-use assets under operating leases, are held at cost less cumulative depreciation, calculated using 
the straight-line method, and impairment charge.

The Group does not have any right-of-use assets that would meet the definition of investment property. As at 31 December 2020, total  
right-of-use assets comprised $429 million (31 December 2019: $569 million) of property and $13 million (31 December 2019: $24 million) 
of non-property assets. Of the $442 million (31 December 2019: $593 million) total right-of-use assets, $182 million (31 December 2019: 
$253 million) were held by the Group’s with-profits businesses.

Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across the Group. These are used to maximise 
operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are 
exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. The Group assesses at lease commencement whether it is reasonably certain to 
exercise the option. This assertion is revisited if there is a material change in circumstances. As at 31 December 2020, the undiscounted value 
of lease payments beyond the break period not recognised in the lease liabilities is $179 million (31 December 2019: $185 million).

A reconciliation of the carrying amount of the Group’s property, plant and equipment from the beginning to the end of the years shown 

is as follows:

Balance at 1 Jan
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Opening net book amount
Removal of discontinued UK and Europe 

operations

Recognition of right-of-use asset on initial 

application of IFRS 16

Arising on acquisitions of subsidiaries
Additions
Depreciation and impairment charge
Disposals and transfers
Effect of movements in exchange rates

Balance at 31 Dec

Representing:
Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book amount

2020  $m

2019  $m

Group 
occupied 
 property

Tangible
 assets

Right-of- 
use assets

Total

Group 
occupied 
 property

Tangible
 assets

Right-of- 
use assets

Total

351
(76)

275

–

–
–
3
(9)
(3)
1

267

355
(88)

267

687
(490)

197

–

–
–
56
(64)
(13)
8

184

707
(523)

184

734
(141)

593

1,772
(707)

1,065

525
(105)

420

2,089
(714)

1,375

–

–

(143)

(1,170)

–
–
21
(145)
(25)
(2)

442

710
(268)

442

–
–
80
(218)
(41)
7

893

1,772
(879)

893

–
6
1
(9)
–
–

275

351
(76)

275

–
13
63
(77)
(11)
4

197

687
(490)

197

–
–

–

–

527
1
196
(141)
1
9

593

734
(141)

593

2,614
(819)

1,795

(1,313)

527
20
260
(227)
(10)
13

1,065

1,772
(707)

1,065

The Group has non-cancellable property subleases which have been classified as operating leases under IFRS 16. The sublease rental income 
received in 2020 for the leases is $10.8 million (2019: $11 million from continuing operations).

Tangible assets 
At 31 December 2020, of the $184 million (31 December 2019: $197 million) tangible assets, $72 million (31 December 2019: $83 million) 
were held by the Group’s with-profits businesses. 

Capital expenditure: property, plant and equipment by segment
The capital expenditure in 2020 of $59 million (2019: $64 million) arose as follows: $30 million (2019: $44 million) in Asia and $2 million 
(2019: $5 million) in the US, with the remaining balance of $27 million (2019: $15 million) arising from corporate expenditure unallocated 
to a segment.

286

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comC Financial position / continuedD  Other information

D1 Corporate transactions

D1.1 Gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions
Where there is a disposal, income  and expenses of entities sold during the year are included in the income statement up to the date of disposal. 
The gain or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between sale proceeds net of selling costs, less the net assets of the entity at the 
date of disposal, adjusted for foreign exchange movements attaching to the sold entity that are required to be recycled to the income 
statement under IAS 21.

Gain on disposals note (i)
Other transactions note (ii)

Total gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions as shown separately on the consolidated income statement 
Gain arising on reinsurance of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed index annuity business note (iii) 
Gain arising on reinsurance transaction undertaken by the Hong Kong business note (iv)

Total gain (loss) attaching to corporate transactions

2020  $m

2019  $m

–
(48)

(48)
804
765

1,521

265
(407)

(142)
–
–

(142)

Notes
(i) 

(ii) 

In 2019, the gain on disposals principally related to profits arising from a 4 per cent reduction in the Group’s stake in its associate in India, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company, and 
the disposal of Prudential Vietnam Finance Company Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary that provides consumer finance.
In 2020, other transactions include $(38) million of costs associated with the work to plan for the separation of Jackson. In 2019, other transactions primarily reflected costs related 
to the demerger of the Group’s UK and Europe operations (M&G plc).

(iii)  With effect from 1 June 2020, Jackson reinsured substantially all of its in-force portfolio of US fixed and fixed index annuities with Athene Life Re Ltd, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of 

$804 million, after allowing for the write-off of DAC associated with the business reinsured and after reflecting post-closing adjustments made in the second half of 2020. The transaction 
excluded Jackson’s legacy life and institutional business as well as the REALIC portfolio and group pay-out annuity business reinsured from John Hancock and was collateralised to reduce 
the exposure to counterparty risk. Under the reinsurance arrangement, Jackson reinsured $27.6 billion liabilities (valued at 1 June 2020) in return for a premium of $28.9 billion net of ceding 
commission, comprising principally of bonds. The pre-tax gain also includes the realised gains arising on the bonds net of the DAC written off as a result of the transaction of $2.1 billion. 
After allowing for tax of $(0.2) billion and the reduction in unrealised gains recorded directly in other comprehensive income of $(1.8) billion, the impact of the reinsurance transaction on IFRS 
shareholders’ equity is a reduction of $(1.2) billion. 
The benefit arises from a co-reinsurance quota share transaction undertaken by the Hong Kong business in December 2020 as part of the Group’s on-going asset/liability management.  
Future surpluses (or losses) arising from the business being reinsured will be shared with the reinsurer in accordance with the terms of the treaty. This treaty helps mitigate the effect of the 
accounting mismatch under the existing regulatory framework in Hong Kong and is part of our management of the transition to the new RBC regime.

(iv) 

D1.2 Equity investment by Athene into the US business
In 2020, all of the $1,014 million effect of transactions relating to non-controlling interests recognised in the consolidated statement of changes 
in equity relates to the equity investment by Athene Life Re Ltd (‘Athene’) into the US business completed on 17 July 2020. Under the transaction, 
Athene invested $500 million in Prudential’s US business in return for an 11.1 per cent economic interest for which the voting interest is 
9.9 per cent. Athene’s investment is in the form of a cash subscription for the issuance of new common equity in the holding company containing 
Prudential’s US businesses, including Jackson National Life Insurance Company and PPM America.

The following is summarised financial information for non-controlling interest in Prudential’s US operations currently held by Athene since  

July 2020:

 — The profit after tax generated by the US operations and attributable to Athene is $57 million;
 — The comprehensive loss generated by the US operations and attributable to Athene is $(8) million; and
 — Of the US operations’ total equity, the amount attributable to Athene is $1,063 million.

Analysis of assets and liabilities of the US operations is included in note C1 segmental balance sheet. Profit or loss of the US operations is included 
in note B1.4 segmental income statement. Total net decrease in cash and cash equivalents for the US operations during the year is shown below: 

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities

Net cash flows in the year

No dividends were paid to Athene during the year.

2020  $m

(807)
(2)
470

(339)

  287

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020D1 Corporate transactions continued

D1.3 Discontinued UK and Europe operations
On 21 October 2019, the Group completed the demerger of its UK and Europe operations (M&G plc), which were classified as discontinued 
operations in the comparatives included within these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current assets held for 
sale and discontinued operations’.

The results and cash flows for the discontinued UK and Europe operations presented in the consolidated financial statements for the period 

of ownership up to the demerger are analysed below. The profit and other comprehensive income for the period from the discontinued UK 
and Europe operations were wholly attributable to the equity holders of the Company.

Total comprehensive income

Total revenue, net of reinsurance
Total charges, net of reinsurance
Profit before tax
Re-measurement on demerger
Cumulative exchange loss recycled from other comprehensive income
Total (loss) profit before tax
Tax (charge) credit

(Loss) profit for the year

Other comprehensive income:
Cumulative exchange loss recycled through profit or loss
Other items, net of related tax

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of related tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Cash flows 

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash and cash equivalents divested on demerger

Net cash flows in the year
Net cash flows between discontinued and continuing operations*
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

2019  $m

33,212
(31,118)
2,094
188
(2,668)
(386)
(775)

(1,161)

2,668
203

2,871

1,710

2019  $m

2,375
(454)
(7,611)

(5,690)
(436)
6,048
78

–

*The net cash flows between discontinued and continuing operations of $(436) million primarily represented dividends of $(4,525) million, offset by payment for the transfer of debt to M&G plc from 

Prudential plc prior to the demerger of $4,161 million.

288

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comD Other information / continuedD2 Contingencies and related obligations

Litigation and regulatory matters
The Group is involved in various litigation and regulatory proceedings. These may from time to time include class actions involving Jackson. 
While the outcome of such litigation and regulatory issues cannot be predicted with certainty, the Group believes that their ultimate outcome 
will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Guarantees 
Guarantee funds in the US and certain markets in Asia provide for payments to be made to policyholders on behalf of insolvent life 
insurance companies and are financed by payments assessed on solvent insurance companies based on location, volume and type of business. 
The estimated reserve for future guarantee fund assessments is not significant. For the majority of the markets in Asia, the insurance company’s 
obligation is limited to the amount paid based on a fixed percentage of premiums. The Directors believe that sufficient provision has been made 
on the balance sheet for all anticipated payments.

The Group has provided other guarantees and commitments to third parties entered into in the normal course of business but the Group 

does not consider that the amounts involved are significant.

Intra-group capital support arrangements
Prudential has put in place intra-group arrangements to formalise undertakings by Prudential to the regulators of the Hong Kong subsidiaries 
regarding their solvency levels. 

D3 Post balance sheet events

Dividends
The 2020 second interim ordinary dividend approved by the Board of Directors after 31 December 2020 is as described in note B5.

Intention to demerge the Group’s US operations in the second quarter of 2021
In January 2021, the Board announced that it had decided to pursue the separation of its US operations (Jackson) from the Group through 
a demerger, whereby shares in Jackson would be distributed to Prudential shareholders. 

Subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals, the planned demerger is expected to complete in the second quarter of 2021 and would lead 

to a significantly earlier separation of Jackson from the Group than would have been possible through a minority IPO and future sell-downs, 
which from market precedent may have lasted until 2023. At the point of demerger, Prudential is planning to retain a 19.9 per cent non-controlling 
interest in Jackson, which will be reported within the consolidated financial position as a financial investment at fair value. Subject to market 
conditions, the Group intends to monetise a portion of this investment to support investment in Asia within 12 months of the planned demerger, 
such that the Group will own less than 10 per cent at the end of such period.

Following this decision in January 2021, the US operations (equivalent to the US segment disclosed in these financial statements) are 
considered to meet the held for distribution criteria in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations’. 
It is not practicable to quantify the potential financial effect of the planned demerger and the retained non-controlling interest at this stage.

D4 Related party transactions

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation. 

The Company has transactions and outstanding balances with collective investment schemes, collateralised debt obligations and similar 
entities that are not consolidated and where a Group company acts as manager, which are regarded as related parties for the purposes of IAS 24. 
The balances are included in the Group’s statement of financial position at fair value or amortised cost in accordance with IAS 39 classifications 
with the corresponding amounts included in the income statement. The transactions include amounts paid on issue of shares or units, amounts 
received on cancellation of shares or units and amounts paid in respect of the periodic charge and administration fee. 

In addition, there are no material transactions between the Group’s joint ventures and associates, which are accounted for on an equity 

method basis, and other Group companies.

Key management personnel of the Company, as described in note B2.3, may from time to time purchase insurance, asset management or 
annuity products marketed by Group companies in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time 
for comparable transactions with other persons.

In 2020 and 2019, other transactions with key management personnel were not deemed to be significant both by virtue of their size and in the 

context of the individuals’ financial positions. All of these transactions were on terms broadly equivalent to those that prevailed in arm’s-length 
transactions.

Additional details on the Directors’ interests in shares, transactions or arrangements are given in the Directors’ remuneration report. 

Key management remuneration is disclosed in note B2.3.

  289

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020D5 Commitments

The Group has provided, from time to time, certain guarantees and commitments to third parties. 

At 31 December 2020, Asia operations had $1,913 million unfunded commitments (31 December 2019: $2,013 million) primarily related to 
investments in infrastructure funds and alternative investment funds. At 31 December 2020, Jackson had unfunded commitments of $831 million 
(31 December 2019: $889 million) related to investments in limited partnerships and $185 million (31 December 2019: $796 million) related 
to commercial mortgage loans and other fixed income securities. These commitments were entered into in the normal course of business 
and a material adverse impact on the operations is not expected to arise from them.

D6 Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates

D6.1 Basis of consolidation 
The Group consolidates those investees it is deemed to control. The Group has control over an investee if all three of the following are met: 
(1) it has power over an investee; (2) it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and (3) it has ability 
to use its power over the investee to affect its own returns. 

(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those investees that the Group controls. The majority of the Group’s subsidiaries are corporate entities, but the Group’s 
insurance operations also invest in a number of limited partnerships.

The Group performs a re-assessment of consolidation whenever there is a change in the substance of the relationship between the Group 
and an investee. Where the Group is deemed to control an entity it is treated as a subsidiary and its results, assets and liabilities are consolidated. 
Where the Group holds a minority share in an entity, with no control over the entity, the investments are carried at fair value through profit or loss 
within financial investments in the consolidated statement of financial position.

(ii) Joint ventures and associates
Joint ventures are joint arrangements arising from a contractual agreement whereby the Group and other investors have joint control of the net 
assets of the arrangement. In a number of these arrangements, the Group’s share of the underlying net assets may be less than 50 per cent but 
the terms of the relevant agreement make it clear that control is jointly exercised between the Group and the third party. Associates are entities 
over which the Group has significant influence, but it does not control. Generally it is presumed that the Group has significant influence if it holds 
between 20 per cent and 50 per cent voting rights of the entity. 

With the exception of those referred to below, the Group accounts for its investments in joint ventures and associates by using the equity 
method of accounting. The Group’s share of profit or loss of its joint ventures and associates is recognised in the income statement and its share 
of movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The equity method of accounting does not apply 
to investments in associates and joint ventures held by the Group’s insurance or investment funds. This includes venture capital business, mutual 
funds and unit trusts and which, as allowed by IAS 28, ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’, are carried at fair value through profit or loss.

(iii) Structured entities
Structured entities are those that have been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the 
entity. Voting rights relate to administrative tasks. Relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements. The Group invests 
in structured entities such as:

 — Collective investment schemes;
 — Limited partnerships;
 — Variable interest entities;
 — Investment vehicles within separate accounts offered through variable annuities;
 — Collateralised debt obligations;
 — Mortgage-backed securities; and 
 — Similar asset-backed securities. 

Collective investment schemes
The Group invests in collective investment schemes, which invest mainly in equities, bonds, cash and cash equivalents, and properties. 
The Group’s percentage ownership in these entities can fluctuate on a daily basis according to the participation of the Group and other investors 
in them. 

 — Where the entity is managed by a Group asset manager, and the Group’s ownership holding in the entity exceeds 50 per cent, the Group 

is judged to have control over the entity.

 — Where the entity is managed by a Group asset manager, and the Group’s ownership holding in the entity is between 20 per cent and 

50 per cent, the facts and circumstances of the Group’s involvement in the entity are considered, including the rights to any fees earned by 
the asset manager from the entity, in forming a judgement as to whether the Group has control over the entity.

 — Where the entity is managed by a Group asset manager, and the Group’s ownership holding in the entity is less than 20 per cent, the Group 

is judged to not have control over the entity.

 — Where the entity is managed by an asset manager outside the Group, an assessment is made of whether the Group has existing rights that 

gives it the ability to direct the current activities of the entity and therefore control the entity. In assessing the Group’s ability to direct an entity, 
the Group considers its ability relative to other investors. 

290

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comD Other information / continuedWhere the Group is deemed to control these entities, they are treated as a subsidiary and are consolidated, with the interests of investors 
other than the Group being classified as liabilities, and appear as net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds. 
Where the Group does not control these entities (as it is deemed to be acting as an agent) and they do not meet the definition of associates, 

they are carried at fair value through profit or loss within financial investments in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

Where the Group’s asset manager sets up investment funds as part of asset management operations, the Group’s interest is limited to 
the administration fees charged to manage the assets of such entities. With no participation in these entities, the Group does not retain risks 
associated with investment funds. For these investment funds, the Group is not deemed to control the entities but to be acting as an agent.

The Group generates returns and retains the ownership risks in investment vehicles commensurate to its participation and does not have 

any further exposure to the residual risks of these investment vehicles. 

Jackson’s separate account assets
These are investment vehicles that invest contract holders’ premiums in equity, fixed income, bonds and money market mutual funds. The contract 
holder retains the underlying returns and the ownership risks related to the underlying investments. The shareholder’s economic interest in separate 
accounts is limited to the administrative fees charged. The separate accounts are set up as separate regulated entities governed by a Board of 
Governors or trustees for which the majority of the members are independent of Jackson or any affiliated entity. The independent members are 
responsible for any decision making that impacts contract holders’ interest and govern the operational activities of the entities’ advisers, including 
asset managers. Accordingly, the Group does not control these vehicles. These investments are carried at fair value through profit or loss within 
financial investments in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Limited partnerships
The Group’s insurance operations invest in a number of limited partnerships, either directly or through unit trusts, through a mix of capital 
and loans. These limited partnerships are managed by general partners, in which the Group holds equity. Such interest in general partners 
and limited partnerships provide the Group with voting and similar rights to participate in the governance framework of the relevant activities 
in which limited partnerships are engaged in. Accounting for the limited partnerships as subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates or other financial 
investments depends on the terms of each partnership agreement and the shareholdings in the general partners. 

Other structured entities
The Group holds investments in mortgage-backed securities, collateralised debt obligations and similar asset-backed securities, the majority 
of which are actively traded in a liquid market. 

The Group consolidates the vehicles that hold the investments where the Group is deemed to control the vehicles. When assessing control 

over the vehicles, the factors considered include the purpose and design of the vehicle, the Group’s exposure to the variability of returns and 
the scope of the Group’s ability to direct the relevant activities of the vehicle including any kick-out or removal rights that are held by third parties. 
The outcome of the control assessment is dependent on the terms and conditions of the respective individual arrangements. 

The majority of such vehicles are not consolidated. In these cases, the Group is not the sponsor of the vehicles in which it holds investments 

and has no administrative rights over the vehicles’ activities. The Group generates returns and retains the ownership risks commensurate to 
its holding and its exposure to the investments and does not have any further exposure to the residual risks or losses of the investments or 
the vehicles in which it holds investments. Accordingly, the Group does not have power over the relevant activities of such vehicles and all 
are carried at fair value through profit or loss within financial investments in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

The table below provides aggregate carrying amounts of the investments in unconsolidated structured entities reported in the Group’s 

statement of financial position: 

Statement of financial position line items

Equity securities and holdings in collective 

investment schemes

Debt securities

Total

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Investment
 funds

Separate
 account 
assets

Other
 structured
 entities

Investment
 funds

Separate
 account 
assets

Other
 structured
 entities

27,192
–

27,192

219,062
–

219,062

–
3,414

3,414

23,622
–

23,622

195,070
–

195,070

–
6,573

6,573

As at 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Group does not have an agreement, contractual or otherwise, or intention to provide financial support 
to structured entities that could expose the Group to a loss.

  291

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020D6 Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued

D6.2 Dividend restrictions and minimum capital requirements 
Certain Group subsidiaries and joint ventures are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends 
or otherwise to the parent company. 

Under UK company law, UK companies can only declare dividends if they have sufficient distributable reserves. 
Jackson is subject to state laws that limit the dividends payable to its parent company based on statutory capital, surplus and prior year 

earnings. Dividends in excess of these limitations require prior regulatory approval. 

The Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in Asia may remit dividends to the Group, in general, provided the statutory insurance 
fund meets the capital adequacy standard required under local statutory regulations and has sufficient distributable reserves. For further details 
on local capital regulations in Asia please refer to note C10.2.

D6.3 Investments in joint ventures and associates
The Group has shareholder-backed joint venture insurance and asset management businesses in China with CITIC Group and a joint venture 
asset management business in India with ICICI Bank. In addition, there is an asset management joint venture in Hong Kong with Bank of China 
International Holdings Limited (BOCI) and Takaful insurance joint venture in Malaysia. 

For the Group’s joint ventures that are accounted for by using the equity method, the net of tax results of these operations are included 

in the Group’s profit before tax.

The Group’s associates, which are also accounted for under the equity method, include the Indian insurance entity (with the majority 
shareholder being ICICI Bank). In addition, the Group has investments in collective investment schemes, funds holding collateralised debt 
obligations, property funds where the Group has significant influence. As allowed under IAS 28, these investments are accounted for on 
a fair value through profit or loss basis. The aggregate fair value of associates accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, where there 
are published price quotations, is approximately $0.7 billion at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $0.7 billion).

For joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method, the 12 months financial information of these investments for 
the years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (covering the same period as that of the Group) has been used in these consolidated financial 
statements.

The Group’s share of the profits for shareholder-backed business (including short-term fluctuations in investment returns), net of related tax, 

in joint ventures and associates, which are equity accounted as shown in the consolidated income statement at 31 December 2020, comprises 
the following:

Share of profits from joint ventures and associates, net of related tax

Asia insurance operations
Asia asset management operations

Total segment and Group total

2020  $m

2019  $m

400
117

517

291
106

397

There is no other comprehensive income in the joint ventures and associates. There has been no unrecognised share of losses of a joint venture 
or associate that the Group has stopped recognising in total comprehensive income. 

The Group’s interest in joint ventures gives rise to no contingent liabilities or capital commitments that are material to the Group. 

292

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comD Other information / continuedKey to share classes:
LBG 
LPI 
MI 
MFS 
NSB 
OS 
PI 
PS 
U 

Limited by Guarantee
Limited Partnership Interest
Membership Interest 
Mutual Fund Shares
Non-stock basis
Ordinary Shares
Partnership Interest
Preference Shares
Units

D6.4 Related undertakings
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a list of Prudential Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant 
holdings (being holdings of more than 20 per cent) is disclosed below, along with the classes of shares held, the registered office address and 
the effective percentage of equity owned at 31 December 2020.

The definitions of a subsidiary undertaking, joint venture and associate in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 are different from the 
definition under IFRS Standards. As a result, the related undertakings included within the list below may not be the same as the undertakings 
consolidated in the Group IFRS financial statements. The Group’s consolidation policy is described in note D6.1. The Group also operates 
through branches. At 31 December 2020, there was no significant branch outside the UK.

Direct subsidiary undertakings of the parent company, Prudential plc (shares held directly or via nominees) 

Name of entity

Prudential Corporation Asia Limited

Classes of
 shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

OS

100.00%

13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, 
Hong Kong

Prudential Group Holdings Limited

OS

100.00%

1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

Other subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant holdings of the Group – no shares held directly 
by the parent company, Prudential plc or its nominees 
The table below represents the list of entities within the Group excluding the entities within the US business, which are shown 
in a separate table below.

Name of entity

Aberdeen Standard Cash Creation Fund

Aberdeen Standard Global Opportunities Fund

Aberdeen Standard Singapore Equity – SGD class

Aberdeen Standard Singapore Equity Fund – USD class

Allianz Global Investors Greater China Fund

Alternatives North America Ltd.

AMUNDI FTSE China A50 Index ETF

BOCHK Aggressive Growth Fund

BOCHK Balanced Growth Fund

BOCHK China Equity Fund

BOCHK Conservative Growth Fund

BOCHK US Dollar Money Market Fund

BOCI-Prudential Asset Management Limited

BOCI-Prudential Trustee Limited

Capital Asian Bond Fund

CBRE European Industrial Fund

CITIC-CP Asset Management Co., Ltd.

CITIC-Prudential Fund Management Company Limited

CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited

Classes of
 shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

OS

OS

U

U

MI

MI

MI

31.40%

28th Floor Bangkok City Tower, 179 South Sathorn Road, Thungmahamek, 
Sathorn, Bangkok 10120, Thailand

32.24%

20 Collyer Quay, #01-01, Singapore 049319

57.89%

42.67%

21 Church Street, #01-01, Capital Square Two, Singapore 049480

43.06%

5F, No.378, Fu Xing N. Rd. Taipei, Taiwan

100.00%

c/o MaplesFS Limited, P.O. Box 1093, Queensgate House, Grand Cayman, 
Cayman Islands KY1-1102

58.20%

90, boulevard Pasteur, 75015 Paris – France

44.20%

27th Floor, Bank of China Tower, 1 Garden Road, Hong Kong

38.00%

61.53%

38.26%

24.23%

36.00%

36.00%

12th Floor and 25th Floor, Citicorp Centre, 18 Whitfield Road, Causeway Bay, 
Hong Kong

40.72%

15F., No.69, Sec. 2, Dunhua South. Rd. Da-an District, Taiwan

23.40%

2100 McKinney Avenue, 12th Floor, Dallas, TX 75201, USA

26.95%

Room 101-2, No.128 North Zhangjiabang Road, Pudong District, Shanghai, China

49.00%

50.00%

Level 9, HSBC Building, Shanghai IFC, 8 Century Avenue, Pudong, Shanghai, 
China

0507-0510, 1601-1616, East Tower, World Financial Centre, No.1 East Third Ring 
Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, 100020, China

Eastspring Al-Wara’ Investments Berhad

OS

100.00%

Eastspring Asset Management Korea Co. Ltd.

OS

100.00%

Level 25, Menara Hong Leong, No. 6 Jalan Damanlela, Bukit Damansara, 
50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

15th Floor, Shinhan Investment Tower, 70 Yoidae-ro, Youngdungpo-gu, 
Seoul 07325, Korea

Eastspring Global Smart Beta Baby Investment Trust H

Eastspring Global Smart Beta Baby Investment Trust USD

U

U

60.00% Goodmorning Shinhan Tower 15F Yeoido Dong 23-2, Youngdungpo-gu, 

100.00%

Seoul 150-010, Korea

  293

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020D6 Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued

D6.4 Related undertakings continued
Other subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant holdings of the Group – no shares held directly  
by the parent company, Prudential plc or its nominees continued

Name of entity

Eastspring Infrastructure Debt Fund L.P.

Eastspring Investment Asia Real Estate Multi Asset Income 
Fund

Eastspring Investment Asia Sustainable Bond Fund

Eastspring Investment K-Short Term Bond Alpha 
Securities Investment Trust (Bond Balanced)

Eastspring Investment Management (Shanghai) Company 
Limited

Eastspring Investments – Global Growth Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments – Global Low Volatility Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments – Global Technology Fund

Eastspring Investments – Pan European Fund

Eastspring Investments – US High Yield Bond Fund

Classes of
 shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

PI

U

U

U

90.68%

PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands

80.65%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

99.99%

20.41%

15th Floor, Shinhan Investment Tower, 70 Yoidae-ro, Youngdungpo-gu, 
Seoul 07325, Korea 

MI

100.00% Unit 306-308, 3rd Floor, Azia Center, 1233 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) 

Pilot Free Trade Zone, China

73.87%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

99.48%

81.38%

64.88%

41.33%

U

U

U

U

U

Eastspring Investments (Hong Kong) Limited

OS

100.00%

13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, 
Hong Kong

Eastspring Investments (Luxembourg) S.A.

Eastspring Investments (Singapore) Limited

Eastspring Investments Asia Oceania High Dividend 
Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments Asia Oceania U&I Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments Asia Pacific Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Dynamic Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Equity Income Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian High Yield Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian High Yield Bond MY Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Infrastructure Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Investment Grade Bond 
Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Low Volatility Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Multi Factor Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments Asian Property Securities Fund

Eastspring Investments Berhad

OS

OS

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

100.00%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 2, 
Singapore 018983

Eastspring Investments Limited, Marunouchi Park Bldg., 2-6-1 Marunochi, 
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan 100-6905

100.00%

100.00%

99.92%

99.97%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

39.08%

90.00%

99.17%

80.97%

29.28%

67.90%

Eastspring Investments Berhad, Level 22, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX 
Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

71.48%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

92.65%

99.11%

100.00%

97.70%

OS

100.00%

Level 25, Menara Hong Leong, No. 6 Jalan Damanlela, Bukit Damansara, 
50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

Eastspring Investments China A Shares Growth Fund

Eastspring Investments Dragon Peacock Fund

U

U

91.25%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

90.95%

294

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comD Other information / continuedKey to share classes:
LBG 
LPI 
MI 
MFS 
NSB 
OS 
PI 
PS 
U 

Limited by Guarantee
Limited Partnership Interest
Membership Interest 
Mutual Fund Shares
Non-stock basis
Ordinary Shares
Partnership Interest
Preference Shares
Units

Name of entity

Eastspring Investments Emerging Markets Star Players

Eastspring Investments Equity Income Fund

Eastspring Investments European Inv Grade Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments Fund Management Limited 
Liability Company

Eastspring Investments Global Emerging Markets Bond 
Fund

Eastspring Investments Global Equity Navigator Fund

Eastspring Investments Global Market Navigator Fund

Eastspring Investments Global Multi Asset Income Plus 
Growth Fund

Eastspring Investments Greater China Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments Group Pte. Ltd.

Classes of
 shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

U

U

U

MI

U

U

U

U

U

41.15%

29.20%

Eastspring Investments Limited, Marunouchi Park Bldg., 2-6-1 Marunochi, 
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan 100-6905

Eastspring Investments Berhad, Level 22, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX 
Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

99.73%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

100.00%

23rd Floor, Saigon Trade Center, 37 Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1,  
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

99.96%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

98.43%

99.63%

99.99%

94.66%

OS

100.00%

10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 2, 
Singapore 018983

Eastspring Investments Incorporated

Eastspring Investments India Consumer Equity Open 
Limited

Eastspring Investments India Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments India Equity Open Limited

Eastspring Investments India Infrastructure Equity Open 
Limited

OS

OS

U

OS

OS

100.00%

874 Walker Road, Suite C, Dover, DE 19904, USA

100.00%

3rd Floor, 355 NEX, Rue du Savoir, Cybercity Ebene, 72201, Mauritius

77.64%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

100.00%

3rd Floor, 355 NEX, Rue du Savoir, Cybercity Ebene, 72201, Mauritius

100.00%

Eastspring Investments Japan Dynamic MY Fund

U

37.02%

Eastspring Investments Berhad, Level 22, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX 
Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

Eastspring Investments Limited

Eastspring Investments MY Focus Fund

OS

U

100.00% Marunouchi Park Building, 6-1 Marunouchi 2-chome, Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo, Japan

26.11%

Eastspring Investments Berhad, Level 22, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX 
Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

Eastspring Investments Services Pte. Ltd.

OS

100.00%

10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 2, 
Singapore 018983

Eastspring Investments SICAV-FIS – Alternative 
Investments Fund

Eastspring Investments SICAV-FIS – Asia Pacific Loan Fund

Eastspring Investments Unit Trust – Dragon Peacock Fund

Eastspring Investments US Corporate Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments US High Inv Grade Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments US Investment Grade Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments UT Singapore ASEAN Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments UT Singapore Select Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments Vietnam Navigator Fund

Eastspring Investments World Value Equity Fund

Eastspring Overseas Investment Fund Management 
(Shanghai) Company Limited

Eastspring Real Assets Partners

Eastspring Securities Investment Trust Co., Ltd.

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

MI

OS

OS

100.00%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

90.92%

97.74%

10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre, Singapore 018983

60.63%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

90.09%

40.83%

98.74%

10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre, Singapore 018983

75.14%

76.45%

23rd Floor, Saigon Trade Center, 37 Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1,  
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

95.42%

26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

100.00% Unit 306-308, 3rd Floor, 1233 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai)  

Pilot Free Trade Zone, China

100.00%

PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands

99.54%

4th Floor, No.1 Songzhi Road, Taipei 110, Taiwan

  295

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020D6 Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued

D6.4 Related undertakings continued
Other subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant holdings of the Group – no shares held directly  
by the parent company, Prudential plc or its nominees continued

Name of entity

First Sentier Global Property Securities Fund

First State China Focus Fund

FRANK TP ASIA GR-A-ACC-SGD

Fubon China Bond Umbrella Fund

Fubon Global Investment Grade Bond Fund

Fuh Hwa Emerging Market RMB Fixed Income Fund

Furnival Insurance Company PCC Limited

GS Twenty Two Limited

Hyde Holdco 1 Limited (In Liquidation)

ICICI Prudential Asset Management Company Limited

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company Limited

ICICI Prudential Pension Funds Management Company 
Limited

ICICI Prudential Trust Limited

Invesco Fixed Maturity Selective Emerging Market Bonds 
2024

Invesco Select 6 Year Maturity Global Bond Fund

iShares Core MSCI Asia

iShares Edge MSCI USA Minimum Volatility ESG UCITS 
Fund

iShares Edge MSCI USA Momentum Factor UCITS Fund

iShares Fallen Angels High Yield Corporate Bond UCITS 
ETF Wing

JPMorgan Investment Funds – Global Select Equity Fund

JPMorgan Liquidity Funds – SGD Liquidity LVNAV Fund

KKP Active Equity Fund

Krungsri Greater China Equity Hedged Dividend Fund

Lasalle Property Securities SICAV-FIS

M&G Asia Property Trust

M&G Luxembourg European Strategic Value Fund

Classes of
 shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

U

U

U

U

U

U

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

56.08%

38 Beach Road, #06-11 South Beach Tower, Singapore 189767

71.78%

70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, D02 R296, Ireland

28.03%

8A, rue Albert Borschette, L-1246 Luxembourg

37.09%

8F., No.108, Sec.1, Dunhua South. Rd. Taipei, Taiwan

41.28%

24.51%

8F & 9F., No.308, Sec. 2, Bade Rd., Da-an District

100.00%

PO Box 155, Mill Court, La Charroterie, St Peter Port, GY1 4ET, Guernsey

100.00%

1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00%

c/o Mazars LLP, 45 Church Street, Birmingham, B3 2RT, United Kingdom

49.00%

12th Floor, Narain Manzil, 23, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi 110001, India

22.11%

22.11%

ICICI PruLife Towers, 1089 Appasaheb Marathe Marg, Prabhadevi, 
Mumbai 400025, India

49.00%

12th Floor, Narain Manzil, 23, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi 110001, India

100.00%

8F, No 122, Tung Hua N. Rd. Taipei, Taiwan

100.00%

72.07%

16/F Champion Tower, 3 Garden Road, Central, Hong Kong

J.P. Morgan, 200 Capital, 79 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, D02 RK57, 
Ireland

78.95%

37.14%

38.11%

79 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, D02 RK 57, Ireland 

28.59%

21.21%

22.04%

25.64%

JPMorgan Asset Management (Europe) S.à r.l., 6, route de Trèves, L-2633 
Senningerberg, Luxembourg

19/F Muang Thai-Phatra Complex, Building Tower, A, 252/25 Ratchadapisek 
Road, Huaykwang, Bangkok 10310, Thailand

12th, 18th Zone B Floor, Ploenchit Tower 898 Ploenchit Road, Lumpini 
Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand

100.00%

11-13 Boulevard de la Foire, L-1528 Luxembourg

100.00%

8 Marina Boulevard, 05-02 Marina Bay, Financial Centre Tower 1, 
Singapore, 018981

78.60%

49 Avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg

M&G Real Estate Asia Holding Company Pte. Ltd.

OS

33.00%

10 Marina Boulevard, #31-03, Marina Bay, Financial Centre Tower 2, 
Singapore, 018983

Manulife Asia Pacific Bond Fund

Manulife China Dim Sum High Yield Bond Fund

Manulife China Offshore Bond Fund

Manulife USD High Yield Bond Fund

U

U

U

U

50.85%

9/F, No 89 Son Ren Road, Taipei, Taiwan

65.43%

66.01%

26.54%

296

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comD Other information / continuedKey to share classes:
LBG 
LPI 
MI 
MFS 
NSB 
OS 
PI 
PS 
U 

Limited by Guarantee
Limited Partnership Interest
Membership Interest 
Mutual Fund Shares
Non-stock basis
Ordinary Shares
Partnership Interest
Preference Shares
Units

Name of entity

Neuralbay Pte. Ltd.

Classes of
 shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

OS

100.00%

10 Central Exchange Green, Pixel, Singapore 138649

Nomura Six Years Fixed Maturity Asia Pacific Emerging 
Market Bond Fund

Nomura Six Years Fixed Maturity Emerging Market 
Bond Fund

Nomura Six Years Ladder Maturity Asia Pacific Emerging 
Market Bond Fund

U

U

U

100.00%

101 Tower, 30F, No. 7 Sec. 5, Xinyi Rd., Xinyi Dist., Taipei, Taiwan

43.03%

100.00%

North Sathorn Holdings Company Limited

OS

100.00%

3 Rajanakarn Building, 20th Floor, South Sathorn Road, Yannawa Subdistrict, 
Sathorn District, Bangkok, Thailand

PCA IP Services Limited

PCA Life Assurance Co. Ltd.

PCA Reinsurance Co. Ltd.

Prenetics Limited

Pru Life Insurance Corporation of U.K.

OS

100.00%

13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, 
Hong Kong

OS

OS

PS

OS

99.79%

8th Floor, No.1 Songzhi Road, Taipei City, 11047, Taiwan

100.00% Unit Level 13(A), Main Office Tower, Financial Park Labuan, Jalan Merdeka, 

87000 Federal Territory of Labuan, Malaysia

12.65%

7th Floor, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, North Point, Hong Kong

100.00%

9th Floor, Uptown Place Tower 1, 1 East 11th Drive, Uptown Bonifacio, 
1634 Taguig City, Metro Manila, Philippines

Pru Life UK Asset Management and Trust Corporation

OS

100.00%

2nd Floor, Uptown Parade 2, 36th Street, Uptown Bonifacio, 1634 Taguig City, 
Metro Manila, Philippines

Prudence Foundation

LBG

100.00%

13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, 
Hong Kong

Prudential (Cambodia) Life Assurance Plc

OS

100.00%

20th Floor, #445, Monivong Blvd, Boeung Prolit, 7 Makara, Phnom Penh Tower, 
Phnom Penh, Cambodia

Prudential (US Holdco 1) Limited

Prudential Africa Holdings Limited

Prudential Africa Services Limited

Prudential Assurance Company Singapore (Pte) Limited

Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad*

Prudential Assurance Uganda Limited

Prudential BeGeneral Insurance S.A.

Prudential BeLife Insurance S.A.

Prudential Beneficial General Insurance Cameroon S.A.

Prudential Beneficial Life Insurance Cameroon S.A.

Prudential Beneficial Life Insurance Togo S.A.

Prudential BSN Takaful Berhad†

Prudential Corporation Australasia Holdings Pty Limited 
(in liquidation)

Prudential Corporation Holdings Limited

Prudential General Insurance Hong Kong Limited

Prudential Group Secretarial Services HK Limited

Prudential Group Secretarial Services Limited

Prudential Holdings Limited

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

100.00%

1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00%

100.00%

Vienna Court, Ground Floor, State House Crescent, Off State House Avenue, 
Nairobi, P.O Box 25093, Kenya

100.00%

30 Cecil Street, #30-01 Prudential Tower, Singapore 049712

51.00%

Level 20, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, 
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

100.00%

Zebra Plaza, Plot 23, Kampala Road, P.O. Box 2660, Kampala, Uganda

51.00%

50.93%

Immeuble WOODIN Center 1st Floor, Avenue Nogues, Plateaux, Abidjan, 
Cote d’Ivoire

50.04%

1944 Blvd de la République, BP 2328, Douala, Cameroon

51.00%

50.99%

2963 Rue De La Chance Agbalepedogan, P.B. 1115, Lome, Togo

49.00%

Level 8A, Menara Prudential, 10 Jalan Sultan Ismail, 50250 Kuala Lumpur, 
Malaysia

OS

100.00%

31 Highgate Circuit, Kellyville, NSW, 2155, Australia

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

100.00%

1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00%

59th Floor, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

100.00%

13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, 
Hong Kong

100.00%

1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00%

4th Floor, Saltire Court, 20, Castle Terrace, Edinburgh, EH1 2EN, United Kingdom

  297

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020D6 Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued

D6.4 Related undertakings continued
Other subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant holdings of the Group – no shares held directly  
by the parent company, Prudential plc or its nominees continued

Name of entity

Prudential Hong Kong Limited

Prudential International Treasury Limited

Prudential IP Services Limited

Prudential Life Assurance (Lao) Company Limited

Classes of
 shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

OS

OS

OS

OS

100.00%

59th Floor, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

100.00%

13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, 
Hong Kong

100.00%

1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00%

5th Floor, Lao international Business and Tourist Center Project (Vientiane 
Center), Khouvieng Road, Nongchan Village, Sisattanak District, Vientiane 
Capital, Lao PDR

Prudential Life Assurance (Thailand) Public Company 
Limited

OS

99.93%

9/9 @Sathorn Building, 20th–27th Floor, South Sathorn Road, Yannawa, Sahtorn, 
Bangkok 10120, Thailand

Prudential Life Assurance Kenya Limited

OS

100.00%

Vienna Court, Ground Floor, State House Crescent, Off State House Avenue, 
Nairobi, P.O Box 25093, Kenya

Prudential Life Assurance Zambia Limited

OS

100.00%

Prudential House, Plot No.32256, Thabo Mbeki Road, P.O. Box 31357, Lusaka, 
Zambia

Prudential Life Insurance Ghana Limited

Prudential Life Vault Limited

Prudential Mauritius Holdings Limited

Prudential Myanmar Life Insurance Limited

Prudential Pensions Management Zambia Limited

Prudential Services Asia Sdn. Bhd.

Prudential Services Limited

Prudential Services Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Prudential Singapore Holdings Pte. Limited

Prudential Technology and Services India Private Limited

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS
PS

OS

OS

OS

OS

100.00%

35 North Street, Tesano, Accra, Accra-North, PO Box AN11549, Ghana

100.00%

98 Awolowo Road, South-West Ikoyi, Lagos, Nigeria

100.00%

3rd Floor, 355 NEX, Rue du Savoir, Cybercity Ebene, 72201, Mauritius

100.00%

#15-01, 15th Floor, Sule Square, 221 Sule Pagoda Road, Kyauktada Township, 
Yangon, Myanmar

49.00%

Prudential House, Plot No.32256, Thabo Mbeki Road, P.O. Box 31357, Lusaka, 
Zambia

100.00%
100.00%

Suite 1005, 10th Floor, Wisma Hamzah-Kwong Hing, No. 1 Leboh Ampang, 
50100 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

100.00%

1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00%

1 Wallich Street, #19-01 Guoco Tower, Singapore 078881

100.00%

30 Cecil Street, #30-01 Prudential Tower, Singapore 049712

100.00%

EPIP Industrial Area, Whitefield Road, K.R Puram, Near SAP Labs, Hubli, 
Bangalore, Karnataka, 560066, India

Prudential Vietnam Assurance Private Limited

OS

100.00%

25th Floor, Saigon Trade Centre, 37 Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1,  
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

Prudential Zenith Life Insurance Limited

PT. Eastspring Investments Indonesia

PT. Prudential Life Assurance

Pulse EcoSystems Pte. Ltd.

PVFC Financial Limited

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

51.00%

13th Floor, Civic Towers, Ozumba Mbadiwe Avenue, Victoria Island, Lagos, 
Nigeria

100.00%

Prudential Tower, 23rd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav.79, Jakarta 12910, Indonesia

94.62%

Prudential Tower, JI. Jend. Sudirman Kav. 79, Jakarta 12910, Indonesia

100.00%

1 Wallich Street, #19-01 Guoco Tower, Singapore 078881

100.00%

Suite 509, 5th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, 
Central, Hong Kong

298

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comD Other information / continuedKey to share classes:
LBG 
LPI 
MI 
MFS 
NSB 
OS 
PI 
PS 
U 

Limited by Guarantee
Limited Partnership Interest
Membership Interest 
Mutual Fund Shares
Non-stock basis
Ordinary Shares
Partnership Interest
Preference Shares
Units

Classes of
 shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

OS

MI

OS

99.64%

Prudential Tower, 23rd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav.79, Jakarta 12910, Indonesia

85.85%

99.16%

21.46%

88.20%

86.66%

59.79%

98.30%

99.01% Graha CIMB Niaga 21st Floor. Jl Jend Sudirman Kav 58, Jakarta-12190, Indonesia

99.82%

26.65%

10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 2, 
Singapore 018983

7-8th Floor, SCB Park Plaza 1, 18 Ratchadapisek Road, Chatuchak, 
Bangkok 10900, Thailand

35.52%

138 Market Street, #23-01 CapitaGreen, Singapore 048946

63.91%

59.60%

37.08% HSBC Institutional Trust Service (Asia) Limited, 1 Queen’s Road Central, 

Hong Kong

45.00%

30 Cecil Street #23-02 Prudential Tower, Singapore, 049712

100.00% Unit 5, 8th Floor, China Resources Tower, No.2666 Keyuan South Road, 
Yuehai Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, 518054, China

51.00%

Suite 1005, 10th Floor Wisma Hamzah-Kwong Hing, No. 1 Leboh Ampang, 
50100 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

OS

100.00%

3 Rajanakarn Building, 20th Floor, South Sathorn Road, Yannawa Subdistrict, 
Sathorn District, Bangkok, Thailand

OS

OS

U

U

50.10% Units 902-908, 9th Floor, Mitrtown Office Tower 944 ,Rama 4 Road, Wangmai, 

Patumwan, Bangkok, 10330, Thailand

65.00%

36.67%

34.24%

32nd Floor, Abdulrahim Building, 990 Rama IV Road, Silom, Bangrak, 
Bangkok 10500, Thailand

23A, 25th Floor, Asia Centre Building, 173/27-30, 32-33 South Sathorn Road, 
Thungmahamek, Sathorn, Bangkok 10120, Thailand

Name of entity

Reksa Dana Eastspring IDR Fixed Income Fund (NDEIFF)

Reksa Dana Eastspring Investments Alpha Navigator Fund

Reksa Dana Eastspring Investments Cash Reserve

Reksa Dana Eastspring Investments IDR High Grade

Reksa Dana Eastspring Investments Value Discovery

Reksa Dana Syariah Eastspring Syariah Equity Islamic Asia 
Pacific USD

Reksa Dana Syariah Eastspring Syariah Fixed Income 
Amanah

Reksa Dana Syariah Eastspring Syariah Money Market 
Khazanah

Reksa Dana Syariah Penyertaan Terbatas Bahana Syariah 
BUMN Fund

Rhodium Investment Fund

SCB Global Income Fund

Schroder Asian Investment Grade Credit

Schroder Emerging Markets Fund

Schroder Multi-Asset Revolution

Schroder US Dollar Money Fund

Scotts Spazio Pte. Ltd.

Shenzhen Prudential Technology Limited

Sri Han Suria Sdn. Bhd.

Staple Limited

Thanachart Fund Management Co., Ltd.

TMB Asset Management Co., Ltd.

UOB Smart Global Healthcare

UOB Smart Millennium Growth Fund

* Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad is consolidated at 100 per cent in the Group’s financial statements reflecting the economic interest to the Group.
† Prudential BSN Takaful Berhad is a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity method, for which the Group has an economic interest of 70 per cent for all business sold up to 23 December 

2016 and of 49 per cent for new business sold subsequent to this date.

  299

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020D6 Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates continued

D6.4 Related undertakings continued
Other subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant holdings of the Group – no shares held directly  
by the parent company, Prudential plc or its nominees continued
The table below represents the list of entities within the Group’s US business. On 17 July 2020, the Group completed the equity investment 
transaction by Athene, under which Athene invested $500 million in the Group’s US business in return for an 11.1 per cent economic interest for 
which the voting interest is 9.9 per cent. The proportion held shown in the table below represents the Prudential’s effective percentage of voting 
interest owned.

Classes of
shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

MI

LPI

OS

OS

LPI

LPI

LPI

LPI

LPI

LPI

LPI

LPI

OS

NSB

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

MI

OS

MI

MI

MI

MI

LPI

LPI

LPI

LPI

LPI

OS

PS

OS

90.10%

901 S., Ste. 201, Second St., Springfield, IL, 62704-7909, USA

90.10%

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951, USA

90.10%

90.10%

39.74%

2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808, USA

32.96%

33.98%

21.60%

615 South Dupont Highway, Dover, DE 19901, USA

21.57%

22 St. Clair Avenue East, Suite 1700, Toronto CA M4T 2S3

21.57%

21.57%

21.57%

90.10%

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951, USA

90.10%

90.10%

90.10%

1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA

90.10%

90.10%

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951, USA

90.10%

Cedar House, Hamilton, Bermuda

90.10%

1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA

90.10%

90.10%

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951, USA

90.10%

2900 Westchester Avenue, Suite 305, Purchase, NY 10577, USA

90.10%

1999 Bryan Street, Suite 900, Dallas, TX 75201, USA

90.10%

1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA

90.10%

874 Walker Road, Suite C, Dover, DE 19904, USA

90.10%

1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA

54.51%

874 Walker Road, Suite C, Dover, DE 19904, USA

31.08%

30.63%

28.83%

45.10%

45.01%

45.01%

43.22%

48.03%

90.10%

74.78% Queensgate House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman 

KY1-1102, Cayman Islands

90.10%

PO Box 1093, Queensgate House, Grand Cayman KY1-1102, Cayman Islands

Name of entity

95th Avenue Retail Building, LLC

Allied Life Brokerage Agency, Inc

Brier Capital LLC

Brooke Life Insurance Company

Centre Capital Non-Qualified Investors IV AIV-RA, LP

Centre Capital Non-Qualified Investors V AIV-ELS LP

Centre Capital Non-Qualified Investors V LP

CEP IV-A CWV AIV LP

CEP IV-A Davenport AIV LP

CEP IV-A INDY AIV Limited Partnership Canada

CEP IV-A Indy AIV LP

CEP IV-A NMR AIV LP

Hermitage Management LLC

Jackson Charitable Foundation Inc

Jackson Finance LLC

Jackson Financial Inc

Jackson Holdings LLC

Jackson National Asset Management LLC

Jackson National Life (Bermuda) Limited

Jackson National Life Distributors LLC

Jackson National Life Insurance Agency, LLC

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

Jackson National Life Insurance Company of New York

Mission Plans of America, Inc

National Planning Holdings, LLC

Old Hickory Fund I, LLC

PGDS (US One) LLC

PPM America Capital Partners III, LLC

PPM America Capital Partners IV, LLC

PPM America Capital Partners V, LLC

PPM America Capital Partners VI, LLC

PPM America Private Equity Fund III LP

PPM America Private Equity Fund IV LP

PPM America Private Equity Fund V LP

PPM America Private Equity Fund VI LP

PPM America Private Equity Fund VII LP

PPM America, Inc

PPM CLO 2018-1 Ltd.

PPM CLO 3 Ltd.

300

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comD Other information / continuedKey to share classes:
LBG 
LPI 
MI 
MFS 
NSB 
OS 
PI 
PS 
U 

Limited by Guarantee
Limited Partnership Interest
Membership Interest 
Mutual Fund Shares
Non-stock basis
Ordinary Shares
Partnership Interest
Preference Shares
Units

Name of entity

PPM CLO 4 Ltd.

PPM Funds – PPM Core plus Fixed Income Fund

PPM Funds – PPM High Yield Core Fund

PPM Funds – PPM Small Cap Value Fund

PPM Holdings, Inc

PPM Loan Management Company LLC

PPM Loan Management Holding Company LLC

REALIC of Jacksonville Plans, Inc

ROP, Inc

Squire Capital I LLC

Squire Capital II LLC

Squire Reassurance Company II, Inc

Squire Reassurance Company LLC

VFL International Life Company SPC, Ltd.

Wynnefield Private Equity Partners I, L.P.

Classes of
shares held

Proportion
 held

Registered office address

PS

MFS

MFS

MFS

OS

MI

MI

OS

OS

MI

OS

OS

OS

OS

LPI

71.18%

PO Box 1093, Queensgate House, Grand Cayman KY1-1102, Cayman Islands

89.96%

84 State Street, 6th Floor, Boston, MA 02109, USA

90.08%

53.84%

90.10%

874 Walker Road, Suite C, Dover, DE 19904, USA

90.10%

90.10%

90.10%

1999 Bryan Street, Suite 900, Dallas, TX 75201, USA

90.10%

1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA

90.10%

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951, USA

90.10%

90.10%

40600 Ann Arbor Road, East Suite 201, Plymouth, MI 48170, USA

90.10%

1 Corporate Way, Lansing, MI 48951, USA

90.10%

171 Elgin Avenue, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

89.09%

1313 North Market Street Ste 5100, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA

  301

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Statement of financial position of the parent company

Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Current assets
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Tax recoverable
Other debtors
Cash at bank and in hand

Liabilities: amounts falling due within one year
Commercial paper
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Tax payable
Accruals and deferred income

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Liabilities: amounts falling due after more than one year
Subordinated liabilities
Debenture loans
Other borrowings

Total net assets

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium
Profit and loss account

Shareholders’ funds

(Loss) profit for the year

Note

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

5

6

6

6

6

7

7

8

12,682
–

12,682

6,722
–
5
5

6,732

(501)
(149)
(16)
(79)

(745)

5,987

18,669

(4,332)
(1,701)
(350)

(6,383)

10,444
2,000

12,444

6,352
66
4
54

6,476

(520)
(141)
(14)
(78)

(753)

5,723

18,167

(4,304)
(690)
–

(4,994)

12,286

13,173

173
2,637
9,476

12,286

172
2,625
10,376

13,173

2020  $m

2019  $m

(85)

12,255

The financial statements of the parent company on pages 302 to 308 were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 March 2021 and signed on its 
behalf.

Shriti Vadera 
Chair 

Mike Wells 
Group Chief Executive 

Mark FitzPatrick
Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

302

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.com 
Statement of changes in equity of the parent company

Balance at 1 Jan 2019

Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
Actuarial loss recognised in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme
Foreign exchange translation differences due to change in presentation currency 

at 31 Dec 2019

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
New share capital subscribed
Share based payment transactions 
Dividend in specie of M&G plc
Other dividends
Foreign exchange translation differences due to change in presentation currency 

at 31 Dec 2019

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 Dec 2019

Balance at 1 Jan 2020

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
New share capital subscribed
Share based payment transactions 
Dividends

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Share
capital
$m

166

Share
premium
$m

2,502

Profit and
loss account
$m

Total
shareholders’
funds
$m

6,820

9,488

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–

6

6

172

172

–

1
–
–

1

–
–

–

–

22
–
–
–

101

123

12,255
(75)

393

12,573

–
(4)
(7,379)
(1,634)

12,255
(75)

393

12,573

22
(4)
(7,379)
(1,634)

–

107

(9,017)

(8,888)

2,625

10,376

13,173

2,625

10,376

13,173

–

12
–
–

12

(85)

(85)

–
(1)
(814)

(815)

13
(1)
(814)

(802)

Balance at 31 Dec 2020

173

2,637

9,476

12,286

  303

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Notes to the parent company financial statements

1 Nature of operations

Prudential plc (‘the Company’) together with its subsidiaries (collectively, ‘the Group’ or ‘Prudential’) is an international financial services group. 
The Group currently has operations in Asia, Africa, the US and the UK. The Group helps individuals to get the most out of life by making 
healthcare accessible and affordable, helping people accumulate wealth through growing their assets and empowering its customers to 
save for their goals. 

2 Basis of preparation

The financial statements of the Company, which comprise the statement of financial position, statement of changes in equity and related notes, 
are prepared in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework (‘FRS 101’) and Part 15 of the Companies Act 2006.

In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements in accordance with 
IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB and the international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
but makes amendments where necessary in order to comply with the Companies Act 2006 and has set out below where advantage of the FRS 
101 disclosure exemptions has been taken. The Company has also taken advantage of the exemption under Section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006 from presenting its own profit and loss account. 

In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures: 

 — A cash flow statement and related notes; 
 — Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly-owned subsidiaries within the Prudential Group;
 — Disclosure in respect of capital management; and
 — The effects of new but not yet effective IFRS.

As the consolidated financial statements of the Group include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also applied the exemptions available 
under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:

 — IFRS 2 ‘Share Based Payments’ in respect of Group-settled share-based payments; 
 — Disclosure required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instrument Disclosures’ and IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’, except for the consequential 

amendments to IFRS 7 related to IFRS 9 which have not been adopted by the Group; and

 — IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ in respect of revenue recognition.

The accounting policies set out in note 3 below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to both years presented in these financial 
statements.

The Company and Group manages its cash resources, remittances and financing primarily in US dollars. Accordingly, the functional currency 

of the Company is US dollars.

3 Significant accounting policies

Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are shown at cost, less impairment. Investments are assessed for impairment by comparing the net assets 
of the subsidiary undertakings with the carrying value of the investment.

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are shown at cost, less provisions. Provisions are determined using the expected credit loss approach 
under IFRS 9. 

Financial Instruments
Under IFRS 9, except for derivative instruments (where applicable) that are mandatorily classified as fair value through profit or loss, all of the 
financial assets and liabilities of the Company are held at amortised cost. The Company assesses impairment on its loans and receivables using 
the expected credit loss approach. The expected credit loss on the Company’s loans and receivables, the majority of which represent loans to 
its subsidiaries, have been assessed by taking into account the probability of default on those loans. In all cases, the subsidiaries are expected to 
have sufficient resources to repay the loan either now or over time based on projected earnings. For loans recallable on demand, the expected 
credit loss has been limited to the impact of discounting the value of the loan between the balance sheet date and the anticipated recovery date. 
For loans with a fixed maturity date the expected credit loss has been determined with reference to the historic experience of loans with 
equivalent credit characteristics. 

304

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comBorrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs, and subsequently accounted for on an amortised cost basis using the 
effective interest method. Under the effective interest method, the difference between the redemption value of the borrowing and the initial 
proceeds, net of transaction costs, is amortised through the profit and loss account to the date of maturity or, for subordinated debt, over the 
expected life of the instrument. Where modifications to borrowings do not result in a substantial difference to the terms of the instrument, any 
costs or fees incurred adjust the carrying amount of the liability and are amortised over the remaining expected life of the modified instrument. 
Where modifications to borrowings do result in a substantial difference to the terms of the instrument, the instrument is treated as if it had been 
extinguished and replaced by a new instrument which is initially recognised at fair value and subsequently accounted for on an amortised cost 
basis using the effective interest method. Any costs or fees arising from such a modification are recognised as an expense when incurred.

Dividends
Interim dividends are recorded in the period in which they are paid. 

Share premium
The difference between the proceeds received on issue of shares and the nominal value of the shares issued is credited to the share premium 
account.

Foreign currency translation
Transactions not denominated in the Company’s functional currency, US dollars, are initially recorded at the functional rate of currency prevailing 
on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the Company’s functional currency are translated to the 
Company’s functional currency at year end spot rates. The impact of these currency translations is recorded within the profit and loss account 
for the year.

Tax
Current tax expense is charged or credited to operations based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable 
amounts for the current year. To the extent that losses of an individual UK company are not offset, they can be carried back for one year or carried 
forward indefinitely to be offset, subject to restrictions based on future taxable profits, against profits arising from the same company or other 
companies in the same UK tax group.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised in accordance with the provisions of IAS 12 ’Income Taxes’. Deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can 
be utilised. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax 
rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Following the demerger of M&G plc, it is unlikely that the UK tax group will have future taxable income which would enable a current tax 

credit or deferred tax asset to be recognised.

Share-based payments
The Group offers share award and option plans for certain key employees and a Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) plan for all UK and certain overseas 
employees. The share-based payment plans operated by the Group are mainly equity-settled.

Under IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payment’, where the Company, as the parent company, has the obligation to settle the options or awards of its 
equity instruments to employees of its subsidiary undertakings, and such share-based payments are accounted for as equity-settled in the Group 
financial statements, the Company records an increase in the investment in subsidiary undertakings for the value of the share options and awards 
granted with a corresponding credit entry recognised directly in equity. The value of the share options and awards granted is based upon the fair 
value of the options and awards at the grant date, the vesting period and the vesting conditions. Cash receipts from business units in respect 
of newly issued share schemes are treated as returns of capital within investments in subsidiaries.

  305

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20204 Reconciliation from the FRS 101 parent company results to the IFRS Group results

The parent company financial statements are prepared in accordance with FRS 101 and the Group financial statements are prepared in 
accordance with IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB, the international accounting standards as required by the Companies Act 2006 
and international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. 

The tables below provide a reconciliation between the FRS 101 parent company results and the IFRS Group results.

Profit after tax
(Loss)/profit for the financial year of the Company in accordance with FRS 101 note (i)
Accounting policy difference note (ii)
Share in the IFRS result of the Group, net of distributions to the Company note (iii)

Profit after tax of the Group attributable to equity holders in accordance with IFRS

Shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ funds of the Company in accordance with FRS 101
Accounting policy difference note (ii)
Share in the IFRS net equity of the Group note (iii)

Shareholders’ equity of the Group in accordance with IFRS

2020  $m

2019  $m

(85)
(18)
2,221

2,118

12,255
15
(11,487)

783

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

12,286
15
8,577

20,878

13,173
33
6,271

19,477

Notes
(i) 
(ii) 
(iii) 

The Company’s (loss) profit for the financial year includes distributions to the Company from subsidiaries.
Accounting policy difference represents difference in accounting policy for expected credit losses on loan assets, the Company has adopted IFRS 9 while the Group applies IAS 39.
The ‘share in the IFRS result and net equity of the Group’ lines represent the parent company’s equity in the earnings and net assets of its subsidiaries and associates.

The (loss) profit for the year of the Company in accordance with IFRS includes dividends received from subsidiary undertakings of $406 million 
for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: $9,599 million). Dividends received in 2019 included dividends from M&G plc prior to demerger 
of $5,566 million and dividends from US subsidiaries of $2,000 million in the form of non-current debt instruments. This debt instrument was 
settled in June 2020, in exchange for an issue of equity shares from an immediate subsidiary of the Company. 

5 Investments in subsidiary undertakings

At 1 Jan
Capital injections and acquisitions
Exchange of non-current debt instruments for equity shares note (i)
Equity shares issued in exchange for assuming bank loan liability note (ii)
Distribution of M&G plc – cost of investment note (iii)
Other disposals
Amounts in respect of share based payments note (iv)
Other note (v)

At 31 Dec

2020  $m

2019  $m

10,444
–
2,000
350
–
–
(112)
–

12,682

13,787
72
–
–
(3,730)
(13)
(123)
451

10,444

Notes
(i) 

On 16 June 2020, the non-current debt instrument of $2,000 million received by the Company in 2019 as a dividend in specie was settled in exchange for the issue of equity instruments from 
Prudential Corporation Asia Limited, an immediate subsidiary of the Company.

(ii)  On 20 June 2020, Prudential Corporation Asia Limited issued equity shares to Company, in exchange for the Company assuming a bank loan liability of $350 million (see note 6).
(iii)  On 21 October 2019, the Company distributed its equity shareholding in its subsidiary M&G plc as a dividend in-specie.
(iv)  Amounts in respect of share-based payments of $(112) million (2019: $(123) million) comprise of $2 million (2019: $5 million) in respect of share-based payments reflecting the value of 

(v) 

payments settled by the Company for employees of its subsidiary undertakings, less $(114) million (2019: $(128) million) relating to cash received from subsidiaries in respect of share awards.
The 2019 comparative included amounts relating to foreign translation differences arising on the retranslation of reserves due to the change in the Company’s presentation currency on 
31 December 2019.

Investments in subsidiaries held at 31 December 2020 have been assessed for impairment and no impairment was identified.
Subsidiary undertakings of the Company at 31 December 2020 are listed in note D6 of the Group IFRS financial statements.

306

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes to the parent company financial statements / continued 
 
 
6 Borrowings

Core structural borrowings note (i)
Subordinated liabilities note (ii)
Debenture loans
Bank loan note (iii)

Commercial paper note (iv)

Total borrowings 

Borrowings are repayable as follows:

Within 1 year
Between 1 and 5 years
After 5 years

Core structural borrowings

Other borrowings

Total

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019
  $m

4,332
1,701
350

6,383
–

6,383

–
780
5,603

6,383

4,304
690
–

4,994
–

4,994

–
414
4,580

4,994

–
–
–

–
501

501

501
–
–

501

–
–
–

–
520

520

520
–
–

520

4,332
1,701
350

6,383
501

6,884

501
780
5,603

6,884

4,304
690
–

4,994
520

5,514

520
414
4,580

5,514

Further details on the core structural borrowings of the Company are provided in note C5.1 of the Group IFRS financial statements.
The interests of the holders of the subordinated liabilities are subordinate to the entitlements of other creditors of the Company.

Notes
(i) 
(ii) 
(iii)  On 20 June 2020, the Company assumed a $350 million bank loan from a subsidiary entity. In November 2020, the $350 million loan was settled, and the Company entered into 
a replacement $350 million term loan facility at a cost of daily compounded Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 59 basis points. The new term loan matures in 2024.
These borrowings support a short-term fixed income securities programme.

(iv) 

7 Share capital and share premium

A summary of the ordinary shares in issue and the options outstanding to subscribe for the Company’s shares at 31 December 2020 is set out 
in note C8 of the Group IFRS financial statements.

8 Retained profit of the Company

Retained profit at 31 December 2020 amounted to $9,476 million (31 December 2019: $10,376 million). The retained profit includes distributable 
reserves of $3,838 million (31 December 2019: $4,735 million) and non-distributable reserves of $5,638 million (31 December 2019: 
$5,641 million). The non-distributable reserves of the Company relate to gains on intra-group transactions, in which qualifying consideration 
was not received, and share-based payment reserves.

Under UK company law, Prudential may pay dividends only if sufficient distributable reserves of the Company are available for the purpose 

and if the amount of its net assets is greater than the aggregate of its called up share capital and non-distributable reserves (such as the share 
premium account) and the payment of the dividend does not reduce the amount of its net assets to less than that aggregate.

The retained profit of the Company is substantially generated from dividend income received from subsidiaries. The Group segmental 

analysis illustrates the generation of profit across the Group (see note B1 of the Group IFRS financial statements). The Group and its subsidiaries 
are subject to local regulatory minimum capital requirements, as set out in note C10 of the Group IFRS financial statements. A number of the 
principal risks set out in the ‘Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report on the risks facing our business and how these are managed’ 
could impact the generation of profit in the Group’s subsidiaries in the future and hence impact their ability to pay dividends in the future.

In determining the dividend payment in any year, the directors follow the Group dividend policy described in the Group Chief Financial 
Officer and Chief Operating Officer’s report section of this Annual Report. The directors consider the Company’s ability to pay current and 
future dividends twice a year by reference to the Company’s business plan and certain stressed scenarios.

  307

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20209 Other information

b 
c  The Company employs no staff.
d 

a 

 Information on key management remuneration is given in note B2.3 of the Group IFRS financial statements. Additional information 
on directors’ remuneration is given in the directors’ remuneration report section of this Annual Report. 
Information on transactions of the directors with the Group is given in note D4 of the Group IFRS financial statements. 

 Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts were $0.1 million (2019: $0.1 million) and 
for other services were $0.1 million (2019: $0.1 million). 
In certain instances, the Company has guaranteed that its subsidiaries will meet their obligations when they fall due for payment.

e 

10 Post balance sheet events

Dividends
The second interim ordinary dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020, which was approved by the Board of Directors after 
31 December 2020, is described in note B5 of the Group IFRS financial statements. 

Intention to demerge the Group’s US operations in the second quarter of 2021
In January 2021, the Board announced that it had decided to pursue the separation of its US operations (Jackson) from the Group through 
a demerger, whereby shares in Jackson would be distributed to Prudential shareholders. 

Subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals, the planned demerger is expected to complete in the second quarter of 2021 and would 
lead to a significantly earlier separation of Jackson from the Group than would have been possible through a minority IPO and future sell-downs, 
which from market precedent may have lasted until 2023. At the point of demerger, Prudential is planning to retain a 19.9 per cent non-controlling 
interest in Jackson, which will be reported within the consolidated financial position as a financial investment at fair value. Subject to market 
conditions, the Group intends to monetise a portion of this investment to support investment in Asia within 12 months of the planned demerger, 
such that the Group will own less than 10 per cent at the end of such period.

308

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes to the parent company financial statements / continued 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect  
of the Annual Report and the financial statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the Group and parent company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent 
company financial statements for each financial year. Under that 
law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and have elected 
to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance 
with UK accounting standards and applicable law (UK Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice) including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework. In addition, the Group financial statements are required 
under the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules to 
be prepared in accordance with international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 
as it applies in the European Union.

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of their 
profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and 
parent company financial statements, the directors are required to: 

 — select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

 — make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, 

reliable and prudent; 

 — for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been 
prepared in accordance with international accounting standards 
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union; 

 — for the parent company financial statements, state whether 

applicable UK accounting standards have been followed, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the parent 
company financial statements; 

 — assess the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a 

going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern; and 

 — use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend 
to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, 
or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group 
and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also 
responsible for preparing a strategic report, directors’ report, 
directors’ remuneration report and corporate governance 
statement that comply with that law and those regulations. 

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement of the directors in respect 
of the annual financial report 
The directors of Prudential plc, whose names and positions are set 
out on pages 122 to 127 confirm that to the best of their knowledge: 

 — the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 

applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole;

 — the strategic report includes a fair review of the development 

and performance of the business and the position of the Group 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a 
whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face; and 

 — the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole,  

is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

  309

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Independent auditor’s report to the members of Prudential plc

1. Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Prudential plc 
(“the Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2020 
which comprise; 

 — the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement 

of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes 
in equity, consolidated statement of financial position and 
consolidated statement of cash flows, and the related notes, 
including accounting policies in note A3.1; and 

 — the parent company statements of financial position and of changes 
in equity, and the related notes, including the significant accounting 
policies in note 3. 

In our opinion: 

 — The financial statements give a true and fair view of the state 
of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 
31 December 2020 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended; 

 — The Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 

accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; 

 — The parent company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with UK Accounting Standards including 
FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework; and 

 — The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation to the 
extent applicable. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
are described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. 
Our audit opinion is consistent with our report to the audit committee. 

We were appointed as auditor by the shareholders in October 1999. 
The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the 22 financial 
years ended 31 December 2020. We have fulfilled our ethical 
responsibilities under, and we remain independent of the Group 
in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the Financial 
Reporting Council (‘FRC’) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public 
interest entities. No non-audit services prohibited by that standard 
were provided.

2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks 
of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, 
were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and 
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which 
had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. We summarise below the key audit matters (unchanged from 
2019) in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit 
opinion above, together with our key audit procedures to address 
those matters and, as required for public interest entities, our results 
from those procedures. These matters were addressed, and our results 
are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for 
the purpose of, our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and consequently are incidental to that 
opinion, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

310

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comValuation of insurance contract liabilities and investment contract liabilities with discretionary participation features 
(2020: $437,266 million, 2019: $380,776 million). 
The risk compared to the prior year has increased. 
Refer to page 150 (Audit Committee report), page 216 (accounting policy) and pages 259 to 269 (financial disclosures)

The risk

Our response

We used our own actuarial specialists to assist us in performing our procedures 
in this area. 

Our procedures included:

Methodology choice
We assessed the methodology for selecting assumptions and calculating 
the policyholder liabilities. This included:

 — Assessing the methodology adopted for selecting assumptions by applying 
our industry knowledge and experience and comparing the methodology 
used against industry standard actuarial practice;

 — Assessing the methodology adopted for calculating the policyholder liabilities 
by reference to the requirements of the accounting standard and actuarial 
market practice, and assessing the impact of current year changes in 
methodology on the calculation of policyholder liabilities, including the  
discount rate applied to the valuation of insurance contract liabilities with 
certain guaranteed withdrawal benefits in the US;

 — Comparing changes in methodology to our expectations derived from market 
experience, taking into account the impact of COVID-19 on the observed 
policyholder experience and the extent to which such impacts are likely to 
persist; and 

 — Evaluating the analysis of the movements in policyholder liabilities during 
the year, including consideration of whether the movements were in line 
with the methodology and assumptions adopted.

Control operation
We used our own IT specialists to assist us in performing our procedures in 
this area which included testing of the design, implementation and operating 
effectiveness of key controls over the valuation process. Controls testing in respect 
of the valuation process included assessment and approval of the methods and 
assumptions adopted over the calculation of policyholder liabilities as well as 
appropriate access and change management controls over the actuarial models. 

The Group has significant insurance contract liabilities 
and investment contract liabilities with discretionary 
participation features (policyholder liabilities) representing 
88 per cent (2019: 88 per cent) of the Group’s total 
liabilities.

Subjective valuation 
This is an area that involves significant judgement over 
uncertain future outcomes, mainly the ultimate total 
settlement value of these long term policyholder liabilities, 
and we consider the risk to have increased in the current 
year in light of the business and economic disruption 
caused by the Coronavirus pandemic’s (COVID-19) 
potential impact on policyholder behaviour in respect 
of decisions such as lapses and guarantee utilisation, 
making historical experience less reliable in setting 
operating assumptions. 

Auditor judgement is required to assess whether the 
directors’ overall estimate, taking into account key 
economic assumptions, including investment return 
and associated discount rates, and operating assumptions 
including mortality, morbidity, expenses, utilisation of 
guarantees and persistency (including consideration of 
policyholder behaviour), which are the key inputs used 
to estimate these long term liabilities, falls within 
an acceptable range, in addition to the appropriate 
design and calibration of complex reserving models.

The specific application of these judgements to individual 
segments is explained below.

For the US insurance segment, the valuation of the 
guarantees in the variable annuity (‘VA’) business is 
complex as it involves exercising significant judgement 
related to inputs such as expected market rates of return, 
fund performance, and discount rates, as well as 
assumptions such as mortality, benefit utilisation, 
and persistency. 

For the Asia insurance segment, the valuation of the 
policyholder liabilities requires significant judgement 
over the setting of mortality, morbidity, persistency 
and expense assumptions.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment, we determined that the valuation of 
policyholder liabilities has a high degree of estimation 
uncertainty, with a potential range of reasonable 
outcomes greater than our materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole and possibly many times that 
amount. The financial statements note C6 disclose 
the sensitivities estimated by the Group.

  311

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Valuation of insurance contract liabilities and investment contract liabilities with discretionary participation features 
(2020: $437,266 million, 2019: $380,776 million). 
The risk compared to the prior year has increased. 
Refer to page 150 (Audit Committee report), page 216 (accounting policy) and pages 259 to 269 (financial disclosures)

The risk

Our response

Our procedures for the US insurance segment also included:
Historical comparison 
 — Assessing the assumptions relating to benefit utilisation, persistency, and 

mortality by comparing to relevant company and industry historical experience 
data in order to assess whether this supported the year-end assumptions 
adopted, taking into account the impact of COVID-19 on the observed 
policyholder experience. 

Benchmarking assumptions and sector experience
 — Assessing the assumptions for expected market rates of returns and fund 
performance by comparing to company specific and industry data and for 
future growth rates by comparing to market trends and market volatility. 

 — Utilising the results of our industry benchmarking of assumptions and actuarial 

market practice to inform our challenge of assumptions in relation to 
policyholder behaviour.

Model evaluation
 — Assessing the cash flow projections in the reserving models by reference to 
the inclusion of relevant product features. We have also assessed the impact 
of modelling and assumption changes by inspecting pre and post change 
model runs and comparing the outcomes of the changes to our expectations.

 — Independently recalculating the liabilities for a selection of individual policies 
to assess whether the selected model calibration had been appropriately 
implemented.

Our procedures for the Asia insurance segment also included: 
Historical comparison 
 — Evaluating the experience analysis in respect of the mortality, morbidity, 

persistency, and expense assumptions by reference to actual experience, taking 
into account the impact of COVID-19 on the observed experience in order to 
assess whether this supported the year-end assumptions adopted. 

Benchmarking assumptions and sector experience
 — Using our sector experience and market knowledge to inform our challenge  

of the assumptions in the areas noted above.

Model evaluation 
 — Assessing the reserving models by considering the accuracy of the cash flow 

projections including by reference to the inclusion of relevant product features. 
We have also assessed the impact of modelling and assumption changes by 
inspecting pre and post change model runs and comparing the outcomes of the 
changes to our expectations.

Assessing transparency
We assessed whether the disclosures in relation to the assumptions used in the 
valuation of policyholder liabilities are compliant with the relevant accounting 
requirements.

Our result
We found the valuation of policyholder liabilities to be acceptable 
(2019: acceptable).

312

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Prudential plc / continuedValuation of certain level 2 and level 3 investments held at fair value (2020: $63,823 million, 2019: $77,203 million). 
The risk compared to the prior year has increased.
Refer to page 150 (Audit Committee report), page 220 (accounting policy) and pages 250 to 258 (financial disclosures) 

The risk

Our response

The Group’s investments portfolio represents 83 per cent 
(2019: 89 per cent) of the Group’s total assets.

We used our own valuation specialists in order to assist us in performing 
our procedures in this area. 

Subjective valuation 
The area that involved significant audit effort and 
judgement in 2020 was the valuation of certain level 2 
and level 3 positions within the portfolio of financial 
investments held at fair value. These included unlisted 
debt securities and unlisted funds that are valued by 
reference to their Net Asset Value (‘NAV funds’). 
For these positions a reliable third-party price was 
not readily available and therefore involved the 
application of expert judgement in the valuations adopted. 

Auditor judgement is required to assess whether the 
directors’ overall estimate, based on their judgement 
depending on the observability and significance of the 
inputs into the valuation and the consequent impact 
on the classification of those investments, falls within 
an acceptable range, and further judgement is required 
in determining the appropriate valuation methodology 
where external pricing sources are either not readily 
available or are unreliable.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment, we determined that the valuation of certain 
level 2 and 3 investments held at fair value has a high 
degree of estimation uncertainty, with a potential range 
of reasonable outcomes greater than our materiality for 
the financial statements as a whole and possibly many 
times that amount. 

The financial statements note C6 disclose the sensitivities 
estimated by the Group.

Our procedures included:

Methodology choice
We assessed the appropriateness of the pricing methodologies with reference 
to relevant accounting standards as well as industry practice.

Control operation 
We tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of key controls 
over the valuation process, including the Group’s review and approval of the 
estimates and assumptions used for the valuation including key authorisation 
and data input controls. 

Tests of details
For a sample of securities, we used our valuation specialists to assess the Group’s 
classification of assets within Level 2 or Level 3 by evaluating the observability 
of the inputs used in valuing these securities. 

For a sample of unlisted debt securities we compared the price adopted to our 
independently derived price, using our valuation specialists. 

For a sample of unlisted equity securities, we agreed the valuations for the NAV 
funds to the most recent NAV statements. To assess reliability of these statements 
we compared to audited financial statements of the funds, where available, or 
performed a retrospective test over the NAV valuations for each fund to assess if 
the fund valuations reported in the audited financial statements in the prior year 
were materially consistent with the most recent NAV valuation statements available 
at the time.

Assessing transparency
We assessed whether the disclosures in relation to the valuation of level 2 and 3 
investments held at fair value are compliant with the relevant accounting 
requirements.

Our result
We found the valuation of level 2 and 3 investments held at fair value to be 
acceptable (2019: acceptable).

  313

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Amortisation of US deferred acquisition costs (‘DAC’) (2020: $13,863 million, 2019: $12,240 million). 
The risk compared to the prior year has increased
Refer to page 150 (Audit Committee report), page 219 (accounting policy) and pages 271 to 273 (financial disclosures) 

The risk

Our response

DAC represents 3 per cent (2019: 3 per cent) of the 
Group’s total assets. The DAC associated with the US 
component, which represents 85 per cent (2019: 
86 per cent) of the total DAC, involves the greatest 
judgement in terms of measurement.

Subjective valuation
US DAC related to annuities is amortised in proportion 
to estimated gross profits. Auditor judgement is required 
to assess whether the directors’ overall estimate, taking 
into account key assumptions impacting estimated gross 
profits, which include assumptions such as benefit 
utilisation, mortality and persistency as well as the 
assumptions around long-term investment return 
and future hedge costs, falls within an acceptable range. 
We consider the risk to have increased in the current year 
due to the business and economic disruption caused by 
the Coronavirus pandemic and its impact on policyholder 
experience, and the prolonged low interest rate 
environment.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment, we determined that the amortisation of US 
DAC has a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with a 
potential range of reasonable outcomes greater than our 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole. The 
financial statements note C6 discloses the sensitivities 
estimated by the Group.

We used our own actuarial specialists to assist us in performing our audit 
procedures in this area. 

Our procedures included:

Historical comparison
Assumptions relating to benefit utilisation, persistency and mortality are also 
relevant to the calculation of the insurance contract liabilities. See further detail 
in our response to that risk.

We have also assessed the appropriateness of the assumptions used in determining 
the estimated future profit profile and the extent of the associated adjustment 
necessary to the amortisation of the US DAC asset. Our work included critically 
assessing the judgements that determine the future profit profiles in the context 
of actual historical experience as well as by reference to market trends. 

Our sector experience
We challenged the reasonableness of the selected assumptions relating to 
projected investment return and future hedge costs based on our understanding 
of developments in the business and the impact of COVID-19 related uncertainty 
on market performance and volatility. Our work included comparing the projected 
investment returns against the investment portfolio mix and market return data. 
Additionally, we evaluated management’s modelling approach for deriving the 
assumption for future hedge costs by reference to actuarial market practice, trends 
in the historical profile of hedge costs, and our expectations regarding the likely 
development of interest rates and the associated impact on the hedge costs.

Tests of details
We assessed the appropriateness of the extent of amortisation adjustment in the 
current period by recalculating the estimated gross profits for a selection of 
individual policies by reference to the future profiles. 

Assessing transparency
We assessed whether the disclosures in relation to the amortisation of US DAC 
are compliant with the relevant accounting requirements.

Our result
We found the amortisation of US DAC to be acceptable (2019: acceptable).

Recoverability of parent company’s investment in subsidiaries – (2020: $12,682 million, 2019: $10,444 million) 
The risk compared to the prior year is unchanged. The risk relates to the parent company financial statements. 
Refer to page 150 (Audit Committee report), Refer to page 304 (accounting policy) and page 306 (financial disclosures) 

The risk

Low risk, high value
The carrying amount of the parent company’s investments 
in subsidiaries represents 65 percent (2019: 55 percent) 
of the company’s total assets. Their recoverability is not 
at a high risk of significant misstatement or subject to 
significant judgement. However, due to their materiality 
in the context of the parent company financial statements, 
this is considered to be the area that had the greatest 
effect on our overall parent company audit. 

Our response

Our procedures included:

Tests of details
Comparing the carrying amount of 100% of the investments in subsidiaries with 
the relevant subsidiaries’ draft balance sheet to identify whether their net assets, 
being an approximation of their minimum recoverable amount, were in excess of 
their carrying amount and assessing whether those subsidiaries have historically 
been profit-making.

Assessing subsidiary audits
Assessing the work performed by the subsidiary audit teams on all of those subsidiaries 
and considering the results of that work on those subsidiaries’ profits and net assets.

Our result
We found the Group’s assessment of the recoverability of the investment 
in subsidiaries to be acceptable (2019: acceptable).

314

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Prudential plc / continued3. Our application of materiality and an overview 
of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set 
at $250 million (2019: $298 million) determined with reference to 
a benchmark of IFRS shareholders’ equity (of which it represents 
1.2 per cent (2019: 1.5 per cent)). We consider IFRS shareholders’ 
equity to be the most appropriate benchmark as it represents the 
residual interest that can be ascribed to shareholders after 
policyholder assets and corresponding liabilities have been accounted 
for; we consider that this is the most appropriate measure for the size 
of the business and that it provides a stable measure year on year. 
We compared our materiality against other relevant benchmarks 
(total assets, total revenue and profit before tax) to ensure the 
materiality selected was appropriate for our audit. We set out 
below the materiality thresholds that are key to the audit. 

Materiality for the parent company financial statements as a whole 
was set at $60 million (2019: $40 million), determined with reference 
to a benchmark of parent company’s net assets, of which it represents 
0.5 per cent (2019: 0.3 per cent). The component materiality, as 
determined by the Group audit team, applied to the audit of the parent 

company financial statements as a whole is lower than the materiality 
we would otherwise have determined by reference to its net assets. 

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual 
account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower 
threshold, performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable 
level the risk that detected and undetected immaterial misstatements 
in individual account balances aggregate up to a material amount 
across the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance materiality for both the group and parent company 
was set at 75% (2019: 75%) of materiality for the financial statements 
as a whole, which equates to $187 million (2019: $223 million) 
and $45 million (2019: $30 million), respectively. We applied this 
percentage in our determination of performance materiality because 
we did not identify any factors indicating an elevated level of risk 
across the financial statements as a whole.

We agreed to report to the Group audit committee any corrected 
or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding $12.5 million 
(2019: $15 million) in addition to other identified misstatements 
that warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

IFRS Shareholders’ Equity
$20.88bn (2019: $19.48bn)

Group Materiality
$250m (2019: $298m)

$250m
Whole financial statements materiality
(2019: $298m)

$187m
Whole financial statements performance materiality
(2019: $223m)

$120m
Range of materiality at 13 components ($13m–$120m)
(2019: $55m to $115m)

$12.5m
Misstatements reported to the audit committee
(2019: $15m)

  Shareholders’ Equity 

  Group materiality

We subjected the Group’s operations to audits for group reporting 
purposes as follows:

Of the 14 (2019:14) reporting components scoped in for the Group 
audit, we subjected 8 (2019: 10) to full scope audits for group reporting 
purposes, 4 (2019: 4) to an audit of account balances, 1 (2019: nil) to 
specified risk-focused audit procedures over cash and debt securities 
and 1 (2019: nil) to specified risk-focused audit procedures over 
operational and other borrowings. The components for which we 
performed work other than full scope audits for group reporting 
purposes were not individually significant but were included in the 
scope of our group reporting work as they did present specific 
individual audit risks that needed to be addressed or in order to 
provide further coverage over the Group’s results.

The components subjected to an audit of account balances included 
the insurance operations in Thailand, Taiwan and the Philippines, 
and the fund management operations of Eastspring Singapore. The 
account balances audited for Thailand were policyholder liabilities, 
investments, deferred acquisition costs, intangible assets, premiums 
and claims; the account balances audited for Taiwan were policyholder 
liabilities, investments, and deferred acquisition costs, premiums and 
claims; the account balances audited for Eastspring Singapore were 
other income and expenses the account balances audited for the 
Philippines were policyholder liabilities and investments. The 
components for which we performed specified audit risk-focused 
procedures over cash and debt securities as well as operational and 
other borrowings were the Group’s treasury operations as well as the 
US collateralised loan obligation operations, respectively.

The components subjected to full scope audits consisted of the 
parent company and the insurance operations in the US, Hong Kong, 
Indonesia, Singapore, Malaysia, Vietnam, and mainland China. 

For the remaining operations, we performed analysis at an aggregated 
Group level to re-examine our assessment that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement within these operations.

  315

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
These components accounted for the following percentages of the Group’s results: 

Group revenue

97%

(2019: 97%)

5

4

92

93

Group total assets

99%

(2019: 97%)

4

3

95

94

Group profit before tax1

87%

(2019: 92%)

79

74

8

18

Group shareholders’ equity

93%

(2019: 94%)

86

89

7

5

   Full scope for Group audit 
purposes 2020

   Audit of account balances 
and specified risk focused 
audit procedures 2020

   Full scope for Group audit 
purposes 2019

   Audit of account balances 
and specified risk focused 
audit procedures 2019

   Residual components

Note
1  These percentages represent the total profits and losses that made up group profit before tax

The Group audit team held a global planning conference with 
component auditors to identify audit risks and decide how each 
component team should address the identified audit risks. The Group 
audit team instructed component auditors as to the significant areas 
to be covered, including the relevant risks detailed above and the 
information to be reported. The Group audit team approved the 
component materialities, which ranged from $13 million to $120 million 
(2019: $40 million to $238 million) across the components, having 
regard to the size and risk profile of the Group across the components. 
The work on 12 components (2019: 13 components) was performed 
by component auditors and work on the remaining two components, 
which included the parent company, was performed by the Group 
audit team. 

Whilst it would be conventional practice to visit component teams, 
the impact of the Coronavirus restrictions on travel has required 
an alternative approach this year, which required more extensive 
use of video and telephone conference meetings with all component 
auditors. During these video and telephone conference meetings, 

an assessment was made of audit risk and strategy, the findings 
reported to the Group audit team were discussed in more detail, 
key working papers were inspected and any further work required by 
the Group audit team was then performed by the component auditor.

The Group team also routinely reviews the audit documentation of 
all component audits. This year for one component in mainland China, 
a joint venture of the Group, we were unable to perform a file review. 
As the Coronavirus prevented entry to the country throughout the 
audit period, and remote access to audit documentation is prohibited, 
we instead extended our oversight of that component team through 
extended telephone and video discussions and expanded reporting.

The Senior Statutory Auditor, in conjunction with other senior staff 
in the Group and component audit teams, also regularly attended 
Business Unit audit committee meetings and participated in meetings 
with local components to obtain additional understanding, first hand, 
of the key risks and audit issues at a component level which may affect 
the Group financial statements.

316

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Prudential plc / continued 
4. We have nothing to report on going concern
The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the going 
concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Company or the 
Group or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that 
the Company’s and the Group’s financial position means that this 
is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material 
uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability 
to continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of 
approval of the financial statements (“the going concern period”). 

We used our knowledge of the Group and Company, its industry, 
and the general economic environment in which it operates to identify 
the inherent risks to its business model and analysed how those risks 
might affect the Group and Company’s financial resources or ability to 
continue operations over the going concern period. The risks that were 
considered most likely to adversely affect the Group’s and Company’s 
available financial resources over this period were:

 — Adverse impacts arising from fluctuations or negative trends in the 
economic environment which affect the valuations of the Group’s 
investments, wider credit spreads and defaults and valuation of 
policyholder liabilities due to the impact of these market 
movements; 

However, as we cannot predict future events or conditions and 
as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent 
with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, 
the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group and the 
Company will continue in operation.

5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement 
due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) 
we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or 
pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. 
Our risk assessment procedures included:

 — Enquiring of directors, the audit committee, internal audit, group 
security, and inspecting key papers provided to those charged 
with governance as to the high-level policies and procedures 
to prevent and detect fraud, including the Group’s channel for 
“whistleblowing” and process for engaging local management 
to identify fraud risks specific to their business units, as well 
as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected, 
or alleged fraud.

 — The impact on regulatory capital solvency margins from 

 — Reading board and audit committee minutes.

movements in interest rates; and

 — Severely adverse policyholder lapse or claims experience.

We also considered less predictable but realistic second order impacts, 
such as failure of some of the Group’s counterparties (such as banks 
and reinsurers) to meet commitments, which could give rise to a 
negative impact on the Group’s financial position and liquidity, and 
wider economic factors such as the Coronavirus pandemic’s impact 
on economic volatility and market uncertainty in the period, and other 
such macroeconomic events. 

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity 
or solvency in the going concern period by assessing the Directors’ 
sensitivities over the level of available financial resources indicated 
by the Group’s and Company’s cash flow forecasts taking account 
of severe but plausible adverse effects that could arise from these risks 
individually and collectively.

We considered whether the going concern disclosure in note A1 to 
the financial statements gives a full and accurate description of the 
directors’ assessment of going concern, including the identified risks 
and related sensitivities.

Our conclusions based on this work:

 — we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis 
of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements 
is appropriate;

 — we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment 

that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant 
doubt on the Group and Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for the going concern period;

 — we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the 
Directors’ statement in note A1 to the financial statements on the use 
of the going concern basis of accounting with no material 
uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group and 
Company’s use of that basis for the going concern period, and we 
found the going concern disclosure in note A1 to be acceptable; and

 — the related statement under the Listing Rules set out on page 168 
is materially consistent with the financial statements and our 
audit knowledge.

 — Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance 

targets for directors.

 — Consulted with professionals with forensic knowledge to assist us 

in identifying fraud risks based on discussions of the circumstances 
of the Group and Company.

We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team 
and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. 
This included communication from the group team to all component 
audit teams in scope of relevant fraud risks identified at the Group level 
and requests to these audit teams to report to the Group audit team 
any instances of fraud that could give rise to a material misstatement 
at group.

As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible 
pressures to meet profit targets, we perform procedures to address 
the risks of management override of controls, in particular the risk 
that group and component management may be in a position to make 
inappropriate accounting entries and the risk of bias in accounting 
estimates and judgements. Accordingly, we identified fraud risks 
related to both the valuation of insurance contract liabilities and US 
DAC amortisation. This reflects their direct impact on the Group’s 
profit, the opportunity for management to manipulate assumptions 
due to the subjectivity involved and given the long-term nature of 
these assumptions which are more difficult to corroborate, and 
potential incentives for the group to manipulate the profitability of 
both the US and Asia businesses given the planned separation of the 
US business taking into account the potential for any management 
bias in determining the results for the US business. 

On this audit we do not consider there is a fraud risk related to revenue 
recognition as there is limited management judgement involved in the 
determination of all material revenue streams as the amounts are 
contractually derived. 

In determining the audit procedures to address the identified fraud 
risks, we took into account the results of our evaluation and testing of 
the operating effectiveness of the group-wide anti-fraud risk controls. 
In order to address the risk of fraud specifically as it relates to the 
valuation of insurance contract liabilities and amortisation of US DAC, 
we involved actuarial specialists to assist in our challenge of 
management. We challenged management in relation to the selection 
of assumptions and the appropriateness of the rationale for any 

  317

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020changes, the consistency of the selected assumptions across different 
aspects of the financial reporting process and comparison to our 
understanding of the product portfolio, trends in experience, 
policyholder behaviour and economic conditions and also by 
reference to market practice. Further detail in respect of these 
is set out in the audit response to the risks associated with these 
two key audit matters in section 2 of this report.

To address the pervasive risk as it relates to management override, 
we also performed procedures including:

 — Identifying journal entries to test for all in-scope components, other 
than those only in scope for specified risk-based audit procedures, 
based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to 
supporting documentation. These include unusual journal entries 
posted to either cash or borrowings.

 — Evaluating the business purpose of non-recurring transactions.

 — Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias.

We discussed with the audit committee matters related to actual or 
suspected fraud, for which disclosure is not necessary, and considered 
any implications for our audit.

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement 
due to non-compliance with laws and regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably 
be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from 
our general commercial and sector experience, through discussion 
with the directors, and from inspection of the Group’s regulatory and 
legal correspondence. We discussed with the directors and other 
management the policies and procedures regarding compliance 
with laws and regulation.

As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining 
an understanding of the control environment including the entity’s 
procedures for complying with regulatory requirements.

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our 
team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance 
throughout the audit. This included communication from the group 
to all in-scope component audit teams, with the exception of those 
scoped in only for specified risk-based audit procedures, of relevant 
laws and regulations identified at the group level, and a request for 
these teams to report to the group any instances of non-compliance 
with said laws and regulations, or any identified local laws and 
regulations, that could give rise to a material misstatement at group.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial 
statements varies considerably.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly 
affect the financial statements including financial reporting legislation 
(including related companies legislation), distributable profits 
legislation and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of 
compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures 
on the related financial statement items.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations 
where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material 
effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for 
instance through the imposition of fines or litigation or the loss of the 
Group’s licence to operate. We identified the area of regulatory capital 
as that most likely to have such an effect recognising the financial and 
regulated nature of the Group’s activities. Auditing standards limit the 
required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws 
and regulations to enquiry of the directors and other management and 
inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore, 

if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident 
from relevant correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach. 

We discussed with the audit committee matters related to actual 
or suspected to breaches of laws or regulations, for which disclosure 
is not necessary, and considered any implications for our audit.

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches 
of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable 
risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements 
in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned 
and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. 
For example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations (irregularities) is from the events and transactions reflected 
in the financial statements, the less likely the inherently limited 
procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. 

In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-
detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. We 
are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot 
be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations. 

6. We have nothing to report on the other information  
in the Annual Report
The directors are responsible for the other information presented in 
the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion 
on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly 
stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, 
the information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work 
we have not identified material misstatements in the other information. 

Strategic report and directors’ report 
Based solely on our work on the other information: 

 — we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic 

report and the directors’ report; 

 — in our opinion the information given in those reports for the 
financial year is consistent with the financial statements; and 

 — in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance 

with the Companies Act 2006.

Directors’ remuneration report
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to 
be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and longer-term viability
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there 
is a material inconsistency between the directors’ disclosures in 
respect of emerging and principal risks and the viability statement, 
and the financial statements and our audit knowledge. Based on those 
procedures, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to 
in relation to: 

 — The directors’ confirmation within the viability statement on page 
68, that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging 
and principal risks facing the Group, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency 
and liquidity;

318

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIndependent auditor’s report to the members of Prudential plc / continued — The emerging and principal risks disclosures on pages 45 to 69 

 — Certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law 

describing these risks and explaining how they are being managed 
and mitigated; and

 — The directors’ explanation in the viability statement of how they 
have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period 
they have done so and why they considered that period to be 
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period 
of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

We are also required to review the viability statement, set out on page 
68, under the Listing Rules. Based on the above procedures, we have 
concluded that the above disclosures are materially consistent with the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge. 

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only 
the knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit. As 
we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent 
events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements 
that were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of 
anything to report on these statements is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and Company’s longer-term viability.

Corporate governance disclosures 
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is 
a material inconsistency between the directors’ corporate governance 
disclosures and the financial statements and our audit knowledge. 

Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the 
following is materially consistent with the financial statements and 
our audit knowledge: 

 — the directors’ statement that they consider that the Annual Report 
and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy; 

 — the section of the Annual Report describing the work of the 

Audit Committee, including the significant issues that the audit 
committee considered in relation to the financial statements, 
and how those issues were addressed; and

 — the section of the Annual Report that describes the review of 

the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems.

We are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules 
for our review. We have nothing to report in this respect.

7. We have nothing to report on the other matters on which  
we are required to report by exception
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

 — Adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 

 — The parent company financial statements and the part of the 

Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns; or 

are not made; or 

 — We have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in these respects.

8. Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities 
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 309, 
the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. 
They are also responsible for: such internal control as they determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; 
assessing the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or other irregularities (see below), or error, and to 
issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud, other irregularities 
or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s 
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

9. The purpose of our audit work and to whom 
we owe our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, 
for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Philip Smart (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
For and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 

Public Interest Entity Auditor recognised in accordance 
with the Hong Kong Financial Reporting Council Ordinance

Chartered Accountants 
London

2 March 2021

  319

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020European 
Embedded 
Value (EEV) 
basis results

Contents
322  Index to EEV basis results

320

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comG
r
o
u
p
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
V
a
l
u
e
(
E
E
V
)
b
a
s
i
s
r
e
s
u
l
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

  321

 Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index to European Embedded Value (EEV) basis results

Basis of preparation

EEV results highlights

Movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity

Movement in Group free surplus

Notes on the EEV basis results

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Analysis of new business profit and EEV for long-term business operations

Analysis of movement in EEV for long-term business operations

Sensitivity of results for long-term business operations to alternative assumptions

Expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus for Asia long-term business operations  
on a discounted basis

EEV basis results for other operations

Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Comparison of EEV basis shareholders’ equity with IFRS basis shareholders’ equity

8 Methodology and accounting presentation

9

Assumptions

10 Insurance new business

11 Post balance sheet events

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Auditor’s report

Page

323

324

325

327

329

330

333

336

337

338

338

339

344

347

347

348

349

Description of EEV basis reporting
The EEV basis results have been prepared in accordance with the EEV Principles issued by the European Insurance CFO Forum in 2016.  
All results are stated net of tax and converted using actual exchange rates (AER) unless otherwise stated. AER are actual historical exchange 
rates for the relevant accounting period. Constant exchange rate (CER) results are calculated by translating prior year results using current period 
foreign currency exchange rates, ie current period average rates for the income statements and current period closing rate for the balance sheet. 
Where appropriate, the EEV basis results include the effects of adoption of IFRS Standards.

The Directors are responsible for the preparation of the supplementary information in accordance with the EEV Principles. In preparing the 
EEV basis supplementary information, the Directors have satisfied themselves that the Group remains a going concern. Further information 
is provided in note A1 of the IFRS financial statements.

322

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis results

Basis of preparation

In broad terms, IFRS profit for long-term business reflects the aggregate of results on a traditional accounting basis. By contrast, EEV is a 
way of measuring the value of the in-force life insurance business. The value of future new business is excluded from the embedded value. 
The EEV Principles provide consistent definitions of the components of EEV, a framework for setting assumptions and an approach to the 
underlying methodology and disclosures. Results prepared under the EEV Principles represent the present value of the shareholders’ interest 
in the post-tax future profits (on a local statutory basis) expected to arise from the current book of long-term business, after sufficient allowance 
has been made for the aggregate risks in the business. The shareholders’ interest in the Group’s long-term business is the sum of the 
shareholders’ total net worth and the value of in-force business.

For the purposes of preparing EEV basis results, insurance joint ventures and associates are included at the Group’s proportionate share 
of their embedded value and not at their market value. Asset management and other non-insurance subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates 
are included in the EEV basis results at the Group’s proportionate share of IFRS basis shareholders’ equity, with central Group debt shown 
on a market value basis.

Key features of the Group’s EEV methodology include:

 — Economic assumptions. The projected post-tax profits assume a level of future investment return and are discounted using a risk discount 

rate. Both the risk discount rate and the investment return assumptions are updated at each valuation date to reflect current market risk-free 
rates, such that changes in market risk-free rates impact all projected future cash flows. Risk-free rates, and hence investment return 
assumptions, are based on observable market data, with current market risk-free rates assumed to remain constant throughout the projection, 
with no trending or mean reversion to longer-term assumptions. Different products will be sensitive to different assumptions, for example, 
spread-based products or products with guarantees are likely to benefit disproportionately from higher assumed investment returns. 

 — Time value of financial options and guarantees. Explicit quantified allowances are made for the time value of financial options and guarantees 
(TVOG). The TVOG is determined by weighting the probability of outcomes across a large number of different economic scenarios, centred 
around current historically low risk-free interest rates, and is typically less applicable to health and protection business that generally contains 
more limited financial options or guarantees.

 — Allowance for risk in the risk discount rates. Risk discount rates are set equal to the risk-free rate at the valuation date plus product-specific 
allowances for market and non-market risks. Risks that are explicitly captured elsewhere, such as via the TVOG, are not included in the risk 
discount rates. The allowance for market risk is based on a product-by-product assessment of the sensitivity of shareholder cash flows to 
varying market returns. Products with greater market exposure will have an appropriately higher risk discount rate, for example savings 
and unit-linked products will typically have a higher allowance for market risk compared to health and protection products due to the 
higher proportion of equity-type assets in the investment portfolio. Other product design and business features also affect the sensitivity 
of shareholder cash flows to market returns. For example, the construct of UK-style with-profits funds in some business units reduce the 
sensitivity of both policyholder and shareholder cash flows for participating products, and products where shareholder cash flows are based 
on a fixed charging structure (rather than charges that are sensitive to investment performance) typically attract a lower allowance for market 
risk. The allowance for non-market risk comprises a base Group-wide allowance of 50 basis points plus additional allowances for emerging 
market risk where appropriate. At 31 December 2020 the total allowance for non-market risk in Asia is equivalent to a $(3.2) billion reduction, 
or around (7) per cent of the Asia embedded value.

  323

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020EEV results highlights 

New business profit
Annual premium equivalent (APE)
Present value of new business premiums 

(PVNBP)

New business margin (APE) (%)

EEV operating profit note (i)
EEV operating profit, net of  

non-controlling interests note (i)

2020  $m

Change compared to prior year  % 
CER

Change compared to prior year  %
AER

Group 
excluding 
US
note (iii)

2,201
3,696

US 
note (iii)

601
1,923

Group 
total
note (iii)

2,802
5,619

21,587
60%

19,229
31%

40,816
50%

Group 
excluding 
US

US

Group 
total

Group 
excluding 
US

US 

Group 
total

(38)%
(28)%

(32)%
(13)%

(37)%
(24)%

(38)%
(28)%

(32)%
(13)%

(36)%
(24)%

(26)%

(14)%

(21)%

(26)%

(14)%

(21)%

3,376

1,844

5,220

(34)%

4%

(24)%

(34)%

4%

(24)%

3,366

1,721

5,087

(34)%

(3)%

(26)%

(34)%

(3)%

(26)%

Operating return on average EEV shareholders’ 
equity, net of non-controlling interests (%)

8%

12%

9%

Operating free surplus generated note (ii)

1,895

1,109

3,004

8%

(1)%

4%

7%

(1)%

4%

Closing EEV shareholders’ equity,  
net of non-controlling interests
Closing EEV shareholders’ equity,  

net of non-controlling interests per share  
(in cents)

41,926

12,081

54,007

9%

(26)%

(1)%

1,607¢

463¢

2,070¢

9%

(26)%

(2)%

Notes
(i) 

(ii) 
(iii) 

Group excluding US represents the Group EEV operating profit (which is stated after central expenditure, restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs) after deducting amounts 
attributable to the US.
Long-term and asset management businesses only, before restructuring, IFRS 17 implementation costs, centrally incurred costs and eliminations (as described in note 5). 
Segment results are attributed to the shareholders of the Group before deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests. This presentation is applied consistently 
throughout the document.

324

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis results / continued 
Movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity 

Continuing operations:
New business profit
Profit from in-force long-term business

Long-term business
Asset management

Operating profit from long-term and asset management businesses
Other income and expenditure

Operating profit (loss) before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Operating profit (loss) for the year

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns
Effect of changes in economic assumptions
Impact of 2019 NAIC reform and related changes in the US note (i)
Loss attaching to corporate transactions
Mark-to-market value movements on core structural borrowings

Non-operating profit (loss)

Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations
Loss for the year from discontinued operations note (ii)

Profit (loss) for the year
Non-controlling interests share of profit

Profit (loss) for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company

Foreign exchange movements on operations
Intra-group dividends and investment in operations note (iii)
External dividends
Mark-to-market value movements on US assets backing net worth
Other movements
Athene equity investment note (iv)
Non-controlling interests share of other equity items
Demerger dividend in specie of M&G plc note (ii)

Net increase (decrease) in shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ equity at beginning of year

Shareholders’ equity at end of year

2020  $m

Note

Asia

US

Other
note 5

1

2

2

2

2

6

2,201
1,933

4,134
253

4,387
–

4,387

(88)

4,299

1,909
(996)
–
(91)
–

822

5,121
–

5,121
(11)

5,110

561
(741)
–
–
76
–
–
–

601
1,273

1,874
6

1,880
–

1,880

(36)

1,844

(230)
(5,054)
–
(471)
(5)

(5,760)

(3,916)
–

(3,916)
130

(858)

(858)

(65)

(923)

28
–
–
(30)
(247)

(249)

(1,172)
–

(1,172)
1

(3,786)

(1,171)

–
–
–
552
111
(1,112)
(26)
–

2
741
(814)
–
(207)
–
–
–

Group 
total

2,802
3,206

6,008
259

6,267
(858)

5,409

(189)

5,220

1,707
(6,050)
–
(592)
(252)

(5,187)

33
–

33
120

153

563
–
(814)
552
(20)
(1,112)
(26)
–

5,006
39,235

44,241

(4,261)
16,342

(1,449)
(866)

(704)
54,711

12,081

(2,315)

54,007

2019  $m

Group 
total

4,405
3,240

7,645
275

7,920
(923)

6,997

(92)

6,905

3,254
(1,868)
(3,457)
(207)
(466)

(2,744)

4,161
(4,797)

(636)
(9)

(645)

666
–
(1,634)
206
95
–
–
(7,379)

(8,691)
63,402

54,711

  325

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity continued

2020  $m

Note

Asia

US

Other
note 5

2019  $m

Group 
total

Group 
total

Contribution to Group EEV:
At end of year:
Long-term business
Asset management and other
Goodwill attributable to equity holders

EEV shareholders’ equity ($ million)

EEV shareholders’ equity per share (in cents) note (v)

At beginning of year:
Long-term business
Asset management and other
Goodwill attributable to equity holders

EEV shareholders’ equity  ($ million)

EEV shareholders’ equity per share (in cents) note (v)

2

5

2

5

42,808
635
798

44,241

1,696¢

37,843
596
796

39,235

1,508¢

12,076
5
–

12,081

463¢

16,336
6
–

16,342

628¢

–
(2,338)
23

54,884
(1,698)
821

(2,315)

54,007

(89)¢

2,070¢

–
(892)
26

(866)

54,179
(290)
822

54,711

(33)¢

2,103¢

EEV basis basic earnings per share note (v)

2020

54,179
(290)
822

54,711

2,103¢

64,174
(2,874)
2,102

63,402

2,445¢

2019

Based on operating profit from continuing operations after  

non-controlling interests

Based on profit for the year attributable to equity holders  

of the Company:
From continuing operations
From discontinued operations

Non-
controlling
interests
$m

Net of tax
and non-
controlling
interests
$m

Net of tax
$m

Basic
earnings
per share
cents

Basic
earnings
per share
cents

5,220

(133)

5,087

195.5¢

266.6¢

33

120

153

5.9¢
–
5.9¢

160.5¢
(185.4)¢
(24.9)¢

Notes
(i) 

The $(3,457) million impact of NAIC reform and other related changes in the US in full year 2019 related to the implementation of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners’ 
(NAIC) changes to the US statutory reserve and capital framework for variable annuities, early-adopted by Jackson at 31 December 2019. As part of the implementation of these changes, 
enhancements were made to the model used to allow for hedging within US statutory reporting, which were subsequently utilised within EEV to update the allowance for the long-term cost 
of hedging under EEV economic assumptions, alongside a number of other changes following the NAIC reform with the objective of bringing the EEV free surplus more in line with the US 
statutory basis of reporting. Subsequent changes to the approach to the long term cost of hedging allowance for EEV reporting in 2020 are included within economic assumption changes.
(ii)  Discontinued operations for 2019 related to the UK and Europe operations (M&G plc) that were demerged from the Group in October 2019. The demerger dividend in specie of M&G plc 

was recorded at the fair value of M&G plc at the date of the demerger on 18 October 2019. The difference between the fair value and its carrying value, together with profit earned up to 
the date of the demerger were recorded as loss for the year from the discontinued UK and Europe operations in 2019.
Intra-group dividends represent dividends that have been declared in the year. Investment in operations reflects movements in share capital.
In 2020, the $(1,112) million relates to the equity investment by Athene into the US business as described in note D1.2 of the IFRS basis results.
Based on the number of issued shares at 31 December 2020 of 2,609 million shares (31 December 2019: 2,601 million shares), and weighted average number of issued shares of 2,596 million 
shares in 2020 (2019: 2,587 million shares).

(iii) 
(iv) 
(v) 

The supplementary information on pages 323 to 347 was approved by the Board of Directors on 2 March 2021.

Shriti Vadera 
Chair 

Mike Wells 
Group Chief Executive 

Mark FitzPatrick
Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

326

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis results / continuedMovement in Group free surplus

For long-term business, free surplus is the excess of the regulatory basis net assets for EEV reporting purposes (total net worth) over the capital 
required to support the covered business. Where appropriate, adjustments are made to total net worth so that backing assets are included at 
market value, rather than at cost, to comply with the EEV Principles. In the Group’s Asia and US operations, assets deemed to be inadmissible 
on a local regulatory basis are generally included in net worth, with the exception of deferred tax assets in the US that are inadmissible under 
the local regulatory basis, which have been included in the value of in-force business (VIF) within the Group’s EEV results.

Free surplus for asset management and other non-insurance operations (including the Group’s central operations and Africa operations) 
is taken to be IFRS basis shareholders’ equity, net of goodwill attributable to equity holders, with central Group debt shown on a market value 
basis and subordinated debt recorded as free surplus to the extent that it is classified as available capital under the Group’s capital regime. 
A reconciliation of EEV free surplus to the Group’s Local Capital Summation Method (LCSM) surplus over Group minimum capital requirements 
is set out in note I(i) of the additional financial information.

Expected transfer from in-force business 
Expected return on existing free surplus 
Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances

Operating free surplus generated from in-force long-term business note (i)
Investment in new business note (ii)

Long-term business
Asset management 

Operating free surplus generated from long-term and asset 

management businesses 
Other income and expenditure 

Operating free surplus generated before restructuring and IFRS 17 

implementation costs

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Operating free surplus generated
Non-operating free surplus generated note (iii)

Free surplus generated from continuing operations
Free surplus generated from discontinued operations

Free surplus generated
Non-controlling interests share of profit

Free surplus generated attributable to equity holders  

of the Company

Net cash flows paid to parent company note (iv)
External dividends
Demerger dividend in specie of M&G plc
Foreign exchange movements on operations 
Mark-to-market value movements on US assets backing net worth 
Other movements and timing differences 
Athene equity investment
Non-controlling interests share of other equity items

Net movement in free surplus
Balance at beginning of year

Balance at end of year

Representing:
Free surplus excluding distribution rights and other intangibles
Distribution rights and other intangibles

Asia

US

1,878
101
222

2,201
(559)

1,642
253

1,114
25
156

1,295
(192)

1,103
6

1,895
–

1,109
–

1,895
(82)

1,813
444

2,257
–

2,257
(11)

2,246
(716)
–
–
131
–
49
–
–

1,710
4,220

5,930

5,023
907

5,930

1,109
(36)

1,073
(2,046)

(973)
–

(973)
245

(728)
–
–
–
–
552
111
63
(26)

(28)
1,777

1,749

1,731
18

1,749

2020  $m

Total 
insurance
and asset
 management

2019  $m

Other 
note 5

Group 
total

Group 
total

2,992
126
378

3,496
(751)

2,745
259

3,004
–

3,004
(118)

2,886
(1,602)

1,284
–

1,284
234

1,518
(716)
–
–
131
552
160
63
(26)

1,682
5,997

7,679

6,754
925

7,679

2,992
126
378

3,496
(751)

2,745
259

3,004
(858)

2,146
(183)

1,963
(1,730)

233
–

233
235

468
–
(814)
–
136
552
(22)
63
(26)

357
9,736

(858)

(858)
(65)

(923)
(128)

(1,051)
–

(1,051)
1

(1,050)
716
(814)
–
5
–
(182)
–
–

(1,325)
3,739

2,414

10,093

(686)
3,100

2,414

6,068
4,025

10,093

3,081
141
558

3,780
(1,158)

2,622
275

2,897
(923)

1,974
(92)

1,882
(1,016)

866
2,512

3,378
(9)

3,369
–
(1,634)
(7,379)
267
206
(252)
–
–

(5,423)
15,159

9,736

6,604
3,132

9,736

  327

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Movement in Group free surplus continued

Contribution to Group free surplus:

At end of year:
Long-term businessnote 2
Asset management and other

Free surplus

At beginning of year:
Long-term businessnote 2
Asset management and other

Free surplus

2020  $m

Total 
insurance
and asset
 management

Asia

US

5,295
635

5,930

3,624
596

4,220

1,744
5

1,749

1,771
6

1,777

7,039
640

7,679

5,395
602

5,997

2019  $m

Group 
total

Group 
total

7,039
3,054

10,093

5,395
4,341

9,736

5,395
4,341

9,736

9,587
5,572

15,159

Other 
note 5

–
2,414

2,414

–
3,739

3,739

Notes 
(i) 

US in-force free surplus generation in 2019 included a $355 million benefit from the release of incremental reserves in the first half of 2019 following the integration of the John Hancock 
business.
Free surplus invested in new business primarily represents acquisition costs and amounts set aside for required capital.

(ii) 
(iii)  Asia non-operating free surplus generation in 2020 includes a reinsurance commission of $770m received as part of a reinsurance transaction undertaken by our business in Hong Kong as 

described in note D1 of the IFRS financial statements. Non-operating free surplus generated for other operations represents the post-tax IFRS basis short-term fluctuations in investment 
returns for other entities, as shown in Note B1.2 of the IFRS Financial Statements, along with mark-to-market value movements on core structural borrowings (unless classified as available 
capital under the Group’s capital regime).

(iv)  Net cash flows to parent company for Asia operations reflect the flows as included in the holding company cash flow at transaction rates. The difference to the intra-group dividends and 

investment in operations in the movement in EEV shareholders’ equity primarily relates to intra-group loans, foreign exchange and other non-cash items.

328

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis results / continuedNotes on the EEV basis results

1 Analysis of new business profit and EEV for long-term business operations

Hong Kong
China JV
Indonesia
Malaysia
Singapore
Other

Total Asia insurance

US insurance

Total long-term business

Hong Kong
China JV
Indonesia
Malaysia
Singapore
Other

Total Asia insurance

US insurance

Total long-term business

Hong Kong
China JV
Indonesia
Malaysia
Singapore
Other

Total Asia insurance

US insurance

Total long-term business

Notes
(i) 

The movement in new business profit is analysed as follows:

2019 new business profit
Foreign exchange movement
Effect of changes in interest rates and other economic assumptions
Sales volume
Business mix, product mix and other items

2020 new business profit

(ii) 

Long-term business only, excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders.

New 
business
profit 
(NBP)
note (i)

787
269
155
209
341
440

2,201

601

2,802

New
business
profit 
(NBP)
note (i)

2,042
262
227
210
387
394

3,522

883

4,405

New
business
profit 
(NBP)
note (i)

2,063
262
220
207
383
398

3,533

883

4,416

2020  $m

Annual
premium
equivalent 
(APE)

Present
value of 
new business
premiums
(PVNBP)

New 
business
margin 
(APE)

New 
business
margin 
(PVNBP)

Closing EEV
shareholders’
equity
note (ii)

758
582
267
346
610
1,133

3,696

1,923

5,619

5,095
2,705
1,154
2,023
5,354
5,256

21,587

19,229

40,816

104%
46%
58%
60%
56%
39%

60%

31%

50%

15%
10%
13%
10%
6%
8%

10%

3%

7%

20,156
2,798
2,630
4,142
8,160
4,922

42,808

12,076

54,884

2019 (AER)  $m

Annual
premium
equivalent 
(APE)

Present
value of new
 business
premiums
(PVNBP)

New 
business
margin 
(APE)

New 
business
margin 
(PVNBP)

Closing EEV
shareholders’
equity
note (ii)

2,016
590
390
355
660
1,150

5,161

2,223

7,384

12,815
2,586
1,668
2,090
4,711
5,374

29,244

22,231

51,475

101%
44%
58%
59%
59%
34%

68%

40%

60%

16%
10%
14%
10%
8%
7%

12%

4%

9%

18,255
2,180
2,737
3,535
7,337
3,799

37,843

16,336

54,179

2019 (CER)  $m

Annual
premium
equivalent 
(APE)

Present
value of 
new business
premiums
(PVNBP)

New 
business
margin 
(APE)

New 
business
margin 
(PVNBP)

Closing EEV
shareholders’
equity
note (ii)

2,037
590
379
349
653
1,160

5,168

2,223

7,391

12,946
2,588
1,622
2,061
4,659
5,402

29,278

22,231

51,509

101%
44%
58%
59%
59%
34%

68%

40%

60%

Asia 
$m

3,522
11
2
(986)
(348)

2,201

16%
10%
14%
10%
8%
7%

12%

4%

9%

US 
$m

883
–
(283)
(73)
74

601

18,344
2,322
2,704
3,594
7,464
3,829

38,257

16,336

54,593

Group 
$m

4,405
11
(281)
(1,059)
(274)

2,802

  329

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20202 Analysis of movement in EEV for long-term business operations

Total long-term business
Balance at beginning of year from continuing operations
New business contribution note 1
Existing business – transfer to net worth
Expected return on existing business note (ii)
Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances note (iii)

Operating profit before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Operating profit
Non-operating (loss) profit note (iv) 

Profit (loss) for the year

Non-controlling interests share of profit

Profit (loss) for the year attributable to equity holders 

of the Company

Foreign exchange movements
Intra-group dividends and investment in operations
Mark-to-market value movements on US assets backing net worth
Other movements note (v)
Athene equity investment
Non-controlling interests share of other equity items

2020  $m

2019  $m

Free
surplus

Required
capital

Net
worth

5,395
(751)
2,992
126
378

2,745
(92)

2,653
(1,602)

1,051

245

1,296

116
(582)
552
225
63
(26)

6,891
563
(716)
186
3

36
–

36
320

356

124

480

15
–
–
–
(548)
–

12,286
(188)
2,276
312
381

2,781
(92)

2,689
(1,282)

1,407

369

1,776

131
(582)
552
225
(485)
(26)

Value of
in-force 
business

41,893
2,990
(2,276)
1,646
867

3,227
(6)

3,221
(3,656)

(435)

(239)

(674)

415
–
–
–
(627)
–

Embedded
value

Embedded
value

54,179
2,802
–
1,958
1,248

6,008
(98)

5,910
(4,938)

972

130

1,102

546
(582)
552
225
(1,112)
(26)

49,643
4,405
–
2,270
970

7,645
(5)

7,640
(1,840)

5,800

(1)

5,799

369
(1,633)
206
(205)
–
–

Balance at end of year note (i)

7,039

6,838

13,877

41,007

54,884

54,179

Asia long-term business
Balance at beginning of year
New business contribution note 1
Existing business – transfer to net worth
Expected return on existing business note (ii)
Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances note (iii)

Operating profit before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Operating profit
Non-operating profit note (iv)

Profit for the year

Non-controlling interests share of profit

Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company

Foreign exchange movements
Intra-group dividends and investment in operations
Other movements note (v) 

3,624
(559)
1,878
101
222

1,642
(63)

1,579
444

2,023

–

2,023

116
(582)
114

3,182
181
(107)
62
(38)

98
–

98
150

248

–

248

15
–
–

6,806
(378)
1,771
163
184

1,740
(63)

1,677
594

2,271

–

31,037
2,579
(1,771)
1,238
348

2,394
(6)

2,388
228

2,616

–

37,843
2,201
–
1,401
532

4,134
(69)

4,065
822

4,887

–

2,271

2,616

4,887

131
(582)
114

415
–
–

546
(582)
114

30,985
3,522
–
1,542
824

5,888
–

5,888
1,962

7,850

(1)

7,849

369
(1,108)
(252)

Balance at end of year note (i)

5,295

3,445

8,740

34,068

42,808

37,843

330

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued2020  $m

2019  $m

Free
surplus

Required
capital

Net
worth

Embedded
value

Embedded
value

US long-term business
Balance at beginning of year
New business contribution note 1
Existing business – transfer to net worth
Expected return on existing business note (ii)
Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances note (iii)

Operating profit before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Operating profit
Non-operating (loss) profit note (iv)

(Loss) profit for the year

Non-controlling interests share of profit

(Loss) profit for the year attributable to equity holders  

of the Company

Intra-group dividends and investment in operations
Mark-to-market value movements on US assets backing net worth
Other movements note (v)
Athene equity investment
Non-controlling interests share of other equity items

1,771
(192)
1,114
25
156

1,103
(29)

1,074
(2,046)

(972)

245

(727)

–
552
111
63
(26)

3,709
382
(609)
124
41

(62)
–

(62)
170

108

124

232

–
–
–
(548)
–

Value of
in-force 
business

10,856
411
(505)
408
519

833
–

833
(3,884)

5,480
190
505
149
197

1,041
(29)

1,012
(1,876)

16,336
601
–
557
716

1,874
(29)

1,845
(5,760)

(864)

(3,051)

(3,915)

369

(239)

130

18,658
883
–
728
146

1,757
(5)

1,752
(3,802)

(2,050)

–

(495)

–
552
111
(485)
(26)

(3,290)

(3,785)

(2,050)

–
–
–
(627)
–

–
552
111
(1,112)
(26)

(525)
206
47
–
–

Balance at end of year note (i)

1,744

3,393

5,137

6,939

12,076

16,336

Notes
(i) 

The total embedded value for long-term business operations, excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders, can be summarised as follows:

Value of in-force business before deduction of cost of capital and time value 

of options and guarantees

Cost of capital
Time value of options and guarantees*

Net value of in-force business
Free surplus
Required capital

Net worth

Embedded value

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Asia

US

36,729
(749)
(1,912)

34,068
5,295
3,445

8,740

7,416
(457)
(20)

6,939
1,744
3,393

5,137

42,808

12,076

Group
total

44,145
(1,206)
(1,932)

41,007
7,039
6,838

13,877

54,884

Asia

US

32,396
(866)
(493)

31,037
3,624
3,182

6,806

37,843

11,417
(370)
(191)

10,856
1,771
3,709

5,480

16,336

Group
total

43,813
(1,236)
(684)

41,893
5,395
6,891

12,286

54,179

* The time value of options and guarantees (TVOG) arises from the variability of economic outcomes in the future and is, where appropriate, calculated as the difference between an average 
outcome across a range of economic scenarios, calibrated around a central scenario, and the outcome from the central economic scenario, as described in note 8(i)(d). The TVOG and the 
outcome from the central scenario are linked; as the central scenario is updated for market conditions and the outcome reflects more or less of the guaranteed benefit payouts and associated 
product charges, there will be consequential changes to the TVOG. At 31 December 2020 the TVOG for Asia operations is $(1,912) million, with the substantial majority arising in Hong Kong, 
reflecting the variability of guaranteed benefit payouts across the range of economic scenarios around current low interest rates. The TVOG represents some of the market risk for the key 
products in Hong Kong. As this market risk is explicitly allowed for via the TVOG, no further adjustment is made to allow for this within the EEV risk discount rate, as described in note 8(i)(h), 
leading to a lower risk discount rate. The magnitude of the TVOG for Asia operations at 31 December 2020 would be approximately equivalent to a 30 basis point increase in the Asia weighted 
average risk discount rate.

(ii) 

The expected return on existing business reflects the effect of changes in economic and operating assumptions in the current year, as described in note 8(ii)(c). The movement in this amount 
compared to the prior year is analysed as follows:

2019 expected return on existing business
Foreign exchange movement
Effect of changes in interest rates and other economic assumptions
Growth in opening value of in-force business and other items

2020 expected return on existing business

Asia 
$m

1,542
(8)
(312)
179

1,401

US 
$m

728
–
(114)
(57)

557

Group 
total 
$m

2,270
(8)
(426)
122

1,958

(iii) 

The effect of changes in operating assumptions of $390 million (2019: $539 million) in Asia principally reflects the benefit of medical pricing actions, the introduction of a more simplified 
framework for policyholder charges for guarantees in Hong Kong and the beneficial effect on the effective tax rate for Indonesia from changes to local tax legislation in the first half of 2020, 
together with the outcome of the regular review of persistency, claims and expenses. Experience variances and other items of $142 million (2019: $285 million) has been driven by positive 
mortality and morbidity experience in a number of local business units. In the US, the effect of changes in operating assumptions, experience variances and other items of $716 million 
(2019: $146 million) mainly includes the effect of positive persistency experience and assumption changes and the regular amortisation of interest-related gains and losses.

  331

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20202 Analysis of movement in EEV for long-term business operations continued

(iv) 

The EEV non-operating profit (loss), can be summarised as follows:

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns note (a)
Effect of changes in economic assumptions note (b)
Impact of 2019 NAIC reform and related changes in the US
Mark-to-market value movements on core structural borrowings note 6(iii)
Loss (gain) attaching to corporate transactions note (c)

Non-operating profit (loss) 

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Asia

1,909
(996)
–
–
(91)

822

US

(230)
(5,054)
–
(5)
(471)

(5,760)

Group
total

1,679
(6,050)
–
(5)
(562)

(4,938)

Asia

2,451
(667)
–
–
178

1,962

US

876
(1,201)
(3,457)
(18)
(2)

(3,802)

Group
total

3,327
(1,868)
(3,457)
(18)
176

(1,840)

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

The credit of $1,909 million in Asia for short-term fluctuations in investment returns mainly reflects higher than expected bond and equity returns, particularly in Hong Kong. In the US, 
the charge of $(230) million mainly reflects losses arising from changes to the asset portfolio following the Athene transaction.
The charge for economic assumption changes of $(996) million in Asia is mainly driven by Hong Kong and primarily arises from movements in long-term interest rates, resulting in lower 
assumed fund earned rates that impact projected future cash flows across the majority of local business units, partially offset by lower risk discount rates. This impact includes a benefit 
from a change to the calculation of the valuation interest rate used to value long-term insurance liabilities in Hong Kong and reflects the impact of changes to longer-term views on 
economic assumptions as described in note 9(i). In the US, the charge of $(5,054) million largely reflects the effect of lower interest rates in the year, with the US 10 year Treasury falling 
by 99 basis points over the course of 2020. Lower interest rates, have the effect of decreasing future separate account return and hence lowering future projected fee income, increasing 
future projected hedging costs and reducing future reinvestment rates. These effects have been partially offset by lower risk discount rates and the increase in the US equity risk 
premium as described in note 9(i). Further, the US charge includes the impact of refinements that Jackson implemented to its EEV hedge modelling as a result of the changes made for its 
statutory reserves and capital that reduced EEV by $795 million as at 1 January 2020. 
The impact of corporate transactions in the year is as follows:

2020  $m

2019  $m

Loss on reinsurance of Jackson’s in-force fixed and fixed indexed annuity portfolio*
Gain on disposals†
Other transactions‡

Total

(457)
–
(105)

(562)

–
178
(2)

176

* In June 2020, the Group announced the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force portfolio of fixed and fixed indexed annuity business to Athene Life Re Ltd. Further details 
are included in note D1.1 of the IFRS basis results. The effect on the EEV position largely reflects the loss of future profits recorded in the value of in-force business as a result of the 
reinsurance and the loss of unrealised gains on assets passed to Athene, partly offset by the reinsurance commission received after deducting tax. 

† In 2019, the gain on disposals principally related to profits arising from a 4 per cent reduction in the Group’s stake in its associate in India, ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company, 

and the disposal of Prudential Vietnam Finance Company Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary that provides consumer finance.

‡In 2020, other transactions includes a loss of $(91) million from the reinsurance transaction undertaken by our business in Hong Kong described in note D1.1 of the IFRS financial 
statements together with costs incurred by Jackson in relation to its proposed separation. Outside of the long-term business (and hence not included in the table above) central 
operations incurred $30 million of costs associated with corporate transactions largely in relation to the proposed separation of Jackson. 

(v)  Other movements include reserve movements in respect of share capital subscribed, share-based payments, treasury shares, intra-group loans and other intra-group transfers between 

operations that have no overall effect on the Group’s shareholders’ equity.

332

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued3 Sensitivity of results for long-term business operations to alternative assumptions

(i) Sensitivity analysis – economic assumptions
The tables below show the sensitivity of the embedded value and the new business profit for long-term business operations to:

 — 1 per cent and 2 per cent (for 2020 only) increases in interest rates, including consequential changes in assumed investment returns 

for all asset classes, market values of fixed interest assets and local statutory reserves and capital requirements and risk discount rates 
(but excluding changes in the allowance for market risk); 

 — 0.5 per cent decrease in interest rates, including consequential changes in assumed investment returns for all asset classes, market values 

of fixed interest assets and local statutory reserves and capital requirements and risk discount rates (but excluding changes in the allowance 
for market risk);

 — 1 per cent rise in equity and property yields;
 — 20 per cent fall (10 per cent fall for 2019) in the market value of equity and property assets (embedded value only);
 — 1 per cent and 2 per cent (for 2020 only) increases in the risk discount rates. The main driver for changes in the risk discount rates from 

year to year is changes in the risk-free rates, the impact of which is expected to be broadly offset by a corresponding change in assumed 
investment returns, the effect of which is not included in these sensitivities. The impact of higher investment returns can be approximated 
as the difference between the sensitivity to increases in interest rates and the sensitivity to increases in risk discount rates; and

 — The Group minimum capital requirements under the LCSM in contrast to EEV basis required capital (embedded value only).

The sensitivities shown below are for the impact of instantaneous and permanent changes (with no trending or mean reversion) on the 
embedded value of long-term business operations and include the combined effect on the value of in-force business and net assets (including 
derivatives) held at the valuation dates indicated. The sensitivities reflect the consequential impacts from market movements at the valuation 
date. The results only allow for limited management actions such as changes to future policyholder bonuses where applicable. If such economic 
conditions persisted, the financial impacts may differ to the instantaneous impacts shown below. In this case management could also take 
additional actions to help mitigate the impact of these stresses. No change in the assets held at the valuation date is assumed when calculating 
sensitivities. The sensitivity impacts are expected to be non-linear, to aid understanding of this non linearity, impacts of both a 1% and 2% 
increase to interest rates and risk discount rates are shown.

If the changes in assumptions shown in the sensitivities were to occur, the effects shown below would be recorded within two components of 
the profit analysis for the following year, namely the effect of changes in economic assumptions and short-term fluctuations in investment returns. 
In addition, for changes in interest rates, the effect shown below for the US (Jackson) would also be recorded within mark-to-market value 
movements on Jackson assets backing surplus and required capital, which are taken directly to shareholders’ equity. In addition to the sensitivity 
effects shown below, the other components of the profit for the following year would be calculated by reference to the altered assumptions, 
for example new business profit and expected return on existing business, together with the effect of other changes such as altered corporate 
bond spreads.

New business profit from long-term business

New business profit

Interest rates and consequential effects – 2% increase
Interest rates and consequential effects – 1% increase
Interest rates and consequential effects – 0.5% decrease
Equity/property yields – 1% rise
Risk discount rates – 2% increase
Risk discount rates – 1% increase

2020  $m

2019  $m

Asia

2,201

107
78
(98)
140
(626)
(372)

US

601

669
375
(149)
88
112
33

Group
total

2,802

776
453
(247)
228
(514)
(339)

Asia

3,522

n/a
(46)
(121)
210
n/a
(715)

US

883

n/a
207
(123)
70
n/a
(22)

Group
total

4,405

n/a
161
(244)
280
n/a
(737)

  333

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20203 Sensitivity of results for long-term business operations to alternative assumptions continued

Embedded value of long-term business

Embedded value

Interest rates and consequential effects – 2% increase
Interest rates and consequential effects – 1% increase
Interest rates and consequential effects – 0.5% decrease
Equity/property yields – 1% rise
Equity/property market values – 10% fall
Equity/property market values – 20% fall
Risk discount rates – 2% increase
Risk discount rates – 1% increase
Group minimum capital requirements

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Asia

US

Group
total

Asia

US

Group
total

42,808

12,076

54,884

37,843

16,336

54,179

 (3,589)
 (1,429)
177
1,949
n/a
 (1,912)
 (9,225)
 (5,286)
150

2,275
1,667
 (162)
506
n/a
 (2,173)
 (568)
 (286)
275

 (1,314)
238
15
2,455
n/a
 (4,085)
 (9,793)
 (5,572)
425

n/a
 (1,408)
 (28)
1,758
 (810)
n/a
n/a
 (5,263)
175

n/a
798
 (686)
556
 (1,205)
n/a
n/a
 (509)
221

n/a
 (610)
 (714)
2,314
 (2,015)
n/a
n/a
 (5,772)
396

Overall, the directional movements in the sensitivities from 31 December 2019 to 31 December 2020 reflect the generally lower government 
bond yields and higher equity markets at 31 December 2020, and, in the case of the US, the actual hedging portfolio in place at both valuation 
dates, which varies from year to year due to the nature of Jackson’s dynamic hedging programme. 

Asia insurance operations
Interest rate sensitivities for the Asia long-term business embedded value show broadly similar movements at 31 December 2020 as compared 
to 31 December 2019. These interest rate sensitivities illustrate the impact of using different economic assumptions within our EEV framework. 
For a 1 per cent increase in assumed interest rates the $(1,429) million negative effect comprises a $(5,286) million negative impact of increasing 
the risk discount rate by 1 per cent, partially offset by a $3,857 million benefit from assuming 1 per cent higher investment returns. Similarly, for 
a 2 per cent increase in assumed interest rates the $(3,589) million negative effect comprises a $(9,225) million negative impact of increasing the 
risk discount rates by 2 per cent, partially offset by a $5,636 million benefit from higher assumed investment returns. Finally, for a 0.5 per cent 
decrease in assumed interest rates there would be a $177 million positive effect from the 0.5 per cent reduction in assumed discount rates 
being partially offset by lower assumed investment returns. For a 1 per cent increase in the assumed Asia equity risk premium and property 
risk premium the EEV would increase by $1,949 million.

In order to illustrate the impact on EEV of varying specific economic assumptions, all other assumptions are held constant in the sensitivities 
above, and therefore the actual changes in EEV were these economic effects to materialise may differ from the sensitivities shown. For example, 
if interest rates decreased by 0.5 per cent, as well as changes to the risk free rate, market risk allowances would likely also be increased within 
the risk discount rate, leading to a larger increase in the risk discount rate than 0.5 per cent, and a larger reduction in EEV of $(1,264) million 
(compared to the $177 million benefit shown above from reducing both the earned rate and discount rate by 0.5 per cent). However, if interest 
rates actually increased by 1 per cent the likely change in EEV would not materially differ to the impact of the 1 per cent interest rate sensitivity 
shown above.

US insurance operations
The interest rate and equity/property market values sensitivity movements provided in the table above are at a point in time and reflect the 
hedging programme in place on the valuation date, while the actual impact on financial results would vary contingent upon a number of factors.

The sensitivity of the US long-term business embedded value to interest rates is driven by the change in assumed investment returns, and the 
consequential impact on future fee income and projected benefit and dynamic hedging costs, offset by the impact of market value movements on 
derivatives and other assets. At the lower interest rates at 31 December 2020, the positive impact from higher assumed investment returns from 
a 1 per cent increase in risk-free rates is higher than at 31 December 2019. For a 0.5 per cent decrease in interest rates the increase in expected 
benefit costs is offset by the hedging protection held to manage such a risk to a greater extent than in 2019.

The equity/property market values sensitivity is driven by a negative effect from lower future fee income and increased projected benefit and 
dynamic hedging costs on variable annuity business, partially offset by market value movements on equity derivatives held at the valuation date. 

334

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued(ii) Sensitivity analysis – non-economic assumptions
The tables below show the sensitivity of the embedded value and the new business profit for long-term business operations to:

 — 10 per cent proportionate decrease in maintenance expenses (for example, a 10 per cent sensitivity on a base assumption of $10 per annum 

would represent an expense assumption of $9 per annum);

 — 10 per cent proportionate decrease in lapse rates (for example, a 10 per cent sensitivity on a base assumption of 5.0 per cent would represent 

a lapse rate of 4.5 per cent per annum); and

 — 5 per cent proportionate decrease in base mortality (ie increased longevity) and morbidity rates. 

New business profit from long-term business

New business profit

Maintenance expenses – 10% decrease
Lapse rates – 10% decrease
Mortality and morbidity – 5% decrease

Embedded value of long-term business

Embedded value

Maintenance expenses – 10% decrease
Lapse rates – 10% decrease
Mortality and morbidity – 5% decrease

2020  $m

2019  $m

Asia

2,201

47
156
106

US

601

18
(4)
(12)

Group 
total

2,802

65
152
94

Asia

3,522

67
211
116

US

883

15
24
(2)

Group 
total

4,405

82
235
114

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Asia

US 

Group 
total

Asia

US

Group 
total

42,808

12,076

54,884

37,843

16,336

54,179

476
1,774
1,689

193
251
(20)

669
2,025
1,669

411
1,459
1,323

200
624
94

611
2,083
1,417

  335

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20204  Expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus for Asia long-term business operations 

on a discounted basis

The table below shows how the value of in-force business (VIF) and the associated required capital for Asia long-term business operations are 
projected as emerging into free surplus over future years. Cash flows are projected on a deterministic basis and are discounted at the appropriate 
risk discount rate. The modelled cash flows use the same methodology underpinning the Group’s EEV reporting and so are subject to the same 
assumptions and sensitivities. The projected emergence of VIF and required capital into free surplus in 2021 will be the starting point for 
expected free surplus generation next year, after updating for operating and economic assumption changes. See note I(vi) of the additional 
financial information for further detail.

Post its separation from the Group, Jackson will no longer publish EEV results and so this section covers Asia only.

2020 ($m)

(%)

2019 ($m)

(%)

Total
expected
emergence

38,594

100%

34,295

100%

Expected period of conversion of future post-tax distributable earnings 
and required capital flows to free surplus at 31 Dec

1-5 years

6-10 years 11-15 years 16-20 years 21-40 years

40+ years

9,112

24%

8,561

25%

6,932

18%

6,335

18%

5,511

14%

4,394

13%

4,234

11%

3,398

10%

9,193

24%

7,715

23%

3,612

9%

3,892

11%

The required capital and value of in-force business for Asia long-term business operations can be reconciled to the total discounted emergence 
of future free surplus shown above as follows:

Required capital note 2
Value of in-force business (VIF) note 2
Other items*

Asia long-term business operations

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

3,445
34,068
1,081

38,594

3,182
31,037
76

34,295

* ‘Other items’ represent the impact of the time value of options and guarantees and amounts incorporated into VIF where there is no definitive time frame for when the payments will be made 

or receipts received. These items are excluded from the expected free surplus generation profile above.

336

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued5 EEV basis results for other operations

EEV basis other income and expenditure represents the post-tax IFRS basis results for other operations (before restructuring and IFRS 17 
implementation costs), together with an adjustment to deduct the unwind of expected margins on the internal management of the assets of 
the covered business, as shown in the table below. It includes interest costs on core structural borrowings, corporate expenditure for head 
office functions in London and Hong Kong that is not recharged/allocated to the insurance operations, and Africa operations.

In line with the EEV Principles, the allowance for the future cost of internal asset management services within the EEV basis results for 
long-term insurance operations excludes the projected future profits or losses generated by any non-insurance entities within the Prudential 
Group in providing those services (ie the EEV for long-term insurance operations assumes that the cost of internal asset management services will 
be that incurred by the Group as a whole, not the cost that will be borne by the insurance business). The results of the Group’s asset management 
operations include the current period profit from the management of both internal and external funds, consistent with their presentation within 
the Group’s IFRS basis reporting. An adjustment is accordingly made to Group EEV operating profit, within the EEV basis results for other 
operations, to deduct the expected profit anticipated to arise in the current period in the opening VIF from internal asset management services, 
such that Group EEV operating profit includes the actual profit earned in respect of the management of these assets.

Any costs incurred within the head office functions in London and Hong Kong that are attributable to the long-term insurance (covered) 

business are recharged/allocated to the insurance operations and recorded within the results for those operations. The assumed future expenses 
within the value of in-force business for long-term insurance operations allow for amounts expected to be recharged/allocated by the head office 
functions. Other costs that are not recharged/allocated to the insurance operations are shown as part of other income and expenditure for the 
current year, and are not included within the projection of future expenses for in-force insurance business.

IFRS basis other income and expenditure*
Tax effects on IFRS basis results
Less: unwind of expected profit on internal management of the assets of the Asia long-term business 
Less: unwind of expected profit on internal management of the assets of the US long-term business 

EEV basis other income and expenditure

*  As recorded in note B1.1 of the IFRS Financial Statements.

2020  $m

 2019  $m

(748)
(17)
(68)
(25)

(858)

(926)
82
(56)
(23)

(923)

The EEV basis shareholders’ equity for other operations is taken to be IFRS basis shareholders’ equity, with central Group debt shown on a market 
value basis. Free surplus for other operations is taken to be IFRS basis shareholders’ equity, net of goodwill attributable to equity holders, with 
central Group debt shown on a market value basis and subordinated debt recorded as free surplus to the extent that it is classified as available 
capital under the Group’s capital regime. Shareholders’ equity for other operations can be compared across metrics as shown in the table below.

Other operations:

IFRS basis shareholders’ equity* 
Mark-to-market value adjustment on central borrowings note 6

EEV basis shareholders’ equity

Record applicable subordinated debt as available capital note 6
Less: goodwill attributable to equity holders

Free surplus

* As recorded in note C1 of the IFRS Financial Statements.

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

(1,520)
(795)

(2,315)

4,752
(23)

2,414

(318)
(548)

(866)

4,631
(26)

3,739

For asset managers and other operations (including the Group’s central operations and Africa operations), EEV basis shareholders’ equity and 
free surplus is identical to IFRS basis shareholders’ equity, net of goodwill attributable to equity holders as applicable.

  337

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20206 Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Holding company cash and short-term investments note (i)
Central borrowings:

Subordinated debt
Senior debt
Bank loan

Total central borrowings

Total net central funds
Jackson Surplus Notes

Net core structural borrowings of  

shareholder-financed businesses

31 Dec 2020  $m

31 Dec 2019  $m

Mark-to-
market 
value 
adjustment
note (iii)

EEV
basis at 
market 
value

Mark-to-
market 
value 
adjustment
note (iii)

IFRS
basis
note (ii)

EEV
basis at 
market 
value

–

(1,463)

(2,207)

–

(2,207)

420
375
–

795

795
90

4,752
2,076
350

7,178

5,715
340

4,304
690
350

5,344

3,137
250

327
221
–

548

548
85

4,631
911
350

5,892

3,685
335

IFRS
basis
note (ii)

(1,463)

4,332
1,701
350

6,383

4,920
250

5,170

885

6,055

3,387

633

4,020

Notes
(i) 
(ii) 
(iii) 

Holding company includes centrally managed group holding companies.
As recorded in note C5.1 of the IFRS Financial Statements.
The movement in the value of core structural borrowings includes foreign exchange effects for pounds sterling denominated debts, which are included in ‘Exchange movements on foreign 
operations’. The movement in the mark-to-market value adjustment can be analysed as follows:

Mark-to-market value adjustment at beginning of year
Charge included in the income statement*
Movement on subordinated debt substituted to M&G plc and foreign exchange movements

Mark-to-market value adjustment at end of year

*Representing:

Total central borrowings
Jackson Surplus Notes

Total

7 Comparison of EEV basis shareholders’ equity with IFRS basis shareholders’ equity

Assets less liabilities before deduction of insurance funds
Less insurance funds note (i)

Policyholder liabilities (net of reinsurers’ share) and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds
Shareholders’ accrued interest in the long-term business

Less non-controlling interests

Total net assets attributable to equity holders of the Company

Share capital
Share premium
IFRS basis shareholders’ reserves

IFRS basis shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ accrued interest in the long-term business

EEV basis shareholders’ equity note (ii)

Notes
(i) 
(ii) 

Including liabilities in respect of insurance products classified as investment contracts under IFRS 4.
Excluding non-controlling interests.

2020  $m

2019  $m

633
252
–

885

247
5

252

233
466
(66)

633

448
18

466

31 Dec 2020
  $m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

421,987

396,241

(399,868)
33,129
(366,739)
(1,241)

(376,572)
35,234
(341,338)
(192)

54,007

54,711

173
2,637
18,068

20,878
33,129

54,007

172
2,625
16,680

19,477
35,234

54,711

338

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued8 Methodology and accounting presentation

(i) Methodology
(a) Covered business
The EEV basis results for the Group are prepared for ‘covered business’ as defined by the EEV Principles. Covered business represents the 
Group’s long-term insurance business (including the Group’s investments in joint venture and associate insurance operations), for which the 
value of new and in-force contracts is attributable to shareholders.

The EEV basis results for the Group’s covered business are then combined with the post-tax IFRS basis results of the Group’s asset 

management and other operations (including interest costs on core structural borrowings, corporate expenditure for head office functions in 
London and Hong Kong that is not recharged/allocated to the insurance operations, and Africa operations), with an adjustment to deduct the 
unwind of expected margins on the internal management of the assets of the covered business. Under the EEV Principles, the results for covered 
business incorporate the projected margins of attaching internal asset management, as described in note (g) below.

The definition of long-term insurance business comprises those contracts falling under the definition for regulatory purposes together with, 
for US operations, contracts that are in substance the same as guaranteed investment contracts (GICs) but do not fall under the technical definition. 

(b) Valuation of in-force and new business
The EEV basis results are prepared incorporating best estimate assumptions about all relevant factors including levels of future investment 
returns, persistency, mortality, morbidity and expenses, as described in note 9(iii). These assumptions are used to project future cash flows. 
The present value of the projected future cash flows is then calculated using a discount rate, as shown in note 9(i), which reflects both the time 
value of money and all other non-diversifiable risks associated with the cash flows that are not otherwise allowed for.

The total profit that emerges over the lifetime of an individual contract as calculated under the EEV basis is the same as that calculated under 

the IFRS basis. Since the EEV basis reflects discounted future cash flows, under the EEV methodology the profit emergence is advanced, thus 
more closely aligning the timing of the recognition of profit with the efforts and risks of current management actions, particularly with regard 
to business sold during the year.

New business
In determining the EEV basis value of new business, premiums are included in projected cash flows on the same basis of distinguishing 
regular and single premium business as set out in the Group’s new business sales reporting.

New business premiums reflect those premiums attaching to the covered business, including premiums for contracts classified as investment 

contracts under IFRS 4. New business premiums for regular premium products are shown on an annualised basis. 

New business profit represents profit determined by applying operating and economic assumptions as at the end of the year. New business 

profitability is a key metric for the Group’s management of the development of the business. In addition, new business margins are shown by 
reference to annual premium equivalent (APE) and the present value of new business premiums (PVNBP). These margins are calculated as the 
percentage of the value of new business profit to APE and PVNBP. APE is calculated as the aggregate of regular premiums on new business 
written in the period and one-tenth of single premiums. PVNBP is calculated as the aggregate of single premiums and the present value of 
expected future premiums from regular premium new business, allowing for lapses and the other assumptions made in determining the EEV 
new business profit. 

Valuation movements on investments
With the exception of debt securities held by Jackson, investment gains and losses during the year (to the extent that changes in capital values 
do not directly match changes in liabilities) are included directly in the profit for the year and shareholders’ equity as they arise.

The results for the covered business conceptually reflect the aggregate of the post-tax IFRS basis results and the movements in the additional 

shareholders’ interest recognised on an EEV basis. Therefore, the start point for the calculation of the EEV basis results for Jackson, as for other 
businesses, reflects the market value movements recognised on an IFRS basis.

In determining the movements in the additional shareholders’ interest, for Jackson’s debt securities backing liabilities, the aggregate EEV 
basis results reflect the fact that the value of in-force business incorporates the discounted value of expected future spread earnings. This value 
is generally not affected by short-term market movements in debt securities that, broadly speaking, are held for the longer term. Consequently, 
within EEV total net worth, Jackson’s debt securities backing liabilities are held on a statutory basis (largely at book value), while those backing 
surplus and required capital are accounted for at market value. Consistent with the treatment applied under IFRS 4, for Jackson’s debt securities 
classified as available-for-sale, movements in unrealised appreciation and depreciation on these securities are accounted for directly in equity 
rather than in the income statement, as shown in ‘Mark-to-market value movements on Jackson assets backing surplus and required capital’ 
in the statement of movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity.

  339

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20208 Methodology and accounting presentation continued

(i) Methodology continued
(c) Cost of capital
A charge is deducted from the embedded value for the cost of locked-in required capital supporting the Group’s long-term business. 
The cost is the difference between the nominal value of the capital held and the discounted value of the projected releases of this capital, 
allowing for post-tax investment earnings on the capital.

The EEV results are affected by the movement in this cost from year to year, which comprises a charge against new business profit 

and generally a release in respect of the reduction in capital requirements for business in force as this runs off. 

Where required capital is held within a with-profits long-term fund, the value placed on surplus assets within the fund is already adjusted 

to reflect its expected release over time and so no further adjustment to the shareholder position is necessary. 

(d) Financial options and guarantees
Nature of financial options and guarantees in Prudential’s long-term business
Asia
Participating products in Asia, principally written in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia, have both guaranteed and non-guaranteed elements. 
These products provide returns to policyholders through bonuses that are smoothed. There are two types of bonuses: regular and final. Regular 
bonuses are declared once a year and, once credited, are guaranteed in accordance with the terms of the particular products. Final bonuses are 
guaranteed only until the next bonus declaration.

There are also various non-participating long-term products with guarantees. The principal guarantees are those for whole-of-life contracts 

with floor levels of policyholder benefits that typically accrue at rates set at inception and do not vary subsequently with market conditions. 
Similar to participating products, the policyholder charges incorporate an allowance for the cost of providing these guarantees. During 2020 
the approach to determining these charges was reviewed and simplified for certain whole-of-life products in Hong Kong; the charges will 
now remain constant throughout varying economic conditions, rather than reducing as the economic environment improves and vice versa.

US
Jackson issues variable annuity contracts for which it contractually guarantees to the contract holder, subject to specific conditions, either: 
a) a return of no less than total deposits made to the contract, adjusted for any partial withdrawals; b) total deposits made to the contract, adjusted 
for any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return; or c) the highest contract value on a specified anniversary date, adjusted for any withdrawals 
following the specified contract anniversary. These guarantees include benefits that are payable upon depletion of funds (Guaranteed Minimum 
Withdrawal Benefits (GMWB)) or as death benefits (Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits (GMDB)). These guarantees generally protect the 
policyholder’s contract value in the event of poor equity market performance. Jackson hedges the GMWB and GMDB guarantees through the 
use of hedge contracts, with an expected long-term future hedging cost allowed for within the EEV value of in-force business to reflect the 
derivatives expected to be held based on the Group’s current dynamic hedging programme and consideration of past practice. Jackson also 
historically issued a small amount of income benefits (Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefits (GMIB)), which are now materially fully reinsured.
In June 2020 the Group announced the reinsurance of substantially all of Jackson’s in-force portfolio of fixed and fixed indexed annuity 
business to Athene Life Re Ltd. These contracts included some financial options and guarantees that are now materially fully reinsured as at 
31 December 2020. 

Time value
The value of financial options and guarantees comprises the intrinsic value (arising from a deterministic valuation on best estimate assumptions) 
and the time value (arising from the variability of economic outcomes in the future). 

Where appropriate, a full stochastic valuation has been undertaken to determine the time value of financial options and guarantees. 

The economic assumptions used for the stochastic calculations are consistent with those used for the deterministic calculations. Assumptions 
specific to the stochastic calculations reflect local market conditions and are based on a combination of actual market data, historic market data 
and an assessment of long-term economic conditions. Common principles have been adopted across the Group for the stochastic asset models, 
such as separate modelling of individual asset classes with an allowance for correlations between various asset classes. Details of the key 
characteristics of each model are given in note 9(ii).

In deriving the time value of financial options and guarantees, management actions in response to emerging investment and fund solvency 

conditions have been modelled. Management actions encompass, but are not confined to, investment allocation decisions, levels of regular 
and final bonuses and credited rates. Bonus rates are projected from current levels and varied in accordance with assumed management actions 
applying in the emerging investment and fund solvency conditions. In all instances, the modelled actions are in accordance with approved local 
practice and therefore reflect the options available to management.

The time value of financial options and guarantees reflects how the market value of the assets (including derivatives) held to manage the 
liability portfolios are expected to vary across the range of economic scenarios considered. In some economic scenarios the derivative portfolio 
may project gains in excess of the cost of the underlying guarantees on an EEV basis. If the calculation of the time value of options and guarantees 
results in a positive outcome for a particular product then the figure is capped at zero, reflecting the strong interaction between the outcome of 
the central economic scenario and the time value of financial options and guarantees in these circumstances, and the reported value of in-force 
business before deduction of cost of capital and time value of options and guarantees will reflect the outcome from the full stochastic valuation.

340

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued(e) Level of required capital
In adopting the EEV Principles, Prudential has based required capital on the applicable local statutory regulations, including any amounts 
considered to be required above the local statutory minimum requirements to satisfy regulatory constraints. 
For shareholder-backed businesses, the following capital requirements for long-term business apply:

 — Asia: the level of required capital has been set to an amount at least equal to local statutory notification requirements. 

 – For Singapore life operations, from 31 March 2020 the level of net worth and required capital is based on the Tier 1 Capital position under 

the new risk-based capital framework (RBC2), which removes certain negative reserves permitted to be recognised in the full RBC2 
regulatory position applicable to the Group’s LCSM position, in order to better reflect free surplus and its generation;

 – For China JV life operations, the level of required capital follows the approach for embedded value reporting issued by the China 

Association of Actuaries (CAA) reflecting the C-ROSS regime; and

 — US: the level of required capital has been set at 250 per cent of the risk-based capital (RBC) required by the National Association of Insurance 

Commissioners (NAIC) at the Company Action Level (CAL).

(f) With-profits business and the treatment of the estate
For the Group’s relevant Asia operations, the proportion of surplus allocated to shareholders from the with-profits funds has been based on the 
applicable profit distribution between shareholders and policyholders. The EEV methodology includes the value attributed to the shareholders’ 
interest in the residual estate of the in-force with-profits business. In any scenarios where the total assets of the life fund are insufficient to meet 
policyholder claims in full, the excess cost is fully attributed to shareholders. As required, adjustments are also made to reflect any capital 
requirements for with-profits business in Asia in excess of the available capital of the with-profits funds.

(g) Internal asset management
In line with the EEV Principles, the in-force and new business results from long-term business include the projected future profit or loss from 
asset management and service companies that support the Group’s covered insurance businesses. The results of the Group’s asset management 
operations include the current period profit from the management of both internal and external funds. EEV basis shareholders’ other income 
and expenditure is adjusted to deduct the expected profit anticipated to arise in the current period in the opening VIF from internal asset 
management and other services. This deduction is on a basis consistent with that used for projecting the results for covered insurance 
business. Accordingly, Group operating profit includes the actual profit earned in respect of the management of these assets.

(h) Allowance for risk and risk discount rates
Overview
Under the EEV Principles, discount rates used to determine the present value of expected future cash flows are set by reference to risk-free 
rates plus a risk margin. 

The risk-free rates are largely based on local government bond yields at the valuation date and are assumed to remain constant 

throughout the projection, with no trending or mean reversion to longer-term assumptions that cannot be observed in the current market.

The risk margin reflects any non-diversifiable risk associated with the emergence of distributable earnings that is not allowed for elsewhere in 
the valuation. In order to better reflect differences in relative market risk volatility inherent in each product group, Prudential sets the risk discount 
rates to reflect the expected volatility associated with the expected future shareholder cash flows for each product group in the embedded value 
model, rather than at a Group level.

Since financial options and guarantees are explicitly valued under the EEV methodology, risk discount rates exclude the effect of these 

product features.

The risk margin represents the aggregate of the allowance for market risk, additional allowance for credit risk where appropriate, and 

allowance for non-diversifiable non-market risk. No allowance is required for non-market risks where these are assumed to be fully diversifiable. 

Market risk allowance
The allowance for market risk represents the beta multiplied by the equity risk premium. 

The beta of a portfolio or product measures its relative market risk. The risk discount rates reflect the market risk inherent in each product 
group and hence the volatility of product-specific cash flows. These are determined by considering how the profit from each product is affected 
by changes in expected returns across asset classes. By converting this into a relative rate of return, it is possible to derive a product-specific beta. 
This approach contrasts with a top-down approach to market risk where the risks associated with each product are not directly reflected in the 
valuation basis.

  341

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20208 Methodology and accounting presentation continued

(i) Methodology continued
(h) Allowance for risk and risk discount rates continued
Additional credit risk allowance
The Group’s methodology allows for credit risk. The total allowance for credit risk covers expected long-term defaults, a credit risk premium 
(to reflect the volatility in downgrade and default levels) and short-term downgrades and defaults.

These allowances are initially reflected in determining best estimate returns and through the market risk allowance described above. 

However, for those businesses largely backed by holdings of debt securities, the allowances in the projected returns and market risk 
allowances may not be sufficient and an additional allowance may be appropriate.

The practical application of the allowance for credit risk varies depending on the type of business as described below:

Asia
For Asia, the allowance for credit risk incorporated in the projected rates of return and the market risk allowance is considered to be sufficient. 
Accordingly, no additional allowance for credit risk is required. 

The projected rates of return for holdings of corporate bonds comprise the risk-free rate plus an assessment of a term-dependent spread  

(net of an allowance for expected defaults) over the risk-free rate.

US
For Jackson, an allowance for long-term defaults, as shown in note 9(i)(b), is reflected in the risk margin reserve charge that is deducted 
in determining the projected spread margin between the earned rate on the investments and the policyholder crediting rate. 

The risk discount rate incorporates an additional allowance for the credit risk premium and short-term downgrades and defaults, 

as shown in note 9(i)(b). In determining this allowance, a number of factors have been considered, in particular including:

 — How much of the credit spread on debt securities represents an increased short-term credit risk not reflected in the risk margin reserve 

long-term default assumptions and how much is liquidity premium (which is the premium required by investors to compensate for the risk 
of longer-term investments that cannot be easily converted into cash at the fair market value). In assessing this effect, consideration has been 
given to a number of approaches to estimate the liquidity premium by considering recent statistical data; and

 — Policyholder benefits for certain lines of business are not fixed. It is possible, in adverse economic scenarios, to pass on a component of credit 
losses to policyholders (subject to guarantee features), through lower investment returns credited to policyholders. Consequently, it is only 
necessary to allow for the balance of the credit risk in the risk discount rate.

The level of the additional allowance is assessed at each reporting period to take account of prevailing credit conditions and as the business in 
force alters over time. In 2020 the additional allowance for non-variable annuity business was increased by 50 basis points, primarily to reflect 
additional market volatility over the year. The additional allowance for variable annuity business has been set at one-fifth of the additional 
allowance for non-variable annuity business to reflect the long-term proportion of variable annuity business invested in general account 
debt securities.

Allowance for non-diversifiable non-market risks 
The majority of non-market and non-credit risks are considered to be diversifiable. An allowance for non-diversifiable non-market risks 
is estimated as set out below. 

A base level allowance of 50 basis points is applied to cover the non-diversifiable non-market risks associated with the Group’s covered 

business. For the Group’s businesses in less mature markets (such as the Philippines and Thailand), additional allowances are applied for 
emerging market risk ranging from 100 to 250 basis points. The level and application of these allowances are reviewed and updated based on 
an assessment of the Group’s exposure and experience in the markets. For the Group’s business in more mature markets, no additional allowance 
is necessary. At 31 December 2020 the total allowance for non-diversifiable non-market risk in Asia is equivalent to a $(3.2) billion reduction to 
the Asia EEV, or around (7) per cent of the embedded value.

(i)  Foreign currency translation
Foreign currency profits and losses have been translated at average exchange rates for the year. Foreign currency transactions are translated 
at the spot rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign currency assets and liabilities have been translated at closing exchange rates. 
The principal exchange rates are shown in note A1 of the Group IFRS financial statements.

(j)  Taxation
In determining the post-tax profit for the year for covered business, the overall tax rate includes the impact of tax effects determined on a local 
regulatory basis. Tax payments and receipts included in the projected future cash flows to determine the value of in-force business are calculated 
using tax rates that have been announced and substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. 

342

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued(ii) Accounting presentation
(a) Analysis of post-tax profit
To the extent applicable, the presentation of the EEV basis profit or loss for the year is consistent with the classification between operating 
and non-operating results that the Group applies for the analysis of IFRS basis results. Operating results are determined as described in note (b) 
below and incorporate the following:

 — New business profit, as defined in note (i)(b) above;
 — Expected return on existing business, as described in note (c) below;
 — The impact of routine changes of estimates relating to operating assumptions, as described in note (d) below; and 
 — Operating experience variances, as described in note (e) below. 

In addition, operating results include the effect of changes in tax legislation, unless these changes are one-off and structural in nature, 
or primarily affect the level of projected investment returns, in which case they are reflected as a non-operating result. 

Non-operating results comprise:

 — Short-term fluctuations in investment returns; 
 — Mark-to-market value movements on core structural borrowings;
 — Effect of changes in economic assumptions;
 — Impact of NAIC reform and other related changes in the US in full year 2019; and
 — The impact of corporate transactions undertaken in the year.

Total profit or loss in the year attributable to shareholders and basic earnings per share include these items, together with actual investment 
returns. The Group believes that operating profit, as adjusted for these items, better reflects underlying performance.

(b) Investment returns included in operating profit
For the investment element of the assets covering the total net worth of long-term insurance business, investment returns are recognised in 
operating results at the expected long-term rates of return. These expected returns are calculated by reference to the asset mix of the portfolio. 
For the purpose of determining the long-term returns for debt securities of Jackson for general account business, a risk margin reserve charge 
is included, which reflects the expected long-term rate of default based on the credit quality of the portfolio. For Jackson, interest-related realised 
gains and losses are amortised to the operating results over the maturity period of the sold bonds; for equity-related investments, a long-term 
rate of return is assumed (as shown in note 9(i)(b)), which reflects the aggregation of risk-free rates and the equity risk premium at the end of the 
reporting period. For variable annuity separate account business, operating profit includes the expected return on existing business adjusted to 
reflect projected rates of return at the end of the reporting period, with the excess or deficit of the actual return recognised within non-operating 
results, together with related hedging activity variances.

(c) Expected return on existing business
Expected return on existing business comprises the expected unwind of discounting effects on the opening value of in-force business and 
required capital and the expected return on existing free surplus. The unwind of discount and the expected return on existing free surplus are 
determined after adjusting for the effect of changes in economic and operating assumptions in the current period on the embedded value at the 
beginning of the year, for example the unwind of discount on the value of in-force business and required capital is determined after adjusting 
both the opening value and the risk discount rates for the effect of changes in economic and operating assumptions in the current period.

(d) Effect of changes in operating assumptions
Operating profit includes the effect of changes to operating assumptions on the value of in-force business at the end of the reporting period. 
For presentational purposes the effect of changes is delineated to show the effect on the opening value of in-force business as operating 
assumption changes, with the experience variances subsequently being determined by reference to the assumptions at the end of the reporting 
period, as discussed below.

(e) Operating experience variances
Operating profit includes the effect of experience variances on operating assumptions, such as persistency, mortality, morbidity, expenses 
and other factors, which are calculated with reference to the assumptions at the end of the reporting period. 

(f) Effect of changes in economic assumptions
Movements in the value of in-force business at the beginning of the year caused by changes in economic assumptions, net of the related changes 
in the time value of financial options and guarantees, are recorded in non-operating results.

  343

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20209 Assumptions

(i) Principal economic assumptions
The EEV basis results for the Group’s covered business are determined using economic assumptions where both the risk discount rates and 
long-term expected rates of return on investments are set with reference to risk-free rates of return at the end of the reporting period. Both the 
risk discount rate and expected rates of return are updated at each valuation date to reflect current market risk-free rates, with the effect that 
changes in market risk-free rates impact all projected future cash flows. The risk-free rates of return are largely based on local government bond 
yields and are assumed to remain constant throughout the projection, with no trending or mean reversion to longer-term assumptions that cannot 
be observed in the current market. The risk-free rates of return are shown below for each of the Group’s insurance operations. Expected returns 
on equity and property assets and corporate bonds are derived by adding a risk premium to the risk-free rate based on the Group’s long-term 
view. Following the regular review of expected long-term returns across economies, equity risk premiums in the majority of business units were 
reduced by 50 basis points at 31 December 2020 from those applied at 31 December 2019, and the US dollar equity risk premium was increased 
by 60 basis points. Following an in-depth and more granular review of historic data across economies, long-term expected spreads (net of 
expected defaults) on corporate bonds were increased compared to the prior year. The related expected returns on equity and corporate bond 
assets and risk discount rates have been adjusted accordingly. 

As described in note 8(i)(h), risk discount rates are set equal to the risk-free rate at the valuation date plus allowances for market risk, additional 

credit risk and non-diversifiable non-market risks appropriate to the features and risks of the underlying products and markets. Risks that are 
explicitly allowed for elsewhere in the EEV basis, such as via the cost of capital and the time value of options and guarantees (as set out in note 2), 
are not included in the risk discount rates.

Given the linkage to current risk-free rates, which are at historically low levels, risk discount rates at 31 December 2020 are generally lower 

than has historically been the case. Under our EEV methodology there is a corresponding reduction in assumed future investment returns, 
which will also be lower than historical norms, countering the impact of the lower risk discount rates.

(a) Asia notes (1)(2)

Risk discount rate  %

New business

In-force business

10-year government  
bond yield  %

Equity return  
(geometric)  %

31 Dec
2020

31 Dec
2019

31 Dec
2020

31 Dec
2019

31 Dec
2020

31 Dec
2019

31 Dec
2020

31 Dec
2019

China JV
Hong Kong note (1)
Indonesia
Malaysia
Philippines
Singapore
Taiwan
Thailand
Vietnam
Total weighted average (new business) note (3)
Total weighted average (in-force business) note (3)

7.7
2.0
8.9
4.4
10.3
2.3
3.0
8.5
4.3
4.1
n/a

8.2
3.7
10.8
5.8
12.3
3.3
3.4
9.2
5.3
4.9
n/a

7.7
2.1
10.0
4.9
10.3
2.9
2.5
8.5
4.5
n/a
3.6

8.2
3.7
10.8
5.9
12.3
3.9
3.0
9.2
5.5
n/a
4.9

3.2
0.9
6.5
2.6
3.1
0.9
0.3
1.3
2.6
2.1
1.7

3.2
1.9
7.2
3.3
4.6
1.7
0.7
1.5
3.4
2.6
2.6

7.2
4.4
10.8
6.1
7.3
4.4
4.3
5.5
6.8
5.8
5.3

7.7
4.8
11.9
7.3
9.3
5.7
5.2
6.2
8.1
6.1
6.1

Notes 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

For Hong Kong, the assumptions shown are for US dollar denominated business. For other businesses, the assumptions shown are for local currency denominated business.
Expected long-term inflation assumptions in Asia range from 1.5 per cent to 5.5 per cent (31 December 2019: 1.5 per cent to 5.5 per cent).
Total weighted average assumptions for Asia have been determined by weighting each business’s assumptions by reference to the EEV basis new business profit and the net closing value 
of in-force business. The changes in the risk discount rates for individual Asia businesses reflect the movements in the local government bond yields, changes in the equity risk premiums, 
changes in the allowance for market risk (including as a result of changes in asset mix) and changes in product mix.

344

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued(b) US

Risk discount rate:

Variable annuity note
Non-variable annuity note
New business weighted average
In-force business weighted average

Allowance for long-term defaults included in projected spread note 8(i)(h)
US 10-year treasury bond yield
Equity risk premium (geometric)
Pre-tax expected long-term nominal rate of return for US equities (geometric)
Expected long-term rate of inflation
S&P 500 equity return volatility note (ii)(b)

31 Dec 2020  % 31 Dec 2019  %

6.0
3.2
5.7
5.8
0.2
0.9
3.5
4.4
3.0
17.5

6.5
3.7
6.1
6.2
0.2
1.9
2.9
4.8
2.9
17.5

Note
Includes an additional allowance for credit risk of 0.3 per cent for variable annuity business and 1.5 per cent for non-variable annuity business (31 December 2019: 0.2 per cent and 1.0 per cent 
respectively) as described in note 8(i)(h).

(ii) Stochastic assumptions
Details are given below of the key characteristics of the models used to determine the time value of financial options and guarantees as referred 
to in note 8(i)(d).

(a) Asia
 — The stochastic cost of guarantees is primarily of significance for the Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore, Taiwan and Vietnam businesses;
 — The principal asset classes are government bonds, corporate bonds and equity;
 — Interest rates are projected using a stochastic interest rate model calibrated to the current market yields;
 — Equity returns are assumed to follow a log-normal distribution;
 — The corporate bond return is calculated based on a risk-free return plus a mean-reverting spread;
 — The volatility of equity returns ranges from 18 per cent to 35 per cent for both years; and
 — The volatility of government bond yields ranges from 1.1 per cent to 2.0 per cent for both years.

(b) US (Jackson)
 — Interest rates and equity returns are projected using a log-normal generator reflecting historical market data;
 — Corporate bond returns are based on treasury yields plus a spread that reflects current market conditions;
 — The volatility of equity returns ranges from 17 per cent to 26 per cent for both years; and 
 — The standard deviation of interest rates ranges from 1.7 per cent to 1.8 per cent (31 December 2019: from 3.1 per cent to 3.3 per cent). 

  345

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20209 Assumptions continued

(iii) Operating assumptions
Best estimate assumptions are used for projecting future cash flows, where best estimate is defined as the mean of the distribution of future 
possible outcomes. The assumptions are reviewed actively and changes are made when evidence exists that material changes in future 
experience are reasonably certain.

Assumptions required in the calculation of the time value of financial options and guarantees, for example relating to volatilities and 

correlations, or dynamic algorithms linking liabilities to assets, have been set equal to the best estimates and, wherever material and practical, 
reflect any dynamic relationships between the assumptions and the stochastic variables. 

Demographic assumptions
Persistency, mortality and morbidity assumptions are based on an analysis of recent experience, and reflect expected future experience. 
Where relevant, when calculating the time value of financial options and guarantees, policyholder withdrawal rates vary in line with the emerging 
investment conditions according to management’s expectations. When projecting future cash flows for medical reimbursement business that 
is repriced annually, explicit allowance is made for expected future premium inflation and separately for future medical claims inflation. 

Expense assumptions
Expense levels, including those of the service companies that support the Group’s long-term business, are based on internal expense analysis 
and are appropriately allocated to acquisition of new business and renewal of in-force business. For mature business, it is Prudential’s policy 
not to take credit for future cost reduction programmes until the actions to achieve the savings have been delivered. An allowance is made for 
short-term required expenses that are not representative of the longer-term expense loadings of the relevant businesses. At 31 December 2020 
the allowance held for these costs across the Group was $128 million, arising in Asia. Expense overruns are reported where these are expected 
to be short-lived, including businesses that are growing rapidly or are sub-scale.

For Asia, expenses comprise costs borne directly and costs recharged/allocated from the Group head office functions in London and 
Hong Kong that are attributable to the long-term insurance (covered) business. The assumed future expenses for the long-term insurance 
business allow for amounts expected to be recharged/allocated by the head office functions. Development expenses are allocated to Asia 
covered business and are charged as incurred.

Corporate expenditure, which is included in other income and expenditure, comprises expenditure of the Group head office functions in 
London and Hong Kong that is not recharged/allocated to the long-term insurance or asset management operations, primarily for corporate 
related activities that are charged as incurred, together with restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs incurred across the Group.

Tax rates
The assumed long-term effective tax rates for operations reflect the expected incidence of taxable profit and loss in the projected future cash 
flows as explained in note 8(i)(j). The local standard corporate tax rates applicable for 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

Asia operations:
China JV
Hong Kong
Indonesia note
Malaysia
Philippines
Singapore
Taiwan
Thailand
Vietnam
US operations

Note
Reflects a reduction from 25 per cent effective in the first half of 2020.

%

25.0
16.5 per cent on 5 per cent of premium income 
2019: 25.0; 2020 and 2021: 22.0; from 2022: 20.0
24.0
30.0
17.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
21.0

346

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comNotes on the EEV basis results / continued10 Insurance new business note (a)

Asia
Cambodia
China JV note (b)
Hong Kong
India note (c)
Indonesia
Laos
Malaysia
Myanmar
Philippines
Singapore
Taiwan
Thailand
Vietnam

Total Asia

US
Variable annuities 
Elite Access (variable annuities)
Fixed annuities
Fixed indexed annuities
Institutional

Total US

Group total note (d)

Single premiums

Regular premiums

Annual premium 
equivalent (APE)

 Present value of new 
business premiums 
(PVNBP)

2020  $m

2019  $m

2020  $m

2019  $m

2020  $m

2019  $m

2020  $m

2019  $m

–
1,068
184
225
226
–
90
–
49
1,496
201
122
21

3,682

14,564
2,057
327
997
1,284

19,229

22,911

–
710
387
155
292
–
209
–
51
1,217
544
192
22

3,779

12,692
2,002
1,194
3,821
2,522

22,231

26,010

10
475
741
154
244
1
337
–
134
460
367
171
234

3,328

–
–
–
–
–

–

24
518
1,977
245
361
–
333
–
153
539
278
140
215

4,783

–
–
–
–
–

–

3,328

4,783

10
582
758
177
267
1
346
–
139
610
387
183
236

3,696

1,456
206
33
100
128

1,923

5,619

24
590
2,016
260
390
–
355
–
158
660
332
159
217

5,161

1,270
200
119
382
252

2,223

7,384

45
2,705
5,095
902
1,154
3
2,023
1
528
5,354
1,445
768
1,564

21,587

14,564
2,057
327
997
1,284

19,229

40,816

111
2,586
12,815
1,179
1,668
–
2,090
–
561
4,711
1,418
763
1,342

29,244

12,692
2,002
1,194
3,821
2,522

22,231

51,475

Notes
(a) 

The tables shown above are provided as an indicative volume measure of transactions undertaken in the reporting period that have the potential to generate profit for shareholders. 
The amounts shown are not, and not intended to be, reflective of premium income recorded in the Group IFRS income statement. 

(b)  New business in China JV is included at Prudential’s 50 per cent interest in the joint venture.
New business in India is included at Prudential’s 22 per cent interest in the associate. 
(c) 
In 2020, the Africa business sold new business APE of $112 million (2019: $82 million on an actual exchange rate basis, $74 million on a constant exchange rate basis). Given the relative 
(d) 
immaturity of the Africa business, it is incorporated into the Group’s EEV basis results on an IFRS basis and is excluded from new business sales and profit metrics.

11 Post balance sheet events

Intention to demerge the Group’s US operations in the second quarter of 2021
In January 2021, the Board announced that it had decided to pursue the separation of its US operations (Jackson) from the Group through 
a demerger, whereby shares in Jackson would be distributed to Prudential shareholders. 

Subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals, the planned demerger is expected to complete in the second quarter of 2021 and would 
lead to a significantly earlier separation of Jackson from the Group than would have been possible through a minority IPO and future sell-downs, 
which from market precedent may have lasted until 2023. At the point of demerger, Prudential is planning to retain a 19.9 per cent non-controlling 
interest in Jackson, which will be reported within the consolidated financial position as a financial investment at fair value. Subject to market 
conditions, the Group intends to monetise a portion of this investment to support investment in Asia within 12 months of the planned demerger, 
such that the Group will own less than 10 per cent at the end of such period.

  347

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the  
European Embedded Value (EEV) basis supplementary information

The directors have chosen to prepare supplementary information 
in accordance with the European Embedded Value Principles issued 
by the European Insurance CFO Forum in 2016 (‘the EEV Principles’) 
using the methodology and assumptions set out in the Notes on the 
EEV basis results.

When compliance with the EEV Principles is stated, those principles 
require the directors to prepare supplementary information in 
accordance with the Embedded Value Methodology (EVM) contained 
in the EEV Principles and to disclose and explain any non-compliance 
with the EEV guidance included in the EEV Principles.

In preparing the EEV supplementary information, the directors have:

 — Prepared the supplementary information in accordance with the 

EEV Principles; 

 — Identified and described the business covered by the EVM;

 — Applied the EVM consistently to the covered business;

 — Determined assumptions on a realistic basis, having regard to past, 

current and expected future experience and to any relevant 
external data, and then applied them consistently;

 — Made estimates that are reasonable and consistent; and

 — Described the basis on which business that is not covered business 
has been included in the supplementary information, including any 
material departures from the accounting framework applicable to 
the Group’s financial statements.

348

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comIndependent auditor’s report to Prudential plc on the  
European Embedded Value (EEV) basis supplementary information

We also considered less predictable but realistic second order impacts, 
such as failure of some of the Group’s counterparties (such as banks 
and reinsurers) to meet commitments, which could give rise to a 
negative impact on the Group’s financial position and liquidity, and 
wider economic factors such as the Coronavirus pandemic’s impact 
on economic volatility and market uncertainty in the period, and other 
such macroeconomic events. 

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity 
or solvency in the going concern period by assessing the Directors’ 
sensitivities over the level of available financial resources indicated 
by the Group’s cash flow forecasts taking account of severe but 
plausible adverse effects that could arise from these risks individually 
and collectively.

We assessed the completeness of the going concern disclosure.

Our conclusions based on this work:

 — we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the EEV basis supplementary 
information is appropriate; 

 — we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment 

that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant 
doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for the 
going concern period; and

 — we found the going concern disclosure to be acceptable.

However, as we cannot predict future events or conditions and as 
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the 
above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group will continue in 
operation.

Opinion
We have audited the EEV basis supplementary information of 
Prudential plc (‘the Company’) for the year ended 31 December 2020 
which comprise the EEV results highlights, movement in Group EEV 
shareholders’ equity, movement in Group free surplus and related 
notes, including the basis of preparation on page 323. The EEV basis 
supplementary information should be read in conjunction with the 
Group financial statements. 

In our opinion, the EEV basis supplementary information of the 
Company for the year ended 31 December 2020 has been properly 
prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the European 
Embedded Value Principles issued by the European Insurance CFO 
Forum in 2016 (‘the EEV Principles’) using the methodology and 
assumptions set out in the Notes on the EEV basis results.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”), including ISA (UK) 800, and the terms of 
our engagement. Our responsibilities are described below. We have 
fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent of the 
Company in accordance with, UK ethical requirements including the 
FRC Ethical Standard. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. 

Emphasis of matter – special purpose basis of preparation
We draw attention to page 323 of the EEV basis supplementary 
information. As explained on that page, the EEV basis supplementary 
information is prepared to provide additional information to users of the 
Group financial statements. As a result, the EEV basis supplementary 
information may not be suitable for another purpose. Our opinion is 
not modified in respect of this matter.

Going Concern
The Directors have prepared the EEV basis supplementary information 
on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group 
or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the 
Group’s financial position means that this is realistic. They have also 
concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast 
significant doubt over their ability to continue as a going concern for at 
least a year from the date of approval of the EEV basis supplementary 
information (“the going concern period”).

We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the general 
economic environment in which it operates to identify the inherent 
risks to its business model and analysed how those risks might affect 
the Group’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over 
the going concern period. The risks that were considered most likely to 
adversely affect the Group’s available financial resources over this 
period were:

 — Adverse impacts arising from fluctuations or negative trends in the 
economic environment which affect the valuations of the Group’s 
investments, wider credit spreads and defaults and valuation of 
EEV shareholders’ equity due to the impact of these market 
movements; 

 — The impact on regulatory capital solvency margins from 

movements in interest rates; and

 — Severely adverse policyholder lapse or claims experience.

  349

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Independent auditor’s report to Prudential plc on the European Embedded Value (EEV)  
basis supplementary information / continued

Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement 
due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) 
we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or 
pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. 
Our risk assessment procedures included:

 — Enquiring of directors, the audit committee, internal audit, group 

security, and inspecting key papers provided to those charged with 
governance as to the high-level policies and procedures to prevent 
and detect fraud, including the Group’s channel for 
“whistleblowing” and process for engaging local management 
to identify fraud risks specific to their business units, as well as 
whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected, or 
alleged fraud.

 — Reading board and audit committee minutes.

 — Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance 

targets for directors.

To address the pervasive risk as it relates to management override, 
we also performed procedures including:

 — Identifying journal entries to test for all in-scope components, 
based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to 
supporting documentation. These include unusual journal entries 
related to non-recurring transactions.

 — Evaluating the business purpose of non-recurring transactions.

 — Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias.

Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement 
due to non-compliance with laws and regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be 
expected to have a material effect on the EEV basis supplementary 
information from our general commercial and sector experience, 
through discussion with the directors, and from inspection of the 
Group’s regulatory and legal correspondence. We discussed with 
the directors and other management the policies and procedures 
regarding compliance with laws and regulation.

 — Consulted with professionals with forensic knowledge to assist us in 
identifying fraud risks based on discussions of the circumstances of 
the Group.

As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining 
an understanding of the control environment including the entity’s 
procedures for complying with regulatory requirements.

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our 
team and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance 
throughout the audit. This included communication from the group 
to all in-scope component audit teams of relevant laws and regulations 
identified at the group level, and a request for these teams to report 
to the group any instances of non-compliance with said laws and 
regulations, or any identified local laws and regulations, that could 
give rise to a material misstatement at group.

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the EEV basis 
supplementary information varies considerably.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect 
the EEV basis supplementary information including taxation legislation 
and we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and 
regulations as part of our procedures on the related EEV basis 
supplementary information items.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations 
where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material 
effect on amounts or disclosures in the EEV basis supplementary 
information, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation 
or the loss of the Group’s licence to operate. We identified the 
area of regulatory capital as that most likely to have such an effect 
recognising the financial and regulated nature of the Group’s activities. 
Auditing standards limit the required audit procedures to identify 
non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of the 
directors and other management and inspection of regulatory and 
legal correspondence, if any. Therefore, if a breach of operational 
regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant 
correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach. 

We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team 
and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. 
This included communication from the group team to all component 
audit teams in scope of relevant fraud risks identified at the Group level 
and requests to these audit teams to report to the Group audit team 
any instances of fraud that could give rise to a material misstatement 
at Group.

As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible 
pressures to meet profit targets, we perform procedures to address 
the risks of management override of controls, in particular the risk 
that group and component management may be in a position to make 
inappropriate accounting entries and the risk of bias in accounting 
estimates and judgements. Accordingly, we identified a fraud risk 
related to the selection of EEV operating assumptions given their 
direct impact on the Group’s embedded value, the opportunity 
for management to manipulate assumptions due to the subjectivity 
involved and given the long-term nature of these assumptions which 
are more difficult to corroborate, and potential incentives for the group 
to manipulate the embedded value of both the US and Asia businesses 
given the planned separation of the US business.

On this audit we do not consider there is a fraud risk related to revenue 
recognition as there is limited management judgement involved in the 
determination of all material revenue streams as the amounts are 
contractually derived. 

In determining the audit procedures to address the identified fraud 
risks, we took into account the results of our evaluation and testing of 
the operating effectiveness of the group-wide anti-fraud risk controls. 
In order to address the risk of fraud specifically as it relates to the EEV 
operating assumptions, we involved actuarial specialists to assist in our 
challenge of management. We challenged management in relation to 
the selection of assumptions and the appropriateness of the rationale 
for any changes, the consistency of the selected assumptions across 
different aspects of the financial reporting process and comparison 
to our understanding of the product portfolio, trends in experience, 
policyholder behaviour and economic conditions and also by 
reference to market practice. 

350

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comThe purpose of our audit work and to whom 
we owe our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company in accordance with the 
terms of our engagement. Our audit work has been undertaken so that 
we might state to the Company those matters we have been engaged 
to state to it in this report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to 
anyone other than the Company for our audit work, for this report, or 
for the opinions we have formed.

Philip Smart
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP  
Chartered Accountants  
London 

2 March 2021

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches 
of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable 
risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in the 
EEV basis supplementary information, even though we have properly 
planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing 
standards. For example, the further removed non-compliance with 
laws and regulations (irregularities) is from the events and transactions 
reflected in the EEV basis supplementary information, the less likely 
the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards 
would identify it.

In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-
detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. We 
are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot 
be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations. 

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information presented in 
the Annual Report together with the EEV basis supplementary 
information. Our opinion on the EEV basis supplementary information 
does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether, based on our EEV basis supplementary information 
audit work, the information therein is materially misstated or 
inconsistent with the EEV basis supplementary information or our audit 
knowledge. Based solely on that work, we have not identified material 
misstatements in the other information.

Directors’ responsibilities 
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 348, 
the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the EEV basis 
supplementary information in accordance with the European 
Embedded Value Principles issued by the European Insurance 
CFO Forum in 2016 (‘the EEV Principles’) using the methodology 
and assumptions set out in the Notes on the EEV basis results. 
They are also responsible for: such internal control as they determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of EEV basis supplementary 
information that is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error; determining that the basis of preparation is acceptable 
in the circumstances; assessing the Group’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they 
either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
EEV basis supplementary information as a whole is free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion 
in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users 
taken on the basis of the EEV basis supplementary information.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s 
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

  351

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
Additional 
information

Contents
354  Index to the additional unaudited financial information
379  Risk factors
391  Glossary
396  Shareholder information
399  How to contact us

352

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comG
r
o
u
p
o
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

D

i
r
e
c
t
o
r
s
’
r
e
m
u
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
e
p
o
r
t

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
E
m
b
e
d
d
e
d
V
a
u
e
(
E
E
V
)
b
a
s
i
s
r
e
s
u
l
t
s

l

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

  353

 Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index to the Additional unaudited financial information

I

Additional financial information

(i) Group capital position

(ii) Funds under management

(iii) Holding company cash flow

(iv)  Analysis of adjusted operating profit by driver

(v) Asia operations – analysis of adjusted operating profit by business unit

(vi) Reconciliation of expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus for Asia long-term 

business operations

(vii) Option schemes

(viii) Selected historical financial information of Prudential

II Calculation of alternative performance measures

(i) Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to profit before tax

(ii) Calculation of IFRS net gearing ratio

(iii) Return on IFRS shareholders’ equity

(iv) Calculation of IFRS shareholders’ equity per share

(v) Calculation of asset management cost/income ratio

(vi) Reconciliation of Asia renewal insurance premium to gross premiums earned

(vii) Reconciliation of APE new business sales to gross premiums earned

(viii) Reconciliation between IFRS and EEV shareholders’ equity

(ix) Calculation of return on embedded value

(x) Calculation of EEV shareholders’ funds per share

Page

355

359

360

361

365

367

369

371

373

373

374

375

375

375

376

376

377

378

354

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information

I Additional financial information

I(i) Group capital position
Overview
Prudential plc applies the local capital summation method (LCSM) that has been agreed with the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA) to 
determine group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). Ultimately, Prudential will become subject to the 
Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework. The primary legislation was enacted in July 2020 and will come into operation on 29 March 2021. 
The relevant subsidiary legislation, including the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules, was tabled before the Legislative Council on 6 January 2021 
and will also come into operation on 29 March 2021. The GWS Framework is expected to be effective for Prudential upon designation by the 
Hong Kong IA in the second quarter of 2021, subject to transitional arrangements. 

The GWS methodology is expected to be largely consistent with that applied under LCSM with the exception of the treatment of debt 
instruments which will be subject to transitional arrangements under the GWS Framework. As agreed with the Hong Kong IA, only specific 
bonds (being those subordinated debt instruments issued by Prudential plc at the date of demerger of M&G plc) are currently included as 
eligible Group LCSM capital resources for the purposes of satisfying group minimum and prescribed capital requirements. Senior debt 
instruments issued by Prudential plc have not been included as part of the Group capital resources and are treated as a liability in the 
LCSM results. Under the GWS Framework, Prudential’s initial analysis indicates that all debt instruments (senior and subordinated) issued 
by Prudential plc will meet the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and will be included as eligible Group capital resources. 
If this were to be the case, the 31 December 2020 Group shareholder LCSM coverage ratio (over GMCR) presented below would increase 
by 35 percentage points to 363 per cent. This is subject to final approval by the Hong Kong IA.

Further detail on the LCSM is included in the basis of preparation section below.
For regulated insurance entities, the capital resources and required capital included in the LCSM measure for Hong Kong IA Group regulatory 

purposes are based on the local solvency regime applicable in each jurisdiction. At 31 December 2020, the Prudential Group’s total surplus of 
capital resources over the regulatory Group Minimum Capital Requirement (GMCR), calculated using this LCSM was $26.4 billion, before 
allowing for the payment of the 2020 second interim ordinary dividend, equating to a coverage ratio of 329%.

The Group holds material participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia. If the capital resources and minimum capital 
requirement attributed to this policyholder business are excluded, then the Prudential Group shareholder LCSM surplus of capital resources 
over the regulatory GMCR at 31 December 2020 was $11.0 billion, before allowing for the payment of the 2020 second interim ordinary dividend, 
equating to a coverage ratio of 328%.

Estimated Group LCSM capital position based on Group Minimum Capital Requirement (GMCR) 

Amounts attributable to Prudential plc 

Capital resources ($bn)
Group Minimum Capital Requirement ($bn)
LCSM surplus (over GMCR) ($bn)
LCSM ratio (over GMCR) (%)

31 Dec 2020

Less
 policyholder

(22.1)
(6.7)
(15.4)

Total

37.9
11.5
26.4
329%

Shareholder

15.8
4.8
11.0
328%

31 Dec 2019

Less
 policyholder

(19.1)
(5.0)
(14.1)

Total

33.1
9.5
23.6
348%

Shareholder

14.0
4.5
9.5
309%

The shareholder LCSM capital position by segment is presented below at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 for comparison:

Amounts attributable to Prudential plc

Capital resources
Group Minimum Capital Requirement
LCSM surplus (over GMCR)

Amounts attributable to Prudential plc

Capital resources
Group Minimum Capital Requirement
LCSM surplus (over GMCR)

31 Dec 2020  $bn

Shareholder

Less
policyholder

(22.1)
(6.7)
(15.4)

Asia

11.6
3.4
8.2

Unallocated to
 a segment

Group total

(0.4)
–
(0.4)

15.8
4.8
11.0

US

4.6
1.4
3.2

31 Dec 2019  $bn

Shareholder

Less
policyholder

(19.1)
(5.0)
(14.1)

Asia

7.7
3.0
4.7

Unallocated to
 a segment

Group total

1.0
–
1.0

14.0
4.5
9.5

US

5.3
1.5
3.8

Total
Asia

33.7
10.1
23.6

Total
Asia

26.8
8.0
18.8

All the amounts above are presented excluding amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. For example, the US amounts relate solely 
to Prudential’s 88.9 per cent economic interest in Jackson Financial Inc. 

  355

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
I Additional financial information continued

I(i) Group capital position continued
Sensitivity analysis
The estimated sensitivity of the Group shareholder LCSM capital position (based on GMCR) to significant changes in market conditions 
is as follows:

Impact of market sensitivities note (1)

Base position 
Impact of:

10% instantaneous increase in equity markets
20% instantaneous fall in equity markets
40% fall in equity markets note (2)
50 basis points reduction in interest rates
100 basis points increase in interest rates
100 basis points increase in credit spreads note (3)

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

LCSM surplus
  $bn

LCSM ratio
  %

LCSM surplus
  $bn

LCSM ratio
  %

11.0

0.3
0.6
(0.2)
(1.2)
(1.0)
0.1

328%

15%
(13)%
(23)%
(39)%
11%
14%

9.5

n/a
1.5
(0.2)
(0.2)
(1.3)
(1.6)

309%

n/a
(9)%
(39)%
(17)%
(19)%
(36)%

Notes
(1) 

The Group results consist of the combined impact from the movement in Asia and US LCSM surplus under these stresses. The equity fall and the interest rate reduction sensitivities consist 
of positive surplus impacts from the US, driven by expected derivative gains, and negative surplus impacts from Asia, which for the interest rate reduction sensitivity is driven by Hong Kong 
reflecting the accounting mismatch that exists under the current regulatory framework. 

(2)  Where hedges are dynamic, rebalancing is allowed for by assuming an instantaneous 20 per cent fall followed by a further 20 per cent fall over a four-week period.
(3) 

At 31 December 2019 the US RBC solvency position was included using a stress of 10 times expected credit defaults rather than the 100 basis points increase in credit spreads applied 
at 31 December 2020.

The sensitivity results above assume instantaneous market movements and reflect all consequential impacts as at the valuation dates. 
An exception to the instantaneous market movements assumed is the (40) per cent equity sensitivity where for Jackson an instantaneous 
20 per cent market fall is assumed to be followed by a further market fall of 20 per cent over a four-week period with dynamic hedges assumed 
to be rebalanced over the period. Aside from this assumed dynamic hedge rebalancing for Jackson in the (40) per cent equity sensitivity, the 
sensitivity results only allow for limited management actions such as changes to future policyholder bonuses. If such economic conditions 
persisted, the financial impacts may differ to the instantaneous impacts shown above. In this case management could also take additional actions 
to help mitigate the impact of these stresses. These actions include, but are not limited to, rebalancing investment portfolios, further market risk 
hedging, increased use of reinsurance, repricing of in-force benefits, changes to new business pricing and the mix of new business being sold. 

Analysis of movement in Group shareholder LCSM surplus
A summary of the estimated movement in the Group shareholder LCSM surplus (based on GMCR) from $9.5 billion at 31 December 2019 
to $11.0 billion at 31 December 2020 is set out in the table below. 

Balance at 1 Jan
Operating:

Operating capital generation from the in-force business
Investment in new business

Operating capital generation

Non-operating and other capital movements:

Non-operating experience (including market movements)
Regulatory changes
Reinsurance of US fixed and fixed indexed annuity in-force portfolio to Athene
Athene US equity investment
US hedge modelling revision
Other corporate activities 
M&G Demerger costs
Subordinated debt redemption
M&G Demerger related impacts

Non-operating results

Remittances from discontinued operations (M&G plc)
External dividends

Net dividend impact

Net movement in LCSM surplus

Balance at 31 Dec

356

2020  $bn

2019  $bn

9.5

2.2
(0.2)

2.0

(2.0)
2.2
0.8
(0.2)
(0.4)
(0.1)
–
–
–

0.3

–
(0.8)

(0.8)

1.5

11.0

9.7

2.5
(0.6)

1.9

(0.6)
0.1
–
–
–
(0.8)
(0.4)
(0.5)
1.0

(1.2)

0.7
(1.6)

(0.9)

(0.2)

9.5

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedThe estimated movement in the Group shareholder LCSM surplus over 2020 is driven by:

 — Operating capital generation of $2.0 billion: generated by the expected return on in-force business partially offset by the strain 

on new business written during the year; 

 — Non-operating experience of $(2.0) billion: this includes the negative impact of higher equity markets on Jackson’s derivatives net 

of policyholder reserves and required capital movements, and the negative impact of falling interest rates on the US and Asia surplus 
over the year, partially offset by management actions, including the benefit from the change to the Hong Kong valuation interest rate 
as granted by the regulator in July 2020;

 — Regulatory changes of $2.2 billion: reflecting the benefit from the new Singapore risk-based capital framework (RBC2) effective at 

31 March 2020;

 — Reinsurance of US fixed and fixed indexed annuity in-force portfolio to Athene of $0.8 billion: the impact of the transaction, which was 
effective at 1 June 2020, was an increase to LCSM surplus comprising of the ceding commission received and required capital released 
less tax and adverse consequential effects on the US’s capital resources;

 — Athene equity investment $(0.2) billion: this is the net effect on LCSM surplus of Athene’s $500 million equity investment in Prudential’s 

US business in return for an 11.1 per cent economic interest in that same business, which completed in July 2020;

 — US hedge modelling revision of $(0.4) billion: at 31 December 2019, Jackson early adopted the provisions of the National Association of 

Insurance Commissioners Valuation Manual Minimum Standards No. VM-21. During 2020, Jackson determined that a simplifying modelling 
assumption was not consistent with its intent in the adoption of VM-21 and the revised modelling adopted for calculating reserves and capital 
reduced surplus by $390 million; 

 — Other Corporate activities (excluding demerger items) of $(0.1) billion: this is the effect on LCSM surplus of other corporate transactions 

in the period, which in 2020 comprised mainly of a $0.8 billion benefit from the reinsurance transaction in Hong Kong described in note D1.1 
of the IFRS financial statements, offset by $(0.9) billion principally from the strategic bancassurance partnership with TMB in Thailand; and 

 — Net dividend impact of $(0.8) billion: this is the payment of external dividends during 2020.

Reconciliation of Group shareholder LCSM surplus to EEV free surplus (excluding intangibles)

Estimated Group shareholder LCSM surplus (over GMCR)
Increase required capital for EEV free surplus note (1)
Adjust surplus assets and core structural borrowings to market value note (2)
Add back inadmissible assets note (3)
Deductions applied to EEV free surplus note (4)
Other

EEV free surplus excluding intangibles*

31 Dec 2020  $bn

31 Dec 2019
  $bn

US

3.2
(2.0)
0.3
0.1
–
0.1

1.7

Unallocated 
to a segment

Group total

Group total

(0.4)
–
(0.4)
–
–
0.2

(0.6)

11.0
(2.8)
0.4
0.3
(3.1)
0.3

6.1

9.5
(2.8)
0.3
0.2
(0.9)
0.3

6.6

Asia

8.2
(0.8)
0.5
0.2
(3.1)
–

5.0

* As per the ‘Free surplus excluding distribution rights and other intangibles’ shown in the statement of Movement in Group free surplus of the Group’s EEV basis results.

Notes
(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Required capital under EEV is set at least equal to local statutory notification requirements for Asia and so can differ from the minimum capital requirement. Jackson required capital is set 
at 250 per cent of the risk-based capital (RBC) required by the NAIC at the Company Action Level (CAL). This is higher than the solo legal entity statutory minimum capital requirement of 
100 per cent CAL that is included in the LCSM surplus (over GMCR).
The EEV Principles require surplus assets to be included at fair value and central core senior debt is held at market value. Within LCSM surplus, some local regulatory regimes value certain 
assets at cost and core senior debt is held at amortised cost.
LCSM restricts the valuation of certain sundry non-intangible assets. In most cases these assets are considered fully recognisable in free surplus. As an exception to this, both LCSM surplus 
and EEV free surplus restrict the deferred tax asset held by Jackson to the level allowed to be admitted by the local regulator in local statutory capital resources.

(4)  Deductions applied to EEV free surplus primarily include: the impact of reporting EEV free surplus for Singapore based on the Tier 1 requirements under the RBC2 framework, which removes 

certain negative reserves permitted to be recognised in the full RBC 2 regulatory position used for LCSM, and applying the embedded value reporting approach issued by the China 
Association of Actuaries (CAA) within EEV free surplus as compared to the C-ROSS surplus reported for local regulatory purposes (predominantly arising from the requirement under the 
CAA embedded value methodology to establish a deferred profit liability within EEV net worth).

  357

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020I Additional financial information continued

I(i) Group capital position continued
Reconciliation of Group IFRS shareholders’ equity to shareholder LCSM capital resources position

Group IFRS shareholders’ equity
Remove DAC, goodwill and intangibles recognised on the IFRS statement of financial position
Add subordinated debt at IFRS book value note (1)
Valuation differences note (2)
Other note (3)

Estimated Group shareholder LCSM capital resources

31 Dec 2020 
$bn

31 Dec 2019 
$bn

20.9
(21.1)
4.6
11.3
0.1

15.8

19.5
(18.2)
4.6
8.6
(0.5)

14.0

Notes
(1) 
(2) 

Subordinated debt is treated as capital resources under LCSM but as a liability under IFRS.
Valuation differences reflect differences in the basis of valuing assets and liabilities between IFRS and local statutory valuation rules, including deductions for inadmissible assets. Material 
differences arise in Jackson where IFRS variable annuity guarantee reserves are valued on a fair value basis compared to local statutory reserves which reflect long-term historic rates. Further, 
local US statutory reserves are reduced by an expense allowance linked to surrender charges, whereas IFRS makes no such allowance but instead defers acquisition costs on the balance sheet 
as a separate asset (which is not recognised on the statutory balance sheet). Other material differences include in Singapore where the local capital resources under RBC2 permits the 
recognition of certain negative reserves in the local statutory position that are not recognised under IFRS.

(3)  Other differences include the consequential impact on non-controlling interests arising from the other reconciling items.

Basis of preparation
In advance of the GWS Framework coming into force, Prudential applies the local capital summation method (LCSM) that has been agreed with 
the Hong Kong IA to determine group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). The summation of local statutory 
capital requirements across the Group is used to determine group regulatory capital requirements, with no allowance for diversification between 
business operations. The Group capital resources is determined by the summation of capital resources across local solvency regimes for 
regulated entities and IFRS net assets (with adjustments described below) for non-regulated entities. 

In determining the LCSM capital resources and required capital the following principles have been applied:

 — For regulated insurance entities, capital resources and required capital are based on the local solvency regime applicable in each jurisdiction, 
with minimum required capital set at the solo legal entity statutory minimum capital requirements. The treatment of participating funds 
is consistent with the local basis;

 — For the US insurance entities, capital resources and required capital are based on the local US RBC framework set by the NAIC, with 

minimum required capital set at 100 per cent of the CAL RBC;

 — For asset management operations and other regulated entities, the shareholder capital position is derived based on the sectoral basis 
applicable in each jurisdiction, with minimum required capital based on the solo legal entity statutory minimum capital requirement;
 — For non-regulated entities, the capital resources is based on IFRS net assets after deducting intangible assets. No required capital is held 

in respect of unregulated entities;

 — For entities where the Group’s shareholding is less than 100%, the contribution of the entity to the Group LCSM capital resources and 
required capital represents the Group’s share of these amounts and excludes any amounts attributable to non-controlling interests;
 — Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (including, if any, loans that are recognised as capital on the receiving entity’s 

balance sheet) are eliminated from the relevant holding company to prevent the double counting of capital resources; and

 — The Hong Kong IA has agreed that specific bonds (being those subordinated debt instruments issued by Prudential plc at the date of 

demerger of M&G plc) can be included as part of the Group’s capital resources for the purposes of satisfying group minimum and prescribed 
capital requirements. Senior debt instruments issued by Prudential plc have not been included as part of the Group capital resources and are 
treated as a liability in the LCSM results presented above.

358

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedI(ii) Funds under management
For Prudential’s asset management businesses, funds managed on behalf of third parties are not recorded on the statement of financial position. 
They are, however, a driver of profitability. Prudential therefore analyses the movement in the funds under management each year, focusing on 
those which are external to the Group and those primarily held by the Group’s insurance businesses. The table below analyses, by segment, the 
funds of the Group held in the statement of financial position and the external funds that are managed by Prudential’s asset management 
businesses. 

Asia operations:
Internal funds
Eastspring Investments external funds, including M&G plc* (as analysed in note I(v))

US operations – internal funds
Other operations

Total Group funds under management

31 Dec 2020
$bn

31 Dec 2019
$bn

171.4
109.6

281.0
273.7
3.6

558.3

141.9
124.7

266.6
273.4
3.9

543.9

* Funds managed on behalf of M&G plc are presented as external rather than internal funds under management to align to the presentation since the demerger in October 2019. 

Note
Total Group funds under management comprise:

Total investments and cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated statement of financial position 
External funds of Eastspring Investments, including M&G plc
Internally managed funds held in joint ventures and associate, excluding assets attributable to external unit holders of the consolidated 

collective investment schemes and other adjustments

Total Group funds under management

31 Dec 2020 
$bn

31 Dec 2019 
$bn

437.4
109.6

11.3

558.3

412.6
124.7

6.6

543.9

  359

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020I Additional financial information continued

I(iii) Holding company cash flow
The holding company cash flow describes the movement in the cash and short-term investments of the centrally managed group holding 
companies and differs from the IFRS cash flow statement, which includes all cash flows in the year including those relating to both policyholder 
and shareholder funds. The holding company cash flow is therefore a more meaningful indication of the Group’s central liquidity.

Net cash remitted by business units note (a):
From continuing operations

Asia note (b)
Jackson note (b)
Other operations note (c)
Total continuing operations

From discontinued UK and Europe operations

Net cash remittances by business units
Net interest paid note (d)
Tax received
Corporate activities

Total central outflows

Holding company cash flow before dividends and other movements
Dividends paid 

Operating holding company cash flow after dividends but before other movements
Other movements

Issuance and redemption of debt for continuing operations
Other non-operating transactions relating to continuing operations note (e)
Transactions to effect the demerger, including debt substitution note (f)
Demerger costs associated with the discontinued UK and Europe operations
Early settlement of UK-inflation-linked derivative liability

Total other movements

Total holding company cash flow
Cash and short-term investments at 1 Jan
Foreign exchange movements

Cash and short-term investments at 31 Dec

2020  $m

2019  $m

716
–
55
771
–

771
(294)
94
(235)

(435)

336
(814)

(478)

983
(1,230)
–
(17)
–
(264)

(742)
2,207
(2)

1,463

950
509
6
1,465
684

2,149
(527)
265
(260)

(522)

1,627
(1,634)

(7)

(504)
(338)
(146)
(424)
(587)
(1,999)

(2,006)
4,121
92

2,207

Notes
(a) 
(b) 

Net cash remittances comprise dividends and other transfers from business units that are reflective of emerging earnings and capital generation. 
Significant cash remittances from business units were hedged into sterling using forward contracts during 2019 and these contracts determine the amount of sterling recorded in the holding 
company cash flow for the relevant remittances. The implicit rates may therefore differ from that applied to present the holding company cash flow in US dollars (see note (g)).
$55 million remittances from other operations reflects intragroup interest income which is not expected to recur. 
The net interest paid in 2019 included $231 million on debt substituted to M&G plc prior to its demerger in October 2019. 

(c) 
(d) 
(e)  Other corporate activities relating to continuing operations primarily reflect payments made for bancassurance arrangements including those with UOB and TMB Bank.
(f) 

Transactions to effect the demerger represented the effects on holding company cash flow of steps taken in 2019 as part of the preparation for the demerger of the UK and Europe operations 
(M&G plc). These included the transfer of subsidiaries, settlement of intercompany loans, receipt of the pre-demerger dividend and the substitution of M&G plc as issuer of certain 
subordinated debt in place of Prudential plc.

(g)  At 31 December 2019, the Group changed its basis of managing central cash-holdings from sterling to US dollars. Accordingly, the 2020 holding company cash flow statement presented 

above has been prepared directly in US dollars and 2019 amounts are re-presented from those previously published to reflect the change. 2019 comparatives were prepared in sterling, 
reflecting the management of holding company cash at that time. Cash movements in the year were converted from sterling into US dollars by using the month-end sterling to US dollar 
exchange rate for the month in which the transaction occurred. Cash balances at the start and end of the year were translated from sterling to US dollars using the spot rates at the beginning 
and end of the year respectively. As an exception to the above, external dividends paid during 2019 were translated at the exchange rate relevant to the day they were paid to ensure 
consistency with the financial statements.

360

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedI(iv) Analysis of adjusted operating profit by driver
This schedule classifies the Group’s adjusted operating profit from continuing operations into the underlying drivers using the following categories:

 — Spread income represents the difference between net investment income and amounts credited to certain policyholder accounts. It excludes 
the operating investment return on shareholder net assets, which has been separately disclosed as expected return on shareholder assets.
 — Fee income represents profit driven by net investment performance, being fees that vary with the size of the underlying policyholder funds, 

net of investment management expenses.

 — With-profits represents the pre-tax shareholders’ transfer from the with-profits business for the period.
 — Insurance margin primarily represents profit derived from the insurance risks of mortality and morbidity.
 — Margin on revenues primarily represents amounts deducted from premiums to cover acquisition costs and administration expenses 

(see below).

 — Acquisition costs and administration expenses represent expenses incurred in the period attributable to shareholders. These exclude 
items such as restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs, which are not included in the segment profit, as well as items that are more 
appropriately included in other categories (eg investment expenses are netted against investment income as part of spread income or fee 
income as appropriate).

 — DAC adjustments comprise DAC amortisation for the period, excluding amounts related to short-term fluctuations in investment returns, 

net of costs deferred in respect of new business written in the period.

(a) Margin analysis 
The following analysis expresses certain of the Group’s sources of adjusted operating profit as a margin of policyholder liabilities or other relevant 
drivers. The 2019 comparative information has been presented at both AER and CER to eliminate the impact of exchange translation. CER results 
are calculated by translating prior year results using the current year foreign exchange rates. All CER profit figures have been translated at current 
year average rates. For Asia, CER average liabilities have been translated using the corresponding current year opening and closing or quarter-
end closing exchange rates.

Spread income
Fee income 
With-profits
Insurance margin
Margin on revenues
Expenses:

Acquisition costs*
Administration expenses 
DAC adjustments

Expected return on shareholder assets

Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associates

Adjusted operating profit from long-term business
Adjusted operating profit from asset management 

Total segment adjusted operating profit

* The ratio of acquisition costs is calculated as a percentage of APE sales in the year. 

Average
liability
$m

86,596
217,863
73,375

Margin
bps

94
168
16

5,619
312,215

(52)%
(105)

2020

Group
total
$m

817
3,668
117
3,946
2,936

(2,895)
(3,283)
699
212

6,217
(46)

6,171
292

6,463

US 
$m
note (c)

521
3,386
–
1,298
–

(991)
(1,744)
317
–

2,787
–

2,787
9

2,796

Asia 
$m
note (b)

296
282
117
2,648
2,936

(1,904)
(1,539)
382
212

3,430
(46)

3,384
283

3,667

  361

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020I Additional financial information continued

I(iv) Analysis of adjusted operating profit by driver continued

Spread income
Fee income 
With-profits
Insurance margin
Margin on revenues
Expenses:

Acquisition costs*
Administration expenses 
DAC adjustments

Expected return on shareholder assets

Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associates

Adjusted operating profit from long-term business
Adjusted operating profit from asset management

Total segment adjusted operating profit

* The ratio of acquisition costs is calculated as a percentage of APE sales in the year. 

Spread income
Fee income 
With-profits
Insurance margin
Margin on revenues
Expenses:

Acquisition costs*
Administration expenses 
DAC adjustments

Expected return on shareholder assets

Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associates

Adjusted operating profit from long-term business
Adjusted operating profit from asset management

Total segment adjusted operating profit

* The ratio of acquisition costs is calculated as a percentage of APE sales in the year. 

Average
liability
$m

86,887
208,353
58,032

Margin
bps

111
172
18

7,384
303,339

(44)%
(103)

Average
liability
$m

87,413
208,095
58,492

Margin
bps

110
172
18

7,391
303,607

(44)%
(102)

2019 AER

Group
total
$m

963
3,578
107
3,561
3,035

(3,230)
(3,112)
940
220

6,062
(31)

6,031
315

6,346

2019 CER

Group
total
$m

961
3,575
107
3,551
3,032

(3,230)
(3,105)
936
219

6,046
(30)

6,016
310

6,326

US 
$m
note (c)

642
3,292
–
1,317
–

(1,074)
(1,675)
510
26

3,038
–

3,038
32

3,070

US 
$m
note (c)

642
3,292
–
1,317
–

(1,074)
(1,675)
510
26

3,038
–

3,038
32

3,070

Asia 
$m
note (b)

321
286
107
2,244
3,035

(2,156)
(1,437)
430
194

3,024
(31)

2,993
283

3,276

Asia 
$m
note (b)

319
283
107
2,234
3,032

(2,156)
(1,430)
426
193

3,008
(30)

2,978
278

3,256

362

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continued(b) Margin analysis – Asia

Spread income
Fee income 
With-profits
Insurance margin
Margin on revenues
Expenses:

Acquisition costs note (3)
Administration expenses
DAC adjustments note (4)

Expected return on shareholder assets

Share of related tax charges from joint ventures 

and associates note (5)

Adjusted operating profit from long-term 

business

Adjusted operating profit from asset 

management (Eastspring Investments)

Total Asia adjusted operating profit

2020

Average
liability
$m 
note (1)

39,895
28,014
73,375

Margin
bps
note (2) 

74
101
16

Profit
$m 

296
282
117
2,648
2,936

(1,904)
3,696
(1,539) 67,909

(52)%
(227)

2019 AER

Average
liability
$m 
note (1)

29,706
27,413
58,032

Margin
bps
note (2) 

108
104
18

5,161
57,119

(42)%
(252)

Profit
$m 

321
286
107
2,244
3,035

(2,156)
(1,437)
430
194

Profit
$m 

319
283
107
2,234
3,032

(2,156)
(1,430)
426
193

2019 CER

Average
liability
$m 
note (1)

30,232
27,155
58,492

Margin
bps
note (2)

106
104
18

5,168
57,387

(42)%
(249)

382
212

(46)

3,384

283

3,667

3,430

3,024

3,008

(31)

2,993

283

3,276

(30)

2,978

278

3,256

Notes
(1) 

The calculation of average liabilities for Asia is generally derived from opening and closing balances. In 2020, given the significant market volatility in certain months during the year, 
average liabilities used to derive the margin for fee income in Asia have been calculated using quarter-end balances throughout the year as opposed to opening and closing balances 
only to provide a more meaningful analysis. The 2019 margins have been amended for consistency albeit impacts are minimal.

(2)  Margin represents the operating return earned in the year as a proportion of the relevant class of policyholder liabilities excluding unallocated surplus. 
(3) 

The ratio of acquisition costs is calculated as a percentage of APE sales including with-profits sales. Acquisition costs include only those relating to shareholder-backed business. 
The ratio of shareholder acquisition cost to shareholder-related APE sales in 2020 (excluding with-profits) is 68 per cent (2019: 66 per cent). 
The DAC adjustments contain a credit of $73 million in respect of joint ventures and associates in 2020 (2019: credit of $72 million on an AER basis).

(4) 
(5)  Under IFRS, the Group’s share of results from its investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method is included in the Group’s profit before tax 

on a net of related tax basis. These tax charges are shown separately in the analysis of Asia operating profit drivers in order for the contribution from the joint ventures and associates 
to be included in the margin analysis on a consistent basis with the rest of Asia operations.

  363

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020I Additional financial information continued

I(iv) Analysis of adjusted operating profit by driver continued
(c) Margin analysis – US

Spread income
Fee income
Insurance margin
Expenses

Acquisition costs note (3)
Administration expenses
DAC adjustments

Expected return on shareholder assets

Adjusted operating profit from long-term business note (4)
Adjusted operating profit from asset management 

Total US adjusted operating profit

2019

Average 
liability
$m
note (1)

57,181
180,940

Margin
bps
note (2)

112
182

2,223
246,220

(48)%
(68)

2020

Average 
liability
$m
note (1)

46,701
189,849

Profit 
$m

521
3,386
1,298

Margin
bps
note (2)

112
178

(991)

1,923
(1,744) 244,306

(52)%
(71)

317
–

2,787
9

2,796

Profit 
$m

642
3,292
1,317

(1,074)
(1,675)
510
26

3,038
32

3,070

Notes
(1) 

The calculation of average liabilities for the US is generally derived from month-end balances throughout the period as opposed to opening and closing balances only. The average liabilities 
for fee income in the US have been calculated using daily balances instead of month-end balances in order to provide a more meaningful analysis of the fee income, which is charged on the 
daily account balance. Average liabilities for spread income are based on the general account liabilities to which spread income is attached and exclude the liabilities reinsured to Athene since 
the June 2020 month-end balance. Average liabilities used to calculate the administration expenses margin exclude the REALIC liabilities reinsured to third parties prior to the acquisition by 
Jackson and the liabilities reinsured to Athene since the June 2020 month-end balance. 

(2)  Margin represents the operating return earned in the period as a proportion of the relevant class of policyholder liabilities. 
(3) 
(4) 

The ratio of acquisition costs is calculated as a percentage of APE sales relating to shareholder-backed business. 
Analysis of adjusted operating profit from long-term business before and after acquisition costs and DAC adjustments is shown below:

Total adjusted operating profit before acquisition costs and DAC adjustments
Acquisition costs
DAC adjustments – amortisation of previously deferred acquisition costs:

Normal
Deceleration

Total US adjusted operating profit – long-term business

Total adjusted operating profit before acquisition costs and DAC adjustments
Acquisition costs
DAC adjustments – amortisation of previously deferred acquisition costs:

Normal
Deceleration

Total US adjusted operating profit – long-term business

Before 
acquisition 
costs
and DAC 
adjustments

2020  $m

Acquisition costs  
and DAC adjustments

Incurred

Deferred

After 
acquisition 
costs
and DAC 
adjustments

3,461
–

–
–

–
(991)

–
–

3,461

(991)

–
740

(753)
330

317

3,461
(251)

(753)
330

2,787

Before 
acquisition 
costs
and DAC 
adjustments

2019  $m

Acquisition costs  
and DAC adjustments

Incurred

Deferred

After 
acquisition 
costs
and DAC 
adjustments

3,602
–

–
(1,074)

–
–

–
–

3,602

(1,074)

–
807

(577)
280

510

3,602
(267)

(577)
280

3,038

364

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedI(v) Asia operations – analysis of adjusted operating profit by business unit
(a) Analysis of adjusted operating profit by business unit
Adjusted operating profit for Asia operations are analysed below. The table below presents the 2019 results on both AER and CER bases 
to eliminate the impact of exchange translation. 

China JV
Hong Kong
Indonesia
Malaysia 
Philippines
Singapore
Taiwan
Thailand
Vietnam
Other
Non-recurrent items*

Total insurance operations
Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associate

Total long-term business
Asset management (Eastspring Investments) 

Total Asia adjusted operating profit

* Representing a number of small items that are not expected to reoccur. 

2020  $m 

 2019  $m

2020 vs 2019  %

251
891
519
309
95
574
85
210
270
73
153

3,430
(46)

3,384
283

3,667

AER

219
734
540
276
73
493
74
170
237
70
138

3,024
(31)

2,993
283

3,276

CER

219
742
525
272
76
487
77
169
237
68
136

3,008
(30)

2,978
278

3,256

AER

15%
21%
(4)%
12%
30%
16%
15%
24%
14%
4%
11%

13%
(48)%

13%
–

12%

CER

15%
20%
(1)%
14%
25%
18%
10%
24%
14%
7%
13%

14%
(53)%

14%
2%

13%

(b) Analysis of Eastspring Investments adjusted operating profit

Operating income before performance-related fees note (1)
Performance-related fees

Operating income (net of commission) note (2)
Operating expense note (2)
Group’s share of tax on joint ventures’ operating profit

Adjusted operating profit

Average funds managed by Eastspring Investments
Margin based on operating income*
Cost/income ratio†

2020  $m

2019  $m

646
7

653
(336)
(34)

283

636
12

648
(329)
(36)

283

$227.1bn
28bps
52%

$214.0bn
30bps
52%

Notes
(1)  Operating income before performance-related fees for Eastspring Investments can be further analysed as follows:

2020

2019

Retail
$m 

390

392

Margin*
bps 

Institutional‡
$m 

Margin*
bps 

52

52

256

244

17

18

Total
$m 

646

636

Margin*
bps 

28

30

* Margin represents operating income before performance-related fees as a proportion of the related funds under management (FUM). Monthly closing internal and external funds managed 
by Eastspring have been used to derive the average. Any funds held by the Group’s insurance operations that are managed by third parties outside the Prudential Group are excluded from 
these amounts.

† Cost/income ratio represents cost as a percentage of operating income before performance-related fees. 
‡ Institutional includes internal funds.

(2)  Operating income and expense include the Group’s share of contribution from joint ventures and associates. In the consolidated income statement of the Group IFRS basis results, the net 

income after tax from the joint ventures and associates is shown as a single line item.

  365

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
I Additional financial information continued

I(v) Asia operations – analysis of adjusted operating profit by business unit continued
(c) Eastspring Investments total funds under management
Eastspring Investments, the Group’s asset management business in Asia, manages funds from external parties and also funds for the Group’s 
insurance operations. The table below analyses the total funds managed and Eastspring Investments. 

External funds under management, excluding funds managed on behalf of M&G plc note (1)

Retail
Institutional
Money market funds (MMF)

Funds managed on behalf of M&G plc note (2)

External funds under management including M&G plc
Internal funds under management

Total funds under management note (3)

Notes
(1) 

The movements of external funds under management, excluding those managed on behalf of M&G plc, are analysed below:

At 1 Jan
Market gross inflows
Redemptions
Market and other movements

At 31 Dec

31 Dec 2020 
$bn

31 Dec 2019 
$bn

66.9
13.8
13.2
93.9
15.7

109.6
138.2

247.8

73.7
11.0
13.3
98.0
26.7

124.7
116.4

241.1

2020 $m

2019 $m

98,005
116,743
(126,668)
5,783

77,762
282,699
(276,215)
13,759

93,863

98,005

The analysis of movements above includes $13,198 million relating to Asia Money Market Funds at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $13,337 million). Investment flows for 2020 include 
Eastspring Money Market Funds gross inflows of $76,317 million (2019: $236,603 million) and net inflows of $48 million (2019: net outflows of $(1,856) million). 

(2) 

The movements of funds managed on behalf of M&G plc are analysed below:

At 1 Jan
Net flows
Other

At 31 Dec

(3) 

Total funds under management by asset class are analysed below:

Equity
Fixed income
Alternatives
Money Market Funds

Total funds under management

2020  $m

26,717
(10,033)
(947)

15,737

% of total

44%
48%
2%
6%

100%

31 Dec 2020

31 Dec 2019

$bn

103.9
125.7
2.7
15.5

247.8

% of total

42%
51%
1%
6%

100%

$bn

107.0
116.2
3.4
14.5

241.1

366

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continued 
I(vi) Reconciliation of expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus 
for Asia long-term business operations
The table below shows how the value of in-force business (VIF) and the associated required capital for Asia long-term business operations are 
projected as emerging into free surplus over the next 40 years. Although circa 8 per cent of the embedded value for Asia operations emerges 
after this date, analysis of cash flows emerging in the years shown is considered most meaningful. The modelled cash flows use the same 
methodology underpinning the Group’s embedded value reporting and so are subject to the same assumptions and sensitivities used to 
prepare our 2020 results.

Post its separation from the Group, Jackson will no longer publish EEV results and so this section covers Asia only.
In addition to showing the amounts, on both a discounted and undiscounted basis, expected to be generated from all in-force business 
at 31 December 2020, the table also presents the future free surplus expected to be generated from the investment made in new business 
during 2020 over the same 40-year period.

Expected period of emergence

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041-2045
2046-2050
2051-2055
2056-2060

31 Dec 2020  $m

Asia long-term business operations

Expected generation from  
all in-force business* 

Expected generation from  
new business written in 2020*

Undiscounted

Discounted

Undiscounted

Discounted

2,156
2,084
2,085
1,978
1,928
1,895
1,924
1,938
1,647
1,953
1,867
1,794
1,726
1,679
1,641
1,592
1,571
1,558
1,552
1,507
7,008
6,287
5,218
4,488

2,088
1,924
1,843
1,679
1,578
1,495
1,472
1,440
1,146
1,379
1,267
1,169
1,085
1,022
968
916
880
846
822
770
3,315
2,589
1,878
1,411

261
184
176
158
160
149
155
154
148
151
142
140
128
122
133
111
110
109
108
117
510
485
433
398

252
166
151
130
126
114
118
112
104
103
92
87
75
68
69
58
56
53
50
50
208
162
124
96

Total free surplus expected to emerge in the next 40 years

59,076

34,982

4,742

2,624

* The analysis excludes amounts incorporated into VIF and required capital at 31 December 2020 where there is no definitive time frame for when the payments will be made or receipts received. 

It also excludes any free surplus projected to emerge after 2060.

  367

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020I Additional financial information continued

I(vi) Reconciliation of expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus 
for Asia long-term business operations continued
The expected free surplus generation from new business written in 2020 can be reconciled to the new business profit as follows:

Undiscounted expected free surplus generation for years 2021 to 2060
Less: discount effect

Discounted expected free surplus generation for years 2021 to 2060
Discounted expected free surplus generation for years after 2060

Discounted expected free surplus generation from new business written in 2020
Free surplus investment in new business
Other items*

New business profit

2020 
$m

4,742
(2,118)

2,624
252

2,876
(559)
(116)

2,201

* Other items represent the impact of the time value of options and guarantees on new business, foreign exchange effects and other non-modelled items. Foreign exchange effects arise as EEV 

new business profit amounts are translated at average exchange rates and the expected free surplus generation is translated at closing rates.

The discounted expected free surplus generation from in-force business can be reconciled to the embedded value for long-term business 
operations as follows:

Discounted expected generation from all in-force business for years 2021 to 2060
Discounted expected generation from all in-force business for years after 2060

Discounted expected generation from all in-force business at 31 December 2020
Free surplus of long-term business operations at 31 December 2020
Other items*

EEV for long-term business operations

* Other items represent the impact of the time value of options and guarantees and other non-modelled items.

31 Dec 2020
  $m

34,982
3,612

38,594
5,295
(1,081)

42,808

The undiscounted expected free surplus generation from all in-force business at 31 December 2020 can be reconciled to the amount that was 
expected to be generated at 31 December 2019 as follows:

2019 expected free surplus generation  

for years 2020 to 2059

Less: Amounts expected to be realised  

in the current year

Add: Expected free surplus to be generated 

in year 2060*

Foreign exchange differences
New business
Operating movements
Non-operating and other movements

2020 expected free surplus generation  

for years 2021 to 2060

* Excluding 2020 new business.

2020
$m

2021
$m

2022
$m

2023
$m

2024
$m

2025
$m

Other
$m

Total
$m

1,963

2,088

1,941

1,965

1,895

1,874

51,297

63,023

(1,963)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,963)

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
23
261
11
(227)

–
24
184
53
(118)

–
23
176
42
(121)

–
21
158
43
(139)

–
20
160
18
(144)

1,204
652
3,803

1,204
763
4,742

(8,111) 

(8,693) 

2,156

2,084

2,085

1,978

1,928

48,845

59,076

368

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedAt 31 December 2020, the total free surplus expected to be generated over the next five years (2021 to 2025 inclusive) for Asia long-term 
business operations, using the same assumptions and methodology as those underpinning our 2020 embedded value reporting, was 
$10.2 billion (31 December 2019: $9.9 billion).

At 31 December 2020, the total free surplus expected to be generated on an undiscounted basis over the next 40 years for Asia long-term 
business operations is $59.1 billion, $3.9 billion lower than the $63.0 billion expected at the end of 2019. In Asia, the effect of generally lower 
interest rates across the region decreasing projected returns is partially offset by the increase from new business of $4.7 billion, together 
with favourable foreign exchange gains and operating assumption updates following the annual review of experience. 

Actual underlying free surplus generated in 2020 from Asia long-term business in force at the end of 2019, before restructuring and 

IFRS 17 implementation costs, was $2.2 billion, including $0.2 billion of changes in operating assumptions and experience variances. 
This compares with the expected 2020 realisation at the end of 2019 of $2.0 billion and can be analysed further as follows:

Expected transfer from in-force business to free surplus in 2020
Expected return on existing free surplus
Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances

Underlying free surplus generated from long-term business in force before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

2020 free surplus expected to be generated at 31 December 2019

2020  $m

1,878
101
222

2,201

1,963

I(vii) Option schemes
The Group presently grants share options through three schemes and exercises of the options are satisfied by the issue of new shares. 
Executive Directors and eligible employees based in the UK may participate in the Prudential Savings-Related Share Option Scheme. 
Executives and eligible employees based in Asia can participate in the Prudential International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme, 
while agents based in certain regions of Asia can participate in the Prudential International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme for 
Non-Employees. Further details of the schemes and accounting policies are detailed in note B2.2 of the IFRS basis consolidated 
financial statements.

All options were granted at nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services 

(excluding options granted to agents under the Prudential International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme for Non-Employees) or in excess 
of the individual limit for the relevant scheme. The maximum share entitlement of each participant under the relevant scheme for each option 
granted is limited to the total savings and any bonus or interest accumulated under that participant’s savings contract, divided by the exercise 
price. At 31 December 2020, the maximum number of shares issued or issuable under the schemes, which were approved by shareholders, 
to all participants would not exceed 1 per cent of the issued share capital of the Company in the preceding 12-month period.

The option schemes will terminate as follows, unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plans at an earlier date:

 — Prudential Savings-Related Share Option Scheme: 16 May 2023;
 — Prudential International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme: 19 May 2021; and
 — Prudential International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme for Non-Employees 2012: 12 May 2022.

The weighted average share price of Prudential plc for the year ended 31 December 2020 was £11.64 (2019: £15.05).

Particulars of options granted to Directors are included in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 191.
The closing prices of the shares immediately before the date on which the options were granted during the year were £11.00.
The following analyses show the movement in options for each of the option schemes for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

  369

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020I Additional financial information continued

I(vii) Option schemes continued
Prudential Savings-Related Share Option Scheme

Exercise period

Number of options

Date of grant

Exercise
price  £

23 Sep 14
22 Sep 15
21 Sep 16
21 Sep 16
21 Sep 17
21 Sep 17
29 Nov 19
29 Nov 19
22 Sep 20
22 Sep 20

11.55
11.11
11.04
11.04
14.55
14.55
11.18
11.18
9.64
9.64

Beginning

01 Dec 19
01 Dec 20
01 Dec 19
01 Dec 21
01 Dec 20
01 Dec 22
01 Jan 23
01 Jan 25
01 Dec 23
01 Dec 25

End

31 May 20
31 May 21
31 May 20
31 May 22
31 May 21
31 May 23
30 Jun 23
30 Jun 25
31 May 24
31 May 26

Beginning
of year

135,963
103,140
225,802
77,244
502,136
92,940
92,823
21,464
–
–

Granted

Exercised

Cancelled

Forfeited

Lapsed

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
74,308
6,286

(80,914)
(14,180)
(137,913)
(8,135)
(3,283)
–
(692)
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
(12,568)
–
(14,814)
(10,732)
–
–

–
–
(326)
–
(3,731)
–
(180)
–
–
–

(55,049)
(80,914)
(87,563)
(63,731)
(458,646)
(86,593)
(9,934)
(2,683)
–
–

End of
year

–
8,046
–
5,378
23,908
6,347
67,203
8,049
74,308
6,286

1,251,512

80,594

(245,117)

(38,114)

(4,237)

(845,113)

199,525

The total number of securities available for issue under the scheme is 199,525 which represents 0.008 per cent of the issued share capital 
at 31 December 2020.

The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which the options were exercised during the current 

period was £14.27.

The weighted average fair value of options granted under the plan in the period was £1.91.

Prudential International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme for Non-Employees 

Exercise period

Number of options

Granted

Exercised

Cancelled

Forfeited

Lapsed

Date of grant

Exercise
price  £

23 Sep 14
22 Sep 15
22 Sep 15
21 Sep 16
21 Sep 16
21 Sep 17
21 Sep 17
18 Sep 18
18 Sep 18
02 Oct 19
02 Oct 19
22 Sep 20
22 Sep 20

10
9.62
9.62
9.56
9.56
12.59
12.59
12.07
12.07
9.62
9.62
9.64
9.64

Beginning

01 Dec 19
01 Dec 18
01 Dec 20
01 Dec 19
01 Dec 21
01 Dec 20
01 Dec 22
01 Dec 21
01 Dec 23
01 Dec 22
01 Dec 24
01 Dec 23
01 Dec 25

End

31 May 20
31 May 19
31 May 21
31 May 20
31 May 22
31 May 21
31 May 23
31 May 22
31 May 24
31 May 23
31 May 25
31 May 24
31 May 26

Beginning
of year

363,751
935
408,255
159,344
218,293
290,365
194,316
199,159
130,182
355,276
234,059
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
205,552
155,346

(317,613)
(935)
(124,437)
(157,813)
–
(37,338)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(15,579)
–
(3,739)
–
(3,448)
(47,047)
(4,042)
(5,754)
(655)
(24,345)
(10,894)
(6,753)
(1,556)

End of
year

–
–
280,079
–
214,845
205,980
190,274
193,405
129,527
330,931
223,165
198,799
153,790

(30,559)
–
–
(1,531)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

2,553,935

360,898

(638,136)

(123,812)

(32,090) 2,120,795

The total number of securities available for issue under the scheme is 2,120,795 which represents 0.081 per cent of the issued share capital 
at 31 December 2020.

The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which the options were exercised during the current 

period was £12.13.

The weighted average fair value of options granted under the plan in the period was £1.96. 

370

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedI(viii) Selected historical financial information of Prudential 
The following table sets forth Prudential’s selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated, which is derived from Prudential’s 
audited consolidated financial statements.

This table is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with Prudential’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes 

included elsewhere in this document. 

Income statement

IFRS basis results

Continuing operations:
Gross premiums earned 
Outward reinsurance premiums

Earned premiums, net of reinsurance 
Investment return 
Other income

Total revenue, net of reinsurance 

Benefits and claims and movement in unallocated surplus  

of with-profits funds, net of reinsurance 

Acquisition costs and other expenditure
Finance costs: interest on core structural borrowings  

of shareholder-financed businesses 

(Loss) gain attaching to corporate transactions

2020  $m

2019  $m

2018  $m

2017  $m

2016  $m

42,521
(32,209)

10,312
44,991
670

55,973

45,064
(1,583)

43,481
49,555
700

93,736

45,614
(1,183)

44,431
(9,117)
531

35,845

39,800
(1,304)

38,496
35,574
1,319

75,389

38,865
(1,375)

37,490
13,839
1,387

52,716

(48,205)
(5,481)

(83,905)
(7,283)

(23,426)
(8,527)

(63,808)
(8,649)

(42,881)
(7,846)

(337)
(48)

(516)
(142)

(547)
(107)

(548)
292

(488)
(322)

Total charges, net of reinsurance

(54,071)

(91,846)

(32,607)

(72,713)

(51,537)

Share of profits from joint ventures and associates net of related tax

517

397

319

233

200

Profit before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ 

and policyholders’ returns) note (i) 

Tax charges attributable to policyholders’ returns 

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders’ returns
Tax credit (charges) attributable to shareholders’ returns 

Profit from continuing operations
(Loss) profit from discontinued operations

Profit for the year 

Based on profit from continuing operations for the year attributable 

to the equity holders of the Company:
Basic earnings per share (in cents)
Diluted earnings per share (in cents)

Dividend per share declared and paid in reporting period
Interim ordinary dividend/final ordinary dividend
Special dividend

2,419
(271)

2,148
37

2,185
–

2,185

81.6¢
81.6¢

2020

31.34¢
31.34¢

2,287
(365)

1,922
31

1,953
(1,161)

792

75.1¢
75.1¢

2019

63.18¢
63.18¢

3,557
(107)

3,450
(569)

2,881
1,142

4,023

111.7¢
111.7¢

2018

64.34¢
64.34¢

2,909
(321)

2,588
(840)

1,748
1,333

3,081

68.0¢
67.9¢

2017

59.32¢
59.32¢

1,379
(210)

1,169
(119)

1,050
1,552

2,602

41.0¢
40.9¢

2016

69.72¢
55.20¢
14.52¢

  371

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020I Additional financial information continued

I(viii) Selected historical financial information of Prudential continued
Supplementary IFRS income statement – continuing operations

Adjusted operating profit based on longer-term investment returns note (ii)
Non-operating items

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders

Operating earnings per share after tax and non-controlling interest 

2020  $m

2019  $m

2018  $m

2017  $m

2016  $m

5,507
(3,359)

2,148

5,310
(3,388)

1,922

4,409
(959)

3,450

4,378
(1,790)

2,588

4,131
(2,962)

1,169

(in cents)

175.5¢

175.0¢

145.2¢

134.6¢

126.5¢

Supplementary EEV financial information
EEV income statement – continuing operations

Operating profit based on longer-term investment returns note (ii)
Non-operating items

Profit attributable to shareholders from continuing operations

Operating earnings per share (in cents)

2020  $m

2019  $m

2018  $m

2017  $m

2016  $m

5,220
(5,187)

33

195.9¢

6,905
(2,744)

4,161

266.6¢

7,866
(2,286)

5,580

305.3¢

6,753
1,808

8,561

263.0¢

6,137
(2,278)

3,859

239.7¢

2020  $bn

2019  $bn

2018  $bn

2017  $bn

2016  $bn

EEV shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests

54.0

54.7

63.4

60.5

48.2

New business contribution – continuing operations

Annual premium equivalent (APE) sales
EEV new business profit (NBP) (post-tax)

NBP margin (% of APE) 

Statement of financial position at 31 December

2020  $m

2019  $m

2018  $m

2017  $m

2016  $m

5,619
2,802

50%

7,384
4,405

60%

7,058
4,707

67%

7,046
4,220

60%

6,989
3,820

55%

Total assets
Total policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds
Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
Total liabilities
Total equity

516,097
446,463
6,633
493,978
22,119

454,214
390,428
5,594
434,545
19,669

647,810
541,466
9,761
625,819
21,991

668,203
579,261
8,496
646,432
21,771

581,394
498,374
8,400
563,270
18,124

2020  $m

2019  $m

2018  $m

2017  $m

2016  $m

Other financial information at 31 December

Funds under management note (iii)
Group shareholder LCSM surplus note (iv)

2020  $bn

2019  $bn

2018  $bn

2017  $bn

2016  $bn

558.3
11.0

543.9
9.5

455.3
9.7

452

374.8

Notes
(i) 
(ii) 

(iii) 
(iv) 

This measure is the formal profit (loss) before tax measure under IFRS. It is not the result attributable to shareholders. 
Adjusted operating profit and EEV operating profit are determined on the basis of including longer-term investment returns, which are stated after excluding the effect of short-term 
fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business and gain or loss attaching to corporate transactions. Separately, for IFRS basis results, adjusted operating profit also 
excludes amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments arising on the purchase of business. For EEV basis results, operating profit also excludes the effect of changes in economic 
assumptions and the mark-to-market value movements on core structural borrowings for shareholder-financed operations. 
Funds under management comprise funds of the Group held in the statement of financial position and external funds that are managed by the Group’s asset management operations.
The 2020 and 2019 surplus are estimated under the LCSM regime adopted by the Group in October 2019, with 2018 comparative information re-presented on this basis. Prior to that, 
the Group was subject to the Solvency II capital requirements.

372

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedII Calculation of alternative performance measures

The annual report uses alternative performance measures (APMs) to provide more relevant explanations of the Group’s financial position 
and performance. This section sets out explanations for each APM and reconciliations to relevant IFRS balances.

II(i) Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to profit before tax 
Adjusted operating profit presents the operating performance of the business. This measurement basis adjusts for the following 
items within total IFRS profit before tax:
 — Short-term fluctuations in investment returns on shareholder-backed business; 

 — Amortisation of acquisition accounting adjustments arising on the purchase of business. This comprises principally the charge 

for the adjustments arising on the purchase of REALIC in 2012; and

 — Gain or loss on corporate transactions, as described in note D1.1 in the IFRS financial statements.

More details on how adjusted operating profit is determined are included in note B1.3 of the Group IFRS basis results. A full reconciliation 
to profit after tax is given in note B1.1.

II(ii) Calculation of IFRS net gearing ratio 
The IFRS net gearing ratio is calculated as net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses divided by closing IFRS 
shareholders’ equity plus net core structural borrowings.

Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
Less holding company cash and short-term investments

Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
Closing shareholders’ equity

Closing shareholders’ equity plus net core structural borrowings

IFRS net gearing ratio

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

6,633
(1,463)

5,170
20,878

26,048

20%

5,594
(2,207)

3,387
19,477

22,864

15%

  373

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020II Calculation of alternative performance measures continued

II(iii) Return on IFRS shareholders’ equity
As stated in the 2019 Annual Report, the Group has introduced a new return on equity performance measure for the Group’s 2020 Prudential 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP) awards alongside other metrics. This measure has been calculated as adjusted operating profit after tax, and 
net of non-controlling interests, divided by average shareholders’ equity. Accordingly, the calculation of the return on IFRS shareholders’ equity 
has been aligned to be based on average shareholders’ equity. The 2019 returns disclosed in the table below are consistent with those previously 
published and use profit from continuing operations and closing shareholders’ equity. As supplementary information, 2019 Asia and US returns 
on shareholders’ equity have also been presented on an average shareholders’ equity basis.

A detailed reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to IFRS profit before tax for the Group is shown in note B1.1 to the Group IFRS basis results. 

Adjusted operating profit
Tax on adjusted operating profit
Operating profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Adjusted operating profit, net of tax and non-controlling interests
Average shareholders’ equity

Operating return on average shareholders’ equity (%)

Continuing operations

Adjusted operating profit
Tax on adjusted operating profit
Operating profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Adjusted operating profit, net of tax and non-controlling 

interests

Closing shareholders’ equity

Operating return on closing shareholders’ equity (%)
Supplementary information:
Average shareholders’ equity
Operating return on average shareholders’ equity (%)

Asia

3,276
(436)
(6)

2,834
10,866

26%

9,521
30%

US

3,070
(437)
–

2,633
8,929

29%

8,046
33%

Asia

3,667
(495)
(11)

3,161
12,377

26%

2019  $m

Other

(1,036)
100
(3)

(939)
(318)

n/a

2020  $m

US

Other

2,796
(313)
(138)

2,345
8,720

27%

Group

5,310
(773)
(9)

4,528
19,477

23%

(956)
8
1

(947)
(919)

n/a

Add back 
demerger-
related
items*

179
(34)
–

145
–

–

Group

5,507
(800)
(148)

4,559
20,178

23%

Adjusted
Group
(excluding
demerger-
related
items)

5,489
(807)
(9)

4,673
19,477

24%

* Demerger-related items comprise interest on the subordinated debt that was substituted to M&G plc prior to the demerger ($179 million pre-tax) and one-off costs of the demerger  

($407 million pre-tax).

Average shareholders’ equity has been based on opening and closing balances as follows:

Balance at 1 Jan
Balance at 31 Dec

Average shareholders’ equity

2020  $m

2019  $m

Asia

10,866
13,887

12,377

US

8,929
8,511

8,720

Other

(318)
(1,520)

(919)

Group

19,477
20,878

20,178

Asia

8,175
10,866

9,521

US

7,163
8,929

8,046

374

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedII(iv) Calculation of IFRS shareholders’ equity per share
IFRS shareholders’ equity per share is calculated as closing IFRS shareholders’ equity divided by the number of issued shares 
at 31 December 2020 of 2,609 million shares (31 December 2019: 2,601 million shares). 

Closing IFRS shareholders’ equity ($ million)
Shareholders’ equity per share (cents)

Closing IFRS shareholders’ equity ($ million)
Shareholders’ equity per share (cents)

2020

Asia

13,887
532¢

US

8,511
326¢

Other

(1,520)
(58)¢

2019

US

8,929
343¢

Other

(318)
(12)¢

Asia

10,866
418¢

Group
total

20,878
800¢

Group
total

19,477
749¢

II(v) Calculation of asset management cost/income ratio
The asset management cost/income ratio is calculated as asset management operating expenses, adjusted for commission and joint venture 
contribution, divided by asset management total IFRS revenue adjusted for commission, joint venture contribution, performance-related fees 
and non-operating items.

Operating income before performance-related fees note
Share of joint venture revenue
Commission 
Performance-related fees

IFRS revenue

Operating expense
Share of joint venture expense
Commission

IFRS charges

Cost/income ratio: operating expense/operating income before performance-related fees

Eastspring Investments

2020  $m

2019  $m

646
(235)
194
7

612

336
(84)
194

446

52%

636
(244)
165
12

569

329
(102)
165

392

52%

Note
IFRS revenue and charges for Eastspring Investments are included within the IFRS Income statement in ‘other income’ and ‘acquisition costs and other expenditure’ respectively. Operating income 
and expense include the Group’s share of contribution from joint ventures and associates. In the consolidated income statement of the Group IFRS basis results, the net income after tax from the 
joint ventures and associates is shown as a single line item. 

II(vi) Reconciliation of Asia renewal insurance premium to gross premiums earned
Reconciliation of Asia renewal insurance premium to gross earned premiums and calculation of Asia Life weighted premium income.

Asia renewal insurance premium
Add: General insurance premium
Add: IFRS gross earned premium from new regular and single premium business
Less: Renewal premiums from joint ventures

Asia segment IFRS gross premiums earned 

Asia renewal insurance premium (as above)
Asia APE

Asia life weighted premium income

2020  $m

2019  $m

20,123
130
5,045
(1,957)

23,341

20,123
3,696

23,819

AER

19,007
135
6,386
(1,771)

23,757

19,007
5,161

24,168

CER

19,011
136
6,404
(1,733)

23,818

19,011
5,168

24,179

  375

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020II Calculation of alternative performance measures continued

II(vii) Reconciliation of APE new business sales to gross premiums earned 
The Group reports annual premiums equivalent (APE) as a measure of new business sales, which is a key metric for the Group’s management of 
the development and growth of the business. APE is calculated as the aggregate of regular premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on new 
business written during the year for all insurance products, including premiums for contracts designated as investment contracts under IFRS 4. 
The use of the one-tenth of single premiums is to normalise policy premiums into the equivalent of regular annual payments. This measure is 
commonly used in the insurance industry to allow comparisons of the amount of new business written in a period by life insurance companies, 
particularly when the sales contain both single premium and regular premium business.

This differs from the IFRS measure of gross premiums earned as shown below:

Gross premiums earned
Less: premiums from in-force renewal business note (b)
Adjustment to include 10% of single premiums note (c)
Add: deposit accounting for investment contracts note (d)
Inclusion of APE Sales from joint ventures and associates 

on equity accounting method note (e)

Other adjustments note (f)

Annual premium equivalents (APE)

2020  $m

2019  $m

Asia

US

23,341
(18,166)
(2,131)
–

820
(168)

3,696

19,026
(845)
(17,306)
1,284

–
(236)

1,923

Total
segment
note (a)

42,367
(19,011)
(19,437)
1,284

820
(404)

5,619

Asia

US

23,757
(17,236)
(2,606)
255

899
92

5,161

21,209
(956)
(20,008)
2,522

–
(544)

2,223

Total 
segment
note (a)

44,966
(18,192)
(22,614)
2,777

899
(452)

7,384

Notes
(a)  Gross premiums earned of $154 million (2019: $98 million) in the Group’s Africa operations are unallocated to a segment, giving total Group gross premiums earned of $42,521 million 

(2019: $45,064 million) in the income statement. The Africa business sold new business APE of $112 million (2019: $82 million). Given the relative immaturity of the Africa business, 
it is excluded from the APE metric.

(b)  Gross premiums earned include premiums from existing in-force business as well as new business. The most significant amount is recorded in Asia, where a significant portion of regular 

premium business is written. 
APE new business sales only include one-tenth of single premiums, recorded on policies sold in the year. Gross premiums earned include 100 per cent of such premiums.

(c) 
(d)  APE includes new policies written in the year which are classified as investment contracts without discretionary participation features under IFRS 4, arising mainly in Jackson for guaranteed 

(e) 

(f) 

investment contracts. These are excluded from gross premiums earned and recorded as deposits;
For the purpose of reporting APE new business sales, the Group’s share of amounts sold by the Group’s insurance joint ventures and associates are included. Under IFRS, joint ventures 
and associates are equity accounted and so no amounts are included within gross premiums earned.
APE new business sales are annualised while gross premiums earned are recorded only when revenues are due. Other adjustments also reflect the exclusion of general insurance and 
reinsurance premiums earned on an IFRS basis.

II(viii) Reconciliation between IFRS and EEV shareholders’ equity
The table below shows the reconciliation of EEV shareholders’ equity and IFRS shareholders’ equity at the end of the year:

EEV shareholders’ equity
Less: Value of in-force business of long-term business note (a)
Deferred acquisition costs assigned zero value for EEV purposes
Other note (b)

IFRS shareholders’ equity

31 Dec 2020 
$m

31 Dec 2019 
$m

54,007
(41,007)
16,216
(8,338)

20,878

54,711
(41,893)
14,239
(7,580)

19,477

Notes
(a) 

The EEV shareholders’ equity comprises the present value of the shareholders’ interest in the value of in-force business, total net worth of long-term business operations and IFRS 
shareholders’ equity of asset management and other operations. The value of in-force business reflects the present value of expected future shareholder cash flows from long-term in-force 
business which are not captured as shareholders’ interest on an IFRS basis. Total net worth represents the net assets for EEV reporting that reflect the regulatory basis position, with 
adjustments to achieve consistency with the IFRS treatment of certain items as appropriate. 

(b)  Other adjustments represent asset and liability valuation differences between IFRS and the local regulatory reporting basis used to value total net worth for long-term insurance operations. 
These also include the mark-to-market value movements of the Group’s core structural borrowings which are fair valued under EEV but are held at amortised cost under IFRS. The most 
significant valuation differences relate to changes in the valuation of insurance liabilities. For example, in Jackson, IFRS liabilities are higher than the local regulatory basis as they are principally 
based on policyholder account balances (with a deferred acquisition costs recognised as an asset), whereas the local regulatory basis used for EEV reporting is based on expected future cash 
flows due to the policyholder on a prudent basis, with the consideration of an expense allowance, as applicable, but with no separate deferred acquisition cost asset.

376

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedII(ix) Calculation of return on embedded value
Operating return on embedded value is calculated as the post-tax EEV operating profit for the year as a percentage of average EEV basis 
shareholders’ equity. 

EEV basis operating profit (loss) for the year
Operating profit (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

EEV basis operating profit (loss) for the year, net of non-controlling interest ($ million)
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

EEV basis operating profit (loss) for the year, after restructuring and IFRS 17 

implementation costs, net of non-controlling interests ($ million)

Average EEV basis shareholders’ equity ($ million)

Operating return on average shareholders’ equity, before restructuring 

and IFRS 17 implementation costs (%)

Operating return on average shareholders’ equity, after restructuring  

and IFRS 17 implementation costs (%)

EEV basis operating profit for the year
Operating profit attributable to non-controlling interests

EEV basis operating profit for the year, net of non-controlling interest ($ million)
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

EEV basis operating profit for the year, after restructuring and IFRS 17  
implementation costs, net of non-controlling interests ($ million)

Average EEV basis shareholders’ equity ($ million)

Operating return on average shareholders’ equity, before restructuring  

and IFRS 17 implementation costs (%)

Operating return on average shareholders’ equity, after restructuring  

and IFRS 17 implementation costs (%)

Asia

4,387
(11)

4,376
(88)

2020

US

1,880
(123)

1,757
(36)

Other

(858)
1

(857)
(65)

Group

5,409
(133)

5,276
(189)

4,288
41,738

1,721
14,212

(922)
(1,591)

5,087
54,359

n/a

n/a

10%

9%

10%

10%

2019

Asia

6,138
(6)

6,132
(31)

12%

12%

US

1,782
–

1,782
(5)

6,101
35,622

1,777
17,526

17%

17%

10%

10%

New business profit over embedded value is calculated as the post-tax EEV new business profit for the year as a percentage of average EEV basis 
shareholders’ equity.

New business profit ($ million)*
Average EEV basis shareholders’ equity ($ million)

New business profit over embedded value (%)

2020

2019

Asia

2,201
41,738

5%

US

601
14,212

4%

Asia

3,522
35,622

10%

US

883
17,526

5%

* New business profit is attributed to the shareholders of the Group before deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests.

Average EEV basis shareholders’ equity has been based on opening and closing balances as follows:

Balance at beginning of year
Balance at end of year

Average EEV basis shareholders’ equity

Asia

39,235
44,241

41,738

2020  $m

US

Other

16,342
12,081

14,212

(866)
(2,315)

(1,591)

Group

54,711
54,007

54,359

2019  $m

Asia

32,008
39,235

35,622

US

18,709
16,342

17,526

  377

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020II Calculation of alternative performance measures continued

II(x) Calculation of EEV shareholders’ funds per share
EEV shareholders’ equity per share is calculated as closing EEV shareholders’ equity divided by the number of issued shares at 31 December 
2020 of 2,609 million (31 December 2019: 2,601 million). EEV shareholders’ equity per share excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders 
is calculated in the same manner, except goodwill attributable to equity holders is deducted from closing EEV shareholders’ equity. 

Closing EEV shareholders’ equity ($ million)
Less: Goodwill attributable to equity holders ($ million)

Closing EEV shareholders’ equity excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders 

($ million)

Shareholders’ equity per share (in cents)
Shareholders’ equity per share excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders 

31 Dec 2020

US

Other

12,081
–

12,081

463¢

(2,315)
(23)

(2,338)

(89)¢

Group
total

54,007
(821)

53,186

2,070¢

Asia

44,241
(798)

43,443

1,696¢

(in cents)

1,666¢

463¢

(90)¢

2,039¢

Closing EEV shareholders’ equity ($ million)
Less: Goodwill attributable to equity holders ($ million)

Closing EEV shareholders’ equity excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders 

($ million)

Shareholders’ equity per share (in cents)
Shareholders’ equity per share excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders 

(in cents)

31 Dec 2019

Asia

39,235
(796)

38,439

1,508¢

1,478¢

US

16,342
–

16,342

628¢

628¢

Other

(866)
(26)

(892)

(33)¢

(34)¢

Group
total

54,711
(822)

53,889

2,103¢

2,072¢

378

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comAdditional unaudited financial information / continuedRisk factors

A number of risk factors may affect Prudential’s business, financial 
condition, results of operations and/or prospects and, accordingly, the 
trading price of its shares. The risk factors mentioned below should not 
be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential 
risks and uncertainties. The information given is as of the date of this 
document, and any forward-looking statements are made subject to 
the reservations specified under ‘Forward-looking statements’.

Prudential’s approaches to managing risks are explained in the section 
of this document headed ‘Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s 
report on the risks facing our business and how these are managed’.

1.  Risks relating to Prudential’s financial situation
1.1 The Covid-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on 
financial market volatility and global economic activity, increased 
operational disruption risks to the Group and has adversely 
impacted Prudential’s sales in affected markets and its financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects. The full extent of 
the longer-term impacts from the pandemic remains uncertain
The Covid-19 pandemic has significantly increased the volatility of 
equity markets, interest rates and credit spreads, reduced market 
liquidity and reduced global economic activity. The potential adverse 
impacts to the Group of these effects are detailed in the Financial 
Market and Economic Conditions risk factor detailed below. However, 
the full extent of the impact of the pandemic on financial markets and 
economic growth remains highly uncertain and unpredictable and will 
be influenced by the actions of governments, policymakers and the 
public. This includes the duration and effectiveness of mitigating 
measures against the current and future strains of the coronavirus, 
including a continued reliance on restrictions of movement and the 
deployment of vaccination programmes (which may occur over a 
prolonged period of time), the effectiveness and timing of which 
remains uncertain across markets. Where these impacts are 
prolonged, this may affect the solvency position of Prudential’s 
subsidiaries and prevent or limit their ability to make remittances, 
adversely impacting the financial condition and prospects of 
the Group.

The immediate regulatory and supervisory responses to the Covid-19 
pandemic have been broad and have included increased scrutiny of 
the operational resilience, liquidity and capital strength (including the 
impact of making dividend payments) of financial services companies. 
Various governments have effected, or may effect, the postponement 
of elections and other constitutional or legislative processes in 
response to the pandemic, and this may result in an increase in 
constitutional and political uncertainty in the markets in which the 
Group operates. Governments are either starting or planning the 
roll-out of Covid-19 vaccination programmes, and accessibility to 
vaccine supplies has the potential to contribute to an increase in 
geopolitical tensions. The longer term political, regulatory and 
supervisory developments resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic 
remain highly uncertain. These may include changes to government 
fiscal policies, laws or regulations aimed at increasing financial stability 
and/or measures on businesses or specific industries to contribute to, 
lessen or otherwise support, the financial cost to governments in 
addressing the pandemic. This may include requirements on private 
insurance companies and healthcare providers to cover the costs 
associated with the treatment of Covid-19 beyond contractual or 
policy terms.

The Covid-19 pandemic, and measures to contain it, have slowed 
economic and social activity in the Group’s geographical markets. 
While these conditions persist, the level of sales activity in affected 
markets has been, and will continue to be, adversely impacted through 
a reduction in travel and agency and bancassurance activity, which 
may be prolonged in markets which continue to rely on containment 
measures based on restrictions of movement rather than vaccine 
deployment. The impact to economic activity and employment levels 
may result in an elevated incidence of claims, lapses, or surrenders 
of policies, and some policyholders may choose to defer or stop 
paying insurance premiums or reduce deposits into retirement 
plans. The pandemic may also indirectly result in elevated claims 
and policy lapses or surrenders, and with some delay in time before 
being felt by the Group, due to factors such as policyholders deferring 
medical treatment during the pandemic, or policyholders lapsing or 
surrendering their policies on the expiry of grace periods for premium 
payments provided by the Group’s businesses. Extended restrictions 
on movement in particular may adversely impact product persistency 
in the Group’s Asia business. While these impacts to the Group have 
not been material to date, the full extent of the impact of the Covid-19 
pandemic is currently highly uncertain and the Group’s claims 
experience to date and its current insurance assumptions cannot be 
taken as an indicator of future potential experience from the Covid-19 
pandemic which may deteriorate significantly and have a material 
adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results 
of operations and prospects.

Disruption to Prudential’s operations may result where its employees, 
or those of its service partners and counterparties, contract the 
coronavirus or are affected by restrictions on movement; where office 
closures and other measures impacting working practices are effected, 
such as the imposition of remote working arrangements; and where 
quarantine requirements and isolation measures under local laws 
apply, and as a result of social distancing and/or other psychosocial 
impacts. While such measures are in place, there may be an increase 
in attempts to compromise IT systems through phishing and social 
engineering tactics.

In some markets Prudential has implemented changes to its sales and 
distribution processes. These include virtual face-to-face sales of its 
products and the online recruitment, training and, where possible, 
licensing of agents. Such changes may increase or introduce new 
operational and regulatory risks, in particular those focused on 
customer outcomes and conduct. A failure to implement appropriate 
governance and management of these new or incremental risks may 
adversely impact Prudential’s reputation and brand and the results 
of its operations. In markets where the level of sales under these new 
processes is material or where such processes become permanent 
distribution channels, the commercial value of the Group’s existing 
sale and distribution arrangements, such as bancassurance 
arrangements, may be adversely impacted. 

  379

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 — Estimates of the value of financial instruments becoming more 

difficult because in certain illiquid or closed markets, determining 
the value at which financial instruments can be realised is highly 
subjective. Processes to ascertain such values require substantial 
elements of judgement, assumptions and estimates (which may 
change over time). Where the Group is required to sell its 
investments within a defined timeframe, such market conditions 
may result in the sale of these investments at below expected 
or recorded prices.

 — The Group holds certain investments that may lack liquidity, such as 
privately placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, complex 
structured securities and alternative investments. If these investments 
were required to be liquidated on short notice, the Group may 
experience difficulty in doing so and may be forced to sell them 
at a lower price than it otherwise would have been able to realise.

 — A reduction in revenue from the Group’s products where fee 

income is linked to account values or the market value of the funds 
under management. In particular, equity price falls impact the 
amount of revenue derived from fees from the unit-linked products 
in the Group’s Asia business and from annuity contracts at Jackson, 
where fees are charged on account and asset values. 

 — Increased illiquidity, which includes the risk that expected cash 
inflows from investments and operations will not be adequate 
to meet the Group’s anticipated short-term and long-term 
policyholder benefits and expense payment obligations. Increased 
illiquidity also adds to uncertainty over the accessibility of financial 
resources which in extreme conditions can impact the functioning 
of markets and may reduce capital resources as valuations decline. 
This could occur where external capital is unavailable at sustainable 
cost, increased liquid assets are required to be held as collateral 
under derivative transactions or redemption restrictions are placed 
on Prudential’s investments in illiquid funds. In addition, significant 
redemption requests could also be made on Prudential’s issued 
funds and while this may not have a direct impact on the Group’s 
liquidity, it could result in reputational damage to Prudential. The 
potential impact of increased illiquidity is more uncertain than for 
other risks such as interest rate or credit risk.

In general, upheavals in the financial markets may affect general levels 
of economic activity, employment and customer behaviour. As a result, 
insurers may experience an elevated incidence of claims, lapses, or 
surrenders of policies, and some policyholders may choose to defer 
or stop paying insurance premiums or reduce deposits into retirement 
plans. The demand for insurance products may also be adversely 
affected. In addition, there may be a higher incidence of counterparty 
failures. If sustained, this environment is likely to have a negative 
impact on the insurance sector over time and may consequently have 
a negative impact on Prudential’s business and its balance sheet and 
profitability. For example, this could occur if the recoverable value 
of intangible assets for bancassurance agreements and deferred 
acquisition costs are reduced. New challenges related to market 
fluctuations and general economic conditions may continue to emerge.

1.2 Prudential’s businesses are inherently subject to market 
fluctuations and general economic conditions, each of which may 
adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results 
of operations and prospects
Uncertainty, fluctuations or negative trends in international economic 
and investment climates could have a material adverse effect on 
Prudential’s business and profitability. Prudential operates in a 
macroeconomic and global financial market environment that presents 
significant uncertainties and potential challenges. For example, during 
2020 interest rates in the United States (‘US’) and some Asian countries 
in which Prudential operates have decreased to historic lows driven by 
the responses of central banks to mitigate the impact of the Covid-19 
pandemic. The transition to a lower carbon economy may also impact 
long-term asset valuations.

Global financial markets are subject to uncertainty and volatility created 
by a variety of factors. These factors include slowdowns or reversals in 
world economic growth (particularly where this is abrupt, as has been 
the case with the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic), fluctuations in 
global energy prices, changes in monetary policy in China, the US 
and other jurisdictions together with their impact on the valuation of all 
asset classes and effect on interest rates and inflation expectations, and 
concerns over sovereign debt. Other factors include the increased level 
of (geo)political risk and policy-related uncertainty (including the 
broader market impacts resulting from the trade negotiations between 
the US and China) and socio-political, climate-driven and pandemic 
events. The extent of financial market and economic impact of these 
factors may be highly uncertain and unpredictable and influenced by 
the actions, including the duration and effectiveness of mitigating 
measures of governments, policymakers and the public.

The adverse effects of such factors could be felt principally through 
the following items:

 — Lower interest rates and reduced investment returns arising on 

the Group’s portfolios including impairment of debt securities and 
loans, which could reduce Prudential’s capital and impair its ability 
to write significant volumes of new business, increase the potential 
adverse impact of product guarantees included in Jackson’s 
variable annuities and non-unit-linked products with a savings 
component in Asia, increase reinvestment risk for some of the 
Group’s investments from accelerated prepayments and increased 
redemptions and/or have a negative impact on its assets under 
management and profit.

 — A reduction in the financial strength and flexibility of corporate 
entities which may result in a deterioration of the credit rating 
profile and valuation of the Group’s invested credit portfolio (which 
may result in an increase in regulatory capital requirements for the 
Group or its businesses), as well as higher credit defaults and wider 
credit and liquidity spreads resulting in realised and unrealised 
credit losses. Similarly, mortgages and mortgage-backed securities 
in the Group’s investment portfolio are subject to default risk and 
may be adversely impacted by delays or failures of borrowers to 
make payments of principal and interest when due.

 — Failure of counterparties who have transactions with Prudential 
(such as banks, reinsurers and counterparties to derivative 
transactions) to meet commitments that could give rise to a 
negative impact on Prudential’s financial position and on the 
accessibility or recoverability of amounts due or, for derivative 
transactions, adequate collateral not being in place. Concentrations 
of counterparty credit risk could exacerbate the impact of these 
events where they materialise.

380

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comRisk factors / continuedIn addition, Jackson hedges the guarantees on its variable annuity 
book on an economic basis (with consideration of the local regulatory 
position) and, thus, accepts variability in its accounting results in the 
short term in order to achieve the appropriate result on these bases. 
In particular, for Prudential’s Group International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRS’) reporting, the measurement of the Jackson variable 
annuity guarantees is typically less sensitive to market movements 
than for the corresponding hedging derivatives, which are held at 
market value. However, depending on the level of hedging conducted 
regarding a particular risk type, certain market movements can drive 
volatility in the economic or local regulatory results that may be less 
significant under IFRS reporting.

Also, Jackson has a mix of spread-based and mortality business with 
assets invested in fixed-income securities and its results are therefore 
affected by fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. In particular, stable 
value products written by Jackson expose Prudential to the risk that 
changes in interest rates, which are not fully reflected in the interest 
rates credited to customers, will reduce spread. The spread is the 
difference between the rate of return Jackson is able to earn on the 
assets backing the policyholders’ liabilities and the amounts that are 
credited to policyholders in the form of benefit increases, subject to 
minimum crediting rates. Declines in spread from these products or 
other spread businesses that Jackson conducts, and increases in 
surrender levels arising from interest rate rises, could have a material 
impact on its businesses or results of operations.

Any of the foregoing factors and events, individually or together, 
could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects.

1.3 As a holding company, Prudential is dependent upon its 
subsidiaries to cover operating expenses and dividend payments
The Group’s insurance and investment management operations are 
generally conducted through direct and indirect subsidiaries, which 
are subject to the risks discussed elsewhere in this ‘Risk Factors’ section.

As a holding company, Prudential’s principal sources of funds are 
remittances from subsidiaries, shareholder-backed funds, the 
shareholder transfer from long-term funds and any amounts that may 
be raised through the issuance of equity, debt and commercial paper. 

Certain of Prudential’s subsidiaries are subject to applicable insurance, 
foreign exchange and tax laws, rules and regulations (including in 
relation to distributable profits) that can limit their ability to make 
remittances. In some circumstances, including where there are 
changes to general market conditions, this could limit Prudential’s 
ability to pay dividends to shareholders or to make available funds held 
in certain subsidiaries to cover operating expenses of other members 
of the Group.

A material change in the financial condition of any of Prudential’s 
subsidiaries may have a material effect on its business, financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects.

For some non-unit-linked products with a savings component, in 
particular those written in some of the Group’s Asia operations, it may 
not be possible to hold assets which will provide cash flows to match 
those relating to policyholder liabilities. This is particularly true in those 
countries where bond markets are less developed and in certain 
markets where regulated premium and claim values are set with 
reference to the interest rate environment prevailing at the time 
of policy issue. This results in a mismatch due to the duration and 
uncertainty of the liability cash flows and the lack of sufficient assets 
of a suitable duration. While this residual asset/liability mismatch risk 
can be managed, it cannot be eliminated. Where interest rates in these 
markets remain lower than those used to calculate premium and claim 
values over a sustained period, this could have a material adverse 
effect on Prudential’s reported profit and the solvency of its business 
units. In addition, part of the profit from the Group’s Asia operations is 
related to bonuses for policyholders declared on with-profits products, 
which are impacted by the difference between actual investment 
returns of the with-profits fund (which are broadly based on historical 
and current rates of return on equity, real estate and fixed income 
securities) and minimum guarantee rates offered to policyholders. 
This profit could be lower in particular in a sustained low interest 
rate environment.

Jackson writes a significant amount of variable annuities that offer 
capital or income protection guarantees. The value of these guarantees 
is affected by market factors (such as interest rates, equity values, bond 
spreads and realised volatility) and policyholder behaviour. Changes in 
markets, or deviations in policyholder behaviour experience from 
assumptions, may result in the need to hold additional reserves for 
these products, which may impact Jackson’s liquidity, require it to raise 
additional capital and/or adversely impact its net income. Jackson uses 
a derivative hedging programme to reduce its exposure to market risks 
arising on these guarantees. There may be circumstances where the 
derivatives that Jackson enters into to hedge its market risks may not 
sufficiently or effectively offset its exposures under the guarantees, 
or where its exposures may be over-hedged. This includes 
circumstances where:

 — The derivative markets for the instruments which most 

appropriately reflect the equity funds in which policyholders 
have invested may not be of sufficient size or liquidity to effectively 
hedge these risks;

 — Operational errors occur in the execution of Jackson’s hedging 

strategy; or

 — Actual experience materially deviates from the assumptions used 
in the models which inform Jackson’s hedging strategy. These 
assumptions include, amongst others, mortality, lapse, surrender 
and withdrawal rates and amounts of withdrawals, election rates, 
fund performance, equity market returns and volatility, interest 
rate levels and correlation among various market movements.

If the results from Jackson’s hedging programmes do not correlate 
with the economic effect of changes in benefit exposures to 
customers, it could experience economic losses and increased 
volatility in its earnings which could adversely impact the Group’s 
business, financial condition and results of operations. The cost of 
any guarantees that remain unhedged will also affect Jackson’s results.

Periods of significant and sustained downturns in securities markets, 
increased equity volatility, reduced interest rates, or deviations 
in expected policyholder behaviour could also increase the cost 
of hedging beyond that anticipated in the pricing of the products 
being hedged and could produce losses not addressed by the risk 
management techniques employed. 

  381

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 20201.4 (Geo)political risks and uncertainty may adversely impact 
economic conditions, increase market volatility, cause operational 
disruption to the Group and impact its strategic plans, which could 
have adverse effects on Prudential’s business, financial condition, 
results of operations and prospects
The Group is exposed to (geo)political risks and uncertainty in the 
markets in which it operates. Recent shifts in the focus of some 
national governments toward more protectionist or restrictive 
economic and trade policies with specific markets, and international 
trade disputes, could impact on the macroeconomic outlook and the 
environment for global financial markets. This could take effect, for 
example, through increased friction in cross-border trade, such as 
implementation of trade tariffs or the withdrawal from existing trading 
blocs or agreements and the exercise of executive powers to restrict 
overseas trade, financial transactions, capital movements and/or 
investment. The degree and nature of regulatory changes and 
Prudential’s competitive position in some geographic markets may 
also be impacted, for example, through measures favouring local 
enterprises, such as changes to the maximum level of non-domestic 
ownership by foreign companies or differing treatment under 
regulations and tax rules.

1.5 Prudential is subject to the risk of potential sovereign debt 
credit deterioration owing to the amounts of sovereign debt 
obligations held in its investment portfolio
Investing in sovereign debt creates exposure to the direct or indirect 
consequences of political, social or economic changes (including 
changes in governments, heads of state or monarchs) in the countries in 
which the issuers of such debt are located and to the creditworthiness 
of the sovereign. Investment in sovereign debt obligations involves risks 
not present in debt obligations of corporate issuers. In addition, the 
issuer of the debt or the governmental authorities that control the 
repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or 
pay interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt, and 
Prudential may have limited recourse to compel payment in the event 
of a default. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal 
and to pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other 
factors, its cash flow situation, its relations with its central bank, the 
extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient 
foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the 
debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s 
policy toward local and international lenders, and the political 
constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. 

(Geo)political risks and political uncertainty may also adversely impact 
the Group’s operations and its operational resilience. Increased (geo)
political tensions may increase cross-border cyber activity and 
therefore increase cyber security risks. (Geo)political tensions 
may also lead to civil unrest and/or acts of civil disobedience. 
This includes the unrest in Hong Kong, where mass anti-government 
demonstrations have given rise to increased disruption throughout the 
region. Such events could impact operational resilience by disrupting 
Prudential’s systems, operations, new business sales and renewals, 
distribution channels and services to customers, which may result in a 
reduction in contributions from business units to the central cash 
balances and profit of the Group, decreased profitability, financial loss, 
adverse customer impacts and reputational damage and may impact 
Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations 
and prospects.

Responses by the US, UK and other governments to the enactment 
and application of the national security law in Hong Kong and other 
constitutional or legislative changes in the territory, which continue to 
develop, may adversely impact Hong Kong’s economy with potential 
adverse sales, operational and product distribution impacts to the 
Group due to the territory being a key market which also hosts regional 
and head office functions. For internationally active groups such as 
Prudential, operating across multiple jurisdictions, government 
measures and responses may also add to the complexity of legal and 
regulatory compliance and increase the risk of conflicts between the 
requirements of one jurisdiction and another. See risk factor 3.1 below. 

Moreover, governments may use a variety of techniques, such as 
intervention by their central banks or imposition of regulatory controls 
or taxes, to devalue their currencies’ exchange rates, or may adopt 
monetary and other policies (including to manage their debt burdens) 
that have a similar effect, all of which could adversely impact the value 
of an investment in sovereign debt even in the absence of a technical 
default. Periods of economic uncertainty may affect the volatility of 
market prices of sovereign debt to a greater extent than the volatility 
inherent in debt obligations of other types of issuers. 

In addition, if a sovereign default or other such events described above 
were to occur as has happened on occasion in the past, other financial 
institutions may also suffer losses or experience solvency or other 
concerns, which may result in Prudential facing additional risks relating 
to investments in such financial institutions that are held in the Group’s 
investment portfolio. There is also risk that public perceptions about 
the stability and creditworthiness of financial institutions and the 
financial sector generally might be adversely affected, as might 
counterparty relationships between financial institutions. 

If a sovereign were to default on its obligations, or adopt policies that 
devalued or otherwise altered the currencies in which its obligations 
were denominated, this could have a material adverse effect on 
Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations 
and prospects.

382

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comRisk factors / continued1.6 Downgrades in Prudential’s financial strength and credit 
ratings could significantly impact its competitive position and 
damage its relationships with creditors or trading counterparties
Prudential’s financial strength and credit ratings, which are used by the 
market to measure its ability to meet policyholder obligations, are an 
important factor affecting public confidence in Prudential’s products, 
and as a result its competitiveness. Downgrades in Prudential’s ratings 
as a result of, for example, decreased profitability, increased costs, 
increased indebtedness or other concerns could have an adverse 
effect on its ability to market products, retain current policyholders, 
and the Group’s ability to compete for acquisition and strategic 
opportunities. Downgrades may also impact the Group’s financial 
flexibility, including its ability to issue commercial paper at current 
levels and pricing. The interest rates at which Prudential is able to 
borrow funds are affected by its credit ratings, which are in place to 
measure the Group’s ability to meet its contractual obligations.

In addition, changes in methodologies and criteria used by rating 
agencies could result in downgrades that do not reflect changes in 
the general economic conditions or Prudential’s financial condition.

Any such downgrades could have a material adverse effect on 
Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and 
prospects. Prudential cannot predict what actions rating agencies may 
take, or what actions Prudential may therefore take in response to the 
actions of rating agencies, which could adversely affect its business.

1.7 Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations 
owing to the geographical diversity of its businesses
Due to the geographical diversity of Prudential’s businesses, 
Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations. 
Prudential’s operations generally write policies and invest in assets 
denominated in local currencies. Although this practice limits the 
effect of exchange rate fluctuations on local operating results, it can 
lead to fluctuations in Prudential’s consolidated financial statements 
upon the translation of results into the Group’s presentation currency. 
This exposure is not currently separately managed. The Group 
presents its consolidated financial statements in US dollars, which is 
the currency in which a large proportion of the Group’s earnings and 
assets and liabilities are denominated or to which they are linked (such 
as the Hong Kong dollar). There remain some entities within the Group 
the results of which are not denominated in or linked to the US dollar 
and transactions which are conducted in non-US dollar currencies. 
Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations from the 
translation of the results of these entities and transactions and the risks 
from the maintenance of the Hong Kong dollar peg to the US dollar.

2.  Risks relating to Prudential’s business activities and industry
2.1 The proposed demerger of Jackson carries with it execution 
risk and will require significant management attention 
The proposed demerger of Jackson is subject to a number of factors 
and dependencies, such as prevailing market and political conditions 
and external approvals (including those from regulators and 
shareholders). In addition, preparing for and implementing the 
proposed demerger of Jackson is expected to require significant time 
from management, and management time will continue to be required 
in respect of any future sale of Prudential’s remaining stake in Jackson. 
Management’s attention may be diverted from other aspects of 
Prudential’s business as a result. 

Therefore, there can be no certainty that the demerger of Jackson will be 
implemented on the anticipated timetable, or that it will be completed as 
proposed (or at all). Further, if the proposed demerger of Jackson is 
completed, there can be no assurance that either Prudential or Jackson 
will realise the anticipated benefits of the transaction, or that the 
proposed demerger of Jackson and/or the future sale of Prudential’s 
remaining stake in Jackson will not adversely affect the trading value 
or liquidity of the shares of either or both of the two businesses.

If the demerger of Jackson does complete, Prudential will continue 
to hold shares in Jackson. The market price of Jackson shares may be 
volatile and can go down as well as up. It is therefore possible that the 
value of Prudential’s shareholding may be lower than anticipated, and 
the gross proceeds due to Prudential from any future sale may be lower 
than Prudential might otherwise achieve. 

Failure to complete the demerger of Jackson would result in the 
potential benefits of the separation not being realised and may have 
an adverse effect on the reputation of Prudential and on the external 
perception of its ability to implement large-scale projects successfully. 
This may be the case even where the failure to implement the demerger 
of Jackson is due to factors outside the control of Prudential. A failure 
to complete the demerger of Jackson may also result in increased 
regulatory scrutiny on Prudential, in particular where the reasons for 
the demerger of Jackson not proceeding are internal to Prudential.

2.2 The implementation of large-scale transformation, including 
complex strategic initiatives, gives rise to significant design and 
execution risks, may affect Prudential’s operational capability and 
capacity, and may adversely impact the Group and the delivery 
of its strategy if these initiatives fail to meet their objectives
In order to implement its business strategies for growth, improve 
customer experiences, strengthen operational resilience, meet 
regulatory and industry requirements and maintain market 
competitiveness, Prudential undertakes Group restructuring, large-
scale transformation and acquisitions and disposals across its business. 
Many of these change initiatives are complex, interconnected and/or of 
large scale, including a current focus on preparations for the proposed 
demerger of Jackson, advancing the Group’s digital capability, 
expanding strategic partnerships and industry and regulatory-driven 
change. There may be a material adverse effect to Prudential’s business, 
customers, financial condition, results of operations and prospects if 
these initiatives incur unplanned costs, are subject to implementation 
delays, or fail to fully meet their objectives. Additionally, there may be 
adverse non-financial (including operational, regulatory, conduct and 
reputational) implications for the Group. These initiatives inherently give 
rise to design and execution risks, and may increase existing business 
risks, such as placing additional strain on the operational capacity, or 
weakening the control environment, of the Group. 

  383

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Implementing further initiatives related to significant regulatory 
changes, such as IFRS 17 and the transition to a legislative framework 
in Hong Kong for the Group-wide supervision of insurance groups, 
may amplify these risks. Risks relating to these regulatory changes 
are explained in the ‘Legal and Regulatory Risk’ risk factor below.

The speed of technological change in the business could outpace 
the Group’s ability to anticipate all the unintended consequences that 
may arise from such change. Innovative technologies, such as artificial 
intelligence, expose Prudential to potential information security, 
operational, ethical and conduct risks which, if improperly managed, 
could result in customer detriment and reputational damage.

2.3 Prudential’s businesses are conducted in highly competitive 
environments with developing demographic trends and continued 
profitability depends upon management’s ability to respond to 
these pressures and trends
The markets for financial services in the US and Asia are highly 
competitive, with several factors affecting Prudential’s ability to sell 
its products and continued profitability, including price and yields 
offered, financial strength and ratings, range of product lines and 
product quality, brand strength and name recognition, investment 
management performance and fund management trends, historical 
bonus levels, the ability to respond to developing demographic trends, 
customer appetite for certain savings products and technological 
advances. In some of its markets, Prudential faces competitors that 
are larger, have greater financial resources or a greater market share, 
offer a broader range of products or have higher bonus rates. Further, 
heightened competition for talented and skilled employees, agents 
and independent financial advisers may limit Prudential’s potential to 
grow its business as quickly as planned. Technological advances, 
including the increased capability for gathering large volumes of 
customer health data and developments in capabilities and tools in 
analysing and interpreting such data (such as artificial intelligence and 
machine learning), may result in increased competition to the Group, 
both from within and outside the insurance industry, and may increase 
the competition risks resulting from a failure to be able to attract 
sufficient numbers of skilled staff.

In Asia, the Group’s principal competitors include global life insurers 
together with regional insurers and multinational asset managers. In 
most Asia markets, there are also local companies that have a material 
market presence.

Jackson’s competitors in the US include major stock and mutual 
insurance companies, mutual fund organisations, banks and other 
financial services companies.

Prudential believes that competition will intensify across all regions 
in response to consumer demand, digital and other technological 
advances (including the emergence of new distribution channels), 
the need for economies of scale and the consequential impact of 
consolidation, regulatory actions and other factors. Prudential’s 
ability to generate an appropriate return depends significantly upon its 
capacity to anticipate and respond appropriately to these competitive 
pressures. This includes managing the potential adverse impacts to 
the commercial value of the Group’s existing sale and distribution 
arrangements, such as bancassurance arrangements, in markets 
where new distribution channels develop.

Failure to do so may negatively impact Prudential’s ability to attract and 
retain customers and, importantly, may limit Prudential’s ability to take 
advantage of new business arising in the markets in which it operates, 
which may have an adverse interest on the Group’s business, financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects. 

2.4 Adverse experience in the operational risks inherent in 
Prudential’s business, and those of its material outsourcing 
partners, could disrupt its business functions and have a negative 
impact on its business, financial condition, results of operations 
and prospects
Operational risks are present in all of Prudential’s businesses, including 
the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed 
internal and external processes, systems or human error, fraud, the 
effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events (such as natural 
disasters, pandemics, cyber-attacks, acts of terrorism, civil unrest and 
other catastrophes) or from other external events. These risks may also 
adversely impact Prudential through its partners which provide 
bancassurance and product distribution, outsourcing, external 
technology, data hosting and other services.

Exposure to such events could impact Prudential’s operational 
resilience and ability to perform necessary business functions by 
disrupting its systems, operations, new business sales and renewals, 
distribution channels and services to customers, or result in the loss 
of confidential or proprietary data. Such events, as well as any 
weaknesses in administration systems (such as those relating to 
policyholder records) or actuarial reserving processes, may also 
result in increased expenses, as well as legal and regulatory sanctions, 
decreased profitability, financial loss, customer conduct risk impacts 
and may damage Prudential’s reputation and relationship with its 
customers and business partners.

Prudential’s business is dependent on processing a large number 
of transactions for numerous and diverse products. It also employs a 
large number of complex and interconnected IT and finance systems 
and models, and user developed applications in its processes to 
perform a range of operational functions including the calculation 
of regulatory or internal capital requirements, the valuation of assets 
and liabilities, determining hedging requirements, and in acquiring 
new business using artificial intelligence and digital applications. 
Some of these tools form an integral part of the information and 
decision-making framework of Prudential and the risk of adverse 
consequences arising from erroneous or misinterpreted tools used 
in core business activities, decision making and reporting exists. 
Errors or limitations in these tools, or inappropriate usage, may lead 
to regulatory breaches, inappropriate decision-making, financial loss, 
or reputational damage. The long-term nature of much of the Group’s 
business also means that accurate records have to be maintained 
securely for significant time periods. Further, Prudential operates in an 
extensive and evolving legal and regulatory environment (including in 
relation to tax) which adds to the complexity of the governance and 
operation of its business processes and controls.

The performance of the Group’s core business activities and the 
uninterrupted availability of services to customers rely significantly 
on, and require significant investment in, IT infrastructure and security, 
system development, data governance and management, compliance 
and other operational systems, personnel, controls and processes. 
During times of significant change, the resilience and operational 
effectiveness of these systems and processes at Prudential and/or 
its third party providers may be adversely impacted. In particular, 
Prudential and its business partners are making increasing use of 
emerging technological tools and digital services, or forming strategic 
partnerships with third parties to provide these capabilities. Automated 
distribution channels to customers increase the criticality of providing 
uninterrupted services. A failure to implement appropriate governance 
and management of the incremental operational risks from emerging 
technologies may adversely impact Prudential’s reputation and brand, 
the results of its operations, its ability to attract and retain customers 
and its ability to deliver on its long-term strategy and therefore its 
competitiveness and long-term financial success.

384

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comRisk factors / continuedAlthough Prudential’s IT, compliance and other operational systems, 
models and processes incorporate governance and controls designed 
to manage and mitigate the operational and model risks associated 
with its activities, there can be no assurance as to the resilience of 
these systems and processes to disruption or that governance and 
controls will always be effective. Due to human error, among other 
reasons, operational and model risk incidents do occur from time to 
time and no system or process can entirely prevent them, although 
Prudential has not, to date, identified any such incidents that have had 
a material impact. Prudential’s legacy and other IT systems, data and 
processes, as with operational systems and processes generally, 
may also be susceptible to failure or security/data breaches.

In addition, Prudential relies on the performance and operations of a 
number of bancassurance, outsourcing (including external technology 
and data hosting) and service partners. These include back office 
support functions, such as those relating to IT infrastructure, 
development and support and customer facing operations and services, 
such as product distribution and services (including through digital 
channels) and investment operations. This creates reliance upon the 
resilient operational performance of these partners, and failure to 
adequately oversee the partner, or the failure of a partner (or of its IT and 
operational systems and processes) could result in significant disruption 
to business operations and customers, may have reputational or conduct 
risk implications and which could have a material adverse effect on its 
business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

2.5 Attempts to access or disrupt Prudential’s IT systems, and 
loss or misuse of personal data, could result in loss of trust from 
Prudential’s customers and employees, reputational damage and 
have material adverse effects on the Group’s business, financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects
Prudential and its business partners are increasingly exposed to 
the risk that individuals (which includes connected persons such 
as employees, contractors or representatives of Prudential or 
its third-party service providers, and unconnected persons) or 
groups may intentionally or unintentionally disrupt the availability, 
confidentiality and integrity of its IT systems or compromise the 
integrity and security of data (both corporate and customer), which 
could result in disruption to key operations, make it difficult to recover 
critical services or damage assets, any of which could result in loss 
of trust from Prudential’s customers and employees, reputational 
damage and direct or indirect financial loss. The cyber-security 
threat continues to evolve globally in sophistication and potential 
significance. Prudential’s increasing profile in its current markets and 
those in which it is entering, growing customer interest in interacting 
with their insurance providers and asset managers through the 
internet and social media, improved brand awareness and the 2016 
designation of Prudential as a G-SII could also increase the likelihood 
of Prudential being considered a target by cyber criminals. Further, 
there have been changes to the threat landscape in recent years 
and the risk from untargeted but sophisticated and automated 
attacks has increased. 

There is an increasing requirement and expectation on Prudential 
and its business partners to not only hold customer, shareholder 
and employee data securely, but also to ensure its ongoing accuracy 
and that it is being used in a transparent, appropriate and ethical 
way, including in decision-making where automated processes are 
employed. A failure to do so may result in regulatory scrutiny and 
sanctions and may adversely impact the reputation and brand of the 
Group, its ability to attract and retain customers, its ability to deliver 
on its long-term strategy and therefore the results of its operations. 
New and currently unforeseeable regulatory issues may also arise 
from the increased use of emerging technology. 

The risk to the Group of not meeting these requirements and 

expectations may be increased by the development and usage of 
digital distribution and service channels, which can collect a broader 
range of personal and health-related data from individuals at increased 
scale, and the use of complex tools, machine learning and artificial 
intelligence technologies to process, analyse and interpret this data. 
Regulatory developments in data protection worldwide (such as the 
implementation of EU General Data Protection Regulation that came 
into force in 2018 and the California Consumer Protection Act that 
came into force on 1 January 2020) may also increase the financial and 
reputational implications for Prudential following a significant breach 
of its (or its third-party suppliers’) IT systems or data. The international 
transfer of data may, as a global organisation, increase regulatory risks 
for the Group. Although Prudential has experienced or has been 
affected by cyber and data breaches, to date, it has not identified a 
failure or breach, or an incident of data misuse in relation to its legacy 
and other IT systems and processes which has had a material impact. 
However, Prudential has been, and likely will continue to be, subject 
to potential damage from computer viruses, unauthorised access and 
cyber-security attacks such as ‘denial of service’ attacks (which, for 
example, can cause temporary disruption to websites and IT 
networks), phishing and disruptive software campaigns.

Prudential is continually enhancing its IT environment to remain secure 
against emerging threats, together with increasing its ability to detect 
system compromise and recover should such an incident occur. 
However, there can be no assurance that such events will not take 
place which may have material adverse consequential effects on 
Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations 
and prospects.

2.6 Prudential’s digital health application, Pulse, has seen 
increasing adoption in Asia and as the markets in which it 
operates, its user base, features, partnerships and product 
offerings develop, existing business risks to the Group may 
be increased and new risks may be introduced 
Prudential’s digital health application, Pulse, is subject to the risks 
discussed within this ‘Risk Factors’ section. In particular, these include 
risks related to legal and regulatory compliance and the conduct of 
business; the execution of complex change initiatives; information 
security, cyber and data privacy; the use of models (including those 
using artificial intelligence) and personal data; the resilience and 
integrity of IT infrastructure and operations; and those related to the 
management of third parties. These existing risks for the Group may 
be increased due to a number of factors:

 — The number of current and planned markets in which the 

application operates, each with their own laws and regulations, 
regulatory and supervisory authorities, may increase regulatory 
compliance risks. 

 — The implementation of planned application features and offerings 
may require the delivery of complex, inter-connected change 
initiatives across current and planned markets. This may give rise 
to design and execution risks, which could be amplified where 
these change initiatives are delivered concurrently. 

 — The increased volume, breadth and sensitivity of data on which the 
business model of the application is dependent and to which the 
Group has access, holds, analyses and processes through its 
models, which increases data security, privacy and usage risks. 
The use of complex models, including where they use artificial 
intelligence for critical decision-making, in the application’s features 
and offerings may give rise to operational, conduct, litigation and 
reputational risks where they do not function as intended. 

  385

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 — The application and its services relies on a number of third party 
partners and providers, which may vary according to market. 
This may increase operational disruption risks to the uninterrupted 
provision of services to customers, regulatory compliance and 
conduct risks, and the potential for reputational risks. 

New product offerings may be developed and provided through 
the application, some of which Prudential may have limited or no 
experience in providing, which may introduce new regulatory, 
operational, conduct and strategic risks for Group.

A failure to implement appropriate governance and management 
of the incremental and new risks detailed above may adversely 
impact Prudential’s reputation and brand, its ability to attract 
and retain customers, its competitiveness and its ability to deliver 
on its long-term strategy.

2.7 Prudential operates in certain markets with joint venture 
partners, minority shareholders and other third parties, resulting 
in certain risks that Prudential does not face with respect to 
its wholly-owned subsidiaries 
Prudential operates, and in certain markets is required by local 
regulation to operate, through joint ventures and other joint ownership 
or third-party arrangements. For such Group operations the level 
of control exercisable by the Group depends on the terms of the 
contractual agreements, in particular, those terms providing for the 
allocation of control among, and continued cooperation between, the 
participants. In addition, the level of control exercisable by the Group 
could be subject to changes in the maximum level of non-domestic 
ownership imposed on foreign companies in certain jurisdictions. 

Prudential may face financial, reputational and other exposure 
(including regulatory censure) in the event that any of its partners 
fails or is unable to meet its obligations under the arrangements, 
encounters financial difficulty, or fails to comply with local or 
international regulation and standards such as those pertaining to the 
prevention of financial crime. In addition, a significant proportion of the 
Group’s product distribution is carried out through arrangements with 
third parties not controlled by Prudential such as bancassurance and 
agency arrangements in Asia and broker-dealer networks in the US 
and is therefore dependent upon continuation of these relationships. 
A temporary or permanent disruption to these distribution 
arrangements, such as through significant deterioration in the 
reputation, financial position or other circumstances of the third party, 
material failure in controls (such as those pertaining to the third-party 
system failure or the prevention of financial crime) or failure to 
meet any regulatory requirements could adversely affect 
Prudential’s reputation and its business, financial condition, 
results of operations and prospects.

2.8 Adverse experience relative to the assumptions used in pricing 
products and reporting business results could significantly affect 
Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations 
and prospects
In common with other life insurers, the profitability of the Group’s 
businesses depends on a mix of factors including mortality and 
morbidity levels and trends, policy surrenders and take-up rates 
on guarantee features of products, investment performance and 
impairments, unit cost of administration and new business acquisition 
expenses. The Group’s businesses are subject to inflation risk. In 
particular, the Group’s medical insurance businesses in Asia are 
also exposed to medical inflation risk.

Prudential needs to make assumptions about a number of factors in 
determining the pricing of its products, for setting reserves, and for 
reporting its capital levels and the results of its long-term business 
operations. 

Assumptions about future expected levels of mortality are of relevance 
to the Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (‘GMWB’) of 
Jackson’s variable annuity business. 

A further factor is the assumption that Prudential makes about future 
expected levels of the rates of early termination of products by its 
customers (known as persistency). This is relevant to a number of lines 
of business in the Group, especially for Jackson’s portfolio of variable 
annuities and across product lines in Asian markets. Prudential’s 
persistency assumptions reflect a combination of recent past 
experience for each relevant line of business and expert judgement, 
especially where a lack of relevant and credible experience data exists. 
Any expected change in future persistency is also reflected in the 
assumption. If actual levels of future persistency are significantly 
different than assumed, the Group’s results of operations could be 
adversely affected. Furthermore, Jackson’s variable annuity products 
are sensitive to other types of policyholder behaviour, such as the take-
up of its GMWB product features. 

In addition, Prudential’s business may be adversely affected by 
epidemics, pandemics and other effects that give rise to a large 
number of deaths or additional sickness claims, as well as increases 
to the cost of medical claims. Pandemics, significant influenza and 
other epidemics have occurred a number of times historically but the 
likelihood, timing, or the severity of future events cannot be predicted. 
The effectiveness of external parties, including governmental and non-
governmental organisations, in combating the spread and severity of 
any epidemics could have a material impact on the Group’s claims 
experience. The risks to the Group resulting from the Covid-19 
pandemic are included in the ‘Covid-19’ risk factor detailed in above.

Prudential uses reinsurance to selectively transfer mortality, morbidity 
and other risks. This exposes the Group to the counterparty risk of a 
reinsurer being unable to pay reinsurance claims or otherwise meet 
their commitments; the risk that a reinsurer changes reinsurance terms 
and conditions of coverage, or increases the price of reinsurance 
which Prudential is unable to pass on to its customers; and the risk 
of ambiguity in the reinsurance terms and conditions leading to 
uncertainty whether an event is covered under a reinsurance contract.

Any of the foregoing, individually or together, could have a material 
adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results 
of operations and prospects.

386

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comRisk factors / continuedFollowing the demerger of Jackson, these risks may become more 
pronounced for the Group as markets with higher geopolitical risk 
exposure will form a larger proportion of Prudential’s operations.

Further information on specific areas of regulatory and supervisory 
requirements and changes are included in the sub-sections below.

(a) Group-wide Supervision
With effect from 21 October 2019, the Group-wide supervisor of 
Prudential plc changed to the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (‘IA’). 
To align Hong Kong’s regulatory regime with international standards 
and practices, the Hong Kong IA has developed a new Group-wide 
Supervision (‘GWS’) Framework for multinational insurance groups 
under its supervision. The GWS Framework is based on a principle-
based and outcome-focused approach, and allows the Hong Kong 
IA to exercise direct regulatory powers over the designated holding 
companies of multinational insurance groups. On 24 July 2020 the 
Insurance (Amendment) (No. 2) Ordinance, being the enabling 
primary legislation providing for the GWS Framework, was enacted. 
This primary legislation is supported by subsidiary legislation and 
guidance material from the Hong Kong IA. The relevant subsidiary 
legislation, including the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules, was tabled 
before the Legislative Council on 6 January 2021 and will come into 
operation on 29 March 2021. The GWS Framework is expected to be 
effective for Prudential upon designation by the Hong Kong IA in the 
second quarter of 2021, subject to transitional arrangements. Prior 
to the GWS Framework becoming effective for the Group, Prudential 
remains subject to the Regulatory Letter signed with the Hong Kong 
IA. This letter outlines the interim supervision arrangements from 
21 October 2019 when the Hong Kong IA became the Group-wide 
supervisor of the Group.

Although the GWS Framework is broadly consistent with the interim 
supervision arrangements that currently apply to the Group under 
the Regulatory Letter, until all elements of the GWS Framework 
are finalised the Group cannot be certain of the nature and extent 
of differences between the interim principles agreed with the 
Hong Kong IA and the specific regulatory requirements of the GWS 
Framework. The Group’s existing processes and resources may also 
need to change to comply with the final GWS Framework or any other 
requirements of the Hong Kong IA. The need to adapt to any such 
changes or to respond to any such requirements may lead to increased 
costs or otherwise impact the business, financial condition, results, 
profitability and/or prospects of the Group.

With the agreement of the Hong Kong IA, Prudential currently 
applies the Local Capital Summation Method (the ‘LCSM’) to 
determine Group regulatory capital requirements under the 
Regulatory Letter. Prudential currently expects the GWS methodology 
to be largely consistent with these interim supervisory requirements, 
with the exception of the treatment of debt instruments outlined 
below which will be subject to transitional arrangements under the 
GWS Framework, however any differences in the final requirements 
adopted under the GWS Framework may lead to changes to the way 
in which capital requirements are calculated and to the eligibility 
of the capital instruments issued by Prudential to satisfy such 
capital requirements. 

2.9 Prudential is exposed to ongoing risks as a result 
of the demerger of M&G plc (the ‘M&G Demerger’)
On 21 October 2019, Prudential completed the M&G Demerger and, 
in connection with this, Prudential entered into a demerger agreement 
with M&G plc. Among other provisions, the demerger agreement 
contains a customary indemnity under which Prudential has agreed to 
indemnify M&G plc against liabilities incurred by the M&G plc group 
that relate to the business of the Group. Although it is not anticipated 
that Prudential will be required to pay any substantial amount pursuant 
to such indemnity obligations, if any amount payable thereunder is 
substantial this could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s 
business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

3.  Legal and regulatory risk
3.1 Prudential conducts its businesses subject to regulation and 
associated regulatory risks, including a change to the basis in the 
regulatory supervision of the Group, the effects of changes in the 
laws, regulations, policies and interpretations and any accounting 
standards in the markets in which it operates
Changes in government policy and legislation (including in relation to 
tax), capital control measures on companies and individuals, regulation 
or regulatory interpretation applying to companies in the financial 
services and insurance industries in any of the markets in which 
Prudential operates (including those related to the conduct of business 
by Prudential or its third party distributors), or decisions taken by 
regulators in connection with their supervision of members of the Group, 
which in some circumstances may be applied retrospectively, may 
adversely affect Prudential. The impact from any regulatory changes 
may be material to Prudential, for example changes may be required to 
its product range, distribution channels, handling and usage of data, 
competitiveness, profitability, capital requirements, risk management 
approaches, corporate or governance structure and, consequently, 
reported results and financing requirements. Also, regulators in 
jurisdictions in which Prudential operates may impose requirements 
affecting the allocation of capital and liquidity between different 
business units in the Group, whether on a geographic, legal entity, 
product line or other basis. Regulators may also change solvency 
requirements, methodologies for determining components of the 
regulatory or statutory balance sheet including the reserves and the level 
of capital required to be held by individual businesses (with implications 
to the Group capital position), the regulation of selling practices, and 
could introduce changes that impact products sold or that may be sold. 
Furthermore, as a result of interventions by governments in light of 
financial and global economic conditions, there may continue to be 
changes in government regulation and supervision of the financial 
services industry, including the possibility of higher capital 
requirements, restrictions on certain types of transactions 
and enhancement of supervisory powers.

In the markets in which it operates, Prudential is subject to regulatory 
requirements and obligations with respect to financial crime including 
anti-money laundering and sanctions compliance, which may either 
impose obligations on the Group to act in a certain manner or restrict 
the way that it can act in respect of specified individuals, organisations, 
businesses and/or governments. A failure to do so may adversely 
impact the reputation of Prudential and/or result in the imposition of 
legal or regulatory sanctions for the Group. For internationally active 
groups such as Prudential, operating across multiple jurisdictions 
increases the complexity of legal and regulatory compliance. 
Compliance with Prudential’s legal or regulatory obligations in one 
jurisdiction may conflict with the law or policy objectives of another 
jurisdiction, or may be seen as supporting the law or policy 
objectives of that jurisdiction over another, creating additional 
legal, regulatory compliance and reputational risks for the Group. 
These risks may be increased where uncertainty exists on the 
scope of regulatory requirements and obligations, and where 
the complexity of specific cases applicable to the Group is high. 

  387

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020The Hong Kong IA has agreed that the subordinated debt instruments 
issued by Prudential at the date of the demerger of M&G plc can be 
included as part of the Group’s capital resources for the purposes 
of satisfying the capital requirements imposed under the interim 
LCSM principles agreed with the Hong Kong IA. Senior debt 
instruments issued by Prudential are not included as part of the 
Group capital resources under the LCSM. Under the GWS 
Framework, Prudential’s initial analysis indicates that all debt 
instruments (senior and subordinated) issued by Prudential will 
meet the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA and will 
be included as eligible Group capital resources, although this will 
be subject to approval by the Hong Kong IA. If the Hong Kong IA does 
not approve the subordinated debt instruments Prudential has in issue 
as part of the Group’s eligible capital resources for the purposes 
of satisfying the capital requirements imposed under the GWS 
Framework, Prudential may have less eligible capital resources 
compared to under the LCSM and may need to raise additional debt 
instruments, which may in turn lead to increased costs for the Group.

(b) Global regulatory requirements and systematic risk regulation
Currently there are also a number of other global regulatory 
developments which could impact Prudential’s businesses in the 
many jurisdictions in which they operate. These include the Dodd-
Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (‘Dodd-Frank 
Act’) and its subsequent amendments in the US which provided for a 
comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the US 
including reforms to financial services entities, products and markets, 
the work of the Financial Stability Board (the ‘FSB’) in the area of 
systemic risk including the reassessment of the designation of Global 
Systemically Important Insurers (‘G-SIIs’), and the Insurance Capital 
Standard (the ‘ICS’) being developed by the International Association 
of Insurance Supervisors (the ‘IAIS’). In addition, regulators in a number 
of jurisdictions in which the Group operates are further developing their 
local capital regimes. Across Asia this includes China, Hong Kong, 
Singapore, Thailand and India. There remains a high degree of 
uncertainty over the potential impact of such changes on the Group.

In November 2019 the IAIS adopted the Common Framework 
(‘ComFrame’) which establishes supervisory standards and guidance 
focusing on the effective group-wide supervision of Internationally 
Active Insurance Groups (‘IAIGs’). The ComFrame proposals, which 
include the ICS, could result in enhanced capital and regulatory 
measures for IAIGs. Prudential was included in the first register of 
IAIGs released by the IAIS on 1 July 2020 and was designated an IAIG 
by the Hong Kong IA following an assessment against the established 
criteria in ComFrame. 

In November 2019 the FSB endorsed a new Holistic Framework (‘HF’), 
intended for the assessment and mitigation of systemic risk in the 
insurance sector, for implementation by the IAIS in 2020 and has 
suspended G-SII designations until completion of a review to be 
undertaken in 2022. Many of the previous G-SII measures have already 
been adopted into the Insurance Core Principles (‘ICPs’) and ComFrame. 
As an IAIG, Prudential is expected to be subject to these measures. The 
HF also includes a monitoring element for the identification of a build-up 
of systemic risk and to enable supervisors to take action where 
appropriate. As a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, this monitoring 
requirement has been replaced with a Covid-19-focused exercise for 
2020, with annual monitoring expected to recommence in 2021. In 
November 2020 the IAIS launched a public consultation on phase 1 
of a proposed liquidity metric to be used as an ancillary indicator 
in the monitoring of the build-up of systemic risk. This followed 
a more general consultation on liquidity metrics earlier in 2020. 

Consultations on a phase 2 liquidity metric, as well as on 
macroeconomic elements of the HF, are expected to follow. The FSB 
published its 2020 Resolution Report in November 2020, highlighting 
intra-group connectedness and funding in resolution as key areas of 
attention for its work on resolution planning. Resolution will continue 
to be a near term focus in the FSB’s financial stability work and may 
inform decisions around the reformed G-SII designation in 2022. 

The IAIS continues to develop the ICS as part of ComFrame. 
The implementation of ICS will be conducted in two phases – 
a five-year monitoring phase followed by an implementation phase. 

(c) IFRS 17
The Group’s accounts are prepared in accordance with current IFRS 
applicable to the insurance industry. The International Accounting 
Standards Board (the ‘IASB’) introduced a framework that it described 
as Phase I which, under its standard IFRS 4, permitted insurers to 
continue to use the statutory basis of accounting for insurance assets 
and liabilities that existed in their jurisdictions prior to January 2005. 
In May 2017, the IASB published its replacement standard on 
insurance accounting (IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’). Some targeted 
amendments to this standard, including to the effective date, were 
issued in June 2020. IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’, as amended, will 
have the effect of introducing fundamental changes to the statutory 
reporting of insurance entities that prepare accounts according to 
IFRS from 2023. The standard is subject to endorsement in the UK 
via the UK Endorsement Board which is currently being established. 
Prudential has a Group-wide implementation programme underway 
to implement this new standard. The effect of changes required to 
the Group’s accounting policies as a result of implementing the new 
standard is currently uncertain particularly as amendments were 
issued by the IASB in June 2020, but these changes can be expected 
to, amongst other things, alter the timing of IFRS profit recognition. 
The implementation of this standard will involve significant 
enhancements to IT, actuarial and finance systems of the Group.

Any changes or modification of IFRS accounting policies may require a 
change in the way in which future results will be determined and/or a 
retrospective adjustment of reported results to ensure consistency.

(d) Inter-bank offered rate (‘IBOR’) reforms
In July 2014, the FSB announced widespread reforms to address the 
integrity and reliability of IBORs. The discontinuation of IBORs in their 
current form and their replacement with alternative risk-free reference 
rates such as the Sterling Overnight Index Average benchmark 
(‘SONIA’) in the UK and the Secured Overnight Financing Rate 
(‘SOFR’) in the US could, among other things, impact the Group 
through an adverse effect on the value of Prudential’s assets and 
liabilities which are linked to or which reference IBORs, a reduction 
in market liquidity during any period of transition and increased legal 
and conduct risks to the Group arising from changes required to 
documentation and its related obligations to its stakeholders.

(e) Investor contribution schemes
Various jurisdictions in which Prudential operates have created 
investor compensation schemes that require mandatory contributions 
from market participants in some instances in the event of a failure of a 
market participant. As a major participant in the majority of its chosen 
markets, circumstances could arise in which Prudential, along with 
other companies, may be required to make such contributions.

388

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comRisk factors / continued3.2 The resolution of several issues affecting the financial services 
industry could have a negative impact on Prudential’s business, 
financial condition, results of operations and prospects or on 
its relations with current and potential customers
Prudential is, and in the future may continue to be, subject to legal 
and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of its business on matters 
relevant to the delivery of customer outcomes. Such actions relate, 
and could in the future relate, to the application of current regulations 
or the failure to implement new regulations (including those relating 
to the conduct of business), regulatory reviews of broader industry 
practices and products sold (including in relation to lines of business 
already closed) in the past under acceptable industry or market 
practices at the time and changes to the tax regime affecting products. 
Regulators may also focus on the approach that product providers use 
to select third-party distributors and to monitor the appropriateness 
of sales made by them. In some cases, product providers can be held 
responsible for the deficiencies of third-party distributors. 

In the US, there has been significant attention on the different regulatory 
standards applied to investment advice delivered to retail customers 
by different sectors of the industry. As a result of reports relating to 
perceptions of industry abuses, there have been numerous regulatory 
inquiries and proposals for legislative and regulatory reforms. This 
includes focus on the suitability of sales of certain products, alternative 
investments and the widening of the circumstances under which a 
person or entity providing investment advice with respect to certain 
employee benefit and pension plans would be considered a fiduciary 
subjecting the person or entity to certain regulatory requirements. 
There is a risk that new regulations introduced may have a material 
adverse effect on the sales of the products by Prudential and increase 
Prudential’s exposure to legal risks. 

Any regulatory action arising out of the Group’s position as a product 
provider could have an adverse impact on the Group’s business, 
financial condition, results of operations and prospects, or otherwise 
harm its reputation.

3.3 Litigation, disputes and regulatory investigations may 
adversely affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, cash 
flows, results of operations and prospects
Prudential is, and may in the future be, subject to legal actions, 
disputes and regulatory investigations in various contexts, including 
in the ordinary course of its insurance, investment management 
and other business operations. These legal actions, disputes and 
investigations may relate to aspects of Prudential’s businesses and 
operations that are specific to Prudential, or that are common to 
companies that operate in Prudential’s markets. Legal actions and 
disputes may arise under contracts, regulations (including tax) or 
from a course of conduct taken by Prudential, and may be class 
actions. Although Prudential believes that it has adequately provided 
in all material respects for the costs of litigation and regulatory matters, 
no assurance can be provided that such provisions are sufficient. 
Given the large or indeterminate amounts of damages sometimes 
sought, other sanctions that might be imposed and the inherent 
unpredictability of litigation and disputes, it is possible that an 
adverse outcome could have an adverse effect on Prudential’s 
business, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations 
and prospects.

3.4 Changes in tax legislation may result in adverse tax 
consequences for the Group’s business, financial condition, 
results of operations and prospects
Tax rules, including those relating to the insurance industry, and their 
interpretation may change, possibly with retrospective effect, in any of 
the jurisdictions in which Prudential operates. Significant tax disputes 
with tax authorities, and any change in the tax status of any member of 
the Group or in taxation legislation or its scope or interpretation could 
affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations 
and prospects.

4.  Environmental, social and governance risks
4.1 The failure to understand and respond effectively to the risks 
associated with environmental, social or governance (‘ESG’) 
factors could adversely affect Prudential’s achievement 
of its long-term strategy
The purpose of a business and the way in which it operates in achieving 
its objectives, including in relation to ESG-related matters, are an 
increasingly material consideration for key stakeholders in achieving 
their own objectives and aims. ESG-related risks may directly or 
indirectly impact Prudential’s business and the achievement of its 
strategy and consequently those of its key stakeholders, which range 
from customers, institutional investors, employees and suppliers, to 
policymakers, regulators, industry organisations and local communities. 
A failure to transparently and consistently implement the Group’s ESG 
strategy, in its key markets and across operational, underwriting and 
investment activities, may adversely impact the financial condition 
and reputation of the Group and may negatively impact the Group’s 
stakeholders, who all have expectations, concerns and aims related to 
ESG matters, which may differ. In its investment activities, Prudential’s 
stakeholders increasingly place reliance on an approach to responsible 
investment that demonstrates how ESG considerations are effectively 
integrated into investment decisions and the performance of fiduciary 
and stewardship duties, including voting and active engagement 
decisions with respect to investee companies, as both an asset owner 
and an asset manager. 

A failure to manage the material risks associated with key ESG themes 
detailed below may adversely impact the reputation and brand of the 
Group, its ability to attract and retain customers and staff, its ability 
to deliver on its long-term strategy and therefore the results of its 
operations and long-term financial success.

(a) Environmental risks
Environmental concerns, notably those associated with climate 
change, pose significant risks to Prudential and its customers. 
Prudential’s investment horizons are long term and it is therefore 
exposed to the potential long-term impact of climate change risks, 
which include the financial and non-financial impact of transition, 
physical and litigation risks. A failure to understand, manage and 
provide greater transparency of its exposure to these climate-related 
risks may have increasing adverse implications for Prudential and its 
stakeholders.

  389

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020(c) Governance risks
A failure to maintain high standards of corporate governance may 
adversely impact the Group and its customers, staff and employees, 
through poor decision-making and a lack of oversight of its key risks. 
Poor governance may arise where key governance committees have 
insufficient independence, a lack of diversity, skills or experience in 
their members, or unclear (or insufficient) oversight responsibilities 
and mandates. Inadequate oversight over remuneration increases 
the risk of poor senior management behaviours. Prudential operates 
across multiple jurisdictions and has a group and subsidiary 
governance structure which may add further complexity to these 
considerations. Participation in joint ventures or partnerships where 
Prudential does not have direct overall control and the use of third 
party suppliers increase the potential for reputational risks arising 
from poor governance.

The global transition to a lower carbon economy may have an adverse 
impact on investment valuations as the financial assets of carbon-
intensive companies re-price, and this could result in some asset sectors 
facing significantly higher costs and a reduction in demand for their 
products and services. The speed of this transition, and the extent to 
which it is orderly and managed, will be influenced by factors such as 
public policy, technology and changes in market or investor sentiment. 
This climate-related transition risk may adversely impact the valuation 
of investments held by the Group, and the potential broader economic 
impact may adversely affect customer demand for the Group’s 
products. Prudential’s stakeholders increasingly expect and/or rely on 
the Group to support an orderly transition based on an understanding 
of relevant country and company-level transition plans and which takes 
into consideration the impact on the economies, businesses and 
customers in the markets in which it operates and invests. The Group’s 
ability to sufficiently understand and appropriately react to transition 
risk may be limited by insufficient or unreliable data on carbon exposure 
and transition plans for the assets in which it invests. The direct physical 
impacts of climate change, driven by both specific short-term climate-
related events such as natural disasters and longer-term changes to 
climate and the natural environment, will increasingly influence the 
longevity, mortality and morbidity risk assessments for the Group’s 
life insurance product underwriting and offerings and their associated 
claims profiles. Climate-driven events in countries in which Prudential 
or its key third parties operate could impact the Group’s operational 
resilience and its customers. 

(b) Social risks
Social risks that could impact Prudential may arise from a failure to 
consider the rights, diversity, wellbeing, and interests of people and 
communities in which the Group or its third parties operate. These 
risks are increased as Prudential operates in multiple jurisdictions with 
distinct local cultures and considerations. As an employer, the Group 
is also exposed to the risk of being unable to attract, retain and develop 
highly-skilled staff, which may increase if Prudential does not have in 
place responsible working practices or fails to recognise the benefits of 
diversity or promote a culture of inclusion. The potential for reputational 
risk extends to the Group’s supply chains, which may be exposed to 
factors such as poor labour standards and abuses of human rights by 
third parties. Emerging population risks associated with public health 
trends (such as an increase in obesity) and demographic changes 
(such as population urbanisation and ageing) may affect customer 
lifestyles and therefore may impact claims against the Group’s 
insurance product offerings. As a provider of insurance and investment 
services, the Group is increasingly focused on digital innovation, 
technologies and distribution methods for a broadening range of 
products and services. As a result, Prudential has access to extensive 
amounts of customer personal data, including data related to personal 
health, and an increasing ability to analyse and interpret this data 
through the use of complex tools, machine learning and artificial 
intelligence technologies. The Group is therefore exposed to the 
regulatory, ethical and reputational risks associated with customer 
data misuse or security breaches. These risks are explained above. 
The increasing digitalisation of products, services and processes 
may also result in new and unforeseen regulatory requirements and 
stakeholder expectations, including those related to how the Group 
supports its customers through this transformation. 

390

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comRisk factors / continuedGlossary

A
Acquisition expenses
Acquisition expenses include the initial 
expenses and commissions incurred in writing 
new business less deferred costs.

Actual exchange rates (AER)
Actual historical exchange rates for the 
specific accounting period, being the average 
rates over the period for the income 
statement and the closing rates at the balance 
sheet date for the balance sheet.

Administration expenses
Administration expenses are expenses and 
renewal commissions incurred in managing 
existing business.

Alternative performance measures (APMs)
Alternative performance measures (APMs) 
are non-GAAP measures used by the 
Prudential Group within its annual reports to 
supplement disclosures prepared in 
accordance with widely accepted guideline 
and principles established by accounting 
standard setters, such as International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). These 
measures provide useful information to 
enhance the understanding of the Group’s 
financial performance. A reconciliation of 
these APMs to IFRS metrics is provided in 
additional financial information section of the 
annual report.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
The stocks of most foreign companies that 
trade in the US markets are traded as 
American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). US 
depositary banks issue these stocks. Each 
ADR represents one or more shares of foreign 
stock or a fraction of a share. The price of an 
ADR corresponds to the price of the foreign 
stock in its home market, adjusted to the ratio 
of the ADRs to foreign company shares.

Annual premium equivalent (APE)
A measure of new business sales, which is a 
key metric for the Group’s management of the 
development and growth of the business. 
APE is calculated as the aggregate of 
annualised regular premiums from new 
business and one-tenth of single premiums on 
new business written during the period for all 
insurance products, including premiums for 
contracts designated as investment contracts 
under IFRS 4.

Asset-backed security (ABS)
A security whose value and income payments 
are derived from and collateralised (or 
‘backed’) by a specified pool of underlying 
assets. The pool of assets is typically a group 
of small and illiquid assets that are unable to 
be sold individually.

Assets under management (AUM)
Assets under management represent all 
assets managed or administered by or on 
behalf of the Group, including those assets 
managed by third parties. Assets under 
management include managed assets that are 
included within the Group’s statement of 
financial position and those assets belonging 
to external clients outside the Prudential 
Group, which are therefore not included in 
the Group’s statement of financial position. 
These are also referred to as ‘funds under 
management (FUM)’.

Available for sale (AFS) 
Securities that have been acquired neither for 
short-term sale nor to be held to maturity. AFS 
securities are measured at fair value on the 
statement of financial position with unrealised 
gains and losses being booked in Other 
Comprehensive Income instead of the 
income statement.

B
Bancassurance
An agreement with a bank to offer insurance 
and investment products to the bank’s 
customers.

Bonuses 
Bonuses refer to the non-guaranteed benefit 
added to participating life insurance policies 
and are the way in which policyholders 
receive their share of the profits of the 
policies. These include regular bonus and 
final bonus and the rates may vary from 
period to period.

C
Cash remittances
Amounts paid by our business units to the 
Group comprising dividends and other 
transfers net of capital injections, which are 
reflective of emerging earnings and capital 
generation.

Cash surrender value 
The amount of cash available to a policy 
holder on the surrender of or withdrawal from 
a life insurance policy or annuity contract.

Ceding commission
In a reinsurance arrangement, an allowance 
(usually a percentage of the reinsurance 
premium) can be made by the reinsurer for 
part or all of a ceding company’s acquisition 
and other costs.

Closed-book life insurance business
A ‘closed book’ is essentially a group of 
insurance policies that are no longer sold, but 
are still featured on the books of a life insurer 
as a premium-paying policy. The insurance 
company has ‘closed the books’ on new 
sales of these products which will remain in 
run-off until the policies expire and all claims 
are settled.

Collective investment schemes (CIS)
CIS is an open-ended investment fund of 
pooled assets in which an investor can buy 
and sell units that are issued in the form 
of shares. 

Constant exchange rates (CER)
Prudential plc reports its results at both actual 
exchange rates (AER) to reflect actual results 
and also constant exchange rates (CER) to 
eliminate the impact from exchange 
translation. CER results are calculated by 
translating prior year results using current 
period foreign currency exchange rates ie 
current period average rates for the income 
statements and current period closing rate for 
the balance sheet.

Core structural borrowings 
Borrowings which Prudential considers 
forming part of its core capital structure and 
excludes operational borrowings.

Credit risk 
The risk of loss if another party fails to meet its 
obligations, or fails to do so in a timely fashion.

Currency risk 
The risk that asset or liability values, cash 
flows, income or expenses will be affected by 
changes in exchange rates. Also referred to as 
foreign exchange risk.

  391

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Environmental, Social and 
Governance (ESG)
ESG refers to the three central factors in 
measuring the sustainability and societal 
impact of an investment in a company or 
business, which is qualitative and non-
financial and not readily quantifiable in 
monetary terms. The key features of 
Prudential ESG framework are its three 
strategic pillars: 1) making health and financial 
security accessible; 2) stewarding the human 
impacts of climate change; and 3) building 
social capital.

F
Fixed annuities (FA)
Fixed annuity contracts written in the US 
which allow for tax-deferred accumulation of 
funds, are used for asset accumulation in 
retirement planning and for providing income 
in retirement and offer flexible pay-out 
options. The contract holder pays the insurer 
a premium, which is credited to the contract 
holders’ account. Periodically, interest is 
credited to the contract holders’ account 
and administrative charges are deducted, 
as appropriate.

Fixed indexed annuities (FIA)
These are similar to fixed annuities in that the 
contract holder pays the insurer a premium, 
which is credited to the contract holders’ 
account and, periodically, interest is credited 
to the contract holders’ account and 
administrative charges are deducted, as 
appropriate. An annual minimum interest rate 
may be guaranteed, although actual interest 
credited may be higher and is linked to an 
equity index over its indexed option period.

Funds under management (FUM)
See ‘assets under management (AUM)’ above.

G
Group free surplus 
Group free surplus at the end of the period 
comprises free surplus for the insurance 
businesses, representing the excess of the net 
worth over the required capital included in the 
EEV results and IFRS net assets for the asset 
management and other businesses, excluding 
goodwill. The free surplus generated during 
the period comprises the movement in this 
balance excluding foreign exchange, capital 
and other reserve movements. Specifically, it 
includes amounts maturing from the in-force 
operations during the period less the 
investment in new business, the effect of 
market movements and other one-off items.

Group pay-out annuities
These are a closed block of defined benefit 
annuity plans assumed from John Hancock 
USA and John Hancock New York in October 
2018, in which a single premium payment 
from an employer (contract holder) funds 
the pension benefits for its employees 
(participants). 

Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework
Regulatory framework developed by the 
Hong Kong Insurance Authority (see below) 
for multinational insurance groups under its 
supervision. The GWS Framework is based 
on a principle-based and outcome-focused 
approach, and allows the Hong Kong 
Insurance Authority to exercise direct 
regulatory powers over the designated 
holding companies of multinational insurance 
groups. The GWS Framework is expected to 
be effective for Prudential upon designation 
by the Hong Kong IA in the second quarter of 
2021. The primary legislation was enacted in 
July 2020 and will come into operation on 
29 March 2021.

Guaranteed annuities 
Policies that pay out a fixed amount of benefit 
for a defined period.

Guaranteed investment contracts (GICs) (US) 
Investment contracts between an insurance 
company and an institutional investor, which 
provide a stated rate of return on deposits 
over a specified period of time. They typically 
provide for partial or total withdrawals at book 
value if needed for certain liquidity needs of 
the plan.

Glossary / continued

D
Deferred acquisition costs (DAC)
Acquisition costs are expenses of an insurer 
which are incurred in connection with the 
acquisition of new insurance contracts or the 
renewal of existing insurance policies. They 
include commissions and other variable sales 
inducements and the direct costs of issuing 
the policy, such as underwriting and other 
policy issue expenses. Typically, under IFRS, 
an element of acquisition costs is deferred 
ie not expensed in the year incurred, and 
instead amortised in the income statement 
in line with the emergence of surpluses on 
the related contracts. 

Discretionary participation features (DPF)
A contractual right to receive, as a supplement 
to guaranteed benefits, additional benefits:

 — That are likely to be a significant portion 

of the total contractual benefits;

 — Whose amount or timing is contractually 

at the discretion of the issuer; and

 — That are contractually based on asset, 

fund, company or other entity 
performance.

Dividend cover 
Dividend cover is calculated as operating 
profit after tax on an IFRS basis, divided by 
the current year interim dividend plus the 
proposed final dividend.

E
Endowment product 
An ordinary individual life insurance product 
that provides the insured party with various 
guaranteed benefits if it survives specific 
maturity dates or periods stated in the policy. 
Upon the death of the insured party within 
the coverage period, a designated beneficiary 
receives the face value of the policy.

European Embedded Value (EEV)
Financial results that are prepared on 
a supplementary basis to the Group’s 
consolidated IFRS results and which 
are prepared in accordance with a set 
of Principles issued by the CFO Forum 
of European Insurance Companies in 2016. 
Embedded value is a way of measuring the 
current value to shareholders of the future 
profits from life business written based on 
a set of assumptions.

392

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comH
Health and protection (H&P) products 
(also referred to as accident and health 
(A&H) products)
These comprise health and personal accident 
insurance products, which provide morbidity 
or sickness benefits and include health, 
disability, critical illness and accident coverage. 
Health and protection products are sold both 
as standalone policies and as riders that can be 
attached to life insurance products. Health and 
protection riders are presented together with 
ordinary individual life insurance products 
for the purposes of disclosure of financial 
information.

Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA)
The Hong Kong IA is an insurance regulatory 
body responsible for the regulation 
and supervision of the Hong Kong 
insurance industry. 

I
International Association of Insurance 
Supervisors (IAIS)
The IAIS is a voluntary membership 
organisation of insurance supervisors and 
regulators. It is the international standard-
setting body responsible for developing and 
assisting in the implementation of principles, 
standards and other supporting material for 
the supervision of the insurance sector.

In-force 
An insurance policy or contract reflected on 
records that has not expired, matured or 
otherwise been surrendered or terminated.

International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS Standards)
Accounting standards and practices that are 
developed and issued by the IFRS Foundation 
and the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB).

Investment grade 
Investments rated BBB- or above for S&P 
and Baa3 or above for Moody’s. Generally, 
they are bonds that are judged by the rating 
agency as likely enough to meet payment 
obligations that banks are allowed to invest 
in them.

Investment-linked products or contracts 
Insurance products where the surrender 
value of the policy is linked to the value of 
underlying investments (such as collective 
investment schemes, internal investment 
pools or other property) or fluctuations in 
the value of underlying investment or indices. 
Investment risk associated with the product is 
usually borne by the policyholder. Insurance 
coverage, investment and administration 
services are provided for which the charges 
are deducted from the investment fund 
assets. Benefits payable will depend on the 
price of the units prevailing at the time of 
surrender, death or the maturity of the 
product, subject to surrender charges. 
These are also referred to as unit-linked 
products or unit-linked contracts.

K
Key performance indicators (KPIs)
These are measures by which the 
development, performance or position of the 
business can be measured effectively. The 
Group Board reviews the KPIs annually and 
updates them where appropriate.

L
Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)
Prudential calculates this as assets and 
resources available to us that are readily 
convertible to cash to cover corporate 
obligations in a prescribed stress scenario. 
We calculate this ratio over a range of time 
horizons extending to twelve months.

Liquidity premium
This comprises the premium that is required 
to compensate for the lower liquidity of 
corporate bonds relative to swaps and the 
mark to market risk premium that is required 
to compensate for the potential volatility in 
corporate bond spreads (and hence market 
values) at the time of sale. 

Local Capital Summation Method (LCSM) 
LCSM is the methodology used for the 
calculation of the Group’s regulatory capital 
requirements (both minimum and prescribed 
levels) together with related governance 
requirements. 

M
Million Dollar Round Table (MDRT)
MDRT is a global, independent association 
of life insurance and financial services 
professionals that recognises professional 
knowledge, strict ethical conduct and 
outstanding client service. MDRT 
membership is recognised internationally as 
the standard of excellence in the life insurance 
and financial services business.

Money Market Fund (MMF)
An MMF is a type of mutual fund that has 
relatively low risks compared to other mutual 
funds and most other investments and 
historically has had lower returns. MMF 
invests in high quality, short-term debt 
securities and pay dividends that generally 
reflect short-term interest rates. The purpose 
of an MMF is to provide investors with a safe 
place to store cash or as an alternative to 
investing in the stock market.

Mortality rate 
Rate of death, varying by such parameters as 
age, gender and health, used in pricing and 
computing liabilities for future policyholders 
of life and annuity products, which contain 
mortality risks.

Morbidity rate
Rate of sickness, varying by such parameters 
as age, gender and health, used in pricing 
and computing liabilities for future 
policyholders of health products, 
which contain morbidity risks.

N
National Association of Insurance 
Commissioners (NAIC)
The NAIC is the US standard setting and 
regulatory support organisation created and 
governed by the chief insurance regulators 
from the 50 states, the District of Columbia 
and five US territories.

Net premiums 
Life insurance premiums, net of reinsurance 
ceded to third-party reinsurers.

Net worth
Net assets for EEV reporting purposes that 
reflect the regulatory basis position, sometimes 
with adjustments to achieve consistency with 
the IFRS treatment of certain items.

New business margin 
New business margin is expressed as the 
value of new business profit as a percentage 
of annual premium equivalent (APE) and the 
present value of new business premiums 
(PVNBP) expected to be received on an 
EEV basis.

  393

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Glossary / continued

New business profit 
The profits, calculated in accordance with 
European Embedded Value Principles, from 
business sold in the financial reporting period 
under consideration.

Non-participating business 
A life insurance policy where the policyholder 
is not entitled to a share of the company’s 
profits and surplus, but receives certain 
guaranteed benefits. Examples include pure 
risk policies (eg fixed annuities, term 
insurance, critical illness) and unit-linked 
insurance contracts.

O
Operational borrowings 
Borrowings which arise in the normal course 
of the business, including all lease liabilities 
under IFRS 16.

P
Participating funds 
Distinct portfolios where the policyholders 
have a contractual right to receive at the 
discretion of the insurer additional benefits 
based on factors such as the performance of a 
pool of assets held within the fund, as a 
supplement to any guaranteed benefits. The 
insurer may either have discretion as to the 
timing of the allocation of those benefits to 
participating policyholders or may have 
discretion as to the timing and the amount of 
the additional benefits. For Prudential the 
most significant participating funds are for 
business written in Hong Kong, Malaysia 
and Singapore.

Participating policies or 
participating business 
Contracts of insurance where the 
policyholders have a contractual right to 
receive, at the discretion of the insurer, 
additional benefits based on factors such as 
investment performance, as a supplement to 
any guaranteed benefits. This is also referred 
to as with-profits business.

Persistency
The percentage of policies remaining in force 
from period to period.

Present value of new business premiums 
(PVNBP)
The present value of new business premiums 
is calculated as the aggregate of single 
premiums and the present value of expected 
future premiums from regular premium new 
business, allowing for lapses and other 
assumptions made in determining the EEV 
new business contribution.

R
Regular premium product 
A life insurance product with regular periodic 
premium payments.

Rider 
A supplemental plan that can be attached to a 
basic insurance policy, typically with payment 
of additional premiums.

Risk-based capital (RBC) framework
RBC is a method of measuring the minimum 
amount of capital set by regulators as 
appropriate for a reporting entity to support its 
overall business operations in consideration of 
its size and the level of risk it is faced. RBC limits 
the amount of risk a company can take and act 
as a cushion to protect a company from 
insolvency. RBC is intended to be a minimum 
regulatory capital standard and not necessarily 
the full amount of capital that an insurer would 
want to hold to meet its safety and competitive 
objectives. In addition, RBC is not designed to 
be used as a stand-alone tool in determining 
financial solvency of an insurance company; 
rather it is one of the tools that give regulators 
legal authority to take control of an insurance 
company.

Risk margin reserve (RMR)
An RMR is included within operating profit 
based on longer-term investment returns and 
represents a charge for long-term expected 
defaults of debt securities, determined by 
reference to the credit quality of the portfolio.

S
Separate account 
A separate account is a pool of investments 
held by an insurance company not in or 
‘separate’ from its general account. The 
returns from the separate account generally 
accrue to the policyholder. A separate 
account allows an investor to choose an 
investment category according to his 
individual risk tolerance, and desire for 
performance.

Single premiums 
Single premium policies of insurance are 
those that require only a single lump sum 
payment from the policyholder.

Stochastic techniques 
Stochastic techniques incorporate results 
from repeated simulations using key financial 
parameters which are subject to random 
variations and are projected into the future.

Subordinated debt 
A fixed interest issue or debt that ranks below 
other debt in order of priority for repayment 
if the issuer is liquidated. Holders are 
compensated for the added risk through 
higher rates of interest. 

Surrender 
The termination of a life insurance policy 
or annuity contract at the request of the 
policyholder after which the policyholder 
receives the cash surrender value, if any, 
of the contract.

Surrender charge or surrender fee 
The fee charged to a policyholder when a 
life insurance policy or annuity contract is 
surrendered for its cash surrender value prior 
to the end of the surrender charge period.

394

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comT
Takaful 
Insurance that is compliant with Islamic 
principles of mutual assistance and risk 
sharing.

Term life contracts
These contracts provide protection for a 
defined period and a benefit that is payable 
to a designated beneficiary upon death of 
the insured.

Time value of options and guarantees 
(TVOG)
The value of financial options and guarantees 
comprises two parts, the intrinsic value and 
the time value. The intrinsic value is given 
by a deterministic valuation on best estimate 
assumptions. The time value is the additional 
value arising from the variability of economic 
outcomes in the future.

Total shareholder return (TSR) 
TSR represents the growth in the value 
of a share plus the value of dividends paid, 
assuming that the dividends are reinvested in 
the Company’s shares on the ex-dividend date.

U
Unallocated surplus 
Unallocated surplus is recorded wholly as a 
liability and represents the excess of assets 
over policyholder liabilities for Prudential’s 
with-profits funds. The balance retained in 
the unallocated surplus represents cumulative 
income arising on the with-profits business 
that has not been allocated to policyholders 
or shareholders.

Unit-linked products or unit-linked 
contracts 
See ‘investment-linked products 
or contracts’ above.

Universal life 
An insurance product where the customer 
pays flexible premiums, subject to specified 
limits, which are accumulated in an account 
and are credited with interest (at a rate either 
set by the insurer or reflecting returns on 
a pool of matching assets). The customer 
may vary the death benefit and the contract 
may permit the customer to withdraw the 
account balance, typically subject to a 
surrender charge.

V
Variable annuity (VA) (US) 
An annuity whose value is determined by 
the performance of underlying investment 
options that frequently includes securities. 
A variable annuity’s value is not guaranteed 
and will fluctuate, depending on the value 
of its underlying investments. The holder 
of a variable annuity assumes the investment 
risk and the funds backing a variable annuity 
are held in the insurance companies 
separate account.

Value of in-force business (VIF)
The present value of future shareholder 
cash flows projected to emerge from the 
assets backing liabilities of the in-force 
covered business.

W
Whole life contracts
A type of life insurance policy that provides 
lifetime protection; premiums must usually 
be paid for life. The sum assured is paid out 
whenever death occurs. Commonly used for 
estate planning purposes.

With-profits funds 
See ‘participating funds’ above.

With-profits contracts
For Prudential, the most significant with-
profits contracts are written in Hong Kong, 
Malaysia and Singapore. See ‘participating 
policies or participating business’ above.

Y
Yield
A measure of the rate of return received 
from an investment in percentage terms by 
comparing annual income (and any change 
in capital) to the price paid for the investment.

Yield curve
A line graph that shows the relative yields on 
debt over a range of maturities typically from 
three months to 30 years. Investors, analysts 
and economists use yield curves to evaluate 
bond markets and interest rate expectations.

  395

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Shareholder information

Communication with shareholders 
The Group maintains a corporate website containing a wide range of 
information relevant for private and institutional investors, including 
the Group’s financial calendar: www.prudentialplc.com

Shareholder Meetings
The 2021 Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held on Thursday 
13 May 2021 at 11.00am. Arrangements for attendance remain under 
review given the ongoing restrictions arising from the Covid-19 
pandemic. To ensure shareholders are able to participate fully in the 
AGM this year, we will provide an option to link digitally to the Meeting 
and would encourage shareholders to make use of this option. The 
AGM notice will provide more details on arrangements and how to 
participate. Shareholders are encouraged to watch the Company’s 
website, regulatory news and other published notifications for any 
further updates in relation to the AGM arrangements.

Company constitution 
Prudential is governed by the Companies Act 2006, other applicable 
legislation and regulations, and provisions in its Articles of Association 
(Articles). Any change to the Articles must be approved by special 
resolution of the shareholders. There were no changes to the 
constitutional documents during 2020. The current Memorandum 
and Articles are available on the Company’s website.  

Share capital 
Issued share capital 
The issued share capital as at 31 December 2020 consisted of 
2,609,489,702 (2019: 2,601,159,949) ordinary shares of 5 pence each, 
all fully paid up and listed on the London Stock Exchange and the Hong 
Kong Stock Exchange. As at 31 December 2020, there were 45,176 
(2019: 46,847) accounts on the register. Further information can be 
found in note C8 on page 282. 

Prudential will continue its practice of calling a poll on all resolutions 
and the voting results, including all proxies lodged prior to the meeting, 
will be displayed during the meeting and subsequently published on 
the Company’s website. 

Prudential also maintains secondary listings on the New York Stock 
Exchange (in the form of American Depositary Receipts which are 
referenced to ordinary shares on the main UK register) and the 
Singapore Stock Exchange. 

Prudential has maintained a sufficiency of public float throughout 
the reporting period as required by the Hong Kong Listing Rules.  

Details of the 2020 AGM, including the major items discussed 
at the meeting and the results of the voting, can be found on the 
Company’s website. 

In accordance with relevant legislation, shareholders holding 
5 per cent or more of the fully paid up issued share capital are able to 
require the Directors to hold a general meeting. Written shareholder 
requests should be addressed to the Company Secretary at the 
registered office.  

Analysis of shareholder accounts as at 31 December 2020 

Number of
 shareholder
 accounts

% of total
number of 
shareholder
 accounts

Number
 of shares

% of total
number of 
shares

315
139
501
1,377
1,466
9,881
31,497

45,176

0.70
0.31
1.11
3.05
3.25
21.87
69.72

2,312,491,466
98,178,861
117,828,227
41,001,145
10,142,436
21,528,855
8,318,712

88.62
3.76
4.52
1.57
0.39
0.83
0.32

100.00

2,609,489,702

100.00

Size of shareholding

1,000,001 upwards
500,001–1,000,000
100,001–500,000
10,001–100,000
5,001–10,000
1,001–5,000
1–1,000

Total

396

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comMajor shareholders 
The table below shows the holdings of major shareholders in the 
Company’s issued ordinary share capital, as at 31 December 2020, as 
notified and disclosed to the Company in accordance with the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.    

As at 31 December 2020

BlackRock, Inc

Third Point LLC

% of total 
voting rights

5.08

5.04

On 2 October 2019 Capital Group Companies, Inc notified that its 
holding had decreased to less than 5 per cent of the Company’s issued 
share capital.

No notifications have been received from year end to 2 March 2021.

Rights and obligations 
The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s shares are set 
out in full in the Articles. There are currently no voting restrictions 
on the ordinary shares, all of which are fully paid, and each share 
carries one vote on a poll. If votes are cast on a show of hands, 
each shareholder present in person or by proxy, or in the case of a 
corporation, each of its duly authorised corporate representatives, has 
one vote except that if a proxy is appointed by more than one member, 
the proxy has one vote for and one vote against if instructed by one or 
more members to vote for the resolution and by one or more members 
to vote against the resolution. 

Where, under an employee share scheme, participants are the 
beneficial owners of the shares but not the registered owners, the 
voting rights are normally exercisable by the trustee on behalf of the 
registered owner in accordance with the relevant plan rules. The 
Trustees would not usually vote any unallocated shares held in trust 
but they may do so at their discretion provided it would be considered 
to be in the best interests of the beneficiaries of the trust and permitted 
under the relevant trust deed. 

As at 2 March 2021, Trustees held 0.40 per cent of the issued share 
capital under the various plans in operation. 

Rights to dividends under the various schemes are set out on pages 
170 to 205.

Restrictions on transfer 
In accordance with English company law, shares may be transferred 
by an instrument of transfer or through an electronic system (currently 
CREST) and any transfer is not restricted except that the Directors 
may, in certain circumstances, refuse to register transfers of shares 

but only if such refusal does not prevent dealings in the shares from 
taking place on an open and proper basis. If the Directors make use of 
that power, they must send the transferee notice of the refusal within 
two months. 

Certain restrictions may be imposed from time to time by applicable 
laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws) and pursuant 
to the Listing Rules of both the Financial Conduct Authority and the 
Hong Kong Stock Exchange, as well as under the rules of some of the 
Group’s employee share plans. 

All Directors are required to hold a minimum number of shares under 
guidelines approved by the Board, which they would also be expected 
to retain as described on page 197 of the Directors’ remuneration 
report.  

Authority to issue shares 
The Directors require authority from shareholders in relation to the 
issue of shares. Whenever shares are issued, these must be offered to 
existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings unless the Directors 
have been given authority by shareholders to issue shares without 
offering them first to existing shareholders. Prudential seeks authority 
from its shareholders on an annual basis to issue shares up to a 
maximum amount, of which a defined number may be issued without 
pre-emption. Disapplication of statutory pre-emption procedures is 
also sought for rights issues. The existing authorities to issue shares, 
and to do so without observing pre-emption rights, are due to expire 
at the end of this year’s AGM. Relevant resolutions to authorise 
share capital issuances will be put to shareholders at the AGM 
on 13 May 2021. 

Details of shares issued during 2020 and 2019 are given in note C8 
on page 282.

In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by the Hong Kong 
Stock Exchange, Prudential confirms that it complies with the 
applicable law and regulation in the UK in relation to the holding of 
shares in treasury and with the conditions of the waiver in connection 
with the purchase of own shares and any treasury shares it may hold.  

Authority to purchase own shares 
The Directors also require authority from shareholders in relation to 
the purchase of the Company’s own shares. Prudential seeks authority 
by special resolution on an annual basis for the buy-back of its own 
shares in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006 and other related guidance. This authority has not been used 
since it was last granted at the AGM in 2020. This existing authority is 
due to expire at the end of this year’s AGM and a special resolution to 
renew the authority will be put to shareholders at the AGM on 
13 May 2021.  

Dividend information 

2020 second interim dividend

Ex-dividend date

Record date

Payment date

Shareholders
 registered on
 the UK register
 and Hong Kong
 branch register

25 March 2021

Holders of US
 American
 Depositary
 Receipts

Shareholders with 
ordinary shares 
standing to the 
credit of their CDP 
securities accounts

–

25 March 2021

26 March 2021

26 March 2021

26 March 2021

14 May 2021

14 May 2021

On or about 
21 May 2021

A number of dividend waivers are in place in respect of shares issued but not allocated under the Group’s employee share plans. These shares are 
held by the Trustees and will, in due course, be used to satisfy requirements under the Group’s employee share plans. The dividends waived 
represent less than 1 per cent of the value of dividends paid during the year. 

  397

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020Shareholder information / continued

Shareholder enquiries 
For enquiries about shareholdings, including dividends and lost share certificates, please contact the Company’s registrars: 

Register

UK register

Hong Kong register

Singapore register

ADRs

By post

By telephone

Equiniti Limited, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, 
West Sussex BN99 6DA, UK. 

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 
17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, 
Wan Chai, Hong Kong. 

Shareholders who have shares standing to the credit of 
their securities accounts with The Central Depository 
(PTE) Limited (CDP) in Singapore may refer queries to 
the CDP at 11 North Buona Vista Drive, #01-19/20 The 
Metropolis Tower 2, Singapore 138589. Enquiries 
regarding shares held in Depository Agent Sub-accounts 
should be directed to your Depository Agent or broker.

JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A, PO Box 64504, St. Paul, MN 
55164-0504, USA.

Tel 0371 384 2035*
Textel 0371 384 2255
(for hard of hearing).
Lines are open from 8.30am to 5pm 
(UK), Monday to Friday.
*Please use the country code when 
calling from outside the UK

Tel +852 2862 8555

Tel +65 6535 7511

Tel +1 800 990 1135,  
or from outside the USA  
+1 651 453 2128 or log on  
to www.adr.com

Dividend mandates 
Shareholders may have their dividends paid directly to their bank 
or building society account. If you wish to take advantage of this 
facility, please call Equiniti and request a Cash Dividend Mandate 
form. Alternatively, shareholders may download the form from 
www.prudentialplc.com/investors/shareholder-information/forms

Shareholders on the UK or Hong Kong registers have the option to 
elect to receive their dividend in US dollars instead of pounds sterling 
or Hong Kong dollars respectively. More information may be found 
on our website www.prudentialplc.com/investors/shareholder-
information/dividend/dividend-currency-election

Cash dividend alternative 
The Company operates a Dividend Re-investment Plan (DRIP). 
Shareholders who have elected for the DRIP will automatically receive 
shares for all future dividends in respect of which a DRIP alternative is 
offered. The election may be cancelled at any time by the shareholder. 
Further details of the DRIP and the timetable are available at  
www.shareview.co.uk/4/Info/Portfolio/default/en/home/
shareholders/Pages/ReinvestDividends.aspx 

Electronic communications 
Shareholders are encouraged to elect to receive shareholder 
documents electronically by registering with Shareview at 
www.shareview.co.uk This will save on printing and distribution 
costs, and create environmental benefits. Shareholders who have 
registered will be sent an email notification whenever shareholder 
documents are available on the Company’s website and a link will 
be provided to that information. When registering, shareholders 
will need their shareholder reference number which can be found 
on their share certificate or proxy form. The option to receive 
shareholder documents electronically is not available to shareholders 
holding shares through CDP. Please contact Equiniti if you require any 
assistance or further information. 

Share dealing services 
The Company’s registrars, Equiniti, offer a postal dealing facility 
for buying and selling Prudential plc ordinary shares; please see 
the Equiniti address or telephone 0371 384 2248. They also offer a 
telephone and internet dealing service, Shareview, which provides a 
simple and convenient way of selling Prudential shares. For telephone 
sales, call 0345 603 7037 between 8.00am and 5pm, Monday to 
Friday, and for internet sales log on to www.shareview.co.uk/dealing

ShareGift 
Shareholders who have only a small number of shares, the value 
of which makes them uneconomic to sell, may wish to consider 
donating them to ShareGift (Registered Charity 1052686). The 
relevant share transfer form may be downloaded from our website 
www.prudentialplc.com/investors/shareholder-information/forms 
or from Equiniti. Further information about ShareGift may be 
obtained on +44 (0)20 7930 3737 or from www.ShareGift.org 

398

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comHow to contact us

Prudential plc
1 Angel Court 
London EC2R 7AG

Tel +44 (0)20 7220 7588 
www.prudentialplc.com

Board

Shriti Vadera   
Chair

Non-executive Directors
Philip Remnant 
Senior Independent Director 

Jeremy Anderson
David Law
Kai Nargolwala
Anthony Nightingale
Alice Schroeder
Tom Watjen
Fields Wicker-Miurin
Amy Yip

Media enquiries
Tel +44 (0)20 3977 9760 
Email: media.relations@prudentialplc.com

Group Executive Committee

Executive Directors
Mike Wells
Group Chief Executive  

Mark FitzPatrick
Group Chief Financial Officer  
and Chief Operating Officer 

James Turner
Group Chief Risk and  
Compliance Officer

Jolene Chen
Group Human Resources Director

Nic Nicandrou
Chief Executive, 
Prudential Corporation Asia

Laura Prieskorn 
Chief Executive Officer,  
Jackson Holdings LLC

Al-Noor Ramji 
Group Chief Digital Officer 

Business units
Prudential Corporation Asia
13th Floor 
One International Finance Centre 
1 Harbour View Street 
Central 
Hong Kong

Tel +852 2918 6300 
www.prudentialcorporation-asia.com

Nic Nicandrou
Chief Executive,  
Prudential Corporation Asia

Jackson Holdings LLC
1 Corporate Way 
Lansing 
Michigan 48951 
USA

Tel +1 517 381 5500
www.jackson.com 

Laura Prieskorn 
Chief Executive Officer, 
Jackson Holdings LLC

Shareholder contacts
Tel +44 (0)20 3977 9720 
Email: investor.relations@prudentialplc.com

 UK Register private shareholder 
enquiries
Tel 0371 384 2035*

*Please use the country code when 
calling from outside the UK

 Hong Kong Branch Register  
private shareholder enquiries
Tel +852 2862 8555

 US American Depositary Receipts 
holder enquiries
Tel +1 651 453 2128

 The Central Depository (Pte)  
Limited shareholder enquiries
Tel +65 6535 7511

  399

Group overviewStrategic reportGovernanceDirectors’ remuneration reportFinancial statementsEuropean Embedded Value (EEV) basis resultsAdditional information Prudential plc   Annual Report 2020 
 
 
 
Forward-looking statements 
This document may contain ‘forward-looking statements’ with respect 
to certain of Prudential’s plans and its goals and expectations relating 
to its and Jackson’s future financial condition, performance, results, 
strategy and objectives. Statements that are not historical facts, 
including statements about Prudential’s beliefs and expectations and 
including, without limitation, statements containing the words ‘may’, 
‘will’, ‘should’, ‘continue’, ‘aims’, ‘estimates’, ‘projects’, ‘believes’, 
‘intends’, ‘expects’, ‘plans’, ‘seeks’ and ‘anticipates’, and words of 
similar meaning, are forward-looking statements. These statements 
are based on plans, estimates and projections as at the time they 
are made, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on 
them. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risk 
and uncertainty.

A number of important factors could cause Prudential’s and Jackson’s 
actual future financial condition or performance or other indicated 
results of the entity referred to in any forward-looking statement 
to differ materially from those indicated in such forward-looking 
statement. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the ability 
to complete the proposed demerger of Jackson Financial Inc. on 
the anticipated time frame or at all; the ability of the management 
of Jackson Financial Inc. and its group to deliver on its business 
plan post-separation; the impact of the current Covid-19 pandemic, 
including adverse financial market and liquidity impacts, responses 
and actions taken by regulators and supervisors, the impact to sales, 
claims and assumptions and increased product lapses, disruption to 
Prudential’s operations (and those of its suppliers and partners), risks 
associated with new sales processes and information security risks; 
future market conditions, including fluctuations in interest rates 
and exchange rates, the potential for a sustained low-interest rate 
environment, and the impact of economic uncertainty, asset valuation 
impacts from the transition to a lower carbon economy, derivative 
instruments not effectively hedging exposures arising from product 
guarantees, inflation and deflation and the performance of financial 
markets generally; global political uncertainties, including the potential 
for increased friction in cross-border trade and the exercise of executive 
powers to restrict trade, financial transactions, capital movements and/
or investment; the policies and actions of regulatory authorities, 
including, in particular, the policies and actions of the Hong Kong 
Insurance Authority, as Prudential’s Group-wide supervisor, as 
well as new government initiatives generally; given its designation 
as an Internationally Active Insurance Group (‘IAIG’), the impact 
on Prudential of systemic risk and other group supervision policy 
standards adopted by the International Association of Insurance 
Supervisors; the impact of competition and fast-paced technological 
change; the effect on Prudential’s business and results from, in 

particular, mortality and morbidity trends, lapse rates and policy 
renewal rates; the physical, social and financial impacts of climate 
change and global health crises on Prudential’s business and 
operations; the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future 
acquisitions or combinations within relevant industries; the impact of 
internal transformation projects and other strategic actions failing to 
meet their objectives; the effectiveness of reinsurance for Prudential’s 
businesses; the risk that Prudential’s operational resilience (or that of 
its suppliers and partners) may prove to be inadequate, including in 
relation to operational disruption due to external events; disruption 
to the availability, confidentiality or integrity of Prudential’s information 
technology, digital systems and data (or those of its suppliers and 
partners); any ongoing impact on Prudential of the demerger of M&G 
plc and, if and when completed, the demerger of Jackson Financial Inc.; 
the impact of changes in capital, solvency standards, accounting 
standards or relevant regulatory frameworks, and tax and other 
legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which Prudential 
and its affiliates operate; the impact of legal and regulatory actions, 
investigations and disputes; and the impact of not adequately 
responding to environmental, social and governance issues. 
These and other important factors may, for example, result in 
changes to assumptions used for determining results of operations 
or re-estimations of reserves for future policy benefits. Further 
discussion of these and other important factors that could cause 
Prudential’s actual future financial condition or performance or 
other indicated results of the entity referred to in any forward-looking 
statements to differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated 
in Prudential’s forward-looking statements can be found under 
the ‘Risk Factors’ heading of this document. 

Any forward-looking statements contained in this document speak 
only as of the date on which they are made. Prudential expressly 
disclaims any obligation to update any of the forward-looking 
statements contained in this document or any other forward-looking 
statements it may make, whether as a result of future events, new 
information or otherwise except as required pursuant to the UK 
Prospectus Rules, the UK Listing Rules, the UK Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules, the Hong Kong Listing Rules, the SGX-ST 
listing rules or other applicable laws and regulations.

Cautionary statements
This document does not constitute or form part of any offer or 
invitation to purchase, acquire, subscribe for, sell, dispose of or issue, 
or any solicitation of any offer to purchase, acquire, subscribe for, sell 
or dispose of, any securities in any jurisdiction nor shall it (or any part 
of it) or the fact of its distribution, form the basis of, or be relied on in 
connection with, any contract therefor.

400

Prudential plc  Annual Report 2020 prudentialplc.comForward-looking 

statements

W

e

d

o

l

i

f

e

P

r

u

d

e

n

t

i

a

l

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

0

Prudential public limited company
Incorporated and registered  
in England and Wales

Registered office
1 Angel Court
London
EC2R 7AG

Registered number 1397169

www.prudentialplc.com

Principal place of business  
in Hong Kong
13th Floor
One International Finance Centre
1 Harbour View Street
Central
Hong Kong

Prudential plc is a holding company, some of whose 
subsidiaries are authorised and regulated, as applicable, 
by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority and other 
regulatory authorities.

Prudential plc is not affiliated in any manner with 
Prudential Financial, Inc., a company whose principal 
place of business is in the United States of America 
or with The Prudential Assurance Company Limited, 
a subsidiary of M&G plc, a company incorporated 
in the United Kingdom.

Printed on Revive 100 Silk, a paper made from fibre 
derived from 100 per cent recycled pre- and post-
consumer waste; and Revive 100 Offset, which is 
made from 100 per cent recycled post-consumer 
waste. All material used in this report has been 
independently certified according to the rules of the 
Forest Stewardship Council (FSC). All pulps used are 
elemental chlorine free, and the inks used are vegetable 
oil based. The manufacturing mills and the printer are 
registered to the Environmental Management System 
ISO 14001 and are FSC chain-of-custody certified.

Designed by  
fhensemblestudio.com 
Printed in the UK by CPI Colour